diff options
| author | Felipe Augusto van de Wiel <faw@debian.org> | 2010-01-18 00:45:30 +0000 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | Felipe Augusto van de Wiel <faw@debian.org> | 2010-01-18 00:45:30 +0000 |
| commit | 2ae201787d2c91e90514e3144d8e50c80120fe22 (patch) | |
| tree | f5d9674cac6e1fac3978308485cb822d6cbe568e | |
| parent | 82dc192114e14fc336a3f4dcbcbb95050a50aa45 (diff) | |
| download | installation-guide-2ae201787d2c91e90514e3144d8e50c80120fe22.zip | |
[SILENT_COMMIT] Update of POT and PO files for the manual
39 files changed, 8001 insertions, 5319 deletions
diff --git a/po/el/hardware.po b/po/el/hardware.po index 2818185ce..65f53eafa 100644 --- a/po/el/hardware.po +++ b/po/el/hardware.po @@ -2078,12 +2078,6 @@ msgstr "Ασύρματες κάρτες δικτύου" #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1333 #, no-c-format -#| msgid "" -#| "Wireless networking is in general supported as well and a growing number " -#| "of wireless adapters is supported by the official Linux kernel, although " -#| "many of them do require firmware to be loaded. Wireless NICs that are not " -#| "supported by the official Linux kernel can generally be made to work " -#| "under &debian;, but are not supported during the installation." msgid "" "Wireless networking is in general supported as well and a growing number of " "wireless adapters are supported by the official Linux kernel, although many " @@ -2092,26 +2086,24 @@ msgid "" "firmware\"/> for detailed information on how to load firmware during the " "installation." msgstr "" -"Η ασύρματη δικτύωση υποστηρίζεται γενικά όπως επίσης υποστηρίζεται από τον επίσημο πυρήνα του Linux ένας αυξανόμενος αριθμός ασύρματων προσαρμογέων, αν και αρκετοί από αυτούς απαιτούν την φόρτωση κάποιου firmware. Αν απαιτείται κάτι τέτοιο, ο εγκαταστάτης θα σας προτρέψει για τη φόρτωση firmware. Δείτε την ενότητα <xref linkend=\"loading-" -"firmware\"/> για λεπτομερείς πληροφορίες σχετικά με τη φόρτωση firmware κατά τη διάρκεια της εγκατάστασης." +"Η ασύρματη δικτύωση υποστηρίζεται γενικά όπως επίσης υποστηρίζεται από τον " +"επίσημο πυρήνα του Linux ένας αυξανόμενος αριθμός ασύρματων προσαρμογέων, αν " +"και αρκετοί από αυτούς απαιτούν την φόρτωση κάποιου firmware. Αν απαιτείται " +"κάτι τέτοιο, ο εγκαταστάτης θα σας προτρέψει για τη φόρτωση firmware. Δείτε " +"την ενότητα <xref linkend=\"loading-firmware\"/> για λεπτομερείς πληροφορίες " +"σχετικά με τη φόρτωση firmware κατά τη διάρκεια της εγκατάστασης." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1341 #, no-c-format -#| msgid "" -#| "Wireless networking is in general supported as well and a growing number " -#| "of wireless adapters is supported by the official Linux kernel, although " -#| "many of them do require firmware to be loaded. Wireless NICs that are not " -#| "supported by the official Linux kernel can generally be made to work " -#| "under &debian;, but are not supported during the installation." msgid "" "Wireless NICs that are not supported by the official Linux kernel can " "generally be made to work under &debian;, but are not supported during the " "installation." msgstr "" -"Διεπαφές καρτών ασύρματου δικτύου (NIC) που δεν υποστηρίζονται από τον επίσημο πυρήνα του " -"Linux μπορούν γενικά να δουλέψουν με το &debian;, αλλά δεν υποστηρίζονται " -"στη διάρκεια της εγκατάστασης." +"Διεπαφές καρτών ασύρματου δικτύου (NIC) που δεν υποστηρίζονται από τον " +"επίσημο πυρήνα του Linux μπορούν γενικά να δουλέψουν με το &debian;, αλλά " +"δεν υποστηρίζονται στη διάρκεια της εγκατάστασης." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1346 @@ -2120,21 +2112,15 @@ msgid "" "Support for encrypted wireless during installation is currently limited to " "WEP. If your access point uses stronger encryption, it cannot be used during " "the installation process." -msgstr "Η υποστήριξη κρυπτογραφημένης ασύρματης δικτύωσης περιορίζεται προς το παρόν στο πρωτόκολλο WEP. Αν το σημείο πρόσβασής σας χρησιμοποιεί κάποιο τύπο ισχυρότερης κρυπτογράφησης, δεν θα μπορέσετε να την χρησιμοποιήσετε κατά τη διαδικασία της εγκατάστασης." +msgstr "" +"Η υποστήριξη κρυπτογραφημένης ασύρματης δικτύωσης περιορίζεται προς το παρόν " +"στο πρωτόκολλο WEP. Αν το σημείο πρόσβασής σας χρησιμοποιεί κάποιο τύπο " +"ισχυρότερης κρυπτογράφησης, δεν θα μπορέσετε να την χρησιμοποιήσετε κατά τη " +"διαδικασία της εγκατάστασης." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1352 #, no-c-format -#| msgid "" -#| "The use of wireless networking during installation is still under " -#| "development and whether it will work depends on the type of adaptor and " -#| "the configuration of your wireless access point. If there is no other NIC " -#| "you can use during the installation, it is still possible to install " -#| "&debian; using a full CD-ROM or DVD image. Select the option to not " -#| "configure a network and install using only the packages available from " -#| "the CD/DVD. You can then install the driver and firmware you need after " -#| "the installation is completed (after the reboot) and configure your " -#| "network manually." msgid "" "If there is a problem with wireless and there is no other NIC you can use " "during the installation, it is still possible to install &debian; using a " @@ -2143,9 +2129,14 @@ msgid "" "install the driver and firmware you need after the installation is completed " "(after the reboot) and configure your network manually." msgstr "" -"Αν υπάρχει κάποιο πρόβλημα με την ασύρματη σύνδεσή σας και δεν υπάρχει άλλη διεπαφή δικτύου (NIC) που να μπορεί να χρησιμοποιηθεί στη διάρκεια της εγκατάστασης, υπάρχει ακόμα η δυνατότητα εγκατάστασης του &debian; " -"χρησιμοποιώντας μια πλήρη εικόνα CD-ROM ή DVD. Επιλέξτε να μην γίνει ρύθμιση ενός δικτύου και κάντε την εγκατάσταση μόνο με τα πακέτα που " -"περιέχονται στο CD/DVD. Μπορείτε έτσι να εγκαταστήσετε τον οδηγό και το firmware που χρειάζεστε με την ολοκλήρωση της εγκατάστασης (μετά την επανεκκίνηση) και να ρυθμίσετε το δίκτυό σας με το χέρι." +"Αν υπάρχει κάποιο πρόβλημα με την ασύρματη σύνδεσή σας και δεν υπάρχει άλλη " +"διεπαφή δικτύου (NIC) που να μπορεί να χρησιμοποιηθεί στη διάρκεια της " +"εγκατάστασης, υπάρχει ακόμα η δυνατότητα εγκατάστασης του &debian; " +"χρησιμοποιώντας μια πλήρη εικόνα CD-ROM ή DVD. Επιλέξτε να μην γίνει ρύθμιση " +"ενός δικτύου και κάντε την εγκατάσταση μόνο με τα πακέτα που περιέχονται στο " +"CD/DVD. Μπορείτε έτσι να εγκαταστήσετε τον οδηγό και το firmware που " +"χρειάζεστε με την ολοκλήρωση της εγκατάστασης (μετά την επανεκκίνηση) και να " +"ρυθμίσετε το δίκτυό σας με το χέρι." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1362 @@ -3061,4 +3052,3 @@ msgstr "" "στον συνηθισμένο ή τον γραφικό εγκαταστάτη, θα πρέπει να επιλεχθεί ο πρώτος." "</para> </footnote> ή χώρο σκληρού δίσκου μπορεί να είναι εφικτή αλλά " "ενδείκνυται μόνο για έμπειρους χρήστες." - diff --git a/po/el/preseed.po b/po/el/preseed.po index 5a35d1115..aec5995f0 100644 --- a/po/el/preseed.po +++ b/po/el/preseed.po @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: preseed\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-11-18 01:11+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-01-18 00:44+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-11-26 15:12+0200\n" "Last-Translator: \n" "Language-Team: <en@li.org>\n" @@ -2607,7 +2607,30 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: screen #: preseed.xml:1050 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +#| msgid "" +#| "#tasksel tasksel/first multiselect standard, web-server\n" +#| "# If the desktop task is selected, install the kde and xfce desktops\n" +#| "# instead of the default gnome desktop.\n" +#| "#tasksel tasksel/desktop multiselect kde, xfce\n" +#| "\n" +#| "# Individual additional packages to install\n" +#| "#d-i pkgsel/include string openssh-server build-essential\n" +#| "# By default, packages that are only Recommended by packages installed " +#| "using\n" +#| "# pkgsel/include (as opposed to their dependencies) will not be " +#| "installed.\n" +#| "# Whether to upgrade packages after debootstrap.\n" +#| "# Allowed values: none, safe-upgrade, full-upgrade\n" +#| "#d-i pkgsel/upgrade select none\n" +#| "\n" +#| "# Some versions of the installer can report back on what software you " +#| "have\n" +#| "# installed, and what software you use. The default is not to report " +#| "back,\n" +#| "# but sending reports helps the project determine what software is most\n" +#| "# popular and include it on CDs.\n" +#| "#popularity-contest popularity-contest/participate boolean false" msgid "" "#tasksel tasksel/first multiselect standard, web-server\n" "# If the desktop task is selected, install the kde and xfce desktops\n" @@ -2616,9 +2639,6 @@ msgid "" "\n" "# Individual additional packages to install\n" "#d-i pkgsel/include string openssh-server build-essential\n" -"# By default, packages that are only Recommended by packages installed " -"using\n" -"# pkgsel/include (as opposed to their dependencies) will not be installed.\n" "# Whether to upgrade packages after debootstrap.\n" "# Allowed values: none, safe-upgrade, full-upgrade\n" "#d-i pkgsel/upgrade select none\n" diff --git a/po/el/random-bits.po b/po/el/random-bits.po index 5e27bee60..2ae277aa0 100644 --- a/po/el/random-bits.po +++ b/po/el/random-bits.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: random-bits\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-11-08 01:11+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-12-28 01:10+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-11-26 15:14+0200\n" "Last-Translator: \n" "Language-Team: <en@li.org>\n" @@ -1239,7 +1239,8 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:572 #, no-c-format -msgid "manually create only specific device files using <command>MAKEDEV</command>" +msgid "" +"manually create only specific device files using <command>MAKEDEV</command>" msgstr "" "δημιουργία με το χέρι συγκεκριμένων μόνο αρχείων συσκευών με την εντολή " "<command>MAKEDEV</command>" @@ -1411,7 +1412,67 @@ msgstr "Ρύθμιση Δικτύου" #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:646 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +#| msgid "" +#| "To configure networking, edit <filename>/etc/network/interfaces</" +#| "filename>, <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>, <filename>/etc/" +#| "hostname</filename> and <filename>/etc/hosts</filename>. " +#| "<informalexample><screen>\n" +#| "# editor /etc/network/interfaces\n" +#| "</screen></informalexample> Here are some simple examples from <filename>/" +#| "usr/share/doc/ifupdown/examples</filename>: <informalexample><screen>\n" +#| "######################################################################\n" +#| "# /etc/network/interfaces -- configuration file for ifup(8), ifdown(8)\n" +#| "# See the interfaces(5) manpage for information on what options are\n" +#| "# available.\n" +#| "######################################################################\n" +#| "\n" +#| "# We always want the loopback interface.\n" +#| "#\n" +#| "auto lo\n" +#| "iface lo inet loopback\n" +#| "\n" +#| "# To use dhcp:\n" +#| "#\n" +#| "# auto eth0\n" +#| "# iface eth0 inet dhcp\n" +#| "\n" +#| "# An example static IP setup: (broadcast and gateway are optional)\n" +#| "#\n" +#| "# auto eth0\n" +#| "# iface eth0 inet static\n" +#| "# address 192.168.0.42\n" +#| "# network 192.168.0.0\n" +#| "# netmask 255.255.255.0\n" +#| "# broadcast 192.168.0.255\n" +#| "# gateway 192.168.0.1\n" +#| "</screen></informalexample> Enter your nameserver(s) and search " +#| "directives in <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>: " +#| "<informalexample><screen>\n" +#| "# editor /etc/resolv.conf\n" +#| "</screen></informalexample> A simple example <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</" +#| "filename>: <informalexample><screen>\n" +#| "search hqdom.local\n" +#| "nameserver 10.1.1.36\n" +#| "nameserver 192.168.9.100\n" +#| "</screen></informalexample> Enter your system's host name (2 to 63 " +#| "characters): <informalexample><screen>\n" +#| "# echo DebianHostName > /etc/hostname\n" +#| "</screen></informalexample> And a basic <filename>/etc/hosts</filename> " +#| "with IPv6 support: <informalexample><screen>\n" +#| "127.0.0.1 localhost DebianHostName\n" +#| "\n" +#| "# The following lines are desirable for IPv6 capable hosts\n" +#| "::1 ip6-localhost ip6-loopback\n" +#| "fe00::0 ip6-localnet\n" +#| "ff00::0 ip6-mcastprefix\n" +#| "ff02::1 ip6-allnodes\n" +#| "ff02::2 ip6-allrouters\n" +#| "ff02::3 ip6-allhosts\n" +#| "</screen></informalexample> If you have multiple network cards, you " +#| "should arrange the names of driver modules in the <filename>/etc/modules</" +#| "filename> file into the desired order. Then during boot, each card will " +#| "be associated with the interface name (eth0, eth1, etc.) that you expect." msgid "" "To configure networking, edit <filename>/etc/network/interfaces</filename>, " "<filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>, <filename>/etc/hostname</filename> " @@ -1457,7 +1518,8 @@ msgid "" "# echo DebianHostName > /etc/hostname\n" "</screen></informalexample> And a basic <filename>/etc/hosts</filename> with " "IPv6 support: <informalexample><screen>\n" -"127.0.0.1 localhost DebianHostName\n" +"127.0.0.1 localhost\n" +"127.0.1.1 DebianHostName\n" "\n" "# The following lines are desirable for IPv6 capable hosts\n" "::1 ip6-localhost ip6-loopback\n" @@ -2214,8 +2276,10 @@ msgstr "Αυτόματη ρύθμιση του δικτύου με DHCP: Όχι" #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:1016 #, no-c-format -msgid "IP address: <userinput><replaceable>192.168.0.1</replaceable></userinput>" -msgstr "Διεύθυνση IP: <userinput><replaceable>192.168.0.1</replaceable></userinput>" +msgid "" +"IP address: <userinput><replaceable>192.168.0.1</replaceable></userinput>" +msgstr "" +"Διεύθυνση IP: <userinput><replaceable>192.168.0.1</replaceable></userinput>" #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:1021 @@ -2607,7 +2671,11 @@ msgid "" "If a dialog offers additional help information, a <guibutton>Help</" "guibutton> button will be displayed. The help information can be accessed " "either by activating the button or by pressing the <keycap>F1</keycap> key." -msgstr "Αν ένας διάλογος προσφέρει επιπρόσθετες πληροφορίας βοήθειας, θα εμφανιστεί ένα κουμπί <guibutton>Help</guibutton>. Οι πληροφορίες βοήθειας μπορούν είναι προσβάσιμες είτε ενεργοποιώντας το κουμπί αυτό είτε πατώντας το πλήκτρο <keycap>F1</keycap>." +msgstr "" +"Αν ένας διάλογος προσφέρει επιπρόσθετες πληροφορίας βοήθειας, θα εμφανιστεί " +"ένα κουμπί <guibutton>Help</guibutton>. Οι πληροφορίες βοήθειας μπορούν " +"είναι προσβάσιμες είτε ενεργοποιώντας το κουμπί αυτό είτε πατώντας το " +"πλήκτρο <keycap>F1</keycap>." #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:1263 @@ -2661,4 +2729,3 @@ msgstr "" #, no-c-format msgid "Support for touchpads is not yet optimal." msgstr "Υποστήριξη για touchpad δεν είναι ακόμα η καλλίτερη." - diff --git a/po/el/using-d-i.po b/po/el/using-d-i.po index 51a71310c..42b13c961 100644 --- a/po/el/using-d-i.po +++ b/po/el/using-d-i.po @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: using-d-i\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-11-25 01:11+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-01-18 00:44+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-01-16 17:05+0200\n" "Last-Translator: \n" "Language-Team: <en@li.org>\n" @@ -409,8 +409,10 @@ msgstr "iso-scan " #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:202 #, no-c-format -msgid "Searches for ISO images (<filename>.iso</filename> files) on hard drives." -msgstr "Αναζητά εικόνες ISO (<filename>.iso</filename> files) στους σκληρούς δίσκους." +msgid "" +"Searches for ISO images (<filename>.iso</filename> files) on hard drives." +msgstr "" +"Αναζητά εικόνες ISO (<filename>.iso</filename> files) στους σκληρούς δίσκους." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:210 @@ -502,7 +504,8 @@ msgstr "tzsetup" #: using-d-i.xml:256 #, no-c-format msgid "Selects the time zone, based on the location selected earlier." -msgstr "Επιλογή της χρονικής ζώνης, με βάση την τοποθεσία που επιλέξατε νωρίτερα." +msgstr "" +"Επιλογή της χρονικής ζώνης, με βάση την τοποθεσία που επιλέξατε νωρίτερα." #. Tag: term #: using-d-i.xml:264 @@ -711,7 +714,8 @@ msgstr "shell" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:372 #, no-c-format -msgid "Allows the user to execute a shell from the menu, or in the second console." +msgid "" +"Allows the user to execute a shell from the menu, or in the second console." msgstr "" "Επιτρέπει στο χρήστη να εκτελέσει ένα κέλυφος από τον κατάλογο επιλογών, ή " "να μεταβεί στη δεύτερη κονσόλα." @@ -955,11 +959,16 @@ msgstr "Επιλογή Παραμέτρων Τοπικοποίησης" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:516 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +#| msgid "" +#| "In most cases the first questions you will be asked concern the selection " +#| "of localization options to be used both for the installation and for the " +#| "installed system. The localization options consist of language, country " +#| "and locales." msgid "" "In most cases the first questions you will be asked concern the selection of " "localization options to be used both for the installation and for the " -"installed system. The localization options consist of language, country and " +"installed system. The localization options consist of language, location and " "locales." msgstr "" "Τις πιο πολλές φορές η πρώτη ερώτηση που θα σας γίνει αφορά την επιλογή των " @@ -984,23 +993,28 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:530 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format #| msgid "" #| "The selected country will be used later in the installation process to " -#| "pick the default timezone and a Debian mirror appropriate for your " -#| "geographic location. Language and country together will be used to set " -#| "the default locale for your system and to help select your keyboard." +#| "pick the default time zone and a Debian mirror appropriate for your " +#| "geographic location. Language and country together will help determine " +#| "the default locale for your system and select the correct keyboard layout." msgid "" -"The selected country will be used later in the installation process to pick " -"the default time zone and a Debian mirror appropriate for your geographic " -"location. Language and country together will help determine the default " -"locale for your system and select the correct keyboard layout." +"The selected geographic location (in most cases a country) will be used " +"later in the installation process to select the correct time zone and a " +"Debian mirror appropriate for that country. Language and country together " +"will help determine the default locale for your system and select the " +"correct keyboard layout." msgstr "" -"Η χώρα που έχετε επιλέξει θα χρησιμοποιηθεί αργότερα στη διαδικασία εγκατάστασης " -"για την επιλογή της προκαθορισμένης ζώνης ώρας και του κατάλληλου καθρέφτη της αρχειοθήκης του Debian σύμφωνα με τη γεωγραφική σας θέση. Η γλώσσα και η χώρα επιλογής θα βοηθήσουν επίσης από κοινού στον καθορισμό της προεπιλεγμένης τοπικοποίησης για το σύστημά σας στην επιλογή της σωστής διάταξης πληκτρολογίου." +"Η χώρα που έχετε επιλέξει θα χρησιμοποιηθεί αργότερα στη διαδικασία " +"εγκατάστασης για την επιλογή της προκαθορισμένης ζώνης ώρας και του " +"κατάλληλου καθρέφτη της αρχειοθήκης του Debian σύμφωνα με τη γεωγραφική σας " +"θέση. Η γλώσσα και η χώρα επιλογής θα βοηθήσουν επίσης από κοινού στον " +"καθορισμό της προεπιλεγμένης τοπικοποίησης για το σύστημά σας στην επιλογή " +"της σωστής διάταξης πληκτρολογίου." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:537 +#: using-d-i.xml:538 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will first be asked to select your preferred language. The language " @@ -1026,30 +1040,35 @@ msgstr "" "classname>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:549 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:550 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format #| msgid "" #| "If you selected a language that is recognized as an official language for " #| "more than one country<footnote> <para> In technical terms: where multiple " #| "locales exist for that language with differing country codes. </para> </" #| "footnote>, you will be shown a list of only those countries. To select a " -#| "country that is not in that list, choose <guimenuitem>Other</guimenuitem> " +#| "country that is not in that list, choose <guimenuitem>other</guimenuitem> " #| "(the last option). You will then be presented with a list of continents; " #| "selecting a continent will lead to a list of relevant countries on that " #| "continent." msgid "" -"If you selected a language that is recognized as an official language for " -"more than one country<footnote> <para> In technical terms: where multiple " -"locales exist for that language with differing country codes. </para> </" -"footnote>, you will be shown a list of only those countries. To select a " -"country that is not in that list, choose <guimenuitem>other</guimenuitem> " -"(the last option). You will then be presented with a list of continents; " -"selecting a continent will lead to a list of relevant countries on that " -"continent." -msgstr "" -"Αν επιλέξατε μια γλώσσα που αναγνωρίζεται ως επίσημη γλώσσα σε περισσότερες από μια χώρες <footnote> <para> Με τεχνικούς ορούς: αν υπάρχουν πολλαπλά σύνολα τοπικών ρυθμίσεων για μια γλώσσα με διαφορετικούς κωδικούς χωρών. </" -"para> </footnote>, θα δείτε μια λίστα με αυτές τις χώρες μόνο. Για να επιλέξετε μια χώρα που δεν βρίσκεται στη λίστα αυτή, επιλέξτε " -"<guimenuitem>Άλλες</guimenuitem> (είναι η τελευταία επιλογή) από το μενού. Θα δείτε τότε μια λίστα των ηπείρων. Επιλέγοντας μια ήπειρο θα μεταφερθείτε σε μια λίστα με τις χώρες που είναι σχετικές με αυτήν την ήπειρο." +"Next you will be asked to select your geographic location. If you selected a " +"language that is recognized as an official language for more than one " +"country<footnote> <para> In technical terms: where multiple locales exist " +"for that language with differing country codes. </para> </footnote>, you " +"will be shown a list of only those countries. To select a country that is " +"not in that list, choose <guimenuitem>other</guimenuitem> (the last option). " +"You will then be presented with a list of continents; selecting a continent " +"will lead to a list of relevant countries on that continent." +msgstr "" +"Αν επιλέξατε μια γλώσσα που αναγνωρίζεται ως επίσημη γλώσσα σε περισσότερες " +"από μια χώρες <footnote> <para> Με τεχνικούς ορούς: αν υπάρχουν πολλαπλά " +"σύνολα τοπικών ρυθμίσεων για μια γλώσσα με διαφορετικούς κωδικούς χωρών. </" +"para> </footnote>, θα δείτε μια λίστα με αυτές τις χώρες μόνο. Για να " +"επιλέξετε μια χώρα που δεν βρίσκεται στη λίστα αυτή, επιλέξτε " +"<guimenuitem>Άλλες</guimenuitem> (είναι η τελευταία επιλογή) από το μενού. " +"Θα δείτε τότε μια λίστα των ηπείρων. Επιλέγοντας μια ήπειρο θα μεταφερθείτε " +"σε μια λίστα με τις χώρες που είναι σχετικές με αυτήν την ήπειρο." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:567 @@ -1059,7 +1078,11 @@ msgid "" "will be displayed for the continent or region the country belongs to, with " "that country selected as the default. Use the <guibutton>Go Back</guibutton> " "option to select countries on a different continent." -msgstr "Αν η γλώσσα που επιλέξατε αντιστοιχεί σε μια μοναδική χώρα, θα δείτε μια λίστα με τις χώρες της ηπείρου ή της περιοχής στην οποία ανήκει η χώρα αυτή, η οποία θα εμφανιστεί ως προεπιλεγμένη. Χρησιμοποιήστε το κουμπί <guibutton>Πίσω</guibutton> για να επιλέξετε χώρες από άλλες ηπείρους." +msgstr "" +"Αν η γλώσσα που επιλέξατε αντιστοιχεί σε μια μοναδική χώρα, θα δείτε μια " +"λίστα με τις χώρες της ηπείρου ή της περιοχής στην οποία ανήκει η χώρα αυτή, " +"η οποία θα εμφανιστεί ως προεπιλεγμένη. Χρησιμοποιήστε το κουμπί " +"<guibutton>Πίσω</guibutton> για να επιλέξετε χώρες από άλλες ηπείρους." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:574 @@ -1068,33 +1091,65 @@ msgid "" "It is important to select the country where you live or where you are " "located as it determines the time zone that will be configured for the " "installed system." -msgstr "Είναι σημαντικό να επιλέξετε τη χώρα στην οποία ζείτε ή βρίσκεστε καθώς η επιλογή αυτή καθορίζει και τη χρονική ζώνη για το σύστημα εγκατάστασης." +msgstr "" +"Είναι σημαντικό να επιλέξετε τη χώρα στην οποία ζείτε ή βρίσκεστε καθώς η " +"επιλογή αυτή καθορίζει και τη χρονική ζώνη για το σύστημα εγκατάστασης." #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:580 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +#| msgid "" +#| "If you selected a combination of language and country for which no locale " +#| "is defined and there exist multiple locales for the language, then the " +#| "installer will allow you to choose which of those locales you prefer as " +#| "the default locale for the installed system. In all other cases a default " +#| "locale will be selected based on the selected language and country." msgid "" "If you selected a combination of language and country for which no locale is " "defined and there exist multiple locales for the language, then the " "installer will allow you to choose which of those locales you prefer as the " -"default locale for the installed system. In all other cases a default locale " -"will be selected based on the selected language and country." -msgstr "Αν επιλέξατε έναν συνδυασμό γλώσσας και χώρας για τον οποίον δεν έχει καθοριστεί μια τοπικοποίηση, ενώ υπάρχουν πολλαπλές τοπικοποιήσεις για την συγκεκριμένη γλώσσα, τότε ο εγκαταστάτης θα σας επιτρέψει να επιλέξετε ποια από τις τοπικοποιήσεις αυτές προτιμάτε ως προεπιλογή για το σύστημα εγκατάστασης. Σε όλες τις άλλες περιπτώσεις θα γίνει προεπιλογή μιας τοπικοποίησης με βάση τη γλώσσα και τη χώρα που έχετε επιλέξει." - -#. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:588 -#, no-c-format +"default locale for the installed system<footnote> <para> At medium and low " +"priority you can always select your preferred locale from those available " +"for the selected language (if there's more than one). </para> </footnote>. " +"In all other cases a default locale will be selected based on the selected " +"language and country." +msgstr "" +"Αν επιλέξατε έναν συνδυασμό γλώσσας και χώρας για τον οποίον δεν έχει " +"καθοριστεί μια τοπικοποίηση, ενώ υπάρχουν πολλαπλές τοπικοποιήσεις για την " +"συγκεκριμένη γλώσσα, τότε ο εγκαταστάτης θα σας επιτρέψει να επιλέξετε ποια " +"από τις τοπικοποιήσεις αυτές προτιμάτε ως προεπιλογή για το σύστημα " +"εγκατάστασης. Σε όλες τις άλλες περιπτώσεις θα γίνει προεπιλογή μιας " +"τοπικοποίησης με βάση τη γλώσσα και τη χώρα που έχετε επιλέξει." + +#. Tag: para +#: using-d-i.xml:595 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +#| msgid "" +#| "Any default locale selected as described in the previous paragraph will " +#| "use UTF-8 as character encoding." msgid "" "Any default locale selected as described in the previous paragraph will use " -"UTF-8 as character encoding." -msgstr "Κάθε προκαθορισμένη τοπικοποίηση που έχει επιλεχθεί σύμφωνα με την προηγούμενη παράγραφο θα χρησιμοποιεί UTF-8 για την κωδικοποίηση των χαρακτήρων." +"<firstterm>UTF-8</firstterm> as character encoding." +msgstr "" +"Κάθε προκαθορισμένη τοπικοποίηση που έχει επιλεχθεί σύμφωνα με την " +"προηγούμενη παράγραφο θα χρησιμοποιεί UTF-8 για την κωδικοποίηση των " +"χαρακτήρων." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:593 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"If you are installing at medium or low priority, you will have the option of " -"selecting additional locales, including so-called <quote>legacy</quote> " +#: using-d-i.xml:600 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +#| msgid "" +#| "If you are installing at medium or low priority, you will have the option " +#| "of selecting additional locales, including so-called <quote>legacy</" +#| "quote> locales<footnote> <para> Legacy locales are locales which do not " +#| "use UTF-8, but one of the older standards for character encoding such as " +#| "ISO 8859-1 (used by West European languages) or EUC-JP (used by " +#| "Japanese). </para> </footnote>, to be generated for the installed system; " +#| "if you do, you will be asked which of the selected locales should be the " +#| "default for the installed system." +msgid "" +"If you are installing at low priority, you will have the option of selecting " +"additional locales, including so-called <quote>legacy</quote> " "locales<footnote> <para> Legacy locales are locales which do not use UTF-8, " "but one of the older standards for character encoding such as ISO 8859-" "1 (used by West European languages) or EUC-JP (used by Japanese). </para> </" @@ -1102,17 +1157,25 @@ msgid "" "asked which of the selected locales should be the default for the installed " "system." msgstr "" -"Αν κάνετε την εγκατάσταση με μέσο ή χαμηλό επίπεδο προτεραιότητας, θα έχετε την δυνατότητα επιλογής και παραγωγής επιπρόσθετων τοπικοποιήσεων, συμπεριλαμβανομένων των λεγόμενων <quote>κληρονομημένων (legacy)</quote> <footnote> <para> Πρόκειται για τοπικοποιήσεις που δεν χρησιμοποιούν την κωδικοποίηση UTF-8, αλλά κάποιο από τα παλιότερα πρότυπα για την κωδικοποίηση χαρακτήρων όπως για παράδειγμα το ISO 8859-1 (για Δυτικοευρωπαϊκές γλώσσες) ή το EUC-JP (για Ιαπωνικά). </para> </" -"footnote>, για το εγκατεστημένο σύστημα. Αν επιλέξετε κάτι τέτοιο, θα ερωτηθείτε για το ποια από τις επιλεγμένες τοπικοποιήσεις θα είναι η προκαθορισμένη για το σύστημα εγκατάστασης." +"Αν κάνετε την εγκατάσταση με μέσο ή χαμηλό επίπεδο προτεραιότητας, θα έχετε " +"την δυνατότητα επιλογής και παραγωγής επιπρόσθετων τοπικοποιήσεων, " +"συμπεριλαμβανομένων των λεγόμενων <quote>κληρονομημένων (legacy)</quote> " +"<footnote> <para> Πρόκειται για τοπικοποιήσεις που δεν χρησιμοποιούν την " +"κωδικοποίηση UTF-8, αλλά κάποιο από τα παλιότερα πρότυπα για την " +"κωδικοποίηση χαρακτήρων όπως για παράδειγμα το ISO 8859-1 (για " +"Δυτικοευρωπαϊκές γλώσσες) ή το EUC-JP (για Ιαπωνικά). </para> </footnote>, " +"για το εγκατεστημένο σύστημα. Αν επιλέξετε κάτι τέτοιο, θα ερωτηθείτε για το " +"ποια από τις επιλεγμένες τοπικοποιήσεις θα είναι η προκαθορισμένη για το " +"σύστημα εγκατάστασης." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:617 +#: using-d-i.xml:624 #, no-c-format msgid "Choosing a Keyboard" msgstr "Επιλογή Πληκτρολογίου" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:619 +#: using-d-i.xml:626 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Keyboards are often tailored to the characters used in a language. Select a " @@ -1131,7 +1194,7 @@ msgstr "" "command>)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:629 +#: using-d-i.xml:636 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Move the highlight to the keyboard selection you desire and press " @@ -1149,7 +1212,7 @@ msgstr "" "πληκτρολογίου." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:638 +#: using-d-i.xml:645 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There are two keyboard layouts for US keyboards; the qwerty/mac-usb-us " @@ -1170,13 +1233,13 @@ msgstr "" "είναι ίδιες." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:668 +#: using-d-i.xml:675 #, no-c-format msgid "Looking for the Debian Installer ISO Image" msgstr "Αναζήτηση Εικόνων τύπου ISO του Εγκαταστάτη Debian" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:669 +#: using-d-i.xml:676 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When installing via the <emphasis>hd-media</emphasis> method, there will be " @@ -1191,7 +1254,7 @@ msgstr "" "δουλειά. " #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:676 +#: using-d-i.xml:683 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At first, <command>iso-scan</command> automatically mounts all block devices " @@ -1223,7 +1286,7 @@ msgstr "" "στην εγκατάσταση, στην δεύτερη ψάχνει για άλλη εικόνα." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:693 +#: using-d-i.xml:700 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In case the previous attempt to find an installer iso image fails, " @@ -1238,7 +1301,7 @@ msgstr "" "αρχείων." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:700 +#: using-d-i.xml:707 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If <command>iso-scan</command> does not discover your installer iso image, " @@ -1257,13 +1320,13 @@ msgstr "" "στη δεύτερη κονσόλα χωρίς την παραπάνω επανεκκίνηση. " #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:721 +#: using-d-i.xml:728 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Network" msgstr "Διαμόρφωση του Δικτύου" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:723 +#: using-d-i.xml:730 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As you enter this step, if the system detects that you have more than one " @@ -1284,7 +1347,7 @@ msgstr "" "citerefentry>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:734 +#: using-d-i.xml:741 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, &d-i; tries to configure your computer's network automatically " @@ -1309,7 +1372,7 @@ msgstr "" "εντάξει ξαναπροσπαθήστε." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:746 +#: using-d-i.xml:753 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The manual network setup in turn asks you a number of questions about your " @@ -1334,7 +1397,7 @@ msgstr "" "απαντήσεις από το <xref linkend=\"needed-info\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:760 +#: using-d-i.xml:767 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some technical details you might, or might not, find handy: the program " @@ -1358,14 +1421,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename> μετά την εγκατάσταση του σσυστήματός ." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:805 +#: using-d-i.xml:812 #, no-c-format -#| msgid "Configuring the Clock" msgid "Configuring the Clock and Time Zone" msgstr "Ρύθμιση του ρολογιού και της χρονικής ζώνης" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:807 +#: using-d-i.xml:814 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The installer will first attempt to connect to a time server on the Internet " @@ -1384,37 +1446,41 @@ msgstr "" "της εγκατάστασης." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:816 +#: using-d-i.xml:823 #, no-c-format msgid "The installer does not modify the system clock on the s390 platform." -msgstr "Ο εγκαταστάτης δεν τροποποιεί το ρολόι του συστήματος στην πλατφόρμα s390." +msgstr "" +"Ο εγκαταστάτης δεν τροποποιεί το ρολόι του συστήματος στην πλατφόρμα s390." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:829 +#: using-d-i.xml:836 #, no-c-format -#| msgid "" -#| "Depending on the location selected earlier in the installation process, " -#| "you may be shown a list of timezones relevant for that location. If your " -#| "location has only one time zone, you will not be asked anything and the " -#| "system will assume that time zone." msgid "" "Depending on the location selected earlier in the installation process, you " "may be shown a list of time zones relevant for that location. If your " "location has only one time zone and you are doing a default installation, " "you will not be asked anything and the system will assume that time zone." -msgstr "Ανάλογα με την τοποθεσία που έχει επιλεχθεί νωρίτερα στη διαδικασία εγκατάστασης, ίσως να δείτε μια λίστα χρονικών ζωνών σχετικών με την τοποθεσία αυτή. Αν η τοποθεσία σας αντιστοιχεί σε μία μόνο χρονική ζώνη, και η εγκατάσταση που κάνετε είναι η προκαθορισμένη, δεν θα ερωτηθείτε καθόλου και το σύστημα θα υποθέσει αυτή τη χρονική ζώνη." +msgstr "" +"Ανάλογα με την τοποθεσία που έχει επιλεχθεί νωρίτερα στη διαδικασία " +"εγκατάστασης, ίσως να δείτε μια λίστα χρονικών ζωνών σχετικών με την " +"τοποθεσία αυτή. Αν η τοποθεσία σας αντιστοιχεί σε μία μόνο χρονική ζώνη, και " +"η εγκατάσταση που κάνετε είναι η προκαθορισμένη, δεν θα ερωτηθείτε καθόλου " +"και το σύστημα θα υποθέσει αυτή τη χρονική ζώνη." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:837 +#: using-d-i.xml:844 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In expert mode or when installing at medium priority, you will have the " "additional option to select <quote>Coordinated Universal Time</quote> (UTC) " "as time zone." -msgstr "Σε κατάσταση \"έμπειρου\" χρήστη ή όταν η εγκατάσταση γίνεται στο επίπεδο μέσης προτεραιότητας, θα έχετε την επιπρόσθετη επιλογή της ζώνης <quote>Coordinated Universal Time</quote> (UTC) ως χρονικής ζώνης." +msgstr "" +"Σε κατάσταση \"έμπειρου\" χρήστη ή όταν η εγκατάσταση γίνεται στο επίπεδο " +"μέσης προτεραιότητας, θα έχετε την επιπρόσθετη επιλογή της ζώνης " +"<quote>Coordinated Universal Time</quote> (UTC) ως χρονικής ζώνης." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:843 +#: using-d-i.xml:850 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If for some reason you wish to set a time zone for the installed system that " @@ -1426,28 +1492,25 @@ msgstr "" "επιλεχθεί υπάρχουν δύο επιλογές." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:854 +#: using-d-i.xml:861 #, no-c-format -#| msgid "" -#| "The simplest option is to just select a different timezone after the " -#| "installation has been completed and you've booted into the new system. " -#| "The command to do this is:" msgid "" "The simplest option is to just select a different time zone after the " "installation has been completed and you've booted into the new system. The " "command to do this is:" msgstr "" -"Η απλούστερη δυνατότητα είναι απλά η επιλογή μιας διαφορετικής χρονικής ζώνης μετά την ολοκλήρωση της εγκατάστασης και την είσοδο στο καινούριο " +"Η απλούστερη δυνατότητα είναι απλά η επιλογή μιας διαφορετικής χρονικής " +"ζώνης μετά την ολοκλήρωση της εγκατάστασης και την είσοδο στο καινούριο " "σύστημα. Η εντολή για να το κάνετε αυτό είναι:" #. Tag: screen -#: using-d-i.xml:860 +#: using-d-i.xml:867 #, no-c-format msgid "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata" msgstr "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:866 +#: using-d-i.xml:873 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Alternatively, the time zone can be set at the very start of the " @@ -1464,24 +1527,23 @@ msgstr "" "userinput>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:880 +#: using-d-i.xml:887 #, no-c-format -#| msgid "" -#| "For automated installations the time zone can also be set using " -#| "preseeding." msgid "" "For automated installations the time zone can be set to any desired value " "using preseeding." -msgstr "Για αυτοματοποιημένες εγκαταστάσεις, η χρονική ζώνη μπορεί επίσης να καθοριστεί σε όποια επιθυμητή τιμή με τη χρήση προρύθμισης (preseeding)." +msgstr "" +"Για αυτοματοποιημένες εγκαταστάσεις, η χρονική ζώνη μπορεί επίσης να " +"καθοριστεί σε όποια επιθυμητή τιμή με τη χρήση προρύθμισης (preseeding)." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:894 +#: using-d-i.xml:901 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning and Mount Point Selection" msgstr "Διαμέριση και Επιλογή Σημείων Προσάρτησης" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:895 +#: using-d-i.xml:902 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this time, after hardware detection has been executed a final time, &d-i; " @@ -1500,7 +1562,7 @@ msgstr "" "τους όπως οι RAID, LVM ή κρυπτογραφημένες συσκευές." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:916 +#: using-d-i.xml:923 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are uncomfortable with partitioning, or just want to know more " @@ -1510,7 +1572,7 @@ msgstr "" "περισσότερες λεπτομέρειες, δείτε το <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:922 +#: using-d-i.xml:929 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If a hard disk has previously used under Solaris, the partitioner may not " @@ -1533,7 +1595,7 @@ msgstr "" "προσβάσιμα οποιαδήποτε δεδομένα που υπάρχουν ήδη στον δίσκο." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:935 +#: using-d-i.xml:942 #, no-c-format msgid "" "First you will be given the opportunity to automatically partition either an " @@ -1548,13 +1610,13 @@ msgstr "" "guimenuitem> από το μενού." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:945 +#: using-d-i.xml:952 #, no-c-format msgid "Guided Partitioning" msgstr "Καθοδηγούμενη Διαμέριση" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:946 +#: using-d-i.xml:953 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning, you may have three options: to create " @@ -1573,15 +1635,16 @@ msgstr "" "para> </footnote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:961 +#: using-d-i.xml:968 #, no-c-format -msgid "The option to use (encrypted) LVM may not be available on all architectures." +msgid "" +"The option to use (encrypted) LVM may not be available on all architectures." msgstr "" "Η επιλογή χρήσης (κρυπτογραφημένου) LVM πιθανόν να μην είναι διαθέσιμη σε " "όλες τις αρχιτεκτονικές." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:966 +#: using-d-i.xml:973 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When using LVM or encrypted LVM, the installer will create most partitions " @@ -1599,7 +1662,7 @@ msgstr "" "προσφέροντας έτσι επιπλέον ασφάλεια για τα (προσωπικά) σας δεδομένα." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:975 +#: using-d-i.xml:982 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When using encrypted LVM, the installer will also automatically erase the " @@ -1616,7 +1679,7 @@ msgstr "" "χρονοβόρο ανάλογα με το μέγεθος του δίσκου σας." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:984 +#: using-d-i.xml:991 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning using LVM or encrypted LVM, some changes " @@ -1635,7 +1698,7 @@ msgstr "" "αυτές τις αλλαγές πριν γραφτούν στον δίσκο." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:994 +#: using-d-i.xml:1001 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning (either classic or using (encrypted) LVM) " @@ -1654,7 +1717,7 @@ msgstr "" "ταυτοποιήσετε." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1003 +#: using-d-i.xml:1010 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any data on the disk you select will eventually be lost, but you will always " @@ -1670,7 +1733,7 @@ msgstr "" "Όταν χρησιμοποιείτε LVM (με κρυπτογράφηση) αυτό δεν είναι εφικτό." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1011 +#: using-d-i.xml:1018 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, you will be able to choose from the schemes listed in the table below. " @@ -1689,73 +1752,73 @@ msgstr "" "1GB (εξαρτάται από το επιλεγμένο σχήμα), η διαμέριση αυτή θα αποτύχει." #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1027 +#: using-d-i.xml:1034 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning scheme" msgstr "Σχήμα Διαμέρισης" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1028 +#: using-d-i.xml:1035 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum space" msgstr "Ελάχιστος χώρος" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1029 +#: using-d-i.xml:1036 #, no-c-format msgid "Created partitions" msgstr "Δημιουργημένα κατατμήσεις" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1035 +#: using-d-i.xml:1042 #, no-c-format msgid "All files in one partition" msgstr "Όλα τα αρχεία σε μια κατάτμηση" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1036 +#: using-d-i.xml:1043 #, no-c-format msgid "600MB" msgstr "600MB " #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1037 +#: using-d-i.xml:1044 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, swap" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1039 +#: using-d-i.xml:1046 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home partition" msgstr "Ξεχωριστή κατάτμηση /home" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1040 +#: using-d-i.xml:1047 #, no-c-format msgid "500MB" msgstr "500MB " #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1041 +#: using-d-i.xml:1048 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1045 +#: using-d-i.xml:1052 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home, /usr, /var and /tmp partitions" msgstr "Ξεχωριστές κατατμήσεις /home, /usr, /var και /tmp" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1046 +#: using-d-i.xml:1053 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>1GB</entry>" msgstr "<entry>1GB</entry> " #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1047 +#: using-d-i.xml:1054 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/usr</" @@ -1765,7 +1828,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, swap" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1056 +#: using-d-i.xml:1063 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning using (encrypted) LVM, the installer will " @@ -1779,7 +1842,7 @@ msgstr "" "δημιουργηθούν μέσα στην κατάτμηση LVM." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1062 +#: using-d-i.xml:1069 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning for your IA-64 system, there will be an " @@ -1793,7 +1856,7 @@ msgstr "" "διαμόρφωσης για την δημιουργία με το χέρι μιας κατάτμησης εκκίνησης EFI." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1070 +#: using-d-i.xml:1077 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After selecting a scheme, the next screen will show your new partition " @@ -1805,7 +1868,7 @@ msgstr "" "διαμορφωθούν και που θα προσαρτηθούν οι διάφορες κατατμήσεις." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1076 +#: using-d-i.xml:1083 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The list of partitions might look like this: <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -1858,7 +1921,7 @@ msgstr "" "κάνοντας διαμέριση με το χέρι." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1089 +#: using-d-i.xml:1096 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This concludes the guided partitioning. If you are satisfied with the " @@ -1879,13 +1942,13 @@ msgstr "" "αλλαγές όπως περιγράφεται παρακάτω σχετικά με την διαμέριση με το χέρι." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1103 +#: using-d-i.xml:1110 #, no-c-format msgid "Manual Partitioning" msgstr "Διαμέριση με το χέρι" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1104 +#: using-d-i.xml:1111 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A similar screen to the one shown just above will be displayed if you choose " @@ -1901,7 +1964,7 @@ msgstr "" "κατατμήσεων από το νέο σας σύστημα Debian." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1112 +#: using-d-i.xml:1119 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select a pristine disk which has neither partitions nor free space on " @@ -1917,7 +1980,7 @@ msgstr "" "δίσκο." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1120 +#: using-d-i.xml:1127 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select some free space, you will have the opportunity to create a new " @@ -1954,7 +2017,7 @@ msgstr "" "<command>προγράμματος κατάτμησης</command>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1142 +#: using-d-i.xml:1149 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you decide you want to change something about your partition, simply " @@ -1977,7 +2040,7 @@ msgstr "" "μενού σάς επιτρέπει επίσης να διαγράψετε μια κατάτμηση." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1153 +#: using-d-i.xml:1160 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Be sure to create at least two partitions: one for the <emphasis>root</" @@ -1994,7 +2057,7 @@ msgstr "" "αφήσει να συνεχίσετε μέχρι να το προσαρτήσετε." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1161 +#: using-d-i.xml:1168 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you forget to select and format an EFI boot partition, <command>partman</" @@ -2006,7 +2069,7 @@ msgstr "" "αφήσει να συνεχίσετε μέχρι να προσδιορίσετε μια τέτοια." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1167 +#: using-d-i.xml:1174 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Capabilities of <command>partman</command> can be extended with installer " @@ -2023,7 +2086,7 @@ msgstr "" "ή <filename>partman-lvm</filename>)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1175 +#: using-d-i.xml:1182 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you are satisfied with partitioning, select <guimenuitem>Finish " @@ -2038,13 +2101,13 @@ msgstr "" "αρχείων δημιουργήθηκαν όπως ακριβώς το ζητήσατε." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1203 +#: using-d-i.xml:1210 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Multidisk Devices (Software RAID)" msgstr "Ρύθμιση Συσκευών Πολλαπλών Δίσκων (RAID σε λογισμικό)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1204 +#: using-d-i.xml:1211 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have more than one harddrive<footnote><para> To be honest, you can " @@ -2066,7 +2129,7 @@ msgstr "" "λογισμικού (Software RAID)</firstterm>)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1217 +#: using-d-i.xml:1224 #, no-c-format msgid "" "MD is basically a bunch of partitions located on different disks and " @@ -2082,7 +2145,7 @@ msgstr "" "προσάρτησης κλπ.)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1225 +#: using-d-i.xml:1232 #, no-c-format msgid "" "What benefits this brings depends on the type of MD device you are creating. " @@ -2205,55 +2268,55 @@ msgstr "" "variablelist> Ανακεφαλαιώνοντας:" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1339 +#: using-d-i.xml:1346 #, no-c-format msgid "Type" msgstr "Τύπος" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1340 +#: using-d-i.xml:1347 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum Devices" msgstr "Ελάχιστες Συσκευές" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1341 +#: using-d-i.xml:1348 #, no-c-format msgid "Spare Device" msgstr "Εφεδρική Συσκευή" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1342 +#: using-d-i.xml:1349 #, no-c-format msgid "Survives disk failure?" msgstr "Επιβιώνει από την αστοχία δίσκου;" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1343 +#: using-d-i.xml:1350 #, no-c-format msgid "Available Space" msgstr "Διαθέσιμος Χώρος" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1349 +#: using-d-i.xml:1356 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID0" msgstr "RAID0" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1350 using-d-i.xml:1358 using-d-i.xml:1388 +#: using-d-i.xml:1357 using-d-i.xml:1365 using-d-i.xml:1395 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>2</entry>" msgstr "<entry>2</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1351 using-d-i.xml:1352 +#: using-d-i.xml:1358 using-d-i.xml:1359 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>no</entry>" msgstr "<entry>no</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1353 +#: using-d-i.xml:1360 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by number of devices in RAID" msgstr "" @@ -2261,43 +2324,43 @@ msgstr "" "συσκευών στη συστοιχία RAID" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1357 +#: using-d-i.xml:1364 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID1" msgstr "RAID1" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1359 using-d-i.xml:1367 using-d-i.xml:1378 using-d-i.xml:1389 +#: using-d-i.xml:1366 using-d-i.xml:1374 using-d-i.xml:1385 using-d-i.xml:1396 #, no-c-format msgid "optional" msgstr "προαιρετικό" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1360 using-d-i.xml:1368 using-d-i.xml:1379 using-d-i.xml:1390 +#: using-d-i.xml:1367 using-d-i.xml:1375 using-d-i.xml:1386 using-d-i.xml:1397 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>yes</entry>" msgstr "<entry>ναι</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1361 +#: using-d-i.xml:1368 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition in RAID" msgstr "Μέγεθος του μικρότερου τμήματος στη συστοιχία RAID" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1365 +#: using-d-i.xml:1372 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID5" msgstr "RAID5" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1366 +#: using-d-i.xml:1373 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>3</entry>" msgstr "<entry>3</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1369 +#: using-d-i.xml:1376 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID " @@ -2307,19 +2370,19 @@ msgstr "" "συσκευών στη συστοιχία RAID μείον μια)" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1376 +#: using-d-i.xml:1383 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID6" msgstr "RAID6" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1377 +#: using-d-i.xml:1384 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>4</entry>" msgstr "<entry>4</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1380 +#: using-d-i.xml:1387 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID " @@ -2329,13 +2392,13 @@ msgstr "" "συσκευών στη συστοιχία RAID μείον δύο)" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1387 +#: using-d-i.xml:1394 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID10" msgstr "RAID10" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1391 +#: using-d-i.xml:1398 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Total of all partitions divided by the number of chunk copies (defaults to " @@ -2345,7 +2408,7 @@ msgstr "" "κομματιών (chunk) (εξ' ορισμού έχει την τιμή δύο)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1398 +#: using-d-i.xml:1405 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you want to know more about Software RAID, have a look at <ulink url=" @@ -2356,7 +2419,7 @@ msgstr "" "HOWTO</ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1403 +#: using-d-i.xml:1410 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To create an MD device, you need to have the desired partitions it should " @@ -2373,7 +2436,7 @@ msgstr "" "RAID</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1412 +#: using-d-i.xml:1419 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Make sure that the system can be booted with the partitioning scheme you are " @@ -2395,7 +2458,7 @@ msgstr "" "δυνατή επιλογή." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1424 +#: using-d-i.xml:1431 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Support for MD is a relatively new addition to the installer. You may " @@ -2414,7 +2477,7 @@ msgstr "" "χέρι μέσα από ένα κέλυφος." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1433 +#: using-d-i.xml:1440 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, you should choose <guimenuitem>Configure software RAID</guimenuitem> " @@ -2437,7 +2500,7 @@ msgstr "" "MD που επιλέξατε." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1446 +#: using-d-i.xml:1453 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID0 is simple — you will be issued with the list of available RAID " @@ -2449,7 +2512,7 @@ msgstr "" "τμήματα που θα αποτελέσουν την μονάδα MD." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1453 +#: using-d-i.xml:1460 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID1 is a bit more tricky. First, you will be asked to enter the number of " @@ -2470,7 +2533,7 @@ msgstr "" "δεν θα σας αφήσει να συνεχίσετε μέχρι να διορθώσετε το πρόβλημα." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1465 +#: using-d-i.xml:1472 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID5 has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 with the exception that you " @@ -2481,7 +2544,7 @@ msgstr "" "emphasis> ενεργές κατατμήσεις." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1471 +#: using-d-i.xml:1478 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID6 also has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 except that at least " @@ -2492,7 +2555,7 @@ msgstr "" "ενεργές κατατμήσεις." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1477 +#: using-d-i.xml:1484 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID10 again has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 except in expert mode. " @@ -2513,7 +2576,7 @@ msgstr "" "συσκευές ώστε όλα τα αντίγραφα να κατανέμονται σε διαφορετικούς δίσκους." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1491 +#: using-d-i.xml:1498 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is perfectly possible to have several types of MD at once. For example, " @@ -2532,7 +2595,7 @@ msgstr "" "(αρκετά αξιόπιστη κατάτμηση μεγέθους 100 GB σαν <filename>/home</filename>)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1500 +#: using-d-i.xml:1507 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you set up MD devices to your liking, you can <guimenuitem>Finish</" @@ -2547,13 +2610,13 @@ msgstr "" "γι’αυτές τα συνήθη χαρακτηριστικά όπως τα σημεία προσάρτησης." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1515 +#: using-d-i.xml:1522 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Logical Volume Manager (LVM)" msgstr "Ρύθμιση του Διαχειριστή Λογικών Τόμων (LVM) " #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1516 +#: using-d-i.xml:1523 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or " @@ -2570,7 +2633,7 @@ msgstr "" "ψευδοσυνδέσμων, κλπ " #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1524 +#: using-d-i.xml:1531 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). " @@ -2591,7 +2654,7 @@ msgstr "" "τομών) μπορούν να εκτείνονται μεταξύ αρκετών φυσικών συσκευών δίσκων." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1534 +#: using-d-i.xml:1541 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</" @@ -2613,7 +2676,7 @@ msgstr "" "ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1545 +#: using-d-i.xml:1552 #, no-c-format msgid "" "LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple and completely supported inside " @@ -2630,7 +2693,7 @@ msgstr "" "<guimenuitem>φυσικός τόμος για LVM</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1554 +#: using-d-i.xml:1561 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, you will see " @@ -2651,7 +2714,7 @@ msgstr "" "ενέργειες είναι:" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1565 +#: using-d-i.xml:1572 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<guimenuitem>Display configuration details</guimenuitem>: shows LVM device " @@ -2661,43 +2724,43 @@ msgstr "" "δομή της συσκευής LVM, ονόματα και μεγέθη των λογικών τόμων και άλλα" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1570 +#: using-d-i.xml:1577 #, no-c-format msgid "Create volume group" msgstr "Δημιουργία ομάδας τόμων" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1573 +#: using-d-i.xml:1580 #, no-c-format msgid "Create logical volume" msgstr "Δημιουργία λογικού τόμου" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1576 +#: using-d-i.xml:1583 #, no-c-format msgid "Delete volume group" msgstr "Διαγραφή λογικού τόμου" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1579 +#: using-d-i.xml:1586 #, no-c-format msgid "Delete logical volume" msgstr "Διαγραφή λογικού τόμου" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1582 +#: using-d-i.xml:1589 #, no-c-format msgid "Extend volume group" msgstr "Επέκταση λογικού τόμου" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1585 +#: using-d-i.xml:1592 #, no-c-format msgid "Reduce volume group" msgstr "Συρρίκνωση ομάδας τόμων" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1587 +#: using-d-i.xml:1594 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem>: return to the main <command>partman</" @@ -2707,7 +2770,7 @@ msgstr "" "<command>partman</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1593 +#: using-d-i.xml:1600 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Use the options in that menu to first create a volume group and then create " @@ -2718,7 +2781,7 @@ msgstr "" "σ' αυτήν." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1598 +#: using-d-i.xml:1605 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, any created " @@ -2731,13 +2794,13 @@ msgstr "" "διαχειριστείτε σαν τέτοιες)." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1612 +#: using-d-i.xml:1619 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Encrypted Volumes" msgstr "Ρύθμιση Κρυπτογραφημένων Τόμων" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1613 +#: using-d-i.xml:1620 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; allows you to set up encrypted partitions. Every file you write to " @@ -2761,7 +2824,7 @@ msgstr "" "σαν τυχαίοι χαρακτήρες." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1625 +#: using-d-i.xml:1632 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The two most important partitions to encrypt are: the home partition, where " @@ -2785,7 +2848,7 @@ msgstr "" "αλλληλογραφίας ή εκτυπώσεων αποθηκεύουν τα δεδομένα τους" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1640 +#: using-d-i.xml:1647 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Please note that the performance of encrypted partitions will be less than " @@ -2800,7 +2863,7 @@ msgstr "" "αλγόριθμο κρυπτογράφησης και το μήκος του κλειδιού κρυπτογράφησης." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1647 +#: using-d-i.xml:1654 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To use encryption, you have to create a new partition by selecting some free " @@ -2822,7 +2885,7 @@ msgstr "" "κατάτμηση." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1658 +#: using-d-i.xml:1665 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; supports several encryption methods. The default method is " @@ -2840,7 +2903,7 @@ msgstr "" "χρησιμοποιήσετε την προεπιλεγμένη μέθοδο." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1670 +#: using-d-i.xml:1677 #, no-c-format msgid "" "First, let's have a look at the options available when you select " @@ -2854,13 +2917,13 @@ msgstr "" "προεπιλογές, επειδή έχουν επιλεγεί με προσοχή έχοντας στο μυαλό την ασφάλεια." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1680 +#: using-d-i.xml:1687 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>aes</userinput>" msgstr "Αλγόριθμος κρυπτογράφησης: <userinput>aes</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1682 +#: using-d-i.xml:1689 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option lets you select the encryption algorithm (<firstterm>cipher</" @@ -2887,13 +2950,13 @@ msgstr "" "κρυπτογράφησης για την προστασία ευαίσθητων πληροφοριών στον 21ο αιώνα." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1700 +#: using-d-i.xml:1707 #, no-c-format msgid "Key size: <userinput>256</userinput>" msgstr "Μέγεθος κλειδιού: <userinput>256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1702 +#: using-d-i.xml:1709 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Here you can specify the length of the encryption key. With a larger key " @@ -2908,13 +2971,13 @@ msgstr "" "αλγόριθμο." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1714 +#: using-d-i.xml:1721 #, no-c-format msgid "IV algorithm: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>" msgstr "Αλγόριθμος IV: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1716 +#: using-d-i.xml:1723 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <firstterm>Initialization Vector</firstterm> or <firstterm>IV</" @@ -2933,7 +2996,7 @@ msgstr "" "επαναλαμβανόμενους σχηματισμούς στα κρυπτογραφημένα δεδομένα." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1726 +#: using-d-i.xml:1733 #, no-c-format msgid "" "From the provided alternatives, the default <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</" @@ -2948,13 +3011,13 @@ msgstr "" "είναι ικανό να χρησιμοποιήσει νεώτερους αλγόριθμους." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1738 +#: using-d-i.xml:1745 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Passphrase</userinput>" msgstr "Κλειδί κρυπτογράφησης: <userinput>Συνηθηματική φράση</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1740 +#: using-d-i.xml:1747 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can choose the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "" @@ -2962,13 +3025,13 @@ msgstr "" "κατάτμηση." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1746 +#: using-d-i.xml:1753 #, no-c-format msgid "Passphrase" msgstr "Συνθηματική φράση" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1747 +#: using-d-i.xml:1754 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The encryption key will be computed<footnote> <para> Using a passphrase as " @@ -2983,13 +3046,13 @@ msgstr "" "συνέχεια της διαδικασίας." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1762 using-d-i.xml:1855 +#: using-d-i.xml:1769 using-d-i.xml:1862 #, no-c-format msgid "Random key" msgstr "Τυχαίο κλειδί" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1763 +#: using-d-i.xml:1770 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A new encryption key will be generated from random data each time you try to " @@ -3008,7 +3071,7 @@ msgstr "" "διάρκεια μιας ανθρώπινης ζωής)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1772 +#: using-d-i.xml:1779 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Random keys are useful for swap partitions because you do not need to bother " @@ -3029,13 +3092,13 @@ msgstr "" "που έχουν εγγραφεί στην κατάτμηση swap." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1791 using-d-i.xml:1868 +#: using-d-i.xml:1798 using-d-i.xml:1875 #, no-c-format msgid "Erase data: <userinput>yes</userinput>" msgstr "Διαγραφή δεδομένων: <userinput>ναι</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1793 +#: using-d-i.xml:1800 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Determines whether the content of this partition should be overwritten with " @@ -3058,7 +3121,7 @@ msgstr "" "para></footnote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1813 +#: using-d-i.xml:1820 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Encryption method:</guimenu> " @@ -3070,13 +3133,13 @@ msgstr "" "αλλάξει παρέχοντας τις ακόλουθες επιλογές:" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1822 +#: using-d-i.xml:1829 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>AES256</userinput>" msgstr "Κρυπτογράφηση: <userinput>AES256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1824 +#: using-d-i.xml:1831 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For loop-AES, unlike dm-crypt, the options for cipher and key size are " @@ -3090,13 +3153,13 @@ msgstr "" "πληροφορίες." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1834 +#: using-d-i.xml:1841 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Keyfile (GnuPG)</userinput>" msgstr "Κλειδί κρυπτογράφησης: <userinput>Keyfile (GnuPG)</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1836 +#: using-d-i.xml:1843 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can select the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "" @@ -3104,13 +3167,13 @@ msgstr "" "κατάτμηση." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1842 +#: using-d-i.xml:1849 #, no-c-format msgid "Keyfile (GnuPG)" msgstr "Αρχείο κλειδιού (GnuPG)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1843 +#: using-d-i.xml:1850 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The encryption key will be generated from random data during the " @@ -3125,19 +3188,19 @@ msgstr "" "αργότερα στην διάρκεια της διαδικασίας)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1856 +#: using-d-i.xml:1863 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the section on random keys above." msgstr "Παρακαλώ δείτε την ενότητα για τα τυχαία κλειδιά παραπάνω." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1870 +#: using-d-i.xml:1877 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the the section on erasing data above." msgstr "Παρακαλώ δείτε την ενότητα για την διαγραφή των δεδομένων παραπάνω." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1879 +#: using-d-i.xml:1886 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have selected the desired parameters for your encrypted " @@ -3157,7 +3220,7 @@ msgstr "" "διαρκέσει αρκετό χρόνο." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1889 +#: using-d-i.xml:1896 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next you will be asked to enter a passphrase for partitions configured to " @@ -3175,7 +3238,7 @@ msgstr "" "κατοικιδίων, ονόματα μελών της οικογένειάς σας ή συγγενών, κ.λπ.)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1898 +#: using-d-i.xml:1905 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before you input any passphrases, you should have made sure that your " @@ -3201,7 +3264,7 @@ msgstr "" "εισάγατε την συνθηματική φράση για το ριζικό σύστημα αρχείων." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1911 +#: using-d-i.xml:1918 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you selected to use methods other than a passphrase to create encryption " @@ -3225,7 +3288,7 @@ msgstr "" "πρέπει να επαναληφθεί για κάθε κατάτμηση που πρόκειται να κρυπτογραφηθεί." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1927 +#: using-d-i.xml:1934 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After returning to the main partitioning menu, you will see all encrypted " @@ -3260,7 +3323,7 @@ msgstr "" "συστημάτων αρχείων αν τα προεπιλεγμένα δεν σας ταιριάζουν." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1940 +#: using-d-i.xml:1947 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Pay attention to the identifiers in parentheses (<replaceable>sda2_crypt</" @@ -3280,7 +3343,7 @@ msgstr "" "<xref linkend=\"mount-encrypted-volumes\"/>.σ" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1950 +#: using-d-i.xml:1957 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you are satisfied with the partitioning scheme, continue with the " @@ -3290,13 +3353,13 @@ msgstr "" "εγκατάσταση." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1961 +#: using-d-i.xml:1968 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing the Base System" msgstr "Εγκατάσταση του Βασικού Συστήματος" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1962 +#: using-d-i.xml:1969 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant " @@ -3311,7 +3374,7 @@ msgstr "" "ώρα." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1975 +#: using-d-i.xml:1982 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During installation of the base system, package unpacking and setup messages " @@ -3328,7 +3391,7 @@ msgstr "" "<keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1984 +#: using-d-i.xml:1991 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The unpack/setup messages generated during this phase are also saved in " @@ -3340,7 +3403,7 @@ msgstr "" "εκεί αν η εγκατάσταση γίνεται μέσω μιας σειριακής κονσόλας." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1990 +#: using-d-i.xml:1997 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As part of the installation, a Linux kernel will be installed. At the " @@ -3355,13 +3418,13 @@ msgstr "" "πυρήνων." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2002 +#: using-d-i.xml:2009 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting Up Users And Passwords" msgstr "Ρύθμιση των Χρηστών και των Κωδικών Πρόσβασης" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2003 +#: using-d-i.xml:2010 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the base system has been installed, the installer will allow you to " @@ -3374,13 +3437,13 @@ msgstr "" "δημιουργηθούν μετά την ολοκλήρωση της εγκατάστασης." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2017 +#: using-d-i.xml:2024 #, no-c-format msgid "Set the Root Password" msgstr "Ορίστε τον κωδικό πρόσβασης για τον χρήστη Root" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2021 +#: using-d-i.xml:2028 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <emphasis>root</emphasis> account is also called the <emphasis>super-" @@ -3396,7 +3459,7 @@ msgstr "" "χρονικό διάστημα." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2029 +#: using-d-i.xml:2036 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any password you create should contain at least 6 characters, and should " @@ -3413,7 +3476,7 @@ msgstr "" "μπορούσε κανείς να μαντέψει." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2037 +#: using-d-i.xml:2044 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If anyone ever tells you they need your root password, be extremely wary. " @@ -3426,13 +3489,13 @@ msgstr "" "έναν διαχειριστές συστήματος." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2047 +#: using-d-i.xml:2054 #, no-c-format msgid "Create an Ordinary User" msgstr "Δημιουργία ενός απλού χρήστη" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2049 +#: using-d-i.xml:2056 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The system will ask you whether you wish to create an ordinary user account " @@ -3447,7 +3510,7 @@ msgstr "" "στο σύστημα." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2058 +#: using-d-i.xml:2065 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Why not? Well, one reason to avoid using root's privileges is that it is " @@ -3470,7 +3533,7 @@ msgstr "" "εξοικειωμένοι με τα θέματα αυτά." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2068 +#: using-d-i.xml:2075 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will first be prompted for the user's full name. Then you'll be asked " @@ -3484,7 +3547,7 @@ msgstr "" "θα σας ζητηθεί να δώσετε ένα κωδικό πρόσβασης για τον λογαριασμό." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2075 +#: using-d-i.xml:2082 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If at any point after installation you would like to create another account, " @@ -3494,13 +3557,13 @@ msgstr "" "έναν άλλο λογαριασμό χρησιμοποιήσετε την εντολή <command>adduser</command>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2086 +#: using-d-i.xml:2093 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing Additional Software" msgstr "Εγκατάσταση Επιπρόσθετου Λογισμικού" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2087 +#: using-d-i.xml:2094 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point you have a usable but limited system. Most users will want to " @@ -3516,13 +3579,13 @@ msgstr "" "υπολογιστή ή μια αργή δικτυακή σύνδεση." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2102 +#: using-d-i.xml:2109 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring apt" msgstr "Ρύθμιση του apt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2104 +#: using-d-i.xml:2111 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One of the tools used to install packages on a &debian; system is a program " @@ -3560,7 +3623,7 @@ msgstr "" "προτεινόμενο βοηθητικό πρόγραμμα για την διαχείριση των πακέτων." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2128 +#: using-d-i.xml:2135 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows from where to " @@ -3575,7 +3638,7 @@ msgstr "" "εγκατάστασης." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2135 +#: using-d-i.xml:2142 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing at default priority, the installer will largely take " @@ -3595,7 +3658,7 @@ msgstr "" "πακέτα." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2144 +#: using-d-i.xml:2151 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing at a lower priority (e.g. in expert mode), you will be " @@ -3612,13 +3675,13 @@ msgstr "" "<quote>contrib</quote> και <quote>non-free</quote> της αρχειοθήκης. " #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2155 +#: using-d-i.xml:2162 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing from more than one CD or DVD" msgstr "Εγκατάσταση από περισσότερα από ένα CD ή DVD" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2157 +#: using-d-i.xml:2164 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing from a CD or a DVD that is part of a larger set, the " @@ -3632,7 +3695,7 @@ msgstr "" "ώστε ο εγκαταστάτης να χρησιμοποιήσει τα πακέτα που περιέχονται σ' αυτά." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2164 +#: using-d-i.xml:2171 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do not have any additional CDs or DVDs, that is no problem: using " @@ -3647,7 +3710,7 @@ msgstr "" "θα επιλέξετε στο επόμενο βήμα της εγκατάστασης." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2172 +#: using-d-i.xml:2179 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Packages are included on CDs (and DVDs) in the order of their popularity. " @@ -3661,7 +3724,7 @@ msgstr "" "πραγματικά κάποια από τα πακέτα στα τελευταία CD ενός σετ." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2179 +#: using-d-i.xml:2186 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It also means that buying or downloading and burning a full CD set is just a " @@ -3679,7 +3742,7 @@ msgstr "" "πρώτα DVD θα καλύψουν τις περισσότερες ανάγκες." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2188 +#: using-d-i.xml:2195 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A good rule of thumb is that for a regular desktop installation (using the " @@ -3694,7 +3757,7 @@ msgstr "" "τρία αυτά περιβάλλοντα γραφείου." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2196 +#: using-d-i.xml:2203 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do scan multiple CDs or DVDs, the installer will prompt you to " @@ -3712,13 +3775,13 @@ msgstr "" "αύξουσα σειρά θα μειώσει την πιθανότητα λαθών." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2209 +#: using-d-i.xml:2216 #, no-c-format msgid "Using a network mirror" msgstr "Χρήση ενός δικτυακού καθρέφτη" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2211 +#: using-d-i.xml:2218 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One question that will be asked during most installs is whether or not to " @@ -3731,7 +3794,7 @@ msgstr "" "υπάρχουν μερικές εξαιρέσεις." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2217 +#: using-d-i.xml:2224 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are <emphasis>not</emphasis> installing from a full CD or DVD or " @@ -3749,7 +3812,7 @@ msgstr "" "literal> στο επόμενο βήμα της εγκατάστασης." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2226 +#: using-d-i.xml:2233 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing from a single full CD or using a full CD image, using " @@ -3771,7 +3834,7 @@ msgstr "" "(δηλ. μετά την επανεκκίνηση στο καινούριο σύστημα)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2237 +#: using-d-i.xml:2244 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing from a DVD or using a DVD image, any packages needed " @@ -3785,7 +3848,7 @@ msgstr "" "ενότητα. Η χρήση ενός δικτυακού καθρέφτη είναι προαιρετική." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2244 +#: using-d-i.xml:2251 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One advantage of adding a network mirror is that updates that have occurred " @@ -3802,7 +3865,7 @@ msgstr "" "σταθερότητα του εγκατεστημένου συστήματος." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2251 +#: using-d-i.xml:2258 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In summary: selecting a network mirror is generally a good idea, except if " @@ -3818,7 +3881,7 @@ msgstr "" "επιλέξετε ένα δικτυακό καθρέφτη εξαρτάται συνεπώς από" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2260 +#: using-d-i.xml:2267 #, no-c-format msgid "the tasks you select in the next step of the installation," msgstr "" @@ -3826,19 +3889,20 @@ msgstr "" "εγκατάστασης," #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2265 +#: using-d-i.xml:2272 #, no-c-format msgid "which packages are needed for those tasks," msgstr "το ποια πακέτα περιλαμβάνονται στις ομάδες αυτές," #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2270 +#: using-d-i.xml:2277 #, no-c-format -msgid "which of those packages are present on the CDs or DVDs you have scanned, and" +msgid "" +"which of those packages are present on the CDs or DVDs you have scanned, and" msgstr "ποια από τα πακέτα αυτά βρίσκονται στα CD ή DVD που έχετε σαρώσει και" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2275 +#: using-d-i.xml:2282 #, no-c-format msgid "" "whether any updated versions of packages included on the CDs or DVDs are " @@ -3851,7 +3915,7 @@ msgstr "" "των ευέλικτων-volatile-πακέτων)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2284 +#: using-d-i.xml:2291 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that the last point means that, even if you choose not to use a network " @@ -3865,13 +3929,13 @@ msgstr "" "ευελιξίας και οι αντίστοιχες υπηρεσίες έχουν ρυθμιστεί." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2300 +#: using-d-i.xml:2307 #, no-c-format msgid "Selecting and Installing Software" msgstr "Επιλογή και εγκατάσταση Λογισμικού" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2302 +#: using-d-i.xml:2309 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select " @@ -3889,7 +3953,7 @@ msgstr "" "υπολογιστή σας για την εκτέλεση διαφόρων \"καθηκόντων\"." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2311 +#: using-d-i.xml:2318 #, no-c-format msgid "" "So, you have the ability to choose <emphasis>tasks</emphasis> first, and " @@ -3927,7 +3991,7 @@ msgstr "" "δίσκου για τα διάφορες ομάδες πακέτων." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2338 +#: using-d-i.xml:2345 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the computer " @@ -3940,7 +4004,7 @@ msgstr "" "να επιλέξετε να μην εγκαταστήσετε καμμία ομάδα πακέτων σ' αυτό το σημείο." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2345 +#: using-d-i.xml:2352 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar " @@ -3951,7 +4015,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2351 +#: using-d-i.xml:2358 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Unless you are using the special KDE or Xfce/LXDE CDs, the <quote>Desktop " @@ -3962,7 +4026,7 @@ msgstr "" "γραφικό περιβάλλον GNOME." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2356 +#: using-d-i.xml:2363 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is not possible to interactively select a different desktop during the " @@ -3985,7 +4049,7 @@ msgstr "" "<literal>desktop=xfce</literal>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2367 +#: using-d-i.xml:2374 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some CD images (businesscard, netinst and DVD) also allow selection of the " @@ -4000,7 +4064,7 @@ msgstr "" "εργασίας</quote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2374 +#: using-d-i.xml:2381 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that this will only work if the packages needed for the desired desktop " @@ -4019,7 +4083,7 @@ msgstr "" "ενός DVD ή οποιαδήποτε άλλη μέθοδο εγκατάστασης." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2384 +#: using-d-i.xml:2391 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The various server tasks will install software roughly as follows. DNS " @@ -4040,7 +4104,7 @@ msgstr "" "<classname>apache2</classname>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2395 +#: using-d-i.xml:2402 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <quote>Standard system</quote> task will install any package that has a " @@ -4056,7 +4120,7 @@ msgstr "" "ξέρετε τι κάνετε και θέλετε ένα πραγματικά ελάχιστο σύστημα." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2403 +#: using-d-i.xml:2410 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If during language selection a default locale other than the <quote>C</" @@ -4077,7 +4141,7 @@ msgstr "" "περιβάλλον (αν υπάρχουν τέτοια διαθέσιμα)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2413 +#: using-d-i.xml:2420 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you've selected your tasks, select &BTN-CONT;. At this point, " @@ -4092,7 +4156,7 @@ msgstr "" "παρακινήσει ανάλογα στην διάρκεια της διαδικασίας." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2420 +#: using-d-i.xml:2427 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You should be aware that especially the Desktop task is very large. " @@ -4111,7 +4175,7 @@ msgstr "" "την εγκατάσταση των πακέτων όταν αυτή ξεκινήσει." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2429 +#: using-d-i.xml:2436 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Even when packages are included on the CD-ROM, the installer may still " @@ -4130,13 +4194,13 @@ msgstr "" "εγκαταστάτη." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2444 +#: using-d-i.xml:2451 #, no-c-format msgid "Making Your System Bootable" msgstr "Καθιστώντας το Σύστημα Εκκινήσιμο" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2446 +#: using-d-i.xml:2453 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the " @@ -4151,13 +4215,13 @@ msgstr "" "linkend=\"boot-dev-select-sun\"/>.</phrase>" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2461 +#: using-d-i.xml:2468 #, no-c-format msgid "Detecting other operating systems" msgstr "Ανίχνευση άλλων λειτουργικών συστημάτων" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2463 +#: using-d-i.xml:2470 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for " @@ -4174,7 +4238,7 @@ msgstr "" "λειτουργικά συστήματα." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2471 +#: using-d-i.xml:2478 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " @@ -4192,13 +4256,13 @@ msgstr "" "σας εκκίνησης." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2489 +#: using-d-i.xml:2496 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer" msgstr "εγκαταστάτης του <command>palo</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2490 +#: using-d-i.xml:2497 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is " @@ -4215,19 +4279,20 @@ msgstr "" "πράγματι να διαβάσει τμήματα Linux." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2499 +#: using-d-i.xml:2506 #, no-c-format msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )" msgstr "hppa FIXME ( need more info )" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2511 +#: using-d-i.xml:2518 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" -msgstr "Εγκατάσταση στο Σκληρό Δίσκο του Φορτωτή Εκκίνησης <command>Grub</command>" +msgstr "" +"Εγκατάσταση στο Σκληρό Δίσκο του Φορτωτή Εκκίνησης <command>Grub</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2513 +#: using-d-i.xml:2520 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a " @@ -4240,7 +4305,7 @@ msgstr "" "χρήστες." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2519 +#: using-d-i.xml:2526 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where " @@ -4253,7 +4318,7 @@ msgstr "" "βιβλίο οδηγιών του grub." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2525 +#: using-d-i.xml:2532 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do not want to install grub, use the &BTN-GOBACK; button to get to " @@ -4265,13 +4330,14 @@ msgstr "" "φορτωτή εκκίνησης που θα θέλατε να χρησιμοποιήσετε." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2538 +#: using-d-i.xml:2545 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" -msgstr "Εγκατάσταση στο Σκληρό Δίσκο του Φορτωτή Εκκίνησης <command>Lilo</command>" +msgstr "" +"Εγκατάσταση στο Σκληρό Δίσκο του Φορτωτή Εκκίνησης <command>Lilo</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2540 +#: using-d-i.xml:2547 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is " @@ -4289,7 +4355,7 @@ msgstr "" "\">LILO mini-HOWTO</ulink> ιστοσελίδα." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2550 +#: using-d-i.xml:2557 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other " @@ -4304,7 +4370,7 @@ msgstr "" "συστήματα όπως GNU/Linux και GNU/Hurd. " #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2558 +#: using-d-i.xml:2565 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; offers you three choices on where to install the <command>LILO</" @@ -4314,13 +4380,13 @@ msgstr "" "τον φορτωτή εκκίνησης <command>LILO</command>:" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2565 +#: using-d-i.xml:2572 #, no-c-format msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)" msgstr "Κύρια Εγγραφή Εκκίνησης (MBR)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2565 +#: using-d-i.xml:2572 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot " @@ -4330,13 +4396,13 @@ msgstr "" "διαδικασίας εκκίνησης." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2572 +#: using-d-i.xml:2579 #, no-c-format msgid "new Debian partition" msgstr "νέο τμήμα Debian" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2572 +#: using-d-i.xml:2579 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> " @@ -4348,13 +4414,13 @@ msgstr "" "τμήματος Debian και θα χρησιμεύσει ως δευτερεύον φορτωτής εκκίνησης." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2581 +#: using-d-i.xml:2588 #, no-c-format msgid "Other choice" msgstr "Άλλη επιλογή" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2581 +#: using-d-i.xml:2588 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> " @@ -4368,7 +4434,7 @@ msgstr "" "συσκευών όπως <filename>/dev/hda</filename> ή <filename>/dev/sda</filename>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2591 +#: using-d-i.xml:2598 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll " @@ -4385,13 +4451,14 @@ msgstr "" "επιστρέψετε στο Debian!" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2607 +#: using-d-i.xml:2614 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" -msgstr "Εγκατάσταση του Φορτωτή Εκκίνησης <command>ELILO</command> στο Σκληρό Δίσκο" +msgstr "" +"Εγκατάσταση του Φορτωτή Εκκίνησης <command>ELILO</command> στο Σκληρό Δίσκο" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2609 +#: using-d-i.xml:2616 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled " @@ -4422,7 +4489,7 @@ msgstr "" "διαδικασία της φόρτωσης και εκκίνησης του πυρήνα του Linux." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2625 +#: using-d-i.xml:2632 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last " @@ -4440,13 +4507,13 @@ msgstr "" "σύστημα αρχείων <emphasis>root</emphasis>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2637 +#: using-d-i.xml:2644 #, no-c-format msgid "Choose the correct partition!" msgstr "Επιλέξτε το σωστό τμήμα!" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2639 +#: using-d-i.xml:2646 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The criteria for selecting a partition is that it is FAT format filesystem " @@ -4466,13 +4533,13 @@ msgstr "" "οποιοδήποτε περιεχόμενο υπάρχει από πριν!" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2654 +#: using-d-i.xml:2661 #, no-c-format msgid "EFI Partition Contents" msgstr "Περιεχόμενα του Τμήματος EFI" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2656 +#: using-d-i.xml:2663 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard " @@ -4503,13 +4570,13 @@ msgstr "" "αρχείων στη διάρκεια αναβάθμισης του συστήματος ή επαναρύθμισής του." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2678 +#: using-d-i.xml:2685 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.conf" msgstr "elilo.conf" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2679 +#: using-d-i.xml:2686 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is " @@ -4521,13 +4588,13 @@ msgstr "" "αλλαγμένα έτσι ώστε να αναφέρονται στα αρχεία του τμήματος EFI." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2688 +#: using-d-i.xml:2695 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.efi" msgstr "elilo.efi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2689 +#: using-d-i.xml:2696 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> " @@ -4541,13 +4608,13 @@ msgstr "" "Εκκίνησης EFI</quote> του <guimenuitem>Debian GNU/Linux</guimenuitem>." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2699 +#: using-d-i.xml:2706 #, no-c-format msgid "initrd.img" msgstr "initrd.img" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2700 +#: using-d-i.xml:2707 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of " @@ -4562,13 +4629,13 @@ msgstr "" "συμβολικού δεσμού το <filename>/initrd.img</filename>." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2712 +#: using-d-i.xml:2719 #, no-c-format msgid "readme.txt" msgstr "readme.txt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2713 +#: using-d-i.xml:2720 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are " @@ -4581,13 +4648,13 @@ msgstr "" "το <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename>." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2723 +#: using-d-i.xml:2730 #, no-c-format msgid "vmlinuz" msgstr "vmlinuz" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2724 +#: using-d-i.xml:2731 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in " @@ -4601,13 +4668,13 @@ msgstr "" "δείχνει μεσώ συμβολικού δεσμού το αρχείο <filename>/vmlinuz</filename>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2744 +#: using-d-i.xml:2751 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" msgstr "εγκαταστάτης του <command>arcboot</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2745 +#: using-d-i.xml:2752 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on SGI machines is <command>arcboot</command>. It has to be " @@ -4652,13 +4719,13 @@ msgstr "" "στη συνέχεια <command>boot</command>." #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2764 +#: using-d-i.xml:2771 #, no-c-format msgid "scsi" msgstr "scsi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2765 +#: using-d-i.xml:2772 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI bus to be booted from, this is <userinput>0</userinput> for the " @@ -4668,13 +4735,13 @@ msgstr "" "<userinput>0</userinput> για ελεγκτές ενσωματωμένους στην μητρική" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2773 +#: using-d-i.xml:2780 #, no-c-format msgid "disk" msgstr "disk" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2774 +#: using-d-i.xml:2781 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>arcboot</command> is " @@ -4684,13 +4751,13 @@ msgstr "" "<command>arcboot</command>." #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2782 +#: using-d-i.xml:2789 #, no-c-format msgid "partnr" msgstr "partnr" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2783 +#: using-d-i.xml:2790 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -4700,13 +4767,13 @@ msgstr "" "conf</filename>." #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2791 +#: using-d-i.xml:2798 #, no-c-format msgid "config" msgstr "config" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2792 +#: using-d-i.xml:2799 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -4716,13 +4783,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename>, το οποίο εξ ορισμού είναι <quote>linux</quote>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2813 +#: using-d-i.xml:2820 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Εγκατάσταση στον Σκληρό Δίσκο του <command>Yaboot</command> " #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2814 +#: using-d-i.xml:2821 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their " @@ -4743,13 +4810,13 @@ msgstr "" "OpenFirmware θα είναι ρυθμισμένο να ξεκινά το &debian;." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2832 +#: using-d-i.xml:2839 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Εγκατάσταση στον Σκληρό Δίσκο του <command>Quik</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2833 +#: using-d-i.xml:2840 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</" @@ -4764,13 +4831,13 @@ msgstr "" "όπως επίσης και σε μερικούς τύπους Power Computing." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2849 +#: using-d-i.xml:2856 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer" msgstr "εγκαταστάτης του <command>zipl</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2850 +#: using-d-i.xml:2857 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</" @@ -4787,13 +4854,14 @@ msgstr "" "quote> στον δικτυακό τόπο των developerWorks της IBM." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2867 +#: using-d-i.xml:2874 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" -msgstr "Εγκατάσταση στον Σκληρό Δίσκο του Φορτωτή Εκκίνησης <command>SILO</command>" +msgstr "" +"Εγκατάσταση στον Σκληρό Δίσκο του Φορτωτή Εκκίνησης <command>SILO</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2869 +#: using-d-i.xml:2876 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is " @@ -4827,13 +4895,13 @@ msgstr "" "SunOS/Solaris. " #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2894 +#: using-d-i.xml:2901 #, no-c-format msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader" msgstr "Συνεχίστε Χωρίς Φορτωτή Εκκίνησης" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2896 +#: using-d-i.xml:2903 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot " @@ -4847,7 +4915,7 @@ msgstr "" "χρησιμοποιήσετε κάποιον φορτωτή εκκίνησης που ήδη υπάρχει)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2903 +#: using-d-i.xml:2910 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name " @@ -4870,13 +4938,13 @@ msgstr "" "επίσης να γνωρίζετε το σύστημα αρχείων του <filename>/boot</filename>. " #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2920 +#: using-d-i.xml:2927 #, no-c-format msgid "Finishing the Installation" msgstr "Τελειώνοντας την Εγκατάσταση" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2921 +#: using-d-i.xml:2928 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the last step in the Debian installation process during which the " @@ -4888,13 +4956,13 @@ msgstr "" "Συνίσταται κυρίως σε ένα \"σιγύρισμα\" μετά τη χρήση του &d-i;." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2934 +#: using-d-i.xml:2941 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting the System Clock" msgstr "Ρύθμιση του Ρολογιού του Συστήματος" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2936 +#: using-d-i.xml:2943 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The installer may ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally " @@ -4908,7 +4976,7 @@ msgstr "" "στοιχεία όπως το ποια άλλα λειτουργικά συστήματα είναι εγκατεστημμένα." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2943 +#: using-d-i.xml:2950 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is " @@ -4927,7 +4995,7 @@ msgstr "" "διπλής εκκίνησης επιλέξτε τοπική ώρα αντί για ώρα UTC.</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2954 +#: using-d-i.xml:2961 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point &d-i; will also attempt to save the current time to the " @@ -4939,13 +5007,13 @@ msgstr "" "χρόνο, ανάλογα με την επιλογή που μόλις κάνατε." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2969 +#: using-d-i.xml:2976 #, no-c-format msgid "Reboot the System" msgstr "Επανεκκίνηση του Συστήματος" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2971 +#: using-d-i.xml:2978 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will be prompted to remove the boot media (CD, floppy, etc) that you " @@ -4957,7 +5025,7 @@ msgstr "" "σύστημα θα επανεκκινήσει στο καινούριο σας σύστημα Debian. " #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2977 +#: using-d-i.xml:2984 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After a final prompt the system will be halted because rebooting is not " @@ -4971,13 +5039,13 @@ msgstr "" "σαν ριζικό σύστημα αρχείων στα πρώτα βήματα της εγκατάστασης." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2990 +#: using-d-i.xml:2997 #, no-c-format msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "Διάφορα" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2991 +#: using-d-i.xml:2998 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the " @@ -4989,13 +5057,13 @@ msgstr "" "για να βοηθήσουν τον χρήστη σε περίπτωση που κάτι δεν πάει καλά." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3004 +#: using-d-i.xml:3011 #, no-c-format msgid "Saving the installation logs" msgstr "Αποθήκευση αρχείων ημερολογίου εγκατάστασης" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3006 +#: using-d-i.xml:3013 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the " @@ -5008,7 +5076,7 @@ msgstr "" "Debian." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3013 +#: using-d-i.xml:3020 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu " @@ -5025,13 +5093,13 @@ msgstr "" "σε ένα άλλο σύστημα ή να τα επισυνάψετε σε μια αναφορά εγκατάστασης." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3033 +#: using-d-i.xml:3040 #, no-c-format msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs" msgstr "Χρήση του Κελύφους και Παρακολούθηση των Καταγραφών Εγκατάστασης" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3035 +#: using-d-i.xml:3042 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There are several methods you can use to get a shell while running an " @@ -5058,7 +5126,7 @@ msgstr "" "keycombo> για να αλλάξετε και πάλι πίσω στον ίδιο τον εγκαταστάτη." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3053 +#: using-d-i.xml:3060 #, no-c-format msgid "For the graphical installer see also <xref linkend=\"gtk-using\"/>." msgstr "" @@ -5066,7 +5134,7 @@ msgstr "" "using\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3057 +#: using-d-i.xml:3064 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you cannot switch consoles, there is also an <guimenuitem>Execute a " @@ -5083,7 +5151,7 @@ msgstr "" "για να κλείσετε το κέλυφος και να επιστρέψετε στον εγκαταστάτη." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3065 +#: using-d-i.xml:3072 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set " @@ -5101,7 +5169,7 @@ msgstr "" "με μερικά ωραία χαρακτηριστικά όπως αυτόματη συμπλήρωση και ιστορικό." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3074 +#: using-d-i.xml:3081 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To edit and view files, use the text editor <command>nano</command>. Log " @@ -5113,7 +5181,7 @@ msgstr "" "εγκατάστασης μπορούν να βρεθούν στον κατάλογο <filename>/var/log</filename>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3081 +#: using-d-i.xml:3088 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although you can do basically anything in a shell that the available " @@ -5126,7 +5194,7 @@ msgstr "" "λογους εκσφαλμάτωσης (debugging)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3087 +#: using-d-i.xml:3094 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Doing things manually from the shell may interfere with the installation " @@ -5141,13 +5209,13 @@ msgstr "" "το κέλυφος." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3102 +#: using-d-i.xml:3109 #, no-c-format msgid "Installation Over the Network" msgstr "Εγκατάσταση μέσω δικτύου" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3104 +#: using-d-i.xml:3111 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</" @@ -5166,7 +5234,7 @@ msgstr "" "<xref linkend=\"automatic-install\"/>)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3114 +#: using-d-i.xml:3121 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so " @@ -5191,7 +5259,7 @@ msgstr "" "guimenuitem>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3127 +#: using-d-i.xml:3134 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting " @@ -5201,7 +5269,7 @@ msgstr "" "μέθοδος μετά την ρύθμιση του δικτύου." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3132 +#: using-d-i.xml:3139 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> " @@ -5225,7 +5293,7 @@ msgstr "" "εγκατάσταση από μακριά</quote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3144 +#: using-d-i.xml:3151 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always " @@ -5237,7 +5305,7 @@ msgstr "" "μπορείτε να διαλέξετε ένα άλλο συστατικό του εγκαταστάτη." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3150 +#: using-d-i.xml:3157 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need " @@ -5271,7 +5339,7 @@ msgstr "" "επιβεβαιώσετε ότι είναι σωστό." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3167 +#: using-d-i.xml:3174 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <command>ssh</command> server in the installer uses a default " @@ -5297,7 +5365,7 @@ msgstr "" "τη δυνατότητα να συνεχίσετε την εγκατάσταση μετά την επανασύνδεση." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3180 +#: using-d-i.xml:3187 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You may be able to avoid the connection being dropped by adding the option " @@ -5321,7 +5389,7 @@ msgstr "" "συνέπεια θα πρέπει να χρησιμοποιείται μόνο αν είναι αναγκαία." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3193 +#: using-d-i.xml:3200 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP " @@ -5346,7 +5414,7 @@ msgstr "" "para> </footnote> και να ξαναπροσπαθήσετε." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3209 +#: using-d-i.xml:3216 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have " @@ -5367,7 +5435,7 @@ msgstr "" "μπορείτε να ξεκινήσετε πολλαπλά κελύφη." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3219 +#: using-d-i.xml:3226 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go " @@ -5384,13 +5452,13 @@ msgstr "" "εγκατεστημένο σύστημα." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3239 +#: using-d-i.xml:3246 #, no-c-format msgid "Loading Missing Firmware" msgstr "Φόρτωση λογισμικού firmware που απουσιάζει" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3240 +#: using-d-i.xml:3247 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As described in <xref linkend=\"hardware-firmware\"/>, some devices require " @@ -5406,7 +5474,7 @@ msgstr "" "firmwareχρειάζεται μόνο για την ενεργοποίηση επιπρόσθετων χαρακτηριστικών." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3248 +#: using-d-i.xml:3255 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If a device driver requests firmware that is not available, &d-i; will " @@ -5425,7 +5493,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename>) και το άρθρωμα του οδηγού της συσκευής θα ξαναφορτωθεί." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3258 +#: using-d-i.xml:3265 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Which devices are scanned and which file systems are supported depends on " @@ -5443,7 +5511,7 @@ msgstr "" "και amd64 firmware μπορεί επίσης να φορτωθεί από μια κάρτα MMC ή SD.</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3268 +#: using-d-i.xml:3275 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that it is possible to skip loading the firmware if you know the device " @@ -5455,7 +5523,7 @@ msgstr "" "κατά την εγκατάσταση." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3275 +#: using-d-i.xml:3282 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Support for loading firmware is still relatively basic and is likely to be " @@ -5473,13 +5541,13 @@ msgstr "" "<xref linkend=\"submit-bug\"/>)." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3286 +#: using-d-i.xml:3293 #, no-c-format msgid "Preparing a medium" msgstr "Προετοιμασία ενός μέσου" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3287 +#: using-d-i.xml:3294 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although in some cases the firmware can also be loaded from a partition on a " @@ -5500,7 +5568,7 @@ msgstr "" "στάδια της εγκατάστασης." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3297 +#: using-d-i.xml:3304 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Tarballs containing current packages for the most common firmware are " @@ -5516,7 +5584,7 @@ msgstr "" "σύστημα αρχείων του μέσου." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3311 +#: using-d-i.xml:3318 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the firmware you need is not included in the tarball, you can also " @@ -5533,7 +5601,7 @@ msgstr "" "λογισμικού που δεν αφορούν firmware:" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3325 +#: using-d-i.xml:3332 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is also possible to copy individual firmware files to the medium. Loose " @@ -5545,13 +5613,13 @@ msgstr "" "παράδειγμα από ένα ήδη εγκατεστημένο σύστημα ή από έναν κατασκευαστή." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3334 +#: using-d-i.xml:3341 #, no-c-format msgid "Firmware and the Installed System" msgstr "Λογισμικό firmware και το Εγκατεστημένο Σύστημα" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3335 +#: using-d-i.xml:3342 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any firmware loaded during the installation will be copied automatically to " @@ -5570,7 +5638,7 @@ msgstr "" "φορτωθεί εξαιτίας της αλλαγής (skew) του πυρήνα." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3344 +#: using-d-i.xml:3351 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the firmware was loaded from a firmware package, &d-i; will also install " @@ -5587,7 +5655,7 @@ msgstr "" "του." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3352 +#: using-d-i.xml:3359 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If loading the firmware was skipped during the installation, the relevant " @@ -5599,7 +5667,7 @@ msgstr "" "μέχρι το πακέτο (του λογισμικού) εγκατασταθεί με το χέρι." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3359 +#: using-d-i.xml:3366 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the firmware was loaded from loose firmware files, the firmware copied to " @@ -5611,4 +5679,3 @@ msgstr "" "firmware που αντιγράφηκε στο εγκατεστημένο σύστημα <emphasis>δεν</emphasis> " "θα ενημερωθεί αυτόματα αν δεν εγκατασταθεί το αντίστοιχο πακέτο λογισμικού " "(εφόσον είναι διαθέσιμο) μετά την ολοκλήρωση της εγκατάστασης." - diff --git a/po/fi/preseed.po b/po/fi/preseed.po index 4df521652..476bd98ea 100644 --- a/po/fi/preseed.po +++ b/po/fi/preseed.po @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Installation Guide preseed\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-11-18 01:11+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-01-18 00:44+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-09-09 22:01+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Tapio Lehtonen <tale@debian.org>\n" "Language-Team: Finnish <debian-l10n-finnish@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -2487,9 +2487,6 @@ msgid "" "\n" "# Individual additional packages to install\n" "#d-i pkgsel/include string openssh-server build-essential\n" -"# By default, packages that are only Recommended by packages installed " -"using\n" -"# pkgsel/include (as opposed to their dependencies) will not be installed.\n" "# Whether to upgrade packages after debootstrap.\n" "# Allowed values: none, safe-upgrade, full-upgrade\n" "#d-i pkgsel/upgrade select none\n" diff --git a/po/fi/random-bits.po b/po/fi/random-bits.po index edc6315d0..c8402c766 100644 --- a/po/fi/random-bits.po +++ b/po/fi/random-bits.po @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Debian Installation Guide random-bits\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-11-08 01:11+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-12-28 01:10+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-08-29 16:25+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Tapio Lehtonen <tale@debian.org>\n" "Language-Team: Finnish <debian-l10n-finnish@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -1374,7 +1374,67 @@ msgstr "Verkon asetukset" #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:646 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +#| msgid "" +#| "To configure networking, edit <filename>/etc/network/interfaces</" +#| "filename>, <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>, <filename>/etc/" +#| "hostname</filename> and <filename>/etc/hosts</filename>. " +#| "<informalexample><screen>\n" +#| "# editor /etc/network/interfaces\n" +#| "</screen></informalexample> Here are some simple examples from <filename>/" +#| "usr/share/doc/ifupdown/examples</filename>: <informalexample><screen>\n" +#| "######################################################################\n" +#| "# /etc/network/interfaces -- configuration file for ifup(8), ifdown(8)\n" +#| "# See the interfaces(5) manpage for information on what options are\n" +#| "# available.\n" +#| "######################################################################\n" +#| "\n" +#| "# We always want the loopback interface.\n" +#| "#\n" +#| "auto lo\n" +#| "iface lo inet loopback\n" +#| "\n" +#| "# To use dhcp:\n" +#| "#\n" +#| "# auto eth0\n" +#| "# iface eth0 inet dhcp\n" +#| "\n" +#| "# An example static IP setup: (broadcast and gateway are optional)\n" +#| "#\n" +#| "# auto eth0\n" +#| "# iface eth0 inet static\n" +#| "# address 192.168.0.42\n" +#| "# network 192.168.0.0\n" +#| "# netmask 255.255.255.0\n" +#| "# broadcast 192.168.0.255\n" +#| "# gateway 192.168.0.1\n" +#| "</screen></informalexample> Enter your nameserver(s) and search " +#| "directives in <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>: " +#| "<informalexample><screen>\n" +#| "# editor /etc/resolv.conf\n" +#| "</screen></informalexample> A simple example <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</" +#| "filename>: <informalexample><screen>\n" +#| "search hqdom.local\n" +#| "nameserver 10.1.1.36\n" +#| "nameserver 192.168.9.100\n" +#| "</screen></informalexample> Enter your system's host name (2 to 63 " +#| "characters): <informalexample><screen>\n" +#| "# echo DebianHostName > /etc/hostname\n" +#| "</screen></informalexample> And a basic <filename>/etc/hosts</filename> " +#| "with IPv6 support: <informalexample><screen>\n" +#| "127.0.0.1 localhost DebianHostName\n" +#| "\n" +#| "# The following lines are desirable for IPv6 capable hosts\n" +#| "::1 ip6-localhost ip6-loopback\n" +#| "fe00::0 ip6-localnet\n" +#| "ff00::0 ip6-mcastprefix\n" +#| "ff02::1 ip6-allnodes\n" +#| "ff02::2 ip6-allrouters\n" +#| "ff02::3 ip6-allhosts\n" +#| "</screen></informalexample> If you have multiple network cards, you " +#| "should arrange the names of driver modules in the <filename>/etc/modules</" +#| "filename> file into the desired order. Then during boot, each card will " +#| "be associated with the interface name (eth0, eth1, etc.) that you expect." msgid "" "To configure networking, edit <filename>/etc/network/interfaces</filename>, " "<filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>, <filename>/etc/hostname</filename> " @@ -1420,7 +1480,8 @@ msgid "" "# echo DebianHostName > /etc/hostname\n" "</screen></informalexample> And a basic <filename>/etc/hosts</filename> with " "IPv6 support: <informalexample><screen>\n" -"127.0.0.1 localhost DebianHostName\n" +"127.0.0.1 localhost\n" +"127.0.1.1 DebianHostName\n" "\n" "# The following lines are desirable for IPv6 capable hosts\n" "::1 ip6-localhost ip6-loopback\n" diff --git a/po/fi/using-d-i.po b/po/fi/using-d-i.po index 7a59e3542..cc40195fb 100644 --- a/po/fi/using-d-i.po +++ b/po/fi/using-d-i.po @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Installation Guide using-d-i\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-11-25 01:11+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-01-18 00:44+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-09-09 21:50+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Tapio Lehtonen <tale@debian.org>\n" "Language-Team: Finnish <debian-l10n-finnish@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -893,11 +893,16 @@ msgstr "Maa-asetuston valinta" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:516 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +#| msgid "" +#| "In most cases the first questions you will be asked concern the selection " +#| "of localization options to be used both for the installation and for the " +#| "installed system. The localization options consist of language, country " +#| "and locales." msgid "" "In most cases the first questions you will be asked concern the selection of " "localization options to be used both for the installation and for the " -"installed system. The localization options consist of language, country and " +"installed system. The localization options consist of language, location and " "locales." msgstr "" "Useimmissa tapauksissa ensimmäiset kysymykset koskevat maa-asetuston " @@ -926,10 +931,11 @@ msgstr "" #| "geographic location. Language and country together will be used to set " #| "the default locale for your system and to help select your keyboard." msgid "" -"The selected country will be used later in the installation process to pick " -"the default time zone and a Debian mirror appropriate for your geographic " -"location. Language and country together will help determine the default " -"locale for your system and select the correct keyboard layout." +"The selected geographic location (in most cases a country) will be used " +"later in the installation process to select the correct time zone and a " +"Debian mirror appropriate for that country. Language and country together " +"will help determine the default locale for your system and select the " +"correct keyboard layout." msgstr "" "Myöhemmin asennustapahtumassa asetetaan aikavyöhykkeen ja Debianin " "asennuspalvelimen oletusarvot valitun maan mukaisiksi. Kieltä ja maata " @@ -937,7 +943,7 @@ msgstr "" "apuna." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:537 +#: using-d-i.xml:538 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will first be asked to select your preferred language. The language " @@ -960,7 +966,7 @@ msgstr "" "<classname>locales</classname>-paketti jätetään asentamatta." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:549 +#: using-d-i.xml:550 #, fuzzy, no-c-format #| msgid "" #| "If you selected a language that is recognized as an official language for " @@ -972,14 +978,14 @@ msgstr "" #| "selecting a continent will lead to a list of relevant countries on that " #| "continent." msgid "" -"If you selected a language that is recognized as an official language for " -"more than one country<footnote> <para> In technical terms: where multiple " -"locales exist for that language with differing country codes. </para> </" -"footnote>, you will be shown a list of only those countries. To select a " -"country that is not in that list, choose <guimenuitem>other</guimenuitem> " -"(the last option). You will then be presented with a list of continents; " -"selecting a continent will lead to a list of relevant countries on that " -"continent." +"Next you will be asked to select your geographic location. If you selected a " +"language that is recognized as an official language for more than one " +"country<footnote> <para> In technical terms: where multiple locales exist " +"for that language with differing country codes. </para> </footnote>, you " +"will be shown a list of only those countries. To select a country that is " +"not in that list, choose <guimenuitem>other</guimenuitem> (the last option). " +"You will then be presented with a list of continents; selecting a continent " +"will lead to a list of relevant countries on that continent." msgstr "" "Valittaessa kieli joka on virallinen kieli useammassa kuin yhdessä " "maassa<footnote> <para>Täsmällisemmin: jos kyseiselle kielelle on monta maa-" @@ -1014,24 +1020,27 @@ msgid "" "If you selected a combination of language and country for which no locale is " "defined and there exist multiple locales for the language, then the " "installer will allow you to choose which of those locales you prefer as the " -"default locale for the installed system. In all other cases a default locale " -"will be selected based on the selected language and country." +"default locale for the installed system<footnote> <para> At medium and low " +"priority you can always select your preferred locale from those available " +"for the selected language (if there's more than one). </para> </footnote>. " +"In all other cases a default locale will be selected based on the selected " +"language and country." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:588 +#: using-d-i.xml:595 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any default locale selected as described in the previous paragraph will use " -"UTF-8 as character encoding." +"<firstterm>UTF-8</firstterm> as character encoding." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:593 +#: using-d-i.xml:600 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"If you are installing at medium or low priority, you will have the option of " -"selecting additional locales, including so-called <quote>legacy</quote> " +"If you are installing at low priority, you will have the option of selecting " +"additional locales, including so-called <quote>legacy</quote> " "locales<footnote> <para> Legacy locales are locales which do not use UTF-8, " "but one of the older standards for character encoding such as ISO 8859-" "1 (used by West European languages) or EUC-JP (used by Japanese). </para> </" @@ -1041,13 +1050,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:617 +#: using-d-i.xml:624 #, no-c-format msgid "Choosing a Keyboard" msgstr "Näppäimistön valinta" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:619 +#: using-d-i.xml:626 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Keyboards are often tailored to the characters used in a language. Select a " @@ -1064,7 +1073,7 @@ msgstr "" "config</command> pääkäyttäjänä kun asennus on valmis). " #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:629 +#: using-d-i.xml:636 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Move the highlight to the keyboard selection you desire and press " @@ -1080,7 +1089,7 @@ msgstr "" "<keycap>F10</keycap> -näppäimet ylärivissä." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:638 +#: using-d-i.xml:645 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There are two keyboard layouts for US keyboards; the qwerty/mac-usb-us " @@ -1099,13 +1108,13 @@ msgstr "" "\" useimmissa Mac-näppäimistöissä). Asetteluilla ei ole muuta eroa." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:668 +#: using-d-i.xml:675 #, no-c-format msgid "Looking for the Debian Installer ISO Image" msgstr "Etsitään Debianin asentimen ISO-otosta" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:669 +#: using-d-i.xml:676 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When installing via the <emphasis>hd-media</emphasis> method, there will be " @@ -1119,7 +1128,7 @@ msgstr "" "juuri tämän." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:676 +#: using-d-i.xml:683 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At first, <command>iso-scan</command> automatically mounts all block devices " @@ -1149,7 +1158,7 @@ msgstr "" "otoksen." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:693 +#: using-d-i.xml:700 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In case the previous attempt to find an installer iso image fails, " @@ -1163,7 +1172,7 @@ msgstr "" "tiedostojärjestelmä." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:700 +#: using-d-i.xml:707 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If <command>iso-scan</command> does not discover your installer iso image, " @@ -1181,13 +1190,13 @@ msgstr "" "tämän ilman uudelleenkäynnistystä toisella konsolilla." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:721 +#: using-d-i.xml:728 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Network" msgstr "Verkkoasetusten teko" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:723 +#: using-d-i.xml:730 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As you enter this step, if the system detects that you have more than one " @@ -1207,7 +1216,7 @@ msgstr "" "manvolnum> </citerefentry> man-sivulta." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:734 +#: using-d-i.xml:741 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, &d-i; tries to configure your computer's network automatically " @@ -1230,7 +1239,7 @@ msgstr "" "uudelleen jos kaiken pitäisi toimia." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:746 +#: using-d-i.xml:753 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The manual network setup in turn asks you a number of questions about your " @@ -1254,7 +1263,7 @@ msgstr "" "<xref linkend=\"needed-info\"/> mukaisesti." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:760 +#: using-d-i.xml:767 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some technical details you might, or might not, find handy: the program " @@ -1275,14 +1284,14 @@ msgstr "" "tiedostoa <filename>/etc/network/interfaces</filename>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:805 +#: using-d-i.xml:812 #, fuzzy, no-c-format #| msgid "Configuring the Clock" msgid "Configuring the Clock and Time Zone" msgstr "Kello aikaan" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:807 +#: using-d-i.xml:814 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The installer will first attempt to connect to a time server on the Internet " @@ -1300,13 +1309,13 @@ msgstr "" "aikana." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:816 +#: using-d-i.xml:823 #, no-c-format msgid "The installer does not modify the system clock on the s390 platform." msgstr "Asennin ei aseta järjestelmäkelloa aikaan s390-laiteympäristössä." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:829 +#: using-d-i.xml:836 #, fuzzy, no-c-format #| msgid "" #| "Depending on the location selected earlier in the installation process, " @@ -1324,7 +1333,7 @@ msgstr "" "luetteloa näytetä ja tuo aikavyöhyke otetaan käyttöön enemmittä kyselyittä." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:837 +#: using-d-i.xml:844 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In expert mode or when installing at medium priority, you will have the " @@ -1333,7 +1342,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:843 +#: using-d-i.xml:850 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If for some reason you wish to set a time zone for the installed system that " @@ -1345,7 +1354,7 @@ msgstr "" "mahdollisuutta. " #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:854 +#: using-d-i.xml:861 #, fuzzy, no-c-format #| msgid "" #| "The simplest option is to just select a different timezone after the " @@ -1360,13 +1369,13 @@ msgstr "" "kun on käynnistetty uusi järjestelmä. Tämä tehdään komennolla:" #. Tag: screen -#: using-d-i.xml:860 +#: using-d-i.xml:867 #, no-c-format msgid "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata" msgstr "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:866 +#: using-d-i.xml:873 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Alternatively, the time zone can be set at the very start of the " @@ -1381,7 +1390,7 @@ msgstr "" "<userinput>Europe/London</userinput> tai <userinput>UTC</userinput>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:880 +#: using-d-i.xml:887 #, fuzzy, no-c-format #| msgid "" #| "For automated installations the time zone can also be set using " @@ -1394,13 +1403,13 @@ msgstr "" "vastauksilla." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:894 +#: using-d-i.xml:901 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning and Mount Point Selection" msgstr "Osioiden teko ja liitoskohtien valinta" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:895 +#: using-d-i.xml:902 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this time, after hardware detection has been executed a final time, &d-i; " @@ -1418,7 +1427,7 @@ msgstr "" "levyniteiden hallinta LVM tai salatut laitteet." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:916 +#: using-d-i.xml:923 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are uncomfortable with partitioning, or just want to know more " @@ -1428,7 +1437,7 @@ msgstr "" "linkend=\"partitioning\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:922 +#: using-d-i.xml:929 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If a hard disk has previously used under Solaris, the partitioner may not " @@ -1450,7 +1459,7 @@ msgstr "" "tietoon ei enää pääse käsiksi." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:935 +#: using-d-i.xml:942 #, no-c-format msgid "" "First you will be given the opportunity to automatically partition either an " @@ -1464,13 +1473,13 @@ msgstr "" "<guimenuitem>Tee levyosiot itse</guimenuitem> valikosta." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:945 +#: using-d-i.xml:952 #, no-c-format msgid "Guided Partitioning" msgstr "Ohjattu osiointi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:946 +#: using-d-i.xml:953 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning, you may have three options: to create " @@ -1487,14 +1496,14 @@ msgstr "" "crypt</quote>-tukea </para> </footnote>. " #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:961 +#: using-d-i.xml:968 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The option to use (encrypted) LVM may not be available on all architectures." msgstr "(salattu) LVM ei ehkä ole käytettävissä kaikille suoritinperheille." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:966 +#: using-d-i.xml:973 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When using LVM or encrypted LVM, the installer will create most partitions " @@ -1510,7 +1519,7 @@ msgstr "" "(henkilökohtaisille) tiedoille." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:975 +#: using-d-i.xml:982 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When using encrypted LVM, the installer will also automatically erase the " @@ -1526,7 +1535,7 @@ msgstr "" "mutta saattaa viedä jonkin aikaa, levyn koosta riippuen." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:984 +#: using-d-i.xml:991 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning using LVM or encrypted LVM, some changes " @@ -1544,7 +1553,7 @@ msgstr "" "levylle." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:994 +#: using-d-i.xml:1001 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning (either classic or using (encrypted) LVM) " @@ -1561,7 +1570,7 @@ msgstr "" "poiketa totutusta. Levyjen kokoja voi käyttää apuna levyjen tunnistamisessa." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1003 +#: using-d-i.xml:1010 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any data on the disk you select will eventually be lost, but you will always " @@ -1576,7 +1585,7 @@ msgstr "" "asti; (salattua) LVM:ää käytettäessä peruminen ei ole mahdollista." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1011 +#: using-d-i.xml:1018 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, you will be able to choose from the schemes listed in the table below. " @@ -1594,73 +1603,73 @@ msgstr "" "noin 1 Gt tilaa (riippuu mallineesta), ohjattu osiointi ei toimi." #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1027 +#: using-d-i.xml:1034 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning scheme" msgstr "Osioinnin mallineet" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1028 +#: using-d-i.xml:1035 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum space" msgstr "Vähimmäistila" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1029 +#: using-d-i.xml:1036 #, no-c-format msgid "Created partitions" msgstr "Tehdyt osiot" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1035 +#: using-d-i.xml:1042 #, no-c-format msgid "All files in one partition" msgstr "Kaikki tiedostot yhdessä levyosiossa" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1036 +#: using-d-i.xml:1043 #, no-c-format msgid "600MB" msgstr "600 Mt" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1037 +#: using-d-i.xml:1044 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, sivutus" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1039 +#: using-d-i.xml:1046 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home partition" msgstr "Erillinen /home-osio" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1040 +#: using-d-i.xml:1047 #, no-c-format msgid "500MB" msgstr "500 Mt" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1041 +#: using-d-i.xml:1048 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, sivutus" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1045 +#: using-d-i.xml:1052 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home, /usr, /var and /tmp partitions" msgstr "Erilliset /home-, /usr-, /var- ja /tmp-osiot" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1046 +#: using-d-i.xml:1053 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>1GB</entry>" msgstr "<entry>1 Gt</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1047 +#: using-d-i.xml:1054 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/usr</" @@ -1670,7 +1679,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, sivutus" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1056 +#: using-d-i.xml:1063 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning using (encrypted) LVM, the installer will " @@ -1683,7 +1692,7 @@ msgstr "" "LVM-osion sisälle." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1062 +#: using-d-i.xml:1069 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning for your IA-64 system, there will be an " @@ -1697,7 +1706,7 @@ msgstr "" "tekemiseksi EFI-käynnistysosioksi." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1070 +#: using-d-i.xml:1077 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After selecting a scheme, the next screen will show your new partition " @@ -1709,7 +1718,7 @@ msgstr "" "niiden liitoskohdat." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1076 +#: using-d-i.xml:1083 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The list of partitions might look like this: <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -1760,7 +1769,7 @@ msgstr "" "mahdollisista vaihtoehdoista." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1089 +#: using-d-i.xml:1096 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This concludes the guided partitioning. If you are satisfied with the " @@ -1780,13 +1789,13 @@ msgstr "" "tehtäessä osiot itse." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1103 +#: using-d-i.xml:1110 #, no-c-format msgid "Manual Partitioning" msgstr "Tee osiot itse" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1104 +#: using-d-i.xml:1111 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A similar screen to the one shown just above will be displayed if you choose " @@ -1801,7 +1810,7 @@ msgstr "" "asennettavassa Debian-järjestelmässä." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1112 +#: using-d-i.xml:1119 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select a pristine disk which has neither partitions nor free space on " @@ -1815,7 +1824,7 @@ msgstr "" "uusi rivi <quote>VAPAA TILA</quote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1120 +#: using-d-i.xml:1127 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select some free space, you will have the opportunity to create a new " @@ -1854,7 +1863,7 @@ msgstr "" "aloitusruutuun." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1142 +#: using-d-i.xml:1149 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you decide you want to change something about your partition, simply " @@ -1874,7 +1883,7 @@ msgstr "" "Osion voi myös poistaa tästä valikosta." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1153 +#: using-d-i.xml:1160 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Be sure to create at least two partitions: one for the <emphasis>root</" @@ -1890,7 +1899,7 @@ msgstr "" "suostu jatkamaan ennen kuin tämä on tehty." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1161 +#: using-d-i.xml:1168 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you forget to select and format an EFI boot partition, <command>partman</" @@ -1902,7 +1911,7 @@ msgstr "" "kuin nämä on tehty." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1167 +#: using-d-i.xml:1174 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Capabilities of <command>partman</command> can be extended with installer " @@ -1918,7 +1927,7 @@ msgstr "" "tai <filename>partman-lvm</filename>)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1175 +#: using-d-i.xml:1182 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you are satisfied with partitioning, select <guimenuitem>Finish " @@ -1932,13 +1941,13 @@ msgstr "" "tiedostojärjestelmät luodaan valitulla tavalla." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1203 +#: using-d-i.xml:1210 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Multidisk Devices (Software RAID)" msgstr "Monilevylaitteen asetukset (ohjelmallisesti toteutettu RAID)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1204 +#: using-d-i.xml:1211 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have more than one harddrive<footnote><para> To be honest, you can " @@ -1958,7 +1967,7 @@ msgstr "" "<firstterm>ohjelmallisesti toteutettu RAID</firstterm>)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1217 +#: using-d-i.xml:1224 #, no-c-format msgid "" "MD is basically a bunch of partitions located on different disks and " @@ -1972,7 +1981,7 @@ msgstr "" "voi tehdä tiedostojärjestelmän, määrätä liitoskohdan, jne.)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1225 +#: using-d-i.xml:1232 #, no-c-format msgid "" "What benefits this brings depends on the type of MD device you are creating. " @@ -2101,97 +2110,97 @@ msgstr "" "Yhteenvetona:" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1339 +#: using-d-i.xml:1346 #, no-c-format msgid "Type" msgstr "Tyyppi" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1340 +#: using-d-i.xml:1347 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum Devices" msgstr "Levyjä vähintään" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1341 +#: using-d-i.xml:1348 #, no-c-format msgid "Spare Device" msgstr "Varalevy" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1342 +#: using-d-i.xml:1349 #, no-c-format msgid "Survives disk failure?" msgstr "Toipuuko levyrikosta?" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1343 +#: using-d-i.xml:1350 #, no-c-format msgid "Available Space" msgstr "Käytettävissä oleva tila" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1349 +#: using-d-i.xml:1356 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID0" msgstr "RAID0" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1350 using-d-i.xml:1358 using-d-i.xml:1388 +#: using-d-i.xml:1357 using-d-i.xml:1365 using-d-i.xml:1395 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>2</entry>" msgstr "<entry>2</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1351 using-d-i.xml:1352 +#: using-d-i.xml:1358 using-d-i.xml:1359 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>no</entry>" msgstr "<entry>ei</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1353 +#: using-d-i.xml:1360 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by number of devices in RAID" msgstr "Pienimmän osion koko kertaa pakan levyjen määrä" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1357 +#: using-d-i.xml:1364 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID1" msgstr "RAID1" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1359 using-d-i.xml:1367 using-d-i.xml:1378 using-d-i.xml:1389 +#: using-d-i.xml:1366 using-d-i.xml:1374 using-d-i.xml:1385 using-d-i.xml:1396 #, no-c-format msgid "optional" msgstr "haluttaessa" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1360 using-d-i.xml:1368 using-d-i.xml:1379 using-d-i.xml:1390 +#: using-d-i.xml:1367 using-d-i.xml:1375 using-d-i.xml:1386 using-d-i.xml:1397 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>yes</entry>" msgstr "<entry>kyllä</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1361 +#: using-d-i.xml:1368 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition in RAID" msgstr "Pakan pienimmän osion koko" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1365 +#: using-d-i.xml:1372 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID5" msgstr "RAID5" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1366 +#: using-d-i.xml:1373 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>3</entry>" msgstr "<entry>3</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1369 +#: using-d-i.xml:1376 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID " @@ -2200,19 +2209,19 @@ msgstr "" "Pakan pienimmän osion koko kertaa (pakan levyjen määrä vähennettynä yhdellä)" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1376 +#: using-d-i.xml:1383 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID6" msgstr "RAID6" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1377 +#: using-d-i.xml:1384 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>4</entry>" msgstr "<entry>4</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1380 +#: using-d-i.xml:1387 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID " @@ -2221,13 +2230,13 @@ msgstr "" "Pakan pienimmän osion koko kertaa (pakan levyjen määrä vähennettynä kahdella)" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1387 +#: using-d-i.xml:1394 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID10" msgstr "RAID10" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1391 +#: using-d-i.xml:1398 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Total of all partitions divided by the number of chunk copies (defaults to " @@ -2236,7 +2245,7 @@ msgstr "" "Kaikkien osioiden määrä jaettuna kimpalekopioiden määrällä (oletusarvo kaksi)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1398 +#: using-d-i.xml:1405 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you want to know more about Software RAID, have a look at <ulink url=" @@ -2246,7 +2255,7 @@ msgstr "" "url=\"&url-software-raid-howto;\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1403 +#: using-d-i.xml:1410 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To create an MD device, you need to have the desired partitions it should " @@ -2262,7 +2271,7 @@ msgstr "" "menuchoice>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1412 +#: using-d-i.xml:1419 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Make sure that the system can be booted with the partitioning scheme you are " @@ -2282,7 +2291,7 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>/boot</filename> on RAID1." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1424 +#: using-d-i.xml:1431 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Support for MD is a relatively new addition to the installer. You may " @@ -2300,7 +2309,7 @@ msgstr "" "asennuksen vaiheita komentotulkista." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1433 +#: using-d-i.xml:1440 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, you should choose <guimenuitem>Configure software RAID</guimenuitem> " @@ -2322,7 +2331,7 @@ msgstr "" "riippuu MD-laitteelle valitusta tyypistä." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1446 +#: using-d-i.xml:1453 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID0 is simple — you will be issued with the list of available RAID " @@ -2334,7 +2343,7 @@ msgstr "" "MD." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1453 +#: using-d-i.xml:1460 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID1 is a bit more tricky. First, you will be asked to enter the number of " @@ -2352,7 +2361,7 @@ msgstr "" "virhe; asennin ei päästä jatkamaan ennen kuin levyjen määrät täsmäävät." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1465 +#: using-d-i.xml:1472 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID5 has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 with the exception that you " @@ -2362,7 +2371,7 @@ msgstr "" "ainakin <emphasis>kolme</emphasis> levyosiota. " #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1471 +#: using-d-i.xml:1478 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID6 also has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 except that at least " @@ -2372,7 +2381,7 @@ msgstr "" "ainakin <emphasis>neljä</emphasis> levyosiota. " #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1477 +#: using-d-i.xml:1484 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID10 again has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 except in expert mode. " @@ -2392,7 +2401,7 @@ msgstr "" "eri levylle." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1491 +#: using-d-i.xml:1498 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is perfectly possible to have several types of MD at once. For example, " @@ -2410,7 +2419,7 @@ msgstr "" "100 Gt <filename>/home</filename>-osio)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1500 +#: using-d-i.xml:1507 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you set up MD devices to your liking, you can <guimenuitem>Finish</" @@ -2425,13 +2434,13 @@ msgstr "" "esimerkiksi liitoskohdat." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1515 +#: using-d-i.xml:1522 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Logical Volume Manager (LVM)" msgstr "Loogisten levyniteiden hallintaohjelman (LVM) asetukset" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1516 +#: using-d-i.xml:1523 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or " @@ -2447,7 +2456,7 @@ msgstr "" "symbolisilla linkeillä jne." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1524 +#: using-d-i.xml:1531 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). " @@ -2467,7 +2476,7 @@ msgstr "" "se muodostuu) voi olla osia jotka ovat eri fyysisillä kiintolevyllä." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1534 +#: using-d-i.xml:1541 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</" @@ -2487,7 +2496,7 @@ msgstr "" "\">LVM HOWTO</ulink> ei vielä ole luettu siihen kannattaisi tutustua." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1545 +#: using-d-i.xml:1552 #, no-c-format msgid "" "LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple and completely supported inside " @@ -2504,7 +2513,7 @@ msgstr "" "levynide LVM:lle</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1554 +#: using-d-i.xml:1561 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, you will see " @@ -2524,7 +2533,7 @@ msgstr "" "Mahdolliset toiminnot ovat:" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1565 +#: using-d-i.xml:1572 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<guimenuitem>Display configuration details</guimenuitem>: shows LVM device " @@ -2534,43 +2543,43 @@ msgstr "" "n rakenteen, loogisten levyniteiden nimet, koot ja muuta" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1570 +#: using-d-i.xml:1577 #, no-c-format msgid "Create volume group" msgstr "Luo levynideryhmä" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1573 +#: using-d-i.xml:1580 #, no-c-format msgid "Create logical volume" msgstr "Luo looginen nide" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1576 +#: using-d-i.xml:1583 #, no-c-format msgid "Delete volume group" msgstr "Poista levynideryhmä" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1579 +#: using-d-i.xml:1586 #, no-c-format msgid "Delete logical volume" msgstr "Poista looginen nide" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1582 +#: using-d-i.xml:1589 #, no-c-format msgid "Extend volume group" msgstr "Kasvata levynideryhmää" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1585 +#: using-d-i.xml:1592 #, no-c-format msgid "Reduce volume group" msgstr "Pienennä levynideryhmää" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1587 +#: using-d-i.xml:1594 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem>: return to the main <command>partman</" @@ -2580,7 +2589,7 @@ msgstr "" "pääruutuun" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1593 +#: using-d-i.xml:1600 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Use the options in that menu to first create a volume group and then create " @@ -2590,7 +2599,7 @@ msgstr "" "loogisia levyniteitä." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1598 +#: using-d-i.xml:1605 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, any created " @@ -2602,13 +2611,13 @@ msgstr "" "olisi samalla tavalla käsiteltäväkin)." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1612 +#: using-d-i.xml:1619 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Encrypted Volumes" msgstr "Salattujen levyniteiden asetukset" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1613 +#: using-d-i.xml:1620 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; allows you to set up encrypted partitions. Every file you write to " @@ -2629,7 +2638,7 @@ msgstr "" "oikeaa salausavainta levyn sisältö näyttää satunnaiselta mössöltä. " #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1625 +#: using-d-i.xml:1632 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The two most important partitions to encrypt are: the home partition, where " @@ -2657,7 +2666,7 @@ msgstr "" "osiolta." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1640 +#: using-d-i.xml:1647 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Please note that the performance of encrypted partitions will be less than " @@ -2670,7 +2679,7 @@ msgstr "" "suorituskyky, salausmenetelmä ja avaimen pituus." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1647 +#: using-d-i.xml:1654 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To use encryption, you have to create a new partition by selecting some free " @@ -2690,7 +2699,7 @@ msgstr "" "asetuksia osiolle." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1658 +#: using-d-i.xml:1665 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; supports several encryption methods. The default method is " @@ -2706,7 +2715,7 @@ msgstr "" "suositellaan jos ei ole pakottavaa syytä muuhun." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1670 +#: using-d-i.xml:1677 #, no-c-format msgid "" "First, let's have a look at the options available when you select " @@ -2720,13 +2729,13 @@ msgstr "" "valittu tietoturvasyistä." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1680 +#: using-d-i.xml:1687 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>aes</userinput>" msgstr "Salausmenetelmä: <userinput>aes</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1682 +#: using-d-i.xml:1689 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option lets you select the encryption algorithm (<firstterm>cipher</" @@ -2750,13 +2759,13 @@ msgstr "" "vakiosalausmenetelmäksi 2000-luvulla." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1700 +#: using-d-i.xml:1707 #, no-c-format msgid "Key size: <userinput>256</userinput>" msgstr "Avaimen koko: <userinput>256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1702 +#: using-d-i.xml:1709 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Here you can specify the length of the encryption key. With a larger key " @@ -2769,13 +2778,13 @@ msgstr "" "Salausmenetelmä määrää käytettävissä olevat avaimien pituudet." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1714 +#: using-d-i.xml:1721 #, no-c-format msgid "IV algorithm: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>" msgstr "IV-menetelmä: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1716 +#: using-d-i.xml:1723 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <firstterm>Initialization Vector</firstterm> or <firstterm>IV</" @@ -2794,7 +2803,7 @@ msgstr "" "hahmoista." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1726 +#: using-d-i.xml:1733 #, no-c-format msgid "" "From the provided alternatives, the default <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</" @@ -2809,25 +2818,25 @@ msgstr "" "käyttää uudempia salausmenetelmiä." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1738 +#: using-d-i.xml:1745 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Passphrase</userinput>" msgstr "Salausavain: <userinput>Tunnuslause</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1740 +#: using-d-i.xml:1747 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can choose the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "Tässä valitaan tälle osiolle käytettävän salausavaimen tyyppi." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1746 +#: using-d-i.xml:1753 #, no-c-format msgid "Passphrase" msgstr "Tunnuslause" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1747 +#: using-d-i.xml:1754 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The encryption key will be computed<footnote> <para> Using a passphrase as " @@ -2841,13 +2850,13 @@ msgstr "" "kysyttävästä tunnuslauseesta." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1762 using-d-i.xml:1855 +#: using-d-i.xml:1769 using-d-i.xml:1862 #, no-c-format msgid "Random key" msgstr "Satunnainen avain" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1763 +#: using-d-i.xml:1770 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A new encryption key will be generated from random data each time you try to " @@ -2865,7 +2874,7 @@ msgstr "" "ihmisen ikä.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1772 +#: using-d-i.xml:1779 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Random keys are useful for swap partitions because you do not need to bother " @@ -2884,13 +2893,13 @@ msgstr "" "on mahdotonta (käynnistettäessä suspendin jälkeen)." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1791 using-d-i.xml:1868 +#: using-d-i.xml:1798 using-d-i.xml:1875 #, no-c-format msgid "Erase data: <userinput>yes</userinput>" msgstr "Tiedot pyyhitään: <userinput>kyllä</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1793 +#: using-d-i.xml:1800 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Determines whether the content of this partition should be overwritten with " @@ -2911,7 +2920,7 @@ msgstr "" "taltion päälle olisi kirjoitettu montakin kertaa. </para></footnote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1813 +#: using-d-i.xml:1820 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Encryption method:</guimenu> " @@ -2923,13 +2932,13 @@ msgstr "" "vaihtuu näyttämään seuraavat valitsimet:" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1822 +#: using-d-i.xml:1829 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>AES256</userinput>" msgstr "Salaus: <userinput>AES256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1824 +#: using-d-i.xml:1831 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For loop-AES, unlike dm-crypt, the options for cipher and key size are " @@ -2942,25 +2951,25 @@ msgstr "" "pituudesta." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1834 +#: using-d-i.xml:1841 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Keyfile (GnuPG)</userinput>" msgstr "Salausavain: <userinput>Avaintiedosto (GnuPG)</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1836 +#: using-d-i.xml:1843 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can select the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "Valitaan tälle osiolle käytettävän salausavaimen tyyppi." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1842 +#: using-d-i.xml:1849 #, no-c-format msgid "Keyfile (GnuPG)" msgstr "Avaintiedosto (GnuPG)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1843 +#: using-d-i.xml:1850 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The encryption key will be generated from random data during the " @@ -2974,19 +2983,19 @@ msgstr "" "asennuksen aikana)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1856 +#: using-d-i.xml:1863 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the section on random keys above." msgstr "Katso aiempaa lukua satunnaisavaimista." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1870 +#: using-d-i.xml:1877 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the the section on erasing data above." msgstr "Katso aiempaa lukua tiedon pyyhkimisestä." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1879 +#: using-d-i.xml:1886 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have selected the desired parameters for your encrypted " @@ -3004,7 +3013,7 @@ msgstr "" "Isoilla osiolla tämä saattaa kestää hyvän tovin." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1889 +#: using-d-i.xml:1896 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next you will be asked to enter a passphrase for partitions configured to " @@ -3020,7 +3029,7 @@ msgstr "" "lemmikkien nimiä, perheenjäsenten tai sukulaisten nimiä jne.)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1898 +#: using-d-i.xml:1905 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before you input any passphrases, you should have made sure that your " @@ -3044,7 +3053,7 @@ msgstr "" "tunnuslausetta." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1911 +#: using-d-i.xml:1918 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you selected to use methods other than a passphrase to create encryption " @@ -3067,7 +3076,7 @@ msgstr "" "salattaville osioille." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1927 +#: using-d-i.xml:1934 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After returning to the main partitioning menu, you will see all encrypted " @@ -3100,7 +3109,7 @@ msgstr "" "vaihdettava tiedostojärjestelmien tyyppiä jos oletusarvot eivät kelpaa." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1940 +#: using-d-i.xml:1947 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Pay attention to the identifiers in parentheses (<replaceable>sda2_crypt</" @@ -3118,7 +3127,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"mount-encrypted-volumes\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1950 +#: using-d-i.xml:1957 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you are satisfied with the partitioning scheme, continue with the " @@ -3126,13 +3135,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "Kun osiointi on halutunlainen voidaan asennusta jatkaa." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1961 +#: using-d-i.xml:1968 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing the Base System" msgstr "Perusjärjestelmän asennus" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1962 +#: using-d-i.xml:1969 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant " @@ -3146,7 +3155,7 @@ msgstr "" "kulua toinenkin tovi." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1975 +#: using-d-i.xml:1982 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During installation of the base system, package unpacking and setup messages " @@ -3162,7 +3171,7 @@ msgstr "" "<keycombo><keycap>Vasen Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1984 +#: using-d-i.xml:1991 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The unpack/setup messages generated during this phase are also saved in " @@ -3174,7 +3183,7 @@ msgstr "" "jos asennukseen käytetään sarjapäätettä." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1990 +#: using-d-i.xml:1997 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As part of the installation, a Linux kernel will be installed. At the " @@ -3187,13 +3196,13 @@ msgstr "" "pienempää prioriteettia ydin voidaan valita luettelosta." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2002 +#: using-d-i.xml:2009 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting Up Users And Passwords" msgstr "Käyttäjät ja salasanat" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2003 +#: using-d-i.xml:2010 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the base system has been installed, the installer will allow you to " @@ -3205,13 +3214,13 @@ msgstr "" "käyttäjätunnuksia voidaan luoda kun asennus on valmis." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2017 +#: using-d-i.xml:2024 #, no-c-format msgid "Set the Root Password" msgstr "Asetetaan pääkäyttäjän salasana" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2021 +#: using-d-i.xml:2028 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <emphasis>root</emphasis> account is also called the <emphasis>super-" @@ -3224,7 +3233,7 @@ msgstr "" "järjestelmän ylläpitoon, ja vain kun se on välttämätöntä." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2029 +#: using-d-i.xml:2036 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any password you create should contain at least 6 characters, and should " @@ -3240,7 +3249,7 @@ msgstr "" "henkilötietoja." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2037 +#: using-d-i.xml:2044 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If anyone ever tells you they need your root password, be extremely wary. " @@ -3252,13 +3261,13 @@ msgstr "" "muille kuin järjestelmän ylläpitäjille." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2047 +#: using-d-i.xml:2054 #, no-c-format msgid "Create an Ordinary User" msgstr "Luo tavallisen käyttäjän tunnus" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2049 +#: using-d-i.xml:2056 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The system will ask you whether you wish to create an ordinary user account " @@ -3272,7 +3281,7 @@ msgstr "" "henkilökohtaisena kirjautumistunnuksena." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2058 +#: using-d-i.xml:2065 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Why not? Well, one reason to avoid using root's privileges is that it is " @@ -3292,7 +3301,7 @@ msgstr "" "jos ei ole tehnyt ylläpitoa aiemmin." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2068 +#: using-d-i.xml:2075 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will first be prompted for the user's full name. Then you'll be asked " @@ -3305,7 +3314,7 @@ msgstr "" "etunimi onkin oletusarvo. Lopuksi kirjoitetaan käyttäjälle salasana." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2075 +#: using-d-i.xml:2082 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If at any point after installation you would like to create another account, " @@ -3315,13 +3324,13 @@ msgstr "" "komentoa <command>adduser</command>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2086 +#: using-d-i.xml:2093 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing Additional Software" msgstr "Asennetaan lisää ohjelmia" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2087 +#: using-d-i.xml:2094 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point you have a usable but limited system. Most users will want to " @@ -3336,13 +3345,13 @@ msgstr "" "tietokone tai verkkoyhteys on hidas." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2102 +#: using-d-i.xml:2109 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring apt" msgstr "Tehdään apt:n asetukset" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2104 +#: using-d-i.xml:2111 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One of the tools used to install packages on a &debian; system is a program " @@ -3377,7 +3386,7 @@ msgstr "" "hallintaan." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2128 +#: using-d-i.xml:2135 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows from where to " @@ -3391,7 +3400,7 @@ msgstr "" "on valmis." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2135 +#: using-d-i.xml:2142 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing at default priority, the installer will largely take " @@ -3409,7 +3418,7 @@ msgstr "" "vakaata jakelua." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2144 +#: using-d-i.xml:2151 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing at a lower priority (e.g. in expert mode), you will be " @@ -3424,13 +3433,13 @@ msgstr "" "<quote>contrib</quote> ja <quote>non-free</quote> -osista. " #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2155 +#: using-d-i.xml:2162 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing from more than one CD or DVD" msgstr "Asennus monelta CD- tai DVD-levyltä" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2157 +#: using-d-i.xml:2164 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing from a CD or a DVD that is part of a larger set, the " @@ -3444,7 +3453,7 @@ msgstr "" "olevia paketteja." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2164 +#: using-d-i.xml:2171 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do not have any additional CDs or DVDs, that is no problem: using " @@ -3459,7 +3468,7 @@ msgstr "" "valittaviin tehtäviin kuuluvia paketteja." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2172 +#: using-d-i.xml:2179 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Packages are included on CDs (and DVDs) in the order of their popularity. " @@ -3472,7 +3481,7 @@ msgstr "" "käyttävät kokoelman viimeisillä levyillä olevia paketteja." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2179 +#: using-d-i.xml:2186 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It also means that buying or downloading and burning a full CD set is just a " @@ -3489,7 +3498,7 @@ msgstr "" "tai ehkä kaksi ensimmäistä DVD:tä, riittää useimmille. " #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2188 +#: using-d-i.xml:2195 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A good rule of thumb is that for a regular desktop installation (using the " @@ -3504,7 +3513,7 @@ msgstr "" "työpöytäympäristölle." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2196 +#: using-d-i.xml:2203 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do scan multiple CDs or DVDs, the installer will prompt you to " @@ -3521,13 +3530,13 @@ msgstr "" "mutta numerojärjestystä käyttämällä ei niin helposti sählää." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2209 +#: using-d-i.xml:2216 #, no-c-format msgid "Using a network mirror" msgstr "Asentaminen verkossa olevalta asennuspalvelimelta" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2211 +#: using-d-i.xml:2218 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One question that will be asked during most installs is whether or not to " @@ -3539,7 +3548,7 @@ msgstr "" "mutta on muutamia poikkeuksia. " #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2217 +#: using-d-i.xml:2224 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are <emphasis>not</emphasis> installing from a full CD or DVD or " @@ -3557,7 +3566,7 @@ msgstr "" "<literal>työpöytä</literal>-tehtävää. " #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2226 +#: using-d-i.xml:2233 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing from a single full CD or using a full CD image, using " @@ -3578,7 +3587,7 @@ msgstr "" "valikoiden. " #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2237 +#: using-d-i.xml:2244 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing from a DVD or using a DVD image, any packages needed " @@ -3592,7 +3601,7 @@ msgstr "" "kerrottiin. Verkossa olevan asennuspalvelimen käyttö ei ole pakollista." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2244 +#: using-d-i.xml:2251 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One advantage of adding a network mirror is that updates that have occurred " @@ -3608,7 +3617,7 @@ msgstr "" "vakautta." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2251 +#: using-d-i.xml:2258 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In summary: selecting a network mirror is generally a good idea, except if " @@ -3623,26 +3632,26 @@ msgstr "" "Asennuspalvelinta käytettäessä noudettavan datan määrä riippuu siis" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2260 +#: using-d-i.xml:2267 #, no-c-format msgid "the tasks you select in the next step of the installation," msgstr "asennuksen seuraavassa vaiheessa valittavista tehtävistä" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2265 +#: using-d-i.xml:2272 #, no-c-format msgid "which packages are needed for those tasks," msgstr "noiden tehtävien tarvitsemista paketeista" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2270 +#: using-d-i.xml:2277 #, no-c-format msgid "" "which of those packages are present on the CDs or DVDs you have scanned, and" msgstr "mitkä noista paketeista ovat luetuilla CD- tai DVD-levyillä ja" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2275 +#: using-d-i.xml:2282 #, no-c-format msgid "" "whether any updated versions of packages included on the CDs or DVDs are " @@ -3654,7 +3663,7 @@ msgstr "" "tietoturvapäivitysten tai volatilepäivitysten palvelimelta)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2284 +#: using-d-i.xml:2291 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that the last point means that, even if you choose not to use a network " @@ -3668,13 +3677,13 @@ msgstr "" "palvelimella ja nämä päivitykset on otettu käyttöön." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2300 +#: using-d-i.xml:2307 #, no-c-format msgid "Selecting and Installing Software" msgstr "Ohjelmien valinta ja asentaminen" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2302 +#: using-d-i.xml:2309 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select " @@ -3691,7 +3700,7 @@ msgstr "" "nopeasti valmiiksi erilaisiin tehtäviin." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2311 +#: using-d-i.xml:2318 #, no-c-format msgid "" "So, you have the ability to choose <emphasis>tasks</emphasis> first, and " @@ -3725,7 +3734,7 @@ msgstr "" "tehtävien tilatarpeet." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2338 +#: using-d-i.xml:2345 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the computer " @@ -3737,7 +3746,7 @@ msgstr "" "Tässä kohtaa voi jopa poistaa valinnan kaikista tehtävistä." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2345 +#: using-d-i.xml:2352 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar " @@ -3747,7 +3756,7 @@ msgstr "" "välilyöntinäppäimellä." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2351 +#: using-d-i.xml:2358 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Unless you are using the special KDE or Xfce/LXDE CDs, the <quote>Desktop " @@ -3757,7 +3766,7 @@ msgstr "" "paitsi jos käytetään KDE:tä tai Xfce/LXDE:tä varten tehtyjä erikoislevyjä." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2356 +#: using-d-i.xml:2363 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is not possible to interactively select a different desktop during the " @@ -3779,7 +3788,7 @@ msgstr "" "<literal>desktop=lxde</literal>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2367 +#: using-d-i.xml:2374 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some CD images (businesscard, netinst and DVD) also allow selection of the " @@ -3793,7 +3802,7 @@ msgstr "" "<quote>Alternative desktop environments</quote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2374 +#: using-d-i.xml:2381 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that this will only work if the packages needed for the desired desktop " @@ -3811,7 +3820,7 @@ msgstr "" "otosta tai mitä tahansa muuta asennustapaa." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2384 +#: using-d-i.xml:2391 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The various server tasks will install software roughly as follows. DNS " @@ -3831,7 +3840,7 @@ msgstr "" "classname>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2395 +#: using-d-i.xml:2402 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <quote>Standard system</quote> task will install any package that has a " @@ -3847,7 +3856,7 @@ msgstr "" "jos tiedät mitä teet ja haluat todella suppean järjestelmän." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2403 +#: using-d-i.xml:2410 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If during language selection a default locale other than the <quote>C</" @@ -3866,7 +3875,7 @@ msgstr "" "sitä vastaavat maa-asetustopaketit (jos niitä on saatavilla)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2413 +#: using-d-i.xml:2420 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you've selected your tasks, select &BTN-CONT;. At this point, " @@ -3880,7 +3889,7 @@ msgstr "" "näyttää kehotteen asennuksen aikana" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2420 +#: using-d-i.xml:2427 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You should be aware that especially the Desktop task is very large. " @@ -3898,7 +3907,7 @@ msgstr "" "on alkanut." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2429 +#: using-d-i.xml:2436 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Even when packages are included on the CD-ROM, the installer may still " @@ -3915,13 +3924,13 @@ msgstr "" "testattavaa jakelua näin käy jos käytetään vanhaa otosta." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2444 +#: using-d-i.xml:2451 #, no-c-format msgid "Making Your System Bootable" msgstr "Järjestelmä käynnistymään kiintolevyltä" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2446 +#: using-d-i.xml:2453 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the " @@ -3935,13 +3944,13 @@ msgstr "" "verkkokäynnistystä; katso <xref linkend=\"boot-dev-select-sun\"/>.</phrase>" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2461 +#: using-d-i.xml:2468 #, no-c-format msgid "Detecting other operating systems" msgstr "Etsitään muita käyttöjärjestelmiä" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2463 +#: using-d-i.xml:2470 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for " @@ -3956,7 +3965,7 @@ msgstr "" "myös tämän käyttöjärjestelmän käynnistyminen Debianin lisäksi." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2471 +#: using-d-i.xml:2478 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " @@ -3972,13 +3981,13 @@ msgstr "" "alkulatausohjelman ohjeista etsittävä lisätietoa." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2489 +#: using-d-i.xml:2496 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer" msgstr "Käynnistyslataimen <command>palo</command> asennin" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2490 +#: using-d-i.xml:2497 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is " @@ -3994,19 +4003,19 @@ msgstr "" "mahdollistaa <command>PALO</command>:n kyky lukea Linux-osioiden tiedostoja." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2499 +#: using-d-i.xml:2506 #, no-c-format msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )" msgstr "hppa KORJAAMUT ( tarvitaan lisätietoja )" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2511 +#: using-d-i.xml:2518 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Asennetaan käynnistyslatain <command>GRUB</command> kiintolevylle" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2513 +#: using-d-i.xml:2520 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a " @@ -4018,7 +4027,7 @@ msgstr "" "aloittelijoille että vanhoille parroille." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2519 +#: using-d-i.xml:2526 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where " @@ -4030,7 +4039,7 @@ msgstr "" "Lisätietoja löytyy grub:n man-sivulta." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2525 +#: using-d-i.xml:2532 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do not want to install grub, use the &BTN-GOBACK; button to get to " @@ -4041,13 +4050,13 @@ msgstr "" "päävalikkoon, ja valitse siellä haluttu käynnistyslatain." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2538 +#: using-d-i.xml:2545 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Asennetaan käynnistyslatain <command>LILO</command> kiintolevylle" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2540 +#: using-d-i.xml:2547 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is " @@ -4064,7 +4073,7 @@ msgstr "" "howto;\">LILO mini-HOWTO</ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2550 +#: using-d-i.xml:2557 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other " @@ -4077,7 +4086,7 @@ msgstr "" "lisäämään rivit GNU/Linux- ja GNU/Hurd-järjestelmille asennuksen jälkeen." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2558 +#: using-d-i.xml:2565 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; offers you three choices on where to install the <command>LILO</" @@ -4087,13 +4096,13 @@ msgstr "" "asennusapaikaksi:" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2565 +#: using-d-i.xml:2572 #, no-c-format msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)" msgstr "Pääkäynnistyslohko (MBR)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2565 +#: using-d-i.xml:2572 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot " @@ -4101,13 +4110,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "Komento <command>LILO</command> ohjaa käynnistyksen kokonaan." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2572 +#: using-d-i.xml:2579 #, no-c-format msgid "new Debian partition" msgstr "uusi Debianin osio" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2572 +#: using-d-i.xml:2579 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> " @@ -4119,13 +4128,13 @@ msgstr "" "toissijaisena käynnistyslataimena." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2581 +#: using-d-i.xml:2588 #, no-c-format msgid "Other choice" msgstr "Muu valinta" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2581 +#: using-d-i.xml:2588 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> " @@ -4139,7 +4148,7 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>/dev/sda</filename>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2591 +#: using-d-i.xml:2598 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll " @@ -4155,13 +4164,13 @@ msgstr "" "käytettävä jotain muuta keinoa Debianin käynnistämiseen!" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2607 +#: using-d-i.xml:2614 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Asennetaan käynnistyslatain <command>ELILO</command> kiintolevylle" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2609 +#: using-d-i.xml:2616 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled " @@ -4189,7 +4198,7 @@ msgstr "" "käynnistämään Linux-ytimen." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2625 +#: using-d-i.xml:2632 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last " @@ -4206,13 +4215,13 @@ msgstr "" "tiedostojärjestelmä." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2637 +#: using-d-i.xml:2644 #, no-c-format msgid "Choose the correct partition!" msgstr "Valitse oikea levyosio!" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2639 +#: using-d-i.xml:2646 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The criteria for selecting a partition is that it is FAT format filesystem " @@ -4231,13 +4240,13 @@ msgstr "" "tiedostojärjestelmän." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2654 +#: using-d-i.xml:2661 #, no-c-format msgid "EFI Partition Contents" msgstr "EFI-osion sisältö" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2656 +#: using-d-i.xml:2663 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard " @@ -4277,13 +4286,13 @@ msgstr "" "niitä kertyy järjestelmää päivitettäessä tai asetuksia muokattaessa." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2678 +#: using-d-i.xml:2685 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.conf" msgstr "elilo.conf" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2679 +#: using-d-i.xml:2686 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is " @@ -4298,13 +4307,13 @@ msgstr "" "tiedostoihin." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2688 +#: using-d-i.xml:2695 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.efi" msgstr "elilo.efi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2689 +#: using-d-i.xml:2696 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> " @@ -4318,13 +4327,13 @@ msgstr "" "valinta." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2699 +#: using-d-i.xml:2706 #, no-c-format msgid "initrd.img" msgstr "initrd.img" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2700 +#: using-d-i.xml:2707 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of " @@ -4339,13 +4348,13 @@ msgstr "" "hakemistossa <filename>/boot</filename>." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2712 +#: using-d-i.xml:2719 #, no-c-format msgid "readme.txt" msgstr "readme.txt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2713 +#: using-d-i.xml:2720 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are " @@ -4357,13 +4366,13 @@ msgstr "" "elilo</filename> suoritetaan seuraavan kerran." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2723 +#: using-d-i.xml:2730 #, no-c-format msgid "vmlinuz" msgstr "vmlinuz" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2724 +#: using-d-i.xml:2731 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in " @@ -4377,13 +4386,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename> osoitettu tiedosto hakemistossa <filename>/boot</filename>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2744 +#: using-d-i.xml:2751 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" msgstr "Käynnistyslataimen <command>arcboot</command> asennin" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2745 +#: using-d-i.xml:2752 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on SGI machines is <command>arcboot</command>. It has to be " @@ -4428,13 +4437,13 @@ msgstr "" "sitten <command>boot</command>." #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2764 +#: using-d-i.xml:2771 #, no-c-format msgid "scsi" msgstr "scsi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2765 +#: using-d-i.xml:2772 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI bus to be booted from, this is <userinput>0</userinput> for the " @@ -4444,13 +4453,13 @@ msgstr "" "yhdysrakenteisille ohjaimille" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2773 +#: using-d-i.xml:2780 #, no-c-format msgid "disk" msgstr "levy" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2774 +#: using-d-i.xml:2781 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>arcboot</command> is " @@ -4458,13 +4467,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "on SCSI ID sille levylle johon <command>arcboot</command> on asennettu" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2782 +#: using-d-i.xml:2789 #, no-c-format msgid "partnr" msgstr "partnr" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2783 +#: using-d-i.xml:2790 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -4473,13 +4482,13 @@ msgstr "" "on sen osion numero jossa <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename> sijaitsee" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2791 +#: using-d-i.xml:2798 #, no-c-format msgid "config" msgstr "config" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2792 +#: using-d-i.xml:2799 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -4489,13 +4498,13 @@ msgstr "" "oletusarvona <quote>linux</quote>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2813 +#: using-d-i.xml:2820 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Asennetaan käynnistyslatain <command>Yaboot</command> kiintolevylle" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2814 +#: using-d-i.xml:2821 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their " @@ -4515,13 +4524,13 @@ msgstr "" "käynnistämään &debian;." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2832 +#: using-d-i.xml:2839 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Asennetaan käynnistyslatain <command>Quik</command> kiintolevylle" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2833 +#: using-d-i.xml:2840 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</" @@ -4536,13 +4545,13 @@ msgstr "" "Computingin klooneille." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2849 +#: using-d-i.xml:2856 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer" msgstr "Käynnistyslataimen <command>zipl</command> asennin" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2850 +#: using-d-i.xml:2857 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</" @@ -4558,13 +4567,13 @@ msgstr "" "sivustolta jos haluat tietää ohjelmasta <command>ZIPL</command> enemmän." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2867 +#: using-d-i.xml:2874 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Asennetaan käynnistyslatain <command>SILO</command> kiintolevylle" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2869 +#: using-d-i.xml:2876 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is " @@ -4595,13 +4604,13 @@ msgstr "" "SunOS/Solaris-asennuksen rinnalle." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2894 +#: using-d-i.xml:2901 #, no-c-format msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader" msgstr "Jatketaan ilman käynnistyslatainta" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2896 +#: using-d-i.xml:2903 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot " @@ -4614,7 +4623,7 @@ msgstr "" "(esim. käytetään jo asennettua käynnistyslatainta)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2903 +#: using-d-i.xml:2910 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name " @@ -4635,13 +4644,13 @@ msgstr "" "osio." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2920 +#: using-d-i.xml:2927 #, no-c-format msgid "Finishing the Installation" msgstr "Päätetään asennus" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2921 +#: using-d-i.xml:2928 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the last step in the Debian installation process during which the " @@ -4652,13 +4661,13 @@ msgstr "" "tehtävät. Pääasiassa siistitään työn jälkiä jotka &d-i; jätti." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2934 +#: using-d-i.xml:2941 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting the System Clock" msgstr "Tehdään kellon asetukset" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2936 +#: using-d-i.xml:2943 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The installer may ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally " @@ -4671,7 +4680,7 @@ msgstr "" "käyttöjärjestelmien perusteella onko kello maailmanajassa." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2943 +#: using-d-i.xml:2950 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is " @@ -4690,7 +4699,7 @@ msgstr "" "paikallinen aika.</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2954 +#: using-d-i.xml:2961 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point &d-i; will also attempt to save the current time to the " @@ -4702,13 +4711,13 @@ msgstr "" "tehdyn valinnan mukaiseti." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2969 +#: using-d-i.xml:2976 #, no-c-format msgid "Reboot the System" msgstr "Järjestelmän uudelleenkäynnistys" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2971 +#: using-d-i.xml:2978 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will be prompted to remove the boot media (CD, floppy, etc) that you " @@ -4719,7 +4728,7 @@ msgstr "" "jälkeen laite käynnistetään uudelleen uuteen Debian-järjestelmään." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2977 +#: using-d-i.xml:2984 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After a final prompt the system will be halted because rebooting is not " @@ -4733,13 +4742,13 @@ msgstr "" "juuritiedostojärjestelmäksi asennuksen ensimmäisten vaiheiden aikana." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2990 +#: using-d-i.xml:2997 #, no-c-format msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "Sekalaista" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2991 +#: using-d-i.xml:2998 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the " @@ -4750,13 +4759,13 @@ msgstr "" "ovat käytettävissä jos jotain menee pieleen." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3004 +#: using-d-i.xml:3011 #, no-c-format msgid "Saving the installation logs" msgstr "Asentimen lokien tallentaminen" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3006 +#: using-d-i.xml:3013 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the " @@ -4768,7 +4777,7 @@ msgstr "" "installer/</filename>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3013 +#: using-d-i.xml:3020 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu " @@ -4784,13 +4793,13 @@ msgstr "" "tai liittää lokit asennusraporttiin." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3033 +#: using-d-i.xml:3040 #, no-c-format msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs" msgstr "Komentotulkin käyttö ja lokien lukeminen" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3035 +#: using-d-i.xml:3042 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There are several methods you can use to get a shell while running an " @@ -4816,14 +4825,14 @@ msgstr "" "<keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3053 +#: using-d-i.xml:3060 #, no-c-format msgid "For the graphical installer see also <xref linkend=\"gtk-using\"/>." msgstr "" "Graafista asenninta käytettäessä katso myös <xref linkend=\"gtk-using\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3057 +#: using-d-i.xml:3064 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you cannot switch consoles, there is also an <guimenuitem>Execute a " @@ -4839,7 +4848,7 @@ msgstr "" "komentotulkin." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3065 +#: using-d-i.xml:3072 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set " @@ -4857,7 +4866,7 @@ msgstr "" "tekstintäydennys ja komentohistoria." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3074 +#: using-d-i.xml:3081 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To edit and view files, use the text editor <command>nano</command>. Log " @@ -4869,7 +4878,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3081 +#: using-d-i.xml:3088 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although you can do basically anything in a shell that the available " @@ -4881,7 +4890,7 @@ msgstr "" "käytettäväksi jos jokin menee vikaan ja virheenjäljitykseen." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3087 +#: using-d-i.xml:3094 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Doing things manually from the shell may interfere with the installation " @@ -4895,13 +4904,13 @@ msgstr "" "komentotulkissa." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3102 +#: using-d-i.xml:3109 #, no-c-format msgid "Installation Over the Network" msgstr "Etäasennus" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3104 +#: using-d-i.xml:3111 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</" @@ -4918,7 +4927,7 @@ msgstr "" "tämän osan voi automatisoida, katso <xref linkend=\"automatic-install\"/>.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3114 +#: using-d-i.xml:3121 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so " @@ -4940,7 +4949,7 @@ msgstr "" "SSH:ta.</guimenuitem>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3127 +#: using-d-i.xml:3134 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting " @@ -4950,7 +4959,7 @@ msgstr "" "tultua tehdyksi." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3132 +#: using-d-i.xml:3139 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> " @@ -4972,7 +4981,7 @@ msgstr "" "tietoturvallisesti <quote>etäasennuksen tekevälle henkilölle</quote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3144 +#: using-d-i.xml:3151 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always " @@ -4984,7 +4993,7 @@ msgstr "" "toinen asentimen osa." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3150 +#: using-d-i.xml:3157 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need " @@ -5016,7 +5025,7 @@ msgstr "" "on vahvistettava se oikeaksi." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3167 +#: using-d-i.xml:3174 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <command>ssh</command> server in the installer uses a default " @@ -5040,7 +5049,7 @@ msgstr "" "voiko asennusta jatkaa kun yhteys on muodostettu uudelleen." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3180 +#: using-d-i.xml:3187 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You may be able to avoid the connection being dropped by adding the option " @@ -5062,7 +5071,7 @@ msgstr "" "muuten toipunut). Sitä oli siis käytettävä vain tarvittaessa." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3193 +#: using-d-i.xml:3200 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP " @@ -5086,7 +5095,7 @@ msgstr "" "ja yrittää uudelleen." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3209 +#: using-d-i.xml:3216 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have " @@ -5106,7 +5115,7 @@ msgstr "" "useampia." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3219 +#: using-d-i.xml:3226 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go " @@ -5122,13 +5131,13 @@ msgstr "" "järjestelmä toimii huonosti." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3239 +#: using-d-i.xml:3246 #, no-c-format msgid "Loading Missing Firmware" msgstr "Puuttuvan laitetiedoston lataaminen" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3240 +#: using-d-i.xml:3247 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As described in <xref linkend=\"hardware-firmware\"/>, some devices require " @@ -5143,7 +5152,7 @@ msgstr "" "lisäominaisuuksien saamiseen käyttöön." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3248 +#: using-d-i.xml:3255 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If a device driver requests firmware that is not available, &d-i; will " @@ -5161,7 +5170,7 @@ msgstr "" "lib/firmware</filename>) ja laiteajuria vastaava moduuli ladataan uudelleen." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3258 +#: using-d-i.xml:3265 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Which devices are scanned and which file systems are supported depends on " @@ -5179,7 +5188,7 @@ msgstr "" "laiteohjelmisto voidaan ladata myös MMC- tai SD-kortilta</phrase>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3268 +#: using-d-i.xml:3275 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that it is possible to skip loading the firmware if you know the device " @@ -5190,7 +5199,7 @@ msgstr "" "laite toimii ilmankin tai jos laitetta ei tarvita asennuksen aikana." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3275 +#: using-d-i.xml:3282 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Support for loading firmware is still relatively basic and is likely to be " @@ -5207,13 +5216,13 @@ msgstr "" "\"submit-bug\"/>)." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3286 +#: using-d-i.xml:3293 #, no-c-format msgid "Preparing a medium" msgstr "Taltion valmistelu" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3287 +#: using-d-i.xml:3294 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although in some cases the firmware can also be loaded from a partition on a " @@ -5233,7 +5242,7 @@ msgstr "" "tuettu asennuksen ensimmäisten vaiheiden aikana." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3297 +#: using-d-i.xml:3304 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Tarballs containing current packages for the most common firmware are " @@ -5248,7 +5257,7 @@ msgstr "" "vastaava tar-tiedosto ja pura se taltion tiedostojärjestelmään." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3311 +#: using-d-i.xml:3318 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the firmware you need is not included in the tarball, you can also " @@ -5265,7 +5274,7 @@ msgstr "" "laiteohjelmistopaketteja." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3325 +#: using-d-i.xml:3332 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is also possible to copy individual firmware files to the medium. Loose " @@ -5277,13 +5286,13 @@ msgstr "" "laitevalmistajalta." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3334 +#: using-d-i.xml:3341 #, no-c-format msgid "Firmware and the Installed System" msgstr "Laiteohjelmisto ja asennettu järjestelmä" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3335 +#: using-d-i.xml:3342 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any firmware loaded during the installation will be copied automatically to " @@ -5301,7 +5310,7 @@ msgstr "" "laiteohjelmistoa voida ladata versioerojen vuoksi." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3344 +#: using-d-i.xml:3351 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the firmware was loaded from a firmware package, &d-i; will also install " @@ -5317,7 +5326,7 @@ msgstr "" "automaattisesti jos uusi versio julkaistaan." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3352 +#: using-d-i.xml:3359 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If loading the firmware was skipped during the installation, the relevant " @@ -5329,7 +5338,7 @@ msgstr "" "laiteohjelmistopaketti) on asennettu käyttäjän toimesta." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3359 +#: using-d-i.xml:3366 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the firmware was loaded from loose firmware files, the firmware copied to " diff --git a/po/hu/preseed.po b/po/hu/preseed.po index 0fc9ff775..c8a2b221d 100644 --- a/po/hu/preseed.po +++ b/po/hu/preseed.po @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-11-18 01:11+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-01-18 00:44+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-03-18 19:17+0100\n" "Last-Translator: SZERVÁC Attila <sas@321.hu>\n" "Language-Team: Hungarian\n" @@ -2460,9 +2460,6 @@ msgid "" "\n" "# Individual additional packages to install\n" "#d-i pkgsel/include string openssh-server build-essential\n" -"# By default, packages that are only Recommended by packages installed " -"using\n" -"# pkgsel/include (as opposed to their dependencies) will not be installed.\n" "# Whether to upgrade packages after debootstrap.\n" "# Allowed values: none, safe-upgrade, full-upgrade\n" "#d-i pkgsel/upgrade select none\n" diff --git a/po/hu/random-bits.po b/po/hu/random-bits.po index e24d1e407..6a47390de 100644 --- a/po/hu/random-bits.po +++ b/po/hu/random-bits.po @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-11-08 01:11+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-12-28 01:10+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-03-17 10:48+0100\n" "Last-Translator: SZERVÁC Attila <sas@321.hu>\n" "Language-Team: Hungarian\n" @@ -1356,7 +1356,67 @@ msgstr "Hálózat beállítása" #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:646 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +#| msgid "" +#| "To configure networking, edit <filename>/etc/network/interfaces</" +#| "filename>, <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>, <filename>/etc/" +#| "hostname</filename> and <filename>/etc/hosts</filename>. " +#| "<informalexample><screen>\n" +#| "# editor /etc/network/interfaces\n" +#| "</screen></informalexample> Here are some simple examples from <filename>/" +#| "usr/share/doc/ifupdown/examples</filename>: <informalexample><screen>\n" +#| "######################################################################\n" +#| "# /etc/network/interfaces -- configuration file for ifup(8), ifdown(8)\n" +#| "# See the interfaces(5) manpage for information on what options are\n" +#| "# available.\n" +#| "######################################################################\n" +#| "\n" +#| "# We always want the loopback interface.\n" +#| "#\n" +#| "auto lo\n" +#| "iface lo inet loopback\n" +#| "\n" +#| "# To use dhcp:\n" +#| "#\n" +#| "# auto eth0\n" +#| "# iface eth0 inet dhcp\n" +#| "\n" +#| "# An example static IP setup: (broadcast and gateway are optional)\n" +#| "#\n" +#| "# auto eth0\n" +#| "# iface eth0 inet static\n" +#| "# address 192.168.0.42\n" +#| "# network 192.168.0.0\n" +#| "# netmask 255.255.255.0\n" +#| "# broadcast 192.168.0.255\n" +#| "# gateway 192.168.0.1\n" +#| "</screen></informalexample> Enter your nameserver(s) and search " +#| "directives in <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>: " +#| "<informalexample><screen>\n" +#| "# editor /etc/resolv.conf\n" +#| "</screen></informalexample> A simple example <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</" +#| "filename>: <informalexample><screen>\n" +#| "search hqdom.local\n" +#| "nameserver 10.1.1.36\n" +#| "nameserver 192.168.9.100\n" +#| "</screen></informalexample> Enter your system's host name (2 to 63 " +#| "characters): <informalexample><screen>\n" +#| "# echo DebianHostName > /etc/hostname\n" +#| "</screen></informalexample> And a basic <filename>/etc/hosts</filename> " +#| "with IPv6 support: <informalexample><screen>\n" +#| "127.0.0.1 localhost DebianHostName\n" +#| "\n" +#| "# The following lines are desirable for IPv6 capable hosts\n" +#| "::1 ip6-localhost ip6-loopback\n" +#| "fe00::0 ip6-localnet\n" +#| "ff00::0 ip6-mcastprefix\n" +#| "ff02::1 ip6-allnodes\n" +#| "ff02::2 ip6-allrouters\n" +#| "ff02::3 ip6-allhosts\n" +#| "</screen></informalexample> If you have multiple network cards, you " +#| "should arrange the names of driver modules in the <filename>/etc/modules</" +#| "filename> file into the desired order. Then during boot, each card will " +#| "be associated with the interface name (eth0, eth1, etc.) that you expect." msgid "" "To configure networking, edit <filename>/etc/network/interfaces</filename>, " "<filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>, <filename>/etc/hostname</filename> " @@ -1402,7 +1462,8 @@ msgid "" "# echo DebianHostName > /etc/hostname\n" "</screen></informalexample> And a basic <filename>/etc/hosts</filename> with " "IPv6 support: <informalexample><screen>\n" -"127.0.0.1 localhost DebianHostName\n" +"127.0.0.1 localhost\n" +"127.0.1.1 DebianHostName\n" "\n" "# The following lines are desirable for IPv6 capable hosts\n" "::1 ip6-localhost ip6-loopback\n" diff --git a/po/hu/using-d-i.po b/po/hu/using-d-i.po index 0bc8c419b..23744b61c 100644 --- a/po/hu/using-d-i.po +++ b/po/hu/using-d-i.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-11-25 01:11+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-01-18 00:44+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-03-14 08:35+0100\n" "Last-Translator: SZERVÁC Attila <sas@321.hu>\n" "Language-Team: Hungarian\n" @@ -888,11 +888,16 @@ msgstr "A helyi beállítási lehetőségek kiválasztása" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:516 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +#| msgid "" +#| "In most cases the first questions you will be asked concern the selection " +#| "of localization options to be used both for the installation and for the " +#| "installed system. The localization options consist of language, country " +#| "and locales." msgid "" "In most cases the first questions you will be asked concern the selection of " "localization options to be used both for the installation and for the " -"installed system. The localization options consist of language, country and " +"installed system. The localization options consist of language, location and " "locales." msgstr "" "Az esetek túlnyomó részében az első kérdések a telepítéskor és a telepített " @@ -922,10 +927,11 @@ msgstr "" #| "geographic location. Language and country together will be used to set " #| "the default locale for your system and to help select your keyboard." msgid "" -"The selected country will be used later in the installation process to pick " -"the default time zone and a Debian mirror appropriate for your geographic " -"location. Language and country together will help determine the default " -"locale for your system and select the correct keyboard layout." +"The selected geographic location (in most cases a country) will be used " +"later in the installation process to select the correct time zone and a " +"Debian mirror appropriate for that country. Language and country together " +"will help determine the default locale for your system and select the " +"correct keyboard layout." msgstr "" "A választott ország alapján ajánl a telepítő alap időzónát és a földrajzi " "helynek megfelelő egy vagy több Debian tükröt. A nyelv és ország együtt " @@ -933,7 +939,7 @@ msgstr "" "kijelölésében." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:537 +#: using-d-i.xml:538 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will first be asked to select your preferred language. The language " @@ -955,7 +961,7 @@ msgstr "" "kerül telepítésre." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:549 +#: using-d-i.xml:550 #, fuzzy, no-c-format #| msgid "" #| "If you selected a language that is recognized as an official language for " @@ -967,14 +973,14 @@ msgstr "" #| "language has only one country associated with it, that country will be " #| "selected automatically." msgid "" -"If you selected a language that is recognized as an official language for " -"more than one country<footnote> <para> In technical terms: where multiple " -"locales exist for that language with differing country codes. </para> </" -"footnote>, you will be shown a list of only those countries. To select a " -"country that is not in that list, choose <guimenuitem>other</guimenuitem> " -"(the last option). You will then be presented with a list of continents; " -"selecting a continent will lead to a list of relevant countries on that " -"continent." +"Next you will be asked to select your geographic location. If you selected a " +"language that is recognized as an official language for more than one " +"country<footnote> <para> In technical terms: where multiple locales exist " +"for that language with differing country codes. </para> </footnote>, you " +"will be shown a list of only those countries. To select a country that is " +"not in that list, choose <guimenuitem>other</guimenuitem> (the last option). " +"You will then be presented with a list of continents; selecting a continent " +"will lead to a list of relevant countries on that continent." msgstr "" "Ha a választott nyelv több ország hivatalos nyelve<footnote> <para> " "technikailag: ahol több helyi beállítás létezik e nyelvhez eltérő " @@ -1009,24 +1015,27 @@ msgid "" "If you selected a combination of language and country for which no locale is " "defined and there exist multiple locales for the language, then the " "installer will allow you to choose which of those locales you prefer as the " -"default locale for the installed system. In all other cases a default locale " -"will be selected based on the selected language and country." +"default locale for the installed system<footnote> <para> At medium and low " +"priority you can always select your preferred locale from those available " +"for the selected language (if there's more than one). </para> </footnote>. " +"In all other cases a default locale will be selected based on the selected " +"language and country." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:588 +#: using-d-i.xml:595 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any default locale selected as described in the previous paragraph will use " -"UTF-8 as character encoding." +"<firstterm>UTF-8</firstterm> as character encoding." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:593 +#: using-d-i.xml:600 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"If you are installing at medium or low priority, you will have the option of " -"selecting additional locales, including so-called <quote>legacy</quote> " +"If you are installing at low priority, you will have the option of selecting " +"additional locales, including so-called <quote>legacy</quote> " "locales<footnote> <para> Legacy locales are locales which do not use UTF-8, " "but one of the older standards for character encoding such as ISO 8859-" "1 (used by West European languages) or EUC-JP (used by Japanese). </para> </" @@ -1036,13 +1045,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:617 +#: using-d-i.xml:624 #, no-c-format msgid "Choosing a Keyboard" msgstr "Billentyűzet választása" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:619 +#: using-d-i.xml:626 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Keyboards are often tailored to the characters used in a language. Select a " @@ -1058,7 +1067,7 @@ msgstr "" "<command>kbd-config</command> parancsot rendszergazdaként)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:629 +#: using-d-i.xml:636 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Move the highlight to the keyboard selection you desire and press " @@ -1074,7 +1083,7 @@ msgstr "" "keycap> és <keycap>F10</keycap> közti billentyűk is vannak a legfelső sorban." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:638 +#: using-d-i.xml:645 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There are two keyboard layouts for US keyboards; the qwerty/mac-usb-us " @@ -1093,13 +1102,13 @@ msgstr "" "Amúgy a 2 kiosztás egyezik." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:668 +#: using-d-i.xml:675 #, no-c-format msgid "Looking for the Debian Installer ISO Image" msgstr "A Debian Telepítő ISO kép keresése" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:669 +#: using-d-i.xml:676 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When installing via the <emphasis>hd-media</emphasis> method, there will be " @@ -1113,7 +1122,7 @@ msgstr "" "összetevő pontosan ezt biztosítja." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:676 +#: using-d-i.xml:683 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At first, <command>iso-scan</command> automatically mounts all block devices " @@ -1142,7 +1151,7 @@ msgstr "" "képet keres." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:693 +#: using-d-i.xml:700 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In case the previous attempt to find an installer iso image fails, " @@ -1154,7 +1163,7 @@ msgstr "" "végezzen-e átfogóbb keresést. Ekkor az egész fájlrendszert átnézi." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:700 +#: using-d-i.xml:707 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If <command>iso-scan</command> does not discover your installer iso image, " @@ -1171,13 +1180,13 @@ msgstr "" "indítanak újra, hanem megnézik a 2. konzolon." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:721 +#: using-d-i.xml:728 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Network" msgstr "Hálózat beállítása" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:723 +#: using-d-i.xml:730 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As you enter this step, if the system detects that you have more than one " @@ -1196,7 +1205,7 @@ msgstr "" "citerefentry> kézikönyv oldalt." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:734 +#: using-d-i.xml:741 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, &d-i; tries to configure your computer's network automatically " @@ -1218,7 +1227,7 @@ msgstr "" "tudod, hogy ehhez minden működik, próbáld újra." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:746 +#: using-d-i.xml:753 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The manual network setup in turn asks you a number of questions about your " @@ -1241,7 +1250,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"needed-info\"/> szerint." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:760 +#: using-d-i.xml:767 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Some technical details you might, or might not, find handy: the program " @@ -1262,14 +1271,14 @@ msgstr "" "interfaces</filename> szerkesztésével." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:805 +#: using-d-i.xml:812 #, fuzzy, no-c-format #| msgid "Configuring Your Time Zone" msgid "Configuring the Clock and Time Zone" msgstr "Időzóna beállítása" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:807 +#: using-d-i.xml:814 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The installer will first attempt to connect to a time server on the Internet " @@ -1281,13 +1290,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:816 +#: using-d-i.xml:823 #, no-c-format msgid "The installer does not modify the system clock on the s390 platform." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:829 +#: using-d-i.xml:836 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Depending on the location selected earlier in the installation process, you " @@ -1300,7 +1309,7 @@ msgstr "" "rendszer nem kérdez semmit és ezt az időzónát feltételezi." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:837 +#: using-d-i.xml:844 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In expert mode or when installing at medium priority, you will have the " @@ -1309,7 +1318,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:843 +#: using-d-i.xml:850 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If for some reason you wish to set a time zone for the installed system that " @@ -1318,7 +1327,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:854 +#: using-d-i.xml:861 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The simplest option is to just select a different time zone after the " @@ -1327,13 +1336,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: using-d-i.xml:860 +#: using-d-i.xml:867 #, no-c-format msgid "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:866 +#: using-d-i.xml:873 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Alternatively, the time zone can be set at the very start of the " @@ -1344,7 +1353,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:880 +#: using-d-i.xml:887 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For automated installations the time zone can be set to any desired value " @@ -1352,13 +1361,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:894 +#: using-d-i.xml:901 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning and Mount Point Selection" msgstr "Particionálás és csatolási pont választás" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:895 +#: using-d-i.xml:902 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "At this time, after hardware detection has been executed a final time, &d-i; " @@ -1376,7 +1385,7 @@ msgstr "" "LVM vagy RAID eszközök beállítása." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:916 +#: using-d-i.xml:923 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are uncomfortable with partitioning, or just want to know more " @@ -1387,7 +1396,7 @@ msgstr "" "linkend=\"partitioning\"/> részt." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:922 +#: using-d-i.xml:929 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If a hard disk has previously used under Solaris, the partitioner may not " @@ -1408,7 +1417,7 @@ msgstr "" "</screen></informalexample> Ez a lemez korábbi adatait elérhetetlenné teszi." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:935 +#: using-d-i.xml:942 #, no-c-format msgid "" "First you will be given the opportunity to automatically partition either an " @@ -1422,13 +1431,13 @@ msgstr "" "<guimenuitem>Kézi</guimenuitem> pontot a menüből." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:945 +#: using-d-i.xml:952 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "Guided Partitioning" msgstr "Particionáló séma" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:946 +#: using-d-i.xml:953 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning, you may have three options: to create " @@ -1445,14 +1454,14 @@ msgstr "" "beállítja a kernel <quote>dm-crypt</quote> támogatást. </para> </footnote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:961 +#: using-d-i.xml:968 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The option to use (encrypted) LVM may not be available on all architectures." msgstr "Nem minden architektúrán lehetséges (titkosított) LVM használata." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:966 +#: using-d-i.xml:973 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When using LVM or encrypted LVM, the installer will create most partitions " @@ -1468,7 +1477,7 @@ msgstr "" "biztonságát nyújtja." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:975 +#: using-d-i.xml:982 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When using encrypted LVM, the installer will also automatically erase the " @@ -1483,7 +1492,7 @@ msgstr "" "nyomait is törli), de a lemez méretétől függően eltart egy ideig." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:984 +#: using-d-i.xml:991 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning using LVM or encrypted LVM, some changes " @@ -1500,7 +1509,7 @@ msgstr "" "kéri, mielőtt lemezre írná őket." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:994 +#: using-d-i.xml:1001 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning (either classic or using (encrypted) LVM) " @@ -1517,7 +1526,7 @@ msgstr "" "mutatott méretek is segíthetnek azonosítani őket." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1003 +#: using-d-i.xml:1010 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any data on the disk you select will eventually be lost, but you will always " @@ -1533,7 +1542,7 @@ msgstr "" "(titkosított) LVM használatakor ez nem lehetséges." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1011 +#: using-d-i.xml:1018 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, you will be able to choose from the schemes listed in the table below. " @@ -1550,73 +1559,73 @@ msgstr "" "választott sémától függően) az irányított particionálás elvetésre kerül." #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1027 +#: using-d-i.xml:1034 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning scheme" msgstr "Particionáló séma" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1028 +#: using-d-i.xml:1035 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum space" msgstr "Minimum hely" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1029 +#: using-d-i.xml:1036 #, no-c-format msgid "Created partitions" msgstr "Létrehozott partíciók" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1035 +#: using-d-i.xml:1042 #, no-c-format msgid "All files in one partition" msgstr "Minden fájl 1 partíción" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1036 +#: using-d-i.xml:1043 #, no-c-format msgid "600MB" msgstr "600 MB" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1037 +#: using-d-i.xml:1044 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, csere" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1039 +#: using-d-i.xml:1046 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home partition" msgstr "Önálló /home partíció" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1040 +#: using-d-i.xml:1047 #, no-c-format msgid "500MB" msgstr "500 MB" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1041 +#: using-d-i.xml:1048 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, csere" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1045 +#: using-d-i.xml:1052 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home, /usr, /var and /tmp partitions" msgstr "Önálló /home, /usr, /var és /tmp partíció" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1046 +#: using-d-i.xml:1053 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>1GB</entry>" msgstr "<entry>1 GB</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1047 +#: using-d-i.xml:1054 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/usr</" @@ -1626,7 +1635,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, csere" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1056 +#: using-d-i.xml:1063 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning using (encrypted) LVM, the installer will " @@ -1639,7 +1648,7 @@ msgstr "" "partícióval együtt, az LVM partíción belül jön létre." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1062 +#: using-d-i.xml:1069 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning for your IA-64 system, there will be an " @@ -1652,7 +1661,7 @@ msgstr "" "menüelem is látszik a formázó menüben EFI indító partíció kézi beállítására." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1070 +#: using-d-i.xml:1077 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After selecting a scheme, the next screen will show your new partition " @@ -1663,7 +1672,7 @@ msgstr "" "táblát, benne a leendő formázási és csatolási információkat." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1076 +#: using-d-i.xml:1083 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The list of partitions might look like this: <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -1713,7 +1722,7 @@ msgstr "" "lehetséges változatot mutat." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1089 +#: using-d-i.xml:1096 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This concludes the guided partitioning. If you are satisfied with the " @@ -1733,13 +1742,13 @@ msgstr "" "alább írt kézi particionálás szerint." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1103 +#: using-d-i.xml:1110 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "Manual Partitioning" msgstr "Particionáló séma" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1104 +#: using-d-i.xml:1111 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A similar screen to the one shown just above will be displayed if you choose " @@ -1754,7 +1763,7 @@ msgstr "" "szakasz további részeiben." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1112 +#: using-d-i.xml:1119 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select a pristine disk which has neither partitions nor free space on " @@ -1768,7 +1777,7 @@ msgstr "" "jelenik meg a választott lemezen." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1120 +#: using-d-i.xml:1127 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select some free space, you will have the opportunity to create a new " @@ -1803,7 +1812,7 @@ msgstr "" "<command>partman</command> fő képernyőjéhez." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1142 +#: using-d-i.xml:1149 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you decide you want to change something about your partition, simply " @@ -1824,7 +1833,7 @@ msgstr "" "partíció." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1153 +#: using-d-i.xml:1160 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Be sure to create at least two partitions: one for the <emphasis>root</" @@ -1839,7 +1848,7 @@ msgstr "" "gyökér fájlrendszer csatolására." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1161 +#: using-d-i.xml:1168 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you forget to select and format an EFI boot partition, <command>partman</" @@ -1851,7 +1860,7 @@ msgstr "" "meg nem teszed." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1167 +#: using-d-i.xml:1174 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Capabilities of <command>partman</command> can be extended with installer " @@ -1867,7 +1876,7 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>partman-lvm</filename>)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1175 +#: using-d-i.xml:1182 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you are satisfied with partitioning, select <guimenuitem>Finish " @@ -1881,13 +1890,13 @@ msgstr "" "kért módon történő létrehozásának megerősítését." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1203 +#: using-d-i.xml:1210 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Multidisk Devices (Software RAID)" msgstr "Több-lemezes eszköz beállítása (szoftver RAID)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1204 +#: using-d-i.xml:1211 #, fuzzy, no-c-format #| msgid "" #| "If you have more than one harddrive<footnote><para> To be honest, you can " @@ -1914,7 +1923,7 @@ msgstr "" "után <firstterm>szoftver RAID</firstterm>)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1217 +#: using-d-i.xml:1224 #, no-c-format msgid "" "MD is basically a bunch of partitions located on different disks and " @@ -1928,7 +1937,7 @@ msgstr "" "csatolható, és így tovább)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1225 +#: using-d-i.xml:1232 #, fuzzy, no-c-format #| msgid "" #| "What benefits this brings depends on the type of MD device you are " @@ -2054,98 +2063,98 @@ msgstr "" "para></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> Összefoglalva:" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1339 +#: using-d-i.xml:1346 #, no-c-format msgid "Type" msgstr "Típus" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1340 +#: using-d-i.xml:1347 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum Devices" msgstr "Legkisebb eszköz-szám" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1341 +#: using-d-i.xml:1348 #, no-c-format msgid "Spare Device" msgstr "Tartalék eszköz" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1342 +#: using-d-i.xml:1349 #, no-c-format msgid "Survives disk failure?" msgstr "Túlél lemez hibát?" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1343 +#: using-d-i.xml:1350 #, no-c-format msgid "Available Space" msgstr "Elérhető hely" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1349 +#: using-d-i.xml:1356 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID0" msgstr "RAID0" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1350 using-d-i.xml:1358 using-d-i.xml:1388 +#: using-d-i.xml:1357 using-d-i.xml:1365 using-d-i.xml:1395 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>2</entry>" msgstr "<entry>2</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1351 using-d-i.xml:1352 +#: using-d-i.xml:1358 using-d-i.xml:1359 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>no</entry>" msgstr "<entry>nincs</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1353 +#: using-d-i.xml:1360 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by number of devices in RAID" msgstr "" "A legkisebb partíció mérete szorozva a RAID tömbben lévő eszközök számával" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1357 +#: using-d-i.xml:1364 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID1" msgstr "RAID1" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1359 using-d-i.xml:1367 using-d-i.xml:1378 using-d-i.xml:1389 +#: using-d-i.xml:1366 using-d-i.xml:1374 using-d-i.xml:1385 using-d-i.xml:1396 #, no-c-format msgid "optional" msgstr "lehet" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1360 using-d-i.xml:1368 using-d-i.xml:1379 using-d-i.xml:1390 +#: using-d-i.xml:1367 using-d-i.xml:1375 using-d-i.xml:1386 using-d-i.xml:1397 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>yes</entry>" msgstr "<entry>igen</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1361 +#: using-d-i.xml:1368 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition in RAID" msgstr "A RAID tömbben lévő legkisebb partíció mérete" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1365 +#: using-d-i.xml:1372 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID5" msgstr "RAID5" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1366 +#: using-d-i.xml:1373 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>3</entry>" msgstr "<entry>3</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1369 +#: using-d-i.xml:1376 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID " @@ -2155,21 +2164,21 @@ msgstr "" "száma -1" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1376 +#: using-d-i.xml:1383 #, fuzzy, no-c-format #| msgid "RAID0" msgid "RAID6" msgstr "RAID0" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1377 +#: using-d-i.xml:1384 #, fuzzy, no-c-format #| msgid "<entry>2</entry>" msgid "<entry>4</entry>" msgstr "<entry>2</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1380 +#: using-d-i.xml:1387 #, fuzzy, no-c-format #| msgid "" #| "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID " @@ -2182,14 +2191,14 @@ msgstr "" "száma -1" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1387 +#: using-d-i.xml:1394 #, fuzzy, no-c-format #| msgid "RAID0" msgid "RAID10" msgstr "RAID0" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1391 +#: using-d-i.xml:1398 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Total of all partitions divided by the number of chunk copies (defaults to " @@ -2197,7 +2206,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1398 +#: using-d-i.xml:1405 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you want to know more about Software RAID, have a look at <ulink url=" @@ -2207,7 +2216,7 @@ msgstr "" "howto;\">Szoftver RAID HOGYAN</ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1403 +#: using-d-i.xml:1410 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To create an MD device, you need to have the desired partitions it should " @@ -2222,7 +2231,7 @@ msgstr "" "fizikai kötet</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> pontot.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1412 +#: using-d-i.xml:1419 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Make sure that the system can be booted with the partitioning scheme you are " @@ -2235,7 +2244,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1424 +#: using-d-i.xml:1431 #, fuzzy, no-c-format #| msgid "" #| "Support for MD is a relatively new addition to the installer. You may " @@ -2258,7 +2267,7 @@ msgstr "" "megoldhatják." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1433 +#: using-d-i.xml:1440 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, you should choose <guimenuitem>Configure software RAID</guimenuitem> " @@ -2279,7 +2288,7 @@ msgstr "" "következők a választott MD típustól függenek." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1446 +#: using-d-i.xml:1453 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID0 is simple — you will be issued with the list of available RAID " @@ -2290,7 +2299,7 @@ msgstr "" "listája, és az egyetlen feladat a leendő MD-t alkotó partíciók kijelölése." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1453 +#: using-d-i.xml:1460 #, fuzzy, no-c-format #| msgid "" #| "RAID1 is a bit more tricky. First, you will be asked to enter the number " @@ -2315,7 +2324,7 @@ msgstr "" "az előbb megadott számmal. Ne aggódj! A &d-i; figyelmeztet hiba esetén." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1465 +#: using-d-i.xml:1472 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID5 has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 with the exception that you " @@ -2325,7 +2334,7 @@ msgstr "" "emphasis> aktív partíciót kell megadni." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1471 +#: using-d-i.xml:1478 #, fuzzy, no-c-format #| msgid "" #| "RAID5 has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 with the exception that you " @@ -2338,7 +2347,7 @@ msgstr "" "emphasis> aktív partíciót kell megadni." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1477 +#: using-d-i.xml:1484 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID10 again has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 except in expert mode. " @@ -2351,7 +2360,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1491 +#: using-d-i.xml:1498 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is perfectly possible to have several types of MD at once. For example, " @@ -2369,7 +2378,7 @@ msgstr "" "partíció)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1500 +#: using-d-i.xml:1507 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you set up MD devices to your liking, you can <guimenuitem>Finish</" @@ -2383,13 +2392,13 @@ msgstr "" "például csatolási pontok társítására." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1515 +#: using-d-i.xml:1522 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Logical Volume Manager (LVM)" msgstr "Logikai kötet-kezelő (LVM) beállítása" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1516 +#: using-d-i.xml:1523 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or " @@ -2405,7 +2414,7 @@ msgstr "" "így tovább kellett kezelni." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1524 +#: using-d-i.xml:1531 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). " @@ -2424,7 +2433,7 @@ msgstr "" "közt is átnyúlhatnak." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1534 +#: using-d-i.xml:1541 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</" @@ -2445,7 +2454,7 @@ msgstr "" "ulink> leírást." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1545 +#: using-d-i.xml:1552 #, no-c-format msgid "" "LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple and completely supported inside " @@ -2462,7 +2471,7 @@ msgstr "" "guimenuitem> </menuchoice> pontot." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1554 +#: using-d-i.xml:1561 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, you will see " @@ -2481,7 +2490,7 @@ msgstr "" "lehetséges műveleteket mutatja. A lehetséges műveletek:" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1565 +#: using-d-i.xml:1572 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<guimenuitem>Display configuration details</guimenuitem>: shows LVM device " @@ -2491,43 +2500,43 @@ msgstr "" "eszköz struktúrát, a logikai kötetek neveit, méreteit és egyebeket" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1570 +#: using-d-i.xml:1577 #, no-c-format msgid "Create volume group" msgstr "Kötet csoport létrehozása" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1573 +#: using-d-i.xml:1580 #, no-c-format msgid "Create logical volume" msgstr "Logikai kötet létrehozása" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1576 +#: using-d-i.xml:1583 #, no-c-format msgid "Delete volume group" msgstr "Kötet csoport törlése" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1579 +#: using-d-i.xml:1586 #, no-c-format msgid "Delete logical volume" msgstr "Logikai kötet törlése" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1582 +#: using-d-i.xml:1589 #, no-c-format msgid "Extend volume group" msgstr "Kötet csoport bővítése" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1585 +#: using-d-i.xml:1592 #, no-c-format msgid "Reduce volume group" msgstr "Kötet csoport csökkentése" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1587 +#: using-d-i.xml:1594 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem>: return to the main <command>partman</" @@ -2537,7 +2546,7 @@ msgstr "" "képernyőhöz" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1593 +#: using-d-i.xml:1600 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Use the options in that menu to first create a volume group and then create " @@ -2547,7 +2556,7 @@ msgstr "" "kötetek létrehozására." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1598 +#: using-d-i.xml:1605 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, any created " @@ -2559,13 +2568,13 @@ msgstr "" "is kezelhetők)." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1612 +#: using-d-i.xml:1619 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Encrypted Volumes" msgstr "Titkosított kötetek beállítása" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1613 +#: using-d-i.xml:1620 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; allows you to set up encrypted partitions. Every file you write to " @@ -2587,7 +2596,7 @@ msgstr "" "adatok véletlen karaktereknek tűnnek." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1625 +#: using-d-i.xml:1632 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The two most important partitions to encrypt are: the home partition, where " @@ -2615,7 +2624,7 @@ msgstr "" "betöltése." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1640 +#: using-d-i.xml:1647 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Please note that the performance of encrypted partitions will be less than " @@ -2629,7 +2638,7 @@ msgstr "" "hosszán múlik." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1647 +#: using-d-i.xml:1654 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To use encryption, you have to create a new partition by selecting some free " @@ -2649,7 +2658,7 @@ msgstr "" "módosul és különböző titkosító lehetőségeket ad a partícióhoz." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1658 +#: using-d-i.xml:1665 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; supports several encryption methods. The default method is " @@ -2665,7 +2674,7 @@ msgstr "" "ok, ajánlott az alap használata." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1670 +#: using-d-i.xml:1677 #, no-c-format msgid "" "First, let's have a look at the options available when you select " @@ -2679,13 +2688,13 @@ msgstr "" "lettek kiválasztva." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1680 +#: using-d-i.xml:1687 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>aes</userinput>" msgstr "Titkosítás: <userinput>aes</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1682 +#: using-d-i.xml:1689 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option lets you select the encryption algorithm (<firstterm>cipher</" @@ -2710,13 +2719,13 @@ msgstr "" "érzékeny adatok védelmére a XXI. században." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1700 +#: using-d-i.xml:1707 #, no-c-format msgid "Key size: <userinput>256</userinput>" msgstr "Kulcs méret: <userinput>256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1702 +#: using-d-i.xml:1709 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Here you can specify the length of the encryption key. With a larger key " @@ -2729,13 +2738,13 @@ msgstr "" "teljesítményre. Az elérhető kulcs méretek a titkosítástól függenek." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1714 +#: using-d-i.xml:1721 #, no-c-format msgid "IV algorithm: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>" msgstr "IV algoritmus: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1716 +#: using-d-i.xml:1723 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <firstterm>Initialization Vector</firstterm> or <firstterm>IV</" @@ -2752,7 +2761,7 @@ msgstr "" "adatok általi törés megakadályozása." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1726 +#: using-d-i.xml:1733 #, no-c-format msgid "" "From the provided alternatives, the default <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</" @@ -2766,25 +2775,25 @@ msgstr "" "az újabb algoritmusokat." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1738 +#: using-d-i.xml:1745 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Passphrase</userinput>" msgstr "Titkosító kulcs: <userinput>Jelmondat</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1740 +#: using-d-i.xml:1747 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can choose the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "Itt állítható be a titkosító kulcs e partícióhoz." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1746 +#: using-d-i.xml:1753 #, no-c-format msgid "Passphrase" msgstr "Jelmondat" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1747 +#: using-d-i.xml:1754 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The encryption key will be computed<footnote> <para> Using a passphrase as " @@ -2798,13 +2807,13 @@ msgstr "" "alapján, mely e folyamat folyatásában adható meg." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1762 using-d-i.xml:1855 +#: using-d-i.xml:1769 using-d-i.xml:1862 #, no-c-format msgid "Random key" msgstr "Véletlen kulcs" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1763 +#: using-d-i.xml:1770 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A new encryption key will be generated from random data each time you try to " @@ -2821,7 +2830,7 @@ msgstr "" "algoritmus ismeretlen gyengesége nélkül ez nem lehetséges a mi életünkben.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1772 +#: using-d-i.xml:1779 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Random keys are useful for swap partitions because you do not need to bother " @@ -2840,13 +2849,13 @@ msgstr "" "partícióra a felfüggesztéskor írt adatok visszaállítása." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1791 using-d-i.xml:1868 +#: using-d-i.xml:1798 using-d-i.xml:1875 #, no-c-format msgid "Erase data: <userinput>yes</userinput>" msgstr "Adatok törlése: <userinput>igen</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1793 +#: using-d-i.xml:1800 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Determines whether the content of this partition should be overwritten with " @@ -2866,7 +2875,7 @@ msgstr "" "felülírás után. </para></footnote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1813 +#: using-d-i.xml:1820 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Encryption method:</guimenu> " @@ -2878,13 +2887,13 @@ msgstr "" "alábbi lehetőségeket adja:" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1822 +#: using-d-i.xml:1829 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>AES256</userinput>" msgstr "Titkosítás: <userinput>AES256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1824 +#: using-d-i.xml:1831 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For loop-AES, unlike dm-crypt, the options for cipher and key size are " @@ -2896,25 +2905,25 @@ msgstr "" "szakaszt a titkosításokról és kulcsok méreteiről további adatokért." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1834 +#: using-d-i.xml:1841 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Keyfile (GnuPG)</userinput>" msgstr "Titkosító kulcs: <userinput>Kulcsfájl (GnuPG)</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1836 +#: using-d-i.xml:1843 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can select the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "Itt adható meg a titkosító kulcs típusa e partícióhoz." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1842 +#: using-d-i.xml:1849 #, no-c-format msgid "Keyfile (GnuPG)" msgstr "Kulcsfájl (GnuPG)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1843 +#: using-d-i.xml:1850 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The encryption key will be generated from random data during the " @@ -2928,19 +2937,19 @@ msgstr "" "egy ilyen megadására)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1856 +#: using-d-i.xml:1863 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the section on random keys above." msgstr "Lásd a véletlen kulcsok szakaszt fent." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1870 +#: using-d-i.xml:1877 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the the section on erasing data above." msgstr "Lásd az adatok törlése szakaszt fent." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1879 +#: using-d-i.xml:1886 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have selected the desired parameters for your encrypted " @@ -2957,7 +2966,7 @@ msgstr "" "egy új partíciós tábla írását. A nagy partíciókon ez eltart egy ideig." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1889 +#: using-d-i.xml:1896 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next you will be asked to enter a passphrase for partitions configured to " @@ -2973,7 +2982,7 @@ msgstr "" "rokonok nevei és így tovább)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1898 +#: using-d-i.xml:1905 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before you input any passphrases, you should have made sure that your " @@ -2996,7 +3005,7 @@ msgstr "" "gyökér fájlrendszer számára." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1911 +#: using-d-i.xml:1918 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you selected to use methods other than a passphrase to create encryption " @@ -3018,7 +3027,7 @@ msgstr "" "titkosítandó partíciónál megismételhető." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1927 +#: using-d-i.xml:1934 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After returning to the main partitioning menu, you will see all encrypted " @@ -3050,7 +3059,7 @@ msgstr "" "kötetekhez és módosítani fájlrendszer típusukat, ha nem tetszik." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1940 +#: using-d-i.xml:1947 #, fuzzy, no-c-format #| msgid "" #| "One thing to note here are the identifiers in parentheses " @@ -3076,7 +3085,7 @@ msgstr "" "linkend=\"mount-encrypted-volumes\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1950 +#: using-d-i.xml:1957 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you are satisfied with the partitioning scheme, continue with the " @@ -3084,13 +3093,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "Ha a partíciós séma megfelel, folyatható a telepítés." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1961 +#: using-d-i.xml:1968 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing the Base System" msgstr "Az alaprendszer telepítése" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1962 +#: using-d-i.xml:1969 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant " @@ -3103,7 +3112,7 @@ msgstr "" "Lassú gép vagy hálózati kapcsolat esetén eltart egy kis ideig." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1975 +#: using-d-i.xml:1982 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During installation of the base system, package unpacking and setup messages " @@ -3119,7 +3128,7 @@ msgstr "" "Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo> használható." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1984 +#: using-d-i.xml:1991 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The unpack/setup messages generated during this phase are also saved in " @@ -3131,7 +3140,7 @@ msgstr "" "ellenőrzésükre, ha a telepítés soros konzolon át történik." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1990 +#: using-d-i.xml:1997 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As part of the installation, a Linux kernel will be installed. At the " @@ -3144,13 +3153,13 @@ msgstr "" "az elérhető kernelek egy listából választhatók." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2002 +#: using-d-i.xml:2009 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting Up Users And Passwords" msgstr "Felhasználók és jelszavaik felvétele" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2003 +#: using-d-i.xml:2010 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the base system has been installed, the installer will allow you to " @@ -3159,13 +3168,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2017 +#: using-d-i.xml:2024 #, no-c-format msgid "Set the Root Password" msgstr "A root jelszó beállítása" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2021 +#: using-d-i.xml:2028 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <emphasis>root</emphasis> account is also called the <emphasis>super-" @@ -3179,7 +3188,7 @@ msgstr "" "ekkor is csak a lehető legrövidebb ideig." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2029 +#: using-d-i.xml:2036 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any password you create should contain at least 6 characters, and should " @@ -3195,7 +3204,7 @@ msgstr "" "használatát." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2037 +#: using-d-i.xml:2044 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If anyone ever tells you they need your root password, be extremely wary. " @@ -3207,13 +3216,13 @@ msgstr "" "ha egy gépet másokkal felügyelsz." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2047 +#: using-d-i.xml:2054 #, no-c-format msgid "Create an Ordinary User" msgstr "Egy szokásos felhasználó létrehozása" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2049 +#: using-d-i.xml:2056 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The system will ask you whether you wish to create an ordinary user account " @@ -3227,7 +3236,7 @@ msgstr "" "bejelentkezésre." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2058 +#: using-d-i.xml:2065 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Why not? Well, one reason to avoid using root's privileges is that it is " @@ -3247,7 +3256,7 @@ msgstr "" "elolvasol egyet, ha ez új neked." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2068 +#: using-d-i.xml:2075 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will first be prompted for the user's full name. Then you'll be asked " @@ -3261,7 +3270,7 @@ msgstr "" "fiókhoz tartozó jelszót." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2075 +#: using-d-i.xml:2082 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If at any point after installation you would like to create another account, " @@ -3271,13 +3280,13 @@ msgstr "" "<command>adduser</command> parancsot." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2086 +#: using-d-i.xml:2093 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing Additional Software" msgstr "További szoftverek telepítése" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2087 +#: using-d-i.xml:2094 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point you have a usable but limited system. Most users will want to " @@ -3292,13 +3301,13 @@ msgstr "" "hálózat esetén." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2102 +#: using-d-i.xml:2109 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring apt" msgstr "Az apt beállítása" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2104 +#: using-d-i.xml:2111 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One of the tools used to install packages on a &debian; system is a program " @@ -3332,7 +3341,7 @@ msgstr "" "hivatalosan ajánlott csomag-kezelő eszköz az <command>aptitude</command>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2128 +#: using-d-i.xml:2135 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows from where to " @@ -3347,7 +3356,7 @@ msgstr "" "után is szerkeszthetők." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2135 +#: using-d-i.xml:2142 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing at default priority, the installer will largely take " @@ -3359,7 +3368,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2144 +#: using-d-i.xml:2151 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing at a lower priority (e.g. in expert mode), you will be " @@ -3370,13 +3379,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2155 +#: using-d-i.xml:2162 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing from more than one CD or DVD" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2157 +#: using-d-i.xml:2164 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing from a CD or a DVD that is part of a larger set, the " @@ -3386,7 +3395,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2164 +#: using-d-i.xml:2171 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do not have any additional CDs or DVDs, that is no problem: using " @@ -3396,7 +3405,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2172 +#: using-d-i.xml:2179 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Packages are included on CDs (and DVDs) in the order of their popularity. " @@ -3406,7 +3415,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2179 +#: using-d-i.xml:2186 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It also means that buying or downloading and burning a full CD set is just a " @@ -3417,7 +3426,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2188 +#: using-d-i.xml:2195 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A good rule of thumb is that for a regular desktop installation (using the " @@ -3427,7 +3436,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2196 +#: using-d-i.xml:2203 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do scan multiple CDs or DVDs, the installer will prompt you to " @@ -3439,13 +3448,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2209 +#: using-d-i.xml:2216 #, no-c-format msgid "Using a network mirror" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2211 +#: using-d-i.xml:2218 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One question that will be asked during most installs is whether or not to " @@ -3454,7 +3463,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2217 +#: using-d-i.xml:2224 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are <emphasis>not</emphasis> installing from a full CD or DVD or " @@ -3466,7 +3475,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2226 +#: using-d-i.xml:2233 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing from a single full CD or using a full CD image, using " @@ -3479,7 +3488,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2237 +#: using-d-i.xml:2244 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing from a DVD or using a DVD image, any packages needed " @@ -3489,7 +3498,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2244 +#: using-d-i.xml:2251 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One advantage of adding a network mirror is that updates that have occurred " @@ -3500,7 +3509,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2251 +#: using-d-i.xml:2258 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In summary: selecting a network mirror is generally a good idea, except if " @@ -3511,26 +3520,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2260 +#: using-d-i.xml:2267 #, no-c-format msgid "the tasks you select in the next step of the installation," msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2265 +#: using-d-i.xml:2272 #, no-c-format msgid "which packages are needed for those tasks," msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2270 +#: using-d-i.xml:2277 #, no-c-format msgid "" "which of those packages are present on the CDs or DVDs you have scanned, and" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2275 +#: using-d-i.xml:2282 #, no-c-format msgid "" "whether any updated versions of packages included on the CDs or DVDs are " @@ -3539,7 +3548,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2284 +#: using-d-i.xml:2291 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that the last point means that, even if you choose not to use a network " @@ -3549,13 +3558,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2300 +#: using-d-i.xml:2307 #, no-c-format msgid "Selecting and Installing Software" msgstr "Szoftverek kiválasztása és telepítése" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2302 +#: using-d-i.xml:2309 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select " @@ -3572,7 +3581,7 @@ msgstr "" "összpontosít, hogy gyorsan beállítsa a gépet különböző feladatok elvégzésére." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2311 +#: using-d-i.xml:2318 #, no-c-format msgid "" "So, you have the ability to choose <emphasis>tasks</emphasis> first, and " @@ -3605,7 +3614,7 @@ msgstr "" "igényét." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2338 +#: using-d-i.xml:2345 #, fuzzy, no-c-format #| msgid "" #| "Some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the " @@ -3623,7 +3632,7 @@ msgstr "" "hogy egyáltalán ne telepíts semmit ezen a módon." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2345 +#: using-d-i.xml:2352 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar " @@ -3633,7 +3642,7 @@ msgstr "" "feladat kijelölésének váltásához." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2351 +#: using-d-i.xml:2358 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Unless you are using the special KDE or Xfce/LXDE CDs, the <quote>Desktop " @@ -3641,7 +3650,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2356 +#: using-d-i.xml:2363 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is not possible to interactively select a different desktop during the " @@ -3655,7 +3664,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2367 +#: using-d-i.xml:2374 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some CD images (businesscard, netinst and DVD) also allow selection of the " @@ -3665,7 +3674,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2374 +#: using-d-i.xml:2381 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that this will only work if the packages needed for the desired desktop " @@ -3677,7 +3686,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2384 +#: using-d-i.xml:2391 #, fuzzy, no-c-format #| msgid "" #| "The various server tasks will install software roughly as follows. DNS " @@ -3705,7 +3714,7 @@ msgstr "" "classname>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2395 +#: using-d-i.xml:2402 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <quote>Standard system</quote> task will install any package that has a " @@ -3716,7 +3725,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2403 +#: using-d-i.xml:2410 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If during language selection a default locale other than the <quote>C</" @@ -3729,7 +3738,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2413 +#: using-d-i.xml:2420 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you've selected your tasks, select &BTN-CONT;. At this point, " @@ -3742,7 +3751,7 @@ msgstr "" "választott feladatok részei." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2420 +#: using-d-i.xml:2427 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You should be aware that especially the Desktop task is very large. " @@ -3758,7 +3767,7 @@ msgstr "" "telepítésének leállítására." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2429 +#: using-d-i.xml:2436 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Even when packages are included on the CD-ROM, the installer may still " @@ -3775,13 +3784,13 @@ msgstr "" "használatakor történik." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2444 +#: using-d-i.xml:2451 #, no-c-format msgid "Making Your System Bootable" msgstr "A rendszer indíthatóvá tétele" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2446 +#: using-d-i.xml:2453 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the " @@ -3795,13 +3804,13 @@ msgstr "" "linkend=\"boot-dev-select-sun\"/> részt.</phrase>" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2461 +#: using-d-i.xml:2468 #, no-c-format msgid "Detecting other operating systems" msgstr "Más operációs rendszerek érzékelése" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2463 +#: using-d-i.xml:2470 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for " @@ -3816,7 +3825,7 @@ msgstr "" "Debian mellett." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2471 +#: using-d-i.xml:2478 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " @@ -3832,13 +3841,13 @@ msgstr "" "dokumentációját." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2489 +#: using-d-i.xml:2496 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>palo</command>-telepítő" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2490 +#: using-d-i.xml:2497 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is " @@ -3854,19 +3863,19 @@ msgstr "" "<command>PALO</command> olvas Linux partíciókat." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2499 +#: using-d-i.xml:2506 #, no-c-format msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )" msgstr "hppa FIXME ( több adat kell )" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2511 +#: using-d-i.xml:2518 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "<command>Grub</command> telepítése egy merevlemezen" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2513 +#: using-d-i.xml:2520 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a " @@ -3878,7 +3887,7 @@ msgstr "" "egyaránt." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2519 +#: using-d-i.xml:2526 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where " @@ -3890,7 +3899,7 @@ msgstr "" "a grub kézikönyvet teljes információért." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2525 +#: using-d-i.xml:2532 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do not want to install grub, use the &BTN-GOBACK; button to get to " @@ -3901,13 +3910,13 @@ msgstr "" "válaszd a kívánt boot betöltőt." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2538 +#: using-d-i.xml:2545 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "<command>LILO</command> telepítése egy merevlemezen" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2540 +#: using-d-i.xml:2547 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is " @@ -3923,7 +3932,7 @@ msgstr "" "\">LILO mini-HOGYAN</ulink> is hasznos." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2550 +#: using-d-i.xml:2557 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other " @@ -3937,7 +3946,7 @@ msgstr "" "számára kézzel kell majd hozzáadni a bejegyzést a menüben a telepítés után." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2558 +#: using-d-i.xml:2565 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; offers you three choices on where to install the <command>LILO</" @@ -3947,13 +3956,13 @@ msgstr "" "telepítésére:" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2565 +#: using-d-i.xml:2572 #, no-c-format msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)" msgstr "Mester Boot Rekord (MBR)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2565 +#: using-d-i.xml:2572 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot " @@ -3963,13 +3972,13 @@ msgstr "" "irányítását." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2572 +#: using-d-i.xml:2579 #, no-c-format msgid "new Debian partition" msgstr "új Debian partíció" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2572 +#: using-d-i.xml:2579 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> " @@ -3981,13 +3990,13 @@ msgstr "" "szolgál." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2581 +#: using-d-i.xml:2588 #, no-c-format msgid "Other choice" msgstr "Más választás" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2581 +#: using-d-i.xml:2588 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> " @@ -4003,7 +4012,7 @@ msgstr "" "sda</filename>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2591 +#: using-d-i.xml:2598 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll " @@ -4019,13 +4028,13 @@ msgstr "" "Debian rendszerbe tartósan visszatérj!" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2607 +#: using-d-i.xml:2614 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Az <command>ELILO</command> betöltő telepítése egy merevlemezen" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2609 +#: using-d-i.xml:2616 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled " @@ -4052,7 +4061,7 @@ msgstr "" "indítására." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2625 +#: using-d-i.xml:2632 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last " @@ -4068,13 +4077,13 @@ msgstr "" "<emphasis>gyökér</emphasis> fájlrendszerrel egyező lemezen van." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2637 +#: using-d-i.xml:2644 #, no-c-format msgid "Choose the correct partition!" msgstr "Válaszd a helyes partíciót!" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2639 +#: using-d-i.xml:2646 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The criteria for selecting a partition is that it is FAT format filesystem " @@ -4091,13 +4100,13 @@ msgstr "" "formázhatja a partíciót a telepítés alatt, letörölheti a korábbi tartalmat!" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2654 +#: using-d-i.xml:2661 #, no-c-format msgid "EFI Partition Contents" msgstr "EFI Partíció Tartalom" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2656 +#: using-d-i.xml:2663 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard " @@ -4125,13 +4134,13 @@ msgstr "" "más fájlok is kerülhetnek e fájlrendszerre." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2678 +#: using-d-i.xml:2685 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.conf" msgstr "elilo.conf" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2679 +#: using-d-i.xml:2686 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is " @@ -4143,13 +4152,13 @@ msgstr "" "fájlnevekkel." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2688 +#: using-d-i.xml:2695 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.efi" msgstr "elilo.efi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2689 +#: using-d-i.xml:2696 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> " @@ -4162,13 +4171,13 @@ msgstr "" "GNU/Linux</guimenuitem> menüpontja mögött." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2699 +#: using-d-i.xml:2706 #, no-c-format msgid "initrd.img" msgstr "initrd.img" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2700 +#: using-d-i.xml:2707 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of " @@ -4182,13 +4191,13 @@ msgstr "" "fájl, melyre a <filename>/initrd.img</filename> jelképes lánc hivatkozik." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2712 +#: using-d-i.xml:2719 #, no-c-format msgid "readme.txt" msgstr "readme.txt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2713 +#: using-d-i.xml:2720 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are " @@ -4200,13 +4209,13 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename> következő futtatásakor." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2723 +#: using-d-i.xml:2730 #, no-c-format msgid "vmlinuz" msgstr "vmlinuz" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2724 +#: using-d-i.xml:2731 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in " @@ -4220,13 +4229,13 @@ msgstr "" "vmlinuz</filename> jelképes lánc hivatkozik." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2744 +#: using-d-i.xml:2751 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2745 +#: using-d-i.xml:2752 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on SGI machines is <command>arcboot</command>. It has to be " @@ -4269,13 +4278,13 @@ msgstr "" "<command>boot</command> parancs." #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2764 +#: using-d-i.xml:2771 #, no-c-format msgid "scsi" msgstr "scsi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2765 +#: using-d-i.xml:2772 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI bus to be booted from, this is <userinput>0</userinput> for the " @@ -4284,13 +4293,13 @@ msgstr "" ": az indítandó SCSI busz, <userinput>0</userinput> az alaplapi vezérlőknél" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2773 +#: using-d-i.xml:2780 #, no-c-format msgid "disk" msgstr "lemez" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2774 +#: using-d-i.xml:2781 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>arcboot</command> is " @@ -4299,13 +4308,13 @@ msgstr "" ": a merevlemez SCSI azonosítója, melyre az <command>arboot</command> települt" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2782 +#: using-d-i.xml:2789 #, no-c-format msgid "partnr" msgstr "part.sz." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2783 +#: using-d-i.xml:2790 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -4315,13 +4324,13 @@ msgstr "" "bejegyzés neve, alapban <quote>linux</quote>." #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2791 +#: using-d-i.xml:2798 #, no-c-format msgid "config" msgstr "config" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2792 +#: using-d-i.xml:2799 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -4329,13 +4338,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr ": a " #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2813 +#: using-d-i.xml:2820 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "<command>Yaboot</command> telepítése egy merevlemezen" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2814 +#: using-d-i.xml:2821 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their " @@ -4354,13 +4363,13 @@ msgstr "" "OpenFirmware beállításra kerül a &debian; indítására." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2832 +#: using-d-i.xml:2839 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "<command>Quik</command> telepítése egy merevlemezen" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2833 +#: using-d-i.xml:2840 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</" @@ -4373,13 +4382,13 @@ msgstr "" "beállítását. Ez megy a 7200, 7300 és 7600 gépeken és pár másolatán." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2849 +#: using-d-i.xml:2856 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>zipl</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2850 +#: using-d-i.xml:2857 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</" @@ -4395,13 +4404,13 @@ msgstr "" "több <command>ZIPL</command> adatért." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2867 +#: using-d-i.xml:2874 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "<command>SILO</command> boot betöltő telepítése merevlemezre" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2869 +#: using-d-i.xml:2876 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is " @@ -4430,13 +4439,13 @@ msgstr "" "ha e GNU/Linux rendszeredet egy SunOS/Solaris mellé telepíted." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2894 +#: using-d-i.xml:2901 #, no-c-format msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader" msgstr "Folytatás boot betöltő nélkül" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2896 +#: using-d-i.xml:2903 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot " @@ -4448,7 +4457,7 @@ msgstr "" "(például egy már telepített boot betöltőt használsz)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2903 +#: using-d-i.xml:2910 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name " @@ -4469,13 +4478,13 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>/boot</filename> fájlrendszer adatai." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2920 +#: using-d-i.xml:2927 #, no-c-format msgid "Finishing the Installation" msgstr "A telepítés befejezése" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2921 +#: using-d-i.xml:2928 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the last step in the Debian installation process during which the " @@ -4486,13 +4495,13 @@ msgstr "" "feladatai utáni rendrakásból áll." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2934 +#: using-d-i.xml:2941 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "Setting the System Clock" msgstr "A rendszer beállítása" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2936 +#: using-d-i.xml:2943 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "The installer may ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally " @@ -4505,7 +4514,7 @@ msgstr "" "például a telepített más operációs rendszerek alapján." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2943 +#: using-d-i.xml:2950 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is " @@ -4524,7 +4533,7 @@ msgstr "" "elrontsa a rendszert.</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2954 +#: using-d-i.xml:2961 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point &d-i; will also attempt to save the current time to the " @@ -4533,13 +4542,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2969 +#: using-d-i.xml:2976 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "Reboot the System" msgstr "A rendszer beállítása" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2971 +#: using-d-i.xml:2978 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "You will be prompted to remove the boot media (CD, floppy, etc) that you " @@ -4552,7 +4561,7 @@ msgstr "" "rendszerre." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2977 +#: using-d-i.xml:2984 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "After a final prompt the system will be halted because rebooting is not " @@ -4566,13 +4575,13 @@ msgstr "" "gyökér fájlrendszer számára választott DASD eszközről." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2990 +#: using-d-i.xml:2997 #, no-c-format msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "Egyebek" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2991 +#: using-d-i.xml:2998 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the " @@ -4583,13 +4592,13 @@ msgstr "" "folyamatnak, de nehezebb helyzetekhez készen állnak a felhasználó segítésére." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3004 +#: using-d-i.xml:3011 #, no-c-format msgid "Saving the installation logs" msgstr "Telepítő naplók mentése" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3006 +#: using-d-i.xml:3013 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the " @@ -4601,7 +4610,7 @@ msgstr "" "installer/</filename> könyvtárba." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3013 +#: using-d-i.xml:3020 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu " @@ -4617,13 +4626,13 @@ msgstr "" "jelentésbe." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3033 +#: using-d-i.xml:3040 #, no-c-format msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs" msgstr "A héj használata és a naplók megtekintése" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3035 +#: using-d-i.xml:3042 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There are several methods you can use to get a shell while running an " @@ -4648,13 +4657,13 @@ msgstr "" "<keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo> gombokat a telepítőre visszaváltáshoz." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3053 +#: using-d-i.xml:3060 #, no-c-format msgid "For the graphical installer see also <xref linkend=\"gtk-using\"/>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3057 +#: using-d-i.xml:3064 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you cannot switch consoles, there is also an <guimenuitem>Execute a " @@ -4669,7 +4678,7 @@ msgstr "" "lezárásához." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3065 +#: using-d-i.xml:3072 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set " @@ -4686,7 +4695,7 @@ msgstr "" "szép képességgel mint például az automata kiegészítés és történet." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3074 +#: using-d-i.xml:3081 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To edit and view files, use the text editor <command>nano</command>. Log " @@ -4698,7 +4707,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename> könyvtárban találhatók." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3081 +#: using-d-i.xml:3088 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although you can do basically anything in a shell that the available " @@ -4710,7 +4719,7 @@ msgstr "" "szolgál." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3087 +#: using-d-i.xml:3094 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Doing things manually from the shell may interfere with the installation " @@ -4723,13 +4732,13 @@ msgstr "" "a csere partíció bekapcsolására és ne tedd a héjból." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3102 +#: using-d-i.xml:3109 #, no-c-format msgid "Installation Over the Network" msgstr "Telepítés hálózatról" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3104 +#: using-d-i.xml:3111 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</" @@ -4746,7 +4755,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"/> részben írtak szerint.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3114 +#: using-d-i.xml:3121 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so " @@ -4767,7 +4776,7 @@ msgstr "" "távolról SSH-n át</guimenuitem> új menüelem jelzi." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3127 +#: using-d-i.xml:3134 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting " @@ -4777,7 +4786,7 @@ msgstr "" "után." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3132 +#: using-d-i.xml:3139 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> " @@ -4798,7 +4807,7 @@ msgstr "" "távolról folytató személy</quote> számára." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3144 +#: using-d-i.xml:3151 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always " @@ -4810,7 +4819,7 @@ msgstr "" "kiválasztható." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3150 +#: using-d-i.xml:3157 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need " @@ -4842,7 +4851,7 @@ msgstr "" "gép ujjlenyomata." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3167 +#: using-d-i.xml:3174 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <command>ssh</command> server in the installer uses a default " @@ -4858,7 +4867,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3180 +#: using-d-i.xml:3187 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You may be able to avoid the connection being dropped by adding the option " @@ -4872,7 +4881,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3193 +#: using-d-i.xml:3200 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP " @@ -4894,7 +4903,7 @@ msgstr "" "kapcsolódsz." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3209 +#: using-d-i.xml:3216 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have " @@ -4913,7 +4922,7 @@ msgstr "" "folyamatban használható, de héjakhoz több is." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3219 +#: using-d-i.xml:3226 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go " @@ -4928,13 +4937,13 @@ msgstr "" "telepített rendszeren." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3239 +#: using-d-i.xml:3246 #, no-c-format msgid "Loading Missing Firmware" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3240 +#: using-d-i.xml:3247 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As described in <xref linkend=\"hardware-firmware\"/>, some devices require " @@ -4944,7 +4953,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3248 +#: using-d-i.xml:3255 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If a device driver requests firmware that is not available, &d-i; will " @@ -4956,7 +4965,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3258 +#: using-d-i.xml:3265 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Which devices are scanned and which file systems are supported depends on " @@ -4968,7 +4977,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3268 +#: using-d-i.xml:3275 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that it is possible to skip loading the firmware if you know the device " @@ -4977,7 +4986,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3275 +#: using-d-i.xml:3282 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Support for loading firmware is still relatively basic and is likely to be " @@ -4988,13 +4997,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3286 +#: using-d-i.xml:3293 #, no-c-format msgid "Preparing a medium" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3287 +#: using-d-i.xml:3294 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although in some cases the firmware can also be loaded from a partition on a " @@ -5007,7 +5016,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3297 +#: using-d-i.xml:3304 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Tarballs containing current packages for the most common firmware are " @@ -5018,7 +5027,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3311 +#: using-d-i.xml:3318 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the firmware you need is not included in the tarball, you can also " @@ -5029,7 +5038,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3325 +#: using-d-i.xml:3332 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is also possible to copy individual firmware files to the medium. Loose " @@ -5038,13 +5047,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3334 +#: using-d-i.xml:3341 #, no-c-format msgid "Firmware and the Installed System" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3335 +#: using-d-i.xml:3342 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any firmware loaded during the installation will be copied automatically to " @@ -5056,7 +5065,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3344 +#: using-d-i.xml:3351 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the firmware was loaded from a firmware package, &d-i; will also install " @@ -5067,7 +5076,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3352 +#: using-d-i.xml:3359 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If loading the firmware was skipped during the installation, the relevant " @@ -5076,7 +5085,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3359 +#: using-d-i.xml:3366 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the firmware was loaded from loose firmware files, the firmware copied to " diff --git a/po/ja/preseed.po b/po/ja/preseed.po index a76647063..08e8f6100 100644 --- a/po/ja/preseed.po +++ b/po/ja/preseed.po @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-11-18 01:11+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-01-18 00:44+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-06-13 17:33+0900\n" "Last-Translator: KURASAWA Nozomu <nabetaro@caldron.jp>\n" "Language-Team: \n" @@ -2600,9 +2600,6 @@ msgid "" "\n" "# Individual additional packages to install\n" "#d-i pkgsel/include string openssh-server build-essential\n" -"# By default, packages that are only Recommended by packages installed " -"using\n" -"# pkgsel/include (as opposed to their dependencies) will not be installed.\n" "# Whether to upgrade packages after debootstrap.\n" "# Allowed values: none, safe-upgrade, full-upgrade\n" "#d-i pkgsel/upgrade select none\n" diff --git a/po/ja/random-bits.po b/po/ja/random-bits.po index 497eb1428..f75980de1 100644 --- a/po/ja/random-bits.po +++ b/po/ja/random-bits.po @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-11-08 01:11+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-12-28 01:10+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-04-22 22:17+0900\n" "Last-Translator: KURASAWA Nozomu <nabetaro@caldron.jp>\n" "Language-Team: \n" @@ -1359,7 +1359,67 @@ msgstr "ネットワークの設定" #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:646 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +#| msgid "" +#| "To configure networking, edit <filename>/etc/network/interfaces</" +#| "filename>, <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>, <filename>/etc/" +#| "hostname</filename> and <filename>/etc/hosts</filename>. " +#| "<informalexample><screen>\n" +#| "# editor /etc/network/interfaces\n" +#| "</screen></informalexample> Here are some simple examples from <filename>/" +#| "usr/share/doc/ifupdown/examples</filename>: <informalexample><screen>\n" +#| "######################################################################\n" +#| "# /etc/network/interfaces -- configuration file for ifup(8), ifdown(8)\n" +#| "# See the interfaces(5) manpage for information on what options are\n" +#| "# available.\n" +#| "######################################################################\n" +#| "\n" +#| "# We always want the loopback interface.\n" +#| "#\n" +#| "auto lo\n" +#| "iface lo inet loopback\n" +#| "\n" +#| "# To use dhcp:\n" +#| "#\n" +#| "# auto eth0\n" +#| "# iface eth0 inet dhcp\n" +#| "\n" +#| "# An example static IP setup: (broadcast and gateway are optional)\n" +#| "#\n" +#| "# auto eth0\n" +#| "# iface eth0 inet static\n" +#| "# address 192.168.0.42\n" +#| "# network 192.168.0.0\n" +#| "# netmask 255.255.255.0\n" +#| "# broadcast 192.168.0.255\n" +#| "# gateway 192.168.0.1\n" +#| "</screen></informalexample> Enter your nameserver(s) and search " +#| "directives in <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>: " +#| "<informalexample><screen>\n" +#| "# editor /etc/resolv.conf\n" +#| "</screen></informalexample> A simple example <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</" +#| "filename>: <informalexample><screen>\n" +#| "search hqdom.local\n" +#| "nameserver 10.1.1.36\n" +#| "nameserver 192.168.9.100\n" +#| "</screen></informalexample> Enter your system's host name (2 to 63 " +#| "characters): <informalexample><screen>\n" +#| "# echo DebianHostName > /etc/hostname\n" +#| "</screen></informalexample> And a basic <filename>/etc/hosts</filename> " +#| "with IPv6 support: <informalexample><screen>\n" +#| "127.0.0.1 localhost DebianHostName\n" +#| "\n" +#| "# The following lines are desirable for IPv6 capable hosts\n" +#| "::1 ip6-localhost ip6-loopback\n" +#| "fe00::0 ip6-localnet\n" +#| "ff00::0 ip6-mcastprefix\n" +#| "ff02::1 ip6-allnodes\n" +#| "ff02::2 ip6-allrouters\n" +#| "ff02::3 ip6-allhosts\n" +#| "</screen></informalexample> If you have multiple network cards, you " +#| "should arrange the names of driver modules in the <filename>/etc/modules</" +#| "filename> file into the desired order. Then during boot, each card will " +#| "be associated with the interface name (eth0, eth1, etc.) that you expect." msgid "" "To configure networking, edit <filename>/etc/network/interfaces</filename>, " "<filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>, <filename>/etc/hostname</filename> " @@ -1405,7 +1465,8 @@ msgid "" "# echo DebianHostName > /etc/hostname\n" "</screen></informalexample> And a basic <filename>/etc/hosts</filename> with " "IPv6 support: <informalexample><screen>\n" -"127.0.0.1 localhost DebianHostName\n" +"127.0.0.1 localhost\n" +"127.0.1.1 DebianHostName\n" "\n" "# The following lines are desirable for IPv6 capable hosts\n" "::1 ip6-localhost ip6-loopback\n" diff --git a/po/ja/using-d-i.po b/po/ja/using-d-i.po index 219c4d5b6..eae416c63 100644 --- a/po/ja/using-d-i.po +++ b/po/ja/using-d-i.po @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-11-25 01:11+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-01-18 00:44+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-05-28 00:14+0900\n" "Last-Translator: KURASAWA Nozomu <nabetaro@caldron.jp>\n" "Language-Team: \n" @@ -883,11 +883,16 @@ msgstr "地域オプションの選択" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:516 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +#| msgid "" +#| "In most cases the first questions you will be asked concern the selection " +#| "of localization options to be used both for the installation and for the " +#| "installed system. The localization options consist of language, country " +#| "and locales." msgid "" "In most cases the first questions you will be asked concern the selection of " "localization options to be used both for the installation and for the " -"installed system. The localization options consist of language, country and " +"installed system. The localization options consist of language, location and " "locales." msgstr "" "ほとんどの場合、最初の質問はインストール中とインストールしたシステム双方の、" @@ -916,17 +921,18 @@ msgstr "" #| "geographic location. Language and country together will be used to set " #| "the default locale for your system and to help select your keyboard." msgid "" -"The selected country will be used later in the installation process to pick " -"the default time zone and a Debian mirror appropriate for your geographic " -"location. Language and country together will help determine the default " -"locale for your system and select the correct keyboard layout." +"The selected geographic location (in most cases a country) will be used " +"later in the installation process to select the correct time zone and a " +"Debian mirror appropriate for that country. Language and country together " +"will help determine the default locale for your system and select the " +"correct keyboard layout." msgstr "" "選択した国は、インストールプロセスの後半で、デフォルトのタイムゾーンの抽出" "と、地理的に適切な Debian ミラーの抽出に使用します。言語と国は、ともにシステ" "ムのデフォルトロケールの設定や、キーボードの設定を補助するのに使用します。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:537 +#: using-d-i.xml:538 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will first be asked to select your preferred language. The language " @@ -948,7 +954,7 @@ msgstr "" "トールされず、いずれの地域もサポートしません。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:549 +#: using-d-i.xml:550 #, fuzzy, no-c-format #| msgid "" #| "If you selected a language that is recognized as an official language for " @@ -960,14 +966,14 @@ msgstr "" #| "selecting a continent will lead to a list of relevant countries on that " #| "continent." msgid "" -"If you selected a language that is recognized as an official language for " -"more than one country<footnote> <para> In technical terms: where multiple " -"locales exist for that language with differing country codes. </para> </" -"footnote>, you will be shown a list of only those countries. To select a " -"country that is not in that list, choose <guimenuitem>other</guimenuitem> " -"(the last option). You will then be presented with a list of continents; " -"selecting a continent will lead to a list of relevant countries on that " -"continent." +"Next you will be asked to select your geographic location. If you selected a " +"language that is recognized as an official language for more than one " +"country<footnote> <para> In technical terms: where multiple locales exist " +"for that language with differing country codes. </para> </footnote>, you " +"will be shown a list of only those countries. To select a country that is " +"not in that list, choose <guimenuitem>other</guimenuitem> (the last option). " +"You will then be presented with a list of continents; selecting a continent " +"will lead to a list of relevant countries on that continent." msgstr "" "言語選択時に、その言語が複数の国<footnote> <para> 技術的には、言語に対し国" "コードが異なる複数のロケールが存在します。</para> </footnote>で公用語とされて" @@ -1001,24 +1007,27 @@ msgid "" "If you selected a combination of language and country for which no locale is " "defined and there exist multiple locales for the language, then the " "installer will allow you to choose which of those locales you prefer as the " -"default locale for the installed system. In all other cases a default locale " -"will be selected based on the selected language and country." +"default locale for the installed system<footnote> <para> At medium and low " +"priority you can always select your preferred locale from those available " +"for the selected language (if there's more than one). </para> </footnote>. " +"In all other cases a default locale will be selected based on the selected " +"language and country." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:588 +#: using-d-i.xml:595 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any default locale selected as described in the previous paragraph will use " -"UTF-8 as character encoding." +"<firstterm>UTF-8</firstterm> as character encoding." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:593 +#: using-d-i.xml:600 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"If you are installing at medium or low priority, you will have the option of " -"selecting additional locales, including so-called <quote>legacy</quote> " +"If you are installing at low priority, you will have the option of selecting " +"additional locales, including so-called <quote>legacy</quote> " "locales<footnote> <para> Legacy locales are locales which do not use UTF-8, " "but one of the older standards for character encoding such as ISO 8859-" "1 (used by West European languages) or EUC-JP (used by Japanese). </para> </" @@ -1028,13 +1037,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:617 +#: using-d-i.xml:624 #, no-c-format msgid "Choosing a Keyboard" msgstr "キーボード選択" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:619 +#: using-d-i.xml:626 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Keyboards are often tailored to the characters used in a language. Select a " @@ -1052,7 +1061,7 @@ msgstr "" "い)。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:629 +#: using-d-i.xml:636 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Move the highlight to the keyboard selection you desire and press " @@ -1067,7 +1076,7 @@ msgstr "" "<keycap>F1</keycap> から <keycap>F10</keycap> キーを備えたものです。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:638 +#: using-d-i.xml:645 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There are two keyboard layouts for US keyboards; the qwerty/mac-usb-us " @@ -1087,13 +1096,13 @@ msgstr "" "ます。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:668 +#: using-d-i.xml:675 #, no-c-format msgid "Looking for the Debian Installer ISO Image" msgstr "Debian Installer iso イメージの検索" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:669 +#: using-d-i.xml:676 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When installing via the <emphasis>hd-media</emphasis> method, there will be " @@ -1107,7 +1116,7 @@ msgstr "" "います。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:676 +#: using-d-i.xml:683 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At first, <command>iso-scan</command> automatically mounts all block devices " @@ -1137,7 +1146,7 @@ msgstr "" "ジを探します。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:693 +#: using-d-i.xml:700 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In case the previous attempt to find an installer iso image fails, " @@ -1150,7 +1159,7 @@ msgstr "" "み調査しませんが、実際にファイルシステム全体を全探索します。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:700 +#: using-d-i.xml:707 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If <command>iso-scan</command> does not discover your installer iso image, " @@ -1167,13 +1176,13 @@ msgstr "" "るユーザは、再起動せずに第 2 コンソール上でチェックできます。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:721 +#: using-d-i.xml:728 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Network" msgstr "ネットワークの設定" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:723 +#: using-d-i.xml:730 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As you enter this step, if the system detects that you have more than one " @@ -1193,7 +1202,7 @@ msgstr "" "ください。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:734 +#: using-d-i.xml:741 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, &d-i; tries to configure your computer's network automatically " @@ -1216,7 +1225,7 @@ msgstr "" "切であると確信するなら、再実行してください。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:746 +#: using-d-i.xml:753 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The manual network setup in turn asks you a number of questions about your " @@ -1239,7 +1248,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"needed-info\"/> から回答を書き込んでください。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:760 +#: using-d-i.xml:767 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some technical details you might, or might not, find handy: the program " @@ -1260,14 +1269,14 @@ msgstr "" "etc/network/interfaces</filename> を編集して変更できます。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:805 +#: using-d-i.xml:812 #, fuzzy, no-c-format #| msgid "Configuring the Clock" msgid "Configuring the Clock and Time Zone" msgstr "時計の設定" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:807 +#: using-d-i.xml:814 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The installer will first attempt to connect to a time server on the Internet " @@ -1284,13 +1293,13 @@ msgstr "" "とはできません。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:816 +#: using-d-i.xml:823 #, no-c-format msgid "The installer does not modify the system clock on the s390 platform." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:829 +#: using-d-i.xml:836 #, fuzzy, no-c-format #| msgid "" #| "Depending on the location selected earlier in the installation process, " @@ -1308,7 +1317,7 @@ msgstr "" "ムは一覧を表示せず、そのタイムゾーンであると仮定します。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:837 +#: using-d-i.xml:844 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In expert mode or when installing at medium priority, you will have the " @@ -1317,7 +1326,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:843 +#: using-d-i.xml:850 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If for some reason you wish to set a time zone for the installed system that " @@ -1328,7 +1337,7 @@ msgstr "" "<emphasis>異なる</emphasis>ものにしたい場合は、2 つの選択肢があります。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:854 +#: using-d-i.xml:861 #, fuzzy, no-c-format #| msgid "" #| "The simplest option is to just select a different timezone after the " @@ -1343,13 +1352,13 @@ msgstr "" "タイムゾーンを選択することです。以下のようなコマンドになります。" #. Tag: screen -#: using-d-i.xml:860 +#: using-d-i.xml:867 #, no-c-format msgid "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata" msgstr "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:866 +#: using-d-i.xml:873 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Alternatively, the time zone can be set at the very start of the " @@ -1365,7 +1374,7 @@ msgstr "" "きです。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:880 +#: using-d-i.xml:887 #, fuzzy, no-c-format #| msgid "" #| "For automated installations the time zone can also be set using " @@ -1376,13 +1385,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "自動インストール用に、タイムゾーンは preseed を用いても設定できます。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:894 +#: using-d-i.xml:901 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning and Mount Point Selection" msgstr "パーティションの分割とマウントポイントの選択" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:895 +#: using-d-i.xml:902 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this time, after hardware detection has been executed a final time, &d-i; " @@ -1400,7 +1409,7 @@ msgstr "" "す。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:916 +#: using-d-i.xml:923 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are uncomfortable with partitioning, or just want to know more " @@ -1410,7 +1419,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"partitioning\"/> をご覧ください。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:922 +#: using-d-i.xml:929 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If a hard disk has previously used under Solaris, the partitioner may not " @@ -1432,7 +1441,7 @@ msgstr "" "できなくなることに注意してください。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:935 +#: using-d-i.xml:942 #, no-c-format msgid "" "First you will be given the opportunity to automatically partition either an " @@ -1446,13 +1455,13 @@ msgstr "" "guimenuitem> を選んでください。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:945 +#: using-d-i.xml:952 #, no-c-format msgid "Guided Partitioning" msgstr "ガイドパーティション分割" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:946 +#: using-d-i.xml:953 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning, you may have three options: to create " @@ -1469,7 +1478,7 @@ msgstr "" "サポートを利用します。</para> </footnote> を利用する方法です。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:961 +#: using-d-i.xml:968 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The option to use (encrypted) LVM may not be available on all architectures." @@ -1478,7 +1487,7 @@ msgstr "" "わけではありません。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:966 +#: using-d-i.xml:973 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When using LVM or encrypted LVM, the installer will create most partitions " @@ -1495,7 +1504,7 @@ msgstr "" "す。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:975 +#: using-d-i.xml:982 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When using encrypted LVM, the installer will also automatically erase the " @@ -1510,7 +1519,7 @@ msgstr "" "スクのサイズにより、時間がかかることがあります。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:984 +#: using-d-i.xml:991 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning using LVM or encrypted LVM, some changes " @@ -1527,7 +1536,7 @@ msgstr "" "に、インストーラは変更してよいか確認してきます。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:994 +#: using-d-i.xml:1001 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning (either classic or using (encrypted) LVM) " @@ -1544,7 +1553,7 @@ msgstr "" "ます。ディスクサイズを確認の手がかりにしてください。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1003 +#: using-d-i.xml:1010 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any data on the disk you select will eventually be lost, but you will always " @@ -1559,7 +1568,7 @@ msgstr "" "せん。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1011 +#: using-d-i.xml:1018 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, you will be able to choose from the schemes listed in the table below. " @@ -1576,73 +1585,73 @@ msgstr "" "依存します) がなければ、ガイドパーティション分割は失敗してしまいます。" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1027 +#: using-d-i.xml:1034 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning scheme" msgstr "パーティション分割方法" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1028 +#: using-d-i.xml:1035 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum space" msgstr "最低容量" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1029 +#: using-d-i.xml:1036 #, no-c-format msgid "Created partitions" msgstr "作成するパーティション" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1035 +#: using-d-i.xml:1042 #, no-c-format msgid "All files in one partition" msgstr "All files in one partition" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1036 +#: using-d-i.xml:1043 #, no-c-format msgid "600MB" msgstr "600MB" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1037 +#: using-d-i.xml:1044 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, swap" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1039 +#: using-d-i.xml:1046 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home partition" msgstr "Separate /home partition" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1040 +#: using-d-i.xml:1047 #, no-c-format msgid "500MB" msgstr "500MB" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1041 +#: using-d-i.xml:1048 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1045 +#: using-d-i.xml:1052 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home, /usr, /var and /tmp partitions" msgstr "Separate /home, /usr, /var and /tmp partitions" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1046 +#: using-d-i.xml:1053 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>1GB</entry>" msgstr "<entry>1GB</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1047 +#: using-d-i.xml:1054 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/usr</" @@ -1652,7 +1661,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, swap" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1056 +#: using-d-i.xml:1063 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning using (encrypted) LVM, the installer will " @@ -1666,7 +1675,7 @@ msgstr "" "します。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1062 +#: using-d-i.xml:1069 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning for your IA-64 system, there will be an " @@ -1680,7 +1689,7 @@ msgstr "" "セットアップするよう、フォーマットメニューに追加メニュー項目があります。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1070 +#: using-d-i.xml:1077 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After selecting a scheme, the next screen will show your new partition " @@ -1692,7 +1701,7 @@ msgstr "" "いった情報が含まれています。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1076 +#: using-d-i.xml:1083 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The list of partitions might look like this: <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -1742,7 +1751,7 @@ msgstr "" "んが、手動パーティション分割で使用できる変化を示します。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1089 +#: using-d-i.xml:1096 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This concludes the guided partitioning. If you are satisfied with the " @@ -1763,13 +1772,13 @@ msgstr "" "ティション分割で修正してください。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1103 +#: using-d-i.xml:1110 #, no-c-format msgid "Manual Partitioning" msgstr "手動パーティション分割" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1104 +#: using-d-i.xml:1111 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A similar screen to the one shown just above will be displayed if you choose " @@ -1784,7 +1793,7 @@ msgstr "" "ンの使用法については、本節の残りで扱います。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1112 +#: using-d-i.xml:1119 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select a pristine disk which has neither partitions nor free space on " @@ -1798,7 +1807,7 @@ msgstr "" "SPACE</quote> (空き領域) という新しい行が現れます。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1120 +#: using-d-i.xml:1127 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select some free space, you will have the opportunity to create a new " @@ -1836,7 +1845,7 @@ msgstr "" "イン画面に戻ってください。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1142 +#: using-d-i.xml:1149 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you decide you want to change something about your partition, simply " @@ -1857,7 +1866,7 @@ msgstr "" "できます。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1153 +#: using-d-i.xml:1160 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Be sure to create at least two partitions: one for the <emphasis>root</" @@ -1873,7 +1882,7 @@ msgstr "" "に進みません。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1161 +#: using-d-i.xml:1168 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you forget to select and format an EFI boot partition, <command>partman</" @@ -1884,7 +1893,7 @@ msgstr "" "command> がそれを検出し、行うまで先に進むことができません。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1167 +#: using-d-i.xml:1174 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Capabilities of <command>partman</command> can be extended with installer " @@ -1900,7 +1909,7 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>partman-lvm</filename>)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1175 +#: using-d-i.xml:1182 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you are satisfied with partitioning, select <guimenuitem>Finish " @@ -1914,13 +1923,13 @@ msgstr "" "成するかどうか確認することになります。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1203 +#: using-d-i.xml:1210 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Multidisk Devices (Software RAID)" msgstr "マルチディスクデバイス (ソフトウェア RAID) の設定" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1204 +#: using-d-i.xml:1211 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have more than one harddrive<footnote><para> To be honest, you can " @@ -1939,7 +1948,7 @@ msgstr "" "firstterm> の方が有名) と呼びます。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1217 +#: using-d-i.xml:1224 #, no-c-format msgid "" "MD is basically a bunch of partitions located on different disks and " @@ -1953,7 +1962,7 @@ msgstr "" "てられる等) と同様に使用できます。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1225 +#: using-d-i.xml:1232 #, no-c-format msgid "" "What benefits this brings depends on the type of MD device you are creating. " @@ -2059,97 +2068,97 @@ msgstr "" "varlistentry> </variablelist> まとめると以下のようになります。" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1339 +#: using-d-i.xml:1346 #, no-c-format msgid "Type" msgstr "タイプ" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1340 +#: using-d-i.xml:1347 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum Devices" msgstr "デバイス最小構成数" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1341 +#: using-d-i.xml:1348 #, no-c-format msgid "Spare Device" msgstr "予備デバイス" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1342 +#: using-d-i.xml:1349 #, no-c-format msgid "Survives disk failure?" msgstr "ディスク破損に耐えるか?" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1343 +#: using-d-i.xml:1350 #, no-c-format msgid "Available Space" msgstr "利用可能領域" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1349 +#: using-d-i.xml:1356 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID0" msgstr "RAID0" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1350 using-d-i.xml:1358 using-d-i.xml:1388 +#: using-d-i.xml:1357 using-d-i.xml:1365 using-d-i.xml:1395 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>2</entry>" msgstr "<entry>2</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1351 using-d-i.xml:1352 +#: using-d-i.xml:1358 using-d-i.xml:1359 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>no</entry>" msgstr "<entry>×</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1353 +#: using-d-i.xml:1360 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by number of devices in RAID" msgstr "RAID にある最小パーティションのサイズ×デバイス数" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1357 +#: using-d-i.xml:1364 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID1" msgstr "RAID1" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1359 using-d-i.xml:1367 using-d-i.xml:1378 using-d-i.xml:1389 +#: using-d-i.xml:1366 using-d-i.xml:1374 using-d-i.xml:1385 using-d-i.xml:1396 #, no-c-format msgid "optional" msgstr "任意" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1360 using-d-i.xml:1368 using-d-i.xml:1379 using-d-i.xml:1390 +#: using-d-i.xml:1367 using-d-i.xml:1375 using-d-i.xml:1386 using-d-i.xml:1397 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>yes</entry>" msgstr "<entry>○</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1361 +#: using-d-i.xml:1368 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition in RAID" msgstr "RAID にある最小パーティションのサイズ" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1365 +#: using-d-i.xml:1372 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID5" msgstr "RAID5" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1366 +#: using-d-i.xml:1373 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>3</entry>" msgstr "<entry>3</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1369 +#: using-d-i.xml:1376 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID " @@ -2157,19 +2166,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "RAID にある最小パーティションのサイズ×(デバイス数 - 1)" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1376 +#: using-d-i.xml:1383 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID6" msgstr "RAID6" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1377 +#: using-d-i.xml:1384 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>4</entry>" msgstr "<entry>4</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1380 +#: using-d-i.xml:1387 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID " @@ -2177,13 +2186,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "最小パーティションのサイズ×(RAID にあるデバイス数 - 2)" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1387 +#: using-d-i.xml:1394 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID10" msgstr "RAID10" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1391 +#: using-d-i.xml:1398 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Total of all partitions divided by the number of chunk copies (defaults to " @@ -2191,7 +2200,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "全パーティションサイズ÷チャンクのコピー数 (デフォルトは 2)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1398 +#: using-d-i.xml:1405 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you want to know more about Software RAID, have a look at <ulink url=" @@ -2201,7 +2210,7 @@ msgstr "" "raid-howto;\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink> をご覧ください。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1403 +#: using-d-i.xml:1410 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To create an MD device, you need to have the desired partitions it should " @@ -2216,7 +2225,7 @@ msgstr "" "ニューの <command>partman</command> で行えます)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1412 +#: using-d-i.xml:1419 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Make sure that the system can be booted with the partitioning scheme you are " @@ -2236,7 +2245,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename> に RAID1 を用いる例が選択したり得ます。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1424 +#: using-d-i.xml:1431 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Support for MD is a relatively new addition to the installer. You may " @@ -2253,7 +2262,7 @@ msgstr "" "して動作させることができるかも知れません。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1433 +#: using-d-i.xml:1440 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, you should choose <guimenuitem>Configure software RAID</guimenuitem> " @@ -2274,7 +2283,7 @@ msgstr "" "さい。その後は選択した MD デバイスに依存します。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1446 +#: using-d-i.xml:1453 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID0 is simple — you will be issued with the list of available RAID " @@ -2285,7 +2294,7 @@ msgstr "" "に MD にするパーティションを選択してください。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1453 +#: using-d-i.xml:1460 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID1 is a bit more tricky. First, you will be asked to enter the number of " @@ -2304,7 +2313,7 @@ msgstr "" "せん。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1465 +#: using-d-i.xml:1472 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID5 has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 with the exception that you " @@ -2315,7 +2324,7 @@ msgstr "" "す。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1471 +#: using-d-i.xml:1478 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID6 also has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 except that at least " @@ -2326,7 +2335,7 @@ msgstr "" "す。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1477 +#: using-d-i.xml:1484 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID10 again has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 except in expert mode. " @@ -2346,7 +2355,7 @@ msgstr "" "は、たくさんのアクティブデバイスがなければなりません。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1491 +#: using-d-i.xml:1498 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is perfectly possible to have several types of MD at once. For example, " @@ -2364,7 +2373,7 @@ msgstr "" "ション) で結合できます。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1500 +#: using-d-i.xml:1507 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you set up MD devices to your liking, you can <guimenuitem>Finish</" @@ -2378,13 +2387,13 @@ msgstr "" "設定してください。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1515 +#: using-d-i.xml:1522 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Logical Volume Manager (LVM)" msgstr "論理ボリュームマネージャ (LVM) の設定" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1516 +#: using-d-i.xml:1523 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or " @@ -2400,7 +2409,7 @@ msgstr "" "とになります。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1524 +#: using-d-i.xml:1531 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). " @@ -2419,7 +2428,7 @@ msgstr "" "リュームグループも)、複数の物理ディスクをまたがって定義できると言うことです。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1534 +#: using-d-i.xml:1541 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</" @@ -2440,7 +2449,7 @@ msgstr "" "きです。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1545 +#: using-d-i.xml:1552 #, no-c-format msgid "" "LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple and completely supported inside " @@ -2457,7 +2466,7 @@ msgstr "" "</menuchoice> を選ぶことで行います。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1554 +#: using-d-i.xml:1561 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, you will see " @@ -2476,7 +2485,7 @@ msgstr "" "作は以下の通りです。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1565 +#: using-d-i.xml:1572 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<guimenuitem>Display configuration details</guimenuitem>: shows LVM device " @@ -2486,43 +2495,43 @@ msgstr "" "の名称やサイズなどを表示します" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1570 +#: using-d-i.xml:1577 #, no-c-format msgid "Create volume group" msgstr "ボリュームグループの作成" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1573 +#: using-d-i.xml:1580 #, no-c-format msgid "Create logical volume" msgstr "論理ボリュームの作成" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1576 +#: using-d-i.xml:1583 #, no-c-format msgid "Delete volume group" msgstr "ボリュームグループの削除" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1579 +#: using-d-i.xml:1586 #, no-c-format msgid "Delete logical volume" msgstr "論理ボリュームの削除" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1582 +#: using-d-i.xml:1589 #, no-c-format msgid "Extend volume group" msgstr "ボリュームグループの拡張" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1585 +#: using-d-i.xml:1592 #, no-c-format msgid "Reduce volume group" msgstr "ボリュームグループの縮小" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1587 +#: using-d-i.xml:1594 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem>: return to the main <command>partman</" @@ -2532,7 +2541,7 @@ msgstr "" "ります" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1593 +#: using-d-i.xml:1600 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Use the options in that menu to first create a volume group and then create " @@ -2542,7 +2551,7 @@ msgstr "" "のメニューのオプションを使用してください。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1598 +#: using-d-i.xml:1605 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, any created " @@ -2553,13 +2562,13 @@ msgstr "" "常のボリュームと同じように表示されています (そして同じように扱えます)。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1612 +#: using-d-i.xml:1619 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Encrypted Volumes" msgstr "暗号化ボリュームの設定" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1613 +#: using-d-i.xml:1620 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; allows you to set up encrypted partitions. Every file you write to " @@ -2580,7 +2589,7 @@ msgstr "" "ないと、ハードディスクのデータはランダムな文字列にしか見えません。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1625 +#: using-d-i.xml:1632 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The two most important partitions to encrypt are: the home partition, where " @@ -2606,7 +2615,7 @@ msgstr "" "ションからカーネルを起動する方法がないからです。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1640 +#: using-d-i.xml:1647 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Please note that the performance of encrypted partitions will be less than " @@ -2620,7 +2629,7 @@ msgstr "" "けます。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1647 +#: using-d-i.xml:1654 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To use encryption, you have to create a new partition by selecting some free " @@ -2640,7 +2649,7 @@ msgstr "" "ティションを暗号化するオプションが追加されます。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1658 +#: using-d-i.xml:1665 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; supports several encryption methods. The default method is " @@ -2657,7 +2666,7 @@ msgstr "" "す。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1670 +#: using-d-i.xml:1677 #, no-c-format msgid "" "First, let's have a look at the options available when you select " @@ -2670,13 +2679,13 @@ msgstr "" "デフォルト値を指定してください。セキュリティを念頭に置いて選択されています。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1680 +#: using-d-i.xml:1687 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>aes</userinput>" msgstr "Encryption: <userinput>aes</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1682 +#: using-d-i.xml:1689 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option lets you select the encryption algorithm (<firstterm>cipher</" @@ -2700,13 +2709,13 @@ msgstr "" "り、21 世紀の機密情報を保護する標準暗号化アルゴリズムとして採用されました。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1700 +#: using-d-i.xml:1707 #, no-c-format msgid "Key size: <userinput>256</userinput>" msgstr "Key size: <userinput>256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1702 +#: using-d-i.xml:1709 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Here you can specify the length of the encryption key. With a larger key " @@ -2719,13 +2728,13 @@ msgstr "" "影響を与えます。利用できる暗号化キーのサイズは暗号方式に依存します。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1714 +#: using-d-i.xml:1721 #, no-c-format msgid "IV algorithm: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>" msgstr "IV algorithm: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1716 +#: using-d-i.xml:1723 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <firstterm>Initialization Vector</firstterm> or <firstterm>IV</" @@ -2742,7 +2751,7 @@ msgstr "" "を推測できないようにします。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1726 +#: using-d-i.xml:1733 #, no-c-format msgid "" "From the provided alternatives, the default <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</" @@ -2755,25 +2764,25 @@ msgstr "" "ない、以前インストールしたシステムと互換をとる場合のみ使用してください。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1738 +#: using-d-i.xml:1745 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Passphrase</userinput>" msgstr "Encryption key: <userinput>Passphrase</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1740 +#: using-d-i.xml:1747 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can choose the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "ここでは、このパーティションの暗号化キーのタイプを選択できます。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1746 +#: using-d-i.xml:1753 #, no-c-format msgid "Passphrase" msgstr "Passphrase" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1747 +#: using-d-i.xml:1754 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The encryption key will be computed<footnote> <para> Using a passphrase as " @@ -2786,13 +2795,13 @@ msgstr "" "\">LUKS</ulink> を使用して設定するという意味です。</para></footnote>します。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1762 using-d-i.xml:1855 +#: using-d-i.xml:1769 using-d-i.xml:1862 #, no-c-format msgid "Random key" msgstr "Random key" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1763 +#: using-d-i.xml:1770 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A new encryption key will be generated from random data each time you try to " @@ -2809,7 +2818,7 @@ msgstr "" "解読されないでしょう)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1772 +#: using-d-i.xml:1779 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Random keys are useful for swap partitions because you do not need to bother " @@ -2828,13 +2837,13 @@ msgstr "" "なってしまうのです。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1791 using-d-i.xml:1868 +#: using-d-i.xml:1798 using-d-i.xml:1875 #, no-c-format msgid "Erase data: <userinput>yes</userinput>" msgstr "Erase data: <userinput>yes</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1793 +#: using-d-i.xml:1800 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Determines whether the content of this partition should be overwritten with " @@ -2854,7 +2863,7 @@ msgstr "" "データを復元できると信じられています。</para></footnote>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1813 +#: using-d-i.xml:1820 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Encryption method:</guimenu> " @@ -2866,13 +2875,13 @@ msgstr "" "ンを提供するように変わります。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1822 +#: using-d-i.xml:1829 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>AES256</userinput>" msgstr "Encryption: <userinput>AES256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1824 +#: using-d-i.xml:1831 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For loop-AES, unlike dm-crypt, the options for cipher and key size are " @@ -2884,25 +2893,25 @@ msgstr "" "ださい。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1834 +#: using-d-i.xml:1841 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Keyfile (GnuPG)</userinput>" msgstr "Encryption key: <userinput>Keyfile (GnuPG)</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1836 +#: using-d-i.xml:1843 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can select the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "ここでは、このパーティションの暗号化キーのタイプを選択できます。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1842 +#: using-d-i.xml:1849 #, no-c-format msgid "Keyfile (GnuPG)" msgstr "Keyfile (GnuPG)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1843 +#: using-d-i.xml:1850 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The encryption key will be generated from random data during the " @@ -2915,19 +2924,19 @@ msgstr "" "は、適切なパスフレーズを入力する必要があります (後のプロセスで要求されます)。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1856 +#: using-d-i.xml:1863 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the section on random keys above." msgstr "前述の Random key の節をご覧ください。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1870 +#: using-d-i.xml:1877 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the the section on erasing data above." msgstr "前節の Erase data の節をご覧ください。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1879 +#: using-d-i.xml:1886 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have selected the desired parameters for your encrypted " @@ -2945,7 +2954,7 @@ msgstr "" "かかるでしょう。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1889 +#: using-d-i.xml:1896 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next you will be asked to enter a passphrase for partitions configured to " @@ -2960,7 +2969,7 @@ msgstr "" "前など) でないものです。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1898 +#: using-d-i.xml:1905 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before you input any passphrases, you should have made sure that your " @@ -2983,7 +2992,7 @@ msgstr "" "トが有効でなかったのかもしれません。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1911 +#: using-d-i.xml:1918 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you selected to use methods other than a passphrase to create encryption " @@ -3004,7 +3013,7 @@ msgstr "" "ます。暗号化するパーティションの数だけ繰り返します。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1927 +#: using-d-i.xml:1934 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After returning to the main partitioning menu, you will see all encrypted " @@ -3037,7 +3046,7 @@ msgstr "" "す。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1940 +#: using-d-i.xml:1947 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Pay attention to the identifiers in parentheses (<replaceable>sda2_crypt</" @@ -3054,7 +3063,7 @@ msgstr "" "<xref linkend=\"mount-encrypted-volumes\"/> で扱います。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1950 +#: using-d-i.xml:1957 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you are satisfied with the partitioning scheme, continue with the " @@ -3062,13 +3071,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "パーティション分割の内容に納得いったら、インストールに進んでください。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1961 +#: using-d-i.xml:1968 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing the Base System" msgstr "基本システムのインストール" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1962 +#: using-d-i.xml:1969 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant " @@ -3081,7 +3090,7 @@ msgstr "" "接続しかなければ、ある程度時間がかかるかもしれません。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1975 +#: using-d-i.xml:1982 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During installation of the base system, package unpacking and setup messages " @@ -3097,7 +3106,7 @@ msgstr "" "keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo> を押してください。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1984 +#: using-d-i.xml:1991 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The unpack/setup messages generated during this phase are also saved in " @@ -3109,7 +3118,7 @@ msgstr "" "ます。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1990 +#: using-d-i.xml:1997 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As part of the installation, a Linux kernel will be installed. At the " @@ -3122,13 +3131,13 @@ msgstr "" "先度モードでは、利用可能なカーネルのリストから選ぶことができます。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2002 +#: using-d-i.xml:2009 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting Up Users And Passwords" msgstr "ユーザとパスワードのセットアップ" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2003 +#: using-d-i.xml:2010 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the base system has been installed, the installer will allow you to " @@ -3140,13 +3149,13 @@ msgstr "" "ウントは、インストール完了後に作成してください。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2017 +#: using-d-i.xml:2024 #, no-c-format msgid "Set the Root Password" msgstr "root パスワードの設定" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2021 +#: using-d-i.xml:2028 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <emphasis>root</emphasis> account is also called the <emphasis>super-" @@ -3160,7 +3169,7 @@ msgstr "" "使用するのみにすべきです。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2029 +#: using-d-i.xml:2036 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any password you create should contain at least 6 characters, and should " @@ -3175,7 +3184,7 @@ msgstr "" "ください。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2037 +#: using-d-i.xml:2044 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If anyone ever tells you they need your root password, be extremely wary. " @@ -3187,13 +3196,13 @@ msgstr "" "ワードを教える必要は、通常決してありません。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2047 +#: using-d-i.xml:2054 #, no-c-format msgid "Create an Ordinary User" msgstr "一般ユーザの作成" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2049 +#: using-d-i.xml:2056 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The system will ask you whether you wish to create an ordinary user account " @@ -3207,7 +3216,7 @@ msgstr "" "emphasis>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2058 +#: using-d-i.xml:2065 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Why not? Well, one reason to avoid using root's privileges is that it is " @@ -3226,7 +3235,7 @@ msgstr "" "今までご存じなければ、ご一読ください。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2068 +#: using-d-i.xml:2075 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will first be prompted for the user's full name. Then you'll be asked " @@ -3239,7 +3248,7 @@ msgstr "" "フォルトになります。最後にこのアカウントのパスワードを求められます。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2075 +#: using-d-i.xml:2082 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If at any point after installation you would like to create another account, " @@ -3249,13 +3258,13 @@ msgstr "" "command> コマンドを使用してください。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2086 +#: using-d-i.xml:2093 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing Additional Software" msgstr "追加ソフトウェアのインストール" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2087 +#: using-d-i.xml:2094 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point you have a usable but limited system. Most users will want to " @@ -3270,13 +3279,13 @@ msgstr "" "す。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2102 +#: using-d-i.xml:2109 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring apt" msgstr "apt の設定" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2104 +#: using-d-i.xml:2111 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One of the tools used to install packages on a &debian; system is a program " @@ -3311,7 +3320,7 @@ msgstr "" "理の推奨ユーティリティです。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2128 +#: using-d-i.xml:2135 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows from where to " @@ -3325,7 +3334,7 @@ msgstr "" "す。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2135 +#: using-d-i.xml:2142 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing at default priority, the installer will largely take " @@ -3342,7 +3351,7 @@ msgstr "" "ミラーを追加します。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2144 +#: using-d-i.xml:2151 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing at a lower priority (e.g. in expert mode), you will be " @@ -3357,13 +3366,13 @@ msgstr "" "の有無を選べます。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2155 +#: using-d-i.xml:2162 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing from more than one CD or DVD" msgstr "2 枚以上の CD/DVD でのインストール" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2157 +#: using-d-i.xml:2164 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing from a CD or a DVD that is part of a larger set, the " @@ -3376,7 +3385,7 @@ msgstr "" "ケージをインストールするため、スキャンしたくなると思います。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2164 +#: using-d-i.xml:2171 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do not have any additional CDs or DVDs, that is no problem: using " @@ -3390,7 +3399,7 @@ msgstr "" "す。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2172 +#: using-d-i.xml:2179 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Packages are included on CDs (and DVDs) in the order of their popularity. " @@ -3403,7 +3412,7 @@ msgstr "" "後の CD に入っているパッケージを使用することになります。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2179 +#: using-d-i.xml:2186 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It also means that buying or downloading and burning a full CD set is just a " @@ -3420,7 +3429,7 @@ msgstr "" "のをカバーできるでしょう。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2188 +#: using-d-i.xml:2195 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A good rule of thumb is that for a regular desktop installation (using the " @@ -3434,7 +3443,7 @@ msgstr "" "環境をすべてカバーしています。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2196 +#: using-d-i.xml:2203 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do scan multiple CDs or DVDs, the installer will prompt you to " @@ -3451,13 +3460,13 @@ msgstr "" "低くなります。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2209 +#: using-d-i.xml:2216 #, no-c-format msgid "Using a network mirror" msgstr "ネットワークミラーの利用" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2211 +#: using-d-i.xml:2218 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One question that will be asked during most installs is whether or not to " @@ -3469,7 +3478,7 @@ msgstr "" "が、中には例外もあります。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2217 +#: using-d-i.xml:2224 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are <emphasis>not</emphasis> installing from a full CD or DVD or " @@ -3486,7 +3495,7 @@ msgstr "" "literal> タスクを選択<emphasis>しない</emphasis>のが最善でしょう" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2226 +#: using-d-i.xml:2233 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing from a single full CD or using a full CD image, using " @@ -3505,7 +3514,7 @@ msgstr "" "インストールは、(新しいシステムで起動した後など) 後で行うのがよいでしょう。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2237 +#: using-d-i.xml:2244 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing from a DVD or using a DVD image, any packages needed " @@ -3519,7 +3528,7 @@ msgstr "" "ションとなります。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2244 +#: using-d-i.xml:2251 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One advantage of adding a network mirror is that updates that have occurred " @@ -3534,7 +3543,7 @@ msgstr "" "延ばすことができます。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2251 +#: using-d-i.xml:2258 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In summary: selecting a network mirror is generally a good idea, except if " @@ -3549,26 +3558,26 @@ msgstr "" "のダウンロードするデータ量は、以下に依存します。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2260 +#: using-d-i.xml:2267 #, no-c-format msgid "the tasks you select in the next step of the installation," msgstr "インストールの次のステップで選択するタスク。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2265 +#: using-d-i.xml:2272 #, no-c-format msgid "which packages are needed for those tasks," msgstr "どのパッケージがそのタスクに必要か。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2270 +#: using-d-i.xml:2277 #, no-c-format msgid "" "which of those packages are present on the CDs or DVDs you have scanned, and" msgstr "そのパッケージがスキャンした CD や DVD に収録されているかどうか。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2275 +#: using-d-i.xml:2282 #, no-c-format msgid "" "whether any updated versions of packages included on the CDs or DVDs are " @@ -3580,7 +3589,7 @@ msgstr "" "意されているかどうか。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2284 +#: using-d-i.xml:2291 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that the last point means that, even if you choose not to use a network " @@ -3594,13 +3603,13 @@ msgstr "" "ください。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2300 +#: using-d-i.xml:2307 #, no-c-format msgid "Selecting and Installing Software" msgstr "ソフトウェアの選択・インストール" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2302 +#: using-d-i.xml:2309 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select " @@ -3617,7 +3626,7 @@ msgstr "" "集中します。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2311 +#: using-d-i.xml:2318 #, no-c-format msgid "" "So, you have the ability to choose <emphasis>tasks</emphasis> first, and " @@ -3650,7 +3659,7 @@ msgstr "" "必要容量一覧があります。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2338 +#: using-d-i.xml:2345 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the computer " @@ -3662,7 +3671,7 @@ msgstr "" "選択をはずせます。全くタスクを選ばないようにもできます。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2345 +#: using-d-i.xml:2352 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar " @@ -3672,7 +3681,7 @@ msgstr "" "グルできます。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2351 +#: using-d-i.xml:2358 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Unless you are using the special KDE or Xfce/LXDE CDs, the <quote>Desktop " @@ -3682,7 +3691,7 @@ msgstr "" "環境</quote> タスクは、GNOME デスクトップ環境をインストールします。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2356 +#: using-d-i.xml:2363 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is not possible to interactively select a different desktop during the " @@ -3703,7 +3712,7 @@ msgstr "" "もっと軽量な Xfce デスクトップ環境や LXDE デスクトップ環境を選択できます。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2367 +#: using-d-i.xml:2374 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some CD images (businesscard, netinst and DVD) also allow selection of the " @@ -3717,7 +3726,7 @@ msgstr "" "environments</quote> を探してください。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2374 +#: using-d-i.xml:2381 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that this will only work if the packages needed for the desired desktop " @@ -3734,7 +3743,7 @@ msgstr "" "ストールがうまくいくでしょう。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2384 +#: using-d-i.xml:2391 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The various server tasks will install software roughly as follows. DNS " @@ -3754,7 +3763,7 @@ msgstr "" "classname>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2395 +#: using-d-i.xml:2402 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <quote>Standard system</quote> task will install any package that has a " @@ -3770,7 +3779,7 @@ msgstr "" "にしてください。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2403 +#: using-d-i.xml:2410 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If during language selection a default locale other than the <quote>C</" @@ -3789,7 +3798,7 @@ msgstr "" "ルします。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2413 +#: using-d-i.xml:2420 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you've selected your tasks, select &BTN-CONT;. At this point, " @@ -3803,7 +3812,7 @@ msgstr "" "ます。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2420 +#: using-d-i.xml:2427 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You should be aware that especially the Desktop task is very large. " @@ -3820,7 +3829,7 @@ msgstr "" "ンストールを始めたら、キャンセルするオプションはありません。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2429 +#: using-d-i.xml:2436 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Even when packages are included on the CD-ROM, the installer may still " @@ -3837,13 +3846,13 @@ msgstr "" "メージを使用していると、こういったことが起こり得ます。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2444 +#: using-d-i.xml:2451 #, no-c-format msgid "Making Your System Bootable" msgstr "システムを起動可能に" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2446 +#: using-d-i.xml:2453 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the " @@ -3858,13 +3867,13 @@ msgstr "" "ください。</phrase>" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2461 +#: using-d-i.xml:2468 #, no-c-format msgid "Detecting other operating systems" msgstr "他 OS の検出" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2463 +#: using-d-i.xml:2470 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for " @@ -3879,7 +3888,7 @@ msgstr "" "きるように、このコンピュータを設定します。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2471 +#: using-d-i.xml:2478 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " @@ -3894,13 +3903,13 @@ msgstr "" "す。作動しない場合は、詳細についてブートマネージャの文書を調べるべきです。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2489 +#: using-d-i.xml:2496 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>palo</command> インストーラ" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2490 +#: using-d-i.xml:2497 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is " @@ -3916,19 +3925,19 @@ msgstr "" "Linux パーティションを読むことができるからです。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2499 +#: using-d-i.xml:2506 #, no-c-format msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )" msgstr "hppa FIXME ( もっと情報が必要 )" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2511 +#: using-d-i.xml:2518 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "ハードディスクへの <command>Grub</command> ブートローダのインストール" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2513 +#: using-d-i.xml:2520 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a " @@ -3940,7 +3949,7 @@ msgstr "" "選んでおけばよいでしょう。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2519 +#: using-d-i.xml:2526 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where " @@ -3953,7 +3962,7 @@ msgstr "" "さい。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2525 +#: using-d-i.xml:2532 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do not want to install grub, use the &BTN-GOBACK; button to get to " @@ -3964,13 +3973,13 @@ msgstr "" "てください。そしてそこから、使用したいブートローダを選択してください。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2538 +#: using-d-i.xml:2545 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "ハードディスクへの <command>LILO</command> ブートローダのインストール" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2540 +#: using-d-i.xml:2547 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is " @@ -3986,7 +3995,7 @@ msgstr "" "\">LILO mini-HOWTO</ulink> もご覧ください。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2550 +#: using-d-i.xml:2557 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other " @@ -4000,7 +4009,7 @@ msgstr "" "ということを表します。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2558 +#: using-d-i.xml:2565 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; offers you three choices on where to install the <command>LILO</" @@ -4010,13 +4019,13 @@ msgstr "" "提示します。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2565 +#: using-d-i.xml:2572 #, no-c-format msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)" msgstr "Master Boot Record (MBR)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2565 +#: using-d-i.xml:2572 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot " @@ -4026,13 +4035,13 @@ msgstr "" "す。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2572 +#: using-d-i.xml:2579 #, no-c-format msgid "new Debian partition" msgstr "new Debian partition" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2572 +#: using-d-i.xml:2579 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> " @@ -4044,13 +4053,13 @@ msgstr "" "ンストールし、第 2 のブートローダとして動作します。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2581 +#: using-d-i.xml:2588 #, no-c-format msgid "Other choice" msgstr "Other choice" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2581 +#: using-d-i.xml:2588 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> " @@ -4066,7 +4075,7 @@ msgstr "" "<phrase condition=\"lenny\">従来の名前を</phrase>使用できます。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2591 +#: using-d-i.xml:2598 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll " @@ -4082,13 +4091,13 @@ msgstr "" "ということを意味します!" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2607 +#: using-d-i.xml:2614 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "ハードディスクへの <command>ELILO</command> ブートローダのインストール" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2609 +#: using-d-i.xml:2616 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled " @@ -4116,7 +4125,7 @@ msgstr "" "Boot Manager</quote> により実際に実行されます。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2625 +#: using-d-i.xml:2632 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last " @@ -4133,13 +4142,13 @@ msgstr "" "システムがあるディスクのパーティションを選択します。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2637 +#: using-d-i.xml:2644 #, no-c-format msgid "Choose the correct partition!" msgstr "正しいパーティションを選択してください!" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2639 +#: using-d-i.xml:2646 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The criteria for selecting a partition is that it is FAT format filesystem " @@ -4157,13 +4166,13 @@ msgstr "" "トして、以前の内容をすべて消去するかもしれないことを覚えておいてください!" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2654 +#: using-d-i.xml:2661 #, no-c-format msgid "EFI Partition Contents" msgstr "EFI パーティションの内容" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2656 +#: using-d-i.xml:2663 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard " @@ -4193,13 +4202,13 @@ msgstr "" "のファイルシステムにその他のファイルがあるかもしれません。" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2678 +#: using-d-i.xml:2685 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.conf" msgstr "elilo.conf" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2679 +#: using-d-i.xml:2686 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is " @@ -4211,13 +4220,13 @@ msgstr "" "ピーです。" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2688 +#: using-d-i.xml:2695 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.efi" msgstr "elilo.efi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2689 +#: using-d-i.xml:2696 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> " @@ -4230,13 +4239,13 @@ msgstr "" "GNU/Linux</guimenuitem> を選択するとこれが起動します。" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2699 +#: using-d-i.xml:2706 #, no-c-format msgid "initrd.img" msgstr "initrd.img" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2700 +#: using-d-i.xml:2707 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of " @@ -4250,13 +4259,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename> で指し示す <filename>/boot</filename> にあるファイルです。" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2712 +#: using-d-i.xml:2719 #, no-c-format msgid "readme.txt" msgstr "readme.txt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2713 +#: using-d-i.xml:2720 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are " @@ -4268,13 +4277,13 @@ msgstr "" "する小さなテキストファイルです。" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2723 +#: using-d-i.xml:2730 #, no-c-format msgid "vmlinuz" msgstr "vmlinuz" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2724 +#: using-d-i.xml:2731 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in " @@ -4288,13 +4297,13 @@ msgstr "" "ファイルです。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2744 +#: using-d-i.xml:2751 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2745 +#: using-d-i.xml:2752 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on SGI machines is <command>arcboot</command>. It has to be " @@ -4338,13 +4347,13 @@ msgstr "" "い。" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2764 +#: using-d-i.xml:2771 #, no-c-format msgid "scsi" msgstr "scsi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2765 +#: using-d-i.xml:2772 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI bus to be booted from, this is <userinput>0</userinput> for the " @@ -4354,13 +4363,13 @@ msgstr "" "となる。" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2773 +#: using-d-i.xml:2780 #, no-c-format msgid "disk" msgstr "disk" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2774 +#: using-d-i.xml:2781 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>arcboot</command> is " @@ -4370,13 +4379,13 @@ msgstr "" "す。" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2782 +#: using-d-i.xml:2789 #, no-c-format msgid "partnr" msgstr "partnr" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2783 +#: using-d-i.xml:2790 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -4385,13 +4394,13 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename> があるパーティションの番号を表す。" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2791 +#: using-d-i.xml:2798 #, no-c-format msgid "config" msgstr "config" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2792 +#: using-d-i.xml:2799 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -4401,13 +4410,13 @@ msgstr "" "は <quote>linux</quote> である。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2813 +#: using-d-i.xml:2820 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "ハードディスクへの <command>Yaboot</command> のインストール" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2814 +#: using-d-i.xml:2821 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their " @@ -4427,13 +4436,13 @@ msgstr "" "が &debian; を起動できるように設定されています。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2832 +#: using-d-i.xml:2839 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "ハードディスクへの <command>Quik</command> のインストール" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2833 +#: using-d-i.xml:2840 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</" @@ -4447,13 +4456,13 @@ msgstr "" "Powermac や Power Computing のクローンで動作することが知られています。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2849 +#: using-d-i.xml:2856 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>zipl</command> インストーラ" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2850 +#: using-d-i.xml:2857 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</" @@ -4469,13 +4478,13 @@ msgstr "" "and Installation Commands</quote> を見てください。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2867 +#: using-d-i.xml:2874 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "ハードディスクへの <command>SILO</command> ブートローダのインストール" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2869 +#: using-d-i.xml:2876 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is " @@ -4505,13 +4514,13 @@ msgstr "" "Solaris と一緒に GNU/Linux をインストールするのなら、これが便利です。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2894 +#: using-d-i.xml:2901 #, no-c-format msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader" msgstr "ブートローダなしで継続" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2896 +#: using-d-i.xml:2903 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot " @@ -4524,7 +4533,7 @@ msgstr "" "るのに利用できます。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2903 +#: using-d-i.xml:2910 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name " @@ -4546,13 +4555,13 @@ msgstr "" "す。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2920 +#: using-d-i.xml:2927 #, no-c-format msgid "Finishing the Installation" msgstr "インストールの完了" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2921 +#: using-d-i.xml:2928 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the last step in the Debian installation process during which the " @@ -4563,13 +4572,13 @@ msgstr "" "終段階です。ほとんどが &d-i; の後片付けです。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2934 +#: using-d-i.xml:2941 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting the System Clock" msgstr "システム時計の設定" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2936 +#: using-d-i.xml:2943 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The installer may ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally " @@ -4582,7 +4591,7 @@ msgstr "" "れているかどうか、といったことから UTC を基準にするかどうかを判断します。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2943 +#: using-d-i.xml:2950 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is " @@ -4600,7 +4609,7 @@ msgstr "" "間を選択してください。</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2954 +#: using-d-i.xml:2961 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point &d-i; will also attempt to save the current time to the " @@ -4611,13 +4620,13 @@ msgstr "" "す。先ほどの選択により、UTC か現地時間のどちらかで保存します。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2969 +#: using-d-i.xml:2976 #, no-c-format msgid "Reboot the System" msgstr "システムの再起動" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2971 +#: using-d-i.xml:2978 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will be prompted to remove the boot media (CD, floppy, etc) that you " @@ -4628,7 +4637,7 @@ msgstr "" "促されます。システムはこの後、新しい Debian システムで再起動します。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2977 +#: using-d-i.xml:2984 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After a final prompt the system will be halted because rebooting is not " @@ -4641,13 +4650,13 @@ msgstr "" "イルシステムとして選択した DASD から GNU/Linux を IPL してください。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2990 +#: using-d-i.xml:2997 #, no-c-format msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "その他" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2991 +#: using-d-i.xml:2998 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the " @@ -4658,13 +4667,13 @@ msgstr "" "うまく行かない時に、ユーザの助けになるようバックグラウンドで待っています。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3004 +#: using-d-i.xml:3011 #, no-c-format msgid "Saving the installation logs" msgstr "インストールログの保存" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3006 +#: using-d-i.xml:3013 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the " @@ -4676,7 +4685,7 @@ msgstr "" "ています。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3013 +#: using-d-i.xml:3020 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu " @@ -4692,13 +4701,13 @@ msgstr "" "したいときに便利です。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3033 +#: using-d-i.xml:3040 #, no-c-format msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs" msgstr "シェルの使用とログの参照" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3035 +#: using-d-i.xml:3042 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There are several methods you can use to get a shell while running an " @@ -4723,14 +4732,14 @@ msgstr "" "keycombo> でインストーラ自体に戻ってください。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3053 +#: using-d-i.xml:3060 #, no-c-format msgid "For the graphical installer see also <xref linkend=\"gtk-using\"/>." msgstr "" "グラフィカルインストーラでは、<xref linkend=\"gtk-using\"/> もご覧ください。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3057 +#: using-d-i.xml:3064 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you cannot switch consoles, there is also an <guimenuitem>Execute a " @@ -4745,7 +4754,7 @@ msgstr "" "userinput> と入力すると、シェルを終了してインストーラに戻ります。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3065 +#: using-d-i.xml:3072 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set " @@ -4763,7 +4772,7 @@ msgstr "" "す。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3074 +#: using-d-i.xml:3081 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To edit and view files, use the text editor <command>nano</command>. Log " @@ -4775,7 +4784,7 @@ msgstr "" "log</filename> ディレクトリにあります。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3081 +#: using-d-i.xml:3088 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although you can do basically anything in a shell that the available " @@ -4787,7 +4796,7 @@ msgstr "" "しかありません。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3087 +#: using-d-i.xml:3094 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Doing things manually from the shell may interfere with the installation " @@ -4800,13 +4809,13 @@ msgstr "" "swap を有効にするようにし、シェルから手動で行わないようにしましょう。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3102 +#: using-d-i.xml:3109 #, no-c-format msgid "Installation Over the Network" msgstr "ネットワーク越しのインストール" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3104 +#: using-d-i.xml:3111 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</" @@ -4823,7 +4832,7 @@ msgstr "" "この部分は <xref linkend=\"automatic-install\"/> で自動化できます)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3114 +#: using-d-i.xml:3121 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so " @@ -4845,7 +4854,7 @@ msgstr "" "ばれる新しいメニュー項目が表示されます。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3127 +#: using-d-i.xml:3134 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting " @@ -4855,7 +4864,7 @@ msgstr "" "法です。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3132 +#: using-d-i.xml:3139 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> " @@ -4876,7 +4885,7 @@ msgstr "" "quote>に、安全に転送する必要があります。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3144 +#: using-d-i.xml:3151 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always " @@ -4887,7 +4896,7 @@ msgstr "" "メニューに戻ります。そこで別のコンポーネントを選択してください。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3150 +#: using-d-i.xml:3157 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need " @@ -4918,7 +4927,7 @@ msgstr "" "認してください。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3167 +#: using-d-i.xml:3174 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <command>ssh</command> server in the installer uses a default " @@ -4941,7 +4950,7 @@ msgstr "" "により、再接続後にインストールを再開できるかどうかが決まるでしょう。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3180 +#: using-d-i.xml:3187 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You may be able to avoid the connection being dropped by adding the option " @@ -4963,7 +4972,7 @@ msgstr "" "用は必要最小限にするべきです。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3193 +#: using-d-i.xml:3200 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP " @@ -4986,7 +4995,7 @@ msgstr "" "もう一度行う必要があります。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3209 +#: using-d-i.xml:3216 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have " @@ -5005,7 +5014,7 @@ msgstr "" "べきですが、シェル用には複数のセッションを起動できます。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3219 +#: using-d-i.xml:3226 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go " @@ -5020,13 +5029,13 @@ msgstr "" "インストールしたシステムに何か問題が発生するかもしれません。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3239 +#: using-d-i.xml:3246 #, no-c-format msgid "Loading Missing Firmware" msgstr "見つからないファームウェアの読み込み" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3240 +#: using-d-i.xml:3247 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As described in <xref linkend=\"hardware-firmware\"/>, some devices require " @@ -5041,7 +5050,7 @@ msgstr "" "が必要になります。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3248 +#: using-d-i.xml:3255 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If a device driver requests firmware that is not available, &d-i; will " @@ -5059,7 +5068,7 @@ msgstr "" "ジュールを再読込します。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3258 +#: using-d-i.xml:3265 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Which devices are scanned and which file systems are supported depends on " @@ -5077,7 +5086,7 @@ msgstr "" "す。</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3268 +#: using-d-i.xml:3275 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that it is possible to skip loading the firmware if you know the device " @@ -5089,7 +5098,7 @@ msgstr "" "にご注意ください。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3275 +#: using-d-i.xml:3282 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Support for loading firmware is still relatively basic and is likely to be " @@ -5105,13 +5114,13 @@ msgstr "" "(<xref linkend=\"submit-bug\"/> 参照) としてご報告ください。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3286 +#: using-d-i.xml:3293 #, no-c-format msgid "Preparing a medium" msgstr "メディアの準備" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3287 +#: using-d-i.xml:3294 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although in some cases the firmware can also be loaded from a partition on a " @@ -5131,7 +5140,7 @@ msgstr "" "されている、FAT を使用するのをお勧めします。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3297 +#: using-d-i.xml:3304 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Tarballs containing current packages for the most common firmware are " @@ -5146,7 +5155,7 @@ msgstr "" "スの tarball をダウンロードし、メディアのファイルシステムに展開するだけです。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3311 +#: using-d-i.xml:3318 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the firmware you need is not included in the tarball, you can also " @@ -5162,7 +5171,7 @@ msgstr "" "ケージを含むかもしれません。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3325 +#: using-d-i.xml:3332 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is also possible to copy individual firmware files to the medium. Loose " @@ -5174,13 +5183,13 @@ msgstr "" "から入手できます。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3334 +#: using-d-i.xml:3341 #, no-c-format msgid "Firmware and the Installed System" msgstr "ファームウェアとインストールしたシステム" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3335 +#: using-d-i.xml:3342 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any firmware loaded during the installation will be copied automatically to " @@ -5198,7 +5207,7 @@ msgstr "" "がわずかにあります。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3344 +#: using-d-i.xml:3351 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the firmware was loaded from a firmware package, &d-i; will also install " @@ -5214,7 +5223,7 @@ msgstr "" "できるようになると、自動的に更新するという利点があります。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3352 +#: using-d-i.xml:3359 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If loading the firmware was skipped during the installation, the relevant " @@ -5226,7 +5235,7 @@ msgstr "" "トールしたシステムで動作しないでしょう。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3359 +#: using-d-i.xml:3366 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the firmware was loaded from loose firmware files, the firmware copied to " diff --git a/po/ko/preseed.po b/po/ko/preseed.po index d259526a9..e943fe209 100644 --- a/po/ko/preseed.po +++ b/po/ko/preseed.po @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: preseed.xml\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-11-18 01:11+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-01-18 00:44+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-08-28 03:14+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Changwoo Ryu <cwryu@debian.org>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <debian-i10n-korean@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -2488,9 +2488,6 @@ msgid "" "\n" "# Individual additional packages to install\n" "#d-i pkgsel/include string openssh-server build-essential\n" -"# By default, packages that are only Recommended by packages installed " -"using\n" -"# pkgsel/include (as opposed to their dependencies) will not be installed.\n" "# Whether to upgrade packages after debootstrap.\n" "# Allowed values: none, safe-upgrade, full-upgrade\n" "#d-i pkgsel/upgrade select none\n" diff --git a/po/ko/random-bits.po b/po/ko/random-bits.po index 160268b20..1cb5dbe1f 100644 --- a/po/ko/random-bits.po +++ b/po/ko/random-bits.po @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: random-bits.xml\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-11-08 01:11+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-12-28 01:10+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-08-28 03:15+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Changwoo Ryu <cwryu@debian.org>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <debian-l10n-korean@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -1355,7 +1355,67 @@ msgstr "네트워크 설정하기" #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:646 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +#| msgid "" +#| "To configure networking, edit <filename>/etc/network/interfaces</" +#| "filename>, <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>, <filename>/etc/" +#| "hostname</filename> and <filename>/etc/hosts</filename>. " +#| "<informalexample><screen>\n" +#| "# editor /etc/network/interfaces\n" +#| "</screen></informalexample> Here are some simple examples from <filename>/" +#| "usr/share/doc/ifupdown/examples</filename>: <informalexample><screen>\n" +#| "######################################################################\n" +#| "# /etc/network/interfaces -- configuration file for ifup(8), ifdown(8)\n" +#| "# See the interfaces(5) manpage for information on what options are\n" +#| "# available.\n" +#| "######################################################################\n" +#| "\n" +#| "# We always want the loopback interface.\n" +#| "#\n" +#| "auto lo\n" +#| "iface lo inet loopback\n" +#| "\n" +#| "# To use dhcp:\n" +#| "#\n" +#| "# auto eth0\n" +#| "# iface eth0 inet dhcp\n" +#| "\n" +#| "# An example static IP setup: (broadcast and gateway are optional)\n" +#| "#\n" +#| "# auto eth0\n" +#| "# iface eth0 inet static\n" +#| "# address 192.168.0.42\n" +#| "# network 192.168.0.0\n" +#| "# netmask 255.255.255.0\n" +#| "# broadcast 192.168.0.255\n" +#| "# gateway 192.168.0.1\n" +#| "</screen></informalexample> Enter your nameserver(s) and search " +#| "directives in <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>: " +#| "<informalexample><screen>\n" +#| "# editor /etc/resolv.conf\n" +#| "</screen></informalexample> A simple example <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</" +#| "filename>: <informalexample><screen>\n" +#| "search hqdom.local\n" +#| "nameserver 10.1.1.36\n" +#| "nameserver 192.168.9.100\n" +#| "</screen></informalexample> Enter your system's host name (2 to 63 " +#| "characters): <informalexample><screen>\n" +#| "# echo DebianHostName > /etc/hostname\n" +#| "</screen></informalexample> And a basic <filename>/etc/hosts</filename> " +#| "with IPv6 support: <informalexample><screen>\n" +#| "127.0.0.1 localhost DebianHostName\n" +#| "\n" +#| "# The following lines are desirable for IPv6 capable hosts\n" +#| "::1 ip6-localhost ip6-loopback\n" +#| "fe00::0 ip6-localnet\n" +#| "ff00::0 ip6-mcastprefix\n" +#| "ff02::1 ip6-allnodes\n" +#| "ff02::2 ip6-allrouters\n" +#| "ff02::3 ip6-allhosts\n" +#| "</screen></informalexample> If you have multiple network cards, you " +#| "should arrange the names of driver modules in the <filename>/etc/modules</" +#| "filename> file into the desired order. Then during boot, each card will " +#| "be associated with the interface name (eth0, eth1, etc.) that you expect." msgid "" "To configure networking, edit <filename>/etc/network/interfaces</filename>, " "<filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>, <filename>/etc/hostname</filename> " @@ -1401,7 +1461,8 @@ msgid "" "# echo DebianHostName > /etc/hostname\n" "</screen></informalexample> And a basic <filename>/etc/hosts</filename> with " "IPv6 support: <informalexample><screen>\n" -"127.0.0.1 localhost DebianHostName\n" +"127.0.0.1 localhost\n" +"127.0.1.1 DebianHostName\n" "\n" "# The following lines are desirable for IPv6 capable hosts\n" "::1 ip6-localhost ip6-loopback\n" diff --git a/po/ko/using-d-i.po b/po/ko/using-d-i.po index 8a4188a01..0548b8d09 100644 --- a/po/ko/using-d-i.po +++ b/po/ko/using-d-i.po @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: using-d-i.xml\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-11-25 01:11+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-01-18 00:44+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-08-28 03:36+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Changwoo Ryu <cwryu@debian.org>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <debian-l10n-korean@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -882,11 +882,16 @@ msgstr "지역화 옵션 선택" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:516 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +#| msgid "" +#| "In most cases the first questions you will be asked concern the selection " +#| "of localization options to be used both for the installation and for the " +#| "installed system. The localization options consist of language, country " +#| "and locales." msgid "" "In most cases the first questions you will be asked concern the selection of " "localization options to be used both for the installation and for the " -"installed system. The localization options consist of language, country and " +"installed system. The localization options consist of language, location and " "locales." msgstr "" "대부분의 경우 맨 처음 물어보는 질문은 지역화 옵션입니다. 지역화 옵션은 설치" @@ -915,10 +920,11 @@ msgstr "" #| "geographic location. Language and country together will be used to set " #| "the default locale for your system and to help select your keyboard." msgid "" -"The selected country will be used later in the installation process to pick " -"the default time zone and a Debian mirror appropriate for your geographic " -"location. Language and country together will help determine the default " -"locale for your system and select the correct keyboard layout." +"The selected geographic location (in most cases a country) will be used " +"later in the installation process to select the correct time zone and a " +"Debian mirror appropriate for that country. Language and country together " +"will help determine the default locale for your system and select the " +"correct keyboard layout." msgstr "" "여기서 선택한 지역은 나중에 기본 시간대 및 지리적으로 가까운 데비안 미러를 고" "르는 데 이용합니다. 물론 설치 프로그램의 기본값이 마음에 들지 않으면 다른 선" @@ -926,7 +932,7 @@ msgstr "" "보드를 선택하는데도 사용합니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:537 +#: using-d-i.xml:538 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will first be asked to select your preferred language. The language " @@ -947,7 +953,7 @@ msgstr "" "classname> 패키지를 설치하지 않고 지역화 기능이 없게 됩니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:549 +#: using-d-i.xml:550 #, fuzzy, no-c-format #| msgid "" #| "If you selected a language that is recognized as an official language for " @@ -959,14 +965,14 @@ msgstr "" #| "selecting a continent will lead to a list of relevant countries on that " #| "continent." msgid "" -"If you selected a language that is recognized as an official language for " -"more than one country<footnote> <para> In technical terms: where multiple " -"locales exist for that language with differing country codes. </para> </" -"footnote>, you will be shown a list of only those countries. To select a " -"country that is not in that list, choose <guimenuitem>other</guimenuitem> " -"(the last option). You will then be presented with a list of continents; " -"selecting a continent will lead to a list of relevant countries on that " -"continent." +"Next you will be asked to select your geographic location. If you selected a " +"language that is recognized as an official language for more than one " +"country<footnote> <para> In technical terms: where multiple locales exist " +"for that language with differing country codes. </para> </footnote>, you " +"will be shown a list of only those countries. To select a country that is " +"not in that list, choose <guimenuitem>other</guimenuitem> (the last option). " +"You will then be presented with a list of continents; selecting a continent " +"will lead to a list of relevant countries on that continent." msgstr "" "여러 국가에서 공식 언어로 사용하는 언어를 선택하는 경우<footnote> <para> 기술" "적인 용어로: 해당 언어에 대해 국가 코드에 따라 로캘이 여러 개 있는 경우. </" @@ -1001,24 +1007,27 @@ msgid "" "If you selected a combination of language and country for which no locale is " "defined and there exist multiple locales for the language, then the " "installer will allow you to choose which of those locales you prefer as the " -"default locale for the installed system. In all other cases a default locale " -"will be selected based on the selected language and country." +"default locale for the installed system<footnote> <para> At medium and low " +"priority you can always select your preferred locale from those available " +"for the selected language (if there's more than one). </para> </footnote>. " +"In all other cases a default locale will be selected based on the selected " +"language and country." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:588 +#: using-d-i.xml:595 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any default locale selected as described in the previous paragraph will use " -"UTF-8 as character encoding." +"<firstterm>UTF-8</firstterm> as character encoding." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:593 +#: using-d-i.xml:600 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"If you are installing at medium or low priority, you will have the option of " -"selecting additional locales, including so-called <quote>legacy</quote> " +"If you are installing at low priority, you will have the option of selecting " +"additional locales, including so-called <quote>legacy</quote> " "locales<footnote> <para> Legacy locales are locales which do not use UTF-8, " "but one of the older standards for character encoding such as ISO 8859-" "1 (used by West European languages) or EUC-JP (used by Japanese). </para> </" @@ -1028,13 +1037,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:617 +#: using-d-i.xml:624 #, no-c-format msgid "Choosing a Keyboard" msgstr "키보드 선택하기" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:619 +#: using-d-i.xml:626 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Keyboards are often tailored to the characters used in a language. Select a " @@ -1051,7 +1060,7 @@ msgstr "" "command>를 실행하십시오.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:629 +#: using-d-i.xml:636 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Move the highlight to the keyboard selection you desire and press " @@ -1066,7 +1075,7 @@ msgstr "" "<keycap>F10</keycap> 키가 위에 붙어 있는 키보드를 말합니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:638 +#: using-d-i.xml:645 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There are two keyboard layouts for US keyboards; the qwerty/mac-usb-us " @@ -1085,13 +1094,13 @@ msgstr "" "그 외 부분의 이 두 키보드 배치는 비슷합니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:668 +#: using-d-i.xml:675 #, no-c-format msgid "Looking for the Debian Installer ISO Image" msgstr "데비안 설치 프로그램 ISO 이미지 찾기" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:669 +#: using-d-i.xml:676 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When installing via the <emphasis>hd-media</emphasis> method, there will be " @@ -1105,7 +1114,7 @@ msgstr "" "다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:676 +#: using-d-i.xml:683 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At first, <command>iso-scan</command> automatically mounts all block devices " @@ -1133,7 +1142,7 @@ msgstr "" "면 끝나고, 아니면 다른 이미지를 찾습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:693 +#: using-d-i.xml:700 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In case the previous attempt to find an installer iso image fails, " @@ -1146,7 +1155,7 @@ msgstr "" "게 아니라, 모든 파일 시스템을 뒤져봅니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:700 +#: using-d-i.xml:707 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If <command>iso-scan</command> does not discover your installer iso image, " @@ -1163,13 +1172,13 @@ msgstr "" "면 다시 시작하지 않고 두번째 콘솔에서 할 수도 있습니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:721 +#: using-d-i.xml:728 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Network" msgstr "네트워크 설정하기" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:723 +#: using-d-i.xml:730 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As you enter this step, if the system detects that you have more than one " @@ -1189,7 +1198,7 @@ msgstr "" "citerefentry> 맨 페이지를 참고하십시오." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:734 +#: using-d-i.xml:741 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, &d-i; tries to configure your computer's network automatically " @@ -1211,7 +1220,7 @@ msgstr "" "리기도 하기 때문에, 다른 문제가 없는 게 분명하면 다시 시도해 보십시오." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:746 +#: using-d-i.xml:753 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The manual network setup in turn asks you a number of questions about your " @@ -1234,7 +1243,7 @@ msgstr "" "으십시오." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:760 +#: using-d-i.xml:767 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some technical details you might, or might not, find handy: the program " @@ -1255,14 +1264,14 @@ msgstr "" "편집해서 이 설정을 바꿀 수 있습니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:805 +#: using-d-i.xml:812 #, fuzzy, no-c-format #| msgid "Configuring the Clock" msgid "Configuring the Clock and Time Zone" msgstr "시계 설정하기" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:807 +#: using-d-i.xml:814 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The installer will first attempt to connect to a time server on the Internet " @@ -1278,13 +1287,13 @@ msgstr "" "서 시스템 시각을 수동으로 맞추는 방법은 없습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:816 +#: using-d-i.xml:823 #, no-c-format msgid "The installer does not modify the system clock on the s390 platform." msgstr "s390 플랫폼에서는 설치 프로그램이 시스템 시계를 변경하지 않습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:829 +#: using-d-i.xml:836 #, fuzzy, no-c-format #| msgid "" #| "Depending on the location selected earlier in the installation process, " @@ -1302,7 +1311,7 @@ msgstr "" "택합니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:837 +#: using-d-i.xml:844 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In expert mode or when installing at medium priority, you will have the " @@ -1311,7 +1320,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:843 +#: using-d-i.xml:850 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If for some reason you wish to set a time zone for the installed system that " @@ -1322,7 +1331,7 @@ msgstr "" "용하려면, 두 가지 방법이 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:854 +#: using-d-i.xml:861 #, fuzzy, no-c-format #| msgid "" #| "The simplest option is to just select a different timezone after the " @@ -1337,13 +1346,13 @@ msgstr "" "법입니다. 다음과 같은 명령을 사용합니다:" #. Tag: screen -#: using-d-i.xml:860 +#: using-d-i.xml:867 #, no-c-format msgid "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata" msgstr "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:866 +#: using-d-i.xml:873 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Alternatively, the time zone can be set at the very start of the " @@ -1358,7 +1367,7 @@ msgstr "" "userinput>이나 <userinput>UTC</userinput>가 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:880 +#: using-d-i.xml:887 #, fuzzy, no-c-format #| msgid "" #| "For automated installations the time zone can also be set using " @@ -1369,13 +1378,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "자동 설치에서는 시간대를 다음과 같이 미리 설정할 수 있습니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:894 +#: using-d-i.xml:901 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning and Mount Point Selection" msgstr "파티션하기 및 마운트 위치 선택" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:895 +#: using-d-i.xml:902 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this time, after hardware detection has been executed a final time, &d-i; " @@ -1392,7 +1401,7 @@ msgstr "" "다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:916 +#: using-d-i.xml:923 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are uncomfortable with partitioning, or just want to know more " @@ -1402,7 +1411,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"/> 부분을 참고하십시오." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:922 +#: using-d-i.xml:929 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If a hard disk has previously used under Solaris, the partitioner may not " @@ -1424,7 +1433,7 @@ msgstr "" "터를 잃어버립니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:935 +#: using-d-i.xml:942 #, no-c-format msgid "" "First you will be given the opportunity to automatically partition either an " @@ -1437,13 +1446,13 @@ msgstr "" "지 않으려면, 메뉴에서 <guimenuitem>수동으로</guimenuitem>를 선택하십시오." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:945 +#: using-d-i.xml:952 #, no-c-format msgid "Guided Partitioning" msgstr "자동 파티션하기" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:946 +#: using-d-i.xml:953 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning, you may have three options: to create " @@ -1460,7 +1469,7 @@ msgstr "" "footnote> 사용하는 것입니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:961 +#: using-d-i.xml:968 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The option to use (encrypted) LVM may not be available on all architectures." @@ -1468,7 +1477,7 @@ msgstr "" "아키텍처에 따라 (암호화한) LVM을 사용하는 옵션을 사용하지 못할 수도 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:966 +#: using-d-i.xml:973 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When using LVM or encrypted LVM, the installer will create most partitions " @@ -1484,7 +1493,7 @@ msgstr "" "안전합니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:975 +#: using-d-i.xml:982 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When using encrypted LVM, the installer will also automatically erase the " @@ -1499,7 +1508,7 @@ msgstr "" "입니다), 디스크 크기에 따라 시간이 오래 걸릴 수도 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:984 +#: using-d-i.xml:991 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning using LVM or encrypted LVM, some changes " @@ -1515,7 +1524,7 @@ msgstr "" "에 쓰기 전에 계속해도 좋을 지 확인 질문을 합니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:994 +#: using-d-i.xml:1001 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning (either classic or using (encrypted) LVM) " @@ -1532,7 +1541,7 @@ msgstr "" "니다. 디스크 용량으로도 어떤 디스크인지 확인할 수 있을 것입니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1003 +#: using-d-i.xml:1010 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any data on the disk you select will eventually be lost, but you will always " @@ -1547,7 +1556,7 @@ msgstr "" "는 경우에는 취소가 불가능합니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1011 +#: using-d-i.xml:1018 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, you will be able to choose from the schemes listed in the table below. " @@ -1564,76 +1573,76 @@ msgstr "" "용량은 다릅니다) 자동 파티션은 실패합니다." #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1027 +#: using-d-i.xml:1034 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning scheme" msgstr "파티션 방식" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1028 +#: using-d-i.xml:1035 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum space" msgstr "최소 공간" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1029 +#: using-d-i.xml:1036 #, no-c-format msgid "Created partitions" msgstr "만들 파티션" # 주의: 메시지 번역과 통일 #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1035 +#: using-d-i.xml:1042 #, no-c-format msgid "All files in one partition" msgstr "모두 한 파티션에 설치" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1036 +#: using-d-i.xml:1043 #, no-c-format msgid "600MB" msgstr "600MB" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1037 +#: using-d-i.xml:1044 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, 스왑" # 주의: 메시지 번역과 통일 #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1039 +#: using-d-i.xml:1046 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home partition" msgstr "/home 파티션 분리" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1040 +#: using-d-i.xml:1047 #, no-c-format msgid "500MB" msgstr "500MB" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1041 +#: using-d-i.xml:1048 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, 스왑" # 주의: 메시지 번역과 통일 #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1045 +#: using-d-i.xml:1052 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home, /usr, /var and /tmp partitions" msgstr "/home, /usr/, /var, /tmp 파티션 분리" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1046 +#: using-d-i.xml:1053 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>1GB</entry>" msgstr "<entry>1GB</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1047 +#: using-d-i.xml:1054 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/usr</" @@ -1643,7 +1652,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, 스왑" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1056 +#: using-d-i.xml:1063 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning using (encrypted) LVM, the installer will " @@ -1656,7 +1665,7 @@ msgstr "" "포함) LVM 파티션 안에 만듭니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1062 +#: using-d-i.xml:1069 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning for your IA-64 system, there will be an " @@ -1669,7 +1678,7 @@ msgstr "" "팅 파티션으로 만드는 항목이 하나 더 생깁니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1070 +#: using-d-i.xml:1077 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After selecting a scheme, the next screen will show your new partition " @@ -1681,7 +1690,7 @@ msgstr "" "다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1076 +#: using-d-i.xml:1083 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The list of partitions might look like this: <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -1731,7 +1740,7 @@ msgstr "" "것 뿐입니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1089 +#: using-d-i.xml:1096 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This concludes the guided partitioning. If you are satisfied with the " @@ -1750,13 +1759,13 @@ msgstr "" "준 파티션을 아래에서 설명하는 것처럼 수동으로 바꿀 수도 있습니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1103 +#: using-d-i.xml:1110 #, no-c-format msgid "Manual Partitioning" msgstr "수동 파티션하기" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1104 +#: using-d-i.xml:1111 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A similar screen to the one shown just above will be displayed if you choose " @@ -1771,7 +1780,7 @@ msgstr "" "사용할 지에 대해 다룹니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1112 +#: using-d-i.xml:1119 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select a pristine disk which has neither partitions nor free space on " @@ -1784,7 +1793,7 @@ msgstr "" "공간</quote>이라는 줄이 해당 디스크 이름 아래에 나타납니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1120 +#: using-d-i.xml:1127 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select some free space, you will have the opportunity to create a new " @@ -1821,7 +1830,7 @@ msgstr "" "<command>partman</command>의 주 화면으로 돌아갑니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1142 +#: using-d-i.xml:1149 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you decide you want to change something about your partition, simply " @@ -1841,7 +1850,7 @@ msgstr "" "메뉴에서 파티션을 지워 버릴 수도 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1153 +#: using-d-i.xml:1160 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Be sure to create at least two partitions: one for the <emphasis>root</" @@ -1856,7 +1865,7 @@ msgstr "" "기 전에는 다음으로 진행하지 없습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1161 +#: using-d-i.xml:1168 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you forget to select and format an EFI boot partition, <command>partman</" @@ -1868,7 +1877,7 @@ msgstr "" "다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1167 +#: using-d-i.xml:1174 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Capabilities of <command>partman</command> can be extended with installer " @@ -1883,7 +1892,7 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>partman-xfs</filename>, 아니면 <filename>partman-lvm</filename>)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1175 +#: using-d-i.xml:1182 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you are satisfied with partitioning, select <guimenuitem>Finish " @@ -1896,13 +1905,13 @@ msgstr "" "한 요약이 나타나고 이대로 파일 시스템을 만들지 확인합니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1203 +#: using-d-i.xml:1210 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Multidisk Devices (Software RAID)" msgstr "멀티디스크 장치 설정하기 (소프트웨어 RAID)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1204 +#: using-d-i.xml:1211 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have more than one harddrive<footnote><para> To be honest, you can " @@ -1921,7 +1930,7 @@ msgstr "" "(더 자주 쓰이는 다른 말로 <firstterm>RAID</firstterm>라고 합니다.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1217 +#: using-d-i.xml:1224 #, no-c-format msgid "" "MD is basically a bunch of partitions located on different disks and " @@ -1935,7 +1944,7 @@ msgstr "" "포맷하고 마운트 위치를 지정하고 따위를 할 수 있습니다.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1225 +#: using-d-i.xml:1232 #, no-c-format msgid "" "What benefits this brings depends on the type of MD device you are creating. " @@ -2034,97 +2043,97 @@ msgstr "" "varlistentry> </variablelist> 요약하면:" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1339 +#: using-d-i.xml:1346 #, no-c-format msgid "Type" msgstr "종류" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1340 +#: using-d-i.xml:1347 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum Devices" msgstr "장치 최소 개수" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1341 +#: using-d-i.xml:1348 #, no-c-format msgid "Spare Device" msgstr "예비 장치" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1342 +#: using-d-i.xml:1349 #, no-c-format msgid "Survives disk failure?" msgstr "디스크가 망가져도 버티는지?" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1343 +#: using-d-i.xml:1350 #, no-c-format msgid "Available Space" msgstr "사용 가능 공간" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1349 +#: using-d-i.xml:1356 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID0" msgstr "RAID0" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1350 using-d-i.xml:1358 using-d-i.xml:1388 +#: using-d-i.xml:1357 using-d-i.xml:1365 using-d-i.xml:1395 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>2</entry>" msgstr "<entry>2</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1351 using-d-i.xml:1352 +#: using-d-i.xml:1358 using-d-i.xml:1359 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>no</entry>" msgstr "<entry>아니오</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1353 +#: using-d-i.xml:1360 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by number of devices in RAID" msgstr "RAID에서 가장 작은 파티션의 크기 x 장치 개수" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1357 +#: using-d-i.xml:1364 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID1" msgstr "RAID1" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1359 using-d-i.xml:1367 using-d-i.xml:1378 using-d-i.xml:1389 +#: using-d-i.xml:1366 using-d-i.xml:1374 using-d-i.xml:1385 using-d-i.xml:1396 #, no-c-format msgid "optional" msgstr "옵션" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1360 using-d-i.xml:1368 using-d-i.xml:1379 using-d-i.xml:1390 +#: using-d-i.xml:1367 using-d-i.xml:1375 using-d-i.xml:1386 using-d-i.xml:1397 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>yes</entry>" msgstr "<entry>예</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1361 +#: using-d-i.xml:1368 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition in RAID" msgstr "RAID에서 가장 작은 파티션의 크기" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1365 +#: using-d-i.xml:1372 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID5" msgstr "RAID5" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1366 +#: using-d-i.xml:1373 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>3</entry>" msgstr "<entry>3</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1369 +#: using-d-i.xml:1376 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID " @@ -2132,19 +2141,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "가장 작은 파티션의 크기 x (RAID의 장치 개수 - 1)" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1376 +#: using-d-i.xml:1383 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID6" msgstr "RAID6" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1377 +#: using-d-i.xml:1384 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>4</entry>" msgstr "<entry>4</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1380 +#: using-d-i.xml:1387 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID " @@ -2152,13 +2161,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "가장 작은 파티션의 크기 x (RAID의 장치 개수 - 2)" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1387 +#: using-d-i.xml:1394 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID10" msgstr "RAID10" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1391 +#: using-d-i.xml:1398 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Total of all partitions divided by the number of chunk copies (defaults to " @@ -2166,7 +2175,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "전체 파티션 나누기 단위 복사물의 개수 (기본값 2)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1398 +#: using-d-i.xml:1405 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you want to know more about Software RAID, have a look at <ulink url=" @@ -2176,7 +2185,7 @@ msgstr "" "\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>를 읽어 보십시오." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1403 +#: using-d-i.xml:1410 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To create an MD device, you need to have the desired partitions it should " @@ -2191,7 +2200,7 @@ msgstr "" "guimenuitem> </menuchoice>을 선택하십시오." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1412 +#: using-d-i.xml:1419 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Make sure that the system can be booted with the partitioning scheme you are " @@ -2210,7 +2219,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename>에 RAID1을 사용하는 것도 한 가지 방법입니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1424 +#: using-d-i.xml:1431 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Support for MD is a relatively new addition to the installer. You may " @@ -2227,7 +2236,7 @@ msgstr "" "피해갈 수 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1433 +#: using-d-i.xml:1440 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, you should choose <guimenuitem>Configure software RAID</guimenuitem> " @@ -2248,7 +2257,7 @@ msgstr "" "했냐에 따라 달라집니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1446 +#: using-d-i.xml:1453 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID0 is simple — you will be issued with the list of available RAID " @@ -2259,7 +2268,7 @@ msgstr "" "할 파티션을 선택하기만 하면 됩니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1453 +#: using-d-i.xml:1460 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID1 is a bit more tricky. First, you will be asked to enter the number of " @@ -2277,7 +2286,7 @@ msgstr "" "다고 해도, 개수가 맞아야 &d-i;가 다음으로 진행합니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1465 +#: using-d-i.xml:1472 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID5 has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 with the exception that you " @@ -2287,7 +2296,7 @@ msgstr "" "파티션을 사용해야 한다는 점이 다릅니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1471 +#: using-d-i.xml:1478 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID6 also has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 except that at least " @@ -2297,7 +2306,7 @@ msgstr "" "파티션을 사용해야 한다는 점이 다릅니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1477 +#: using-d-i.xml:1484 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID10 again has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 except in expert mode. " @@ -2317,7 +2326,7 @@ msgstr "" "래야 모든 카피가 다른 디스크에 분배됩니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1491 +#: using-d-i.xml:1498 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is perfectly possible to have several types of MD at once. For example, " @@ -2335,7 +2344,7 @@ msgstr "" "니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1500 +#: using-d-i.xml:1507 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you set up MD devices to your liking, you can <guimenuitem>Finish</" @@ -2349,13 +2358,13 @@ msgstr "" "같은 속성을 부여할 수 있습니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1515 +#: using-d-i.xml:1522 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Logical Volume Manager (LVM)" msgstr "LVM (논리 볼륨 관리자) 설정하기" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1516 +#: using-d-i.xml:1523 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or " @@ -2370,7 +2379,7 @@ msgstr "" "해야 했던 경험이 있을 것입니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1524 +#: using-d-i.xml:1531 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). " @@ -2389,7 +2398,7 @@ msgstr "" "개의 물리 파티션에 걸쳐 있을 수 있다는 점입니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1534 +#: using-d-i.xml:1541 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</" @@ -2408,7 +2417,7 @@ msgstr "" "HOWTO</ulink>를 참고하십시오." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1545 +#: using-d-i.xml:1552 #, no-c-format msgid "" "LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple and completely supported inside " @@ -2423,7 +2432,7 @@ msgstr "" "<guimenuitem>LVM의 물리 볼륨</guimenuitem>을 선택합니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1554 +#: using-d-i.xml:1561 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, you will see " @@ -2441,7 +2450,7 @@ msgstr "" "용할 수 있는 동작만 표시합니다. 가능한 동작은:" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1565 +#: using-d-i.xml:1572 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<guimenuitem>Display configuration details</guimenuitem>: shows LVM device " @@ -2451,43 +2460,43 @@ msgstr "" "크기 등을 표시합니다" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1570 +#: using-d-i.xml:1577 #, no-c-format msgid "Create volume group" msgstr "볼륨 그룹 만들기" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1573 +#: using-d-i.xml:1580 #, no-c-format msgid "Create logical volume" msgstr "논리 볼륨 만들기" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1576 +#: using-d-i.xml:1583 #, no-c-format msgid "Delete volume group" msgstr "볼륨 그룹 삭제" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1579 +#: using-d-i.xml:1586 #, no-c-format msgid "Delete logical volume" msgstr "논리 볼륨 삭제" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1582 +#: using-d-i.xml:1589 #, no-c-format msgid "Extend volume group" msgstr "볼륨 그룹 늘이기" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1585 +#: using-d-i.xml:1592 #, no-c-format msgid "Reduce volume group" msgstr "볼륨 그룹 줄이기" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1587 +#: using-d-i.xml:1594 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem>: return to the main <command>partman</" @@ -2497,7 +2506,7 @@ msgstr "" "아갑니다" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1593 +#: using-d-i.xml:1600 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Use the options in that menu to first create a volume group and then create " @@ -2506,7 +2515,7 @@ msgstr "" "메뉴에서 이 옵션을 이용해 볼륨 그룹을 만들고 그 안에 논리 볼륨을 만드십시오." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1598 +#: using-d-i.xml:1605 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, any created " @@ -2518,13 +2527,13 @@ msgstr "" "면 됩니다.)" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1612 +#: using-d-i.xml:1619 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Encrypted Volumes" msgstr "암호화 볼륨 설정하기" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1613 +#: using-d-i.xml:1620 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; allows you to set up encrypted partitions. Every file you write to " @@ -2544,7 +2553,7 @@ msgstr "" "암호를 모르면 하드 드라이브의 데이터는 임의의 문자로 보입니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1625 +#: using-d-i.xml:1632 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The two most important partitions to encrypt are: the home partition, where " @@ -2569,7 +2578,7 @@ msgstr "" "가능합니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1640 +#: using-d-i.xml:1647 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Please note that the performance of encrypted partitions will be less than " @@ -2582,7 +2591,7 @@ msgstr "" "도, 암호화 방법 및 키 길이에 달려 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1647 +#: using-d-i.xml:1654 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To use encryption, you have to create a new partition by selecting some free " @@ -2601,7 +2610,7 @@ msgstr "" "티션에 대한 몇 가지 암호화 옵션이 나오도록 바뀝니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1658 +#: using-d-i.xml:1665 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; supports several encryption methods. The default method is " @@ -2617,7 +2626,7 @@ msgstr "" "본값을 사용하길 권합니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1670 +#: using-d-i.xml:1677 #, no-c-format msgid "" "First, let's have a look at the options available when you select " @@ -2630,13 +2639,13 @@ msgstr "" "미 보안을 염두에 두고 기본값이 들어 있습니다." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1680 +#: using-d-i.xml:1687 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>aes</userinput>" msgstr "암호화: <userinput>aes</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1682 +#: using-d-i.xml:1689 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option lets you select the encryption algorithm (<firstterm>cipher</" @@ -2660,13 +2669,13 @@ msgstr "" "으로 <emphasis>AES</emphasis>를 선택했습니다." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1700 +#: using-d-i.xml:1707 #, no-c-format msgid "Key size: <userinput>256</userinput>" msgstr "키 크기: <userinput>256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1702 +#: using-d-i.xml:1709 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Here you can specify the length of the encryption key. With a larger key " @@ -2679,13 +2688,13 @@ msgstr "" "있는 키의 크기는 싸이퍼에 따라 다릅니다." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1714 +#: using-d-i.xml:1721 #, no-c-format msgid "IV algorithm: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>" msgstr "IV 알고리즘: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1716 +#: using-d-i.xml:1723 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <firstterm>Initialization Vector</firstterm> or <firstterm>IV</" @@ -2702,7 +2711,7 @@ msgstr "" "이 암호화된 데이터에 반복된 패턴을 통해 정보를 알아내지 못하게 됩니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1726 +#: using-d-i.xml:1733 #, no-c-format msgid "" "From the provided alternatives, the default <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</" @@ -2716,25 +2725,25 @@ msgstr "" "우에만 사용하십시오." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1738 +#: using-d-i.xml:1745 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Passphrase</userinput>" msgstr "암호화 키: <userinput>암호</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1740 +#: using-d-i.xml:1747 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can choose the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "여기서 이 파티션의 암호화 키 종류를 선택합니다." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1746 +#: using-d-i.xml:1753 #, no-c-format msgid "Passphrase" msgstr "암호" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1747 +#: using-d-i.xml:1754 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The encryption key will be computed<footnote> <para> Using a passphrase as " @@ -2747,13 +2756,13 @@ msgstr "" "ulink>로 설정한다는 뜻입니다. </para></footnote>." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1762 using-d-i.xml:1855 +#: using-d-i.xml:1769 using-d-i.xml:1862 #, no-c-format msgid "Random key" msgstr "무작위 키" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1763 +#: using-d-i.xml:1770 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A new encryption key will be generated from random data each time you try to " @@ -2770,7 +2779,7 @@ msgstr "" "게 무작정 추측하는 건 평생 해도 다 못 합니다.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1772 +#: using-d-i.xml:1779 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Random keys are useful for swap partitions because you do not need to bother " @@ -2788,13 +2797,13 @@ msgstr "" "왑 파티션에 저장된 데이터를 복구할 방법이 없기 때문입니다." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1791 using-d-i.xml:1868 +#: using-d-i.xml:1798 using-d-i.xml:1875 #, no-c-format msgid "Erase data: <userinput>yes</userinput>" msgstr "데이터 지우기: <userinput>예</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1793 +#: using-d-i.xml:1800 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Determines whether the content of this partition should be overwritten with " @@ -2814,7 +2823,7 @@ msgstr "" "있다고 합니다. </para></footnote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1813 +#: using-d-i.xml:1820 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Encryption method:</guimenu> " @@ -2825,13 +2834,13 @@ msgstr "" "을 선택하면, 메뉴가 다음 옵션이 나오도록 바뀝니다:" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1822 +#: using-d-i.xml:1829 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>AES256</userinput>" msgstr "암호화: <userinput>AES256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1824 +#: using-d-i.xml:1831 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For loop-AES, unlike dm-crypt, the options for cipher and key size are " @@ -2843,25 +2852,25 @@ msgstr "" "참고하십시오." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1834 +#: using-d-i.xml:1841 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Keyfile (GnuPG)</userinput>" msgstr "암호화 키: <userinput>키파일 (GnuPG)</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1836 +#: using-d-i.xml:1843 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can select the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "여기서 이 파티션의 암호화 키 종류를 선택할 수 있습니다." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1842 +#: using-d-i.xml:1849 #, no-c-format msgid "Keyfile (GnuPG)" msgstr "암호화키 파일 (GnuPG)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1843 +#: using-d-i.xml:1850 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The encryption key will be generated from random data during the " @@ -2874,19 +2883,19 @@ msgstr "" "바른 암호를 입력해야 합니다. (이 과정의 뒤부분에서 암호를 물어봅니다.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1856 +#: using-d-i.xml:1863 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the section on random keys above." msgstr "위의 무작위 키에 대한 부분을 참고하십시오." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1870 +#: using-d-i.xml:1877 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the the section on erasing data above." msgstr "위의 데이터 지우기에 대한 부분을 참고하십시오." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1879 +#: using-d-i.xml:1886 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have selected the desired parameters for your encrypted " @@ -2903,7 +2912,7 @@ msgstr "" "릴 수 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1889 +#: using-d-i.xml:1896 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next you will be asked to enter a passphrase for partitions configured to " @@ -2918,7 +2927,7 @@ msgstr "" "면 (생일, 취미, 애완동물 이름, 가족이나 친척 이름 등) 안 됩니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1898 +#: using-d-i.xml:1905 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before you input any passphrases, you should have made sure that your " @@ -2940,7 +2949,7 @@ msgstr "" "치를 설정하지 못한 상태일 경우에 이런 일이 일어날 수 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1911 +#: using-d-i.xml:1918 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you selected to use methods other than a passphrase to create encryption " @@ -2961,7 +2970,7 @@ msgstr "" "이 과정을 암호화할 모든 파티션에 대해서 반복합니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1927 +#: using-d-i.xml:1934 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After returning to the main partitioning menu, you will see all encrypted " @@ -2992,7 +3001,7 @@ msgstr "" "(기본값이 마음에 들지 않으면) 파일 시스템 종류를 설정하십시오." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1940 +#: using-d-i.xml:1947 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Pay attention to the identifiers in parentheses (<replaceable>sda2_crypt</" @@ -3009,7 +3018,7 @@ msgstr "" "뒤의 <xref linkend=\"mount-encrypted-volumes\"/>에서 설명합니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1950 +#: using-d-i.xml:1957 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you are satisfied with the partitioning scheme, continue with the " @@ -3017,13 +3026,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "파티션 방법이 마음에 들면, 설치를 계속하십시오." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1961 +#: using-d-i.xml:1968 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing the Base System" msgstr "베이스 시스템 설치하기" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1962 +#: using-d-i.xml:1969 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant " @@ -3037,7 +3046,7 @@ msgstr "" "다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1975 +#: using-d-i.xml:1982 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During installation of the base system, package unpacking and setup messages " @@ -3053,7 +3062,7 @@ msgstr "" "keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>을 누르십시오." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1984 +#: using-d-i.xml:1991 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The unpack/setup messages generated during this phase are also saved in " @@ -3065,7 +3074,7 @@ msgstr "" "니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1990 +#: using-d-i.xml:1997 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As part of the installation, a Linux kernel will be installed. At the " @@ -3078,13 +3087,13 @@ msgstr "" "지 커널 중에서 하나를 선택할 수 있습니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2002 +#: using-d-i.xml:2009 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting Up Users And Passwords" msgstr "사용자 및 암호 설정" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2003 +#: using-d-i.xml:2010 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the base system has been installed, the installer will allow you to " @@ -3095,13 +3104,13 @@ msgstr "" "을 설정합니다. 설치가 끝난 다음에 다른 사용자 계정도 만들 수 있습니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2017 +#: using-d-i.xml:2024 #, no-c-format msgid "Set the Root Password" msgstr "루트 암호 설정" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2021 +#: using-d-i.xml:2028 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <emphasis>root</emphasis> account is also called the <emphasis>super-" @@ -3115,7 +3124,7 @@ msgstr "" "니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2029 +#: using-d-i.xml:2036 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any password you create should contain at least 6 characters, and should " @@ -3130,7 +3139,7 @@ msgstr "" "사용하지 마십시오." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2037 +#: using-d-i.xml:2044 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If anyone ever tells you they need your root password, be extremely wary. " @@ -3141,13 +3150,13 @@ msgstr "" "여러 명인 경우가 아니라면, 루트 암호는 다른 사람에게 알려주면 안 됩니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2047 +#: using-d-i.xml:2054 #, no-c-format msgid "Create an Ordinary User" msgstr "일반 사용자 만들기" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2049 +#: using-d-i.xml:2056 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The system will ask you whether you wish to create an ordinary user account " @@ -3160,7 +3169,7 @@ msgstr "" "면 <emphasis>안 됩니다</emphasis>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2058 +#: using-d-i.xml:2065 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Why not? Well, one reason to avoid using root's privileges is that it is " @@ -3180,7 +3189,7 @@ msgstr "" # first name은 성이 아니라 이름이다 #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2068 +#: using-d-i.xml:2075 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will first be prompted for the user's full name. Then you'll be asked " @@ -3193,7 +3202,7 @@ msgstr "" "이 계정의 암호를 입력하십시오." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2075 +#: using-d-i.xml:2082 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If at any point after installation you would like to create another account, " @@ -3203,13 +3212,13 @@ msgstr "" "령을 사용하십시오." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2086 +#: using-d-i.xml:2093 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing Additional Software" msgstr "추가 소프트웨어 설치하기" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2087 +#: using-d-i.xml:2094 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point you have a usable but limited system. Most users will want to " @@ -3223,13 +3232,13 @@ msgstr "" "베이스 시스템 설치보다도 더 오래 걸릴 수 있습니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2102 +#: using-d-i.xml:2109 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring apt" msgstr "APT 설정하기" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2104 +#: using-d-i.xml:2111 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One of the tools used to install packages on a &debian; system is a program " @@ -3263,7 +3272,7 @@ msgstr "" "지 관리에 사용하길 권장합니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2128 +#: using-d-i.xml:2135 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows from where to " @@ -3276,7 +3285,7 @@ msgstr "" "파일의 내용을 살펴보고 바꿀 수 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2135 +#: using-d-i.xml:2142 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing at default priority, the installer will largely take " @@ -3293,7 +3302,7 @@ msgstr "" "업데이트 서비스에 대한 미러 사이트도 추가합니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2144 +#: using-d-i.xml:2151 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing at a lower priority (e.g. in expert mode), you will be " @@ -3308,13 +3317,13 @@ msgstr "" "의 패키지를 추가할 지도 결정할 수 있습니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2155 +#: using-d-i.xml:2162 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing from more than one CD or DVD" msgstr "여러 개의 CD/DVD에서 설치하기" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2157 +#: using-d-i.xml:2164 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing from a CD or a DVD that is part of a larger set, the " @@ -3327,7 +3336,7 @@ msgstr "" "그램에서 그 CD나 DVD에 들어 있는 패키지를 사용할 수 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2164 +#: using-d-i.xml:2171 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do not have any additional CDs or DVDs, that is no problem: using " @@ -3340,7 +3349,7 @@ msgstr "" "에 해당하는 패키지를 설치할 수 없을 수도 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2172 +#: using-d-i.xml:2179 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Packages are included on CDs (and DVDs) in the order of their popularity. " @@ -3353,7 +3362,7 @@ msgstr "" "지를 사용하는 사람은 거의 없습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2179 +#: using-d-i.xml:2186 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It also means that buying or downloading and burning a full CD set is just a " @@ -3369,7 +3378,7 @@ msgstr "" "다. 첫번째 DVD나 두번째 DVD만으로도 필요한 대부분의 패키지가 들어 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2188 +#: using-d-i.xml:2195 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A good rule of thumb is that for a regular desktop installation (using the " @@ -3383,7 +3392,7 @@ msgstr "" "할 수 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2196 +#: using-d-i.xml:2203 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do scan multiple CDs or DVDs, the installer will prompt you to " @@ -3399,13 +3408,13 @@ msgstr "" "으로 읽어들이면 실패할 가능성이 줄어듭니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2209 +#: using-d-i.xml:2216 #, no-c-format msgid "Using a network mirror" msgstr "네트워크 미러 사용하기" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2211 +#: using-d-i.xml:2218 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One question that will be asked during most installs is whether or not to " @@ -3416,7 +3425,7 @@ msgstr "" "을 받게 됩니다. 기본값을 사용해도 되지만 예외의 경우가 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2217 +#: using-d-i.xml:2224 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are <emphasis>not</emphasis> installing from a full CD or DVD or " @@ -3433,7 +3442,7 @@ msgstr "" "literal> 태스크를 선택하지 <emphasis>않는</emphasis> 편이 좋습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2226 +#: using-d-i.xml:2233 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing from a single full CD or using a full CD image, using " @@ -3452,7 +3461,7 @@ msgstr "" "패키지를 설치하는 게 좋습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2237 +#: using-d-i.xml:2244 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing from a DVD or using a DVD image, any packages needed " @@ -3465,7 +3474,7 @@ msgstr "" "니다. 네트워크 미러는 꼭 사용하지 않아도 됩니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2244 +#: using-d-i.xml:2251 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One advantage of adding a network mirror is that updates that have occurred " @@ -3480,7 +3489,7 @@ msgstr "" "을 더 오래동안 사용할 수 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2251 +#: using-d-i.xml:2258 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In summary: selecting a network mirror is generally a good idea, except if " @@ -3495,26 +3504,26 @@ msgstr "" "그러므로 미러 사이트를 사용할 경우 다운로드할 데이터의 크기는" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2260 +#: using-d-i.xml:2267 #, no-c-format msgid "the tasks you select in the next step of the installation," msgstr "다음 설치 단계에서 선택하는 태스크," #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2265 +#: using-d-i.xml:2272 #, no-c-format msgid "which packages are needed for those tasks," msgstr "그 태스크에 필요한 패키지," #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2270 +#: using-d-i.xml:2277 #, no-c-format msgid "" "which of those packages are present on the CDs or DVDs you have scanned, and" msgstr "그 패키지 중에 사용 중인 CD/DVD에 들어 있는 패키지," #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2275 +#: using-d-i.xml:2282 #, no-c-format msgid "" "whether any updated versions of packages included on the CDs or DVDs are " @@ -3525,7 +3534,7 @@ msgstr "" "반 패키지 미러이든 보안/유동 업데이트 미러이든 간에) 달려 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2284 +#: using-d-i.xml:2291 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that the last point means that, even if you choose not to use a network " @@ -3538,13 +3547,13 @@ msgstr "" "운로드할 수 있습니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2300 +#: using-d-i.xml:2307 #, no-c-format msgid "Selecting and Installing Software" msgstr "소프트웨어 선택 및 설치" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2302 +#: using-d-i.xml:2309 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select " @@ -3560,7 +3569,7 @@ msgstr "" "리 마쳐서 컴퓨터를 다양한 용도로 사용할 수 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2311 +#: using-d-i.xml:2318 #, no-c-format msgid "" "So, you have the ability to choose <emphasis>tasks</emphasis> first, and " @@ -3592,7 +3601,7 @@ msgstr "" "list\"/>에서 각 태스크마다 필요한 공간을 볼 수 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2338 +#: using-d-i.xml:2345 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the computer " @@ -3604,7 +3613,7 @@ msgstr "" "선택하지 않을 수도 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2345 +#: using-d-i.xml:2352 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar " @@ -3614,7 +3623,7 @@ msgstr "" "택하고 해제할 수 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2351 +#: using-d-i.xml:2358 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Unless you are using the special KDE or Xfce/LXDE CDs, the <quote>Desktop " @@ -3624,7 +3633,7 @@ msgstr "" "태스크는 그놈 데스크탑 환경을 설치합니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2356 +#: using-d-i.xml:2363 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is not possible to interactively select a different desktop during the " @@ -3645,7 +3654,7 @@ msgstr "" # 부팅 메뉴는 현재 번역되지 않으므로 "Advanced option" 및 "Alternative desktop environments"는 그대로 쓴다. #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2367 +#: using-d-i.xml:2374 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some CD images (businesscard, netinst and DVD) also allow selection of the " @@ -3659,7 +3668,7 @@ msgstr "" "보십시오." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2374 +#: using-d-i.xml:2381 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that this will only work if the packages needed for the desired desktop " @@ -3676,7 +3685,7 @@ msgstr "" "가 없습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2384 +#: using-d-i.xml:2391 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The various server tasks will install software roughly as follows. DNS " @@ -3695,7 +3704,7 @@ msgstr "" "classname>, 웹 서버: <classname>apache2</classname>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2395 +#: using-d-i.xml:2402 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <quote>Standard system</quote> task will install any package that has a " @@ -3710,7 +3719,7 @@ msgstr "" "고 있고 정말 최소한의 시스템을 원하는 경우가 아니라면)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2403 +#: using-d-i.xml:2410 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If during language selection a default locale other than the <quote>C</" @@ -3728,7 +3737,7 @@ msgstr "" "경에 필요한 지역화 패키지도 (이러한 패키지가 있다면) 설치합니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2413 +#: using-d-i.xml:2420 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you've selected your tasks, select &BTN-CONT;. At this point, " @@ -3741,7 +3750,7 @@ msgstr "" "자가 설정해야 하는 프로그램이 있으면 설치하는 중에 알려 줍니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2420 +#: using-d-i.xml:2427 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You should be aware that especially the Desktop task is very large. " @@ -3757,7 +3766,7 @@ msgstr "" "수도 있습니다. 패키지 설치를 일단 시작하면 취소하는 방법은 없습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2429 +#: using-d-i.xml:2436 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Even when packages are included on the CD-ROM, the installer may still " @@ -3774,13 +3783,13 @@ msgstr "" "지를 사용하면 이런 일이 발생합니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2444 +#: using-d-i.xml:2451 #, no-c-format msgid "Making Your System Bootable" msgstr "시스템을 부팅 가능하게 만들기" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2446 +#: using-d-i.xml:2453 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the " @@ -3794,13 +3803,13 @@ msgstr "" "\"boot-dev-select-sun\"/> 부분을 참고하십시오.</phrase>" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2461 +#: using-d-i.xml:2468 #, no-c-format msgid "Detecting other operating systems" msgstr "다른 운영 체제 검색" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2463 +#: using-d-i.xml:2470 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for " @@ -3815,7 +3824,7 @@ msgstr "" "정합니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2471 +#: using-d-i.xml:2478 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " @@ -3830,13 +3839,13 @@ msgstr "" "서에서 더 자세한 사항을 찾아보십시오." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2489 +#: using-d-i.xml:2496 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>palo</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2490 +#: using-d-i.xml:2497 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is " @@ -3852,19 +3861,19 @@ msgstr "" "파티션을 읽을 수 있기 때문입니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2499 +#: using-d-i.xml:2506 #, no-c-format msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )" msgstr "hppa FIXME ( need more info )" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2511 +#: using-d-i.xml:2518 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "하드 디스크에 <command>GRUB</command> 부트로더 설치" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2513 +#: using-d-i.xml:2520 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a " @@ -3876,7 +3885,7 @@ msgstr "" "다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2519 +#: using-d-i.xml:2526 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where " @@ -3888,7 +3897,7 @@ msgstr "" "보를 보려면 GRUB 안내서를 참고하십시오." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2525 +#: using-d-i.xml:2532 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do not want to install grub, use the &BTN-GOBACK; button to get to " @@ -3899,13 +3908,13 @@ msgstr "" "한 다음, 사용하고 싶은 부트로더를 선택하십시오." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2538 +#: using-d-i.xml:2545 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "하드 디스크에 <command>LILO</command> 부트로더 설치" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2540 +#: using-d-i.xml:2547 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is " @@ -3921,7 +3930,7 @@ msgstr "" "HOWTO</ulink>도 참고하십시오." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2550 +#: using-d-i.xml:2557 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other " @@ -3934,7 +3943,7 @@ msgstr "" "메뉴 항목을 수동으로 추가해야 할 수 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2558 +#: using-d-i.xml:2565 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; offers you three choices on where to install the <command>LILO</" @@ -3944,13 +3953,13 @@ msgstr "" "다:" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2565 +#: using-d-i.xml:2572 #, no-c-format msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)" msgstr "마스터 부트 레코드 (Master Boot Record, MBR)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2565 +#: using-d-i.xml:2572 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot " @@ -3958,13 +3967,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "이렇게 하면 <command>LILO</command>가 부팅 과정을 완전히 담당합니다." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2572 +#: using-d-i.xml:2579 #, no-c-format msgid "new Debian partition" msgstr "새 데비안 파티션" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2572 +#: using-d-i.xml:2579 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> " @@ -3975,13 +3984,13 @@ msgstr "" "는 새 데비안 파티션의 맨 앞쪽에 설치하고 보조 부트로더로 동작합니다." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2581 +#: using-d-i.xml:2588 #, no-c-format msgid "Other choice" msgstr "기타" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2581 +#: using-d-i.xml:2588 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> " @@ -3994,7 +4003,7 @@ msgstr "" "dev/hda</filename> 혹은 <filename>/dev/sda</filename>라고 쓸 수도 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2591 +#: using-d-i.xml:2598 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll " @@ -4010,13 +4019,13 @@ msgstr "" "요합니다!" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2607 +#: using-d-i.xml:2614 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "하드 디스크에 <command>ELILO</command> 부트로더 설치" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2609 +#: using-d-i.xml:2616 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled " @@ -4043,7 +4052,7 @@ msgstr "" "시작하는 일을 합니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2625 +#: using-d-i.xml:2632 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last " @@ -4059,13 +4068,13 @@ msgstr "" "은 디스크의 파티션입니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2637 +#: using-d-i.xml:2644 #, no-c-format msgid "Choose the correct partition!" msgstr "올바른 파티션을 고르십시오!" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2639 +#: using-d-i.xml:2646 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The criteria for selecting a partition is that it is FAT format filesystem " @@ -4082,13 +4091,13 @@ msgstr "" "당 파티션을 포맷할 수도 있고, 그러면 이전의 내용이 모두 지워집니다!" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2654 +#: using-d-i.xml:2661 #, no-c-format msgid "EFI Partition Contents" msgstr "EFI 파티션 내용" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2656 +#: using-d-i.xml:2663 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard " @@ -4117,13 +4126,13 @@ msgstr "" "템을 업데이트하거나 다시 설정할 수도 있습니다." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2678 +#: using-d-i.xml:2685 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.conf" msgstr "elilo.conf" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2679 +#: using-d-i.xml:2686 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is " @@ -4135,13 +4144,13 @@ msgstr "" "의 파일 이름을 바꾼 것입니다." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2688 +#: using-d-i.xml:2695 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.efi" msgstr "elilo.efi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2689 +#: using-d-i.xml:2696 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> " @@ -4155,13 +4164,13 @@ msgstr "" "입니다." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2699 +#: using-d-i.xml:2706 #, no-c-format msgid "initrd.img" msgstr "initrd.img" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2700 +#: using-d-i.xml:2707 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of " @@ -4175,13 +4184,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename> 심볼릭 링크가 그 파일을 가리킵니다." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2712 +#: using-d-i.xml:2719 #, no-c-format msgid "readme.txt" msgstr "readme.txt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2713 +#: using-d-i.xml:2720 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are " @@ -4193,13 +4202,13 @@ msgstr "" "usr/sbin/elilo</filename>를 실행하면 없어집니다." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2723 +#: using-d-i.xml:2730 #, no-c-format msgid "vmlinuz" msgstr "vmlinuz" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2724 +#: using-d-i.xml:2731 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in " @@ -4213,13 +4222,13 @@ msgstr "" "을 가리킵니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2744 +#: using-d-i.xml:2751 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2745 +#: using-d-i.xml:2752 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on SGI machines is <command>arcboot</command>. It has to be " @@ -4262,13 +4271,13 @@ msgstr "" "면 시스템을 하드 디스크에서 부팅할 수 있습니다." #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2764 +#: using-d-i.xml:2771 #, no-c-format msgid "scsi" msgstr "scsi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2765 +#: using-d-i.xml:2772 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI bus to be booted from, this is <userinput>0</userinput> for the " @@ -4278,13 +4287,13 @@ msgstr "" "니다" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2773 +#: using-d-i.xml:2780 #, no-c-format msgid "disk" msgstr "disk" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2774 +#: using-d-i.xml:2781 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>arcboot</command> is " @@ -4292,13 +4301,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "<command>arcboot</command>를 설치한 하드디스크의 SCSI ID" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2782 +#: using-d-i.xml:2789 #, no-c-format msgid "partnr" msgstr "partnr" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2783 +#: using-d-i.xml:2790 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -4306,13 +4315,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "<filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename> 파일이 들어 있는 파티션 번호" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2791 +#: using-d-i.xml:2798 #, no-c-format msgid "config" msgstr "config" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2792 +#: using-d-i.xml:2799 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -4322,13 +4331,13 @@ msgstr "" "은 <quote>linux</quote>입니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2813 +#: using-d-i.xml:2820 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "하드 디스크에 <command>yaboot</command> 설치" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2814 +#: using-d-i.xml:2821 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their " @@ -4347,13 +4356,13 @@ msgstr "" "크가 부팅 가능하게 되고 OpenFirmware에서 &debian; 부팅 준비가 끝납니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2832 +#: using-d-i.xml:2839 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "하드 디스크에 <command>quik</command> 설치" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2833 +#: using-d-i.xml:2840 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</" @@ -4367,13 +4376,13 @@ msgstr "" "품에서 동작한다고 알려져 있습니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2849 +#: using-d-i.xml:2856 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>zipl</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2850 +#: using-d-i.xml:2857 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</" @@ -4389,13 +4398,13 @@ msgstr "" "and Installation Commands</quote>를 보십시오." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2867 +#: using-d-i.xml:2874 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "하드 디스크에 <command>SILO</command> 부트로더 설치" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2869 +#: using-d-i.xml:2876 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is " @@ -4425,13 +4434,13 @@ msgstr "" "Solaris와 같이 설치할 때 유용합니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2894 +#: using-d-i.xml:2901 #, no-c-format msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader" msgstr "부트로더 없이 계속" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2896 +#: using-d-i.xml:2903 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot " @@ -4443,7 +4452,7 @@ msgstr "" "더가 필요없는 경우일 (예를 들어 기존 부트로더를 사용) 것입니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2903 +#: using-d-i.xml:2910 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name " @@ -4464,13 +4473,13 @@ msgstr "" "및 파티션도 알아야 합니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2920 +#: using-d-i.xml:2927 #, no-c-format msgid "Finishing the Installation" msgstr "설치 마치기" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2921 +#: using-d-i.xml:2928 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the last step in the Debian installation process during which the " @@ -4481,13 +4490,13 @@ msgstr "" "정리하는 일입니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2934 +#: using-d-i.xml:2941 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting the System Clock" msgstr "시스템 시계 맞추기" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2936 +#: using-d-i.xml:2943 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The installer may ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally " @@ -4500,7 +4509,7 @@ msgstr "" "에, 이 질문은 보통 물어보지 않습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2943 +#: using-d-i.xml:2950 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is " @@ -4517,7 +4526,7 @@ msgstr "" "다. 듀얼 부팅을 하려면 UTC가 아니라 지역별 시각으로 맞추십시오.</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2954 +#: using-d-i.xml:2961 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point &d-i; will also attempt to save the current time to the " @@ -4528,13 +4537,13 @@ msgstr "" "한 사항에 따라 UTC로 저장할 수도 있고 지역별 시각으로 저장할 수도 있습니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2969 +#: using-d-i.xml:2976 #, no-c-format msgid "Reboot the System" msgstr "시스템 다시 시작" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2971 +#: using-d-i.xml:2978 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will be prompted to remove the boot media (CD, floppy, etc) that you " @@ -4545,7 +4554,7 @@ msgstr "" "나옵니다. 그 다음에 새로 설치한 데비안 시스템으로 다시 시작합니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2977 +#: using-d-i.xml:2984 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After a final prompt the system will be halted because rebooting is not " @@ -4558,13 +4567,13 @@ msgstr "" "선택했던 DASD에서, GNU/리눅스를 부팅하면 (IPL) 됩니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2990 +#: using-d-i.xml:2997 #, no-c-format msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "기타" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2991 +#: using-d-i.xml:2998 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the " @@ -4575,13 +4584,13 @@ msgstr "" "지만 백그라운드에서 기다리면서 잘못된 부분이 있을 때 도움이 됩니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3004 +#: using-d-i.xml:3011 #, no-c-format msgid "Saving the installation logs" msgstr "설치 로그 저장" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3006 +#: using-d-i.xml:3013 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the " @@ -4592,7 +4601,7 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>/var/log/installer/</filename> 파일에 자동으로 저장합니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3013 +#: using-d-i.xml:3020 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu " @@ -4607,13 +4616,13 @@ msgstr "" "로그를 설치 보고서에 첨부할 때 유용합니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3033 +#: using-d-i.xml:3040 #, no-c-format msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs" msgstr "쉘 사용하기 및 로그 보기" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3035 +#: using-d-i.xml:3042 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There are several methods you can use to get a shell while running an " @@ -4638,13 +4647,13 @@ msgstr "" "시 돌아올 수 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3053 +#: using-d-i.xml:3060 #, no-c-format msgid "For the graphical installer see also <xref linkend=\"gtk-using\"/>." msgstr "그래픽 설치 프로그램은 <xref linkend=\"gtk-using\"/> 부분도 보십시오." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3057 +#: using-d-i.xml:3064 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you cannot switch consoles, there is also an <guimenuitem>Execute a " @@ -4659,7 +4668,7 @@ msgstr "" "userinput>를 입력해서 쉘을 닫으십시오." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3065 +#: using-d-i.xml:3072 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set " @@ -4676,7 +4685,7 @@ msgstr "" "기록같은 훌륭한 기능도 일부 들어 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3074 +#: using-d-i.xml:3081 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To edit and view files, use the text editor <command>nano</command>. Log " @@ -4688,7 +4697,7 @@ msgstr "" "에 들어 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3081 +#: using-d-i.xml:3088 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although you can do basically anything in a shell that the available " @@ -4700,7 +4709,7 @@ msgstr "" "션입니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3087 +#: using-d-i.xml:3094 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Doing things manually from the shell may interfere with the installation " @@ -4713,13 +4722,13 @@ msgstr "" "설치 프로그램에서 알아서 하도록 놔두고 쉘에서 직접 하지 않도록 하십시오." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3102 +#: using-d-i.xml:3109 #, no-c-format msgid "Installation Over the Network" msgstr "네트워크를 통해 설치" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3104 +#: using-d-i.xml:3111 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</" @@ -4736,7 +4745,7 @@ msgstr "" "따라 자동화할 수 있습니다.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3114 +#: using-d-i.xml:3121 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so " @@ -4757,7 +4766,7 @@ msgstr "" "목이 새로 생깁니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3127 +#: using-d-i.xml:3134 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting " @@ -4767,7 +4776,7 @@ msgstr "" "입니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3132 +#: using-d-i.xml:3139 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> " @@ -4787,7 +4796,7 @@ msgstr "" "할 사람에게</quote> 안전하게 전달해야 합니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3144 +#: using-d-i.xml:3151 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always " @@ -4798,7 +4807,7 @@ msgstr "" "인 메뉴로 돌아갈 수 있습니다. 메인 메뉴에서 다른 컴포넌트를 선택하면 됩니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3150 +#: using-d-i.xml:3157 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need " @@ -4828,7 +4837,7 @@ msgstr "" "핑거프린트가 표시될 것이고, 이 핑거프린트가 올바른 지 확인해야 합니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3167 +#: using-d-i.xml:3174 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <command>ssh</command> server in the installer uses a default " @@ -4852,7 +4861,7 @@ msgstr "" "니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3180 +#: using-d-i.xml:3187 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You may be able to avoid the connection being dropped by adding the option " @@ -4874,7 +4883,7 @@ msgstr "" "다.) 그러니 이 옵션은 필요한 경우에만 사용해야 합니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3193 +#: using-d-i.xml:3200 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP " @@ -4897,7 +4906,7 @@ msgstr "" "시 연결하면 됩니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3209 +#: using-d-i.xml:3216 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have " @@ -4916,7 +4925,7 @@ msgstr "" "어야 합니다. 하지만 쉘의 경우에는 여러 개를 열어도 됩니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3219 +#: using-d-i.xml:3226 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go " @@ -4931,13 +4940,13 @@ msgstr "" "다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3239 +#: using-d-i.xml:3246 #, no-c-format msgid "Loading Missing Firmware" msgstr "없는 펌웨어 읽어들이기" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3240 +#: using-d-i.xml:3247 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As described in <xref linkend=\"hardware-firmware\"/>, some devices require " @@ -4950,7 +4959,7 @@ msgstr "" "가끔 기본적인 기능은 동작하고 추가적인 기능에서만 펌웨어가 필요하기도 합니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3248 +#: using-d-i.xml:3255 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If a device driver requests firmware that is not available, &d-i; will " @@ -4967,7 +4976,7 @@ msgstr "" "입니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3258 +#: using-d-i.xml:3265 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Which devices are scanned and which file systems are supported depends on " @@ -4984,7 +4993,7 @@ msgstr "" "phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3268 +#: using-d-i.xml:3275 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that it is possible to skip loading the firmware if you know the device " @@ -4995,7 +5004,7 @@ msgstr "" "웨어 읽어들이기를 건너 뛸 수도 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3275 +#: using-d-i.xml:3282 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Support for loading firmware is still relatively basic and is likely to be " @@ -5011,13 +5020,13 @@ msgstr "" "참고.)" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3286 +#: using-d-i.xml:3293 #, no-c-format msgid "Preparing a medium" msgstr "미디어 준비하기" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3287 +#: using-d-i.xml:3294 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although in some cases the firmware can also be loaded from a partition on a " @@ -5035,7 +5044,7 @@ msgstr "" "입니다. (FAT는 설치 앞 단계에서도 지원하는 파일 시스템이므로.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3297 +#: using-d-i.xml:3304 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Tarballs containing current packages for the most common firmware are " @@ -5050,7 +5059,7 @@ msgstr "" "서 미디어의 파일 시스템에 풀어 놓으십시오." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3311 +#: using-d-i.xml:3318 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the firmware you need is not included in the tarball, you can also " @@ -5065,7 +5074,7 @@ msgstr "" "가 아닌 패키지도 들어 있습니다:" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3325 +#: using-d-i.xml:3332 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is also possible to copy individual firmware files to the medium. Loose " @@ -5076,13 +5085,13 @@ msgstr "" "놓은 시스템에서 가져올 수도 있고 하드웨어 공급사가 제공해 줄 수도 있습니다." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3334 +#: using-d-i.xml:3341 #, no-c-format msgid "Firmware and the Installed System" msgstr "펌웨어 및 설치한 시스템" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3335 +#: using-d-i.xml:3342 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any firmware loaded during the installation will be copied automatically to " @@ -5098,7 +5107,7 @@ msgstr "" "낮지만 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3344 +#: using-d-i.xml:3351 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the firmware was loaded from a firmware package, &d-i; will also install " @@ -5113,7 +5122,7 @@ msgstr "" "이 있습니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3352 +#: using-d-i.xml:3359 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If loading the firmware was skipped during the installation, the relevant " @@ -5124,7 +5133,7 @@ msgstr "" "당 장치가 설치한 시스템에서 동작하지 않을 것입니다." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3359 +#: using-d-i.xml:3366 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the firmware was loaded from loose firmware files, the firmware copied to " diff --git a/po/pot/preseed.pot b/po/pot/preseed.pot index 35fc679c1..55cd0ade7 100644 --- a/po/pot/preseed.pot +++ b/po/pot/preseed.pot @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-11-18 01:11+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-01-18 00:44+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" @@ -1386,8 +1386,6 @@ msgid "" "\n" "# Individual additional packages to install\n" "#d-i pkgsel/include string openssh-server build-essential\n" - "# By default, packages that are only Recommended by packages installed using\n" - "# pkgsel/include (as opposed to their dependencies) will not be installed.\n" "# Whether to upgrade packages after debootstrap.\n" "# Allowed values: none, safe-upgrade, full-upgrade\n" "#d-i pkgsel/upgrade select none\n" diff --git a/po/pot/random-bits.pot b/po/pot/random-bits.pot index 188860a15..c02255f6d 100644 --- a/po/pot/random-bits.pot +++ b/po/pot/random-bits.pot @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-11-08 01:11+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-12-28 01:10+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" @@ -1017,7 +1017,8 @@ msgid "" "</screen></informalexample> Enter your system's host name (2 to 63 characters): <informalexample><screen>\n" "# echo DebianHostName > /etc/hostname\n" "</screen></informalexample> And a basic <filename>/etc/hosts</filename> with IPv6 support: <informalexample><screen>\n" - "127.0.0.1 localhost DebianHostName\n" + "127.0.0.1 localhost\n" + "127.0.1.1 DebianHostName\n" "\n" "# The following lines are desirable for IPv6 capable hosts\n" "::1 ip6-localhost ip6-loopback\n" diff --git a/po/pot/using-d-i.pot b/po/pot/using-d-i.pot index 9aade0b3c..27ee1551c 100644 --- a/po/pot/using-d-i.pot +++ b/po/pot/using-d-i.pot @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-11-25 01:11+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-01-18 00:44+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" @@ -527,7 +527,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:516 #, no-c-format -msgid "In most cases the first questions you will be asked concern the selection of localization options to be used both for the installation and for the installed system. The localization options consist of language, country and locales." +msgid "In most cases the first questions you will be asked concern the selection of localization options to be used both for the installation and for the installed system. The localization options consist of language, location and locales." msgstr "" #. Tag: para @@ -539,19 +539,19 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:530 #, no-c-format -msgid "The selected country will be used later in the installation process to pick the default time zone and a Debian mirror appropriate for your geographic location. Language and country together will help determine the default locale for your system and select the correct keyboard layout." +msgid "The selected geographic location (in most cases a country) will be used later in the installation process to select the correct time zone and a Debian mirror appropriate for that country. Language and country together will help determine the default locale for your system and select the correct keyboard layout." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:537 +#: using-d-i.xml:538 #, no-c-format msgid "You will first be asked to select your preferred language. The language names are listed both in English (left side) and in the language itself (right side); the names on the right side are also shown in the proper script for the language. The list is sorted on the English names. At the top of the list is an extra option that allows you to select the <quote>C</quote> locale instead of a language. Choosing the <quote>C</quote> locale will result in the installation proceding in English; the installed system will have no localization support as the <classname>locales</classname> package will not be installed." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:549 +#: using-d-i.xml:550 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you selected a language that is recognized as an official language for more than one country<footnote> <para> In technical terms: where multiple locales exist for that language with differing country codes. </para> </footnote>, you will be shown a list of only those countries. To select a country that is not in that list, choose <guimenuitem>other</guimenuitem> (the last option). You will then be presented with a list of continents; selecting a continent will lead to a list of relevant countries on that continent." +msgid "Next you will be asked to select your geographic location. If you selected a language that is recognized as an official language for more than one country<footnote> <para> In technical terms: where multiple locales exist for that language with differing country codes. </para> </footnote>, you will be shown a list of only those countries. To select a country that is not in that list, choose <guimenuitem>other</guimenuitem> (the last option). You will then be presented with a list of continents; selecting a continent will lead to a list of relevant countries on that continent." msgstr "" #. Tag: para @@ -569,185 +569,185 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:580 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you selected a combination of language and country for which no locale is defined and there exist multiple locales for the language, then the installer will allow you to choose which of those locales you prefer as the default locale for the installed system. In all other cases a default locale will be selected based on the selected language and country." +msgid "If you selected a combination of language and country for which no locale is defined and there exist multiple locales for the language, then the installer will allow you to choose which of those locales you prefer as the default locale for the installed system<footnote> <para> At medium and low priority you can always select your preferred locale from those available for the selected language (if there's more than one). </para> </footnote>. In all other cases a default locale will be selected based on the selected language and country." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:588 +#: using-d-i.xml:595 #, no-c-format -msgid "Any default locale selected as described in the previous paragraph will use UTF-8 as character encoding." +msgid "Any default locale selected as described in the previous paragraph will use <firstterm>UTF-8</firstterm> as character encoding." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:593 +#: using-d-i.xml:600 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you are installing at medium or low priority, you will have the option of selecting additional locales, including so-called <quote>legacy</quote> locales<footnote> <para> Legacy locales are locales which do not use UTF-8, but one of the older standards for character encoding such as ISO 8859-1 (used by West European languages) or EUC-JP (used by Japanese). </para> </footnote>, to be generated for the installed system; if you do, you will be asked which of the selected locales should be the default for the installed system." +msgid "If you are installing at low priority, you will have the option of selecting additional locales, including so-called <quote>legacy</quote> locales<footnote> <para> Legacy locales are locales which do not use UTF-8, but one of the older standards for character encoding such as ISO 8859-1 (used by West European languages) or EUC-JP (used by Japanese). </para> </footnote>, to be generated for the installed system; if you do, you will be asked which of the selected locales should be the default for the installed system." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:617 +#: using-d-i.xml:624 #, no-c-format msgid "Choosing a Keyboard" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:619 +#: using-d-i.xml:626 #, no-c-format msgid "Keyboards are often tailored to the characters used in a language. Select a layout that conforms to the keyboard you are using, or select something close if the keyboard layout you want isn't represented. Once the system installation is complete, you'll be able to select a keyboard layout from a wider range of choices (run <command>kbd-config</command> as root after you have completed the installation)." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:629 +#: using-d-i.xml:636 #, no-c-format msgid "Move the highlight to the keyboard selection you desire and press &enterkey;. Use the arrow keys to move the highlight — they are in the same place in all national language keyboard layouts, so they are independent of the keyboard configuration. An 'extended' keyboard is one with <keycap>F1</keycap> through <keycap>F10</keycap> keys along the top row." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:638 +#: using-d-i.xml:645 #, no-c-format msgid "There are two keyboard layouts for US keyboards; the qwerty/mac-usb-us (Apple USB) layout will place the Alt function on the <keycap>Command/Apple</keycap> key (in the keyboard position next to the <keycap>space</keycap> key similar to <keycap>Alt</keycap> on PC keyboards), while the qwerty/us (Standard) layout will place the Alt function on the <keycap>Option</keycap> key (engraved with 'alt' on most Mac keyboards). In other respects the two layouts are similar." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:668 +#: using-d-i.xml:675 #, no-c-format msgid "Looking for the Debian Installer ISO Image" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:669 +#: using-d-i.xml:676 #, no-c-format msgid "When installing via the <emphasis>hd-media</emphasis> method, there will be a moment where you need to find and mount the Debian Installer iso image in order to get the rest of the installation files. The component <command>iso-scan</command> does exactly this." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:676 +#: using-d-i.xml:683 #, no-c-format msgid "At first, <command>iso-scan</command> automatically mounts all block devices (e.g. partitions) which have some known filesystem on them and sequentially searches for filenames ending with <filename>.iso</filename> (or <filename>.ISO</filename> for that matter). Beware that the first attempt scans only files in the root directory and in the first level of subdirectories (i.e. it finds <filename>/<replaceable>whatever</replaceable>.iso</filename>, <filename>/data/<replaceable>whatever</replaceable>.iso</filename>, but not <filename>/data/tmp/<replaceable>whatever</replaceable>.iso</filename>). After an iso image has been found, <command>iso-scan</command> checks its content to determine if the image is a valid Debian iso image or not. In the former case we are done, in the latter <command>iso-scan</command> seeks for another image." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:693 +#: using-d-i.xml:700 #, no-c-format msgid "In case the previous attempt to find an installer iso image fails, <command>iso-scan</command> will ask you whether you would like to perform a more thorough search. This pass doesn't just look into the topmost directories, but really traverses whole filesystem." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:700 +#: using-d-i.xml:707 #, no-c-format msgid "If <command>iso-scan</command> does not discover your installer iso image, reboot back to your original operating system and check if the image is named correctly (ending in <filename>.iso</filename>), if it is placed on a filesystem recognizable by &d-i;, and if it is not corrupted (verify the checksum). Experienced Unix users could do this without rebooting on the second console." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:721 +#: using-d-i.xml:728 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Network" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:723 +#: using-d-i.xml:730 #, no-c-format msgid "As you enter this step, if the system detects that you have more than one network device, you'll be asked to choose which device will be your <emphasis>primary</emphasis> network interface, i.e. the one which you want to use for installation. The other interfaces won't be configured at this time. You may configure additional interfaces after installation is complete; see the <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>interfaces</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> man page." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:734 +#: using-d-i.xml:741 #, no-c-format msgid "By default, &d-i; tries to configure your computer's network automatically via DHCP. If the DHCP probe succeeds, you are done. If the probe fails, it may be caused by many factors ranging from unplugged network cable, to a misconfigured DHCP setup. Or maybe you don't have a DHCP server in your local network at all. For further explanation, check the error messages on the fourth console. In any case, you will be asked if you want to retry, or if you want to perform a manual setup. DHCP servers are sometimes really slow in their responses, so if you are sure everything is in place, try again." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:746 +#: using-d-i.xml:753 #, no-c-format msgid "The manual network setup in turn asks you a number of questions about your network, notably <computeroutput>IP address</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>Netmask</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>Gateway</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>Name server addresses</computeroutput>, and a <computeroutput>Hostname</computeroutput>. Moreover, if you have a wireless network interface, you will be asked to provide your <computeroutput>Wireless ESSID</computeroutput> and a <computeroutput>WEP key</computeroutput>. Fill in the answers from <xref linkend=\"needed-info\"/>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:760 +#: using-d-i.xml:767 #, no-c-format msgid "Some technical details you might, or might not, find handy: the program assumes the network IP address is the bitwise-AND of your system's IP address and your netmask. The default broadcast address is calculated as the bitwise OR of your system's IP address with the bitwise negation of the netmask. It will also guess your gateway. If you can't find any of these answers, use the offered defaults — if necessary, you can change them by editing <filename>/etc/network/interfaces</filename> once the system has been installed." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:805 +#: using-d-i.xml:812 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Clock and Time Zone" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:807 +#: using-d-i.xml:814 #, no-c-format msgid "The installer will first attempt to connect to a time server on the Internet (using the <firstterm>NTP</firstterm> protocol) in order to correctly set the system time. If this does not succeed, the installer will assume the time and date obtained from the system clock when the installation system was booted are correct. It is not possible to manually set the system time during the installation process." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:816 +#: using-d-i.xml:823 #, no-c-format msgid "The installer does not modify the system clock on the s390 platform." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:829 +#: using-d-i.xml:836 #, no-c-format msgid "Depending on the location selected earlier in the installation process, you may be shown a list of time zones relevant for that location. If your location has only one time zone and you are doing a default installation, you will not be asked anything and the system will assume that time zone." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:837 +#: using-d-i.xml:844 #, no-c-format msgid "In expert mode or when installing at medium priority, you will have the additional option to select <quote>Coordinated Universal Time</quote> (UTC) as time zone." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:843 +#: using-d-i.xml:850 #, no-c-format msgid "If for some reason you wish to set a time zone for the installed system that does <emphasis>not</emphasis> match the selected location, there are two options." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:854 +#: using-d-i.xml:861 #, no-c-format msgid "The simplest option is to just select a different time zone after the installation has been completed and you've booted into the new system. The command to do this is:" msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: using-d-i.xml:860 +#: using-d-i.xml:867 #, no-c-format msgid "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:866 +#: using-d-i.xml:873 #, no-c-format msgid "Alternatively, the time zone can be set at the very start of the installation by passing the parameter <userinput>time/zone=<replaceable>value</replaceable></userinput> when you boot the installation system. The value should of course be a valid time zone, for example <userinput>Europe/London</userinput> or <userinput>UTC</userinput>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:880 +#: using-d-i.xml:887 #, no-c-format msgid "For automated installations the time zone can be set to any desired value using preseeding." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:894 +#: using-d-i.xml:901 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning and Mount Point Selection" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:895 +#: using-d-i.xml:902 #, no-c-format msgid "At this time, after hardware detection has been executed a final time, &d-i; should be at its full strength, customized for the user's needs and ready to do some real work. As the title of this section indicates, the main task of the next few components lies in partitioning your disks, creating filesystems, assigning mountpoints and optionally configuring closely related options like RAID, LVM or encrypted devices." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:916 +#: using-d-i.xml:923 #, no-c-format msgid "If you are uncomfortable with partitioning, or just want to know more details, see <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:922 +#: using-d-i.xml:929 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If a hard disk has previously used under Solaris, the partitioner may not detect the size of the drive correctly. Creating a new partition table does not fix this issue. What does help, is to <quote>zero</quote> the first few sectors of the drive: <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -756,157 +756,157 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:935 +#: using-d-i.xml:942 #, no-c-format msgid "First you will be given the opportunity to automatically partition either an entire drive, or available free space on a drive. This is also called <quote>guided</quote> partitioning. If you do not want to autopartition, choose <guimenuitem>Manual</guimenuitem> from the menu." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:945 +#: using-d-i.xml:952 #, no-c-format msgid "Guided Partitioning" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:946 +#: using-d-i.xml:953 #, no-c-format msgid "If you choose guided partitioning, you may have three options: to create partitions directly on the hard disk (classic method), or to create them using Logical Volume Management (LVM), or to create them using encrypted LVM<footnote> <para> The installer will encrypt the LVM volume group using a 256 bit AES key and makes use of the kernel's <quote>dm-crypt</quote> support. </para> </footnote>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:961 +#: using-d-i.xml:968 #, no-c-format msgid "The option to use (encrypted) LVM may not be available on all architectures." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:966 +#: using-d-i.xml:973 #, no-c-format msgid "When using LVM or encrypted LVM, the installer will create most partitions inside one big partition; the advantage of this method is that partitions inside this big partition can be resized relatively easily later. In the case of encrypted LVM the big partition will not be readable without knowing a special key phrase, thus providing extra security of your (personal) data." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:975 +#: using-d-i.xml:982 #, no-c-format msgid "When using encrypted LVM, the installer will also automatically erase the disk by writing random data to it. This further improves security (as it makes it impossible to tell which parts of the disk are in use and also makes sure that any traces of previous installations are erased), but may take some time depending on the size of your disk." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:984 +#: using-d-i.xml:991 #, no-c-format msgid "If you choose guided partitioning using LVM or encrypted LVM, some changes in the partition table will need to be written to the selected disk while LVM is being set up. These changes effectively erase all data that is currently on the selected hard disk and you will not be able to undo them later. However, the installer will ask you to confirm these changes before they are written to disk." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:994 +#: using-d-i.xml:1001 #, no-c-format msgid "If you choose guided partitioning (either classic or using (encrypted) LVM) for a whole disk, you will first be asked to select the disk you want to use. Check that all your disks are listed and, if you have several disks, make sure you select the correct one. The order they are listed in may differ from what you are used to. The size of the disks may help to identify them." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1003 +#: using-d-i.xml:1010 #, no-c-format msgid "Any data on the disk you select will eventually be lost, but you will always be asked to confirm any changes before they are written to the disk. If you have selected the classic method of partitioning, you will be able to undo any changes right until the end; when using (encrypted) LVM this is not possible." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1011 +#: using-d-i.xml:1018 #, no-c-format msgid "Next, you will be able to choose from the schemes listed in the table below. All schemes have their pros and cons, some of which are discussed in <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>. If you are unsure, choose the first one. Bear in mind that guided partitioning needs a certain minimal amount of free space to operate with. If you don't give it at least about 1GB of space (depends on chosen scheme), guided partitioning will fail." msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1027 +#: using-d-i.xml:1034 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning scheme" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1028 +#: using-d-i.xml:1035 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum space" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1029 +#: using-d-i.xml:1036 #, no-c-format msgid "Created partitions" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1035 +#: using-d-i.xml:1042 #, no-c-format msgid "All files in one partition" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1036 +#: using-d-i.xml:1043 #, no-c-format msgid "600MB" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1037 +#: using-d-i.xml:1044 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, swap" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1039 +#: using-d-i.xml:1046 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home partition" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1040 +#: using-d-i.xml:1047 #, no-c-format msgid "500MB" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1041 +#: using-d-i.xml:1048 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1045 +#: using-d-i.xml:1052 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home, /usr, /var and /tmp partitions" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1046 +#: using-d-i.xml:1053 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>1GB</entry>" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1047 +#: using-d-i.xml:1054 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/usr</filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, swap" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1056 +#: using-d-i.xml:1063 #, no-c-format msgid "If you choose guided partitioning using (encrypted) LVM, the installer will also create a separate <filename>/boot</filename> partition. The other partitions, including the swap partition, will be created inside the LVM partition." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1062 +#: using-d-i.xml:1069 #, no-c-format msgid "If you choose guided partitioning for your IA-64 system, there will be an additional partition, formatted as a FAT16 bootable filesystem, for the EFI boot loader. There is also an additional menu item in the formatting menu to manually set up a partition as an EFI boot partition." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1070 +#: using-d-i.xml:1077 #, no-c-format msgid "After selecting a scheme, the next screen will show your new partition table, including information on whether and how partitions will be formatted and where they will be mounted." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1076 +#: using-d-i.xml:1083 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The list of partitions might look like this: <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -929,601 +929,601 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1089 +#: using-d-i.xml:1096 #, no-c-format msgid "This concludes the guided partitioning. If you are satisfied with the generated partition table, you can choose <guimenuitem>Finish partitioning and write changes to disk</guimenuitem> from the menu to implement the new partition table (as described at the end of this section). If you are not happy, you can choose to <guimenuitem>Undo changes to partitions</guimenuitem> and run guided partitioning again, or modify the proposed changes as described below for manual partitioning." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1103 +#: using-d-i.xml:1110 #, no-c-format msgid "Manual Partitioning" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1104 +#: using-d-i.xml:1111 #, no-c-format msgid "A similar screen to the one shown just above will be displayed if you choose manual partitioning except that your existing partition table will be shown and without the mount points. How to manually set up your partition table and the usage of partitions by your new Debian system will be covered in the remainder of this section." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1112 +#: using-d-i.xml:1119 #, no-c-format msgid "If you select a pristine disk which has neither partitions nor free space on it, you will be asked if a new partition table should be created (this is needed so you can create new partitions). After this, a new line entitled <quote>FREE SPACE</quote> should appear in the table under the selected disk." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1120 +#: using-d-i.xml:1127 #, no-c-format msgid "If you select some free space, you will have the opportunity to create a new partition. You will have to answer a quick series of questions about its size, type (primary or logical), and location (beginning or end of the free space). After this, you will be presented with a detailed overview of your new partition. The main setting is <guimenuitem>Use as:</guimenuitem>, which determines if the partition will have a file system on it, or be used for swap, software RAID, LVM, an encrypted file system, or not be used at all. Other settings include mountpoint, mount options, and bootable flag; which settings are shown depends on how the partition is to be used. If you don't like the preselected defaults, feel free to change them to your liking. E.g. by selecting the option <guimenuitem>Use as:</guimenuitem>, you can choose a different filesystem for this partition, including options to use the partition for swap, software RAID, LVM, or not use it at all. Another nice feature is the ability to copy data from an existing partition onto this one. When you are satisfied with your new partition, select <guimenuitem>Done setting up the partition</guimenuitem> and you will return to <command>partman</command>'s main screen." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1142 +#: using-d-i.xml:1149 #, no-c-format msgid "If you decide you want to change something about your partition, simply select the partition, which will bring you to the partition configuration menu. This is the same screen as is used when creating a new partition, so you can change the same settings. One thing that may not be very obvious at a first glance is that you can resize the partition by selecting the item displaying the size of the partition. Filesystems known to work are at least fat16, fat32, ext2, ext3 and swap. This menu also allows you to delete a partition." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1153 +#: using-d-i.xml:1160 #, no-c-format msgid "Be sure to create at least two partitions: one for the <emphasis>root</emphasis> filesystem (which must be mounted as <filename>/</filename>) and one for <emphasis>swap</emphasis>. If you forget to mount the root filesystem, <command>partman</command> won't let you continue until you correct this issue." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1161 +#: using-d-i.xml:1168 #, no-c-format msgid "If you forget to select and format an EFI boot partition, <command>partman</command> will detect this and will not let you continue until you allocate one." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1167 +#: using-d-i.xml:1174 #, no-c-format msgid "Capabilities of <command>partman</command> can be extended with installer modules, but are dependent on your system's architecture. So if you can't see all promised goodies, check if you have loaded all required modules (e.g. <filename>partman-ext3</filename>, <filename>partman-xfs</filename>, or <filename>partman-lvm</filename>)." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1175 +#: using-d-i.xml:1182 #, no-c-format msgid "After you are satisfied with partitioning, select <guimenuitem>Finish partitioning and write changes to disk</guimenuitem> from the partitioning menu. You will be presented with a summary of changes made to the disks and asked to confirm that the filesystems should be created as requested." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1203 +#: using-d-i.xml:1210 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Multidisk Devices (Software RAID)" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1204 +#: using-d-i.xml:1211 #, no-c-format msgid "If you have more than one harddrive<footnote><para> To be honest, you can construct an MD device even from partitions residing on single physical drive, but that won't give any benefits. </para></footnote> in your computer, you can use <command>mdcfg</command> to set up your drives for increased performance and/or better reliability of your data. The result is called <firstterm>Multidisk Device</firstterm> (or after its most famous variant <firstterm>software RAID</firstterm>)." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1217 +#: using-d-i.xml:1224 #, no-c-format msgid "MD is basically a bunch of partitions located on different disks and combined together to form a <emphasis>logical</emphasis> device. This device can then be used like an ordinary partition (i.e. in <command>partman</command> you can format it, assign a mountpoint, etc.)." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1225 +#: using-d-i.xml:1232 #, no-c-format msgid "What benefits this brings depends on the type of MD device you are creating. Currently supported are: <variablelist> <varlistentry> <term>RAID0</term><listitem><para> Is mainly aimed at performance. RAID0 splits all incoming data into <firstterm>stripes</firstterm> and distributes them equally over each disk in the array. This can increase the speed of read/write operations, but when one of the disks fails, you will lose <emphasis>everything</emphasis> (part of the information is still on the healthy disk(s), the other part <emphasis>was</emphasis> on the failed disk). </para><para> The typical use for RAID0 is a partition for video editing. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>RAID1</term><listitem><para> Is suitable for setups where reliability is the first concern. It consists of several (usually two) equally-sized partitions where every partition contains exactly the same data. This essentially means three things. First, if one of your disks fails, you still have the data mirrored on the remaining disks. Second, you can use only a fraction of the available capacity (more precisely, it is the size of the smallest partition in the RAID). Third, file-reads are load-balanced among the disks, which can improve performance on a server, such as a file server, that tends to be loaded with more disk reads than writes. </para><para> Optionally you can have a spare disk in the array which will take the place of the failed disk in the case of failure. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>RAID5</term><listitem><para> Is a good compromise between speed, reliability and data redundancy. RAID5 splits all incoming data into stripes and distributes them equally on all but one disk (similar to RAID0). Unlike RAID0, RAID5 also computes <firstterm>parity</firstterm> information, which gets written on the remaining disk. The parity disk is not static (that would be called RAID4), but is changing periodically, so the parity information is distributed equally on all disks. When one of the disks fails, the missing part of information can be computed from remaining data and its parity. RAID5 must consist of at least three active partitions. Optionally you can have a spare disk in the array which will take the place of the failed disk in the case of failure. </para><para> As you can see, RAID5 has a similar degree of reliability to RAID1 while achieving less redundancy. On the other hand, it might be a bit slower on write operations than RAID0 due to computation of parity information. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>RAID6</term><listitem><para> Is similar to RAID5 except that it uses two parity devices instead of one. </para><para> A RAID6 array can survive up to two disk failures. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>RAID10</term><listitem><para> RAID10 combines striping (as in RAID0) and mirroring (as in RAID1). It creates <replaceable>n</replaceable> copies of incoming data and distributes them across the partitions so that none of the copies of the same data are on the same device. The default value of <replaceable>n</replaceable> is 2, but it can be set to something else in expert mode. The number of partitions used must be at least <replaceable>n</replaceable>. RAID10 has different layouts for distributing the copies. The default is near copies. Near copies have all of the copies at about the same offset on all of the disks. Far copies have the copies at different offsets on the disks. Offset copies copy the stripe, not the individual copies. </para><para> RAID10 can be used to achieve reliability and redundancy without the drawback of having to calculate parity. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> To sum it up:" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1339 +#: using-d-i.xml:1346 #, no-c-format msgid "Type" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1340 +#: using-d-i.xml:1347 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum Devices" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1341 +#: using-d-i.xml:1348 #, no-c-format msgid "Spare Device" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1342 +#: using-d-i.xml:1349 #, no-c-format msgid "Survives disk failure?" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1343 +#: using-d-i.xml:1350 #, no-c-format msgid "Available Space" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1349 +#: using-d-i.xml:1356 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID0" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1350 using-d-i.xml:1358 using-d-i.xml:1388 +#: using-d-i.xml:1357 using-d-i.xml:1365 using-d-i.xml:1395 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>2</entry>" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1351 using-d-i.xml:1352 +#: using-d-i.xml:1358 using-d-i.xml:1359 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>no</entry>" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1353 +#: using-d-i.xml:1360 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by number of devices in RAID" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1357 +#: using-d-i.xml:1364 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID1" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1359 using-d-i.xml:1367 using-d-i.xml:1378 using-d-i.xml:1389 +#: using-d-i.xml:1366 using-d-i.xml:1374 using-d-i.xml:1385 using-d-i.xml:1396 #, no-c-format msgid "optional" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1360 using-d-i.xml:1368 using-d-i.xml:1379 using-d-i.xml:1390 +#: using-d-i.xml:1367 using-d-i.xml:1375 using-d-i.xml:1386 using-d-i.xml:1397 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>yes</entry>" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1361 +#: using-d-i.xml:1368 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition in RAID" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1365 +#: using-d-i.xml:1372 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID5" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1366 +#: using-d-i.xml:1373 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>3</entry>" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1369 +#: using-d-i.xml:1376 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID minus one)" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1376 +#: using-d-i.xml:1383 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID6" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1377 +#: using-d-i.xml:1384 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>4</entry>" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1380 +#: using-d-i.xml:1387 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID minus two)" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1387 +#: using-d-i.xml:1394 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID10" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1391 +#: using-d-i.xml:1398 #, no-c-format msgid "Total of all partitions divided by the number of chunk copies (defaults to two)" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1398 +#: using-d-i.xml:1405 #, no-c-format msgid "If you want to know more about Software RAID, have a look at <ulink url=\"&url-software-raid-howto;\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1403 +#: using-d-i.xml:1410 #, no-c-format msgid "To create an MD device, you need to have the desired partitions it should consist of marked for use in a RAID. (This is done in <command>partman</command> in the <guimenu>Partition settings</guimenu> menu where you should select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Use as:</guimenu> <guimenuitem>physical volume for RAID</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.)" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1412 +#: using-d-i.xml:1419 #, no-c-format msgid "Make sure that the system can be booted with the partitioning scheme you are planning. In general it will be necessary to create a separate file system for <filename>/boot</filename> when using RAID for the root (<filename>/</filename>) file system. Most boot loaders <phrase arch=\"x86\">(including lilo and grub)</phrase> do support mirrored (not striped!) RAID1, so using for example RAID5 for <filename>/</filename> and RAID1 for <filename>/boot</filename> can be an option." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1424 +#: using-d-i.xml:1431 #, no-c-format msgid "Support for MD is a relatively new addition to the installer. You may experience problems for some RAID levels and in combination with some bootloaders if you try to use MD for the root (<filename>/</filename>) file system. For experienced users, it may be possible to work around some of these problems by executing some configuration or installation steps manually from a shell." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1433 +#: using-d-i.xml:1440 #, no-c-format msgid "Next, you should choose <guimenuitem>Configure software RAID</guimenuitem> from the main <command>partman</command> menu. (The menu will only appear after you mark at least one partition for use as <guimenuitem>physical volume for RAID</guimenuitem>.) On the first screen of <command>mdcfg</command> simply select <guimenuitem>Create MD device</guimenuitem>. You will be presented with a list of supported types of MD devices, from which you should choose one (e.g. RAID1). What follows depends on the type of MD you selected." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1446 +#: using-d-i.xml:1453 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID0 is simple — you will be issued with the list of available RAID partitions and your only task is to select the partitions which will form the MD." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1453 +#: using-d-i.xml:1460 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID1 is a bit more tricky. First, you will be asked to enter the number of active devices and the number of spare devices which will form the MD. Next, you need to select from the list of available RAID partitions those that will be active and then those that will be spare. The count of selected partitions must be equal to the number provided earlier. Don't worry. If you make a mistake and select a different number of partitions, &d-i; won't let you continue until you correct the issue." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1465 +#: using-d-i.xml:1472 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID5 has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 with the exception that you need to use at least <emphasis>three</emphasis> active partitions." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1471 +#: using-d-i.xml:1478 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID6 also has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 except that at least <emphasis>four</emphasis> active partitions are required." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1477 +#: using-d-i.xml:1484 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID10 again has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 except in expert mode. In expert mode, &d-i; will ask you for the layout. The layout has two parts. The first part is the layout type. It is either <literal>n</literal> (for near copies), <literal>f</literal> (for far copies), or <literal>o</literal> (for offset copies). The second part is the number of copies to make of the data. There must be at least that many active devices so that all of the copies can be distributed onto different disks." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1491 +#: using-d-i.xml:1498 #, no-c-format msgid "It is perfectly possible to have several types of MD at once. For example, if you have three 200 GB hard drives dedicated to MD, each containing two 100 GB partitions, you can combine the first partitions on all three disks into the RAID0 (fast 300 GB video editing partition) and use the other three partitions (2 active and 1 spare) for RAID1 (quite reliable 100 GB partition for <filename>/home</filename>)." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1500 +#: using-d-i.xml:1507 #, no-c-format msgid "After you set up MD devices to your liking, you can <guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem> <command>mdcfg</command> to return back to the <command>partman</command> to create filesystems on your new MD devices and assign them the usual attributes like mountpoints." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1515 +#: using-d-i.xml:1522 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Logical Volume Manager (LVM)" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1516 +#: using-d-i.xml:1523 #, no-c-format msgid "If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or <quote>advanced</quote> user, you have surely seen the situation where some disk partition (usually the most important one) was short on space, while some other partition was grossly underused and you had to manage this situation by moving stuff around, symlinking, etc." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1524 +#: using-d-i.xml:1531 #, no-c-format msgid "To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). Simply said, with LVM you can combine your partitions (<firstterm>physical volumes</firstterm> in LVM lingo) to form a virtual disk (so called <firstterm>volume group</firstterm>), which can then be divided into virtual partitions (<firstterm>logical volumes</firstterm>). The point is that logical volumes (and of course underlying volume groups) can span across several physical disks." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1534 +#: using-d-i.xml:1541 #, no-c-format msgid "Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</filename> partition, you can simply add a new 300GB disk to the computer, join it with your existing volume group and then resize the logical volume which holds your <filename>/home</filename> filesystem and voila — your users have some room again on their renewed 460GB partition. This example is of course a bit oversimplified. If you haven't read it yet, you should consult the <ulink url=\"&url-lvm-howto;\">LVM HOWTO</ulink>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1545 +#: using-d-i.xml:1552 #, no-c-format msgid "LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple and completely supported inside <command>partman</command>. First, you have to mark the partition(s) to be used as physical volumes for LVM. This is done in the <guimenu>Partition settings</guimenu> menu where you should select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Use as:</guimenu> <guimenuitem>physical volume for LVM</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1554 +#: using-d-i.xml:1561 #, no-c-format msgid "When you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, you will see a new option <guimenuitem>Configure the Logical Volume Manager</guimenuitem>. When you select that, you will first be asked to confirm pending changes to the partition table (if any) and after that the LVM configuration menu will be shown. Above the menu a summary of the LVM configuration is shown. The menu itself is context sensitive and only shows valid actions. The possible actions are:" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1565 +#: using-d-i.xml:1572 #, no-c-format msgid "<guimenuitem>Display configuration details</guimenuitem>: shows LVM device structure, names and sizes of logical volumes and more" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1570 +#: using-d-i.xml:1577 #, no-c-format msgid "Create volume group" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1573 +#: using-d-i.xml:1580 #, no-c-format msgid "Create logical volume" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1576 +#: using-d-i.xml:1583 #, no-c-format msgid "Delete volume group" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1579 +#: using-d-i.xml:1586 #, no-c-format msgid "Delete logical volume" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1582 +#: using-d-i.xml:1589 #, no-c-format msgid "Extend volume group" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1585 +#: using-d-i.xml:1592 #, no-c-format msgid "Reduce volume group" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1587 +#: using-d-i.xml:1594 #, no-c-format msgid "<guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem>: return to the main <command>partman</command> screen" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1593 +#: using-d-i.xml:1600 #, no-c-format msgid "Use the options in that menu to first create a volume group and then create your logical volumes inside it." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1598 +#: using-d-i.xml:1605 #, no-c-format msgid "After you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, any created logical volumes will be displayed in the same way as ordinary partitions (and you should treat them as such)." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1612 +#: using-d-i.xml:1619 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Encrypted Volumes" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1613 +#: using-d-i.xml:1620 #, no-c-format msgid "&d-i; allows you to set up encrypted partitions. Every file you write to such a partition is immediately saved to the device in encrypted form. Access to the encrypted data is granted only after entering the <firstterm>passphrase</firstterm> used when the encrypted partition was originally created. This feature is useful to protect sensitive data in case your laptop or hard drive gets stolen. The thief might get physical access to the hard drive, but without knowing the right passphrase, the data on the hard drive will look like random characters." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1625 +#: using-d-i.xml:1632 #, no-c-format msgid "The two most important partitions to encrypt are: the home partition, where your private data resides, and the swap partition, where sensitive data might be stored temporarily during operation. Of course, nothing prevents you from encrypting any other partitions that might be of interest. For example <filename>/var</filename> where database servers, mail servers or print servers store their data, or <filename>/tmp</filename> which is used by various programs to store potentially interesting temporary files. Some people may even want to encrypt their whole system. The only exception is the <filename>/boot</filename> partition which must remain unencrypted, because currently there is no way to load the kernel from an encrypted partition." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1640 +#: using-d-i.xml:1647 #, no-c-format msgid "Please note that the performance of encrypted partitions will be less than that of unencrypted ones because the data needs to be decrypted or encrypted for every read or write. The performance impact depends on your CPU speed, chosen cipher and a key length." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1647 +#: using-d-i.xml:1654 #, no-c-format msgid "To use encryption, you have to create a new partition by selecting some free space in the main partitioning menu. Another option is to choose an existing partition (e.g. a regular partition, an LVM logical volume or a RAID volume). In the <guimenu>Partition settings</guimenu> menu, you need to select <guimenuitem>physical volume for encryption</guimenuitem> at the <menuchoice> <guimenu>Use as:</guimenu> </menuchoice> option. The menu will then change to include several cryptographic options for the partition." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1658 +#: using-d-i.xml:1665 #, no-c-format msgid "&d-i; supports several encryption methods. The default method is <firstterm>dm-crypt</firstterm> (included in newer Linux kernels, able to host LVM physical volumes), the other is <firstterm>loop-AES</firstterm> (older, maintained separately from the Linux kernel tree). Unless you have compelling reasons to do otherwise, it is recommended to use the default." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1670 +#: using-d-i.xml:1677 #, no-c-format msgid "First, let's have a look at the options available when you select <userinput>Device-mapper (dm-crypt)</userinput> as the encryption method. As always: when in doubt, use the defaults, because they have been carefully chosen with security in mind." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1680 +#: using-d-i.xml:1687 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>aes</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1682 +#: using-d-i.xml:1689 #, no-c-format msgid "This option lets you select the encryption algorithm (<firstterm>cipher</firstterm>) which will be used to encrypt the data on the partition. &d-i; currently supports the following block ciphers: <firstterm>aes</firstterm>, <firstterm>blowfish</firstterm>, <firstterm>serpent</firstterm>, and <firstterm>twofish</firstterm>. It is beyond the scope of this document to discuss the qualities of these different algorithms, however, it might help your decision to know that in 2000, <emphasis>AES</emphasis> was chosen by the American National Institute of Standards and Technology as the standard encryption algorithm for protecting sensitive information in the 21st century." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1700 +#: using-d-i.xml:1707 #, no-c-format msgid "Key size: <userinput>256</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1702 +#: using-d-i.xml:1709 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can specify the length of the encryption key. With a larger key size, the strength of the encryption is generally improved. On the other hand, increasing the length of the key usually has a negative impact on performance. Available key sizes vary depending on the cipher." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1714 +#: using-d-i.xml:1721 #, no-c-format msgid "IV algorithm: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1716 +#: using-d-i.xml:1723 #, no-c-format msgid "The <firstterm>Initialization Vector</firstterm> or <firstterm>IV</firstterm> algorithm is used in cryptography to ensure that applying the cipher on the same <firstterm>clear text</firstterm> data with the same key always produces a unique <firstterm>cipher text</firstterm>. The idea is to prevent the attacker from deducing information from repeated patterns in the encrypted data." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1726 +#: using-d-i.xml:1733 #, no-c-format msgid "From the provided alternatives, the default <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput> is currently the least vulnerable to known attacks. Use the other alternatives only when you need to ensure compatibility with some previously installed system that is not able to use newer algorithms." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1738 +#: using-d-i.xml:1745 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Passphrase</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1740 +#: using-d-i.xml:1747 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can choose the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1746 +#: using-d-i.xml:1753 #, no-c-format msgid "Passphrase" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1747 +#: using-d-i.xml:1754 #, no-c-format msgid "The encryption key will be computed<footnote> <para> Using a passphrase as the key currently means that the partition will be set up using <ulink url=\"&url-luks;\">LUKS</ulink>. </para></footnote> on the basis of a passphrase which you will be able to enter later in the process." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1762 using-d-i.xml:1855 +#: using-d-i.xml:1769 using-d-i.xml:1862 #, no-c-format msgid "Random key" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1763 +#: using-d-i.xml:1770 #, no-c-format msgid "A new encryption key will be generated from random data each time you try to bring up the encrypted partition. In other words: on every shutdown the content of the partition will be lost as the key is deleted from memory. (Of course, you could try to guess the key with a brute force attack, but unless there is an unknown weakness in the cipher algorithm, it is not achievable in our lifetime.)" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1772 +#: using-d-i.xml:1779 #, no-c-format msgid "Random keys are useful for swap partitions because you do not need to bother yourself with remembering the passphrase or wiping sensitive information from the swap partition before shutting down your computer. However, it also means that you will <emphasis>not</emphasis> be able to use the <quote>suspend-to-disk</quote> functionality offered by newer Linux kernels as it will be impossible (during a subsequent boot) to recover the suspended data written to the swap partition." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1791 using-d-i.xml:1868 +#: using-d-i.xml:1798 using-d-i.xml:1875 #, no-c-format msgid "Erase data: <userinput>yes</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1793 +#: using-d-i.xml:1800 #, no-c-format msgid "Determines whether the content of this partition should be overwritten with random data before setting up the encryption. This is recommended because it might otherwise be possible for an attacker to discern which parts of the partition are in use and which are not. In addition, this will make it harder to recover any leftover data from previous installations<footnote><para> It is believed that the guys from three-letter agencies can restore the data even after several rewrites of the magnetooptical media, though. </para></footnote>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1813 +#: using-d-i.xml:1820 #, no-c-format msgid "If you select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Encryption method:</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Loopback (loop-AES)</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>, the menu changes to provide the following options:" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1822 +#: using-d-i.xml:1829 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>AES256</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1824 +#: using-d-i.xml:1831 #, no-c-format msgid "For loop-AES, unlike dm-crypt, the options for cipher and key size are combined, so you can select both at the same time. Please see the above sections on ciphers and key sizes for further information." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1834 +#: using-d-i.xml:1841 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Keyfile (GnuPG)</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1836 +#: using-d-i.xml:1843 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can select the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1842 +#: using-d-i.xml:1849 #, no-c-format msgid "Keyfile (GnuPG)" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1843 +#: using-d-i.xml:1850 #, no-c-format msgid "The encryption key will be generated from random data during the installation. Moreover this key will be encrypted with <application>GnuPG</application>, so to use it, you will need to enter the proper passphrase (you will be asked to provide one later in the process)." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1856 +#: using-d-i.xml:1863 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the section on random keys above." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1870 +#: using-d-i.xml:1877 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the the section on erasing data above." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1879 +#: using-d-i.xml:1886 #, no-c-format msgid "After you have selected the desired parameters for your encrypted partitions, return back to the main partitioning menu. There should now be a new menu item called <guimenu>Configure encrypted volumes</guimenu>. After you select it, you will be asked to confirm the deletion of data on partitions marked to be erased and possibly other actions such as writing a new partition table. For large partitions this might take some time." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1889 +#: using-d-i.xml:1896 #, no-c-format msgid "Next you will be asked to enter a passphrase for partitions configured to use one. Good passphrases should be longer than 8 characters, should be a mixture of letters, numbers and other characters and should not contain common dictionary words or information easily associable with you (such as birthdates, hobbies, pet names, names of family members or relatives, etc.)." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1898 +#: using-d-i.xml:1905 #, no-c-format msgid "Before you input any passphrases, you should have made sure that your keyboard is configured correctly and generates the expected characters. If you are unsure, you can switch to the second virtual console and type some text at the prompt. This ensures that you won't be surprised later, e.g. by trying to input a passphrase using a qwerty keyboard layout when you used an azerty layout during the installation. This situation can have several causes. Maybe you switched to another keyboard layout during the installation, or the selected keyboard layout might not have been set up yet when entering the passphrase for the root file system." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1911 +#: using-d-i.xml:1918 #, no-c-format msgid "If you selected to use methods other than a passphrase to create encryption keys, they will be generated now. Because the kernel may not have gathered a sufficient amount of entropy at this early stage of the installation, the process may take a long time. You can help speed up the process by generating entropy: e.g. by pressing random keys, or by switching to the shell on the second virtual console and generating some network and disk traffic (downloading some files, feeding big files into <filename>/dev/null</filename>, etc.). This will be repeated for each partition to be encrypted." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1927 +#: using-d-i.xml:1934 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After returning to the main partitioning menu, you will see all encrypted volumes as additional partitions which can be configured in the same way as ordinary partitions. The following example shows two different volumes. The first one is encrypted via dm-crypt, the second one via loop-AES. <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -1536,607 +1536,607 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1940 +#: using-d-i.xml:1947 #, no-c-format msgid "Pay attention to the identifiers in parentheses (<replaceable>sda2_crypt</replaceable> and <replaceable>loop0</replaceable> in this case) and the mount points you assigned to each encrypted volume. You will need this information later when booting the new system. The differences between the ordinary boot process and the boot process with encryption involved will be covered later in <xref linkend=\"mount-encrypted-volumes\"/>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1950 +#: using-d-i.xml:1957 #, no-c-format msgid "Once you are satisfied with the partitioning scheme, continue with the installation." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1961 +#: using-d-i.xml:1968 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing the Base System" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1962 +#: using-d-i.xml:1969 #, no-c-format msgid "Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant fraction of the install because it downloads, verifies and unpacks the whole base system. If you have a slow computer or network connection, this could take some time." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1975 +#: using-d-i.xml:1982 #, no-c-format msgid "During installation of the base system, package unpacking and setup messages are redirected to <userinput>tty4</userinput>. You can access this terminal by pressing <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F4</keycap></keycombo>; get back to the main installer process with <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1984 +#: using-d-i.xml:1991 #, no-c-format msgid "The unpack/setup messages generated during this phase are also saved in <filename>/var/log/syslog</filename>. You can check them there if the installation is performed over a serial console." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1990 +#: using-d-i.xml:1997 #, no-c-format msgid "As part of the installation, a Linux kernel will be installed. At the default priority, the installer will choose one for you that best matches your hardware. In lower priority modes, you will be able to choose from a list of available kernels." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2002 +#: using-d-i.xml:2009 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting Up Users And Passwords" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2003 +#: using-d-i.xml:2010 #, no-c-format msgid "After the base system has been installed, the installer will allow you to set up the <quote>root</quote> account and/or an account for the first user. Other user accounts can be created after the installation has been completed." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2017 +#: using-d-i.xml:2024 #, no-c-format msgid "Set the Root Password" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2021 +#: using-d-i.xml:2028 #, no-c-format msgid "The <emphasis>root</emphasis> account is also called the <emphasis>super-user</emphasis>; it is a login that bypasses all security protection on your system. The root account should only be used to perform system administration, and only used for as short a time as possible." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2029 +#: using-d-i.xml:2036 #, no-c-format msgid "Any password you create should contain at least 6 characters, and should contain both upper- and lower-case characters, as well as punctuation characters. Take extra care when setting your root password, since it is such a powerful account. Avoid dictionary words or use of any personal information which could be guessed." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2037 +#: using-d-i.xml:2044 #, no-c-format msgid "If anyone ever tells you they need your root password, be extremely wary. You should normally never give your root password out, unless you are administering a machine with more than one system administrator." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2047 +#: using-d-i.xml:2054 #, no-c-format msgid "Create an Ordinary User" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2049 +#: using-d-i.xml:2056 #, no-c-format msgid "The system will ask you whether you wish to create an ordinary user account at this point. This account should be your main personal log-in. You should <emphasis>not</emphasis> use the root account for daily use or as your personal login." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2058 +#: using-d-i.xml:2065 #, no-c-format msgid "Why not? Well, one reason to avoid using root's privileges is that it is very easy to do irreparable damage as root. Another reason is that you might be tricked into running a <emphasis>Trojan-horse</emphasis> program — that is a program that takes advantage of your super-user powers to compromise the security of your system behind your back. Any good book on Unix system administration will cover this topic in more detail — consider reading one if it is new to you." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2068 +#: using-d-i.xml:2075 #, no-c-format msgid "You will first be prompted for the user's full name. Then you'll be asked for a name for the user account; generally your first name or something similar will suffice and indeed will be the default. Finally, you will be prompted for a password for this account." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2075 +#: using-d-i.xml:2082 #, no-c-format msgid "If at any point after installation you would like to create another account, use the <command>adduser</command> command." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2086 +#: using-d-i.xml:2093 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing Additional Software" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2087 +#: using-d-i.xml:2094 #, no-c-format msgid "At this point you have a usable but limited system. Most users will want to install additional software on the system to tune it to their needs, and the installer allows you do so. This step can take even longer than installing the base system if you have a slow computer or network connection." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2102 +#: using-d-i.xml:2109 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring apt" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2104 +#: using-d-i.xml:2111 #, no-c-format msgid "One of the tools used to install packages on a &debian; system is a program called <command>apt-get</command>, from the <classname>apt</classname> package<footnote> <para> Note that the program which actually installs the packages is called <command>dpkg</command>. However, this program is more of a low-level tool. <command>apt-get</command> is a higher-level tool, which will invoke <command>dpkg</command> as appropriate. It knows how to retrieve packages from your CD, the network, or wherever. It is also able to automatically install other packages which are required to make the package you're trying to install work correctly. </para> </footnote>. Other front-ends for package management, like <command>aptitude</command> and <command>synaptic</command>, are also in use. These front-ends are recommended for new users, since they integrate some additional features (package searching and status checks) in a nice user interface. In fact, <command>aptitude</command> is now the recommended utility for package management." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2128 +#: using-d-i.xml:2135 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows from where to retrieve packages. The results of this configuration are written to the file <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename>. You can examine and edit this file to your liking after the installation is complete." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2135 +#: using-d-i.xml:2142 #, no-c-format msgid "If you are installing at default priority, the installer will largely take care of the configuration automatically, based on the installation method you are using and possibly using choices made earlier in the installation. In most cases the installer will automatically add a security mirror and, if you are installing the stable distribution, a mirror for the <quote>volatile</quote> update service." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2144 +#: using-d-i.xml:2151 #, no-c-format msgid "If you are installing at a lower priority (e.g. in expert mode), you will be able to make more decisions yourself. You can choose whether or not to use the security and/or volatile update services, and you can choose to add packages from the <quote>contrib</quote> and <quote>non-free</quote> sections of the archive." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2155 +#: using-d-i.xml:2162 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing from more than one CD or DVD" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2157 +#: using-d-i.xml:2164 #, no-c-format msgid "If you are installing from a CD or a DVD that is part of a larger set, the installer will ask if you want to scan additional CDs or DVDs. If you have additional CDs or DVDs available, you probably want to do this so the installer can use the packages included on them." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2164 +#: using-d-i.xml:2171 #, no-c-format msgid "If you do not have any additional CDs or DVDs, that is no problem: using them is not required. If you also do not use a network mirror (as explained in the next section), it can mean that not all packages belonging to the tasks you select in the next step of the installation can be installed." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2172 +#: using-d-i.xml:2179 #, no-c-format msgid "Packages are included on CDs (and DVDs) in the order of their popularity. This means that for most uses only the first CDs in a set are needed and that only very few people actually use any of the packages included on the last CDs in a set." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2179 +#: using-d-i.xml:2186 #, no-c-format msgid "It also means that buying or downloading and burning a full CD set is just a waste of money as you'll never use most of them. In most cases you are better off getting only the first 3 to 8 CDs and installing any additional packages you may need from the Internet by using a mirror. The same goes for DVD sets: the first DVD, or maybe the first two DVDs will cover most needs." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2188 +#: using-d-i.xml:2195 #, no-c-format msgid "A good rule of thumb is that for a regular desktop installation (using the GNOME desktop environment) only the first three CDs are needed. For the alternative desktop environments (KDE or Xfce), additional CDs are needed. The first DVD easily covers all three desktop environments." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2196 +#: using-d-i.xml:2203 #, no-c-format msgid "If you do scan multiple CDs or DVDs, the installer will prompt you to exchange them when it needs packages from another CD/DVD than the one currently in the drive. Note that only CDs or DVDs that belong to the same set should be scanned. The order in which they are scanned does not really matter, but scanning them in ascending order will reduce the chance of mistakes." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2209 +#: using-d-i.xml:2216 #, no-c-format msgid "Using a network mirror" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2211 +#: using-d-i.xml:2218 #, no-c-format msgid "One question that will be asked during most installs is whether or not to use a network mirror as a source for packages. In most cases the default answer should be fine, but there are some exceptions." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2217 +#: using-d-i.xml:2224 #, no-c-format msgid "If you are <emphasis>not</emphasis> installing from a full CD or DVD or using a full CD/DVD image, you really should use a network mirror as otherwise you will end up with only a very minimal system. However, if you have a limited Internet connection it is best <emphasis>not</emphasis> to select the <literal>desktop</literal> task in the next step of the installation." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2226 +#: using-d-i.xml:2233 #, no-c-format msgid "If you are installing from a single full CD or using a full CD image, using a network mirror is not required, but is still strongly recommended because a single CD contains only a fairly limited number of packages. If you have a limited Internet connection it may still be best to <emphasis>not</emphasis> select a network mirror here, but to finish the installation using only what's available on the CD and selectively install additional packages after the installation (i.e. after you have rebooted into the new system)." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2237 +#: using-d-i.xml:2244 #, no-c-format msgid "If you are installing from a DVD or using a DVD image, any packages needed during the installation should be present on the first DVD. The same is true if you have scanned multiple CDs as explained in the previous section. Use of a network mirror is optional." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2244 +#: using-d-i.xml:2251 #, no-c-format msgid "One advantage of adding a network mirror is that updates that have occurred since the CD/DVD set was created and have been included in a point release, will become available for installation, thus extending the life of your CD/DVD set without compromising the security or stability of the installed system." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2251 +#: using-d-i.xml:2258 #, no-c-format msgid "In summary: selecting a network mirror is generally a good idea, except if you do not have a good Internet connection. If the current version of a package is available from CD/DVD, the installer will always use that. The amount of data that will be downloaded if you do select a mirror thus depends on" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2260 +#: using-d-i.xml:2267 #, no-c-format msgid "the tasks you select in the next step of the installation," msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2265 +#: using-d-i.xml:2272 #, no-c-format msgid "which packages are needed for those tasks," msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2270 +#: using-d-i.xml:2277 #, no-c-format msgid "which of those packages are present on the CDs or DVDs you have scanned, and" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2275 +#: using-d-i.xml:2282 #, no-c-format msgid "whether any updated versions of packages included on the CDs or DVDs are available from a mirror (either a regular package mirror, or a mirror for security or volatile updates)." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2284 +#: using-d-i.xml:2291 #, no-c-format msgid "Note that the last point means that, even if you choose not to use a network mirror, some packages may still be downloaded from the Internet if there is a security or volatile update available for them and those services have been configured." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2300 +#: using-d-i.xml:2307 #, no-c-format msgid "Selecting and Installing Software" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2302 +#: using-d-i.xml:2309 #, no-c-format msgid "During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select additional software to install. Rather than picking individual software packages from the &num-of-distrib-pkgs; available packages, this stage of the installation process focuses on selecting and installing predefined collections of software to quickly set up your computer to perform various tasks." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2311 +#: using-d-i.xml:2318 #, no-c-format msgid "So, you have the ability to choose <emphasis>tasks</emphasis> first, and then add on more individual packages later. These tasks loosely represent a number of different jobs or things you want to do with your computer, such as <quote>Desktop environment</quote>, <quote>Web server</quote>, or <quote>Print server</quote><footnote> <para> You should know that to present this list, the installer is merely invoking the <command>tasksel</command> program. It can be run at any time after installation to install more packages (or remove them), or you can use a more fine-grained tool such as <command>aptitude</command>. If you are looking for a specific single package, after installation is complete, simply run <userinput>aptitude install <replaceable>package</replaceable></userinput>, where <replaceable>package</replaceable> is the name of the package you are looking for. </para> </footnote>. <xref linkend=\"tasksel-size-list\"/> lists the space requirements for the available tasks." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2338 +#: using-d-i.xml:2345 #, no-c-format msgid "Some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the computer you are installing. If you disagree with these selections you can deselect them. You can even opt to install no tasks at all at this point." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2345 +#: using-d-i.xml:2352 #, no-c-format msgid "In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar to toggle selection of a task." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2351 +#: using-d-i.xml:2358 #, no-c-format msgid "Unless you are using the special KDE or Xfce/LXDE CDs, the <quote>Desktop environment</quote> task will install the GNOME desktop environment." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2356 +#: using-d-i.xml:2363 #, no-c-format msgid "It is not possible to interactively select a different desktop during the installation. However, it <emphasis>is</emphasis> possible to get &d-i; to install a KDE desktop environment instead of GNOME by using preseeding (see <xref linkend=\"preseed-pkgsel\"/>) or by adding the parameter <literal>desktop=kde</literal> at the boot prompt when starting the installer. Alternatively the more lightweight Xfce and LXDE desktop environments can be selected by using <literal>desktop=xfce</literal> or <literal>desktop=lxde</literal>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2367 +#: using-d-i.xml:2374 #, no-c-format msgid "Some CD images (businesscard, netinst and DVD) also allow selection of the desired desktop environment from the graphical boot menu. Select the <quote>Advanced options</quote> option in the main menu and look for <quote>Alternative desktop environments</quote>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2374 +#: using-d-i.xml:2381 #, no-c-format msgid "Note that this will only work if the packages needed for the desired desktop environment are actually available. If you are installing using a single full CD image, they will need to be downloaded from a mirror as most needed packages are only included on later CDs; installing KDE, Xfce or LXDE this way should work fine if you are using a DVD image or any other installation method." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2384 +#: using-d-i.xml:2391 #, no-c-format msgid "The various server tasks will install software roughly as follows. DNS server: <classname>bind9</classname>; File server: <classname>samba</classname>, <classname>nfs</classname>; Mail server: <classname>exim4</classname>, <classname>spamassassin</classname>, <classname>uw-imap</classname>; Print server: <classname>cups</classname>; SQL database: <classname>postgresql</classname>; Web server: <classname>apache2</classname>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2395 +#: using-d-i.xml:2402 #, no-c-format msgid "The <quote>Standard system</quote> task will install any package that has a priority <quote>standard</quote>. This includes a lot of common utilities that are normally available on any Linux or Unix system. You should leave this task selected unless you know what you are doing and want a really minimal system." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2403 +#: using-d-i.xml:2410 #, no-c-format msgid "If during language selection a default locale other than the <quote>C</quote> locale was selected, <command>tasksel</command> will check if any localization tasks are defined for that locale and will automatically try to install relevant localization packages. This includes for example packages containing word lists or special fonts for your language. If a desktop environment was selected, it will also install appropriate localization packages for that (if available)." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2413 +#: using-d-i.xml:2420 #, no-c-format msgid "Once you've selected your tasks, select &BTN-CONT;. At this point, <command>aptitude</command> will install the packages that are part of the selected tasks. If a particular program needs more information from the user, it will prompt you during this process." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2420 +#: using-d-i.xml:2427 #, no-c-format msgid "You should be aware that especially the Desktop task is very large. Especially when installing from a normal CD-ROM in combination with a mirror for packages not on the CD-ROM, the installer may want to retrieve a lot of packages over the network. If you have a relatively slow Internet connection, this can take a long time. There is no option to cancel the installation of packages once it has started." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2429 +#: using-d-i.xml:2436 #, no-c-format msgid "Even when packages are included on the CD-ROM, the installer may still retrieve them from the mirror if the version available on the mirror is more recent than the one included on the CD-ROM. If you are installing the stable distribution, this can happen after a point release (an update of the original stable release); if you are installing the testing distribution this will happen if you are using an older image." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2444 +#: using-d-i.xml:2451 #, no-c-format msgid "Making Your System Bootable" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2446 +#: using-d-i.xml:2453 #, no-c-format msgid "If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the local disk isn't a meaningful option, and this step will be skipped. <phrase arch=\"sparc\">You may wish to set OpenBoot to boot from the network by default; see <xref linkend=\"boot-dev-select-sun\"/>.</phrase>" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2461 +#: using-d-i.xml:2468 #, no-c-format msgid "Detecting other operating systems" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2463 +#: using-d-i.xml:2470 #, no-c-format msgid "Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for other operating systems which are installed on the machine. If it finds a supported operating system, you will be informed of this during the boot loader installation step, and the computer will be configured to boot this other operating system in addition to Debian." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2471 +#: using-d-i.xml:2478 #, no-c-format msgid "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still something of a black art. The automatic support for detecting and setting up boot loaders to boot other operating systems varies by architecture and even by subarchitecture. If it does not work you should consult your boot manager's documentation for more information." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2489 +#: using-d-i.xml:2496 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2490 +#: using-d-i.xml:2497 #, no-c-format msgid "The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is similar in configuration and usage to <command>LILO</command>, with a few exceptions. First of all, <command>PALO</command> allows you to boot any kernel image on your boot partition. This is because <command>PALO</command> can actually read Linux partitions." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2499 +#: using-d-i.xml:2506 #, no-c-format msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2511 +#: using-d-i.xml:2518 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2513 +#: using-d-i.xml:2520 #, no-c-format msgid "The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a flexible and robust boot loader and a good default choice for new users and old hands alike." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2519 +#: using-d-i.xml:2526 #, no-c-format msgid "By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where it will take over complete control of the boot process. If you prefer, you can install it elsewhere. See the grub manual for complete information." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2525 +#: using-d-i.xml:2532 #, no-c-format msgid "If you do not want to install grub, use the &BTN-GOBACK; button to get to the main menu, and from there select whatever bootloader you would like to use." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2538 +#: using-d-i.xml:2545 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2540 +#: using-d-i.xml:2547 #, no-c-format msgid "The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is an old complex program which offers lots of functionality, including DOS, Windows, and OS/2 boot management. Please carefully read the instructions in the directory <filename>/usr/share/doc/lilo/</filename> if you have special needs; also see the <ulink url=\"&url-lilo-howto;\">LILO mini-HOWTO</ulink>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2550 +#: using-d-i.xml:2557 #, no-c-format msgid "Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other operating systems if these can be <firstterm>chainloaded</firstterm>. This means you may have to manually add a menu entry for operating systems like GNU/Linux and GNU/Hurd after the installation." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2558 +#: using-d-i.xml:2565 #, no-c-format msgid "&d-i; offers you three choices on where to install the <command>LILO</command> boot loader:" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2565 +#: using-d-i.xml:2572 #, no-c-format msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2565 +#: using-d-i.xml:2572 #, no-c-format msgid "This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot process." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2572 +#: using-d-i.xml:2579 #, no-c-format msgid "new Debian partition" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2572 +#: using-d-i.xml:2579 #, no-c-format msgid "Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> will install itself at the beginning of the new Debian partition and it will serve as a secondary boot loader." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2581 +#: using-d-i.xml:2588 #, no-c-format msgid "Other choice" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2581 +#: using-d-i.xml:2588 #, no-c-format msgid "Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> somewhere else. In this case you will be asked for desired location. You can use traditional device names such as <filename>/dev/hda</filename> or <filename>/dev/sda</filename>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2591 +#: using-d-i.xml:2598 #, no-c-format msgid "If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll need to use a Windows 9x (MS-DOS) boot disk and use the <userinput>fdisk /mbr</userinput> command to reinstall the MS-DOS master boot record — however, this means that you'll need to use some other way to get back into Debian!" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2607 +#: using-d-i.xml:2614 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2609 +#: using-d-i.xml:2616 #, no-c-format msgid "The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled on the <quote>lilo</quote> boot loader for the x86 architecture and uses a similar configuration file. However, instead of writing an MBR or partition boot record to the disk, it copies the necessary files to a separate FAT formatted disk partition and modifies the <guimenuitem>EFI Boot Manager</guimenuitem> menu in the firmware to point to the files in the EFI partition. The <command>elilo</command> boot loader is really in two parts. The <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename> command manages the partition and copies files into it. The <filename>elilo.efi</filename> program is copied into the EFI partition and then run by the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> to do the actual work of loading and starting the Linux kernel." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2625 +#: using-d-i.xml:2632 #, no-c-format msgid "The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last step of installing the packages of the base installation. &d-i; will present you with a list of potential disk partitions that it has found suitable for an EFI partition. Select the partition you set up earlier in the installation, typically a partition on the same disk that contains your <emphasis>root</emphasis> filesystem." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2637 +#: using-d-i.xml:2644 #, no-c-format msgid "Choose the correct partition!" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2639 +#: using-d-i.xml:2646 #, no-c-format msgid "The criteria for selecting a partition is that it is FAT format filesystem with its <emphasis>boot</emphasis> flag set. &d-i; may show multiple choices depending on what it finds from scanning all of the disks of the system including EFI partitions of other system disks and EFI diagnostic partitions. Remember, <command>elilo</command> may format the partition during the installation, erasing any previous contents!" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2654 +#: using-d-i.xml:2661 #, no-c-format msgid "EFI Partition Contents" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2656 +#: using-d-i.xml:2663 #, no-c-format msgid "The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard disks of the system, usually the same disk that contains the <emphasis>root</emphasis> filesystem. It is normally not mounted on a running system as it is only needed by the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> to load the system and the installer part of the <command>elilo</command> writes to the filesystem directly. The <command>/usr/sbin/elilo</command> utility writes the following files into the <filename>efi/debian</filename> directory of the EFI partition during the installation. Note that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> would find these files using the path <filename>fs<replaceable>n</replaceable>:\\efi\\debian</filename>. There may be other files in this filesystem as well over time as the system is updated or re-configured." msgstr "" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2678 +#: using-d-i.xml:2685 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.conf" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2679 +#: using-d-i.xml:2686 #, no-c-format msgid "This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is a copy of the <filename>/etc/elilo.conf</filename> with the filenames re-written to refer to files in the EFI partition." msgstr "" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2688 +#: using-d-i.xml:2695 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.efi" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2689 +#: using-d-i.xml:2696 #, no-c-format msgid "This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> runs to boot the system. It is the program behind the <guimenuitem>Debian GNU/Linux</guimenuitem> menu item of the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> command menu." msgstr "" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2699 +#: using-d-i.xml:2706 #, no-c-format msgid "initrd.img" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2700 +#: using-d-i.xml:2707 #, no-c-format msgid "This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of the file referenced in the <filename>/etc/elilo.conf</filename>. In a standard Debian installation it would be the file in <filename>/boot</filename> pointed to by the symbolic link <filename>/initrd.img</filename>." msgstr "" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2712 +#: using-d-i.xml:2719 #, no-c-format msgid "readme.txt" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2713 +#: using-d-i.xml:2720 #, no-c-format msgid "This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are managed by the <command>elilo</command> and that any local changes would be lost at the next time <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename> is run." msgstr "" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2723 +#: using-d-i.xml:2730 #, no-c-format msgid "vmlinuz" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2724 +#: using-d-i.xml:2731 #, no-c-format msgid "This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in the <filename>/etc/elilo.conf</filename>. In a standard Debian installation it would be the file in <filename>/boot</filename> pointed to by the symbolic link <filename>/vmlinuz</filename>." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2744 +#: using-d-i.xml:2751 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2745 +#: using-d-i.xml:2752 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on SGI machines is <command>arcboot</command>. It has to be installed on the same hard disk as the kernel (this is done automatically by the installer). Arcboot supports different configurations which are set up in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename>. Each configuration has a unique name, the default setup as created by the installer is <quote>linux</quote>. After arcboot has been installed, the system can be booted from hard disk by setting some firmware environment variables entering <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -2149,289 +2149,289 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2764 +#: using-d-i.xml:2771 #, no-c-format msgid "scsi" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2765 +#: using-d-i.xml:2772 #, no-c-format msgid "is the SCSI bus to be booted from, this is <userinput>0</userinput> for the onboard controllers" msgstr "" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2773 +#: using-d-i.xml:2780 #, no-c-format msgid "disk" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2774 +#: using-d-i.xml:2781 #, no-c-format msgid "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>arcboot</command> is installed" msgstr "" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2782 +#: using-d-i.xml:2789 #, no-c-format msgid "partnr" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2783 +#: using-d-i.xml:2790 #, no-c-format msgid "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename> resides" msgstr "" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2791 +#: using-d-i.xml:2798 #, no-c-format msgid "config" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2792 +#: using-d-i.xml:2799 #, no-c-format msgid "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename>, which is <quote>linux</quote> by default." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2813 +#: using-d-i.xml:2820 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2814 +#: using-d-i.xml:2821 #, no-c-format msgid "Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their boot loader. The installer will set up <command>yaboot</command> automatically, so all you need is a small 820k partition named <quote>bootstrap</quote> with type <emphasis>Apple_Bootstrap</emphasis> created back in the partitioning component. If this step completes successfully then your disk should now be bootable and OpenFirmware will be set to boot &debian;." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2832 +#: using-d-i.xml:2839 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2833 +#: using-d-i.xml:2840 #, no-c-format msgid "The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</command>. You can also use it on CHRP. The installer will attempt to set up <command>quik</command> automatically. The setup has been known to work on 7200, 7300, and 7600 Powermacs, and on some Power Computing clones." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2849 +#: using-d-i.xml:2856 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2850 +#: using-d-i.xml:2857 #, no-c-format msgid "The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</command> is similar in configuration and usage to <command>LILO</command>, with a few exceptions. Please take a look at <quote>LINUX for &arch-title; Device Drivers and Installation Commands</quote> from IBM's developerWorks web site if you want to know more about <command>ZIPL</command>." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2867 +#: using-d-i.xml:2874 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2869 +#: using-d-i.xml:2876 #, no-c-format msgid "The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is documented in <filename>/usr/share/doc/silo/</filename>. <command>SILO</command> is similar in configuration and usage to <command>LILO</command>, with a few exceptions. First of all, <command>SILO</command> allows you to boot any kernel image on your drive, even if it is not listed in <filename>/etc/silo.conf</filename>. This is because <command>SILO</command> can actually read Linux partitions. Also, <filename>/etc/silo.conf</filename> is read at boot time, so there is no need to rerun <command>silo</command> after installing a new kernel like you would with <command>LILO</command>. <command>SILO</command> can also read UFS partitions, which means it can boot SunOS/Solaris partitions as well. This is useful if you want to install GNU/Linux alongside an existing SunOS/Solaris install." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2894 +#: using-d-i.xml:2901 #, no-c-format msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2896 +#: using-d-i.xml:2903 #, no-c-format msgid "This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot loader is to be installed, either because the arch/subarch doesn't provide one, or because none is desired (e.g. you will use existing boot loader)." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2903 +#: using-d-i.xml:2910 #, no-c-format msgid "If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name of the installed kernel in <filename>/target/boot</filename>. You should also check that directory for the presence of an <firstterm>initrd</firstterm>; if one is present, you will probably have to instruct your bootloader to use it. Other information you will need are the disk and partition you selected for your <filename>/</filename> filesystem and, if you chose to install <filename>/boot</filename> on a separate partition, also your <filename>/boot</filename> filesystem." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2920 +#: using-d-i.xml:2927 #, no-c-format msgid "Finishing the Installation" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2921 +#: using-d-i.xml:2928 #, no-c-format msgid "This is the last step in the Debian installation process during which the installer will do any last minute tasks. It mostly consists of tidying up after the &d-i;." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2934 +#: using-d-i.xml:2941 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting the System Clock" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2936 +#: using-d-i.xml:2943 #, no-c-format msgid "The installer may ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally this question is avoided if possible and the installer tries to work out whether the clock is set to UTC based on things like what other operating systems are installed." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2943 +#: using-d-i.xml:2950 #, no-c-format msgid "In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is set to UTC. <phrase arch=\"powerpc\">Macintosh hardware clocks are normally set to local time. If you want to dual-boot, select local time instead of UTC.</phrase> <phrase arch=\"x86\">Systems that (also) run Dos or Windows are normally set to local time. If you want to dual-boot, select local time instead of UTC.</phrase>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2954 +#: using-d-i.xml:2961 #, no-c-format msgid "At this point &d-i; will also attempt to save the current time to the system's hardware clock. This will be done either in UTC or local time, depending on the selection that was just made." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2969 +#: using-d-i.xml:2976 #, no-c-format msgid "Reboot the System" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2971 +#: using-d-i.xml:2978 #, no-c-format msgid "You will be prompted to remove the boot media (CD, floppy, etc) that you used to boot the installer. After that the system will be rebooted into your new Debian system." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2977 +#: using-d-i.xml:2984 #, no-c-format msgid "After a final prompt the system will be halted because rebooting is not supported on &arch-title;. You then need to IPL &debian; from the DASD which you selected for the root filesystem during the first steps of the installation." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2990 +#: using-d-i.xml:2997 #, no-c-format msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2991 +#: using-d-i.xml:2998 #, no-c-format msgid "The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the installation process, but are waiting in the background to help the user in case something goes wrong." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3004 +#: using-d-i.xml:3011 #, no-c-format msgid "Saving the installation logs" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3006 +#: using-d-i.xml:3013 #, no-c-format msgid "If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the installation process will be automatically saved to <filename>/var/log/installer/</filename> on your new Debian system." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3013 +#: using-d-i.xml:3020 #, no-c-format msgid "Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu allows you to save the log files to a floppy disk, network, hard disk, or other media. This can be useful if you encounter fatal problems during the installation and wish to study the logs on another system or attach them to an installation report." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3033 +#: using-d-i.xml:3040 #, no-c-format msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3035 +#: using-d-i.xml:3042 #, no-c-format msgid "There are several methods you can use to get a shell while running an installation. On most systems, and if you are not installing over serial console, the easiest method is to switch to the second <emphasis>virtual console</emphasis> by pressing <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo><footnote> <para> That is: press the <keycap>Alt</keycap> key on the left-hand side of the <keycap>space bar</keycap> and the <keycap>F2</keycap> function key at the same time. </para> </footnote> (on a Mac keyboard, <keycombo><keycap>Option</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo>). Use <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap> <keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo> to switch back to the installer itself." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3053 +#: using-d-i.xml:3060 #, no-c-format msgid "For the graphical installer see also <xref linkend=\"gtk-using\"/>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3057 +#: using-d-i.xml:3064 #, no-c-format msgid "If you cannot switch consoles, there is also an <guimenuitem>Execute a Shell</guimenuitem> item on the main menu that can be used to start a shell. You can get to the main menu from most dialogs by using the &BTN-GOBACK; button one or more times. Type <userinput>exit</userinput> to close the shell and return to the installer." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3065 +#: using-d-i.xml:3072 #, no-c-format msgid "At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set of Unix utilities available for your use. You can see what programs are available with the command <command>ls /bin /sbin /usr/bin /usr/sbin</command> and by typing <command>help</command>. The shell is a Bourne shell clone called <command>ash</command> and has some nice features like autocompletion and history." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3074 +#: using-d-i.xml:3081 #, no-c-format msgid "To edit and view files, use the text editor <command>nano</command>. Log files for the installation system can be found in the <filename>/var/log</filename> directory." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3081 +#: using-d-i.xml:3088 #, no-c-format msgid "Although you can do basically anything in a shell that the available commands allow you to do, the option to use a shell is really only there in case something goes wrong and for debugging." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3087 +#: using-d-i.xml:3094 #, no-c-format msgid "Doing things manually from the shell may interfere with the installation process and result in errors or an incomplete installation. In particular, you should always use let the installer activate your swap partition and not do this yourself from a shell." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3102 +#: using-d-i.xml:3109 #, no-c-format msgid "Installation Over the Network" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3104 +#: using-d-i.xml:3111 #, no-c-format msgid "One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</firstterm>. It allows you to do a large part of the installation over the network via SSH. The use of the network implies you will have to perform the first steps of the installation from the console, at least to the point of setting up the networking. (Although you can automate that part with <xref linkend=\"automatic-install\"/>.)" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3114 +#: using-d-i.xml:3121 #, no-c-format msgid "This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so you have to explicitly ask for it. If you are installing from CD, you need to boot with medium priority or otherwise invoke the main installation menu and choose <guimenuitem>Load installer components from CD</guimenuitem> and from the list of additional components select <guimenuitem>network-console: Continue installation remotely using SSH</guimenuitem>. Successful load is indicated by a new menu entry called <guimenuitem>Continue installation remotely using SSH</guimenuitem>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3127 +#: using-d-i.xml:3134 #, no-c-format msgid "For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting up the network." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3132 +#: using-d-i.xml:3139 #, no-c-format msgid "<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> <phrase arch=\"s390\">You</phrase> will be asked for a new password to be used for connecting to the installation system and for its confirmation. That's all. Now you should see a screen which instructs you to login remotely as the user <emphasis>installer</emphasis> with the password you just provided. Another important detail to notice on this screen is the fingerprint of this system. You need to transfer the fingerprint securely to the <quote>person who will continue the installation remotely</quote>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3144 +#: using-d-i.xml:3151 #, no-c-format msgid "Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always press &enterkey;, which will bring you back to the main menu, where you can select another component." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3150 +#: using-d-i.xml:3157 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need to configure your terminal for UTF-8 encoding, because that is what the installation system uses. If you do not, remote installation will be still possible, but you may encounter strange display artefacts like destroyed dialog borders or unreadable non-ascii characters. Establishing a connection with the installation system is as simple as typing: <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -2440,127 +2440,127 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3167 +#: using-d-i.xml:3174 #, no-c-format msgid "The <command>ssh</command> server in the installer uses a default configuration that does not send keep-alive packets. In principle, a connection to the system being installed should be kept open indefinitely. However, in some situations — depending on your local network setup — the connection may be lost after some period of inactivity. One common case where this can happen is when there is some form of Network Address Translation (NAT) somewhere between the client and the system being installed. Depending on at which point of the installation the connection was lost, you may or may not be able to resume the installation after reconnecting." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3180 +#: using-d-i.xml:3187 #, no-c-format msgid "You may be able to avoid the connection being dropped by adding the option <userinput>-o ServerAliveInterval=<replaceable>value</replaceable></userinput> when starting the <command>ssh</command> connection, or by adding that option in your <command>ssh</command> configuration file. Note however that in some cases adding this option may also <emphasis>cause</emphasis> a connection to be dropped (for example if keep-alive packets are sent during a brief network outage, from which <command>ssh</command> would otherwise have recovered), so it should only be used when needed." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3193 +#: using-d-i.xml:3200 #, no-c-format msgid "If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP address or hostname, <command>ssh</command> will refuse to connect to such host. The reason is that it will have different fingerprint, which is usually a sign of a spoofing attack. If you are sure this is not the case, you will need to delete the relevant line from <filename>~/.ssh/known_hosts</filename><footnote> <para> The following command will remove an existing entry for a host: <command>ssh-keygen -R <<replaceable>hostname</replaceable>|<replaceable>IP address</replaceable>></command>. </para> </footnote> and try again." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3209 +#: using-d-i.xml:3216 #, no-c-format msgid "After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have two possibilities called <guimenuitem>Start menu</guimenuitem> and <guimenuitem>Start shell</guimenuitem>. The former brings you to the main installer menu, where you can continue with the installation as usual. The latter starts a shell from which you can examine and possibly fix the remote system. You should only start one SSH session for the installation menu, but may start multiple sessions for shells." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3219 +#: using-d-i.xml:3226 #, no-c-format msgid "After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go back to the installation session running on the local console. Doing so may corrupt the database that holds the configuration of the new system. This in turn may result in a failed installation or problems with the installed system." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3239 +#: using-d-i.xml:3246 #, no-c-format msgid "Loading Missing Firmware" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3240 +#: using-d-i.xml:3247 #, no-c-format msgid "As described in <xref linkend=\"hardware-firmware\"/>, some devices require firmware to be loaded. In most cases the device will not work at all if the firmware is not available; sometimes basic functionality is not impaired if it is missing and the firmware is only needed to enable additional features." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3248 +#: using-d-i.xml:3255 #, no-c-format msgid "If a device driver requests firmware that is not available, &d-i; will display a dialog offering to load the missing firmware. If this option is selected, &d-i; will scan available devices for either loose firmware files or packages containing firmware. If found, the firmware will be copied to the correct location (<filename>/lib/firmware</filename>) and the driver module will be reloaded." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3258 +#: using-d-i.xml:3265 #, no-c-format msgid "Which devices are scanned and which file systems are supported depends on the architecture, the installation method and the stage of the installation. Especially during the early stages of the installation, loading the firmware is most likely to succeed from a FAT-formatted floppy disk or USB stick. <phrase arch=\"x86\">On i386 and amd64 firmware can also be loaded from an MMC or SD card.</phrase>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3268 +#: using-d-i.xml:3275 #, no-c-format msgid "Note that it is possible to skip loading the firmware if you know the device will also function without it, or if the device is not needed during the installation." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3275 +#: using-d-i.xml:3282 #, no-c-format msgid "Support for loading firmware is still relatively basic and is likely to be improved in future releases of the installer. Currently &d-i; will for example not display any warning if you choose to load missing firmware, but the requested firmware is not found. Please report any issues you encounter by filing an installation report (see <xref linkend=\"submit-bug\"/>)." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3286 +#: using-d-i.xml:3293 #, no-c-format msgid "Preparing a medium" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3287 +#: using-d-i.xml:3294 #, no-c-format msgid "Although in some cases the firmware can also be loaded from a partition on a hard disk, the most common method to load firmware will be from some removable medium such as a floppy disk or a USB stick. The firmware files or packages must be placed in either the root directory or a directory named <filename>/firmware</filename> of the file system on the medium. The recommended file system to use is FAT as that is most certain to be supported during the early stages of the installation." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3297 +#: using-d-i.xml:3304 #, no-c-format msgid "Tarballs containing current packages for the most common firmware are available from: <itemizedlist> <listitem><para> <ulink url=\"&url-firmware-tarballs;\"></ulink> </para></listitem> </itemizedlist> Just download the tarball for the correct release and unpack it to the file system on the medium." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3311 +#: using-d-i.xml:3318 #, no-c-format msgid "If the firmware you need is not included in the tarball, you can also download specific firmware packages from the (non-free section of the) archive. The following overview should list most available firmware packages but is not guaranteed to be complete and may also contain non-firmware packages:" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3325 +#: using-d-i.xml:3332 #, no-c-format msgid "It is also possible to copy individual firmware files to the medium. Loose firmware could be obtained for example from an already installed system or from a hardware vendor." msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3334 +#: using-d-i.xml:3341 #, no-c-format msgid "Firmware and the Installed System" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3335 +#: using-d-i.xml:3342 #, no-c-format msgid "Any firmware loaded during the installation will be copied automatically to the installed system. In most cases this will ensure that the device that requires the firmware will also work correctly after the system is rebooted into the installed system. However, if the installed system runs a different kernel version from the installer there is a slight chance that the firmware cannot be loaded due to version skew." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3344 +#: using-d-i.xml:3351 #, no-c-format msgid "If the firmware was loaded from a firmware package, &d-i; will also install this package for the installed system and will automatically add the non-free section of the package archive in APT's <filename>sources.list</filename>. This has the advantage that the firmware should be updated automatically if a new version becomes available." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3352 +#: using-d-i.xml:3359 #, no-c-format msgid "If loading the firmware was skipped during the installation, the relevant device will probably not work with the installed system until the firmware (package) is installed manually." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3359 +#: using-d-i.xml:3366 #, no-c-format msgid "If the firmware was loaded from loose firmware files, the firmware copied to the installed system will <emphasis>not</emphasis> be automatically updated unless the corresponding firmware package (if available) is installed after the installation is completed." msgstr "" diff --git a/po/pt/hardware.po b/po/pt/hardware.po index ba443b50e..c004c9786 100644 --- a/po/pt/hardware.po +++ b/po/pt/hardware.po @@ -615,12 +615,6 @@ msgstr "Kirkwood" #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:302 #, no-c-format -#| msgid "" -#| "Kirkwood is a system on a chip (SoC) from Marvell that integrates an ARM " -#| "CPU, Ethernet, SATA, USB, and other functionality in one chip. We " -#| "currently support the following Kirkwood based devices: <ulink url=\"&url-" -#| "arm-cyrius-sheevaplug;\">SheevaPlug</ulink> and <ulink url=\"&url-arm-" -#| "cyrius-qnap-kirkwood;\">QNAP Turbo Station</ulink> (TS-119 and TS-219)." msgid "" "Kirkwood is a system on a chip (SoC) from Marvell that integrates an ARM " "CPU, Ethernet, SATA, USB, and other functionality in one chip. We currently " @@ -633,11 +627,10 @@ msgstr "" "O Kirkwood é um sistema num chip (SoC) da Marvell que é composto por um CPU " "ARM, Ethernet, SATA, USB, e outras funcionalidades num único chip. " "Actualmente nós suportamos os seguintes dispositivos baseados no Kirkwood: " -"OpenRD (OpenRD-Base e OpenRD-Client), <ulink " -"url=\"&url-arm-cyrius-sheevaplug;\">SheevaPlug</ulink> e <ulink url=" -"\"&url-arm-cyrius-qnap-kirkwood;\">QNAP Turbo Station</ulink> (TS-110, " -"TS-119, TS-210, TS-219, e o TS-219P; O TS-410 e o TS-419P ainda não são " -"suportados." +"OpenRD (OpenRD-Base e OpenRD-Client), <ulink url=\"&url-arm-cyrius-" +"sheevaplug;\">SheevaPlug</ulink> e <ulink url=\"&url-arm-cyrius-qnap-" +"kirkwood;\">QNAP Turbo Station</ulink> (TS-110, TS-119, TS-210, TS-219, e o " +"TS-219P; O TS-410 e o TS-419P ainda não são suportados." #. Tag: term #: hardware.xml:317 @@ -2039,12 +2032,6 @@ msgstr "Placas de Rede Sem Fios (Wireless)" #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1333 #, no-c-format -#| msgid "" -#| "Wireless networking is in general supported as well and a growing number " -#| "of wireless adapters is supported by the official Linux kernel, although " -#| "many of them do require firmware to be loaded. Wireless NICs that are not " -#| "supported by the official Linux kernel can generally be made to work " -#| "under &debian;, but are not supported during the installation." msgid "" "Wireless networking is in general supported as well and a growing number of " "wireless adapters are supported by the official Linux kernel, although many " @@ -2053,30 +2040,24 @@ msgid "" "firmware\"/> for detailed information on how to load firmware during the " "installation." msgstr "" -"As redes sem fios são, em geral, suportadas assim como um crescente número de " -"adaptadores wireless são suportados pelo kernel oficial Linux, embora muitos " -"deles necessitem que seja carregado firmware. Se for necessário firmware, o " -"instalador irá pedir-lhe para carregar o firmware. Para informação detalhada " -"acerca de como carregar firmware durante a instalação veja <xref " -"linkend=\"loading-firmware\"/>." +"As redes sem fios são, em geral, suportadas assim como um crescente número " +"de adaptadores wireless são suportados pelo kernel oficial Linux, embora " +"muitos deles necessitem que seja carregado firmware. Se for necessário " +"firmware, o instalador irá pedir-lhe para carregar o firmware. Para " +"informação detalhada acerca de como carregar firmware durante a instalação " +"veja <xref linkend=\"loading-firmware\"/>." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1341 #, no-c-format -#| msgid "" -#| "Wireless networking is in general supported as well and a growing number " -#| "of wireless adapters is supported by the official Linux kernel, although " -#| "many of them do require firmware to be loaded. Wireless NICs that are not " -#| "supported by the official Linux kernel can generally be made to work " -#| "under &debian;, but are not supported during the installation." msgid "" "Wireless NICs that are not supported by the official Linux kernel can " "generally be made to work under &debian;, but are not supported during the " "installation." msgstr "" -"As placas de rede sem fios que não sejam suportadas pelo kernel Linux oficial " -"podem normalmente ser postas a funcionar em &debian;, mas não são suportadas " -"durante a instalação." +"As placas de rede sem fios que não sejam suportadas pelo kernel Linux " +"oficial podem normalmente ser postas a funcionar em &debian;, mas não são " +"suportadas durante a instalação." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1346 @@ -2086,23 +2067,13 @@ msgid "" "WEP. If your access point uses stronger encryption, it cannot be used during " "the installation process." msgstr "" -"O suporte para rede sem fios encriptada durante a instalação está actualmente " -"limitada a WEP. Se o seu ponto de acesso suporta encriptação mais poderosa, " -"não poderá ser utilizado durante o processo de instalação." +"O suporte para rede sem fios encriptada durante a instalação está " +"actualmente limitada a WEP. Se o seu ponto de acesso suporta encriptação " +"mais poderosa, não poderá ser utilizado durante o processo de instalação." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1352 #, no-c-format -#| msgid "" -#| "The use of wireless networking during installation is still under " -#| "development and whether it will work depends on the type of adaptor and " -#| "the configuration of your wireless access point. If there is no other NIC " -#| "you can use during the installation, it is still possible to install " -#| "&debian; using a full CD-ROM or DVD image. Select the option to not " -#| "configure a network and install using only the packages available from " -#| "the CD/DVD. You can then install the driver and firmware you need after " -#| "the installation is completed (after the reboot) and configure your " -#| "network manually." msgid "" "If there is a problem with wireless and there is no other NIC you can use " "during the installation, it is still possible to install &debian; using a " @@ -2111,13 +2082,13 @@ msgid "" "install the driver and firmware you need after the installation is completed " "(after the reboot) and configure your network manually." msgstr "" -"Se existir algum problema com a rede sem fios e se não existir outra placa de " -"rede que possa utilizar durante a instalação, ainda assim é possível " +"Se existir algum problema com a rede sem fios e se não existir outra placa " +"de rede que possa utilizar durante a instalação, ainda assim é possível " "instalar &debian; utilizando uma imagem completa de CD-ROM ou DVD. Escolha a " "opção de não configurar uma rede e instalar utilizando apenas os pacotes " -"disponíveis a partir do CD/DVD. Depois, poderá então instalar o controlador e " -"o firmware que necessite após a instalação estar terminada (após reiniciar) " -"e configure manualmente a rede." +"disponíveis a partir do CD/DVD. Depois, poderá então instalar o controlador " +"e o firmware que necessite após a instalação estar terminada (após " +"reiniciar) e configure manualmente a rede." #. Tag: para #: hardware.xml:1362 diff --git a/po/pt/install-methods.po b/po/pt/install-methods.po index fa59446b4..5ade3bf74 100644 --- a/po/pt/install-methods.po +++ b/po/pt/install-methods.po @@ -287,13 +287,12 @@ msgstr "" "Os ficheiros de instalação para o QNAP Turbo Station consiste num kernel e " "num ramdisk assim como dum script para escrever essas imagens na flash. Pode " "obter esses ficheiros de instalação para o QNAP TS-109 e TS-209 a partir de " -"&qnap-orion-firmware-img; e para o QNAP TS-110, TS-119, TS-210, TS-219, " -"TS-219P a parir de &qnap-kirkwood-firmware-img;." +"&qnap-orion-firmware-img; e para o QNAP TS-110, TS-119, TS-210, TS-219, TS-" +"219P a parir de &qnap-kirkwood-firmware-img;." #. Tag: title #: install-methods.xml:186 #, no-c-format -#| msgid "Netwinder Installation Files" msgid "SheevaPlug and OpenRD Installation Files" msgstr "Ficheiros de Instalação para SheevaPlug e OpenRD" @@ -1009,16 +1008,6 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:670 #, no-c-format -#| msgid "" -#| "Since most USB sticks come pre-configured with a single FAT16 partition, " -#| "you probably won't have to repartition or reformat the stick. If you have " -#| "to do that anyway, use <command>cfdisk</command> or any other " -#| "partitioning tool to create a FAT16 partition, and then create the " -#| "filesystem using: <informalexample><screen>\n" -#| "# mkdosfs /dev/<replaceable>sdX1</replaceable>\n" -#| "</screen></informalexample> Take care that you use the correct device " -#| "name for your USB stick. The <command>mkdosfs</command> command is " -#| "contained in the <classname>dosfstools</classname> Debian package." msgid "" "Since most USB sticks come pre-configured with a single FAT16 partition, you " "probably won't have to repartition or reformat the stick. If you have to do " @@ -1031,11 +1020,11 @@ msgid "" "for your USB stick. The <command>mkdosfs</command> command is contained in " "the <classname>dosfstools</classname> Debian package." msgstr "" -"Dado que a maioria das 'pens' USB vêm preconfiguradas com uma única " -"partição FAT16, provavelmente não terá de reparticionar ou reformatar a " -"'pen'. Se de qualquer forma tiver de o fazer, utilize o <command>cfdisk</" -"command> ou qualquer outra ferramenta de particionamento para criar uma " -"partição FAT16<footnote> <para> Não se esqueça de definir a flag de arranque " +"Dado que a maioria das 'pens' USB vêm preconfiguradas com uma única partição " +"FAT16, provavelmente não terá de reparticionar ou reformatar a 'pen'. Se de " +"qualquer forma tiver de o fazer, utilize o <command>cfdisk</command> ou " +"qualquer outra ferramenta de particionamento para criar uma partição " +"FAT16<footnote> <para> Não se esqueça de definir a flag de arranque " "<quote>bootable</quote>. </para> </footnote> e depois criar o sistema de " "ficheiros utilizando: <informalexample><screen>\n" "# mkdosfs /dev/<replaceable>sdX1</replaceable>\n" @@ -1096,17 +1085,6 @@ msgstr "Acrescentar a imagem do instalador" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:717 #, no-c-format -#| msgid "" -#| "Mount the partition (<userinput>mount /dev/<replaceable>sdX1</" -#| "replaceable> /mnt</userinput>) and copy the following installer image " -#| "files to the stick: <itemizedlist> <listitem><para> <filename>vmlinuz</" -#| "filename> (kernel binary) </para></listitem> <listitem><para> " -#| "<filename>initrd.gz</filename> (initial ramdisk image) </para></listitem> " -#| "</itemizedlist> You can choose between either the regular version or the " -#| "graphical version of the installer. The latter can be found in the " -#| "<filename>gtk</filename> subdirectory. If you want to rename the files, " -#| "please note that <classname>syslinux</classname> can only process DOS " -#| "(8.3) file names." msgid "" "Mount the partition (<userinput>mount /dev/<replaceable>sdX1</replaceable> /" "mnt</userinput>) and copy the following installer image files to the stick: " @@ -1120,12 +1098,12 @@ msgid "" "(8.3) file names." msgstr "" "Monte a partição (<userinput>mount /dev/<replaceable>sdX1</replaceable> /" -"mnt</userinput>) e copie os seguintes ficheiros de imagens para a " -"'pen': <itemizedlist> <listitem><para> <filename>vmlinuz</filename> ou " -"<filename>linux</filename> (binário do kernel) </para></listitem> <listitem>" -"<para> <filename>initrd.gz</filename> (imagem ramdisk inicial) </para>" -"</listitem> </itemizedlist> Pode escolher entre a versão normal ou a versão " -"gráfica do instalador. A última pode ser encontrada no directório " +"mnt</userinput>) e copie os seguintes ficheiros de imagens para a 'pen': " +"<itemizedlist> <listitem><para> <filename>vmlinuz</filename> ou " +"<filename>linux</filename> (binário do kernel) </para></listitem> " +"<listitem><para> <filename>initrd.gz</filename> (imagem ramdisk inicial) </" +"para></listitem> </itemizedlist> Pode escolher entre a versão normal ou a " +"versão gráfica do instalador. A última pode ser encontrada no directório " "<filename>gtk</filename>. Se quiser renomear os ficheiros, tenha atenção que " "o <command>syslinux</command> apenas consegue processar nomes de ficheiros " "DOS (8.3)." @@ -1133,14 +1111,6 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:741 #, no-c-format -#| msgid "" -#| "Next you should create a <filename>syslinux.cfg</filename> configuration " -#| "file, which at a bare minimum should contain the following two lines: " -#| "<informalexample><screen>\n" -#| "default vmlinuz\n" -#| "append initrd=initrd.gz\n" -#| "</screen></informalexample> For the graphical installer you should add " -#| "<userinput>video=vesa:ywrap,mtrr vga=788</userinput> to the second line." msgid "" "Next you should create a <filename>syslinux.cfg</filename> configuration " "file, which at a bare minimum should contain the following two lines (change " @@ -1165,11 +1135,6 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:753 #, no-c-format -#| msgid "" -#| "If you used an <filename>hd-media</filename> image, you should now copy a " -#| "Debian ISO image (businesscard, netinst or full CD image; be sure to " -#| "select one that fits) onto the stick. When you are done, unmount the USB " -#| "memory stick (<userinput>umount /mnt</userinput>)." msgid "" "If you used an <filename>hd-media</filename> image, you should now copy a " "Debian ISO image<footnote> <para> You can use either a businesscard, a " @@ -1181,11 +1146,11 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Se utilizou uma imagem <filename>hd-media</filename>, deve agora copiar uma " "imagem ISO Debian<footnote> <para> Pode utilizar uma imagem de CD " -"bussinesscard, netinst ou completa (veja <xref linkend=\"official-cdrom\"/>). " -"Assegure-se que escolhe uma que caiba. Tenha em conta que a imagem <quote>" -"netboot <filename>mini.iso</filename></quote> não é utilizável para este " -"propósito. </para> </footnote> para a 'pen'. Quando terminar, desmonte a " -"'pen' USB (<userinput>umount /mnt</userinput>)." +"bussinesscard, netinst ou completa (veja <xref linkend=\"official-cdrom\"/" +">). Assegure-se que escolhe uma que caiba. Tenha em conta que a imagem " +"<quote>netboot <filename>mini.iso</filename></quote> não é utilizável para " +"este propósito. </para> </footnote> para a 'pen'. Quando terminar, desmonte " +"a 'pen' USB (<userinput>umount /mnt</userinput>)." #. Tag: para #: install-methods.xml:777 diff --git a/po/pt/preseed.po b/po/pt/preseed.po index a488f8e16..88f72904a 100644 --- a/po/pt/preseed.po +++ b/po/pt/preseed.po @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: preseed\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-11-18 01:11+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-01-18 00:44+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-12-14 21:11+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Miguel Figueiredo <elmig@debianpt.org>\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese <traduz@debianpt.org>\n" @@ -2601,9 +2601,6 @@ msgid "" "\n" "# Individual additional packages to install\n" "#d-i pkgsel/include string openssh-server build-essential\n" -"# By default, packages that are only Recommended by packages installed " -"using\n" -"# pkgsel/include (as opposed to their dependencies) will not be installed.\n" "# Whether to upgrade packages after debootstrap.\n" "# Allowed values: none, safe-upgrade, full-upgrade\n" "#d-i pkgsel/upgrade select none\n" diff --git a/po/pt/random-bits.po b/po/pt/random-bits.po index 2b29db81d..49da1cd4d 100644 --- a/po/pt/random-bits.po +++ b/po/pt/random-bits.po @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: random-bits\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-11-08 01:11+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-12-28 01:10+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-12-02 21:18+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Miguel Figueiredo <elmig@debianpt.org>\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese <traduz@debianpt.org>\n" @@ -1372,7 +1372,67 @@ msgstr "Configurar a Rede" #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:646 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +#| msgid "" +#| "To configure networking, edit <filename>/etc/network/interfaces</" +#| "filename>, <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>, <filename>/etc/" +#| "hostname</filename> and <filename>/etc/hosts</filename>. " +#| "<informalexample><screen>\n" +#| "# editor /etc/network/interfaces\n" +#| "</screen></informalexample> Here are some simple examples from <filename>/" +#| "usr/share/doc/ifupdown/examples</filename>: <informalexample><screen>\n" +#| "######################################################################\n" +#| "# /etc/network/interfaces -- configuration file for ifup(8), ifdown(8)\n" +#| "# See the interfaces(5) manpage for information on what options are\n" +#| "# available.\n" +#| "######################################################################\n" +#| "\n" +#| "# We always want the loopback interface.\n" +#| "#\n" +#| "auto lo\n" +#| "iface lo inet loopback\n" +#| "\n" +#| "# To use dhcp:\n" +#| "#\n" +#| "# auto eth0\n" +#| "# iface eth0 inet dhcp\n" +#| "\n" +#| "# An example static IP setup: (broadcast and gateway are optional)\n" +#| "#\n" +#| "# auto eth0\n" +#| "# iface eth0 inet static\n" +#| "# address 192.168.0.42\n" +#| "# network 192.168.0.0\n" +#| "# netmask 255.255.255.0\n" +#| "# broadcast 192.168.0.255\n" +#| "# gateway 192.168.0.1\n" +#| "</screen></informalexample> Enter your nameserver(s) and search " +#| "directives in <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>: " +#| "<informalexample><screen>\n" +#| "# editor /etc/resolv.conf\n" +#| "</screen></informalexample> A simple example <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</" +#| "filename>: <informalexample><screen>\n" +#| "search hqdom.local\n" +#| "nameserver 10.1.1.36\n" +#| "nameserver 192.168.9.100\n" +#| "</screen></informalexample> Enter your system's host name (2 to 63 " +#| "characters): <informalexample><screen>\n" +#| "# echo DebianHostName > /etc/hostname\n" +#| "</screen></informalexample> And a basic <filename>/etc/hosts</filename> " +#| "with IPv6 support: <informalexample><screen>\n" +#| "127.0.0.1 localhost DebianHostName\n" +#| "\n" +#| "# The following lines are desirable for IPv6 capable hosts\n" +#| "::1 ip6-localhost ip6-loopback\n" +#| "fe00::0 ip6-localnet\n" +#| "ff00::0 ip6-mcastprefix\n" +#| "ff02::1 ip6-allnodes\n" +#| "ff02::2 ip6-allrouters\n" +#| "ff02::3 ip6-allhosts\n" +#| "</screen></informalexample> If you have multiple network cards, you " +#| "should arrange the names of driver modules in the <filename>/etc/modules</" +#| "filename> file into the desired order. Then during boot, each card will " +#| "be associated with the interface name (eth0, eth1, etc.) that you expect." msgid "" "To configure networking, edit <filename>/etc/network/interfaces</filename>, " "<filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>, <filename>/etc/hostname</filename> " @@ -1418,7 +1478,8 @@ msgid "" "# echo DebianHostName > /etc/hostname\n" "</screen></informalexample> And a basic <filename>/etc/hosts</filename> with " "IPv6 support: <informalexample><screen>\n" -"127.0.0.1 localhost DebianHostName\n" +"127.0.0.1 localhost\n" +"127.0.1.1 DebianHostName\n" "\n" "# The following lines are desirable for IPv6 capable hosts\n" "::1 ip6-localhost ip6-loopback\n" diff --git a/po/pt/using-d-i.po b/po/pt/using-d-i.po index 39ffeac3c..1e266e4fe 100644 --- a/po/pt/using-d-i.po +++ b/po/pt/using-d-i.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: using-d-i\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-11-25 01:11+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-01-18 00:44+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-12-14 20:52+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Miguel Figueiredo <elmig@debianpt.org>\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese <traduz@debianpt.org>\n" @@ -932,11 +932,16 @@ msgstr "Selecção das Opções de Localização" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:516 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +#| msgid "" +#| "In most cases the first questions you will be asked concern the selection " +#| "of localization options to be used both for the installation and for the " +#| "installed system. The localization options consist of language, country " +#| "and locales." msgid "" "In most cases the first questions you will be asked concern the selection of " "localization options to be used both for the installation and for the " -"installed system. The localization options consist of language, country and " +"installed system. The localization options consist of language, location and " "locales." msgstr "" "Na maioria dos casos as primeiras questões que lhe serão colocadas dizem " @@ -960,12 +965,18 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:530 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"The selected country will be used later in the installation process to pick " -"the default time zone and a Debian mirror appropriate for your geographic " -"location. Language and country together will help determine the default " -"locale for your system and select the correct keyboard layout." +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +#| msgid "" +#| "The selected country will be used later in the installation process to " +#| "pick the default time zone and a Debian mirror appropriate for your " +#| "geographic location. Language and country together will help determine " +#| "the default locale for your system and select the correct keyboard layout." +msgid "" +"The selected geographic location (in most cases a country) will be used " +"later in the installation process to select the correct time zone and a " +"Debian mirror appropriate for that country. Language and country together " +"will help determine the default locale for your system and select the " +"correct keyboard layout." msgstr "" "O país seleccionado será utilizado mais tarde no processo de instalação para " "escolher o fuso horário predefinido e um 'mirror' Debian apropriado para a " @@ -974,7 +985,7 @@ msgstr "" "seleccionar o seu teclado." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:537 +#: using-d-i.xml:538 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will first be asked to select your preferred language. The language " @@ -998,17 +1009,26 @@ msgstr "" "classname>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:549 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"If you selected a language that is recognized as an official language for " -"more than one country<footnote> <para> In technical terms: where multiple " -"locales exist for that language with differing country codes. </para> </" -"footnote>, you will be shown a list of only those countries. To select a " -"country that is not in that list, choose <guimenuitem>other</guimenuitem> " -"(the last option). You will then be presented with a list of continents; " -"selecting a continent will lead to a list of relevant countries on that " -"continent." +#: using-d-i.xml:550 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +#| msgid "" +#| "If you selected a language that is recognized as an official language for " +#| "more than one country<footnote> <para> In technical terms: where multiple " +#| "locales exist for that language with differing country codes. </para> </" +#| "footnote>, you will be shown a list of only those countries. To select a " +#| "country that is not in that list, choose <guimenuitem>other</guimenuitem> " +#| "(the last option). You will then be presented with a list of continents; " +#| "selecting a continent will lead to a list of relevant countries on that " +#| "continent." +msgid "" +"Next you will be asked to select your geographic location. If you selected a " +"language that is recognized as an official language for more than one " +"country<footnote> <para> In technical terms: where multiple locales exist " +"for that language with differing country codes. </para> </footnote>, you " +"will be shown a list of only those countries. To select a country that is " +"not in that list, choose <guimenuitem>other</guimenuitem> (the last option). " +"You will then be presented with a list of continents; selecting a continent " +"will lead to a list of relevant countries on that continent." msgstr "" "Se escolheu um idioma que é reconhecido como um idioma oficial para mais do " "que um país<footnote> <para> Em termos técnicos: onde existem várias " @@ -1046,13 +1066,22 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:580 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +#| msgid "" +#| "If you selected a combination of language and country for which no locale " +#| "is defined and there exist multiple locales for the language, then the " +#| "installer will allow you to choose which of those locales you prefer as " +#| "the default locale for the installed system. In all other cases a default " +#| "locale will be selected based on the selected language and country." msgid "" "If you selected a combination of language and country for which no locale is " "defined and there exist multiple locales for the language, then the " "installer will allow you to choose which of those locales you prefer as the " -"default locale for the installed system. In all other cases a default locale " -"will be selected based on the selected language and country." +"default locale for the installed system<footnote> <para> At medium and low " +"priority you can always select your preferred locale from those available " +"for the selected language (if there's more than one). </para> </footnote>. " +"In all other cases a default locale will be selected based on the selected " +"language and country." msgstr "" "Se escolheu uma combinação de idioma e país para o qual não existe nenhum " "locale definido e existirem vários locales para o idioma, então o instalador " @@ -1061,21 +1090,33 @@ msgstr "" "predefinido baseado na escolha de idioma e país." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:588 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:595 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +#| msgid "" +#| "Any default locale selected as described in the previous paragraph will " +#| "use UTF-8 as character encoding." msgid "" "Any default locale selected as described in the previous paragraph will use " -"UTF-8 as character encoding." +"<firstterm>UTF-8</firstterm> as character encoding." msgstr "" "Qualquer locale predefinido escolhido conforme o parágrafo anterior irá " "utilizar a codificação de carcacteres UTF-8." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:593 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"If you are installing at medium or low priority, you will have the option of " -"selecting additional locales, including so-called <quote>legacy</quote> " +#: using-d-i.xml:600 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +#| msgid "" +#| "If you are installing at medium or low priority, you will have the option " +#| "of selecting additional locales, including so-called <quote>legacy</" +#| "quote> locales<footnote> <para> Legacy locales are locales which do not " +#| "use UTF-8, but one of the older standards for character encoding such as " +#| "ISO 8859-1 (used by West European languages) or EUC-JP (used by " +#| "Japanese). </para> </footnote>, to be generated for the installed system; " +#| "if you do, you will be asked which of the selected locales should be the " +#| "default for the installed system." +msgid "" +"If you are installing at low priority, you will have the option of selecting " +"additional locales, including so-called <quote>legacy</quote> " "locales<footnote> <para> Legacy locales are locales which do not use UTF-8, " "but one of the older standards for character encoding such as ISO 8859-" "1 (used by West European languages) or EUC-JP (used by Japanese). </para> </" @@ -1093,13 +1134,13 @@ msgstr "" "seleccionados deve ser o predefinido para o sistema instalado." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:617 +#: using-d-i.xml:624 #, no-c-format msgid "Choosing a Keyboard" msgstr "Escolher um teclado" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:619 +#: using-d-i.xml:626 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Keyboards are often tailored to the characters used in a language. Select a " @@ -1117,7 +1158,7 @@ msgstr "" "<command>kbd-config</command> após ter completado a instalação)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:629 +#: using-d-i.xml:636 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Move the highlight to the keyboard selection you desire and press " @@ -1134,7 +1175,7 @@ msgstr "" "<keycap>F10</keycap> na linha superior." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:638 +#: using-d-i.xml:645 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There are two keyboard layouts for US keyboards; the qwerty/mac-usb-us " @@ -1154,13 +1195,13 @@ msgstr "" "layouts são similares." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:668 +#: using-d-i.xml:675 #, no-c-format msgid "Looking for the Debian Installer ISO Image" msgstr "Procurar a Imagem ISO do Instalador do Debian" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:669 +#: using-d-i.xml:676 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When installing via the <emphasis>hd-media</emphasis> method, there will be " @@ -1174,7 +1215,7 @@ msgstr "" "componente <command>iso-scan</command> faz exactamente isto." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:676 +#: using-d-i.xml:683 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At first, <command>iso-scan</command> automatically mounts all block devices " @@ -1205,7 +1246,7 @@ msgstr "" "command> procura por outra imagem." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:693 +#: using-d-i.xml:700 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In case the previous attempt to find an installer iso image fails, " @@ -1220,7 +1261,7 @@ msgstr "" "ficheiros." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:700 +#: using-d-i.xml:707 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If <command>iso-scan</command> does not discover your installer iso image, " @@ -1238,13 +1279,13 @@ msgstr "" "fazer isto na segunda consola, sem reiniciar." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:721 +#: using-d-i.xml:728 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Network" msgstr "Configurar a Rede" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:723 +#: using-d-i.xml:730 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As you enter this step, if the system detects that you have more than one " @@ -1265,7 +1306,7 @@ msgstr "" "citerefentry>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:734 +#: using-d-i.xml:741 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, &d-i; tries to configure your computer's network automatically " @@ -1289,7 +1330,7 @@ msgstr "" "se pensa que está tudo em ordem, tente novamente." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:746 +#: using-d-i.xml:753 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The manual network setup in turn asks you a number of questions about your " @@ -1313,7 +1354,7 @@ msgstr "" "<xref linkend=\"needed-info\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:760 +#: using-d-i.xml:767 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some technical details you might, or might not, find handy: the program " @@ -1335,13 +1376,13 @@ msgstr "" "instalado, editando o ficheiro <filename>/etc/network/interfaces</filename>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:805 +#: using-d-i.xml:812 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Clock and Time Zone" msgstr "Configurar o Relógio e o Fuso Horário" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:807 +#: using-d-i.xml:814 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The installer will first attempt to connect to a time server on the Internet " @@ -1359,13 +1400,13 @@ msgstr "" "manualmente, a hora durante o processo de instalação." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:816 +#: using-d-i.xml:823 #, no-c-format msgid "The installer does not modify the system clock on the s390 platform." msgstr "O instalador não altera o relógio do sistema na plataforma s390." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:829 +#: using-d-i.xml:836 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Depending on the location selected earlier in the installation process, you " @@ -1380,7 +1421,7 @@ msgstr "" "assumirá esse fuso horário." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:837 +#: using-d-i.xml:844 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In expert mode or when installing at medium priority, you will have the " @@ -1392,7 +1433,7 @@ msgstr "" "fuso horário." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:843 +#: using-d-i.xml:850 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If for some reason you wish to set a time zone for the installed system that " @@ -1404,7 +1445,7 @@ msgstr "" "duas opções." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:854 +#: using-d-i.xml:861 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The simplest option is to just select a different time zone after the " @@ -1416,13 +1457,13 @@ msgstr "" "fazer isto é:" #. Tag: screen -#: using-d-i.xml:860 +#: using-d-i.xml:867 #, no-c-format msgid "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata" msgstr "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:866 +#: using-d-i.xml:873 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Alternatively, the time zone can be set at the very start of the " @@ -1438,7 +1479,7 @@ msgstr "" "userinput> ou <userinput>UTC</userinput>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:880 +#: using-d-i.xml:887 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For automated installations the time zone can be set to any desired value " @@ -1448,13 +1489,13 @@ msgstr "" "qualquer valor desejado utilizando 'preseeding'." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:894 +#: using-d-i.xml:901 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning and Mount Point Selection" msgstr "Particionar e Escolher os Pontos de Montagem" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:895 +#: using-d-i.xml:902 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this time, after hardware detection has been executed a final time, &d-i; " @@ -1473,7 +1514,7 @@ msgstr "" "tais como RAID, LVM e dispositivos encriptados." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:916 +#: using-d-i.xml:923 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are uncomfortable with partitioning, or just want to know more " @@ -1483,7 +1524,7 @@ msgstr "" "mais detalhes, veja o <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:922 +#: using-d-i.xml:929 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If a hard disk has previously used under Solaris, the partitioner may not " @@ -1505,7 +1546,7 @@ msgstr "" "disco incessíveis." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:935 +#: using-d-i.xml:942 #, no-c-format msgid "" "First you will be given the opportunity to automatically partition either an " @@ -1520,13 +1561,13 @@ msgstr "" "partir do menu." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:945 +#: using-d-i.xml:952 #, no-c-format msgid "Guided Partitioning" msgstr "Particionamento Guiado" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:946 +#: using-d-i.xml:953 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning, you may have three options: to create " @@ -1544,7 +1585,7 @@ msgstr "" "crypt</quote> do kernel </para> </footnote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:961 +#: using-d-i.xml:968 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The option to use (encrypted) LVM may not be available on all architectures." @@ -1553,7 +1594,7 @@ msgstr "" "arquitecturas." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:966 +#: using-d-i.xml:973 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When using LVM or encrypted LVM, the installer will create most partitions " @@ -1570,7 +1611,7 @@ msgstr "" "seus dados pessoais." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:975 +#: using-d-i.xml:982 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When using encrypted LVM, the installer will also automatically erase the " @@ -1587,7 +1628,7 @@ msgstr "" "tamanho do seu disco." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:984 +#: using-d-i.xml:991 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning using LVM or encrypted LVM, some changes " @@ -1605,7 +1646,7 @@ msgstr "" "para confirmar estas alterações antes de serem escritas no disco." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:994 +#: using-d-i.xml:1001 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning (either classic or using (encrypted) LVM) " @@ -1623,7 +1664,7 @@ msgstr "" "discos pode ajudar a identificá-los." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1003 +#: using-d-i.xml:1010 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any data on the disk you select will eventually be lost, but you will always " @@ -1639,7 +1680,7 @@ msgstr "" "(encriptado) isto não é possível." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1011 +#: using-d-i.xml:1018 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, you will be able to choose from the schemes listed in the table below. " @@ -1657,73 +1698,73 @@ msgstr "" "espaço (depende do esquema escolhido) o particionamento guiado irá falhar." #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1027 +#: using-d-i.xml:1034 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning scheme" msgstr "Esquema de criação das partições" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1028 +#: using-d-i.xml:1035 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum space" msgstr "Espaço mínimo" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1029 +#: using-d-i.xml:1036 #, no-c-format msgid "Created partitions" msgstr "Partições criadas" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1035 +#: using-d-i.xml:1042 #, no-c-format msgid "All files in one partition" msgstr "Todos os ficheiros numa partição" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1036 +#: using-d-i.xml:1043 #, no-c-format msgid "600MB" msgstr "600MB" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1037 +#: using-d-i.xml:1044 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, swap" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1039 +#: using-d-i.xml:1046 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home partition" msgstr "Partição /home separada" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1040 +#: using-d-i.xml:1047 #, no-c-format msgid "500MB" msgstr "500MB" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1041 +#: using-d-i.xml:1048 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1045 +#: using-d-i.xml:1052 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home, /usr, /var and /tmp partitions" msgstr "Partições /home, /usr, /var e /tmp separadas" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1046 +#: using-d-i.xml:1053 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>1GB</entry>" msgstr "<entry>1GB</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1047 +#: using-d-i.xml:1054 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/usr</" @@ -1733,7 +1774,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, swap" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1056 +#: using-d-i.xml:1063 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning using (encrypted) LVM, the installer will " @@ -1747,7 +1788,7 @@ msgstr "" "dentro da partição LVM." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1062 +#: using-d-i.xml:1069 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning for your IA-64 system, there will be an " @@ -1762,7 +1803,7 @@ msgstr "" "partição de arranque EFI." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1070 +#: using-d-i.xml:1077 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After selecting a scheme, the next screen will show your new partition " @@ -1774,7 +1815,7 @@ msgstr "" "partições formatadas e onde serão montadas." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1076 +#: using-d-i.xml:1083 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The list of partitions might look like this: <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -1825,7 +1866,7 @@ msgstr "" "alcançada utilizando o particionamento manual." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1089 +#: using-d-i.xml:1096 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This concludes the guided partitioning. If you are satisfied with the " @@ -1846,13 +1887,13 @@ msgstr "" "propostas como descritas abaixo para o particionamento manual." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1103 +#: using-d-i.xml:1110 #, no-c-format msgid "Manual Partitioning" msgstr "Particionamento Manual" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1104 +#: using-d-i.xml:1111 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A similar screen to the one shown just above will be displayed if you choose " @@ -1868,7 +1909,7 @@ msgstr "" "Debian será tema do resto desta secção." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1112 +#: using-d-i.xml:1119 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select a pristine disk which has neither partitions nor free space on " @@ -1883,7 +1924,7 @@ msgstr "" "debaixo do disco seleccionado." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1120 +#: using-d-i.xml:1127 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select some free space, you will have the opportunity to create a new " @@ -1925,7 +1966,7 @@ msgstr "" "<command>partman</command>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1142 +#: using-d-i.xml:1149 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you decide you want to change something about your partition, simply " @@ -1947,7 +1988,7 @@ msgstr "" "ext3 e swap. Este menu permite-lhe ainda apagar uma partição." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1153 +#: using-d-i.xml:1160 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Be sure to create at least two partitions: one for the <emphasis>root</" @@ -1963,7 +2004,7 @@ msgstr "" "permitirá continuar até que corrija esta situação." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1161 +#: using-d-i.xml:1168 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you forget to select and format an EFI boot partition, <command>partman</" @@ -1975,7 +2016,7 @@ msgstr "" "continuar até que aloque uma." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1167 +#: using-d-i.xml:1174 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Capabilities of <command>partman</command> can be extended with installer " @@ -1991,7 +2032,7 @@ msgstr "" "xfs</filename>, ou <filename>partman-lvm</filename>)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1175 +#: using-d-i.xml:1182 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you are satisfied with partitioning, select <guimenuitem>Finish " @@ -2006,13 +2047,13 @@ msgstr "" "os sistemas de ficheiros sejam criados conforme foram pedidos." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1203 +#: using-d-i.xml:1210 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Multidisk Devices (Software RAID)" msgstr "Configurar Dispositivos Multidisco (Software RAID)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1204 +#: using-d-i.xml:1211 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have more than one harddrive<footnote><para> To be honest, you can " @@ -2033,7 +2074,7 @@ msgstr "" "<firstterm>software RAID</firstterm>)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1217 +#: using-d-i.xml:1224 #, no-c-format msgid "" "MD is basically a bunch of partitions located on different disks and " @@ -2048,7 +2089,7 @@ msgstr "" "atribuir um ponto de montagem, etc.)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1225 +#: using-d-i.xml:1232 #, no-c-format msgid "" "What benefits this brings depends on the type of MD device you are creating. " @@ -2160,55 +2201,55 @@ msgstr "" "variablelist> Para resumir:" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1339 +#: using-d-i.xml:1346 #, no-c-format msgid "Type" msgstr "Tipo" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1340 +#: using-d-i.xml:1347 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum Devices" msgstr "Dispositivos Mínimos" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1341 +#: using-d-i.xml:1348 #, no-c-format msgid "Spare Device" msgstr "Dispositivo Sobresselente" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1342 +#: using-d-i.xml:1349 #, no-c-format msgid "Survives disk failure?" msgstr "Sobrevive a falhas de disco?" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1343 +#: using-d-i.xml:1350 #, no-c-format msgid "Available Space" msgstr "Espaço Disponível" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1349 +#: using-d-i.xml:1356 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID0" msgstr "RAID0" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1350 using-d-i.xml:1358 using-d-i.xml:1388 +#: using-d-i.xml:1357 using-d-i.xml:1365 using-d-i.xml:1395 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>2</entry>" msgstr "<entry>2</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1351 using-d-i.xml:1352 +#: using-d-i.xml:1358 using-d-i.xml:1359 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>no</entry>" msgstr "<entry>não</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1353 +#: using-d-i.xml:1360 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by number of devices in RAID" msgstr "" @@ -2216,43 +2257,43 @@ msgstr "" "no RAID" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1357 +#: using-d-i.xml:1364 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID1" msgstr "RAID1" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1359 using-d-i.xml:1367 using-d-i.xml:1378 using-d-i.xml:1389 +#: using-d-i.xml:1366 using-d-i.xml:1374 using-d-i.xml:1385 using-d-i.xml:1396 #, no-c-format msgid "optional" msgstr "opcional" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1360 using-d-i.xml:1368 using-d-i.xml:1379 using-d-i.xml:1390 +#: using-d-i.xml:1367 using-d-i.xml:1375 using-d-i.xml:1386 using-d-i.xml:1397 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>yes</entry>" msgstr "<entry>sim</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1361 +#: using-d-i.xml:1368 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition in RAID" msgstr "Dimensão da partição RAID mais pequena" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1365 +#: using-d-i.xml:1372 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID5" msgstr "RAID5" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1366 +#: using-d-i.xml:1373 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>3</entry>" msgstr "<entry>3</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1369 +#: using-d-i.xml:1376 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID " @@ -2262,19 +2303,19 @@ msgstr "" "no RAID menos um)" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1376 +#: using-d-i.xml:1383 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID6" msgstr "RAID6" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1377 +#: using-d-i.xml:1384 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>4</entry>" msgstr "<entry>4</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1380 +#: using-d-i.xml:1387 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID " @@ -2284,13 +2325,13 @@ msgstr "" "no RAID menos dois)" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1387 +#: using-d-i.xml:1394 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID10" msgstr "RAID10" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1391 +#: using-d-i.xml:1398 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Total of all partitions divided by the number of chunk copies (defaults to " @@ -2300,7 +2341,7 @@ msgstr "" "definido para dois)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1398 +#: using-d-i.xml:1405 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you want to know more about Software RAID, have a look at <ulink url=" @@ -2310,7 +2351,7 @@ msgstr "" "<ulink url=\"&url-software-raid-howto;\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1403 +#: using-d-i.xml:1410 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To create an MD device, you need to have the desired partitions it should " @@ -2326,7 +2367,7 @@ msgstr "" "guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1412 +#: using-d-i.xml:1419 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Make sure that the system can be booted with the partitioning scheme you are " @@ -2347,7 +2388,7 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>/boot</filename>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1424 +#: using-d-i.xml:1431 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Support for MD is a relatively new addition to the installer. You may " @@ -2365,7 +2406,7 @@ msgstr "" "instalação manualmente a partir de uma shell." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1433 +#: using-d-i.xml:1440 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, you should choose <guimenuitem>Configure software RAID</guimenuitem> " @@ -2388,7 +2429,7 @@ msgstr "" "que seleccionar." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1446 +#: using-d-i.xml:1453 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID0 is simple — you will be issued with the list of available RAID " @@ -2400,7 +2441,7 @@ msgstr "" "formaram o MD." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1453 +#: using-d-i.xml:1460 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID1 is a bit more tricky. First, you will be asked to enter the number of " @@ -2421,7 +2462,7 @@ msgstr "" "até que corrija o problema." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1465 +#: using-d-i.xml:1472 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID5 has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 with the exception that you " @@ -2432,7 +2473,7 @@ msgstr "" "partições activas." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1471 +#: using-d-i.xml:1478 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID6 also has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 except that at least " @@ -2443,7 +2484,7 @@ msgstr "" "partições activas." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1477 +#: using-d-i.xml:1484 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID10 again has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 except in expert mode. " @@ -2463,7 +2504,7 @@ msgstr "" "que todas as cópias possam ser distribuidas em discos diferentes." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1491 +#: using-d-i.xml:1498 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is perfectly possible to have several types of MD at once. For example, " @@ -2481,7 +2522,7 @@ msgstr "" "muito fiável de 100 GB para <filename>/home</filename>)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1500 +#: using-d-i.xml:1507 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you set up MD devices to your liking, you can <guimenuitem>Finish</" @@ -2496,13 +2537,13 @@ msgstr "" "habituais." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1515 +#: using-d-i.xml:1522 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Logical Volume Manager (LVM)" msgstr "A configurar o Logical Volume Manager (LVM)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1516 +#: using-d-i.xml:1523 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or " @@ -2519,7 +2560,7 @@ msgstr "" "lado para o outro, fazer links simbólicos, etc." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1524 +#: using-d-i.xml:1531 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). " @@ -2539,7 +2580,7 @@ msgstr "" "podem ser fisicamente espalhadas por vários discos." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1534 +#: using-d-i.xml:1541 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</" @@ -2560,7 +2601,7 @@ msgstr "" "<ulink url=\"&url-lvm-howto;\">LVM HOWTO</ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1545 +#: using-d-i.xml:1552 #, no-c-format msgid "" "LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple and completely supported inside " @@ -2577,7 +2618,7 @@ msgstr "" "guimenuitem> </menuchoice>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1554 +#: using-d-i.xml:1561 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, you will see " @@ -2597,7 +2638,7 @@ msgstr "" "contexto e apenas mostra acções válidas. As acções possíveis são:" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1565 +#: using-d-i.xml:1572 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<guimenuitem>Display configuration details</guimenuitem>: shows LVM device " @@ -2607,43 +2648,43 @@ msgstr "" "estructura do dispositivo LVM, nome e tamanhos dos volumes lógicos e mais." #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1570 +#: using-d-i.xml:1577 #, no-c-format msgid "Create volume group" msgstr "Criar grupo de volumes" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1573 +#: using-d-i.xml:1580 #, no-c-format msgid "Create logical volume" msgstr "Criar volume lógico" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1576 +#: using-d-i.xml:1583 #, no-c-format msgid "Delete volume group" msgstr "Apagar grupo de volumes" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1579 +#: using-d-i.xml:1586 #, no-c-format msgid "Delete logical volume" msgstr "Apagar volume lógico" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1582 +#: using-d-i.xml:1589 #, no-c-format msgid "Extend volume group" msgstr "Estender grupo de volumes" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1585 +#: using-d-i.xml:1592 #, no-c-format msgid "Reduce volume group" msgstr "Reduzir grupo de volumes" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1587 +#: using-d-i.xml:1594 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem>: return to the main <command>partman</" @@ -2653,7 +2694,7 @@ msgstr "" "<command>partman</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1593 +#: using-d-i.xml:1600 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Use the options in that menu to first create a volume group and then create " @@ -2663,7 +2704,7 @@ msgstr "" "depois criar os seus volumes lógicos dentro." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1598 +#: using-d-i.xml:1605 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, any created " @@ -2675,13 +2716,13 @@ msgstr "" "deverá tratá-las como tal)." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1612 +#: using-d-i.xml:1619 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Encrypted Volumes" msgstr "Configurar Volumes Encriptados" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1613 +#: using-d-i.xml:1620 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; allows you to set up encrypted partitions. Every file you write to " @@ -2704,7 +2745,7 @@ msgstr "" "caracteres aleatórios." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1625 +#: using-d-i.xml:1632 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The two most important partitions to encrypt are: the home partition, where " @@ -2732,7 +2773,7 @@ msgstr "" "carregar o kernel a partir de uma partição encriptada." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1640 +#: using-d-i.xml:1647 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Please note that the performance of encrypted partitions will be less than " @@ -2747,7 +2788,7 @@ msgstr "" "chave." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1647 +#: using-d-i.xml:1654 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To use encryption, you have to create a new partition by selecting some free " @@ -2768,7 +2809,7 @@ msgstr "" "partição." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1658 +#: using-d-i.xml:1665 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; supports several encryption methods. The default method is " @@ -2785,7 +2826,7 @@ msgstr "" "escolha por omissão." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1670 +#: using-d-i.xml:1677 #, no-c-format msgid "" "First, let's have a look at the options available when you select " @@ -2799,13 +2840,13 @@ msgstr "" "foram cuidadosamente escolhidos com a segurança em mente." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1680 +#: using-d-i.xml:1687 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>aes</userinput>" msgstr "Encriptação: <userinput>aes</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1682 +#: using-d-i.xml:1689 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option lets you select the encryption algorithm (<firstterm>cipher</" @@ -2831,13 +2872,13 @@ msgstr "" "século XXI." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1700 +#: using-d-i.xml:1707 #, no-c-format msgid "Key size: <userinput>256</userinput>" msgstr "Comprimento da chave: <userinput>256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1702 +#: using-d-i.xml:1709 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Here you can specify the length of the encryption key. With a larger key " @@ -2851,13 +2892,13 @@ msgstr "" "desempenho. Os comprimentos disponíveis das chaves variam consoante a cifra." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1714 +#: using-d-i.xml:1721 #, no-c-format msgid "IV algorithm: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>" msgstr "Algoritmo IV: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1716 +#: using-d-i.xml:1723 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <firstterm>Initialization Vector</firstterm> or <firstterm>IV</" @@ -2875,7 +2916,7 @@ msgstr "" "repetidos nos dados encriptados." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1726 +#: using-d-i.xml:1733 #, no-c-format msgid "" "From the provided alternatives, the default <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</" @@ -2890,25 +2931,25 @@ msgstr "" "seja capaz de utilizar algoritmos mais recentes." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1738 +#: using-d-i.xml:1745 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Passphrase</userinput>" msgstr "Chave de encriptação: <userinput>Frase-chave</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1740 +#: using-d-i.xml:1747 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can choose the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "Pode escolher aqui o tipo de chave de encriptação para esta partição." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1746 +#: using-d-i.xml:1753 #, no-c-format msgid "Passphrase" msgstr "Frase-chave" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1747 +#: using-d-i.xml:1754 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The encryption key will be computed<footnote> <para> Using a passphrase as " @@ -2922,13 +2963,13 @@ msgstr "" "frase-chave na qual poderá introduzir no processo, mais à frente." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1762 using-d-i.xml:1855 +#: using-d-i.xml:1769 using-d-i.xml:1862 #, no-c-format msgid "Random key" msgstr "Chave aleatória" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1763 +#: using-d-i.xml:1770 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A new encryption key will be generated from random data each time you try to " @@ -2946,7 +2987,7 @@ msgstr "" "cifragem, isto não é alcançável durante a nossa vida.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1772 +#: using-d-i.xml:1779 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Random keys are useful for swap partitions because you do not need to bother " @@ -2966,13 +3007,13 @@ msgstr "" "escritos para a partição de swap." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1791 using-d-i.xml:1868 +#: using-d-i.xml:1798 using-d-i.xml:1875 #, no-c-format msgid "Erase data: <userinput>yes</userinput>" msgstr "Apagar dados: <userinput>sim</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1793 +#: using-d-i.xml:1800 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Determines whether the content of this partition should be overwritten with " @@ -2993,7 +3034,7 @@ msgstr "" "dados mesmo após várias escritas na media megneto-óptica. </para></footnote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1813 +#: using-d-i.xml:1820 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Encryption method:</guimenu> " @@ -3005,13 +3046,13 @@ msgstr "" "para disponibilizar as seguintes opções:" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1822 +#: using-d-i.xml:1829 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>AES256</userinput>" msgstr "Encriptação: <userinput>AES256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1824 +#: using-d-i.xml:1831 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For loop-AES, unlike dm-crypt, the options for cipher and key size are " @@ -3024,26 +3065,26 @@ msgstr "" "cifras e comprimentos de chave." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1834 +#: using-d-i.xml:1841 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Keyfile (GnuPG)</userinput>" msgstr "Chave de encriptação: <userinput>Keyfile (GnuPG)</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1836 +#: using-d-i.xml:1843 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can select the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "" "Pode seleccionar aqui o tipo de chave de encriptação para esta partição." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1842 +#: using-d-i.xml:1849 #, no-c-format msgid "Keyfile (GnuPG)" msgstr "Keyfile (GnuPG)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1843 +#: using-d-i.xml:1850 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The encryption key will be generated from random data during the " @@ -3057,19 +3098,19 @@ msgstr "" "chave apropriada (ser-lhe-á pedido para indicar uma, adiante no processo)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1856 +#: using-d-i.xml:1863 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the section on random keys above." msgstr "Por favor veja a secção acerca de chaves aleatórias, acima." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1870 +#: using-d-i.xml:1877 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the the section on erasing data above." msgstr "Por favor veja acima a secção acerca de apagar dados." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1879 +#: using-d-i.xml:1886 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have selected the desired parameters for your encrypted " @@ -3088,7 +3129,7 @@ msgstr "" "pode demorar algum tempo." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1889 +#: using-d-i.xml:1896 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next you will be asked to enter a passphrase for partitions configured to " @@ -3105,7 +3146,7 @@ msgstr "" "de animais de estimação, nomes de familiares, etc.)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1898 +#: using-d-i.xml:1905 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before you input any passphrases, you should have made sure that your " @@ -3130,7 +3171,7 @@ msgstr "" "chave para o sistema de ficheiros raiz." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1911 +#: using-d-i.xml:1918 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you selected to use methods other than a passphrase to create encryption " @@ -3153,7 +3194,7 @@ msgstr "" "cada partição a ser encriptada." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1927 +#: using-d-i.xml:1934 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After returning to the main partitioning menu, you will see all encrypted " @@ -3187,7 +3228,7 @@ msgstr "" "valores por omissão não lhe servirem." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1940 +#: using-d-i.xml:1947 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Pay attention to the identifiers in parentheses (<replaceable>sda2_crypt</" @@ -3206,7 +3247,7 @@ msgstr "" "encrypted-volumes\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1950 +#: using-d-i.xml:1957 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you are satisfied with the partitioning scheme, continue with the " @@ -3216,13 +3257,13 @@ msgstr "" "instalação." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1961 +#: using-d-i.xml:1968 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing the Base System" msgstr "Instalar o Sistema Base" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1962 +#: using-d-i.xml:1969 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant " @@ -3235,7 +3276,7 @@ msgstr "" "computador ou uma ligação de rede lenta, isto poderá demorar algum tempo." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1975 +#: using-d-i.xml:1982 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During installation of the base system, package unpacking and setup messages " @@ -3252,7 +3293,7 @@ msgstr "" "keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1984 +#: using-d-i.xml:1991 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The unpack/setup messages generated during this phase are also saved in " @@ -3264,7 +3305,7 @@ msgstr "" "instalação foi feita através de uma consola série." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1990 +#: using-d-i.xml:1997 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As part of the installation, a Linux kernel will be installed. At the " @@ -3278,13 +3319,13 @@ msgstr "" "de uma lista de kernels disponíveis." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2002 +#: using-d-i.xml:2009 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting Up Users And Passwords" msgstr "Definir Utilizadores E Palavras Passe" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2003 +#: using-d-i.xml:2010 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the base system has been installed, the installer will allow you to " @@ -3297,13 +3338,13 @@ msgstr "" "estar terminada." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2017 +#: using-d-i.xml:2024 #, no-c-format msgid "Set the Root Password" msgstr "Definir a Palavra Passe de Root" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2021 +#: using-d-i.xml:2028 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <emphasis>root</emphasis> account is also called the <emphasis>super-" @@ -3318,7 +3359,7 @@ msgstr "" "possível." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2029 +#: using-d-i.xml:2036 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any password you create should contain at least 6 characters, and should " @@ -3335,7 +3376,7 @@ msgstr "" "possa ser adivinhada." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2037 +#: using-d-i.xml:2044 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If anyone ever tells you they need your root password, be extremely wary. " @@ -3348,13 +3389,13 @@ msgstr "" "sistemas." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2047 +#: using-d-i.xml:2054 #, no-c-format msgid "Create an Ordinary User" msgstr "Criar um Utilizador Normal" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2049 +#: using-d-i.xml:2056 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The system will ask you whether you wish to create an ordinary user account " @@ -3368,7 +3409,7 @@ msgstr "" "seu o acesso pessoal." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2058 +#: using-d-i.xml:2065 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Why not? Well, one reason to avoid using root's privileges is that it is " @@ -3389,7 +3430,7 @@ msgstr "" "for novo para si." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2068 +#: using-d-i.xml:2075 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will first be prompted for the user's full name. Then you'll be asked " @@ -3404,7 +3445,7 @@ msgstr "" "conta." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2075 +#: using-d-i.xml:2082 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If at any point after installation you would like to create another account, " @@ -3414,13 +3455,13 @@ msgstr "" "utilize o comando <command>adduser</command>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2086 +#: using-d-i.xml:2093 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing Additional Software" msgstr "Instalar Software Adicional" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2087 +#: using-d-i.xml:2094 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point you have a usable but limited system. Most users will want to " @@ -3435,13 +3476,13 @@ msgstr "" "computador ou uma ligação de rede lentos." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2102 +#: using-d-i.xml:2109 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring apt" msgstr "Configurar o apt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2104 +#: using-d-i.xml:2111 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One of the tools used to install packages on a &debian; system is a program " @@ -3476,7 +3517,7 @@ msgstr "" "command> é agora o utilitário recomendado para gestão de pacotes." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2128 +#: using-d-i.xml:2135 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows from where to " @@ -3490,7 +3531,7 @@ msgstr "" "ficheiro ao seu gosto após a instalação estar completa." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2135 +#: using-d-i.xml:2142 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing at default priority, the installer will largely take " @@ -3509,7 +3550,7 @@ msgstr "" "<quote>volatile</quote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2144 +#: using-d-i.xml:2151 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing at a lower priority (e.g. in expert mode), you will be " @@ -3525,13 +3566,13 @@ msgstr "" "quote> do arquivo." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2155 +#: using-d-i.xml:2162 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing from more than one CD or DVD" msgstr "Instalar a partir de mais do que um CD ou DVD" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2157 +#: using-d-i.xml:2164 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing from a CD or a DVD that is part of a larger set, the " @@ -3545,7 +3586,7 @@ msgstr "" "desejará fazer isto para que o instalador utilize os pacotes incluidos neles." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2164 +#: using-d-i.xml:2171 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do not have any additional CDs or DVDs, that is no problem: using " @@ -3560,7 +3601,7 @@ msgstr "" "etapa." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2172 +#: using-d-i.xml:2179 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Packages are included on CDs (and DVDs) in the order of their popularity. " @@ -3574,7 +3615,7 @@ msgstr "" "dos pacotes incluidos nos últimos CDs do conjunto." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2179 +#: using-d-i.xml:2186 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It also means that buying or downloading and burning a full CD set is just a " @@ -3592,7 +3633,7 @@ msgstr "" "das necessidades." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2188 +#: using-d-i.xml:2195 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A good rule of thumb is that for a regular desktop installation (using the " @@ -3606,7 +3647,7 @@ msgstr "" "adicionais. O primeiro DVD facilmente cobre os três ambientes de trabalho." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2196 +#: using-d-i.xml:2203 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do scan multiple CDs or DVDs, the installer will prompt you to " @@ -3623,13 +3664,13 @@ msgstr "" "pesquisá-los por ordem ascendente irá reduzir a hipótese de erros." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2209 +#: using-d-i.xml:2216 #, no-c-format msgid "Using a network mirror" msgstr "Utilizar um 'mirror' de rede" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2211 +#: using-d-i.xml:2218 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One question that will be asked during most installs is whether or not to " @@ -3641,7 +3682,7 @@ msgstr "" "resposta pré-definida deve estar bem, mas existem algumas excepções." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2217 +#: using-d-i.xml:2224 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are <emphasis>not</emphasis> installing from a full CD or DVD or " @@ -3659,7 +3700,7 @@ msgstr "" "próxima etapa da instalação." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2226 +#: using-d-i.xml:2233 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing from a single full CD or using a full CD image, using " @@ -3680,7 +3721,7 @@ msgstr "" "reiniciado para o novo sistema)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2237 +#: using-d-i.xml:2244 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing from a DVD or using a DVD image, any packages needed " @@ -3694,7 +3735,7 @@ msgstr "" "explicado na secção anterior. A utilização de um 'mirror' de rede é opcional." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2244 +#: using-d-i.xml:2251 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One advantage of adding a network mirror is that updates that have occurred " @@ -3710,7 +3751,7 @@ msgstr "" "comprometer a segurança ou a establidade do sistema instalado." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2251 +#: using-d-i.xml:2258 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In summary: selecting a network mirror is generally a good idea, except if " @@ -3726,26 +3767,26 @@ msgstr "" "'mirror' de rede depende de" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2260 +#: using-d-i.xml:2267 #, no-c-format msgid "the tasks you select in the next step of the installation," msgstr "das tarefas que escolher na próxima etapa da instalação," #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2265 +#: using-d-i.xml:2272 #, no-c-format msgid "which packages are needed for those tasks," msgstr "cujos pacotes são necessários para essas tarefas," #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2270 +#: using-d-i.xml:2277 #, no-c-format msgid "" "which of those packages are present on the CDs or DVDs you have scanned, and" msgstr "dos quais estão presentes nos CDs ou DVDs que pesquisou, e" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2275 +#: using-d-i.xml:2282 #, no-c-format msgid "" "whether any updated versions of packages included on the CDs or DVDs are " @@ -3757,7 +3798,7 @@ msgstr "" "mirror de actualizações 'security' ou 'volatile')." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2284 +#: using-d-i.xml:2291 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that the last point means that, even if you choose not to use a network " @@ -3771,13 +3812,13 @@ msgstr "" "'security' ou 'volatile' e se esses serviços estiverem configurados." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2300 +#: using-d-i.xml:2307 #, no-c-format msgid "Selecting and Installing Software" msgstr "Seleccionar e Instalar Software" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2302 +#: using-d-i.xml:2309 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select " @@ -3795,7 +3836,7 @@ msgstr "" "executar várias tarefas." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2311 +#: using-d-i.xml:2318 #, no-c-format msgid "" "So, you have the ability to choose <emphasis>tasks</emphasis> first, and " @@ -3829,7 +3870,7 @@ msgstr "" "size-list\"/> lista as necessidades de espaço para as tarefas disponíveis." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2338 +#: using-d-i.xml:2345 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the computer " @@ -3842,7 +3883,7 @@ msgstr "" "instalar nenhuma tarefa." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2345 +#: using-d-i.xml:2352 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar " @@ -3852,7 +3893,7 @@ msgstr "" "barra de espaços para mudar a selecção de uma tarefa." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2351 +#: using-d-i.xml:2358 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Unless you are using the special KDE or Xfce/LXDE CDs, the <quote>Desktop " @@ -3863,7 +3904,7 @@ msgstr "" "trabalho GNOME." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2356 +#: using-d-i.xml:2363 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is not possible to interactively select a different desktop during the " @@ -3885,7 +3926,7 @@ msgstr "" "<literal>desktop=xfce</literal> ou <literal>desktop=lxde</literal>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2367 +#: using-d-i.xml:2374 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some CD images (businesscard, netinst and DVD) also allow selection of the " @@ -3899,7 +3940,7 @@ msgstr "" "por <quote>Ambientes de trabalho anternativos</quote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2374 +#: using-d-i.xml:2381 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that this will only work if the packages needed for the desired desktop " @@ -3918,7 +3959,7 @@ msgstr "" "método de instalação." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2384 +#: using-d-i.xml:2391 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The various server tasks will install software roughly as follows. DNS " @@ -3938,7 +3979,7 @@ msgstr "" "web: <classname>apache</classname>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2395 +#: using-d-i.xml:2402 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <quote>Standard system</quote> task will install any package that has a " @@ -3954,7 +3995,7 @@ msgstr "" "queira mesmo um sistema minimalista." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2403 +#: using-d-i.xml:2410 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If during language selection a default locale other than the <quote>C</" @@ -3975,7 +4016,7 @@ msgstr "" "disponíveis)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2413 +#: using-d-i.xml:2420 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you've selected your tasks, select &BTN-CONT;. At this point, " @@ -3989,7 +4030,7 @@ msgstr "" "mais informação do utilizador irá pedi-la durante este processo." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2420 +#: using-d-i.xml:2427 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You should be aware that especially the Desktop task is very large. " @@ -4007,7 +4048,7 @@ msgstr "" "não existe opção para cancelar a instalação de pacotes." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2429 +#: using-d-i.xml:2436 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Even when packages are included on the CD-ROM, the installer may still " @@ -4026,13 +4067,13 @@ msgstr "" "antiga." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2444 +#: using-d-i.xml:2451 #, no-c-format msgid "Making Your System Bootable" msgstr "Tornar o Sistema Iniciável" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2446 +#: using-d-i.xml:2453 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the " @@ -4047,13 +4088,13 @@ msgstr "" "sun\"/>.</phrase>" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2461 +#: using-d-i.xml:2468 #, no-c-format msgid "Detecting other operating systems" msgstr "Detecção de outros sistemas operativos" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2463 +#: using-d-i.xml:2470 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for " @@ -4069,7 +4110,7 @@ msgstr "" "adição ao Debian." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2471 +#: using-d-i.xml:2478 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " @@ -4086,13 +4127,13 @@ msgstr "" "mais informações." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2489 +#: using-d-i.xml:2496 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>palo</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2490 +#: using-d-i.xml:2497 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is " @@ -4109,19 +4150,19 @@ msgstr "" "Linux." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2499 +#: using-d-i.xml:2506 #, no-c-format msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )" msgstr "hppa FIXME ( mais informação necessária )" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2511 +#: using-d-i.xml:2518 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Instalar o Gestor de Arranque <command>Grub</command> num Disco Rígido" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2513 +#: using-d-i.xml:2520 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a " @@ -4134,7 +4175,7 @@ msgstr "" "experientes." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2519 +#: using-d-i.xml:2526 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where " @@ -4146,7 +4187,7 @@ msgstr "" "qualquer outro local. Veja o manual do grub para uma informação completa." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2525 +#: using-d-i.xml:2532 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do not want to install grub, use the &BTN-GOBACK; button to get to " @@ -4158,13 +4199,13 @@ msgstr "" "utilizar." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2538 +#: using-d-i.xml:2545 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Instalar o Gestor de Arranque <command>LILO</command> num Disco Rígido" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2540 +#: using-d-i.xml:2547 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is " @@ -4181,7 +4222,7 @@ msgstr "" "\">LILO mini-HOWTO</ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2550 +#: using-d-i.xml:2557 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other " @@ -4195,7 +4236,7 @@ msgstr "" "sistemas operativos como o GNU/Linux e GNU/Hurd depois da instalação." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2558 +#: using-d-i.xml:2565 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; offers you three choices on where to install the <command>LILO</" @@ -4205,13 +4246,13 @@ msgstr "" "<command>LILO</command>." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2565 +#: using-d-i.xml:2572 #, no-c-format msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)" msgstr "Master Boot Record (MBR)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2565 +#: using-d-i.xml:2572 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot " @@ -4221,13 +4262,13 @@ msgstr "" "de arranque." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2572 +#: using-d-i.xml:2579 #, no-c-format msgid "new Debian partition" msgstr "nova partição Debian" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2572 +#: using-d-i.xml:2579 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> " @@ -4239,13 +4280,13 @@ msgstr "" "gestor de arranque secundário." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2581 +#: using-d-i.xml:2588 #, no-c-format msgid "Other choice" msgstr "Outra escolha" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2581 +#: using-d-i.xml:2588 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> " @@ -4259,7 +4300,7 @@ msgstr "" "como <filename>/dev/hda</filename> ou <filename>/dev/sda</filename>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2591 +#: using-d-i.xml:2598 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll " @@ -4275,14 +4316,14 @@ msgstr "" "utilizar outro método para voltar ao Debian!" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2607 +#: using-d-i.xml:2614 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" "Instalar o Gestor de Arranque <command>ELILO</command> num Disco Rígido" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2609 +#: using-d-i.xml:2616 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled " @@ -4311,7 +4352,7 @@ msgstr "" "de carregar e arrancar o kernel Linux." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2625 +#: using-d-i.xml:2632 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last " @@ -4329,13 +4370,13 @@ msgstr "" "contém o seu sistema de ficheiros <emphasis>root</emphasis>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2637 +#: using-d-i.xml:2644 #, no-c-format msgid "Choose the correct partition!" msgstr "Escolha a partição correcta!" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2639 +#: using-d-i.xml:2646 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The criteria for selecting a partition is that it is FAT format filesystem " @@ -4354,13 +4395,13 @@ msgstr "" "anterior!" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2654 +#: using-d-i.xml:2661 #, no-c-format msgid "EFI Partition Contents" msgstr "Conteúdo das Partições EFI" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2656 +#: using-d-i.xml:2663 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard " @@ -4390,13 +4431,13 @@ msgstr "" "conforme o sistema é actualizado ou reconfigurado." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2678 +#: using-d-i.xml:2685 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.conf" msgstr "elilo.conf" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2679 +#: using-d-i.xml:2686 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is " @@ -4408,13 +4449,13 @@ msgstr "" "dos ficheiros reescritos de modo a referir os ficheiros da partição EFI." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2688 +#: using-d-i.xml:2695 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.efi" msgstr "elilo.efi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2689 +#: using-d-i.xml:2696 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> " @@ -4428,13 +4469,13 @@ msgstr "" "<quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote>." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2699 +#: using-d-i.xml:2706 #, no-c-format msgid "initrd.img" msgstr "initrd.img" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2700 +#: using-d-i.xml:2707 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of " @@ -4449,13 +4490,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename>." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2712 +#: using-d-i.xml:2719 #, no-c-format msgid "readme.txt" msgstr "readme.txt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2713 +#: using-d-i.xml:2720 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are " @@ -4468,13 +4509,13 @@ msgstr "" "seja executado." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2723 +#: using-d-i.xml:2730 #, no-c-format msgid "vmlinuz" msgstr "vmlinuz" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2724 +#: using-d-i.xml:2731 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in " @@ -4488,13 +4529,13 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>/vmlinuz</filename>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2744 +#: using-d-i.xml:2751 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2745 +#: using-d-i.xml:2752 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on SGI machines is <command>arcboot</command>. It has to be " @@ -4538,13 +4579,13 @@ msgstr "" "executando <command>boot</command>." #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2764 +#: using-d-i.xml:2771 #, no-c-format msgid "scsi" msgstr "scsi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2765 +#: using-d-i.xml:2772 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI bus to be booted from, this is <userinput>0</userinput> for the " @@ -4554,13 +4595,13 @@ msgstr "" "userinput> para controladores onboard." #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2773 +#: using-d-i.xml:2780 #, no-c-format msgid "disk" msgstr "disk" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2774 +#: using-d-i.xml:2781 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>arcboot</command> is " @@ -4569,13 +4610,13 @@ msgstr "" "é o SCSI ID do disco rígido onde o <command>arcboot</command> está instalado" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2782 +#: using-d-i.xml:2789 #, no-c-format msgid "partnr" msgstr "partnr" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2783 +#: using-d-i.xml:2790 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -4584,13 +4625,13 @@ msgstr "" "é o número da partição onde o <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename> reside" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2791 +#: using-d-i.xml:2798 #, no-c-format msgid "config" msgstr "config" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2792 +#: using-d-i.xml:2799 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -4600,13 +4641,13 @@ msgstr "" "que por omissão é <quote>linux</quote>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2813 +#: using-d-i.xml:2820 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Instalar o <command>Yaboot</command> num Disco Rígido" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2814 +#: using-d-i.xml:2821 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their " @@ -4627,13 +4668,13 @@ msgstr "" "iniciar o &debian;." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2832 +#: using-d-i.xml:2839 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Instalar o <command>Quik</command> num Disco Rígido" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2833 +#: using-d-i.xml:2840 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</" @@ -4648,13 +4689,13 @@ msgstr "" "clones da Power Computing." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2849 +#: using-d-i.xml:2856 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>zipl</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2850 +#: using-d-i.xml:2857 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</" @@ -4671,13 +4712,13 @@ msgstr "" "<command>ZIPL</command>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2867 +#: using-d-i.xml:2874 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Instalar o gestor de arranque <command>SILO</command> num Disco Rígido" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2869 +#: using-d-i.xml:2876 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is " @@ -4709,13 +4750,13 @@ msgstr "" "instalação SunOS/Solaris já existente." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2894 +#: using-d-i.xml:2901 #, no-c-format msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader" msgstr "Continuar Sem Gestor de Arranque" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2896 +#: using-d-i.xml:2903 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot " @@ -4728,7 +4769,7 @@ msgstr "" "gestor de arranque existente)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2903 +#: using-d-i.xml:2910 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name " @@ -4750,13 +4791,13 @@ msgstr "" "numa partição separada." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2920 +#: using-d-i.xml:2927 #, no-c-format msgid "Finishing the Installation" msgstr "Terminar a Instalação" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2921 +#: using-d-i.xml:2928 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the last step in the Debian installation process during which the " @@ -4768,13 +4809,13 @@ msgstr "" "arrumar tudo após o &d-i;." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2934 +#: using-d-i.xml:2941 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting the System Clock" msgstr "Configurar o Relógio do Sistema" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2936 +#: using-d-i.xml:2943 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The installer may ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally " @@ -4788,7 +4829,7 @@ msgstr "" "outros sistemas operativos estão instalados." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2943 +#: using-d-i.xml:2950 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is " @@ -4807,7 +4848,7 @@ msgstr "" "de UTC.</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2954 +#: using-d-i.xml:2961 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point &d-i; will also attempt to save the current time to the " @@ -4819,13 +4860,13 @@ msgstr "" "da selecção que foi acabada de fazer." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2969 +#: using-d-i.xml:2976 #, no-c-format msgid "Reboot the System" msgstr "Reiniciar o Sistema" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2971 +#: using-d-i.xml:2978 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will be prompted to remove the boot media (CD, floppy, etc) that you " @@ -4837,7 +4878,7 @@ msgstr "" "no seu novo sistema Debian." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2977 +#: using-d-i.xml:2984 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After a final prompt the system will be halted because rebooting is not " @@ -4851,13 +4892,13 @@ msgstr "" "etapas da instalação." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2990 +#: using-d-i.xml:2997 #, no-c-format msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "Miscelânea" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2991 +#: using-d-i.xml:2998 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the " @@ -4869,13 +4910,13 @@ msgstr "" "utilizador no caso de algo correr mal." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3004 +#: using-d-i.xml:3011 #, no-c-format msgid "Saving the installation logs" msgstr "Gravar os logs de instalação" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3006 +#: using-d-i.xml:3013 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the " @@ -4887,7 +4928,7 @@ msgstr "" "installer/</filename> no seu novo sistema Debian." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3013 +#: using-d-i.xml:3020 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu " @@ -4903,13 +4944,13 @@ msgstr "" "sistema ou incluí-los num relatório de instalação. " #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3033 +#: using-d-i.xml:3040 #, no-c-format msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs" msgstr "Utilizar a Shell e Ver os Logs" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3035 +#: using-d-i.xml:3042 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There are several methods you can use to get a shell while running an " @@ -4935,13 +4976,13 @@ msgstr "" "keycap> <keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo> para voltar ao instalador." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3053 +#: using-d-i.xml:3060 #, no-c-format msgid "For the graphical installer see also <xref linkend=\"gtk-using\"/>." msgstr "Para o instalador gráfico veja também <xref linkend=\"gtk-using\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3057 +#: using-d-i.xml:3064 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you cannot switch consoles, there is also an <guimenuitem>Execute a " @@ -4957,7 +4998,7 @@ msgstr "" "<userinput>exit</userinput> para fechar a shell e voltar ao instalador." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3065 +#: using-d-i.xml:3072 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set " @@ -4975,7 +5016,7 @@ msgstr "" "agradáveis como auto-completar e histórico." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3074 +#: using-d-i.xml:3081 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To edit and view files, use the text editor <command>nano</command>. Log " @@ -4987,7 +5028,7 @@ msgstr "" "encontrados no directório <filename>/var/log</filename>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3081 +#: using-d-i.xml:3088 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although you can do basically anything in a shell that the available " @@ -4999,7 +5040,7 @@ msgstr "" "de alguma coisa correr mal e para depuração." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3087 +#: using-d-i.xml:3094 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Doing things manually from the shell may interfere with the installation " @@ -5013,13 +5054,13 @@ msgstr "" "não o faça você mesmo a partir da shell." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3102 +#: using-d-i.xml:3109 #, no-c-format msgid "Installation Over the Network" msgstr "Instalação Através da Rede" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3104 +#: using-d-i.xml:3111 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</" @@ -5037,7 +5078,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"automatic-install\"/>.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3114 +#: using-d-i.xml:3121 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so " @@ -5060,7 +5101,7 @@ msgstr "" "com SSH</guimenuitem>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3127 +#: using-d-i.xml:3134 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting " @@ -5070,7 +5111,7 @@ msgstr "" "configurar a rede." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3132 +#: using-d-i.xml:3139 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> " @@ -5093,7 +5134,7 @@ msgstr "" "remotamente</quote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3144 +#: using-d-i.xml:3151 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always " @@ -5105,7 +5146,7 @@ msgstr "" "poderá escolher outro componente." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3150 +#: using-d-i.xml:3157 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need " @@ -5137,7 +5178,7 @@ msgstr "" "de confirmar se é o correcto." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3167 +#: using-d-i.xml:3174 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <command>ssh</command> server in the installer uses a default " @@ -5162,7 +5203,7 @@ msgstr "" "pode, ou não, conseguir retomar a instalação após ligar novamente." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3180 +#: using-d-i.xml:3187 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You may be able to avoid the connection being dropped by adding the option " @@ -5184,7 +5225,7 @@ msgstr "" "recuperado), por isso deve apenas ser utilizado quando for necessário." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3193 +#: using-d-i.xml:3200 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP " @@ -5208,7 +5249,7 @@ msgstr "" "replaceable>></command> </para> </footnote> e tentar novamente." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3209 +#: using-d-i.xml:3216 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have " @@ -5228,7 +5269,7 @@ msgstr "" "SSH para o menu de instalação, mas pode iniciar várias sessões para shells." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3219 +#: using-d-i.xml:3226 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go " @@ -5244,13 +5285,13 @@ msgstr "" "sistema instalado." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3239 +#: using-d-i.xml:3246 #, no-c-format msgid "Loading Missing Firmware" msgstr "Carregar Firmware em Falta" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3240 +#: using-d-i.xml:3247 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As described in <xref linkend=\"hardware-firmware\"/>, some devices require " @@ -5265,7 +5306,7 @@ msgstr "" "falta e for apenas necessário para habilitar funcionalidades adicionais." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3248 +#: using-d-i.xml:3255 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If a device driver requests firmware that is not available, &d-i; will " @@ -5284,7 +5325,7 @@ msgstr "" "será novamente carregado." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3258 +#: using-d-i.xml:3265 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Which devices are scanned and which file systems are supported depends on " @@ -5303,7 +5344,7 @@ msgstr "" "phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3268 +#: using-d-i.xml:3275 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that it is possible to skip loading the firmware if you know the device " @@ -5315,7 +5356,7 @@ msgstr "" "necessário durante a instalação." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3275 +#: using-d-i.xml:3282 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Support for loading firmware is still relatively basic and is likely to be " @@ -5332,13 +5373,13 @@ msgstr "" "instalação (veja <xref linkend=\"submit-bug\"/>)." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3286 +#: using-d-i.xml:3293 #, no-c-format msgid "Preparing a medium" msgstr "Preparar um meio" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3287 +#: using-d-i.xml:3294 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although in some cases the firmware can also be loaded from a partition on a " @@ -5358,7 +5399,7 @@ msgstr "" "mais provável a ser suportado durante as etapas iniciais da instalação." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3297 +#: using-d-i.xml:3304 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Tarballs containing current packages for the most common firmware are " @@ -5374,7 +5415,7 @@ msgstr "" "sistema de ficheiros na media." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3311 +#: using-d-i.xml:3318 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the firmware you need is not included in the tarball, you can also " @@ -5390,7 +5431,7 @@ msgstr "" "conter pacotes que não sejam de firmware:" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3325 +#: using-d-i.xml:3332 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is also possible to copy individual firmware files to the medium. Loose " @@ -5402,13 +5443,13 @@ msgstr "" "sistemas já instalados ou a partir de um fabricante de hardware." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3334 +#: using-d-i.xml:3341 #, no-c-format msgid "Firmware and the Installed System" msgstr "Firmware e o Sistema Instalado" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3335 +#: using-d-i.xml:3342 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any firmware loaded during the installation will be copied automatically to " @@ -5427,7 +5468,7 @@ msgstr "" "devido à diferença de versão." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3344 +#: using-d-i.xml:3351 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the firmware was loaded from a firmware package, &d-i; will also install " @@ -5443,7 +5484,7 @@ msgstr "" "automaticatamente se estiver disponível uma nova versão." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3352 +#: using-d-i.xml:3359 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If loading the firmware was skipped during the installation, the relevant " @@ -5455,7 +5496,7 @@ msgstr "" "até o (pacote de) firmware ser instalado manualmente." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3359 +#: using-d-i.xml:3366 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the firmware was loaded from loose firmware files, the firmware copied to " diff --git a/po/ro/using-d-i.po b/po/ro/using-d-i.po index c0aa9fe03..38b83d923 100644 --- a/po/ro/using-d-i.po +++ b/po/ro/using-d-i.po @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: using-d-i\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-11-25 01:11+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-01-18 00:44+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-25 02:25+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Eddy Petrișor <eddy.petrisor@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Romanian <debian-l10n-romanian@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -933,11 +933,16 @@ msgstr "Selectarea opțiunilor de localizare" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:516 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +#| msgid "" +#| "In most cases the first questions you will be asked concern the selection " +#| "of localization options to be used both for the installation and for the " +#| "installed system. The localization options consist of language, country " +#| "and locales." msgid "" "In most cases the first questions you will be asked concern the selection of " "localization options to be used both for the installation and for the " -"installed system. The localization options consist of language, country and " +"installed system. The localization options consist of language, location and " "locales." msgstr "" "În cele mai multe cazuri, primele întrebări vor fi legate de selectarea " @@ -968,10 +973,11 @@ msgstr "" #| "geographic location. Language and country together will be used to set " #| "the default locale for your system and to help select your keyboard." msgid "" -"The selected country will be used later in the installation process to pick " -"the default time zone and a Debian mirror appropriate for your geographic " -"location. Language and country together will help determine the default " -"locale for your system and select the correct keyboard layout." +"The selected geographic location (in most cases a country) will be used " +"later in the installation process to select the correct time zone and a " +"Debian mirror appropriate for that country. Language and country together " +"will help determine the default locale for your system and select the " +"correct keyboard layout." msgstr "" "Țara selectată va fi folosită mai târziu în procesul de instalare pentru a " "alege fusul orar implicit și o arhivă-copie a arhivei Debian potrivită " @@ -980,7 +986,7 @@ msgstr "" "și pentru alegerea tastaturii dumneavoastră." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:537 +#: using-d-i.xml:538 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will first be asked to select your preferred language. The language " @@ -1004,7 +1010,7 @@ msgstr "" "classname> nu va fi instalat." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:549 +#: using-d-i.xml:550 #, fuzzy, no-c-format #| msgid "" #| "If you selected a language that is recognized as an official language for " @@ -1016,14 +1022,14 @@ msgstr "" #| "language has only one country associated with it, that country will be " #| "selected automatically." msgid "" -"If you selected a language that is recognized as an official language for " -"more than one country<footnote> <para> In technical terms: where multiple " -"locales exist for that language with differing country codes. </para> </" -"footnote>, you will be shown a list of only those countries. To select a " -"country that is not in that list, choose <guimenuitem>other</guimenuitem> " -"(the last option). You will then be presented with a list of continents; " -"selecting a continent will lead to a list of relevant countries on that " -"continent." +"Next you will be asked to select your geographic location. If you selected a " +"language that is recognized as an official language for more than one " +"country<footnote> <para> In technical terms: where multiple locales exist " +"for that language with differing country codes. </para> </footnote>, you " +"will be shown a list of only those countries. To select a country that is " +"not in that list, choose <guimenuitem>other</guimenuitem> (the last option). " +"You will then be presented with a list of continents; selecting a continent " +"will lead to a list of relevant countries on that continent." msgstr "" "Dacă ați selectat o limbă care este recunoscută ca limbă oficială pentru mai " "mult de o țară <footnote> <para> În termeni tehnici: atunci când există mai " @@ -1059,24 +1065,27 @@ msgid "" "If you selected a combination of language and country for which no locale is " "defined and there exist multiple locales for the language, then the " "installer will allow you to choose which of those locales you prefer as the " -"default locale for the installed system. In all other cases a default locale " -"will be selected based on the selected language and country." +"default locale for the installed system<footnote> <para> At medium and low " +"priority you can always select your preferred locale from those available " +"for the selected language (if there's more than one). </para> </footnote>. " +"In all other cases a default locale will be selected based on the selected " +"language and country." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:588 +#: using-d-i.xml:595 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any default locale selected as described in the previous paragraph will use " -"UTF-8 as character encoding." +"<firstterm>UTF-8</firstterm> as character encoding." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:593 +#: using-d-i.xml:600 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"If you are installing at medium or low priority, you will have the option of " -"selecting additional locales, including so-called <quote>legacy</quote> " +"If you are installing at low priority, you will have the option of selecting " +"additional locales, including so-called <quote>legacy</quote> " "locales<footnote> <para> Legacy locales are locales which do not use UTF-8, " "but one of the older standards for character encoding such as ISO 8859-" "1 (used by West European languages) or EUC-JP (used by Japanese). </para> </" @@ -1086,13 +1095,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:617 +#: using-d-i.xml:624 #, no-c-format msgid "Choosing a Keyboard" msgstr "Alegerea tastaturii" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:619 +#: using-d-i.xml:626 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Keyboards are often tailored to the characters used in a language. Select a " @@ -1111,7 +1120,7 @@ msgstr "" # couldn't xml-ised quotes be used for the ' characters? #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:629 +#: using-d-i.xml:636 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Move the highlight to the keyboard selection you desire and press " @@ -1127,7 +1136,7 @@ msgstr "" "keycap> la <keycap>F10</keycap> deasupra șirului de sus." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:638 +#: using-d-i.xml:645 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There are two keyboard layouts for US keyboards; the qwerty/mac-usb-us " @@ -1147,13 +1156,13 @@ msgstr "" "Mac). În celelalte privințe, cele două aranjamente sunt similare." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:668 +#: using-d-i.xml:675 #, no-c-format msgid "Looking for the Debian Installer ISO Image" msgstr "Căutarea imaginii ISO a Programului de instalare al Debian" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:669 +#: using-d-i.xml:676 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When installing via the <emphasis>hd-media</emphasis> method, there will be " @@ -1167,7 +1176,7 @@ msgstr "" "Componenta <command>iso-scan</command> face chiar acest lucru." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:676 +#: using-d-i.xml:683 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At first, <command>iso-scan</command> automatically mounts all block devices " @@ -1197,7 +1206,7 @@ msgstr "" "<command>iso-scan</command> caută o altă imagine." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:693 +#: using-d-i.xml:700 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In case the previous attempt to find an installer iso image fails, " @@ -1211,7 +1220,7 @@ msgstr "" "chiar traversează întregul sistem de fișiere." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:700 +#: using-d-i.xml:707 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If <command>iso-scan</command> does not discover your installer iso image, " @@ -1229,13 +1238,13 @@ msgstr "" "Unix ar putea face aceste lucruri fără a reporni, de la a doua consolă." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:721 +#: using-d-i.xml:728 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Network" msgstr "Configurarea rețelisticii" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:723 +#: using-d-i.xml:730 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As you enter this step, if the system detects that you have more than one " @@ -1256,7 +1265,7 @@ msgstr "" "citerefentry>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:734 +#: using-d-i.xml:741 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, &d-i; tries to configure your computer's network automatically " @@ -1281,7 +1290,7 @@ msgstr "" "este cum trebuie, încercați din nou." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:746 +#: using-d-i.xml:753 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The manual network setup in turn asks you a number of questions about your " @@ -1305,7 +1314,7 @@ msgstr "" "<xref linkend=\"needed-info\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:760 +#: using-d-i.xml:767 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Some technical details you might, or might not, find handy: the program " @@ -1330,14 +1339,14 @@ msgstr "" "de configurare a rețelei." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:805 +#: using-d-i.xml:812 #, fuzzy, no-c-format #| msgid "Configuring the Clock" msgid "Configuring the Clock and Time Zone" msgstr "Configurarea ceasului" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:807 +#: using-d-i.xml:814 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The installer will first attempt to connect to a time server on the Internet " @@ -1355,13 +1364,13 @@ msgstr "" "instalării nu este posibilă." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:816 +#: using-d-i.xml:823 #, no-c-format msgid "The installer does not modify the system clock on the s390 platform." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:829 +#: using-d-i.xml:836 #, fuzzy, no-c-format #| msgid "" #| "Depending on the location selected earlier in the installation process, " @@ -1380,7 +1389,7 @@ msgstr "" "sistemul va folosi acel fus orar." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:837 +#: using-d-i.xml:844 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In expert mode or when installing at medium priority, you will have the " @@ -1389,7 +1398,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:843 +#: using-d-i.xml:850 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If for some reason you wish to set a time zone for the installed system that " @@ -1401,7 +1410,7 @@ msgstr "" "două opțiuni." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:854 +#: using-d-i.xml:861 #, fuzzy, no-c-format #| msgid "" #| "The simplest option is to just select a different timezone after the " @@ -1417,14 +1426,14 @@ msgstr "" "lucru este:" #. Tag: screen -#: using-d-i.xml:860 +#: using-d-i.xml:867 #, no-c-format msgid "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata" msgstr "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata" # trebuie să testez dacă EET e valid, în loc de UTC #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:866 +#: using-d-i.xml:873 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Alternatively, the time zone can be set at the very start of the " @@ -1440,7 +1449,7 @@ msgstr "" "<userinput>Europe/Bucharest</userinput> sau <userinput>UTC</userinput>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:880 +#: using-d-i.xml:887 #, fuzzy, no-c-format #| msgid "" #| "For automated installations the time zone can also be set using " @@ -1453,13 +1462,13 @@ msgstr "" "preconfigurare." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:894 +#: using-d-i.xml:901 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning and Mount Point Selection" msgstr "Partiționarea și selectarea punctelor de montare" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:895 +#: using-d-i.xml:902 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "At this time, after hardware detection has been executed a final time, &d-i; " @@ -1479,7 +1488,7 @@ msgstr "" "RAID." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:916 +#: using-d-i.xml:923 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are uncomfortable with partitioning, or just want to know more " @@ -1490,7 +1499,7 @@ msgstr "" "se vedea <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:922 +#: using-d-i.xml:929 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If a hard disk has previously used under Solaris, the partitioner may not " @@ -1512,7 +1521,7 @@ msgstr "" "imposibil accesul la datele de pe acel disc." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:935 +#: using-d-i.xml:942 #, no-c-format msgid "" "First you will be given the opportunity to automatically partition either an " @@ -1526,13 +1535,13 @@ msgstr "" "automat, alegeți din meniu metoda <guimenuitem>Manuală</guimenuitem> ." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:945 +#: using-d-i.xml:952 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "Guided Partitioning" msgstr "Schema de partiționare" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:946 +#: using-d-i.xml:953 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning, you may have three options: to create " @@ -1549,7 +1558,7 @@ msgstr "" "(criptat) să nu fie prezentă pe toate arhitecturile." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:961 +#: using-d-i.xml:968 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The option to use (encrypted) LVM may not be available on all architectures." @@ -1559,7 +1568,7 @@ msgstr "" # XXX: shouldn't real Note style be used instead of the inline string? #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:966 +#: using-d-i.xml:973 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When using LVM or encrypted LVM, the installer will create most partitions " @@ -1577,7 +1586,7 @@ msgstr "" "pentru datele (personale ale) dumneavoastră." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:975 +#: using-d-i.xml:982 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When using encrypted LVM, the installer will also automatically erase the " @@ -1594,7 +1603,7 @@ msgstr "" "de dimensiunea discului." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:984 +#: using-d-i.xml:991 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning using LVM or encrypted LVM, some changes " @@ -1612,7 +1621,7 @@ msgstr "" "cere să confirmați aceste schimbări înainte de a fi scrise pe disc." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:994 +#: using-d-i.xml:1001 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning (either classic or using (encrypted) LVM) " @@ -1631,7 +1640,7 @@ msgstr "" "identificarea lor." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1003 +#: using-d-i.xml:1010 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any data on the disk you select will eventually be lost, but you will always " @@ -1647,7 +1656,7 @@ msgstr "" "(criptat) acest lucru nu este posibil." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1011 +#: using-d-i.xml:1018 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, you will be able to choose from the schemes listed in the table below. " @@ -1666,73 +1675,73 @@ msgstr "" "eșua." #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1027 +#: using-d-i.xml:1034 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning scheme" msgstr "Schema de partiționare" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1028 +#: using-d-i.xml:1035 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum space" msgstr "Spațiu minim" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1029 +#: using-d-i.xml:1036 #, no-c-format msgid "Created partitions" msgstr "Partiții create" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1035 +#: using-d-i.xml:1042 #, no-c-format msgid "All files in one partition" msgstr "Toate fișierele pe o partiție" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1036 +#: using-d-i.xml:1043 #, no-c-format msgid "600MB" msgstr "600MO" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1037 +#: using-d-i.xml:1044 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, swap" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1039 +#: using-d-i.xml:1046 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home partition" msgstr "Partiție /home separată" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1040 +#: using-d-i.xml:1047 #, no-c-format msgid "500MB" msgstr "500MO" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1041 +#: using-d-i.xml:1048 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1045 +#: using-d-i.xml:1052 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home, /usr, /var and /tmp partitions" msgstr "Partiții /home, /usr, /var și /tmp separate" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1046 +#: using-d-i.xml:1053 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>1GB</entry>" msgstr "<entry>1GO</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1047 +#: using-d-i.xml:1054 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/usr</" @@ -1742,7 +1751,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, swap" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1056 +#: using-d-i.xml:1063 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning using (encrypted) LVM, the installer will " @@ -1756,7 +1765,7 @@ msgstr "" "partiției LVM." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1062 +#: using-d-i.xml:1069 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning for your IA-64 system, there will be an " @@ -1771,7 +1780,7 @@ msgstr "" "EFI." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1070 +#: using-d-i.xml:1077 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After selecting a scheme, the next screen will show your new partition " @@ -1783,7 +1792,7 @@ msgstr "" "formatate și dacă vor fi montate." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1076 +#: using-d-i.xml:1083 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The list of partitions might look like this: <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -1834,7 +1843,7 @@ msgstr "" "partiționarea manuală." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1089 +#: using-d-i.xml:1096 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This concludes the guided partitioning. If you are satisfied with the " @@ -1855,13 +1864,13 @@ msgstr "" "propuse după cum se va descrie mai jos la partiționarea manuală." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1103 +#: using-d-i.xml:1110 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "Manual Partitioning" msgstr "Schema de partiționare" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1104 +#: using-d-i.xml:1111 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A similar screen to the one shown just above will be displayed if you choose " @@ -1877,7 +1886,7 @@ msgstr "" "Debian vor fi acoperite în restul acestei secțiuni." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1112 +#: using-d-i.xml:1119 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select a pristine disk which has neither partitions nor free space on " @@ -1892,7 +1901,7 @@ msgstr "" "selectat." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1120 +#: using-d-i.xml:1127 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select some free space, you will have the opportunity to create a new " @@ -1931,7 +1940,7 @@ msgstr "" "<command>partman</command>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1142 +#: using-d-i.xml:1149 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you decide you want to change something about your partition, simply " @@ -1953,7 +1962,7 @@ msgstr "" "și să ștergeți o partiție." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1153 +#: using-d-i.xml:1160 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Be sure to create at least two partitions: one for the <emphasis>root</" @@ -1969,7 +1978,7 @@ msgstr "" "lăsa să continuați până nu corectați această problemă." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1161 +#: using-d-i.xml:1168 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you forget to select and format an EFI boot partition, <command>partman</" @@ -1981,7 +1990,7 @@ msgstr "" "continuați până când nu alocați una." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1167 +#: using-d-i.xml:1174 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Capabilities of <command>partman</command> can be extended with installer " @@ -1998,7 +2007,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename>)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1175 +#: using-d-i.xml:1182 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you are satisfied with partitioning, select <guimenuitem>Finish " @@ -2013,13 +2022,13 @@ msgstr "" "sistemele de fișiere ar trebui create așa cum s-a cerut." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1203 +#: using-d-i.xml:1210 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Multidisk Devices (Software RAID)" msgstr "Configurarea dispozitivelor multi-disc (<quote>RAID software</quote>)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1204 +#: using-d-i.xml:1211 #, fuzzy, no-c-format #| msgid "" #| "If you have more than one harddrive<footnote><para> To be honest, you can " @@ -2048,7 +2057,7 @@ msgstr "" "software</firstterm></quote>)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1217 +#: using-d-i.xml:1224 #, no-c-format msgid "" "MD is basically a bunch of partitions located on different disks and " @@ -2063,7 +2072,7 @@ msgstr "" "montare, etc.)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1225 +#: using-d-i.xml:1232 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "What benefits this brings depends on the type of MD device you are creating. " @@ -2162,55 +2171,55 @@ msgstr "" "variablelist> Pentru a sumariza:" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1339 +#: using-d-i.xml:1346 #, no-c-format msgid "Type" msgstr "Tipul" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1340 +#: using-d-i.xml:1347 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum Devices" msgstr "Minim de dispozitive" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1341 +#: using-d-i.xml:1348 #, no-c-format msgid "Spare Device" msgstr "Dispozitive de rezervă" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1342 +#: using-d-i.xml:1349 #, no-c-format msgid "Survives disk failure?" msgstr "Supraviețuiește la un defect de disc?" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1343 +#: using-d-i.xml:1350 #, no-c-format msgid "Available Space" msgstr "Spațiu disponibil" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1349 +#: using-d-i.xml:1356 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID0" msgstr "RAID0" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1350 using-d-i.xml:1358 using-d-i.xml:1388 +#: using-d-i.xml:1357 using-d-i.xml:1365 using-d-i.xml:1395 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>2</entry>" msgstr "<entry>2</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1351 using-d-i.xml:1352 +#: using-d-i.xml:1358 using-d-i.xml:1359 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>no</entry>" msgstr "<entry>nu</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1353 +#: using-d-i.xml:1360 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by number of devices in RAID" msgstr "" @@ -2218,43 +2227,43 @@ msgstr "" "RAID" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1357 +#: using-d-i.xml:1364 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID1" msgstr "RAID1" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1359 using-d-i.xml:1367 using-d-i.xml:1378 using-d-i.xml:1389 +#: using-d-i.xml:1366 using-d-i.xml:1374 using-d-i.xml:1385 using-d-i.xml:1396 #, no-c-format msgid "optional" msgstr "opțional" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1360 using-d-i.xml:1368 using-d-i.xml:1379 using-d-i.xml:1390 +#: using-d-i.xml:1367 using-d-i.xml:1375 using-d-i.xml:1386 using-d-i.xml:1397 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>yes</entry>" msgstr "<entry>da</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1361 +#: using-d-i.xml:1368 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition in RAID" msgstr "Dimensiunea celei mai mici partiții din RAID" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1365 +#: using-d-i.xml:1372 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID5" msgstr "RAID5" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1366 +#: using-d-i.xml:1373 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>3</entry>" msgstr "<entry>3</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1369 +#: using-d-i.xml:1376 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID " @@ -2264,21 +2273,21 @@ msgstr "" "RAID minus unu)" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1376 +#: using-d-i.xml:1383 #, fuzzy, no-c-format #| msgid "RAID0" msgid "RAID6" msgstr "RAID0" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1377 +#: using-d-i.xml:1384 #, fuzzy, no-c-format #| msgid "<entry>2</entry>" msgid "<entry>4</entry>" msgstr "<entry>2</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1380 +#: using-d-i.xml:1387 #, fuzzy, no-c-format #| msgid "" #| "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID " @@ -2291,7 +2300,7 @@ msgstr "" "RAID minus unu)" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1387 +#: using-d-i.xml:1394 #, fuzzy, no-c-format #| msgid "RAID0" msgid "RAID10" @@ -2299,7 +2308,7 @@ msgstr "RAID0" # nu-mi place deloc cum e tradus; aștept sugestii #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1391 +#: using-d-i.xml:1398 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Total of all partitions divided by the number of chunk copies (defaults to " @@ -2309,7 +2318,7 @@ msgstr "" "două)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1398 +#: using-d-i.xml:1405 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you want to know more about Software RAID, have a look at <ulink url=" @@ -2320,7 +2329,7 @@ msgstr "" "software</ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1403 +#: using-d-i.xml:1410 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To create an MD device, you need to have the desired partitions it should " @@ -2338,7 +2347,7 @@ msgstr "" # nu-mi place traducerea pentru stripped #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1412 +#: using-d-i.xml:1419 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Make sure that the system can be booted with the partitioning scheme you are " @@ -2359,7 +2368,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename> poate fi o variantă posibilă." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1424 +#: using-d-i.xml:1431 #, fuzzy, no-c-format #| msgid "" #| "Support for MD is a relatively new addition to the installer. You may " @@ -2385,7 +2394,7 @@ msgstr "" "de instalare sau configurare." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1433 +#: using-d-i.xml:1440 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, you should choose <guimenuitem>Configure software RAID</guimenuitem> " @@ -2407,7 +2416,7 @@ msgstr "" "depinde de tipul de dispozitiv MD selectat." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1446 +#: using-d-i.xml:1453 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID0 is simple — you will be issued with the list of available RAID " @@ -2419,7 +2428,7 @@ msgstr "" "selectați partițiile care vor forma dispozitivul MD." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1453 +#: using-d-i.xml:1460 #, fuzzy, no-c-format #| msgid "" #| "RAID1 is a bit more tricky. First, you will be asked to enter the number " @@ -2448,7 +2457,7 @@ msgstr "" "problema." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1465 +#: using-d-i.xml:1472 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID5 has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 with the exception that you " @@ -2459,7 +2468,7 @@ msgstr "" "emphasis> partiții active." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1471 +#: using-d-i.xml:1478 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID6 also has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 except that at least " @@ -2470,7 +2479,7 @@ msgstr "" "emphasis> partiții active." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1477 +#: using-d-i.xml:1484 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID10 again has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 except in expert mode. " @@ -2491,7 +2500,7 @@ msgstr "" "active astfel încât copiile să fie distribuite pe discuri diferite." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1491 +#: using-d-i.xml:1498 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "It is perfectly possible to have several types of MD at once. For example, " @@ -2509,7 +2518,7 @@ msgstr "" "(partiție de 100GO, destul de sigură pentru <filename>/home</filename>)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1500 +#: using-d-i.xml:1507 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you set up MD devices to your liking, you can <guimenuitem>Finish</" @@ -2524,13 +2533,13 @@ msgstr "" "precum punctele de montare." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1515 +#: using-d-i.xml:1522 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Logical Volume Manager (LVM)" msgstr "Configurarea Managerului de volume logice (LVM)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1516 +#: using-d-i.xml:1523 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or " @@ -2547,7 +2556,7 @@ msgstr "" "legături simbolice, etc." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1524 +#: using-d-i.xml:1531 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). " @@ -2567,7 +2576,7 @@ msgstr "" "se pot întinde peste mai multe discuri fizice." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1534 +#: using-d-i.xml:1541 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</" @@ -2588,7 +2597,7 @@ msgstr "" "fi bine să citiți <ulink url=\"&url-lvm-howto;\">Rețetarul LVM</ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1545 +#: using-d-i.xml:1552 #, no-c-format msgid "" "LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple and completely supported inside " @@ -2605,7 +2614,7 @@ msgstr "" "fizic pentru LVM</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1554 +#: using-d-i.xml:1561 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, you will see " @@ -2625,7 +2634,7 @@ msgstr "" "Acțiunile posibile sunt:" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1565 +#: using-d-i.xml:1572 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<guimenuitem>Display configuration details</guimenuitem>: shows LVM device " @@ -2633,43 +2642,43 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1570 +#: using-d-i.xml:1577 #, no-c-format msgid "Create volume group" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1573 +#: using-d-i.xml:1580 #, no-c-format msgid "Create logical volume" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1576 +#: using-d-i.xml:1583 #, no-c-format msgid "Delete volume group" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1579 +#: using-d-i.xml:1586 #, no-c-format msgid "Delete logical volume" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1582 +#: using-d-i.xml:1589 #, no-c-format msgid "Extend volume group" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1585 +#: using-d-i.xml:1592 #, no-c-format msgid "Reduce volume group" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1587 +#: using-d-i.xml:1594 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem>: return to the main <command>partman</" @@ -2677,7 +2686,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1593 +#: using-d-i.xml:1600 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Use the options in that menu to first create a volume group and then create " @@ -2687,7 +2696,7 @@ msgstr "" "și și apoi creați volumele logice în interiorul acestuia." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1598 +#: using-d-i.xml:1605 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, any created " @@ -2699,13 +2708,13 @@ msgstr "" "obișnuite (și ar trebui tratate ca atare)." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1612 +#: using-d-i.xml:1619 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Encrypted Volumes" msgstr "Configurarea volumelor criptate" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1613 +#: using-d-i.xml:1620 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; allows you to set up encrypted partitions. Every file you write to " @@ -2727,7 +2736,7 @@ msgstr "" "datele de pe disc vor părea a fi caractere aleatoare." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1625 +#: using-d-i.xml:1632 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The two most important partitions to encrypt are: the home partition, where " @@ -2756,7 +2765,7 @@ msgstr "" "fișiere criptat." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1640 +#: using-d-i.xml:1647 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Please note that the performance of encrypted partitions will be less than " @@ -2772,7 +2781,7 @@ msgstr "" # trebuie verificate numele meniurilor cu ce e în D-I #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1647 +#: using-d-i.xml:1654 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "To use encryption, you have to create a new partition by selecting some free " @@ -2793,7 +2802,7 @@ msgstr "" "acea partiție." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1658 +#: using-d-i.xml:1665 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; supports several encryption methods. The default method is " @@ -2811,7 +2820,7 @@ msgstr "" # trebuie verificate opțiunile din meniu dacă sunt în concordanță cu textul #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1670 +#: using-d-i.xml:1677 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "First, let's have a look at the options available when you select " @@ -2825,13 +2834,13 @@ msgstr "" "în vedere securitatea." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1680 +#: using-d-i.xml:1687 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>aes</userinput>" msgstr "Criptare: <userinput>aes</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1682 +#: using-d-i.xml:1689 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "This option lets you select the encryption algorithm (<firstterm>cipher</" @@ -2857,14 +2866,14 @@ msgstr "" "protejarea datelor confidențiale în secolul 21." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1700 +#: using-d-i.xml:1707 #, no-c-format msgid "Key size: <userinput>256</userinput>" msgstr "Dimensiunea cheii: <userinput>256</userinput>" # mi-ar plăcea o altă traducere pentru 'strength' #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1702 +#: using-d-i.xml:1709 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Here you can specify the length of the encryption key. With a larger key " @@ -2878,13 +2887,13 @@ msgstr "" "dimensiuni de chei depinde de algoritmul de criptare." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1714 +#: using-d-i.xml:1721 #, no-c-format msgid "IV algorithm: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>" msgstr "Algoritmul VI: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1716 +#: using-d-i.xml:1723 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <firstterm>Initialization Vector</firstterm> or <firstterm>IV</" @@ -2902,7 +2911,7 @@ msgstr "" "șabloane repetate în datele criptate." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1726 +#: using-d-i.xml:1733 #, no-c-format msgid "" "From the provided alternatives, the default <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</" @@ -2917,25 +2926,25 @@ msgstr "" "algoritmii mai noi." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1738 +#: using-d-i.xml:1745 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Passphrase</userinput>" msgstr "Cheia de criptare: <userinput>Parolă-frază</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1740 +#: using-d-i.xml:1747 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can choose the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "Aici puteți alege tipul de cheie de criptare pentru această partiție." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1746 +#: using-d-i.xml:1753 #, no-c-format msgid "Passphrase" msgstr "Parolă-frază" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1747 +#: using-d-i.xml:1754 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The encryption key will be computed<footnote> <para> Using a passphrase as " @@ -2950,13 +2959,13 @@ msgstr "" "procesului." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1762 using-d-i.xml:1855 +#: using-d-i.xml:1769 using-d-i.xml:1862 #, no-c-format msgid "Random key" msgstr "Cheie aleatoare" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1763 +#: using-d-i.xml:1770 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A new encryption key will be generated from random data each time you try to " @@ -2975,7 +2984,7 @@ msgstr "" "cifrare.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1772 +#: using-d-i.xml:1779 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Random keys are useful for swap partitions because you do not need to bother " @@ -2988,13 +2997,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1791 using-d-i.xml:1868 +#: using-d-i.xml:1798 using-d-i.xml:1875 #, no-c-format msgid "Erase data: <userinput>yes</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1793 +#: using-d-i.xml:1800 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Determines whether the content of this partition should be overwritten with " @@ -3008,7 +3017,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1813 +#: using-d-i.xml:1820 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Encryption method:</guimenu> " @@ -3017,13 +3026,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1822 +#: using-d-i.xml:1829 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>AES256</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1824 +#: using-d-i.xml:1831 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For loop-AES, unlike dm-crypt, the options for cipher and key size are " @@ -3032,25 +3041,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1834 +#: using-d-i.xml:1841 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Keyfile (GnuPG)</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1836 +#: using-d-i.xml:1843 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can select the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1842 +#: using-d-i.xml:1849 #, no-c-format msgid "Keyfile (GnuPG)" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1843 +#: using-d-i.xml:1850 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The encryption key will be generated from random data during the " @@ -3060,19 +3069,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1856 +#: using-d-i.xml:1863 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the section on random keys above." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1870 +#: using-d-i.xml:1877 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the the section on erasing data above." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1879 +#: using-d-i.xml:1886 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have selected the desired parameters for your encrypted " @@ -3084,7 +3093,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1889 +#: using-d-i.xml:1896 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next you will be asked to enter a passphrase for partitions configured to " @@ -3095,7 +3104,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1898 +#: using-d-i.xml:1905 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before you input any passphrases, you should have made sure that your " @@ -3110,7 +3119,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1911 +#: using-d-i.xml:1918 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you selected to use methods other than a passphrase to create encryption " @@ -3124,7 +3133,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1927 +#: using-d-i.xml:1934 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After returning to the main partitioning menu, you will see all encrypted " @@ -3144,7 +3153,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1940 +#: using-d-i.xml:1947 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Pay attention to the identifiers in parentheses (<replaceable>sda2_crypt</" @@ -3156,7 +3165,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1950 +#: using-d-i.xml:1957 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you are satisfied with the partitioning scheme, continue with the " @@ -3164,13 +3173,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1961 +#: using-d-i.xml:1968 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing the Base System" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1962 +#: using-d-i.xml:1969 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant " @@ -3180,7 +3189,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1975 +#: using-d-i.xml:1982 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "During installation of the base system, package unpacking and setup messages " @@ -3197,7 +3206,7 @@ msgstr "" "keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1984 +#: using-d-i.xml:1991 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The unpack/setup messages generated during this phase are also saved in " @@ -3206,7 +3215,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1990 +#: using-d-i.xml:1997 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As part of the installation, a Linux kernel will be installed. At the " @@ -3216,13 +3225,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2002 +#: using-d-i.xml:2009 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting Up Users And Passwords" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2003 +#: using-d-i.xml:2010 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the base system has been installed, the installer will allow you to " @@ -3231,13 +3240,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2017 +#: using-d-i.xml:2024 #, no-c-format msgid "Set the Root Password" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2021 +#: using-d-i.xml:2028 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <emphasis>root</emphasis> account is also called the <emphasis>super-" @@ -3247,7 +3256,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2029 +#: using-d-i.xml:2036 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any password you create should contain at least 6 characters, and should " @@ -3258,7 +3267,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2037 +#: using-d-i.xml:2044 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If anyone ever tells you they need your root password, be extremely wary. " @@ -3267,13 +3276,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2047 +#: using-d-i.xml:2054 #, no-c-format msgid "Create an Ordinary User" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2049 +#: using-d-i.xml:2056 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The system will ask you whether you wish to create an ordinary user account " @@ -3283,7 +3292,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2058 +#: using-d-i.xml:2065 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Why not? Well, one reason to avoid using root's privileges is that it is " @@ -3296,7 +3305,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2068 +#: using-d-i.xml:2075 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will first be prompted for the user's full name. Then you'll be asked " @@ -3306,7 +3315,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2075 +#: using-d-i.xml:2082 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If at any point after installation you would like to create another account, " @@ -3314,13 +3323,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2086 +#: using-d-i.xml:2093 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing Additional Software" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2087 +#: using-d-i.xml:2094 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point you have a usable but limited system. Most users will want to " @@ -3330,13 +3339,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2102 +#: using-d-i.xml:2109 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring apt" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2104 +#: using-d-i.xml:2111 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One of the tools used to install packages on a &debian; system is a program " @@ -3357,7 +3366,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2128 +#: using-d-i.xml:2135 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows from where to " @@ -3367,7 +3376,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2135 +#: using-d-i.xml:2142 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing at default priority, the installer will largely take " @@ -3379,7 +3388,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2144 +#: using-d-i.xml:2151 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing at a lower priority (e.g. in expert mode), you will be " @@ -3390,13 +3399,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2155 +#: using-d-i.xml:2162 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing from more than one CD or DVD" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2157 +#: using-d-i.xml:2164 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing from a CD or a DVD that is part of a larger set, the " @@ -3406,7 +3415,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2164 +#: using-d-i.xml:2171 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do not have any additional CDs or DVDs, that is no problem: using " @@ -3416,7 +3425,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2172 +#: using-d-i.xml:2179 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Packages are included on CDs (and DVDs) in the order of their popularity. " @@ -3426,7 +3435,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2179 +#: using-d-i.xml:2186 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It also means that buying or downloading and burning a full CD set is just a " @@ -3437,7 +3446,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2188 +#: using-d-i.xml:2195 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A good rule of thumb is that for a regular desktop installation (using the " @@ -3447,7 +3456,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2196 +#: using-d-i.xml:2203 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do scan multiple CDs or DVDs, the installer will prompt you to " @@ -3459,13 +3468,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2209 +#: using-d-i.xml:2216 #, no-c-format msgid "Using a network mirror" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2211 +#: using-d-i.xml:2218 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One question that will be asked during most installs is whether or not to " @@ -3474,7 +3483,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2217 +#: using-d-i.xml:2224 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are <emphasis>not</emphasis> installing from a full CD or DVD or " @@ -3486,7 +3495,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2226 +#: using-d-i.xml:2233 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing from a single full CD or using a full CD image, using " @@ -3499,7 +3508,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2237 +#: using-d-i.xml:2244 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing from a DVD or using a DVD image, any packages needed " @@ -3509,7 +3518,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2244 +#: using-d-i.xml:2251 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One advantage of adding a network mirror is that updates that have occurred " @@ -3520,7 +3529,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2251 +#: using-d-i.xml:2258 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In summary: selecting a network mirror is generally a good idea, except if " @@ -3531,26 +3540,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2260 +#: using-d-i.xml:2267 #, no-c-format msgid "the tasks you select in the next step of the installation," msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2265 +#: using-d-i.xml:2272 #, no-c-format msgid "which packages are needed for those tasks," msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2270 +#: using-d-i.xml:2277 #, no-c-format msgid "" "which of those packages are present on the CDs or DVDs you have scanned, and" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2275 +#: using-d-i.xml:2282 #, no-c-format msgid "" "whether any updated versions of packages included on the CDs or DVDs are " @@ -3559,7 +3568,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2284 +#: using-d-i.xml:2291 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that the last point means that, even if you choose not to use a network " @@ -3569,13 +3578,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2300 +#: using-d-i.xml:2307 #, no-c-format msgid "Selecting and Installing Software" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2302 +#: using-d-i.xml:2309 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select " @@ -3587,7 +3596,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2311 +#: using-d-i.xml:2318 #, no-c-format msgid "" "So, you have the ability to choose <emphasis>tasks</emphasis> first, and " @@ -3607,7 +3616,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2338 +#: using-d-i.xml:2345 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the computer " @@ -3616,7 +3625,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2345 +#: using-d-i.xml:2352 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar " @@ -3624,7 +3633,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2351 +#: using-d-i.xml:2358 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Unless you are using the special KDE or Xfce/LXDE CDs, the <quote>Desktop " @@ -3632,7 +3641,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2356 +#: using-d-i.xml:2363 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is not possible to interactively select a different desktop during the " @@ -3646,7 +3655,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2367 +#: using-d-i.xml:2374 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some CD images (businesscard, netinst and DVD) also allow selection of the " @@ -3656,7 +3665,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2374 +#: using-d-i.xml:2381 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that this will only work if the packages needed for the desired desktop " @@ -3668,7 +3677,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2384 +#: using-d-i.xml:2391 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The various server tasks will install software roughly as follows. DNS " @@ -3681,7 +3690,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2395 +#: using-d-i.xml:2402 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <quote>Standard system</quote> task will install any package that has a " @@ -3692,7 +3701,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2403 +#: using-d-i.xml:2410 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If during language selection a default locale other than the <quote>C</" @@ -3705,7 +3714,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2413 +#: using-d-i.xml:2420 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you've selected your tasks, select &BTN-CONT;. At this point, " @@ -3715,7 +3724,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2420 +#: using-d-i.xml:2427 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You should be aware that especially the Desktop task is very large. " @@ -3727,7 +3736,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2429 +#: using-d-i.xml:2436 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Even when packages are included on the CD-ROM, the installer may still " @@ -3739,13 +3748,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2444 +#: using-d-i.xml:2451 #, no-c-format msgid "Making Your System Bootable" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2446 +#: using-d-i.xml:2453 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the " @@ -3755,13 +3764,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2461 +#: using-d-i.xml:2468 #, no-c-format msgid "Detecting other operating systems" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2463 +#: using-d-i.xml:2470 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for " @@ -3772,7 +3781,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2471 +#: using-d-i.xml:2478 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " @@ -3783,13 +3792,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2489 +#: using-d-i.xml:2496 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2490 +#: using-d-i.xml:2497 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is " @@ -3800,19 +3809,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2499 +#: using-d-i.xml:2506 #, no-c-format msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2511 +#: using-d-i.xml:2518 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2513 +#: using-d-i.xml:2520 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a " @@ -3821,7 +3830,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2519 +#: using-d-i.xml:2526 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where " @@ -3830,7 +3839,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2525 +#: using-d-i.xml:2532 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do not want to install grub, use the &BTN-GOBACK; button to get to " @@ -3839,13 +3848,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2538 +#: using-d-i.xml:2545 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2540 +#: using-d-i.xml:2547 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is " @@ -3856,7 +3865,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2550 +#: using-d-i.xml:2557 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other " @@ -3866,7 +3875,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2558 +#: using-d-i.xml:2565 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; offers you three choices on where to install the <command>LILO</" @@ -3874,13 +3883,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2565 +#: using-d-i.xml:2572 #, no-c-format msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2565 +#: using-d-i.xml:2572 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot " @@ -3888,13 +3897,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2572 +#: using-d-i.xml:2579 #, no-c-format msgid "new Debian partition" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2572 +#: using-d-i.xml:2579 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> " @@ -3903,13 +3912,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2581 +#: using-d-i.xml:2588 #, no-c-format msgid "Other choice" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2581 +#: using-d-i.xml:2588 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> " @@ -3919,7 +3928,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2591 +#: using-d-i.xml:2598 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll " @@ -3930,13 +3939,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2607 +#: using-d-i.xml:2614 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2609 +#: using-d-i.xml:2616 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled " @@ -3953,7 +3962,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2625 +#: using-d-i.xml:2632 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last " @@ -3965,13 +3974,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2637 +#: using-d-i.xml:2644 #, no-c-format msgid "Choose the correct partition!" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2639 +#: using-d-i.xml:2646 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The criteria for selecting a partition is that it is FAT format filesystem " @@ -3983,13 +3992,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2654 +#: using-d-i.xml:2661 #, no-c-format msgid "EFI Partition Contents" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2656 +#: using-d-i.xml:2663 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard " @@ -4007,13 +4016,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2678 +#: using-d-i.xml:2685 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.conf" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2679 +#: using-d-i.xml:2686 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is " @@ -4022,13 +4031,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2688 +#: using-d-i.xml:2695 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.efi" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2689 +#: using-d-i.xml:2696 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> " @@ -4038,13 +4047,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2699 +#: using-d-i.xml:2706 #, no-c-format msgid "initrd.img" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2700 +#: using-d-i.xml:2707 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of " @@ -4054,13 +4063,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2712 +#: using-d-i.xml:2719 #, no-c-format msgid "readme.txt" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2713 +#: using-d-i.xml:2720 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are " @@ -4069,13 +4078,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2723 +#: using-d-i.xml:2730 #, no-c-format msgid "vmlinuz" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2724 +#: using-d-i.xml:2731 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in " @@ -4085,13 +4094,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2744 +#: using-d-i.xml:2751 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2745 +#: using-d-i.xml:2752 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on SGI machines is <command>arcboot</command>. It has to be " @@ -4116,13 +4125,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2764 +#: using-d-i.xml:2771 #, no-c-format msgid "scsi" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2765 +#: using-d-i.xml:2772 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI bus to be booted from, this is <userinput>0</userinput> for the " @@ -4130,13 +4139,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2773 +#: using-d-i.xml:2780 #, no-c-format msgid "disk" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2774 +#: using-d-i.xml:2781 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>arcboot</command> is " @@ -4144,13 +4153,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2782 +#: using-d-i.xml:2789 #, no-c-format msgid "partnr" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2783 +#: using-d-i.xml:2790 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -4158,13 +4167,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2791 +#: using-d-i.xml:2798 #, no-c-format msgid "config" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2792 +#: using-d-i.xml:2799 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -4172,13 +4181,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2813 +#: using-d-i.xml:2820 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2814 +#: using-d-i.xml:2821 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their " @@ -4191,13 +4200,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2832 +#: using-d-i.xml:2839 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2833 +#: using-d-i.xml:2840 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</" @@ -4207,13 +4216,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2849 +#: using-d-i.xml:2856 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2850 +#: using-d-i.xml:2857 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</" @@ -4224,13 +4233,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2867 +#: using-d-i.xml:2874 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2869 +#: using-d-i.xml:2876 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is " @@ -4248,13 +4257,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2894 +#: using-d-i.xml:2901 #, no-c-format msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2896 +#: using-d-i.xml:2903 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot " @@ -4263,7 +4272,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2903 +#: using-d-i.xml:2910 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name " @@ -4277,13 +4286,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2920 +#: using-d-i.xml:2927 #, no-c-format msgid "Finishing the Installation" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2921 +#: using-d-i.xml:2928 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the last step in the Debian installation process during which the " @@ -4292,13 +4301,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2934 +#: using-d-i.xml:2941 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting the System Clock" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2936 +#: using-d-i.xml:2943 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The installer may ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally " @@ -4308,7 +4317,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2943 +#: using-d-i.xml:2950 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is " @@ -4320,7 +4329,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2954 +#: using-d-i.xml:2961 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point &d-i; will also attempt to save the current time to the " @@ -4329,13 +4338,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2969 +#: using-d-i.xml:2976 #, no-c-format msgid "Reboot the System" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2971 +#: using-d-i.xml:2978 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will be prompted to remove the boot media (CD, floppy, etc) that you " @@ -4344,7 +4353,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2977 +#: using-d-i.xml:2984 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After a final prompt the system will be halted because rebooting is not " @@ -4354,13 +4363,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2990 +#: using-d-i.xml:2997 #, no-c-format msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2991 +#: using-d-i.xml:2998 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the " @@ -4369,13 +4378,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3004 +#: using-d-i.xml:3011 #, no-c-format msgid "Saving the installation logs" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3006 +#: using-d-i.xml:3013 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the " @@ -4384,7 +4393,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3013 +#: using-d-i.xml:3020 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu " @@ -4395,13 +4404,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3033 +#: using-d-i.xml:3040 #, no-c-format msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3035 +#: using-d-i.xml:3042 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There are several methods you can use to get a shell while running an " @@ -4417,13 +4426,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3053 +#: using-d-i.xml:3060 #, no-c-format msgid "For the graphical installer see also <xref linkend=\"gtk-using\"/>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3057 +#: using-d-i.xml:3064 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you cannot switch consoles, there is also an <guimenuitem>Execute a " @@ -4434,7 +4443,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3065 +#: using-d-i.xml:3072 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set " @@ -4446,7 +4455,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3074 +#: using-d-i.xml:3081 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To edit and view files, use the text editor <command>nano</command>. Log " @@ -4455,7 +4464,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3081 +#: using-d-i.xml:3088 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although you can do basically anything in a shell that the available " @@ -4464,7 +4473,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3087 +#: using-d-i.xml:3094 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Doing things manually from the shell may interfere with the installation " @@ -4474,13 +4483,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3102 +#: using-d-i.xml:3109 #, no-c-format msgid "Installation Over the Network" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3104 +#: using-d-i.xml:3111 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</" @@ -4492,7 +4501,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3114 +#: using-d-i.xml:3121 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so " @@ -4506,7 +4515,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3127 +#: using-d-i.xml:3134 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting " @@ -4514,7 +4523,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3132 +#: using-d-i.xml:3139 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> " @@ -4528,7 +4537,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3144 +#: using-d-i.xml:3151 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always " @@ -4537,7 +4546,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3150 +#: using-d-i.xml:3157 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need " @@ -4556,7 +4565,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3167 +#: using-d-i.xml:3174 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <command>ssh</command> server in the installer uses a default " @@ -4572,7 +4581,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3180 +#: using-d-i.xml:3187 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You may be able to avoid the connection being dropped by adding the option " @@ -4586,7 +4595,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3193 +#: using-d-i.xml:3200 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP " @@ -4601,7 +4610,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3209 +#: using-d-i.xml:3216 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have " @@ -4614,7 +4623,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3219 +#: using-d-i.xml:3226 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go " @@ -4625,13 +4634,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3239 +#: using-d-i.xml:3246 #, no-c-format msgid "Loading Missing Firmware" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3240 +#: using-d-i.xml:3247 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As described in <xref linkend=\"hardware-firmware\"/>, some devices require " @@ -4641,7 +4650,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3248 +#: using-d-i.xml:3255 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If a device driver requests firmware that is not available, &d-i; will " @@ -4653,7 +4662,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3258 +#: using-d-i.xml:3265 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Which devices are scanned and which file systems are supported depends on " @@ -4665,7 +4674,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3268 +#: using-d-i.xml:3275 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that it is possible to skip loading the firmware if you know the device " @@ -4674,7 +4683,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3275 +#: using-d-i.xml:3282 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Support for loading firmware is still relatively basic and is likely to be " @@ -4685,13 +4694,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3286 +#: using-d-i.xml:3293 #, no-c-format msgid "Preparing a medium" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3287 +#: using-d-i.xml:3294 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although in some cases the firmware can also be loaded from a partition on a " @@ -4704,7 +4713,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3297 +#: using-d-i.xml:3304 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Tarballs containing current packages for the most common firmware are " @@ -4715,7 +4724,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3311 +#: using-d-i.xml:3318 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the firmware you need is not included in the tarball, you can also " @@ -4726,7 +4735,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3325 +#: using-d-i.xml:3332 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is also possible to copy individual firmware files to the medium. Loose " @@ -4735,13 +4744,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3334 +#: using-d-i.xml:3341 #, no-c-format msgid "Firmware and the Installed System" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3335 +#: using-d-i.xml:3342 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any firmware loaded during the installation will be copied automatically to " @@ -4753,7 +4762,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3344 +#: using-d-i.xml:3351 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the firmware was loaded from a firmware package, &d-i; will also install " @@ -4764,7 +4773,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3352 +#: using-d-i.xml:3359 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If loading the firmware was skipped during the installation, the relevant " @@ -4773,7 +4782,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3359 +#: using-d-i.xml:3366 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the firmware was loaded from loose firmware files, the firmware copied to " diff --git a/po/ru/preseed.po b/po/ru/preseed.po index 08f3f60a2..638c63563 100644 --- a/po/ru/preseed.po +++ b/po/ru/preseed.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: preseed\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-11-18 01:11+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-01-18 00:44+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-12-25 20:20+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <yuray@komyakino.ru>\n" "Language-Team: Russian <debian-l10n-russian@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -2477,7 +2477,30 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: screen #: preseed.xml:1050 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +#| msgid "" +#| "#tasksel tasksel/first multiselect standard, web-server\n" +#| "# If the desktop task is selected, install the kde and xfce desktops\n" +#| "# instead of the default gnome desktop.\n" +#| "#tasksel tasksel/desktop multiselect kde, xfce\n" +#| "\n" +#| "# Individual additional packages to install\n" +#| "#d-i pkgsel/include string openssh-server build-essential\n" +#| "# By default, packages that are only Recommended by packages installed " +#| "using\n" +#| "# pkgsel/include (as opposed to their dependencies) will not be " +#| "installed.\n" +#| "# Whether to upgrade packages after debootstrap.\n" +#| "# Allowed values: none, safe-upgrade, full-upgrade\n" +#| "#d-i pkgsel/upgrade select none\n" +#| "\n" +#| "# Some versions of the installer can report back on what software you " +#| "have\n" +#| "# installed, and what software you use. The default is not to report " +#| "back,\n" +#| "# but sending reports helps the project determine what software is most\n" +#| "# popular and include it on CDs.\n" +#| "#popularity-contest popularity-contest/participate boolean false" msgid "" "#tasksel tasksel/first multiselect standard, web-server\n" "# If the desktop task is selected, install the kde and xfce desktops\n" @@ -2486,9 +2509,6 @@ msgid "" "\n" "# Individual additional packages to install\n" "#d-i pkgsel/include string openssh-server build-essential\n" -"# By default, packages that are only Recommended by packages installed " -"using\n" -"# pkgsel/include (as opposed to their dependencies) will not be installed.\n" "# Whether to upgrade packages after debootstrap.\n" "# Allowed values: none, safe-upgrade, full-upgrade\n" "#d-i pkgsel/upgrade select none\n" diff --git a/po/ru/random-bits.po b/po/ru/random-bits.po index af36eacff..946f9ee6c 100644 --- a/po/ru/random-bits.po +++ b/po/ru/random-bits.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: random-bits\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-11-08 01:11+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-12-28 01:10+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-12-25 20:21+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <yuray@komyakino.ru>\n" "Language-Team: Russian <debian-l10n-russian@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -15,7 +15,8 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%" +"10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" #. Tag: title #: random-bits.xml:4 @@ -1197,7 +1198,8 @@ msgstr "Некоторые доступные способы:" #: random-bits.xml:566 #, no-c-format msgid "create a default set of static device files using" -msgstr "создание используемого по умолчанию набора статических файлов устройств" +msgstr "" +"создание используемого по умолчанию набора статических файлов устройств" #. Tag: screen #: random-bits.xml:569 @@ -1212,7 +1214,8 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:572 #, no-c-format -msgid "manually create only specific device files using <command>MAKEDEV</command>" +msgid "" +"manually create only specific device files using <command>MAKEDEV</command>" msgstr "" "создание вручную только выбранных файлов устройств с помощью " "<command>MAKEDEV</command>" @@ -1381,7 +1384,67 @@ msgstr "Настройка сети" #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:646 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +#| msgid "" +#| "To configure networking, edit <filename>/etc/network/interfaces</" +#| "filename>, <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>, <filename>/etc/" +#| "hostname</filename> and <filename>/etc/hosts</filename>. " +#| "<informalexample><screen>\n" +#| "# editor /etc/network/interfaces\n" +#| "</screen></informalexample> Here are some simple examples from <filename>/" +#| "usr/share/doc/ifupdown/examples</filename>: <informalexample><screen>\n" +#| "######################################################################\n" +#| "# /etc/network/interfaces -- configuration file for ifup(8), ifdown(8)\n" +#| "# See the interfaces(5) manpage for information on what options are\n" +#| "# available.\n" +#| "######################################################################\n" +#| "\n" +#| "# We always want the loopback interface.\n" +#| "#\n" +#| "auto lo\n" +#| "iface lo inet loopback\n" +#| "\n" +#| "# To use dhcp:\n" +#| "#\n" +#| "# auto eth0\n" +#| "# iface eth0 inet dhcp\n" +#| "\n" +#| "# An example static IP setup: (broadcast and gateway are optional)\n" +#| "#\n" +#| "# auto eth0\n" +#| "# iface eth0 inet static\n" +#| "# address 192.168.0.42\n" +#| "# network 192.168.0.0\n" +#| "# netmask 255.255.255.0\n" +#| "# broadcast 192.168.0.255\n" +#| "# gateway 192.168.0.1\n" +#| "</screen></informalexample> Enter your nameserver(s) and search " +#| "directives in <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>: " +#| "<informalexample><screen>\n" +#| "# editor /etc/resolv.conf\n" +#| "</screen></informalexample> A simple example <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</" +#| "filename>: <informalexample><screen>\n" +#| "search hqdom.local\n" +#| "nameserver 10.1.1.36\n" +#| "nameserver 192.168.9.100\n" +#| "</screen></informalexample> Enter your system's host name (2 to 63 " +#| "characters): <informalexample><screen>\n" +#| "# echo DebianHostName > /etc/hostname\n" +#| "</screen></informalexample> And a basic <filename>/etc/hosts</filename> " +#| "with IPv6 support: <informalexample><screen>\n" +#| "127.0.0.1 localhost DebianHostName\n" +#| "\n" +#| "# The following lines are desirable for IPv6 capable hosts\n" +#| "::1 ip6-localhost ip6-loopback\n" +#| "fe00::0 ip6-localnet\n" +#| "ff00::0 ip6-mcastprefix\n" +#| "ff02::1 ip6-allnodes\n" +#| "ff02::2 ip6-allrouters\n" +#| "ff02::3 ip6-allhosts\n" +#| "</screen></informalexample> If you have multiple network cards, you " +#| "should arrange the names of driver modules in the <filename>/etc/modules</" +#| "filename> file into the desired order. Then during boot, each card will " +#| "be associated with the interface name (eth0, eth1, etc.) that you expect." msgid "" "To configure networking, edit <filename>/etc/network/interfaces</filename>, " "<filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>, <filename>/etc/hostname</filename> " @@ -1427,7 +1490,8 @@ msgid "" "# echo DebianHostName > /etc/hostname\n" "</screen></informalexample> And a basic <filename>/etc/hosts</filename> with " "IPv6 support: <informalexample><screen>\n" -"127.0.0.1 localhost DebianHostName\n" +"127.0.0.1 localhost\n" +"127.0.1.1 DebianHostName\n" "\n" "# The following lines are desirable for IPv6 capable hosts\n" "::1 ip6-localhost ip6-loopback\n" @@ -2165,8 +2229,10 @@ msgstr "Настроить сеть автоматически с помощью #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:1016 #, no-c-format -msgid "IP address: <userinput><replaceable>192.168.0.1</replaceable></userinput>" -msgstr "IP-адрес: <userinput><replaceable>192.168.0.1</replaceable></userinput>" +msgid "" +"IP address: <userinput><replaceable>192.168.0.1</replaceable></userinput>" +msgstr "" +"IP-адрес: <userinput><replaceable>192.168.0.1</replaceable></userinput>" #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:1021 @@ -2174,7 +2240,8 @@ msgstr "IP-адрес: <userinput><replaceable>192.168.0.1</replaceable></userin msgid "" "Point-to-point address: <userinput><replaceable>192.168.0.2</replaceable></" "userinput>" -msgstr "Адрес PPP: <userinput><replaceable>192.168.0.2</replaceable></userinput>" +msgstr "" +"Адрес PPP: <userinput><replaceable>192.168.0.2</replaceable></userinput>" #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:1027 @@ -2540,9 +2607,9 @@ msgid "" "guibutton> button will be displayed. The help information can be accessed " "either by activating the button or by pressing the <keycap>F1</keycap> key." msgstr "" -"Если есть дополнительная справочная информация, то появляется " -"кнопка <guibutton>Справка</guibutton>. Справочная инфомация доступна " -"по нажатию кнопки или клавиши <keycap>F1</keycap>." +"Если есть дополнительная справочная информация, то появляется кнопка " +"<guibutton>Справка</guibutton>. Справочная инфомация доступна по нажатию " +"кнопки или клавиши <keycap>F1</keycap>." #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:1263 @@ -2594,4 +2661,3 @@ msgstr "" #, no-c-format msgid "Support for touchpads is not yet optimal." msgstr "Поддержка сенсорных панелей (touchpad) пока не оптимальна." - diff --git a/po/ru/using-d-i.po b/po/ru/using-d-i.po index f2a5cd2bc..010402d25 100644 --- a/po/ru/using-d-i.po +++ b/po/ru/using-d-i.po @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: using-d-i\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-11-25 01:11+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-01-18 00:44+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-12-25 20:52+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <yuray@komyakino.ru>\n" "Language-Team: Russian <debian-l10n-russian@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -923,11 +923,16 @@ msgstr "Выбор параметров локализации" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:516 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +#| msgid "" +#| "In most cases the first questions you will be asked concern the selection " +#| "of localization options to be used both for the installation and for the " +#| "installed system. The localization options consist of language, country " +#| "and locales." msgid "" "In most cases the first questions you will be asked concern the selection of " "localization options to be used both for the installation and for the " -"installed system. The localization options consist of language, country and " +"installed system. The localization options consist of language, location and " "locales." msgstr "" "В большинстве случаев сначала вас попросят указать параметры локализации, " @@ -949,12 +954,18 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:530 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"The selected country will be used later in the installation process to pick " -"the default time zone and a Debian mirror appropriate for your geographic " -"location. Language and country together will help determine the default " -"locale for your system and select the correct keyboard layout." +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +#| msgid "" +#| "The selected country will be used later in the installation process to " +#| "pick the default time zone and a Debian mirror appropriate for your " +#| "geographic location. Language and country together will help determine " +#| "the default locale for your system and select the correct keyboard layout." +msgid "" +"The selected geographic location (in most cases a country) will be used " +"later in the installation process to select the correct time zone and a " +"Debian mirror appropriate for that country. Language and country together " +"will help determine the default locale for your system and select the " +"correct keyboard layout." msgstr "" "Выбранное значение для страны будет использовано позднее в процессе " "установки для выбора часового пояса по умолчанию и ближайшего к вам " @@ -963,7 +974,7 @@ msgstr "" "раскладки клавиатуры." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:537 +#: using-d-i.xml:538 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will first be asked to select your preferred language. The language " @@ -986,17 +997,26 @@ msgstr "" "<classname>locales</classname> в данном случае установлен не будет." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:549 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"If you selected a language that is recognized as an official language for " -"more than one country<footnote> <para> In technical terms: where multiple " -"locales exist for that language with differing country codes. </para> </" -"footnote>, you will be shown a list of only those countries. To select a " -"country that is not in that list, choose <guimenuitem>other</guimenuitem> " -"(the last option). You will then be presented with a list of continents; " -"selecting a continent will lead to a list of relevant countries on that " -"continent." +#: using-d-i.xml:550 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +#| msgid "" +#| "If you selected a language that is recognized as an official language for " +#| "more than one country<footnote> <para> In technical terms: where multiple " +#| "locales exist for that language with differing country codes. </para> </" +#| "footnote>, you will be shown a list of only those countries. To select a " +#| "country that is not in that list, choose <guimenuitem>other</guimenuitem> " +#| "(the last option). You will then be presented with a list of continents; " +#| "selecting a continent will lead to a list of relevant countries on that " +#| "continent." +msgid "" +"Next you will be asked to select your geographic location. If you selected a " +"language that is recognized as an official language for more than one " +"country<footnote> <para> In technical terms: where multiple locales exist " +"for that language with differing country codes. </para> </footnote>, you " +"will be shown a list of only those countries. To select a country that is " +"not in that list, choose <guimenuitem>other</guimenuitem> (the last option). " +"You will then be presented with a list of continents; selecting a continent " +"will lead to a list of relevant countries on that continent." msgstr "" "Если вы выбрали язык, на котором говорят более чем в одной стране<footnote> " "<para> Технически говоря: когда для языка существует несколько локалей с " @@ -1033,13 +1053,22 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:580 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +#| msgid "" +#| "If you selected a combination of language and country for which no locale " +#| "is defined and there exist multiple locales for the language, then the " +#| "installer will allow you to choose which of those locales you prefer as " +#| "the default locale for the installed system. In all other cases a default " +#| "locale will be selected based on the selected language and country." msgid "" "If you selected a combination of language and country for which no locale is " "defined and there exist multiple locales for the language, then the " "installer will allow you to choose which of those locales you prefer as the " -"default locale for the installed system. In all other cases a default locale " -"will be selected based on the selected language and country." +"default locale for the installed system<footnote> <para> At medium and low " +"priority you can always select your preferred locale from those available " +"for the selected language (if there's more than one). </para> </footnote>. " +"In all other cases a default locale will be selected based on the selected " +"language and country." msgstr "" "Если вы выберете комбинацию языка и страны, для которой нет локали и есть " "несколько локалей для этого языка, то программа установки предложит вам " @@ -1047,21 +1076,33 @@ msgstr "" "других случаях локаль по умолчанию будет выбрана на основе языка и страны." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:588 -#, no-c-format +#: using-d-i.xml:595 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +#| msgid "" +#| "Any default locale selected as described in the previous paragraph will " +#| "use UTF-8 as character encoding." msgid "" "Any default locale selected as described in the previous paragraph will use " -"UTF-8 as character encoding." +"<firstterm>UTF-8</firstterm> as character encoding." msgstr "" "В любой выбранной локали по умолчанию, как описано в предыдущем параграфе, " "будет использована кодировка символов UTF-8." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:593 -#, no-c-format -msgid "" -"If you are installing at medium or low priority, you will have the option of " -"selecting additional locales, including so-called <quote>legacy</quote> " +#: using-d-i.xml:600 +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +#| msgid "" +#| "If you are installing at medium or low priority, you will have the option " +#| "of selecting additional locales, including so-called <quote>legacy</" +#| "quote> locales<footnote> <para> Legacy locales are locales which do not " +#| "use UTF-8, but one of the older standards for character encoding such as " +#| "ISO 8859-1 (used by West European languages) or EUC-JP (used by " +#| "Japanese). </para> </footnote>, to be generated for the installed system; " +#| "if you do, you will be asked which of the selected locales should be the " +#| "default for the installed system." +msgid "" +"If you are installing at low priority, you will have the option of selecting " +"additional locales, including so-called <quote>legacy</quote> " "locales<footnote> <para> Legacy locales are locales which do not use UTF-8, " "but one of the older standards for character encoding such as ISO 8859-" "1 (used by West European languages) or EUC-JP (used by Japanese). </para> </" @@ -1079,13 +1120,13 @@ msgstr "" "попросят выбрать локаль по умолчанию для устанавливаемой системы." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:617 +#: using-d-i.xml:624 #, no-c-format msgid "Choosing a Keyboard" msgstr "Выбор клавиатуры" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:619 +#: using-d-i.xml:626 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Keyboards are often tailored to the characters used in a language. Select a " @@ -1102,7 +1143,7 @@ msgstr "" "config</command> с правами суперпользователя после завершения установки)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:629 +#: using-d-i.xml:636 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Move the highlight to the keyboard selection you desire and press " @@ -1118,7 +1159,7 @@ msgstr "" "<keycap>F1</keycap> до <keycap>F10</keycap> в самом верхнем ряду клавиш." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:638 +#: using-d-i.xml:645 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There are two keyboard layouts for US keyboards; the qwerty/mac-usb-us " @@ -1138,13 +1179,13 @@ msgstr "" "отличаются." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:668 +#: using-d-i.xml:675 #, no-c-format msgid "Looking for the Debian Installer ISO Image" msgstr "Поиск ISO образа программы установки Debian" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:669 +#: using-d-i.xml:676 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When installing via the <emphasis>hd-media</emphasis> method, there will be " @@ -1158,7 +1199,7 @@ msgstr "" "этого существует компонента <command>iso-scan</command>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:676 +#: using-d-i.xml:683 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At first, <command>iso-scan</command> automatically mounts all block devices " @@ -1188,7 +1229,7 @@ msgstr "" "<command>iso-scan</command> будет искать другой образ." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:693 +#: using-d-i.xml:700 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In case the previous attempt to find an installer iso image fails, " @@ -1201,7 +1242,7 @@ msgstr "" "этом случае будет произведён поиск по всей файловой системе." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:700 +#: using-d-i.xml:707 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If <command>iso-scan</command> does not discover your installer iso image, " @@ -1219,13 +1260,13 @@ msgstr "" "сделать со второй консоли без перезагрузки." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:721 +#: using-d-i.xml:728 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Network" msgstr "Настройка сети" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:723 +#: using-d-i.xml:730 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As you enter this step, if the system detects that you have more than one " @@ -1246,7 +1287,7 @@ msgstr "" "citerefentry>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:734 +#: using-d-i.xml:741 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, &d-i; tries to configure your computer's network automatically " @@ -1270,7 +1311,7 @@ msgstr "" "вы уверены, что всё в порядке, попробуйте ещё раз." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:746 +#: using-d-i.xml:753 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The manual network setup in turn asks you a number of questions about your " @@ -1293,7 +1334,7 @@ msgstr "" "из <xref linkend=\"needed-info\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:760 +#: using-d-i.xml:767 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some technical details you might, or might not, find handy: the program " @@ -1315,13 +1356,13 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>/etc/network/interfaces</filename>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:805 +#: using-d-i.xml:812 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Clock and Time Zone" msgstr "Настройка времени и часового пояса" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:807 +#: using-d-i.xml:814 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The installer will first attempt to connect to a time server on the Internet " @@ -1339,13 +1380,13 @@ msgstr "" "системное время вручную." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:816 +#: using-d-i.xml:823 #, no-c-format msgid "The installer does not modify the system clock on the s390 platform." msgstr "Программа установки не изменяет системные часы платформе s390." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:829 +#: using-d-i.xml:836 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Depending on the location selected earlier in the installation process, you " @@ -1359,7 +1400,7 @@ msgstr "" "умолчанию, то вопрос задан не будет и система выберет этот часовой пояс." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:837 +#: using-d-i.xml:844 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In expert mode or when installing at medium priority, you will have the " @@ -1371,7 +1412,7 @@ msgstr "" "(UTC) в качестве часового пояса." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:843 +#: using-d-i.xml:850 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If for some reason you wish to set a time zone for the installed system that " @@ -1383,7 +1424,7 @@ msgstr "" "в выбранном местонахождении, то есть два способа сделать это." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:854 +#: using-d-i.xml:861 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The simplest option is to just select a different time zone after the " @@ -1394,13 +1435,13 @@ msgstr "" "загрузки в новую систему. Это можно сделать с помощью следующей команды:" #. Tag: screen -#: using-d-i.xml:860 +#: using-d-i.xml:867 #, no-c-format msgid "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata" msgstr "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:866 +#: using-d-i.xml:873 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Alternatively, the time zone can be set at the very start of the " @@ -1415,7 +1456,7 @@ msgstr "" "например <userinput>Europe/London</userinput> или <userinput>UTC</userinput>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:880 +#: using-d-i.xml:887 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For automated installations the time zone can be set to any desired value " @@ -1424,13 +1465,13 @@ msgstr "" "Для автоматизации установки часовой пояс может быть задан в файле ответов." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:894 +#: using-d-i.xml:901 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning and Mount Point Selection" msgstr "Разметка разделов и выбор точек монтирования" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:895 +#: using-d-i.xml:902 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this time, after hardware detection has been executed a final time, &d-i; " @@ -1448,7 +1489,7 @@ msgstr "" "настройка RAID, LVM или шифрованных устройств." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:916 +#: using-d-i.xml:923 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are uncomfortable with partitioning, or just want to know more " @@ -1458,7 +1499,7 @@ msgstr "" "процесса, смотрите <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:922 +#: using-d-i.xml:929 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If a hard disk has previously used under Solaris, the partitioner may not " @@ -1480,7 +1521,7 @@ msgstr "" "станут недоступными." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:935 +#: using-d-i.xml:942 #, no-c-format msgid "" "First you will be given the opportunity to automatically partition either an " @@ -1494,13 +1535,13 @@ msgstr "" "меню <guimenuitem>Вручную</guimenuitem>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:945 +#: using-d-i.xml:952 #, no-c-format msgid "Guided Partitioning" msgstr "Автоматическая разметка" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:946 +#: using-d-i.xml:953 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning, you may have three options: to create " @@ -1518,7 +1559,7 @@ msgstr "" "</para> </footnote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:961 +#: using-d-i.xml:968 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The option to use (encrypted) LVM may not be available on all architectures." @@ -1526,7 +1567,7 @@ msgstr "" "LVM или LVM с шифрованием может быть недоступно на некоторых архитектурах." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:966 +#: using-d-i.xml:973 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When using LVM or encrypted LVM, the installer will create most partitions " @@ -1543,7 +1584,7 @@ msgstr "" "дополнительную безопасность вашим (личным) данным." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:975 +#: using-d-i.xml:982 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When using encrypted LVM, the installer will also automatically erase the " @@ -1559,7 +1600,7 @@ msgstr "" "это занимает некоторое время в зависимости от размера диска." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:984 +#: using-d-i.xml:991 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning using LVM or encrypted LVM, some changes " @@ -1576,7 +1617,7 @@ msgstr "" "записью на диск попросит вас подтвердить выполнение этих изменений." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:994 +#: using-d-i.xml:1001 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning (either classic or using (encrypted) LVM) " @@ -1594,7 +1635,7 @@ msgstr "" "диски вам поможет их показанный размер." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1003 +#: using-d-i.xml:1010 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any data on the disk you select will eventually be lost, but you will always " @@ -1609,7 +1650,7 @@ msgstr "" "самом конце; при использовании LVM (с шифрованием) это невозможно." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1011 +#: using-d-i.xml:1018 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, you will be able to choose from the schemes listed in the table below. " @@ -1628,73 +1669,73 @@ msgstr "" "завершится неудачно." #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1027 +#: using-d-i.xml:1034 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning scheme" msgstr "Схема разметки" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1028 +#: using-d-i.xml:1035 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum space" msgstr "Минимальное пространство" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1029 +#: using-d-i.xml:1036 #, no-c-format msgid "Created partitions" msgstr "Создаваемые разделы" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1035 +#: using-d-i.xml:1042 #, no-c-format msgid "All files in one partition" msgstr "Все файлы на одном разделе" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1036 +#: using-d-i.xml:1043 #, no-c-format msgid "600MB" msgstr "600МБ" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1037 +#: using-d-i.xml:1044 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, swap" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1039 +#: using-d-i.xml:1046 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home partition" msgstr "Отдельный раздел /home" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1040 +#: using-d-i.xml:1047 #, no-c-format msgid "500MB" msgstr "500МБ" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1041 +#: using-d-i.xml:1048 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1045 +#: using-d-i.xml:1052 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home, /usr, /var and /tmp partitions" msgstr "Отдельные разделы /home, /usr, /var и /tmp" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1046 +#: using-d-i.xml:1053 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>1GB</entry>" msgstr "<entry>1ГБ</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1047 +#: using-d-i.xml:1054 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/usr</" @@ -1704,7 +1745,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, swap" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1056 +#: using-d-i.xml:1063 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning using (encrypted) LVM, the installer will " @@ -1718,7 +1759,7 @@ msgstr "" "раздела LVM." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1062 +#: using-d-i.xml:1069 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning for your IA-64 system, there will be an " @@ -1733,7 +1774,7 @@ msgstr "" "качестве загрузочного раздела EFI." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1070 +#: using-d-i.xml:1077 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After selecting a scheme, the next screen will show your new partition " @@ -1745,7 +1786,7 @@ msgstr "" "они будут смонтированы." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1076 +#: using-d-i.xml:1083 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The list of partitions might look like this: <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -1795,7 +1836,7 @@ msgstr "" "разметки, это просто пример, созданный с помощью разметки вручную." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1089 +#: using-d-i.xml:1096 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This concludes the guided partitioning. If you are satisfied with the " @@ -1815,13 +1856,13 @@ msgstr "" "предложенные изменения вручную, как описано ниже." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1103 +#: using-d-i.xml:1110 #, no-c-format msgid "Manual Partitioning" msgstr "Разметка вручную" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1104 +#: using-d-i.xml:1111 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A similar screen to the one shown just above will be displayed if you choose " @@ -1836,7 +1877,7 @@ msgstr "" "разделы в Debian." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1112 +#: using-d-i.xml:1119 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select a pristine disk which has neither partitions nor free space on " @@ -1850,7 +1891,7 @@ msgstr "" "строка <quote>СВОБОДНОЕ МЕСТО</quote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1120 +#: using-d-i.xml:1127 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select some free space, you will have the opportunity to create a new " @@ -1891,7 +1932,7 @@ msgstr "" "главное меню <command>partman</command>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1142 +#: using-d-i.xml:1149 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you decide you want to change something about your partition, simply " @@ -1912,7 +1953,7 @@ msgstr "" "разделом подкачки. Также, из этого меню можно удалить раздел." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1153 +#: using-d-i.xml:1160 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Be sure to create at least two partitions: one for the <emphasis>root</" @@ -1929,7 +1970,7 @@ msgstr "" "исправите ошибку." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1161 +#: using-d-i.xml:1168 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you forget to select and format an EFI boot partition, <command>partman</" @@ -1941,7 +1982,7 @@ msgstr "" "вы создадите такой раздел." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1167 +#: using-d-i.xml:1174 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Capabilities of <command>partman</command> can be extended with installer " @@ -1957,7 +1998,7 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>partman-xfs</filename> или <filename>partman-lvm</filename>)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1175 +#: using-d-i.xml:1182 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you are satisfied with partitioning, select <guimenuitem>Finish " @@ -1971,13 +2012,13 @@ msgstr "" "подтвердить, что все представленные файловые системы должны быть созданы." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1203 +#: using-d-i.xml:1210 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Multidisk Devices (Software RAID)" msgstr "Настройка устройств Multidisk (программный RAID)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1204 +#: using-d-i.xml:1211 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have more than one harddrive<footnote><para> To be honest, you can " @@ -1998,7 +2039,7 @@ msgstr "" "название, <firstterm>программный RAID</firstterm>)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1217 +#: using-d-i.xml:1224 #, no-c-format msgid "" "MD is basically a bunch of partitions located on different disks and " @@ -2013,7 +2054,7 @@ msgstr "" "точку монтирования и т.д.)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1225 +#: using-d-i.xml:1232 #, no-c-format msgid "" "What benefits this brings depends on the type of MD device you are creating. " @@ -2123,101 +2164,101 @@ msgstr "" "контрольных сумм. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> Итог:" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1339 +#: using-d-i.xml:1346 #, no-c-format msgid "Type" msgstr "Тип" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1340 +#: using-d-i.xml:1347 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum Devices" msgstr "Минимум устройств" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1341 +#: using-d-i.xml:1348 #, no-c-format msgid "Spare Device" msgstr "Запасное устройство" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1342 +#: using-d-i.xml:1349 #, no-c-format msgid "Survives disk failure?" msgstr "Сохранятся ли данные при отказе диска?" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1343 +#: using-d-i.xml:1350 #, no-c-format msgid "Available Space" msgstr "Доступное пространство" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1349 +#: using-d-i.xml:1356 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID0" msgstr "RAID0" # index.docbook:1062, index.docbook:1070 #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1350 using-d-i.xml:1358 using-d-i.xml:1388 +#: using-d-i.xml:1357 using-d-i.xml:1365 using-d-i.xml:1395 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>2</entry>" msgstr "<entry>2</entry>" # index.docbook:1063, index.docbook:1064 #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1351 using-d-i.xml:1352 +#: using-d-i.xml:1358 using-d-i.xml:1359 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>no</entry>" msgstr "<entry>нет</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1353 +#: using-d-i.xml:1360 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by number of devices in RAID" msgstr "Размер самого маленького раздела умноженный на число устройств в RAID" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1357 +#: using-d-i.xml:1364 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID1" msgstr "RAID1" # index.docbook:1071, index.docbook:1079 #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1359 using-d-i.xml:1367 using-d-i.xml:1378 using-d-i.xml:1389 +#: using-d-i.xml:1366 using-d-i.xml:1374 using-d-i.xml:1385 using-d-i.xml:1396 #, no-c-format msgid "optional" msgstr "необязательно" # index.docbook:1072, index.docbook:1080 #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1360 using-d-i.xml:1368 using-d-i.xml:1379 using-d-i.xml:1390 +#: using-d-i.xml:1367 using-d-i.xml:1375 using-d-i.xml:1386 using-d-i.xml:1397 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>yes</entry>" msgstr "<entry>да</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1361 +#: using-d-i.xml:1368 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition in RAID" msgstr "Размер самого маленького раздела в RAID" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1365 +#: using-d-i.xml:1372 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID5" msgstr "RAID5" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1366 +#: using-d-i.xml:1373 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>3</entry>" msgstr "<entry>3</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1369 +#: using-d-i.xml:1376 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID " @@ -2227,20 +2268,20 @@ msgstr "" "один)" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1376 +#: using-d-i.xml:1383 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID6" msgstr "RAID6" # index.docbook:1062, index.docbook:1070 #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1377 +#: using-d-i.xml:1384 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>4</entry>" msgstr "<entry>4</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1380 +#: using-d-i.xml:1387 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID " @@ -2250,13 +2291,13 @@ msgstr "" "два)" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1387 +#: using-d-i.xml:1394 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID10" msgstr "RAID10" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1391 +#: using-d-i.xml:1398 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Total of all partitions divided by the number of chunk copies (defaults to " @@ -2266,7 +2307,7 @@ msgstr "" "умолчанию два)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1398 +#: using-d-i.xml:1405 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you want to know more about Software RAID, have a look at <ulink url=" @@ -2276,7 +2317,7 @@ msgstr "" "software-raid-howto;\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1403 +#: using-d-i.xml:1410 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To create an MD device, you need to have the desired partitions it should " @@ -2292,7 +2333,7 @@ msgstr "" "устройство RAID</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1412 +#: using-d-i.xml:1419 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Make sure that the system can be booted with the partitioning scheme you are " @@ -2312,7 +2353,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename> и RAID1 для <filename>/boot</filename>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1424 +#: using-d-i.xml:1431 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Support for MD is a relatively new addition to the installer. You may " @@ -2330,7 +2371,7 @@ msgstr "" "некоторую настройку или шаги установки вручную из командной строки." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1433 +#: using-d-i.xml:1440 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, you should choose <guimenuitem>Configure software RAID</guimenuitem> " @@ -2352,7 +2393,7 @@ msgstr "" "зависят от типа выбранного MD." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1446 +#: using-d-i.xml:1453 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID0 is simple — you will be issued with the list of available RAID " @@ -2363,7 +2404,7 @@ msgstr "" "вашей задачей будет выбор разделов, из которых вы хотите сформировать MD." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1453 +#: using-d-i.xml:1460 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID1 is a bit more tricky. First, you will be asked to enter the number of " @@ -2383,7 +2424,7 @@ msgstr "" "позволит вам продолжить, пока вы не исправите ошибку." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1465 +#: using-d-i.xml:1472 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID5 has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 with the exception that you " @@ -2393,7 +2434,7 @@ msgstr "" "использовать как минимум <emphasis>три</emphasis> активных раздела." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1471 +#: using-d-i.xml:1478 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID6 also has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 except that at least " @@ -2403,7 +2444,7 @@ msgstr "" "использовать как минимум <emphasis>четыре</emphasis> активных раздела." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1477 +#: using-d-i.xml:1484 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID10 again has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 except in expert mode. " @@ -2424,7 +2465,7 @@ msgstr "" "все копии по разным дискам." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1491 +#: using-d-i.xml:1498 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is perfectly possible to have several types of MD at once. For example, " @@ -2442,7 +2483,7 @@ msgstr "" "для <filename>/home</filename>)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1500 +#: using-d-i.xml:1507 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you set up MD devices to your liking, you can <guimenuitem>Finish</" @@ -2456,13 +2497,13 @@ msgstr "" "новых MD устройствах и назначить им обычные атрибуты типа точек монтирования." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1515 +#: using-d-i.xml:1522 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Logical Volume Manager (LVM)" msgstr "Настройка менеджера логических томов (LVM)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1516 +#: using-d-i.xml:1523 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or " @@ -2479,7 +2520,7 @@ msgstr "" "и т.д." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1524 +#: using-d-i.xml:1531 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). " @@ -2499,7 +2540,7 @@ msgstr "" "их группы томов) можно распределить по нескольким физическим дискам." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1534 +#: using-d-i.xml:1541 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</" @@ -2520,7 +2561,7 @@ msgstr "" "HOWTO</ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1545 +#: using-d-i.xml:1552 #, no-c-format msgid "" "LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple and completely supported inside " @@ -2537,7 +2578,7 @@ msgstr "" "guimenuitem> </menuchoice>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1554 +#: using-d-i.xml:1561 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, you will see " @@ -2557,7 +2598,7 @@ msgstr "" "Возможные действия:" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1565 +#: using-d-i.xml:1572 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<guimenuitem>Display configuration details</guimenuitem>: shows LVM device " @@ -2567,43 +2608,43 @@ msgstr "" "структуру LVM устройства, имена и размеры логических томов и т.д." #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1570 +#: using-d-i.xml:1577 #, no-c-format msgid "Create volume group" msgstr "Создать группу томов" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1573 +#: using-d-i.xml:1580 #, no-c-format msgid "Create logical volume" msgstr "Создание логических томов" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1576 +#: using-d-i.xml:1583 #, no-c-format msgid "Delete volume group" msgstr "Удалить группу томов" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1579 +#: using-d-i.xml:1586 #, no-c-format msgid "Delete logical volume" msgstr "Удаление логических томов" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1582 +#: using-d-i.xml:1589 #, no-c-format msgid "Extend volume group" msgstr "Расширить группу томов" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1585 +#: using-d-i.xml:1592 #, no-c-format msgid "Reduce volume group" msgstr "Уменьшить группу томов" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1587 +#: using-d-i.xml:1594 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem>: return to the main <command>partman</" @@ -2613,7 +2654,7 @@ msgstr "" "<command>partman</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1593 +#: using-d-i.xml:1600 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Use the options in that menu to first create a volume group and then create " @@ -2623,7 +2664,7 @@ msgstr "" "логические тома." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1598 +#: using-d-i.xml:1605 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, any created " @@ -2635,13 +2676,13 @@ msgstr "" "они одинаково)." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1612 +#: using-d-i.xml:1619 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Encrypted Volumes" msgstr "Настройка шифрованных томов" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1613 +#: using-d-i.xml:1620 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; allows you to set up encrypted partitions. Every file you write to " @@ -2663,7 +2704,7 @@ msgstr "" "данные на диске выглядят как случайный набор символов." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1625 +#: using-d-i.xml:1632 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The two most important partitions to encrypt are: the home partition, where " @@ -2691,7 +2732,7 @@ msgstr "" "загрузить ядро с шифрованного раздела." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1640 +#: using-d-i.xml:1647 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Please note that the performance of encrypted partitions will be less than " @@ -2705,7 +2746,7 @@ msgstr "" "выбранного алгоритма шифрования и длины ключа." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1647 +#: using-d-i.xml:1654 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To use encryption, you have to create a new partition by selecting some free " @@ -2725,7 +2766,7 @@ msgstr "" "параметров шифрования." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1658 +#: using-d-i.xml:1665 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; supports several encryption methods. The default method is " @@ -2741,7 +2782,7 @@ msgstr "" "непреодолимых причин, рекомендуется использовать метод по умолчанию." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1670 +#: using-d-i.xml:1677 #, no-c-format msgid "" "First, let's have a look at the options available when you select " @@ -2755,13 +2796,13 @@ msgstr "" "вдумчиво выбирались исходя из соображений безопасности." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1680 +#: using-d-i.xml:1687 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>aes</userinput>" msgstr "Шифрование: <userinput>aes</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1682 +#: using-d-i.xml:1689 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option lets you select the encryption algorithm (<firstterm>cipher</" @@ -2786,13 +2827,13 @@ msgstr "" "конфиденциальной информации в 21-ом веке." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1700 +#: using-d-i.xml:1707 #, no-c-format msgid "Key size: <userinput>256</userinput>" msgstr "Размер ключа: <userinput>256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1702 +#: using-d-i.xml:1709 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Here you can specify the length of the encryption key. With a larger key " @@ -2806,13 +2847,13 @@ msgstr "" "ключа зависят от шифра." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1714 +#: using-d-i.xml:1721 #, no-c-format msgid "IV algorithm: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>" msgstr "IV алгоритм: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1716 +#: using-d-i.xml:1723 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <firstterm>Initialization Vector</firstterm> or <firstterm>IV</" @@ -2830,7 +2871,7 @@ msgstr "" "повторяющихся участков в шифрованных данных." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1726 +#: using-d-i.xml:1733 #, no-c-format msgid "" "From the provided alternatives, the default <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</" @@ -2845,25 +2886,25 @@ msgstr "" "задействовать новые алгоритмы." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1738 +#: using-d-i.xml:1745 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Passphrase</userinput>" msgstr "Ключ шифрования: <userinput>ключевая фраза</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1740 +#: using-d-i.xml:1747 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can choose the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "Здесь можно ввести тип ключа шифрования для этого раздела." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1746 +#: using-d-i.xml:1753 #, no-c-format msgid "Passphrase" msgstr "Ключевая фраза" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1747 +#: using-d-i.xml:1754 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The encryption key will be computed<footnote> <para> Using a passphrase as " @@ -2877,13 +2918,13 @@ msgstr "" "которую вы сможете ввести позже." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1762 using-d-i.xml:1855 +#: using-d-i.xml:1769 using-d-i.xml:1862 #, no-c-format msgid "Random key" msgstr "Произвольный ключ" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1763 +#: using-d-i.xml:1770 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A new encryption key will be generated from random data each time you try to " @@ -2901,7 +2942,7 @@ msgstr "" "продолжительность жизни.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1772 +#: using-d-i.xml:1779 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Random keys are useful for swap partitions because you do not need to bother " @@ -2920,13 +2961,13 @@ msgstr "" "загрузки) восстановить приостановленные данные записанные в раздел подкачки." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1791 using-d-i.xml:1868 +#: using-d-i.xml:1798 using-d-i.xml:1875 #, no-c-format msgid "Erase data: <userinput>yes</userinput>" msgstr "Стереть данные: <userinput>да</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1793 +#: using-d-i.xml:1800 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Determines whether the content of this partition should be overwritten with " @@ -2947,7 +2988,7 @@ msgstr "" "неоднократной перезаписи на магнитооптических носителях. </para></footnote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1813 +#: using-d-i.xml:1820 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Encryption method:</guimenu> " @@ -2959,13 +3000,13 @@ msgstr "" "следующие параметры:" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1822 +#: using-d-i.xml:1829 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>AES256</userinput>" msgstr "Шифрование: <userinput>AES256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1824 +#: using-d-i.xml:1831 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For loop-AES, unlike dm-crypt, the options for cipher and key size are " @@ -2977,25 +3018,25 @@ msgstr "" "размерах ключей смотрите в разделах ранее." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1834 +#: using-d-i.xml:1841 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Keyfile (GnuPG)</userinput>" msgstr "Ключ шифрования: <userinput>Keyfile (GnuPG)</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1836 +#: using-d-i.xml:1843 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can select the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "Здесь вы можете выбрать тип ключа шифрования для этого раздела." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1842 +#: using-d-i.xml:1849 #, no-c-format msgid "Keyfile (GnuPG)" msgstr "файл ключа (GnuPG)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1843 +#: using-d-i.xml:1850 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The encryption key will be generated from random data during the " @@ -3010,19 +3051,19 @@ msgstr "" "позже в процессе установки)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1856 +#: using-d-i.xml:1863 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the section on random keys above." msgstr "Подробней о произвольных ключах смотрите в разделе ранее." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1870 +#: using-d-i.xml:1877 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the the section on erasing data above." msgstr "Подробней о стирании данных смотрите в разделе ранее." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1879 +#: using-d-i.xml:1886 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have selected the desired parameters for your encrypted " @@ -3040,7 +3081,7 @@ msgstr "" "это может занять некоторое время." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1889 +#: using-d-i.xml:1896 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next you will be asked to enter a passphrase for partitions configured to " @@ -3057,7 +3098,7 @@ msgstr "" "родственников и тому подобное)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1898 +#: using-d-i.xml:1905 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before you input any passphrases, you should have made sure that your " @@ -3081,7 +3122,7 @@ msgstr "" "ключевой фразы для корневой файловой системы." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1911 +#: using-d-i.xml:1918 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you selected to use methods other than a passphrase to create encryption " @@ -3104,7 +3145,7 @@ msgstr "" "для каждого шифруемого раздела." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1927 +#: using-d-i.xml:1934 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After returning to the main partitioning menu, you will see all encrypted " @@ -3138,7 +3179,7 @@ msgstr "" "устраивают." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1940 +#: using-d-i.xml:1947 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Pay attention to the identifiers in parentheses (<replaceable>sda2_crypt</" @@ -3156,7 +3197,7 @@ msgstr "" "<xref linkend=\"mount-encrypted-volumes\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1950 +#: using-d-i.xml:1957 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you are satisfied with the partitioning scheme, continue with the " @@ -3165,13 +3206,13 @@ msgstr "" "После того как вас полностью устроит схема разметки, продолжайте установку." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1961 +#: using-d-i.xml:1968 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing the Base System" msgstr "Установка базовой системы" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1962 +#: using-d-i.xml:1969 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant " @@ -3185,7 +3226,7 @@ msgstr "" "может занять определённое время." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1975 +#: using-d-i.xml:1982 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During installation of the base system, package unpacking and setup messages " @@ -3201,7 +3242,7 @@ msgstr "" "нажмите <keycombo><keycap>левый Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1984 +#: using-d-i.xml:1991 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The unpack/setup messages generated during this phase are also saved in " @@ -3213,7 +3254,7 @@ msgstr "" "установка выполняется через консоль на последовательном порту." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1990 +#: using-d-i.xml:1997 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As part of the installation, a Linux kernel will be installed. At the " @@ -3227,13 +3268,13 @@ msgstr "" "списка доступных ядер." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2002 +#: using-d-i.xml:2009 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting Up Users And Passwords" msgstr "Добавление пользователей и паролей" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2003 +#: using-d-i.xml:2010 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the base system has been installed, the installer will allow you to " @@ -3246,13 +3287,13 @@ msgstr "" "завершения установки." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2017 +#: using-d-i.xml:2024 #, no-c-format msgid "Set the Root Password" msgstr "Установка пароля суперпользователя (root)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2021 +#: using-d-i.xml:2028 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <emphasis>root</emphasis> account is also called the <emphasis>super-" @@ -3267,7 +3308,7 @@ msgstr "" "время." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2029 +#: using-d-i.xml:2036 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any password you create should contain at least 6 characters, and should " @@ -3283,7 +3324,7 @@ msgstr "" "персональной информации, которую можно угадать." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2037 +#: using-d-i.xml:2044 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If anyone ever tells you they need your root password, be extremely wary. " @@ -3296,13 +3337,13 @@ msgstr "" "администраторами." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2047 +#: using-d-i.xml:2054 #, no-c-format msgid "Create an Ordinary User" msgstr "Создание учётной записи обычного пользователя" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2049 +#: using-d-i.xml:2056 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The system will ask you whether you wish to create an ordinary user account " @@ -3317,7 +3358,7 @@ msgstr "" "персональной учётной записи." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2058 +#: using-d-i.xml:2065 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Why not? Well, one reason to avoid using root's privileges is that it is " @@ -3338,7 +3379,7 @@ msgstr "" "прочтите одну из них, если это для вас в новинку." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2068 +#: using-d-i.xml:2075 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will first be prompted for the user's full name. Then you'll be asked " @@ -3351,7 +3392,7 @@ msgstr "" "вполне подойдёт. И, наконец, вас попросят ввести пароль учётной записи." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2075 +#: using-d-i.xml:2082 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If at any point after installation you would like to create another account, " @@ -3361,13 +3402,13 @@ msgstr "" "запись, воспользуйтесь командой <command>adduser</command>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2086 +#: using-d-i.xml:2093 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing Additional Software" msgstr "Установка дополнительного программного обеспечения" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2087 +#: using-d-i.xml:2094 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point you have a usable but limited system. Most users will want to " @@ -3382,13 +3423,13 @@ msgstr "" "базовой системы, если у вас медленный компьютер или соединение с сетью." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2102 +#: using-d-i.xml:2109 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring apt" msgstr "Настройка apt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2104 +#: using-d-i.xml:2111 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One of the tools used to install packages on a &debian; system is a program " @@ -3424,7 +3465,7 @@ msgstr "" "рекомендуется использовать для управления пакетами." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2128 +#: using-d-i.xml:2135 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows from where to " @@ -3438,7 +3479,7 @@ msgstr "" "установки." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2135 +#: using-d-i.xml:2142 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing at default priority, the installer will largely take " @@ -3456,7 +3497,7 @@ msgstr "" "обновлений <quote>volatile</quote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2144 +#: using-d-i.xml:2151 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing at a lower priority (e.g. in expert mode), you will be " @@ -3472,13 +3513,13 @@ msgstr "" "<quote>contrib</quote> и <quote>non-free</quote>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2155 +#: using-d-i.xml:2162 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing from more than one CD or DVD" msgstr "Установка с нескольких CD или DVD дисков" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2157 +#: using-d-i.xml:2164 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing from a CD or a DVD that is part of a larger set, the " @@ -3493,7 +3534,7 @@ msgstr "" "использовать пакеты с этих дисков." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2164 +#: using-d-i.xml:2171 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do not have any additional CDs or DVDs, that is no problem: using " @@ -3507,7 +3548,7 @@ msgstr "" "следующем этапе задач смогут быть установлены." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2172 +#: using-d-i.xml:2179 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Packages are included on CDs (and DVDs) in the order of their popularity. " @@ -3520,7 +3561,7 @@ msgstr "" "некоторые люди на самом деле используют пакеты с последнего CD-диска." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2179 +#: using-d-i.xml:2186 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It also means that buying or downloading and burning a full CD set is just a " @@ -3537,7 +3578,7 @@ msgstr "" "первых двух DVD хватит для большинства задач." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2188 +#: using-d-i.xml:2195 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A good rule of thumb is that for a regular desktop installation (using the " @@ -3551,7 +3592,7 @@ msgstr "" "первом DVD легко вмещаются все три окружения рабочего стола." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2196 +#: using-d-i.xml:2203 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do scan multiple CDs or DVDs, the installer will prompt you to " @@ -3568,13 +3609,13 @@ msgstr "" "ошибку." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2209 +#: using-d-i.xml:2216 #, no-c-format msgid "Using a network mirror" msgstr "Использование сетевого сервера-зеркала пакетов" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2211 +#: using-d-i.xml:2218 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One question that will be asked during most installs is whether or not to " @@ -3586,7 +3627,7 @@ msgstr "" "по умолчанию вполне приемлемо, но не всегда." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2217 +#: using-d-i.xml:2224 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are <emphasis>not</emphasis> installing from a full CD or DVD or " @@ -3604,7 +3645,7 @@ msgstr "" "стол</literal> на следующем шаге установки." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2226 +#: using-d-i.xml:2233 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing from a single full CD or using a full CD image, using " @@ -3624,7 +3665,7 @@ msgstr "" "после перезагрузки в новую систему)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2237 +#: using-d-i.xml:2244 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing from a DVD or using a DVD image, any packages needed " @@ -3638,7 +3679,7 @@ msgstr "" "Использовать сетевой сервер-зеркало в данном случае необязательно." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2244 +#: using-d-i.xml:2251 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One advantage of adding a network mirror is that updates that have occurred " @@ -3653,7 +3694,7 @@ msgstr "" "ущерба безопасности или стабильности устанавливаемой системы." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2251 +#: using-d-i.xml:2258 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In summary: selecting a network mirror is generally a good idea, except if " @@ -3668,26 +3709,26 @@ msgstr "" "которые требуется скачать, если вы выбрали зеркало, зависит от" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2260 +#: using-d-i.xml:2267 #, no-c-format msgid "the tasks you select in the next step of the installation," msgstr "задач, которые вы выберете на следующем этапе установки," #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2265 +#: using-d-i.xml:2272 #, no-c-format msgid "which packages are needed for those tasks," msgstr "пакетов, которые необходимы для этих задач," #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2270 +#: using-d-i.xml:2277 #, no-c-format msgid "" "which of those packages are present on the CDs or DVDs you have scanned, and" msgstr "какие из этих пакетов есть на просканированных CD/DVD, и" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2275 +#: using-d-i.xml:2282 #, no-c-format msgid "" "whether any updated versions of packages included on the CDs or DVDs are " @@ -3699,7 +3740,7 @@ msgstr "" "безопасности или часто изменяемых данных)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2284 +#: using-d-i.xml:2291 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that the last point means that, even if you choose not to use a network " @@ -3713,13 +3754,13 @@ msgstr "" "версии, и если эти были сервисы настроены." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2300 +#: using-d-i.xml:2307 #, no-c-format msgid "Selecting and Installing Software" msgstr "Выбор и установка программного обеспечения" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2302 +#: using-d-i.xml:2309 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select " @@ -3736,7 +3777,7 @@ msgstr "" "настроить компьютер на выполнение определённых задач." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2311 +#: using-d-i.xml:2318 #, no-c-format msgid "" "So, you have the ability to choose <emphasis>tasks</emphasis> first, and " @@ -3771,7 +3812,7 @@ msgstr "" "необходимое пространство для доступных задач." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2338 +#: using-d-i.xml:2345 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the computer " @@ -3784,7 +3825,7 @@ msgstr "" "устанавливать с помощью задач." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2345 +#: using-d-i.xml:2352 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar " @@ -3794,7 +3835,7 @@ msgstr "" "отмены задач используется клавиша пробел." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2351 +#: using-d-i.xml:2358 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Unless you are using the special KDE or Xfce/LXDE CDs, the <quote>Desktop " @@ -3805,7 +3846,7 @@ msgstr "" "рабочего стола GNOME." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2356 +#: using-d-i.xml:2363 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is not possible to interactively select a different desktop during the " @@ -3827,7 +3868,7 @@ msgstr "" "literal>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2367 +#: using-d-i.xml:2374 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some CD images (businesscard, netinst and DVD) also allow selection of the " @@ -3841,7 +3882,7 @@ msgstr "" "пункт <quote>Alternative desktop environments</quote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2374 +#: using-d-i.xml:2381 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that this will only work if the packages needed for the desired desktop " @@ -3859,7 +3900,7 @@ msgstr "" "использовании образа DVD или другого метода установки." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2384 +#: using-d-i.xml:2391 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The various server tasks will install software roughly as follows. DNS " @@ -3879,7 +3920,7 @@ msgstr "" "classname>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2395 +#: using-d-i.xml:2402 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <quote>Standard system</quote> task will install any package that has a " @@ -3895,7 +3936,7 @@ msgstr "" "работоспособную систему." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2403 +#: using-d-i.xml:2410 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If during language selection a default locale other than the <quote>C</" @@ -3915,7 +3956,7 @@ msgstr "" "соответствующие пакеты локализации (если есть)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2413 +#: using-d-i.xml:2420 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you've selected your tasks, select &BTN-CONT;. At this point, " @@ -3929,7 +3970,7 @@ msgstr "" "задаст её во время данного процесса." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2420 +#: using-d-i.xml:2427 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You should be aware that especially the Desktop task is very large. " @@ -3946,7 +3987,7 @@ msgstr "" "времени. После начала установки пакетов её никак нельзя прервать." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2429 +#: using-d-i.xml:2436 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Even when packages are included on the CD-ROM, the installer may still " @@ -3964,13 +4005,13 @@ msgstr "" "происходить, если у вас устаревший образ." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2444 +#: using-d-i.xml:2451 #, no-c-format msgid "Making Your System Bootable" msgstr "Установка и настройка системного загрузчика" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2446 +#: using-d-i.xml:2453 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the " @@ -3984,13 +4025,13 @@ msgstr "" "по умолчанию; смотрите <xref linkend=\"boot-dev-select-sun\"/>.</phrase>" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2461 +#: using-d-i.xml:2468 #, no-c-format msgid "Detecting other operating systems" msgstr "Обнаружение операционных систем" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2463 +#: using-d-i.xml:2470 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for " @@ -4006,7 +4047,7 @@ msgstr "" "операционную систему в дополнении к Debian." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2471 +#: using-d-i.xml:2478 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " @@ -4022,13 +4063,13 @@ msgstr "" "информацию можно найти в документации по менеджеру загрузки." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2489 +#: using-d-i.xml:2496 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer" msgstr "Системный загрузчик <command>palo</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2490 +#: using-d-i.xml:2497 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is " @@ -4044,20 +4085,20 @@ msgstr "" "есть <command>PALO</command> умеет работать с разделами Linux." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2499 +#: using-d-i.xml:2506 #, no-c-format msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )" msgstr "hppa FIXME (нужно больше информации)" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2511 +#: using-d-i.xml:2518 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" "Установка системного загрузчика <command>Grub</command> на жёсткий диск" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2513 +#: using-d-i.xml:2520 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a " @@ -4069,7 +4110,7 @@ msgstr "" "хорошим выбором по умолчанию для новичков и опытных пользователей." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2519 +#: using-d-i.xml:2526 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where " @@ -4082,7 +4123,7 @@ msgstr "" "grub." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2525 +#: using-d-i.xml:2532 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do not want to install grub, use the &BTN-GOBACK; button to get to " @@ -4094,14 +4135,14 @@ msgstr "" "хотите использовать." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2538 +#: using-d-i.xml:2545 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" "Установка системного загрузчика <command>LILO</command> на жёсткий диск" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2540 +#: using-d-i.xml:2547 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is " @@ -4118,7 +4159,7 @@ msgstr "" "ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2550 +#: using-d-i.xml:2557 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other " @@ -4132,7 +4173,7 @@ msgstr "" "операционных систем, например, GNU/Linux и GNU/Hurd после установки." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2558 +#: using-d-i.xml:2565 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; offers you three choices on where to install the <command>LILO</" @@ -4142,13 +4183,13 @@ msgstr "" "<command>LILO</command>:" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2565 +#: using-d-i.xml:2572 #, no-c-format msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)" msgstr "Главная загрузочная запись (MBR)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2565 +#: using-d-i.xml:2572 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot " @@ -4158,13 +4199,13 @@ msgstr "" "загрузки." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2572 +#: using-d-i.xml:2579 #, no-c-format msgid "new Debian partition" msgstr "новый раздел Debian" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2572 +#: using-d-i.xml:2579 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> " @@ -4176,13 +4217,13 @@ msgstr "" "Debian и будет играть роль вторичного системного загрузчика." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2581 +#: using-d-i.xml:2588 #, no-c-format msgid "Other choice" msgstr "Другой" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2581 +#: using-d-i.xml:2588 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> " @@ -4196,7 +4237,7 @@ msgstr "" "или <filename>/dev/sda</filename>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2591 +#: using-d-i.xml:2598 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll " @@ -4212,14 +4253,14 @@ msgstr "" "искать какой-то другой способ, чтобы попасть обратно в Debian!" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2607 +#: using-d-i.xml:2614 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" "Установка системного загрузчика <command>ELILO</command> на жёсткий диск" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2609 +#: using-d-i.xml:2616 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled " @@ -4247,7 +4288,7 @@ msgstr "" "quote>, чтобы загрузить и выполнить ядро Linux." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2625 +#: using-d-i.xml:2632 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last " @@ -4264,13 +4305,13 @@ msgstr "" "диске что и <emphasis>корневая</emphasis> файловая система." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2637 +#: using-d-i.xml:2644 #, no-c-format msgid "Choose the correct partition!" msgstr "Выберите правильный раздел!" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2639 +#: using-d-i.xml:2646 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The criteria for selecting a partition is that it is FAT format filesystem " @@ -4288,13 +4329,13 @@ msgstr "" "установки стерев его содержимое!" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2654 +#: using-d-i.xml:2661 #, no-c-format msgid "EFI Partition Contents" msgstr "Содержимое EFI раздела" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2656 +#: using-d-i.xml:2663 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard " @@ -4324,13 +4365,13 @@ msgstr "" "настройки системы." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2678 +#: using-d-i.xml:2685 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.conf" msgstr "elilo.conf" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2679 +#: using-d-i.xml:2686 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is " @@ -4342,13 +4383,13 @@ msgstr "" "указывающими на файлы в EFI разделе." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2688 +#: using-d-i.xml:2695 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.efi" msgstr "elilo.efi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2689 +#: using-d-i.xml:2696 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> " @@ -4362,13 +4403,13 @@ msgstr "" "<quote>менеджер загрузки EFI</quote>." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2699 +#: using-d-i.xml:2706 #, no-c-format msgid "initrd.img" msgstr "initrd.img" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2700 +#: using-d-i.xml:2707 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of " @@ -4383,13 +4424,13 @@ msgstr "" "символическая ссылка <filename>/initrd.img</filename>." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2712 +#: using-d-i.xml:2719 #, no-c-format msgid "readme.txt" msgstr "readme.txt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2713 +#: using-d-i.xml:2720 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are " @@ -4401,13 +4442,13 @@ msgstr "" "будут уничтожены при следующем запуске <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename>." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2723 +#: using-d-i.xml:2730 #, no-c-format msgid "vmlinuz" msgstr "vmlinuz" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2724 +#: using-d-i.xml:2731 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in " @@ -4421,13 +4462,13 @@ msgstr "" "символическая ссылка <filename>/vmlinuz</filename>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2744 +#: using-d-i.xml:2751 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" msgstr "Системный загрузчик <command>arcboot</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2745 +#: using-d-i.xml:2752 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on SGI machines is <command>arcboot</command>. It has to be " @@ -4471,13 +4512,13 @@ msgstr "" "<command>boot</command>." #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2764 +#: using-d-i.xml:2771 #, no-c-format msgid "scsi" msgstr "scsi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2765 +#: using-d-i.xml:2772 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI bus to be booted from, this is <userinput>0</userinput> for the " @@ -4487,13 +4528,13 @@ msgstr "" "userinput> для встроенных контроллеров" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2773 +#: using-d-i.xml:2780 #, no-c-format msgid "disk" msgstr "disk" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2774 +#: using-d-i.xml:2781 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>arcboot</command> is " @@ -4503,13 +4544,13 @@ msgstr "" # index.docbook:1600, index.docbook:1669 #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2782 +#: using-d-i.xml:2789 #, no-c-format msgid "partnr" msgstr "partnr" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2783 +#: using-d-i.xml:2790 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -4518,13 +4559,13 @@ msgstr "" "это номер раздела, на котором хранится <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename>" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2791 +#: using-d-i.xml:2798 #, no-c-format msgid "config" msgstr "config" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2792 +#: using-d-i.xml:2799 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -4534,14 +4575,14 @@ msgstr "" "<quote>linux</quote>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2813 +#: using-d-i.xml:2820 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" "Установка системного загрузчика <command>Yaboot</command> на жёсткий диск" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2814 +#: using-d-i.xml:2821 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their " @@ -4561,14 +4602,14 @@ msgstr "" "OpenFirmware установлена на загрузку &debian;." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2832 +#: using-d-i.xml:2839 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" "Установка системного загрузчика <command>Quik</command> на жёсткий диск" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2833 +#: using-d-i.xml:2840 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</" @@ -4583,13 +4624,13 @@ msgstr "" "на некоторых клонах Power Computing." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2849 +#: using-d-i.xml:2856 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer" msgstr "Установка системного загрузчика <command>zipl</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2850 +#: using-d-i.xml:2857 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</" @@ -4605,14 +4646,14 @@ msgstr "" "developerWorks, если хотите узнать больше о <command>ZIPL</command>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2867 +#: using-d-i.xml:2874 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "" "Установка системного загрузчика <command>SILO</command> на жёсткий диск" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2869 +#: using-d-i.xml:2876 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is " @@ -4643,13 +4684,13 @@ msgstr "" "Solaris." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2894 +#: using-d-i.xml:2901 #, no-c-format msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader" msgstr "Продолжение без системного загрузчика" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2896 +#: using-d-i.xml:2903 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot " @@ -4662,7 +4703,7 @@ msgstr "" "существующий системный загрузчик)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2903 +#: using-d-i.xml:2910 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name " @@ -4684,13 +4725,13 @@ msgstr "" "то также и раздел файловой системы с <filename>/boot</filename>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2920 +#: using-d-i.xml:2927 #, no-c-format msgid "Finishing the Installation" msgstr "Завершение установки" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2921 +#: using-d-i.xml:2928 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the last step in the Debian installation process during which the " @@ -4701,13 +4742,13 @@ msgstr "" "выполнит ещё пару действий. В основном, это уборка за &d-i;." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2934 +#: using-d-i.xml:2941 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting the System Clock" msgstr "Настройка системного времени" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2936 +#: using-d-i.xml:2943 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The installer may ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally " @@ -4721,7 +4762,7 @@ msgstr "" "машине не установлено других операционных систем." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2943 +#: using-d-i.xml:2950 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is " @@ -4740,7 +4781,7 @@ msgstr "" "вместо UTC.</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2954 +#: using-d-i.xml:2961 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point &d-i; will also attempt to save the current time to the " @@ -4752,13 +4793,13 @@ msgstr "" "выбора, который вы недавно делали." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2969 +#: using-d-i.xml:2976 #, no-c-format msgid "Reboot the System" msgstr "Перезагрузка системы" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2971 +#: using-d-i.xml:2978 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will be prompted to remove the boot media (CD, floppy, etc) that you " @@ -4770,7 +4811,7 @@ msgstr "" "перезагружен в новую систему Debian." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2977 +#: using-d-i.xml:2984 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After a final prompt the system will be halted because rebooting is not " @@ -4784,13 +4825,13 @@ msgstr "" "системы в самом начале установки." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2990 +#: using-d-i.xml:2997 #, no-c-format msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "Разное" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2991 +#: using-d-i.xml:2998 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the " @@ -4802,13 +4843,13 @@ msgstr "" "пойдёт не так." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3004 +#: using-d-i.xml:3011 #, no-c-format msgid "Saving the installation logs" msgstr "Сохранение протокола установки" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3006 +#: using-d-i.xml:3013 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the " @@ -4820,7 +4861,7 @@ msgstr "" "installer/</filename> в новой системе Debian." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3013 +#: using-d-i.xml:3020 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu " @@ -4836,13 +4877,13 @@ msgstr "" "протокол на другой системе или послать его вместе с отчётом об ошибке." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3033 +#: using-d-i.xml:3040 #, no-c-format msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs" msgstr "Использование командной строки и просмотр журнальных файлов" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3035 +#: using-d-i.xml:3042 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There are several methods you can use to get a shell while running an " @@ -4869,7 +4910,7 @@ msgstr "" "Alt</keycap> <keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3053 +#: using-d-i.xml:3060 #, no-c-format msgid "For the graphical installer see also <xref linkend=\"gtk-using\"/>." msgstr "" @@ -4877,7 +4918,7 @@ msgstr "" "linkend=\"gtk-using\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3057 +#: using-d-i.xml:3064 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you cannot switch consoles, there is also an <guimenuitem>Execute a " @@ -4893,7 +4934,7 @@ msgstr "" "установки, введите <userinput>exit</userinput> для завершения оболочки." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3065 +#: using-d-i.xml:3072 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set " @@ -4911,7 +4952,7 @@ msgstr "" "автодополнение и история команд." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3074 +#: using-d-i.xml:3081 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To edit and view files, use the text editor <command>nano</command>. Log " @@ -4923,7 +4964,7 @@ msgstr "" "каталоге <filename>/var/log</filename>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3081 +#: using-d-i.xml:3088 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although you can do basically anything in a shell that the available " @@ -4935,7 +4976,7 @@ msgstr "" "что-то заработает неправильно." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3087 +#: using-d-i.xml:3094 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Doing things manually from the shell may interfere with the installation " @@ -4949,13 +4990,13 @@ msgstr "" "самостоятельно из оболочки командной строки." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3102 +#: using-d-i.xml:3109 #, no-c-format msgid "Installation Over the Network" msgstr "Установка по сети" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3104 +#: using-d-i.xml:3111 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</" @@ -4973,7 +5014,7 @@ msgstr "" ">.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3114 +#: using-d-i.xml:3121 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so " @@ -4995,7 +5036,7 @@ msgstr "" "<guimenuitem>Продолжение установки через SSH</guimenuitem>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3127 +#: using-d-i.xml:3134 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting " @@ -5005,7 +5046,7 @@ msgstr "" "после настройки сети." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3132 +#: using-d-i.xml:3139 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> " @@ -5027,7 +5068,7 @@ msgstr "" "<quote>человеку, который будет продолжать установку удалённо</quote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3144 +#: using-d-i.xml:3151 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always " @@ -5039,7 +5080,7 @@ msgstr "" "компоненту." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3150 +#: using-d-i.xml:3157 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need " @@ -5070,7 +5111,7 @@ msgstr "" "чтобы вы смогли убедиться, что это именно тот компьютер." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3167 +#: using-d-i.xml:3174 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <command>ssh</command> server in the installer uses a default " @@ -5096,7 +5137,7 @@ msgstr "" "переподключения." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3180 +#: using-d-i.xml:3187 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You may be able to avoid the connection being dropped by adding the option " @@ -5119,7 +5160,7 @@ msgstr "" "нужно." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3193 +#: using-d-i.xml:3200 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP " @@ -5143,7 +5184,7 @@ msgstr "" "</command>. </para> </footnote> и попробовать подключиться ещё раз." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3209 +#: using-d-i.xml:3216 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have " @@ -5163,7 +5204,7 @@ msgstr "" "для установочного меню и несколько для оболочки командной строки." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3219 +#: using-d-i.xml:3226 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go " @@ -5178,13 +5219,13 @@ msgstr "" "завершению установки или проблемам в установленной системой." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3239 +#: using-d-i.xml:3246 #, no-c-format msgid "Loading Missing Firmware" msgstr "Загрузка отсутствующих микропрограмм" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3240 +#: using-d-i.xml:3247 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As described in <xref linkend=\"hardware-firmware\"/>, some devices require " @@ -5199,7 +5240,7 @@ msgstr "" "для предоставления дополнительных возможностей." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3248 +#: using-d-i.xml:3255 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If a device driver requests firmware that is not available, &d-i; will " @@ -5218,7 +5259,7 @@ msgstr "" "драйвером." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3258 +#: using-d-i.xml:3265 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Which devices are scanned and which file systems are supported depends on " @@ -5235,7 +5276,7 @@ msgstr "" "микропрограмма также загружается с карт MMC или SD.</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3268 +#: using-d-i.xml:3275 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that it is possible to skip loading the firmware if you know the device " @@ -5247,7 +5288,7 @@ msgstr "" "время установки." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3275 +#: using-d-i.xml:3282 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Support for loading firmware is still relatively basic and is likely to be " @@ -5264,13 +5305,13 @@ msgstr "" "linkend=\"submit-bug\"/>)." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3286 +#: using-d-i.xml:3293 #, no-c-format msgid "Preparing a medium" msgstr "Подготовка носителя" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3287 +#: using-d-i.xml:3294 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although in some cases the firmware can also be loaded from a partition on a " @@ -5290,7 +5331,7 @@ msgstr "" "поддерживается на самых ранних этапах установки." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3297 +#: using-d-i.xml:3304 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Tarballs containing current packages for the most common firmware are " @@ -5305,7 +5346,7 @@ msgstr "" "нужный выпуск и распакуйте его на файловую систему носителя." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3311 +#: using-d-i.xml:3318 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the firmware you need is not included in the tarball, you can also " @@ -5320,7 +5361,7 @@ msgstr "" "также может содержать пакеты без микропрограмм:" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3325 +#: using-d-i.xml:3332 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is also possible to copy individual firmware files to the medium. Loose " @@ -5332,13 +5373,13 @@ msgstr "" "поставщика оборудования." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3334 +#: using-d-i.xml:3341 #, no-c-format msgid "Firmware and the Installed System" msgstr "Микропрограмма в установленной системе" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3335 +#: using-d-i.xml:3342 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any firmware loaded during the installation will be copied automatically to " @@ -5357,7 +5398,7 @@ msgstr "" "микропрограмма не загрузится из-за изменений ядра." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3344 +#: using-d-i.xml:3351 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the firmware was loaded from a firmware package, &d-i; will also install " @@ -5372,7 +5413,7 @@ msgstr "" "автоматически обновлять микропрограмму при появлении новой версии." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3352 +#: using-d-i.xml:3359 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If loading the firmware was skipped during the installation, the relevant " @@ -5384,7 +5425,7 @@ msgstr "" "пока микропрограмма (пакет) не будет установлена вручную." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3359 +#: using-d-i.xml:3366 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the firmware was loaded from loose firmware files, the firmware copied to " diff --git a/po/sv/preseed.po b/po/sv/preseed.po index 8a41746ff..297e5cc63 100644 --- a/po/sv/preseed.po +++ b/po/sv/preseed.po @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: preseed\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-11-18 01:11+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-01-18 00:44+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-11-25 17:50+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Daniel Nylander <po@danielnylander.se>\n" "Language-Team: Swedish <tp-sv@listor.tp-sv.se>\n" @@ -23,15 +23,22 @@ msgstr "Automatiserad installation med förinställningar" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:18 #, no-c-format -msgid "This appendix explains how to preseed answers to questions in &d-i; to automate your installation." -msgstr "Den här bilagan förklarar hur man förinställer svar på frågor i &d-i; för att automatisera din installation." +msgid "" +"This appendix explains how to preseed answers to questions in &d-i; to " +"automate your installation." +msgstr "" +"Den här bilagan förklarar hur man förinställer svar på frågor i &d-i; för " +"att automatisera din installation." #. Tag: para -#: preseed.xml:23 -#: preseed.xml:669 +#: preseed.xml:23 preseed.xml:669 #, no-c-format -msgid "The configuration fragments used in this appendix are also available as an example preconfiguration file from &urlset-example-preseed;." -msgstr "Konfigurationsdelarna som används i den här bilagan finns även tillgängliga som exempelfiler för förkonfiguration från &urlset-example-preseed;." +msgid "" +"The configuration fragments used in this appendix are also available as an " +"example preconfiguration file from &urlset-example-preseed;." +msgstr "" +"Konfigurationsdelarna som används i den här bilagan finns även tillgängliga " +"som exempelfiler för förkonfiguration från &urlset-example-preseed;." #. Tag: title #: preseed.xml:31 @@ -42,14 +49,32 @@ msgstr "Introduktion" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:32 #, no-c-format -msgid "Preseeding provides a way to set answers to questions asked during the installation process, without having to manually enter the answers while the installation is running. This makes it possible to fully automate most types of installation and even offers some features not available during normal installations." -msgstr "Förinställningar ger ett sätt att ställa in svar på frågor som ställs under installationsprocessen, utan att manuellt behöva ange svaren under tiden installationen körs. Det här gör det möjligt att fullständit automatisera de flesta typer av installationer och erbjuder även vissa funktioner som inte finns tillgängliga vid normala installationer." +msgid "" +"Preseeding provides a way to set answers to questions asked during the " +"installation process, without having to manually enter the answers while the " +"installation is running. This makes it possible to fully automate most types " +"of installation and even offers some features not available during normal " +"installations." +msgstr "" +"Förinställningar ger ett sätt att ställa in svar på frågor som ställs under " +"installationsprocessen, utan att manuellt behöva ange svaren under tiden " +"installationen körs. Det här gör det möjligt att fullständit automatisera de " +"flesta typer av installationer och erbjuder även vissa funktioner som inte " +"finns tillgängliga vid normala installationer." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:40 #, no-c-format -msgid "Preseeding is not required. If you use an empty preseed file, the installer will behave just the same way as in a normal manual installation. Each question you preseed will (if you got it right!) modify the installation in some way from that baseline." -msgstr "Förinställning är inte nödvändigt. Om du använder en tom förinställningsfil kommer installationsprogrammet att uppträda på samma sätt som vid en vanlig manuell installation. Varje fråga som du förinställer kommer (om du har gjort rätt!) ändra installationen på något sätt från den grundregeln." +msgid "" +"Preseeding is not required. If you use an empty preseed file, the installer " +"will behave just the same way as in a normal manual installation. Each " +"question you preseed will (if you got it right!) modify the installation in " +"some way from that baseline." +msgstr "" +"Förinställning är inte nödvändigt. Om du använder en tom förinställningsfil " +"kommer installationsprogrammet att uppträda på samma sätt som vid en vanlig " +"manuell installation. Varje fråga som du förinställer kommer (om du har " +"gjort rätt!) ändra installationen på något sätt från den grundregeln." #. Tag: title #: preseed.xml:50 @@ -60,14 +85,29 @@ msgstr "Metoder för förinställning" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:51 #, no-c-format -msgid "There are three methods that can be used for preseeding: <firstterm>initrd</firstterm>, <firstterm>file</firstterm> and <firstterm>network</firstterm>. Initrd preseeding will work with any installation method and supports preseeding of more things, but it requires the most preparation. File and network preseeding each can be used with different installation methods." -msgstr "Det finns tre metoder som kan användas för förinställning: <firstterm>initrd</firstterm>, <firstterm>fil</firstterm> och <firstterm>nätverk</firstterm>. Förinställning med initrd fungerar med alla installationsmetoder och har stöd för förinställningar av fler saker, men den kräver den största förberedelsen. Förinställning med fil och nätverk kan användas med olika installationsmetoder." +msgid "" +"There are three methods that can be used for preseeding: <firstterm>initrd</" +"firstterm>, <firstterm>file</firstterm> and <firstterm>network</firstterm>. " +"Initrd preseeding will work with any installation method and supports " +"preseeding of more things, but it requires the most preparation. File and " +"network preseeding each can be used with different installation methods." +msgstr "" +"Det finns tre metoder som kan användas för förinställning: " +"<firstterm>initrd</firstterm>, <firstterm>fil</firstterm> och " +"<firstterm>nätverk</firstterm>. Förinställning med initrd fungerar med alla " +"installationsmetoder och har stöd för förinställningar av fler saker, men " +"den kräver den största förberedelsen. Förinställning med fil och nätverk kan " +"användas med olika installationsmetoder." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:60 #, no-c-format -msgid "The following table shows which preseeding methods can be used with which installation methods." -msgstr "Följande tabell visar vilka förinställningsmetoder som kan användas med vilka installationsmetoder." +msgid "" +"The following table shows which preseeding methods can be used with which " +"installation methods." +msgstr "" +"Följande tabell visar vilka förinställningsmetoder som kan användas med " +"vilka installationsmetoder." #. Tag: entry #: preseed.xml:69 @@ -82,8 +122,7 @@ msgid "initrd" msgstr "initrd" #. Tag: entry -#: preseed.xml:70 -#: preseed.xml:516 +#: preseed.xml:70 preseed.xml:516 #, no-c-format msgid "file" msgstr "fil" @@ -101,20 +140,9 @@ msgid "CD/DVD" msgstr "Cd/Dvd" #. Tag: entry -#: preseed.xml:77 -#: preseed.xml:78 -#: preseed.xml:79 -#: preseed.xml:89 -#: preseed.xml:91 -#: preseed.xml:94 -#: preseed.xml:95 -#: preseed.xml:96 -#: preseed.xml:99 -#: preseed.xml:100 -#: preseed.xml:101 -#: preseed.xml:104 -#: preseed.xml:106 -#: preseed.xml:109 +#: preseed.xml:77 preseed.xml:78 preseed.xml:79 preseed.xml:89 preseed.xml:91 +#: preseed.xml:94 preseed.xml:95 preseed.xml:96 preseed.xml:99 preseed.xml:100 +#: preseed.xml:101 preseed.xml:104 preseed.xml:106 preseed.xml:109 #: preseed.xml:111 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>yes</entry>" @@ -123,8 +151,12 @@ msgstr "<entry>ja</entry>" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:81 #, no-c-format -msgid "but only if you have network access, and set <literal>preseed/url</literal> appropriately" -msgstr "men endast om du har nätverksåtkomst, och ställer in <literal>preseed/url</literal> på lämpligt sätt" +msgid "" +"but only if you have network access, and set <literal>preseed/url</literal> " +"appropriately" +msgstr "" +"men endast om du har nätverksåtkomst, och ställer in <literal>preseed/url</" +"literal> på lämpligt sätt" #. Tag: entry #: preseed.xml:88 @@ -133,9 +165,7 @@ msgid "netboot" msgstr "nätuppstart" #. Tag: entry -#: preseed.xml:90 -#: preseed.xml:105 -#: preseed.xml:110 +#: preseed.xml:90 preseed.xml:105 preseed.xml:110 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>no</entry>" msgstr "<entry>nej</entry>" @@ -143,8 +173,10 @@ msgstr "<entry>nej</entry>" #. Tag: entry #: preseed.xml:93 #, no-c-format -msgid "hd-media <phrase condition=\"bootable-usb\">(including usb-stick)</phrase>" -msgstr "hd-media <phrase condition=\"bootable-usb\">(inklusive USB-minne)</phrase>" +msgid "" +"hd-media <phrase condition=\"bootable-usb\">(including usb-stick)</phrase>" +msgstr "" +"hd-media <phrase condition=\"bootable-usb\">(inklusive USB-minne)</phrase>" #. Tag: entry #: preseed.xml:98 @@ -167,20 +199,56 @@ msgstr "generisk/band" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:117 #, no-c-format -msgid "An important difference between the preseeding methods is the point at which the preconfiguration file is loaded and processed. For initrd preseeding this is right at the start of the installation, before the first question is even asked. For file preseeding this is after the CD or CD image has been loaded. For network preseeding it is only after the network has been configured." -msgstr "En viktig skillnad mellan förinställningsmetoderna är när förkonfigurationsfilen läses in och behandlas. För förinställning via initrd görs det här direkt i början av installationen, före den första frågan ställs. För förinställning via fil görs det här efter cd-skivan eller cd-avbildningen har lästs in. För förinställning via nätverk är det endast efter att nätverket har konfigurerats." +msgid "" +"An important difference between the preseeding methods is the point at which " +"the preconfiguration file is loaded and processed. For initrd preseeding " +"this is right at the start of the installation, before the first question is " +"even asked. For file preseeding this is after the CD or CD image has been " +"loaded. For network preseeding it is only after the network has been " +"configured." +msgstr "" +"En viktig skillnad mellan förinställningsmetoderna är när " +"förkonfigurationsfilen läses in och behandlas. För förinställning via initrd " +"görs det här direkt i början av installationen, före den första frågan " +"ställs. För förinställning via fil görs det här efter cd-skivan eller cd-" +"avbildningen har lästs in. För förinställning via nätverk är det endast " +"efter att nätverket har konfigurerats." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:126 #, no-c-format -msgid "Obviously, any questions that have been processed before the preconfiguration file is loaded cannot be preseeded (this will include questions that are only displayed at medium or low priority, like the first hardware detection run). <xref linkend=\"preseed-bootparms\"/> offers a way to avoid these questions being asked." -msgstr "Så klart, alla frågor som har behandlats innan förkonfigurationsfilen har lästs in kan inte förinställas (det här inkluderar frågor som endast visas vid medium eller låg prioritet, såsom den första hårdvaruidentifieringen). <xref linkend=\"preseed-bootparms\"/> erbjuder ett sätt att förhindra att dessa frågor ställs." +msgid "" +"Obviously, any questions that have been processed before the " +"preconfiguration file is loaded cannot be preseeded (this will include " +"questions that are only displayed at medium or low priority, like the first " +"hardware detection run). <xref linkend=\"preseed-bootparms\"/> offers a way " +"to avoid these questions being asked." +msgstr "" +"Så klart, alla frågor som har behandlats innan förkonfigurationsfilen har " +"lästs in kan inte förinställas (det här inkluderar frågor som endast visas " +"vid medium eller låg prioritet, såsom den första hårdvaruidentifieringen). " +"<xref linkend=\"preseed-bootparms\"/> erbjuder ett sätt att förhindra att " +"dessa frågor ställs." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:134 #, no-c-format -msgid "In order to avoid the questions that would normally appear before the preseeding occurs, you can start the installer in <quote>auto</quote> mode. This delays questions that would normally be asked too early for preseeding (i.e. language, country and keyboard selection) until after the network comes up, thus allowing them to be preseeded. It also runs the installation at critical priority, which avoids many unimportant questions. See <xref linkend=\"preseed-auto\"/> for details." -msgstr "För att förhindra frågorna som vanligtvis visas innan förinställningen sker, kan du starta installationsprogrammet i <quote>auto</quote>-läget. Det här fördröjer frågor som vanligtvis skulle ställas för tidigt för förinställning (alltså språk, land och tangentbordsval) tills efter nätverket har konfigurerats, vilket tillåter dem att bli förinställda. Det kan även köra installationen i kritisk prioritet, vilket undviker många oviktiga frågor. Se <xref linkend=\"preseed-auto\"/> för detaljer." +msgid "" +"In order to avoid the questions that would normally appear before the " +"preseeding occurs, you can start the installer in <quote>auto</quote> mode. " +"This delays questions that would normally be asked too early for preseeding " +"(i.e. language, country and keyboard selection) until after the network " +"comes up, thus allowing them to be preseeded. It also runs the installation " +"at critical priority, which avoids many unimportant questions. See <xref " +"linkend=\"preseed-auto\"/> for details." +msgstr "" +"För att förhindra frågorna som vanligtvis visas innan förinställningen sker, " +"kan du starta installationsprogrammet i <quote>auto</quote>-läget. Det här " +"fördröjer frågor som vanligtvis skulle ställas för tidigt för förinställning " +"(alltså språk, land och tangentbordsval) tills efter nätverket har " +"konfigurerats, vilket tillåter dem att bli förinställda. Det kan även köra " +"installationen i kritisk prioritet, vilket undviker många oviktiga frågor. " +"Se <xref linkend=\"preseed-auto\"/> för detaljer." #. Tag: title #: preseed.xml:148 @@ -191,8 +259,16 @@ msgstr "Begränsningar" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:149 #, no-c-format -msgid "Although most questions used by &d-i; can be preseeded using this method, there are some notable exceptions. You must (re)partition an entire disk or use available free space on a disk; it is not possible to use existing partitions." -msgstr "Även om de flesta frågor som används av &d-i; kan förinställas med den här metoden finns det vissa undantag. Du måste partitionera (om) en hel disk eller använda tillgängligt ledigt utrymme på en disk; det är inte möjligt att använda befintliga partitioner." +msgid "" +"Although most questions used by &d-i; can be preseeded using this method, " +"there are some notable exceptions. You must (re)partition an entire disk or " +"use available free space on a disk; it is not possible to use existing " +"partitions." +msgstr "" +"Även om de flesta frågor som används av &d-i; kan förinställas med den här " +"metoden finns det vissa undantag. Du måste partitionera (om) en hel disk " +"eller använda tillgängligt ledigt utrymme på en disk; det är inte möjligt " +"att använda befintliga partitioner." #. Tag: title #: preseed.xml:223 @@ -203,14 +279,36 @@ msgstr "Användning av förinställningar" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:224 #, no-c-format -msgid "You will first need to create a preconfiguration file and place it in the location from where you want to use it. Creating the preconfiguration file is covered later in this appendix. Putting it in the correct location is fairly straightforward for network preseeding or if you want to read the file off a floppy or usb-stick. If you want to include the file on a CD or DVD, you will have to remaster the ISO image. How to get the preconfiguration file included in the initrd is outside the scope of this document; please consult the developers' documentation for &d-i;." -msgstr "Du behöver först skapa en förkonfigurationsfil och placera den på platsen där du vill använda den. Skapandet av förkonfigurationsfilen förklaras senare i den här bilagan. Lägga den på rätt plats är ganska självförklarande för förinställning via nätverket eller om du vill läsa filen från en diskett eller ett USB-minne. Om du vill inkludera filen på en cd- eller dvd-skiva behöver du göra om iso-avbildningen. Hur man får förkonfigurationsfil inkluderad i initrd är utanför omfånget för det här dokumentet; konsultera utvecklarnas dokumentation för &d-i;." +msgid "" +"You will first need to create a preconfiguration file and place it in the " +"location from where you want to use it. Creating the preconfiguration file " +"is covered later in this appendix. Putting it in the correct location is " +"fairly straightforward for network preseeding or if you want to read the " +"file off a floppy or usb-stick. If you want to include the file on a CD or " +"DVD, you will have to remaster the ISO image. How to get the " +"preconfiguration file included in the initrd is outside the scope of this " +"document; please consult the developers' documentation for &d-i;." +msgstr "" +"Du behöver först skapa en förkonfigurationsfil och placera den på platsen " +"där du vill använda den. Skapandet av förkonfigurationsfilen förklaras " +"senare i den här bilagan. Lägga den på rätt plats är ganska självförklarande " +"för förinställning via nätverket eller om du vill läsa filen från en diskett " +"eller ett USB-minne. Om du vill inkludera filen på en cd- eller dvd-skiva " +"behöver du göra om iso-avbildningen. Hur man får förkonfigurationsfil " +"inkluderad i initrd är utanför omfånget för det här dokumentet; konsultera " +"utvecklarnas dokumentation för &d-i;." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:235 #, no-c-format -msgid "An example preconfiguration file that you can use as basis for your own preconfiguration file is available from &urlset-example-preseed;. This file is based on the configuration fragments included in this appendix." -msgstr "Ett exempel på en förkonfigurationsfil du kan använda som grund för din egna förkonfigurationsfil finns tillgänglig från &urlset-example-preseed;. Den filen är baserad på konfigurationsdelarna som inkluderats i den här bilagan." +msgid "" +"An example preconfiguration file that you can use as basis for your own " +"preconfiguration file is available from &urlset-example-preseed;. This file " +"is based on the configuration fragments included in this appendix." +msgstr "" +"Ett exempel på en förkonfigurationsfil du kan använda som grund för din egna " +"förkonfigurationsfil finns tillgänglig från &urlset-example-preseed;. Den " +"filen är baserad på konfigurationsdelarna som inkluderats i den här bilagan." #. Tag: title #: preseed.xml:244 @@ -221,26 +319,62 @@ msgstr "Inläsning av förkonfigurationsfilen" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:245 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you are using initrd preseeding, you only have to make sure a file named <filename>preseed.cfg</filename> is included in the root directory of the initrd. The installer will automatically check if this file is present and load it." -msgstr "Om du använder förinställning via initrd, behöver du endast se till att filen som heter <filename>preseed.cfg</filename> finns inkluderar i rotkatalogen på initrd. Installationsprogrammet kommer automatiskt att kontrollera om den filen finns och sedan läsa in den." +msgid "" +"If you are using initrd preseeding, you only have to make sure a file named " +"<filename>preseed.cfg</filename> is included in the root directory of the " +"initrd. The installer will automatically check if this file is present and " +"load it." +msgstr "" +"Om du använder förinställning via initrd, behöver du endast se till att " +"filen som heter <filename>preseed.cfg</filename> finns inkluderar i " +"rotkatalogen på initrd. Installationsprogrammet kommer automatiskt att " +"kontrollera om den filen finns och sedan läsa in den." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:252 #, no-c-format -msgid "For the other preseeding methods you need to tell the installer what file to use when you boot it. This is normally done by passing the kernel a boot parameter, either manually at boot time or by editing the bootloader configuration file (e.g. <filename>syslinux.cfg</filename>) and adding the parameter to the end of the append line(s) for the kernel." -msgstr "För de övriga förinställningsmetoderna behöver du tala om för installationsprogrammet vilken fil du använder när du startar upp den. Det gör du genom att skicka med en uppstartsparameter till kärnan, antingen manuellt vid uppstart eller genom att redigera konfigurationsfilen för starthanteraren (exempelvis <filename>syslinux.cfg</filename>) och lägga till parametern på slutet av den tillagda raden/raderna till kärnan." +msgid "" +"For the other preseeding methods you need to tell the installer what file to " +"use when you boot it. This is normally done by passing the kernel a boot " +"parameter, either manually at boot time or by editing the bootloader " +"configuration file (e.g. <filename>syslinux.cfg</filename>) and adding the " +"parameter to the end of the append line(s) for the kernel." +msgstr "" +"För de övriga förinställningsmetoderna behöver du tala om för " +"installationsprogrammet vilken fil du använder när du startar upp den. Det " +"gör du genom att skicka med en uppstartsparameter till kärnan, antingen " +"manuellt vid uppstart eller genom att redigera konfigurationsfilen för " +"starthanteraren (exempelvis <filename>syslinux.cfg</filename>) och lägga " +"till parametern på slutet av den tillagda raden/raderna till kärnan." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:260 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you do specify the preconfiguration file in the bootloader configuration, you might change the configuration so you don't need to hit enter to boot the installer. For syslinux this means setting the timeout to <literal>1</literal> in <filename>syslinux.cfg</filename>." -msgstr "Om du anger förkonfigurationsfilen i konfigurationen för starthanteraren, behöver du kanske ändra konfigurationen så att du inte behöver trycka Enter för att starta installationsprogrammet. För syslinux betyder det att ställa in timeout-värdet till <literal>1</literal> i <filename>syslinux.cfg</filename>." +msgid "" +"If you do specify the preconfiguration file in the bootloader configuration, " +"you might change the configuration so you don't need to hit enter to boot " +"the installer. For syslinux this means setting the timeout to <literal>1</" +"literal> in <filename>syslinux.cfg</filename>." +msgstr "" +"Om du anger förkonfigurationsfilen i konfigurationen för starthanteraren, " +"behöver du kanske ändra konfigurationen så att du inte behöver trycka Enter " +"för att starta installationsprogrammet. För syslinux betyder det att ställa " +"in timeout-värdet till <literal>1</literal> i <filename>syslinux.cfg</" +"filename>." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:267 #, no-c-format -msgid "To make sure the installer gets the right preconfiguration file, you can optionally specify a checksum for the file. Currently this needs to be a md5sum, and if specified it must match the preconfiguration file or the installer will refuse to use it." -msgstr "För att se till att installationsprogrammet får rätt förkonfigurationsfil, kan du valfritt ange en kontrollsumma för filen. För närvarande behöver det vara en md5sum och om den anges måste den stämma med förkonfigurationsfilen eller så kommer installationsprogrammet att vägra använda den." +msgid "" +"To make sure the installer gets the right preconfiguration file, you can " +"optionally specify a checksum for the file. Currently this needs to be a " +"md5sum, and if specified it must match the preconfiguration file or the " +"installer will refuse to use it." +msgstr "" +"För att se till att installationsprogrammet får rätt förkonfigurationsfil, " +"kan du valfritt ange en kontrollsumma för filen. För närvarande behöver det " +"vara en md5sum och om den anges måste den stämma med förkonfigurationsfilen " +"eller så kommer installationsprogrammet att vägra använda den." #. Tag: screen #: preseed.xml:276 @@ -277,8 +411,14 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:278 #, no-c-format -msgid "Note that <filename>preseed/url</filename> can be shortened to just <filename>url</filename> and <filename>preseed/file</filename> to just <filename>file</filename> when they are passed as boot parameters." -msgstr "Observera att <filename>preseed/url</filename> kan kortas ner till endast <filename>url</filename> och <filename>preseed/file</filename> till <filename>file</filename> när de skickas med som uppstartsparametrar." +msgid "" +"Note that <filename>preseed/url</filename> can be shortened to just " +"<filename>url</filename> and <filename>preseed/file</filename> to just " +"<filename>file</filename> when they are passed as boot parameters." +msgstr "" +"Observera att <filename>preseed/url</filename> kan kortas ner till endast " +"<filename>url</filename> och <filename>preseed/file</filename> till " +"<filename>file</filename> när de skickas med som uppstartsparametrar." #. Tag: title #: preseed.xml:288 @@ -289,56 +429,153 @@ msgstr "Användning av uppstartsparametrar för att förinställa frågor" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:289 #, no-c-format -msgid "If a preconfiguration file cannot be used to preseed some steps, the install can still be fully automated, since you can pass preseed values on the command line when booting the installer." -msgstr "Om en förkonfigurationsfil inte kan användas för att förinställa vissa steg, kan installationsprogrammet fortfarande vara fullständigt automatiserad eftersom du kan skicka förinställningsvärden på kommandoraden när installationsprogrammet startar upp." +msgid "" +"If a preconfiguration file cannot be used to preseed some steps, the install " +"can still be fully automated, since you can pass preseed values on the " +"command line when booting the installer." +msgstr "" +"Om en förkonfigurationsfil inte kan användas för att förinställa vissa steg, " +"kan installationsprogrammet fortfarande vara fullständigt automatiserad " +"eftersom du kan skicka förinställningsvärden på kommandoraden när " +"installationsprogrammet startar upp." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:295 #, no-c-format -msgid "Boot parameters can also be used if you do not really want to use preseeding, but just want to provide an answer for a specific question. Some examples where this can be useful are documented elsewhere in this manual." -msgstr "Uppstartsparametrar kan även användas om du inte vill använda förinställning utan bara vill tillhandahålla ett svar på en specifik fråga. Några exempel på var det här kan vara användbart finns dokumenterat i den här handboken." +msgid "" +"Boot parameters can also be used if you do not really want to use " +"preseeding, but just want to provide an answer for a specific question. Some " +"examples where this can be useful are documented elsewhere in this manual." +msgstr "" +"Uppstartsparametrar kan även användas om du inte vill använda förinställning " +"utan bara vill tillhandahålla ett svar på en specifik fråga. Några exempel " +"på var det här kan vara användbart finns dokumenterat i den här handboken." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:301 #, no-c-format -msgid "To set a value to be used inside &d-i;, just pass <userinput><replaceable>path/to/variable</replaceable>=<replaceable>value</replaceable></userinput> for any of the preseed variables listed in the examples in this appendix. If a value is to be used to configure packages for the target system, you will need to prepend the <firstterm>owner</firstterm><footnote> <para> The owner of a debconf variable (or template) is normally the name of the package that contains the corresponding debconf template. For variables used in the installer itself the owner is <quote>d-i</quote>. Templates and variables can have more than one owner which helps to determine whether they can be removed from the debconf database if the package is purged. </para> </footnote> of the variable as in <userinput><replaceable>owner</replaceable>:<replaceable>path/to/variable</replaceable>=<replaceable>value</replaceable></userinput>. If you don't specify the owner, the value for the variable will not be copied to the debconf database in the target system and thus remain unused during the configuration of the relevant package." -msgstr "För att ställa in ett värde som kan användas i &d-i;, skicka helt enkelt <userinput><replaceable>sökväg/till/variabel</replaceable>=<replaceable>värde</replaceable></userinput> för någon av de förinställningsvariabler som listas i de exempel i den här bilagan. Om ett värde ska användas för att konfigurera paket för målsystemet, behöver du lägga till <firstterm>owner</firstterm><footnote> <para> Ägaren av en debconf-variabel (eller mall) är vanligtvis namnet på paketet som innehåller motsvarade debconf-mall. För variabler som används i själva installationsprogrammet är ägaren <quote>d-i</quote>. Mallar och variabler kan ha fler än en ägare som hjälper till att bestämma huruvida de kan tas bort från debconf-databasen om paketet avinstalleras. </para> </footnote> för variabeln som i <userinput><replaceable>ägare</replaceable>:<replaceable>sökväg/till/variabel</replaceable>=<replaceable>värde</replaceable></userinput>. Om du inte anger ägaren, kommer värdet för variabeln inte att kopieras till debconf-databasen på målsystemet och därigenom inte användas under konfigurationen av det relevanta paketet." +msgid "" +"To set a value to be used inside &d-i;, just pass " +"<userinput><replaceable>path/to/variable</replaceable>=<replaceable>value</" +"replaceable></userinput> for any of the preseed variables listed in the " +"examples in this appendix. If a value is to be used to configure packages " +"for the target system, you will need to prepend the <firstterm>owner</" +"firstterm><footnote> <para> The owner of a debconf variable (or template) is " +"normally the name of the package that contains the corresponding debconf " +"template. For variables used in the installer itself the owner is <quote>d-" +"i</quote>. Templates and variables can have more than one owner which helps " +"to determine whether they can be removed from the debconf database if the " +"package is purged. </para> </footnote> of the variable as in " +"<userinput><replaceable>owner</replaceable>:<replaceable>path/to/variable</" +"replaceable>=<replaceable>value</replaceable></userinput>. If you don't " +"specify the owner, the value for the variable will not be copied to the " +"debconf database in the target system and thus remain unused during the " +"configuration of the relevant package." +msgstr "" +"För att ställa in ett värde som kan användas i &d-i;, skicka helt enkelt " +"<userinput><replaceable>sökväg/till/variabel</" +"replaceable>=<replaceable>värde</replaceable></userinput> för någon av de " +"förinställningsvariabler som listas i de exempel i den här bilagan. Om ett " +"värde ska användas för att konfigurera paket för målsystemet, behöver du " +"lägga till <firstterm>owner</firstterm><footnote> <para> Ägaren av en " +"debconf-variabel (eller mall) är vanligtvis namnet på paketet som innehåller " +"motsvarade debconf-mall. För variabler som används i själva " +"installationsprogrammet är ägaren <quote>d-i</quote>. Mallar och variabler " +"kan ha fler än en ägare som hjälper till att bestämma huruvida de kan tas " +"bort från debconf-databasen om paketet avinstalleras. </para> </footnote> " +"för variabeln som i <userinput><replaceable>ägare</replaceable>:" +"<replaceable>sökväg/till/variabel</replaceable>=<replaceable>värde</" +"replaceable></userinput>. Om du inte anger ägaren, kommer värdet för " +"variabeln inte att kopieras till debconf-databasen på målsystemet och " +"därigenom inte användas under konfigurationen av det relevanta paketet." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:324 #, no-c-format -msgid "Normally, preseeding a question in this way will mean that the question will not be asked. To set a specific default value for a question, but still have the question asked, use <quote>?=</quote> instead of <quote>=</quote> as operator. See also <xref linkend=\"preseed-seenflag\"/>." -msgstr "Vanligtvis betyder förinställning av en fråga på det här sättet att frågan inte kommer att ställas. För att ställa in ett specifikt standardvärde för en fråga, men fortfarande ställa frågan, kan du använda <quote>?=</quote> istället för <quote>=</quote> som operator. Se även <xref linkend=\"preseed-seenflag\"/>." +msgid "" +"Normally, preseeding a question in this way will mean that the question will " +"not be asked. To set a specific default value for a question, but still have " +"the question asked, use <quote>?=</quote> instead of <quote>=</quote> as " +"operator. See also <xref linkend=\"preseed-seenflag\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Vanligtvis betyder förinställning av en fråga på det här sättet att frågan " +"inte kommer att ställas. För att ställa in ett specifikt standardvärde för " +"en fråga, men fortfarande ställa frågan, kan du använda <quote>?=</quote> " +"istället för <quote>=</quote> som operator. Se även <xref linkend=\"preseed-" +"seenflag\"/>." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:331 #, no-c-format -msgid "Note that some variables that are frequently set at the boot prompt have a shorter alias. If an alias is available, it is used in the examples in this appendix instead of the full variable. The <literal>preseed/url</literal> variable for example has been aliased as <literal>url</literal>. Another example is the <literal>tasks</literal> alias, which translates to <literal>tasksel:tasksel/first</literal>." -msgstr "Observera att vissa variabler som ofta ställs in vid uppstartsprompten har ett kortare alias. Om ett alias finns tillgängligt kommer det att användas i exemplen i denna bilaga istället för den fullständiga variabeln. Speciellt variabeln <literal>preseed/url</literal>, som har fått aliaset <literal>url</literal>. Ett annat exempel är aliaset <literal>tasks</literal> som översätts till <literal>tasksel:tasksel/first</literal>." +msgid "" +"Note that some variables that are frequently set at the boot prompt have a " +"shorter alias. If an alias is available, it is used in the examples in this " +"appendix instead of the full variable. The <literal>preseed/url</literal> " +"variable for example has been aliased as <literal>url</literal>. Another " +"example is the <literal>tasks</literal> alias, which translates to " +"<literal>tasksel:tasksel/first</literal>." +msgstr "" +"Observera att vissa variabler som ofta ställs in vid uppstartsprompten har " +"ett kortare alias. Om ett alias finns tillgängligt kommer det att användas i " +"exemplen i denna bilaga istället för den fullständiga variabeln. Speciellt " +"variabeln <literal>preseed/url</literal>, som har fått aliaset <literal>url</" +"literal>. Ett annat exempel är aliaset <literal>tasks</literal> som " +"översätts till <literal>tasksel:tasksel/first</literal>." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:340 #, no-c-format -msgid "A <quote>--</quote> in the boot options has special meaning. Kernel parameters that appear after the last <quote>--</quote> may be copied into the bootloader configuration for the installed system (if supported by the installer for the bootloader). The installer will automatically filter out any options (like preconfiguration options) that it recognizes." -msgstr "En <quote>--</quote> i uppstartsflaggorna har en speciell betydelse. Kärnparametrar som dyker upp efter den sista <quote>--</quote> kan kopieras in i starthanterarens konfiguration för det installerade systemet (om det stöds av installationsprogrammet för starthanteraren). Installationsprogrammet kommer automatiskt att filtrera ut alla flaggor (som förkonfigurationsflaggor) som den känner igen." +msgid "" +"A <quote>--</quote> in the boot options has special meaning. Kernel " +"parameters that appear after the last <quote>--</quote> may be copied into " +"the bootloader configuration for the installed system (if supported by the " +"installer for the bootloader). The installer will automatically filter out " +"any options (like preconfiguration options) that it recognizes." +msgstr "" +"En <quote>--</quote> i uppstartsflaggorna har en speciell betydelse. " +"Kärnparametrar som dyker upp efter den sista <quote>--</quote> kan kopieras " +"in i starthanterarens konfiguration för det installerade systemet (om det " +"stöds av installationsprogrammet för starthanteraren). " +"Installationsprogrammet kommer automatiskt att filtrera ut alla flaggor (som " +"förkonfigurationsflaggor) som den känner igen." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:349 #, no-c-format -msgid "Current linux kernels (2.6.9 and later) accept a maximum of 32 command line options and 32 environment options, including any options added by default for the installer. If these numbers are exceeded, the kernel will panic (crash). (For earlier kernels, these numbers were lower.)" -msgstr "De aktuella linux-kärnorna (2.6.9 och senare) accepterar maximalt 32 kommandoradsflaggor och 32 miljöflaggor, inklusive eventuella flaggor som läggs till som standard för installationsprogrammet. Om dessa tal överstigs kommer kärnan att få panik (krasch). (För tidigare kärnor var dessa tal lägre)." +msgid "" +"Current linux kernels (2.6.9 and later) accept a maximum of 32 command line " +"options and 32 environment options, including any options added by default " +"for the installer. If these numbers are exceeded, the kernel will panic " +"(crash). (For earlier kernels, these numbers were lower.)" +msgstr "" +"De aktuella linux-kärnorna (2.6.9 och senare) accepterar maximalt 32 " +"kommandoradsflaggor och 32 miljöflaggor, inklusive eventuella flaggor som " +"läggs till som standard för installationsprogrammet. Om dessa tal överstigs " +"kommer kärnan att få panik (krasch). (För tidigare kärnor var dessa tal " +"lägre)." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:357 #, no-c-format -msgid "For most installations some of the default options in your bootloader configuration file, like <literal>vga=normal</literal>, may be safely removed which may allow you to add more options for preseeding." -msgstr "För de flesta installationer kan vissa av de standardflaggor i din konfigurationsfil för starthanteraren såsom \"vga=normal\" med säkerhet tas bort, vilket kan ge dig möjlighet att lägga till fler flaggor för förinställningen." +msgid "" +"For most installations some of the default options in your bootloader " +"configuration file, like <literal>vga=normal</literal>, may be safely " +"removed which may allow you to add more options for preseeding." +msgstr "" +"För de flesta installationer kan vissa av de standardflaggor i din " +"konfigurationsfil för starthanteraren såsom \"vga=normal\" med säkerhet tas " +"bort, vilket kan ge dig möjlighet att lägga till fler flaggor för " +"förinställningen." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:364 #, no-c-format -msgid "It may not always be possible to specify values with spaces for boot parameters, even if you delimit them with quotes." -msgstr "Det kanske inte alltid är möjligt att ange värden med blanksteg för uppstartsparametrar, även om du avgränsar dem med citationstecken." +msgid "" +"It may not always be possible to specify values with spaces for boot " +"parameters, even if you delimit them with quotes." +msgstr "" +"Det kanske inte alltid är möjligt att ange värden med blanksteg för " +"uppstartsparametrar, även om du avgränsar dem med citationstecken." #. Tag: title #: preseed.xml:373 @@ -350,30 +587,96 @@ msgstr "Auto-läget" #: preseed.xml:374 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"There are several features of Debian Installer that combine to allow fairly simple command lines at the boot prompt to result in arbitrarily complex customized automatic installs. To illustrate this, here are some examples that can be used at the boot prompt: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"There are several features of Debian Installer that combine to allow fairly " +"simple command lines at the boot prompt to result in arbitrarily complex " +"customized automatic installs. To illustrate this, here are some examples " +"that can be used at the boot prompt: <informalexample><screen>\n" "auto url=autoserver\n" -"</screen></informalexample> This relies on there being a DHCP server that will get the machine to the point where <literal>autoserver</literal> can be resolved by DNS, perhaps after adding the local domain if that was provided by DHCP. If this was done at a site where the domain is <literal>example.com</literal>, and they have a reasonably sane DHCP setup, it would result in the preseed file being retrieved from <literal>http://autoserver.example.com/d-i/&releasename;/./preseed.cfg</literal>." +"</screen></informalexample> This relies on there being a DHCP server that " +"will get the machine to the point where <literal>autoserver</literal> can be " +"resolved by DNS, perhaps after adding the local domain if that was provided " +"by DHCP. If this was done at a site where the domain is <literal>example." +"com</literal>, and they have a reasonably sane DHCP setup, it would result " +"in the preseed file being retrieved from <literal>http://autoserver.example." +"com/d-i/&releasename;/./preseed.cfg</literal>." msgstr "" -"Det finns flera funktioner i Debian Installer som kan kombineras för att tillåta hyffsat enkla kommandorader vid uppstartsprompten som resulterar i godtyckligt komplexa och anpassade automatiska installationer. För att visa detta är några exempel som kan användas vid uppstartsprompten: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Det finns flera funktioner i Debian Installer som kan kombineras för att " +"tillåta hyffsat enkla kommandorader vid uppstartsprompten som resulterar i " +"godtyckligt komplexa och anpassade automatiska installationer. För att visa " +"detta är några exempel som kan användas vid uppstartsprompten: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "auto url=autoserver\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Det här förlitar sig på att det finns en DHCP-server som får maskinen till den punkt där <literal>autoserver</literal> kan slås upp av DNS, kanske efter den lokala domänen läggs till om den tillhandahölls av DHCP. Om det gjordes på ett system där domänen var <literal>exampel.se</literal>, och de har en ganska förnuftig DHCP-konfiguration, skulle det resultera i att förinställningsfilen hämtades från <literal>http://autoserver.exampel.se/d-i/&releasename;/./preseed.cfg</literal>." +"</screen></informalexample> Det här förlitar sig på att det finns en DHCP-" +"server som får maskinen till den punkt där <literal>autoserver</literal> kan " +"slås upp av DNS, kanske efter den lokala domänen läggs till om den " +"tillhandahölls av DHCP. Om det gjordes på ett system där domänen var " +"<literal>exampel.se</literal>, och de har en ganska förnuftig DHCP-" +"konfiguration, skulle det resultera i att förinställningsfilen hämtades från " +"<literal>http://autoserver.exampel.se/d-i/&releasename;/./preseed.cfg</" +"literal>." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:391 #, no-c-format -msgid "The last part of that url (<literal>d-i/&releasename;/./preseed.cfg</literal>) is taken from <literal>auto-install/defaultroot</literal>. By default this includes the directory <literal>&releasename;</literal> to allow future versions to specify their own codename and let people migrate forwards in a controlled manner. The <literal>/./</literal> bit is used to indicate a root, relative to which subsequent paths can be anchored (for use in preseed/include and preseed/run). This allows files to be specified either as full URLs, paths starting with / that are thus anchored, or even paths relative to the location where the last preseed file was found. This can be used to construct more portable scripts where an entire hierarchy of scripts can be moved to a new location without breaking it, for example copying the files onto a USB stick when they started out on a web server. In this example, if the preseed file sets <literal>preseed/run</literal> to <literal>/scripts/late_command.sh</literal> then the file will be fetched from <literal>http://autoserver.example.com/d-i/&releasename;/./scripts/late_command.sh</literal>." -msgstr "Den sista delen av den url:en (<literal>d-i/&releasename;/./preseed.cfg</literal>) hämtas från <literal>auto-install/defaultroot</literal>. Som standard inkluderar det här katalogen <literal>&releasename;</literal> för att tillåta att framtida versioner anger sina egna kodnamn och låter folk migrera framåt på ett kontrollerat sätt. Biten <literal>/./</literal> används för att indikera en rot, relativ till vilka efterföljande sökvägar som kan fästas (för användning i preseed/include och preseed/run). Det här tillåter att filer kan anges antingen som fullständiga url:er, sökvägar som börjar med / som då är fästa, eller även sökvägar relativa till platsen där den senaste förinställningsfilen hittades. Det här kan användas för att bygga mer portabla skript där en hel hierarki av skript kan flyttas till en ny plats utan att göra sönder den, till exempel kopiera filerna till ett USB-minne när de ursprungligen fann spå en webbserver. I det här exemplet, om förinställningsfilen ställer in <literal>preseed/run</literal> till <literal>/skript/sent_kommando.sh</literal> kommer filen att hämtas från <literal>http://autoserver.exempel.se/d-i/&releasename;/./skript/sent_kommando.sh</literal>." +msgid "" +"The last part of that url (<literal>d-i/&releasename;/./preseed.cfg</" +"literal>) is taken from <literal>auto-install/defaultroot</literal>. By " +"default this includes the directory <literal>&releasename;</literal> to " +"allow future versions to specify their own codename and let people migrate " +"forwards in a controlled manner. The <literal>/./</literal> bit is used to " +"indicate a root, relative to which subsequent paths can be anchored (for use " +"in preseed/include and preseed/run). This allows files to be specified " +"either as full URLs, paths starting with / that are thus anchored, or even " +"paths relative to the location where the last preseed file was found. This " +"can be used to construct more portable scripts where an entire hierarchy of " +"scripts can be moved to a new location without breaking it, for example " +"copying the files onto a USB stick when they started out on a web server. In " +"this example, if the preseed file sets <literal>preseed/run</literal> to " +"<literal>/scripts/late_command.sh</literal> then the file will be fetched " +"from <literal>http://autoserver.example.com/d-i/&releasename;/./scripts/" +"late_command.sh</literal>." +msgstr "" +"Den sista delen av den url:en (<literal>d-i/&releasename;/./preseed.cfg</" +"literal>) hämtas från <literal>auto-install/defaultroot</literal>. Som " +"standard inkluderar det här katalogen <literal>&releasename;</literal> för " +"att tillåta att framtida versioner anger sina egna kodnamn och låter folk " +"migrera framåt på ett kontrollerat sätt. Biten <literal>/./</literal> " +"används för att indikera en rot, relativ till vilka efterföljande sökvägar " +"som kan fästas (för användning i preseed/include och preseed/run). Det här " +"tillåter att filer kan anges antingen som fullständiga url:er, sökvägar som " +"börjar med / som då är fästa, eller även sökvägar relativa till platsen där " +"den senaste förinställningsfilen hittades. Det här kan användas för att " +"bygga mer portabla skript där en hel hierarki av skript kan flyttas till en " +"ny plats utan att göra sönder den, till exempel kopiera filerna till ett USB-" +"minne när de ursprungligen fann spå en webbserver. I det här exemplet, om " +"förinställningsfilen ställer in <literal>preseed/run</literal> till " +"<literal>/skript/sent_kommando.sh</literal> kommer filen att hämtas från " +"<literal>http://autoserver.exempel.se/d-i/&releasename;/./skript/" +"sent_kommando.sh</literal>." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:411 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"If there is no local DHCP or DNS infrastructure, or if you do not want to use the default path to <filename>preseed.cfg</filename>, you can still use an explicit url, and if you don't use the <literal>/./</literal> element it will be anchored to the start of the path (i.e. the third <literal>/</literal> in the URL). Here is an example that requires minimal support from the local network infrastructure: <informalexample><screen>\n" -"auto url=<replaceable>http://192.168.1.2/path/to/mypreseed.file</replaceable>\n" +"If there is no local DHCP or DNS infrastructure, or if you do not want to " +"use the default path to <filename>preseed.cfg</filename>, you can still use " +"an explicit url, and if you don't use the <literal>/./</literal> element it " +"will be anchored to the start of the path (i.e. the third <literal>/</" +"literal> in the URL). Here is an example that requires minimal support from " +"the local network infrastructure: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"auto url=<replaceable>http://192.168.1.2/path/to/mypreseed.file</" +"replaceable>\n" "</screen></informalexample> The way this works is that:" msgstr "" -"Om det inte finns någon lokal DHCP- eller DNS-infrastruktur, eller om du inte vill använda standardsökvägen till <filename>preseed.cfg</filename>, kan du fortfarande använda en angiven url, och om du inte vill använda elementet <literal>/./</literal> kommer det att fästas till början av sökvägen (alltså den tredje <literal>/</literal> i url:en). Här är ett exempel som kräver minimalt stöd från den lokala nätverksinfrastrukturen: <informalexample><screen>\n" -"auto url=<replaceable>http://192.168.1.2/sökväg/till/minförinställnings.fil</replaceable>\n" +"Om det inte finns någon lokal DHCP- eller DNS-infrastruktur, eller om du " +"inte vill använda standardsökvägen till <filename>preseed.cfg</filename>, " +"kan du fortfarande använda en angiven url, och om du inte vill använda " +"elementet <literal>/./</literal> kommer det att fästas till början av " +"sökvägen (alltså den tredje <literal>/</literal> i url:en). Här är ett " +"exempel som kräver minimalt stöd från den lokala nätverksinfrastrukturen: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" +"auto url=<replaceable>http://192.168.1.2/sökväg/till/minförinställnings.fil</" +"replaceable>\n" "</screen></informalexample> Sättet det här fungerar på är:" #. Tag: para @@ -385,50 +688,125 @@ msgstr "om url:en saknar ett protokoll, antas http," #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:427 #, no-c-format -msgid "if the hostname section contains no periods, it has the domain derived from DHCP appended to it, and" -msgstr "om värdnamnssektionen inte innehåller punkter, den har erhållit domänen från DHCP som lagt till den, och" +msgid "" +"if the hostname section contains no periods, it has the domain derived from " +"DHCP appended to it, and" +msgstr "" +"om värdnamnssektionen inte innehåller punkter, den har erhållit domänen från " +"DHCP som lagt till den, och" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:431 #, no-c-format -msgid "if there's no <literal>/</literal>'s after the hostname, then the default path is added." -msgstr "om det inte finns några <literal>/</literal> efter värdnamnet, kommer standardsökvägen att läggas till." +msgid "" +"if there's no <literal>/</literal>'s after the hostname, then the default " +"path is added." +msgstr "" +"om det inte finns några <literal>/</literal> efter värdnamnet, kommer " +"standardsökvägen att läggas till." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:437 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"In addition to specifying the url, you can also specify settings that do not directly affect the behavior of &d-i; itself, but can be passed through to scripts specified using <literal>preseed/run</literal> in the loaded preseed file. At present, the only example of this is <literal>auto-install/classes</literal>, which has an alias <literal>classes</literal>. This can be used thus: <informalexample><screen>\n" -"auto url=<replaceable>example.com</replaceable> classes=<replaceable>class_A;class_B</replaceable>\n" -"</screen></informalexample> The classes could for example denote the type of system to be installed, or the localization to be used." +"In addition to specifying the url, you can also specify settings that do not " +"directly affect the behavior of &d-i; itself, but can be passed through to " +"scripts specified using <literal>preseed/run</literal> in the loaded preseed " +"file. At present, the only example of this is <literal>auto-install/classes</" +"literal>, which has an alias <literal>classes</literal>. This can be used " +"thus: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"auto url=<replaceable>example.com</replaceable> classes=<replaceable>class_A;" +"class_B</replaceable>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> The classes could for example denote the type of " +"system to be installed, or the localization to be used." msgstr "" -"I tillägg till att ange url:en, kan du även ange inställningar som inte direkt påverkar beteendet för själva &d-i;, men som kan skickas genom till skript som angivits med <literal>preseed/run</literal> i den inlästa förinställningsfilen. För tillfället, det enda exemplet på det här är <literal>auto-install/classes</literal>, vilken har aliaset <literal>classes</literal>. Den här kan användas på detta sätt: <informalexample><screen>\n" -"auto url=<replaceable>exampel.se</replaceable> classes=<replaceable>klass_A;klass_B</replaceable>\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Klasserna skulle till exempel kunna beteckna systemtypen som ska installeras, eller lokalanpassningen som ska användas." +"I tillägg till att ange url:en, kan du även ange inställningar som inte " +"direkt påverkar beteendet för själva &d-i;, men som kan skickas genom till " +"skript som angivits med <literal>preseed/run</literal> i den inlästa " +"förinställningsfilen. För tillfället, det enda exemplet på det här är " +"<literal>auto-install/classes</literal>, vilken har aliaset " +"<literal>classes</literal>. Den här kan användas på detta sätt: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" +"auto url=<replaceable>exampel.se</replaceable> classes=<replaceable>klass_A;" +"klass_B</replaceable>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Klasserna skulle till exempel kunna beteckna " +"systemtypen som ska installeras, eller lokalanpassningen som ska användas." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:451 #, no-c-format -msgid "It is of course possible to extend this concept, and if you do, it is reasonable to use the auto-install namespace for this. So one might have something like <literal>auto-install/style</literal> which is then used in your scripts. If you feel the need to do this, please mention it on the <email>debian-boot@lists.debian.org</email> mailing list so that we can avoid namespace conflicts, and perhaps add an alias for the parameter for you." -msgstr "Det är så klart möjligt att utöka det här konceptet, och om du gör det, är det rimligt att använda namnrymden auto-install namespace för det här. Så ett exempel på det här är <literal>auto-install/style</literal> vilket sedan används i dina skript. Om du känner behovet att göra det här, nämn det på sändlistan <email>debian-boot@lists.debian.org</email> så att vi kan undvika konflikter i namnrymden, och kanske lägga till ett alias för parametern åt dig." +msgid "" +"It is of course possible to extend this concept, and if you do, it is " +"reasonable to use the auto-install namespace for this. So one might have " +"something like <literal>auto-install/style</literal> which is then used in " +"your scripts. If you feel the need to do this, please mention it on the " +"<email>debian-boot@lists.debian.org</email> mailing list so that we can " +"avoid namespace conflicts, and perhaps add an alias for the parameter for " +"you." +msgstr "" +"Det är så klart möjligt att utöka det här konceptet, och om du gör det, är " +"det rimligt att använda namnrymden auto-install namespace för det här. Så " +"ett exempel på det här är <literal>auto-install/style</literal> vilket sedan " +"används i dina skript. Om du känner behovet att göra det här, nämn det på " +"sändlistan <email>debian-boot@lists.debian.org</email> så att vi kan undvika " +"konflikter i namnrymden, och kanske lägga till ett alias för parametern åt " +"dig." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:461 #, no-c-format -msgid "The <literal>auto</literal> boot label is not yet defined everywhere. The same effect may be achieved by simply adding the two parameters <literal>auto=true priority=critical</literal> to the kernel command line. The <literal>auto</literal> parameter is an alias for <literal>auto-install/enable</literal> and setting it to <literal>true</literal> delays the locale and keyboard questions until after there has been a chance to preseed them, while <literal>priority</literal> is an alias for <literal>debconf/priority</literal> and setting it to <literal>critical</literal> stops any questions with a lower priority from being asked." -msgstr "Uppstartsetiketten <literal>auto</literal> är ännu inte definierad överallt. Samma effekt kan uppnås genom att helt enkelt lägga till de två parametrarna <literal>auto=true priority=critical</literal> till kärnans kommandorad. Parametern <literal>auto</literal> är ett alias för <literal>auto-install/enable</literal> och ställer man in den till <literal>true</literal> så fördröjs frågor om lokalanpassning och tangentbord tills efter det finns en chans att förinställa dem, samt <literal>priority</literal> är ett alias för <literal>debconf/priority</literal> och ställer man in den till <literal>critical</literal> så stoppas alla frågor med en lägre prioritet från att ställas." +msgid "" +"The <literal>auto</literal> boot label is not yet defined everywhere. The " +"same effect may be achieved by simply adding the two parameters " +"<literal>auto=true priority=critical</literal> to the kernel command line. " +"The <literal>auto</literal> parameter is an alias for <literal>auto-install/" +"enable</literal> and setting it to <literal>true</literal> delays the locale " +"and keyboard questions until after there has been a chance to preseed them, " +"while <literal>priority</literal> is an alias for <literal>debconf/priority</" +"literal> and setting it to <literal>critical</literal> stops any questions " +"with a lower priority from being asked." +msgstr "" +"Uppstartsetiketten <literal>auto</literal> är ännu inte definierad överallt. " +"Samma effekt kan uppnås genom att helt enkelt lägga till de två parametrarna " +"<literal>auto=true priority=critical</literal> till kärnans kommandorad. " +"Parametern <literal>auto</literal> är ett alias för <literal>auto-install/" +"enable</literal> och ställer man in den till <literal>true</literal> så " +"fördröjs frågor om lokalanpassning och tangentbord tills efter det finns en " +"chans att förinställa dem, samt <literal>priority</literal> är ett alias för " +"<literal>debconf/priority</literal> och ställer man in den till " +"<literal>critical</literal> så stoppas alla frågor med en lägre prioritet " +"från att ställas." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:475 #, no-c-format -msgid "Additional options that may be of interest while attempting to automate an install while using DHCP are: <literal>interface=auto netcfg/dhcp_timeout=60</literal> which makes the machine choose the first viable NIC and be more patient about getting a reply to its DHCP query." -msgstr "Ytterligare flaggor som kan vara intressanta vid försök att automatisera en installation när DHCP används är: <literal>interface=auto netcfg/dhcp_timeout=60</literal> vilket gör att maskinen väljer det första användbara nätverkskortet och väntar lite längre på ett svar på sin DHCP-fråga." +msgid "" +"Additional options that may be of interest while attempting to automate an " +"install while using DHCP are: <literal>interface=auto netcfg/" +"dhcp_timeout=60</literal> which makes the machine choose the first viable " +"NIC and be more patient about getting a reply to its DHCP query." +msgstr "" +"Ytterligare flaggor som kan vara intressanta vid försök att automatisera en " +"installation när DHCP används är: <literal>interface=auto netcfg/" +"dhcp_timeout=60</literal> vilket gör att maskinen väljer det första " +"användbara nätverkskortet och väntar lite längre på ett svar på sin DHCP-" +"fråga." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:484 #, no-c-format -msgid "An extensive example of how to use this framework, including example scripts and classes, can be found on the <ulink url=\"http://hands.com/d-i/\">website of its developer</ulink>. The examples available there also show many other nice effects that can be achieved by creative use of preconfiguration." -msgstr "Ett djupgående exempel på hur man använder det här ramverket, inklusive exempelskript och klasser, kan hittas på <ulink url=\"http://hands.com/d-i/\">webbsidan för dess utvecklare</ulink>. Exemplen som finns tillgängliga där visar många andra trevliga effekter som kan uppnås genom kreativ användning av förkonfigurering." +msgid "" +"An extensive example of how to use this framework, including example scripts " +"and classes, can be found on the <ulink url=\"http://hands.com/d-i/" +"\">website of its developer</ulink>. The examples available there also show " +"many other nice effects that can be achieved by creative use of " +"preconfiguration." +msgstr "" +"Ett djupgående exempel på hur man använder det här ramverket, inklusive " +"exempelskript och klasser, kan hittas på <ulink url=\"http://hands.com/d-i/" +"\">webbsidan för dess utvecklare</ulink>. Exemplen som finns tillgängliga " +"där visar många andra trevliga effekter som kan uppnås genom kreativ " +"användning av förkonfigurering." #. Tag: title #: preseed.xml:495 @@ -439,8 +817,16 @@ msgstr "Användbara alias vid förinställning" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:496 #, no-c-format -msgid "The following aliases can be useful when using (auto mode) preseeding. Note that these are simply short aliases for question names, and you always need to specify a value as well: for example, <literal>auto=true</literal> or <literal>interface=eth0</literal>." -msgstr "Följande alias kan vara användbara vid användning av (automatiskt läge) förinställning. Observera att dessa helt enkelt är kort alias för frågenamn, och du behöver även alltid ange ett värde: till exempel, <literal>auto=true</literal> eller <literal>interface=eth0</literal>." +msgid "" +"The following aliases can be useful when using (auto mode) preseeding. Note " +"that these are simply short aliases for question names, and you always need " +"to specify a value as well: for example, <literal>auto=true</literal> or " +"<literal>interface=eth0</literal>." +msgstr "" +"Följande alias kan vara användbara vid användning av (automatiskt läge) " +"förinställning. Observera att dessa helt enkelt är kort alias för frågenamn, " +"och du behöver även alltid ange ett värde: till exempel, <literal>auto=true</" +"literal> eller <literal>interface=eth0</literal>." #. Tag: entry #: preseed.xml:509 @@ -613,8 +999,22 @@ msgstr "Använd en DHCP-server för att ange förkonfigurationsfiler" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:530 #, no-c-format -msgid "It's also possible to use DHCP to specify a preconfiguration file to download from the network. DHCP allows specifying a filename. Normally this is a file to netboot, but if it appears to be an URL then installation media that support network preseeding will download the file from the URL and use it as a preconfiguration file. Here is an example of how to set it up in the dhcpd.conf for version 3 of the ISC DHCP server (the dhcp3-server Debian package)." -msgstr "Det är också möjligt att använda DHCP för att ange en förkonfigurationsfil att hämta från nätverket. DHCP tillåter att man anger ett filnamn. Normalt är det en fil som används för uppstart via nätverket men om det verkar vara en URL så kommer installationsmediumet som har stöd för förinställning via nätverket att hämta filen från URL:en och använda det som en förkonfigurationsfil. Här är ett exempel på hur man ställer in dhcpd.conf för version 3 av ISC DHCP-servern (Debian-paketet heter dhcp3-server)." +msgid "" +"It's also possible to use DHCP to specify a preconfiguration file to " +"download from the network. DHCP allows specifying a filename. Normally this " +"is a file to netboot, but if it appears to be an URL then installation media " +"that support network preseeding will download the file from the URL and use " +"it as a preconfiguration file. Here is an example of how to set it up in the " +"dhcpd.conf for version 3 of the ISC DHCP server (the dhcp3-server Debian " +"package)." +msgstr "" +"Det är också möjligt att använda DHCP för att ange en förkonfigurationsfil " +"att hämta från nätverket. DHCP tillåter att man anger ett filnamn. Normalt " +"är det en fil som används för uppstart via nätverket men om det verkar vara " +"en URL så kommer installationsmediumet som har stöd för förinställning via " +"nätverket att hämta filen från URL:en och använda det som en " +"förkonfigurationsfil. Här är ett exempel på hur man ställer in dhcpd.conf " +"för version 3 av ISC DHCP-servern (Debian-paketet heter dhcp3-server)." #. Tag: screen #: preseed.xml:541 @@ -631,14 +1031,34 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:543 #, no-c-format -msgid "Note that the above example limits this filename to DHCP clients that identify themselves as \"d-i\", so it will not affect regular DHCP clients, but only the installer. You can also put the text in a stanza for only one particular host to avoid preseeding all installs on your network." -msgstr "Observera att exemplet ovan begränsar filnamnet till DHCP-klienter som identifierar sig själva som \"d-i\", så det kommer inte att påverka vanliga DHCP-klienter men endast installationsprogrammet. Du kan också lägga in text i en sats för endast en speciell värd för att undvika förinställning av alla installationer på ditt nätverk." +msgid "" +"Note that the above example limits this filename to DHCP clients that " +"identify themselves as \"d-i\", so it will not affect regular DHCP clients, " +"but only the installer. You can also put the text in a stanza for only one " +"particular host to avoid preseeding all installs on your network." +msgstr "" +"Observera att exemplet ovan begränsar filnamnet till DHCP-klienter som " +"identifierar sig själva som \"d-i\", så det kommer inte att påverka vanliga " +"DHCP-klienter men endast installationsprogrammet. Du kan också lägga in text " +"i en sats för endast en speciell värd för att undvika förinställning av alla " +"installationer på ditt nätverk." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:550 #, no-c-format -msgid "A good way to use the DHCP preseeding is to only preseed values specific to your network, such as the Debian mirror to use. This way installs on your network will automatically get a good mirror selected, but the rest of the installation can be performed interactively. Using DHCP preseeding to fully automate Debian installs should only be done with care." -msgstr "Ett bra sätt att använda förinställning via DHCP är att endast förinställa värden specifika till ditt nätverk, såsom vilken Debian-spegel som ska användas. Det här sättet kommer installationer på ditt nätverk att automatiskt få en bra spegel vald men resten av installationen kan genomföras interaktivt. Använda förinställning via DHCP för att helt automatisera Debian-installationer ska genomföras med försiktighet." +msgid "" +"A good way to use the DHCP preseeding is to only preseed values specific to " +"your network, such as the Debian mirror to use. This way installs on your " +"network will automatically get a good mirror selected, but the rest of the " +"installation can be performed interactively. Using DHCP preseeding to fully " +"automate Debian installs should only be done with care." +msgstr "" +"Ett bra sätt att använda förinställning via DHCP är att endast förinställa " +"värden specifika till ditt nätverk, såsom vilken Debian-spegel som ska " +"användas. Det här sättet kommer installationer på ditt nätverk att " +"automatiskt få en bra spegel vald men resten av installationen kan " +"genomföras interaktivt. Använda förinställning via DHCP för att helt " +"automatisera Debian-installationer ska genomföras med försiktighet." #. Tag: title #: preseed.xml:564 @@ -649,8 +1069,14 @@ msgstr "Skapa en förkonfigurationsfil" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:565 #, no-c-format -msgid "The preconfiguration file is in the format used by the <command>debconf-set-selections</command> command. The general format of a line in a preconfiguration file is:" -msgstr "Förkonfigurationsfilen är i samma format som används av kommandot <command>debconf-set-selections</command>. Det allmänna formatet för en rad i en förkonfigurationsfil är:" +msgid "" +"The preconfiguration file is in the format used by the <command>debconf-set-" +"selections</command> command. The general format of a line in a " +"preconfiguration file is:" +msgstr "" +"Förkonfigurationsfilen är i samma format som används av kommandot " +"<command>debconf-set-selections</command>. Det allmänna formatet för en rad " +"i en förkonfigurationsfil är:" #. Tag: screen #: preseed.xml:571 @@ -661,50 +1087,103 @@ msgstr "<ägare> <frågans namn> <frågetyp> <värde>" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:573 #, no-c-format -msgid "There are a few rules to keep in mind when writing a preconfiguration file." -msgstr "Det finns ett par regler att ha i åtanke när man skriver en förkonfigurationsfil." +msgid "" +"There are a few rules to keep in mind when writing a preconfiguration file." +msgstr "" +"Det finns ett par regler att ha i åtanke när man skriver en " +"förkonfigurationsfil." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:580 #, no-c-format -msgid "Put only a single space or tab between type and value: any additional whitespace will be interpreted as belonging to the value." -msgstr "Lägg endast till ett enda blanksteg eller tabulatortecken mellan typ och värde: eventuella tomrum kommer att tolkas som om de tillhör värdet." +msgid "" +"Put only a single space or tab between type and value: any additional " +"whitespace will be interpreted as belonging to the value." +msgstr "" +"Lägg endast till ett enda blanksteg eller tabulatortecken mellan typ och " +"värde: eventuella tomrum kommer att tolkas som om de tillhör värdet." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:584 #, no-c-format -msgid "A line can be split into multiple lines by appending a backslash (<quote><literal>\\</literal></quote>) as the line continuation character. A good place to split a line is after the question name; a bad place is between type and value. Split lines will be joined into a single line with all leading/trailing whitespace condensed to a single space." -msgstr "En rad kan vara uppdelad i flera rader genom att lägga till ett omvänt snedstreck på slutet (<quote><literal>\\</literal></quote>) som ett radfortsättningstecken. En bra plats att dela en rad är efter frågenamnet; en dålig plats är mellan typ och värde. Delade rader kommer att sammanfogas till en enda rad med alla inledande/avslutade tomrum ihopslagna till ett enda blanksteg." +msgid "" +"A line can be split into multiple lines by appending a backslash " +"(<quote><literal>\\</literal></quote>) as the line continuation character. A " +"good place to split a line is after the question name; a bad place is " +"between type and value. Split lines will be joined into a single line with " +"all leading/trailing whitespace condensed to a single space." +msgstr "" +"En rad kan vara uppdelad i flera rader genom att lägga till ett omvänt " +"snedstreck på slutet (<quote><literal>\\</literal></quote>) som ett " +"radfortsättningstecken. En bra plats att dela en rad är efter frågenamnet; " +"en dålig plats är mellan typ och värde. Delade rader kommer att sammanfogas " +"till en enda rad med alla inledande/avslutade tomrum ihopslagna till ett " +"enda blanksteg." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:591 #, no-c-format -msgid "For debconf variables (templates) used in the installer itself, the owner should be set to <quote>d-i</quote>; to preseed variables used in the installed system, the name of the package that contains the corresponding debconf template should be used. Only variables that have their owner set to something other than <quote>d-i</quote> will be propagated to the debconf database for the installed system." -msgstr "För debconf-variabler (mallar) som används i själva installationsprogrammet bör ägaren ställas in till <quote>d-i</quote>; för förinställningsvariabler som används i det installerade systemet bör namnet på paketet som innehåller motsvarade debconf-mall användas. Endast variabler som har sina ägare inställda till någonting annat än <quote>d-i</quote> kommer att propageras till debconf-databasen för det installerade systemet." +msgid "" +"For debconf variables (templates) used in the installer itself, the owner " +"should be set to <quote>d-i</quote>; to preseed variables used in the " +"installed system, the name of the package that contains the corresponding " +"debconf template should be used. Only variables that have their owner set to " +"something other than <quote>d-i</quote> will be propagated to the debconf " +"database for the installed system." +msgstr "" +"För debconf-variabler (mallar) som används i själva installationsprogrammet " +"bör ägaren ställas in till <quote>d-i</quote>; för förinställningsvariabler " +"som används i det installerade systemet bör namnet på paketet som innehåller " +"motsvarade debconf-mall användas. Endast variabler som har sina ägare " +"inställda till någonting annat än <quote>d-i</quote> kommer att propageras " +"till debconf-databasen för det installerade systemet." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:599 #, no-c-format -msgid "Most questions need to be preseeded using the values valid in English and not the translated values. However, there are some questions (for example in <classname>partman</classname>) where the translated values need to be used." -msgstr "De flesta frågor behöver förinställdas med giltiga värden på engelska och inte med översatta värden. Dock finns det några frågor (till exempel i <classname>partman</classname>) där översatta värden måste användas." +msgid "" +"Most questions need to be preseeded using the values valid in English and " +"not the translated values. However, there are some questions (for example in " +"<classname>partman</classname>) where the translated values need to be used." +msgstr "" +"De flesta frågor behöver förinställdas med giltiga värden på engelska och " +"inte med översatta värden. Dock finns det några frågor (till exempel i " +"<classname>partman</classname>) där översatta värden måste användas." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:605 #, no-c-format -msgid "Some questions take a code as value instead of the English text that is shown during installation." -msgstr "Vissa frågor tar en kod som ett värde istället för den engelska texten som visas under installationen." +msgid "" +"Some questions take a code as value instead of the English text that is " +"shown during installation." +msgstr "" +"Vissa frågor tar en kod som ett värde istället för den engelska texten som " +"visas under installationen." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:611 #, no-c-format -msgid "The easiest way to create a preconfiguration file is to use the example file linked in <xref linkend=\"preseed-contents\"/> as basis and work from there." -msgstr "Det enklaste sättet att skapa en förkonfigurationsfil på är att använda exempelfilen som länkas i <xref linkend=\"preseed-contents\"/> som grund och arbeta vidare därifrån." +msgid "" +"The easiest way to create a preconfiguration file is to use the example file " +"linked in <xref linkend=\"preseed-contents\"/> as basis and work from there." +msgstr "" +"Det enklaste sättet att skapa en förkonfigurationsfil på är att använda " +"exempelfilen som länkas i <xref linkend=\"preseed-contents\"/> som grund och " +"arbeta vidare därifrån." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:616 #, no-c-format -msgid "An alternative method is to do a manual installation and then, after rebooting, use the <command>debconf-get-selections</command> from the <classname>debconf-utils</classname> package to dump both the debconf database and the installer's cdebconf database to a single file:" -msgstr "En alternativ metod är att göra en manuell installation och sedan, efter omstart, använda <command>debconf-get-selections</command> från paketet <classname>debconf-utils</classname> för att dumpa både debconf-databasen och installationsprogrammets cdebconf-databas till en enda fil:" +msgid "" +"An alternative method is to do a manual installation and then, after " +"rebooting, use the <command>debconf-get-selections</command> from the " +"<classname>debconf-utils</classname> package to dump both the debconf " +"database and the installer's cdebconf database to a single file:" +msgstr "" +"En alternativ metod är att göra en manuell installation och sedan, efter " +"omstart, använda <command>debconf-get-selections</command> från paketet " +"<classname>debconf-utils</classname> för att dumpa både debconf-databasen " +"och installationsprogrammets cdebconf-databas till en enda fil:" #. Tag: screen #: preseed.xml:623 @@ -719,32 +1198,70 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:625 #, no-c-format -msgid "However, a file generated in this manner will have some items that should not be preseeded, and the example file is a better starting place for most users." -msgstr "Dock, en fil som genereras på detta sätt kommer att ha några poster som inte bör förinställas, och exempelfilen är en bättre startpunkt för de flesta användare." +msgid "" +"However, a file generated in this manner will have some items that should " +"not be preseeded, and the example file is a better starting place for most " +"users." +msgstr "" +"Dock, en fil som genereras på detta sätt kommer att ha några poster som inte " +"bör förinställas, och exempelfilen är en bättre startpunkt för de flesta " +"användare." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:633 #, no-c-format -msgid "This method relies on the fact that, at the end of the installation, the installer's cdebconf database is saved to the installed system in <filename>/var/log/installer/cdebconf</filename>. However, because the database may contain sensitive information, by default the files are only readable by root." -msgstr "Denna metod förlitar sig på att vid slutet av installationen, sparas installationsprogrammets cdebconf-databas till det installerade systemet i <filename>/var/log/installer/cdebconf</filename>. Dock, på grund av att databasen kan innehålla känslig information, är filerna som standard endast läsbara av root." +msgid "" +"This method relies on the fact that, at the end of the installation, the " +"installer's cdebconf database is saved to the installed system in <filename>/" +"var/log/installer/cdebconf</filename>. However, because the database may " +"contain sensitive information, by default the files are only readable by " +"root." +msgstr "" +"Denna metod förlitar sig på att vid slutet av installationen, sparas " +"installationsprogrammets cdebconf-databas till det installerade systemet i " +"<filename>/var/log/installer/cdebconf</filename>. Dock, på grund av att " +"databasen kan innehålla känslig information, är filerna som standard endast " +"läsbara av root." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:641 #, no-c-format -msgid "The directory <filename>/var/log/installer</filename> and all files in it will be deleted from your system if you purge the package <classname>installation-report</classname>." -msgstr "Katalogen <filename>/var/log/installer</filename> och alla filer i den kommer att tas bort från ditt system om du rensar ut paketet <classname>installation-report</classname>." +msgid "" +"The directory <filename>/var/log/installer</filename> and all files in it " +"will be deleted from your system if you purge the package " +"<classname>installation-report</classname>." +msgstr "" +"Katalogen <filename>/var/log/installer</filename> och alla filer i den " +"kommer att tas bort från ditt system om du rensar ut paketet " +"<classname>installation-report</classname>." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:649 #, no-c-format -msgid "To check possible values for questions, you can use <command>nano</command> to examine the files in <filename>/var/lib/cdebconf</filename> while an installation is in progress. View <filename>templates.dat</filename> for the raw templates and <filename>questions.dat</filename> for the current values and for the values assigned to variables." -msgstr "För att kontrollera möjliga värden för frågor kan du använda <command>nano</command> för att undersöka filerna i <filename>/var/lib/cdebconf</filename> under tiden en installation pågår. Se <filename>templates.dat</filename> för de råa mallarna och <filename>questions.dat</filename> för de aktuella värdena och för de värden som tilldelas till variabler." +msgid "" +"To check possible values for questions, you can use <command>nano</command> " +"to examine the files in <filename>/var/lib/cdebconf</filename> while an " +"installation is in progress. View <filename>templates.dat</filename> for the " +"raw templates and <filename>questions.dat</filename> for the current values " +"and for the values assigned to variables." +msgstr "" +"För att kontrollera möjliga värden för frågor kan du använda <command>nano</" +"command> för att undersöka filerna i <filename>/var/lib/cdebconf</filename> " +"under tiden en installation pågår. Se <filename>templates.dat</filename> för " +"de råa mallarna och <filename>questions.dat</filename> för de aktuella " +"värdena och för de värden som tilldelas till variabler." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:657 #, no-c-format -msgid "To check if the format of your preconfiguration file is valid before performing an install, you can use the command <command>debconf-set-selections -c <replaceable>preseed.cfg</replaceable></command>." -msgstr "För att kontrollera om formatet på din förkonfigurationsfil är giltigt före en installation genomförs, kan du använda kommandot <command>debconf-set-selections -c <replaceable>preseed.cfg</replaceable></command>." +msgid "" +"To check if the format of your preconfiguration file is valid before " +"performing an install, you can use the command <command>debconf-set-" +"selections -c <replaceable>preseed.cfg</replaceable></command>." +msgstr "" +"För att kontrollera om formatet på din förkonfigurationsfil är giltigt före " +"en installation genomförs, kan du använda kommandot <command>debconf-set-" +"selections -c <replaceable>preseed.cfg</replaceable></command>." #. Tag: title #: preseed.xml:668 @@ -755,8 +1272,18 @@ msgstr "Innehållet av en förkonfigurationsfil (för &releasename;)" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:674 #, no-c-format -msgid "Note that this example is based on an installation for the Intel x86 architecture. If you are installing a different architecture, some of the examples (like keyboard selection and bootloader installation) may not be relevant and will need to be replaced by debconf settings appropriate for your architecture." -msgstr "Observera att det här exemplet är baserat på en installation för Intel x86-arkitekturen. Om du installerar en annan arkitektur, vissa av exemplen (såsom tangentbordsval och installation av starthanteraren) kanske inte är relevanta och behöver ersättas av debconf-inställningar som är lämpliga för din arkitektur." +msgid "" +"Note that this example is based on an installation for the Intel x86 " +"architecture. If you are installing a different architecture, some of the " +"examples (like keyboard selection and bootloader installation) may not be " +"relevant and will need to be replaced by debconf settings appropriate for " +"your architecture." +msgstr "" +"Observera att det här exemplet är baserat på en installation för Intel x86-" +"arkitekturen. Om du installerar en annan arkitektur, vissa av exemplen " +"(såsom tangentbordsval och installation av starthanteraren) kanske inte är " +"relevanta och behöver ersättas av debconf-inställningar som är lämpliga för " +"din arkitektur." #. Tag: title #: preseed.xml:685 @@ -767,20 +1294,56 @@ msgstr "Lokalanpassning" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:686 #, no-c-format -msgid "Setting localization values will only work if you are using initrd preseeding. With all other methods the preconfiguration file will only be loaded after these questions have been asked." -msgstr "Ställa in värden för lokalanpassning kommer endast att fungera om du använder förinställning via initrd. Med alla andra metoder kommer förkonfigurationsfilen först att läsas in efter att de här frågorna har ställts." +msgid "" +"Setting localization values will only work if you are using initrd " +"preseeding. With all other methods the preconfiguration file will only be " +"loaded after these questions have been asked." +msgstr "" +"Ställa in värden för lokalanpassning kommer endast att fungera om du " +"använder förinställning via initrd. Med alla andra metoder kommer " +"förkonfigurationsfilen först att läsas in efter att de här frågorna har " +"ställts." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:692 #, no-c-format -msgid "The locale can be used to specify both language and country and can be any combination of a language supported by &d-i; and a recognized country. If the combination does not form a valid locale, the installer will automatically select a locale that is valid for the selected language. To specify the locale as a boot parameter, use <userinput>locale=<replaceable>en_US</replaceable></userinput>." -msgstr "Lokalen kan användas för att ange både språk och land samt kan vara en kombination av ett språk som stöds av &d-i; och ett känt land. Om kombinationen inte formar en giltig lokal så kommer installationsprogrammet att automatiskt välja en lokal som är giltig för det valda språket. För att ange lokalen som en uppstartsparameter, använd <userinput>locale=<replaceable>sv_SE</replaceable></userinput>." +msgid "" +"The locale can be used to specify both language and country and can be any " +"combination of a language supported by &d-i; and a recognized country. If " +"the combination does not form a valid locale, the installer will " +"automatically select a locale that is valid for the selected language. To " +"specify the locale as a boot parameter, use " +"<userinput>locale=<replaceable>en_US</replaceable></userinput>." +msgstr "" +"Lokalen kan användas för att ange både språk och land samt kan vara en " +"kombination av ett språk som stöds av &d-i; och ett känt land. Om " +"kombinationen inte formar en giltig lokal så kommer installationsprogrammet " +"att automatiskt välja en lokal som är giltig för det valda språket. För att " +"ange lokalen som en uppstartsparameter, använd " +"<userinput>locale=<replaceable>sv_SE</replaceable></userinput>." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:701 #, no-c-format -msgid "Although this method is very easy to use, it does not allow preseeding of all possible combinations of language, country and locale<footnote> <para> Preseeding <literal>locale</literal> to <userinput>en_NL</userinput> would for example result in <literal>en_US.UTF-8</literal> as default locale for the installed system. If e.g. <literal>en_GB.UTF-8</literal> is preferred instead, the values will need to be preseeded individually. </para> </footnote>. So alternatively the values can be preseeded individually. Language and country can also be specified as boot parameters." -msgstr "Även om denna metod är mycket enkel att använda så tillåter den inte förinställning av alla möjliga kombinationer av language, country och locale<footnote> <para> Förinställning av <literal>locale</literal> till <userinput>en_NL</userinput> skulle till exempel resultera i <literal>en_US.UTF-8</literal> som standardlokal för det installerade systemet. Om till exempel <literal>en_GB.UTF-8</literal> föredras istället så kommer värdena att behöva förinställas individuellt. </para> </footnote>. Så alternativt kan värdena förinställas individuellt. Språk och land kan även anges som uppstartsparametrar." +msgid "" +"Although this method is very easy to use, it does not allow preseeding of " +"all possible combinations of language, country and locale<footnote> <para> " +"Preseeding <literal>locale</literal> to <userinput>en_NL</userinput> would " +"for example result in <literal>en_US.UTF-8</literal> as default locale for " +"the installed system. If e.g. <literal>en_GB.UTF-8</literal> is preferred " +"instead, the values will need to be preseeded individually. </para> </" +"footnote>. So alternatively the values can be preseeded individually. " +"Language and country can also be specified as boot parameters." +msgstr "" +"Även om denna metod är mycket enkel att använda så tillåter den inte " +"förinställning av alla möjliga kombinationer av language, country och " +"locale<footnote> <para> Förinställning av <literal>locale</literal> till " +"<userinput>en_NL</userinput> skulle till exempel resultera i <literal>en_US." +"UTF-8</literal> som standardlokal för det installerade systemet. Om till " +"exempel <literal>en_GB.UTF-8</literal> föredras istället så kommer värdena " +"att behöva förinställas individuellt. </para> </footnote>. Så alternativt " +"kan värdena förinställas individuellt. Språk och land kan även anges som " +"uppstartsparametrar." #. Tag: screen #: preseed.xml:716 @@ -809,8 +1372,17 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:718 #, no-c-format -msgid "Keyboard configuration consists of selecting a keyboard architecture and a keymap. In most cases the correct keyboard architecture is selected by default, so there's normally no need to preseed it. The keymap must be known to the &d-i; for the selected keyboard architecture." -msgstr "Tangentbordskonfiguration består av val av tangentbordsarkitektur och en tangentlayout. I de flesta fall är den korrekta tangentbordsarkitekturen vald som standard, så den behöver man normalt sett inte förinställa. Tangentlayouten måste vara känd för &d-i; för den valda tangentbordsarkitekturen." +msgid "" +"Keyboard configuration consists of selecting a keyboard architecture and a " +"keymap. In most cases the correct keyboard architecture is selected by " +"default, so there's normally no need to preseed it. The keymap must be known " +"to the &d-i; for the selected keyboard architecture." +msgstr "" +"Tangentbordskonfiguration består av val av tangentbordsarkitektur och en " +"tangentlayout. I de flesta fall är den korrekta tangentbordsarkitekturen " +"vald som standard, så den behöver man normalt sett inte förinställa. " +"Tangentlayouten måste vara känd för &d-i; för den valda " +"tangentbordsarkitekturen." #. Tag: screen #: preseed.xml:725 @@ -831,14 +1403,27 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:727 #, no-c-format -msgid "To skip keyboard configuration, preseed <classname>console-tools/archs</classname> with <userinput>skip-config</userinput>. This will result in the kernel keymap remaining active." -msgstr "För att hoppa över konfiguration av tangentbordet kan du förinställa <classname>console-tools/archs</classname> med <userinput>skip-config</userinput>. Det här kommer att resultera i att kärnans tangentlayout fortsätter vara aktiv." +msgid "" +"To skip keyboard configuration, preseed <classname>console-tools/archs</" +"classname> with <userinput>skip-config</userinput>. This will result in the " +"kernel keymap remaining active." +msgstr "" +"För att hoppa över konfiguration av tangentbordet kan du förinställa " +"<classname>console-tools/archs</classname> med <userinput>skip-config</" +"userinput>. Det här kommer att resultera i att kärnans tangentlayout " +"fortsätter vara aktiv." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:736 #, no-c-format -msgid "The changes in the input layer for 2.6 kernels have made the keyboard architecture virtually obsolete. For 2.6 kernels normally a <quote>PC</quote> (<userinput>at</userinput>) keymap should be selected." -msgstr "Ändringarna i inmatningslagret för 2.6-kärnor har gjort att tangentbordsarkitekturen nästa föråldrad. För 2.6-kärnor bör normalt sett tangentlayouten <quote>PC</quote> (<userinput>at</userinput>) väljas." +msgid "" +"The changes in the input layer for 2.6 kernels have made the keyboard " +"architecture virtually obsolete. For 2.6 kernels normally a <quote>PC</" +"quote> (<userinput>at</userinput>) keymap should be selected." +msgstr "" +"Ändringarna i inmatningslagret för 2.6-kärnor har gjort att " +"tangentbordsarkitekturen nästa föråldrad. För 2.6-kärnor bör normalt sett " +"tangentlayouten <quote>PC</quote> (<userinput>at</userinput>) väljas." #. Tag: title #: preseed.xml:746 @@ -849,20 +1434,51 @@ msgstr "Nätverkskonfiguration" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:747 #, no-c-format -msgid "Of course, preseeding the network configuration won't work if you're loading your preconfiguration file from the network. But it's great when you're booting from CD or USB stick. If you are loading preconfiguration files from the network, you can pass network config parameters by using kernel boot parameters." -msgstr "Så klart, att förinställa nätverkskonfiguration kommer inte att fungera om du läser in din förkonfigurationsfil från nätverket. Men det är otroligt bra när du startar upp från en cd eller ett USB-minne. Om du läser in förkonfigurationsfiler från nätverket, kan du skicka med konfigurationsparametrar via kärnans uppstartsparametrar." +msgid "" +"Of course, preseeding the network configuration won't work if you're loading " +"your preconfiguration file from the network. But it's great when you're " +"booting from CD or USB stick. If you are loading preconfiguration files from " +"the network, you can pass network config parameters by using kernel boot " +"parameters." +msgstr "" +"Så klart, att förinställa nätverkskonfiguration kommer inte att fungera om " +"du läser in din förkonfigurationsfil från nätverket. Men det är otroligt bra " +"när du startar upp från en cd eller ett USB-minne. Om du läser in " +"förkonfigurationsfiler från nätverket, kan du skicka med " +"konfigurationsparametrar via kärnans uppstartsparametrar." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:755 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you need to pick a particular interface when netbooting before loading a preconfiguration file from the network, use a boot parameter such as <userinput>interface=<replaceable>eth1</replaceable></userinput>." -msgstr "Om du behöver välja ett specifikt nätgränssnitt när du startar upp via nätverket före inläsning av en förkonfigurationsfil från nätverket, använd en uppstartsparameter såsom <userinput>interface=<replaceable>eth1</replaceable></userinput>." +msgid "" +"If you need to pick a particular interface when netbooting before loading a " +"preconfiguration file from the network, use a boot parameter such as " +"<userinput>interface=<replaceable>eth1</replaceable></userinput>." +msgstr "" +"Om du behöver välja ett specifikt nätgränssnitt när du startar upp via " +"nätverket före inläsning av en förkonfigurationsfil från nätverket, använd " +"en uppstartsparameter såsom <userinput>interface=<replaceable>eth1</" +"replaceable></userinput>." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:761 #, no-c-format -msgid "Although preseeding the network configuration is normally not possible when using network preseeding (using <quote>preseed/url</quote>), you can use the following hack to work around that, for example if you'd like to set a static address for the network interface. The hack is to force the network configuration to run again after the preconfiguration file has been loaded by creating a <quote>preseed/run</quote> script containing the following commands:" -msgstr "Även om förinställning av nätverkskonfigurationen normalt sett inte är möjlig när man använder förinställning via nätverk (med <quote>preseed/url</quote>) så kan du använda följande hack för att komma runt det, till exempel om du vill ställa in en statisk adress för nätverksgränssnittet. Hacket tvingar nätverkskonfigurationen att köras igen efter att förkonfigurationsfilen har lästs in genom att skapa ett <quote>preseed/run</quote>-skript som innehåller följande kommandon:" +msgid "" +"Although preseeding the network configuration is normally not possible when " +"using network preseeding (using <quote>preseed/url</quote>), you can use the " +"following hack to work around that, for example if you'd like to set a " +"static address for the network interface. The hack is to force the network " +"configuration to run again after the preconfiguration file has been loaded " +"by creating a <quote>preseed/run</quote> script containing the following " +"commands:" +msgstr "" +"Även om förinställning av nätverkskonfigurationen normalt sett inte är " +"möjlig när man använder förinställning via nätverk (med <quote>preseed/url</" +"quote>) så kan du använda följande hack för att komma runt det, till exempel " +"om du vill ställa in en statisk adress för nätverksgränssnittet. Hacket " +"tvingar nätverkskonfigurationen att köras igen efter att " +"förkonfigurationsfilen har lästs in genom att skapa ett <quote>preseed/run</" +"quote>-skript som innehåller följande kommandon:" #. Tag: screen #: preseed.xml:771 @@ -936,7 +1552,8 @@ msgstr "" "#d-i netcfg/enable boolean false\n" "\n" "# netcfg kommer om möjligt att välja ett nätgränssnitt som har länk.\n" -"# Det gör att den hoppar över att visa en lista om det finns fler än ett nätgränssnitt.\n" +"# Det gör att den hoppar över att visa en lista om det finns fler än ett " +"nätgränssnitt.\n" "d-i netcfg/choose_interface select auto\n" "\n" "# För att istället välja ett speciellt nätgränssnitt:\n" @@ -950,7 +1567,8 @@ msgstr "" "# och den statiska nätverkskonfigurationen nedan.\n" "#d-i netcfg/disable_dhcp boolean true\n" "\n" -"# Om du vill att förkonfigurationsfilen ska fungera på system både med och utan \n" +"# Om du vill att förkonfigurationsfilen ska fungera på system både med och " +"utan \n" "# en dhcpserver, kommentera bort de här raderna och den statiska\n" "# nätverkskonfigurationen nedan.\n" "#d-i netcfg/dhcp_failed note\n" @@ -971,19 +1589,37 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "# Inaktivera den störande WEP-nyckeldialogen.\n" "d-i netcfg/wireless_wep string\n" -"# Det galna dhcp-värdnamnet som vissa Internetleverantörer använder som ett lösenord.\n" +"# Det galna dhcp-värdnamnet som vissa Internetleverantörer använder som ett " +"lösenord.\n" "#d-i netcfg/dhcp_hostname string radish\n" "\n" -"# Om en proprietär fast programvara behövs för nätverket eller annan maskinvara kan du\n" -"# konfigurera installationsprogrammet att alltid försöka läsa in den, utan att fråga, eller\n" +"# Om en proprietär fast programvara behövs för nätverket eller annan " +"maskinvara kan du\n" +"# konfigurera installationsprogrammet att alltid försöka läsa in den, utan " +"att fråga, eller\n" "# ändra till false för att inaktivera frågan.\n" "#d-i hw-detect/load_firmware boolean true" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:781 #, no-c-format -msgid "Please note that <command>netcfg</command> will automatically determine the netmask if <classname>netcfg/get_netmask</classname> is not preseeded. In this case, the variable has to be marked as <literal>seen</literal> for automatic installations. Similarly, <command>netcfg</command> will choose an appropriate address if <classname>netcfg/get_gateway</classname> is not set. As a special case, you can set <classname>netcfg/get_gateway</classname> to <quote>none</quote> to specify that no gateway should be used." -msgstr "Observera att <command>netcfg</command> automatiskt kommer att fastställa nätmasken om <classname>netcfg/get_netmask</classname> inte har förinställts. I detta fall måste variabeln markeras som <literal>seen</literal> för automatiska installationer. I liknande fall kommer <command>netcfg</command> att välja en lämplig adress om <classname>netcfg/get_gateway</classname> inte har angivits. I specifika fall kan du även ställa in <classname>netcfg/get_gateway</classname> till <quote>none</quote> för att ange att ingen gateway ska användas." +msgid "" +"Please note that <command>netcfg</command> will automatically determine the " +"netmask if <classname>netcfg/get_netmask</classname> is not preseeded. In " +"this case, the variable has to be marked as <literal>seen</literal> for " +"automatic installations. Similarly, <command>netcfg</command> will choose an " +"appropriate address if <classname>netcfg/get_gateway</classname> is not set. " +"As a special case, you can set <classname>netcfg/get_gateway</classname> to " +"<quote>none</quote> to specify that no gateway should be used." +msgstr "" +"Observera att <command>netcfg</command> automatiskt kommer att fastställa " +"nätmasken om <classname>netcfg/get_netmask</classname> inte har " +"förinställts. I detta fall måste variabeln markeras som <literal>seen</" +"literal> för automatiska installationer. I liknande fall kommer " +"<command>netcfg</command> att välja en lämplig adress om <classname>netcfg/" +"get_gateway</classname> inte har angivits. I specifika fall kan du även " +"ställa in <classname>netcfg/get_gateway</classname> till <quote>none</quote> " +"för att ange att ingen gateway ska användas." #. Tag: title #: preseed.xml:797 @@ -1018,20 +1654,45 @@ msgstr "Spegelinställningar" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:805 #, no-c-format -msgid "Depending on the installation method you use, a mirror may be used to download additional components of the installer, to install the base system, and to set up the <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> for the installed system." -msgstr "Beroende på installationsmetoden du använder, kan en spegel användas både för att hämta ytterligare komponenter för installationsprogrammet, för att installera grundsystemet och för att ställa in <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> för det installerade systemet." +msgid "" +"Depending on the installation method you use, a mirror may be used to " +"download additional components of the installer, to install the base system, " +"and to set up the <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> for the " +"installed system." +msgstr "" +"Beroende på installationsmetoden du använder, kan en spegel användas både " +"för att hämta ytterligare komponenter för installationsprogrammet, för att " +"installera grundsystemet och för att ställa in <filename>/etc/apt/sources." +"list</filename> för det installerade systemet." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:812 #, no-c-format -msgid "The parameter <classname>mirror/suite</classname> determines the suite for the installed system." -msgstr "Parametern <classname>mirror/suite</classname> bestämmer sviten för det installerade systemet." +msgid "" +"The parameter <classname>mirror/suite</classname> determines the suite for " +"the installed system." +msgstr "" +"Parametern <classname>mirror/suite</classname> bestämmer sviten för det " +"installerade systemet." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:817 #, no-c-format -msgid "The parameter <classname>mirror/udeb/suite</classname> determines the suite for additional components for the installer. It is only useful to set this if components are actually downloaded over the network and should match the suite that was used to build the initrd for the installation method used for the installation. Normally the installer will automatically use the correct value and there should be no need to set this." -msgstr "Parametern <classname>mirror/udeb/suite</classname> bestämmer sviten för ytterligare komponenter för installationsprogrammet. Den är endast användbar att ställa in om komponenter faktiskt hämtas över nätverket och bör stämma överens med sviten som användes för att bygga initrd för installationsmetoden som används för installationen. Vanligtvis använder installationsprogrammet det korrekta värdet och det ska inte finnas något behov av att ställa in denna." +msgid "" +"The parameter <classname>mirror/udeb/suite</classname> determines the suite " +"for additional components for the installer. It is only useful to set this " +"if components are actually downloaded over the network and should match the " +"suite that was used to build the initrd for the installation method used for " +"the installation. Normally the installer will automatically use the correct " +"value and there should be no need to set this." +msgstr "" +"Parametern <classname>mirror/udeb/suite</classname> bestämmer sviten för " +"ytterligare komponenter för installationsprogrammet. Den är endast användbar " +"att ställa in om komponenter faktiskt hämtas över nätverket och bör stämma " +"överens med sviten som användes för att bygga initrd för " +"installationsmetoden som används för installationen. Vanligtvis använder " +"installationsprogrammet det korrekta värdet och det ska inte finnas något " +"behov av att ställa in denna." #. Tag: screen #: preseed.xml:828 @@ -1058,7 +1719,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "# Svit att installera.\n" "#d-i mirror/suite string testing\n" -"# Svit att använda för att läsa in komponenter för installationsprogrammet (valfri).\n" +"# Svit att använda för att läsa in komponenter för installationsprogrammet " +"(valfri).\n" "#d-i mirror/udeb/suite string testing" #. Tag: title @@ -1090,7 +1752,8 @@ msgstr "" "# se innehållet i /usr/share/zoneinfo/ för giltiga värden.\n" "d-i time/zone string Europe/Stockholm\n" "\n" -"# Kontrollerar om NTP ska användas för att ställa in klockan under installationen\n" +"# Kontrollerar om NTP ska användas för att ställa in klockan under " +"installationen\n" "d-i clock-setup/ntp boolean true\n" "# NTP-server att använda. Standardvärdet är oftast ett bra värde.\n" "#d-i clock-setup/ntp-server string ntp.exempel.se" @@ -1104,14 +1767,33 @@ msgstr "Partitionering" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:841 #, no-c-format -msgid "Using preseeding to partition the harddisk is very much limited to what is supported by <classname>partman-auto</classname>. You can choose to partition either existing free space on a disk or a whole disk. The layout of the disk can be determined by using a predefined recipe, a custom recipe from a recipe file or a recipe included in the preconfiguration file. It is currently not possible to partition multiple disks using preseeding." -msgstr "Använda förinställning för att partitionera hårddisken är till stor del begränsat till vad som stöds av <classname>partman-auto</classname>. Du kan välja att antingen partitionera befintligt ledigt utrymme på en disk eller hela disken. Layouten på disken kan bestämmas genom att använda en fördefinierad plan, en anpassad plan från en plan-fil eller en plan som inkluderats i förkonfigurationsfilen. Det är för närvarande inte möjligt att partitionera flera diskar med förinställning." +msgid "" +"Using preseeding to partition the harddisk is very much limited to what is " +"supported by <classname>partman-auto</classname>. You can choose to " +"partition either existing free space on a disk or a whole disk. The layout " +"of the disk can be determined by using a predefined recipe, a custom recipe " +"from a recipe file or a recipe included in the preconfiguration file. It is " +"currently not possible to partition multiple disks using preseeding." +msgstr "" +"Använda förinställning för att partitionera hårddisken är till stor del " +"begränsat till vad som stöds av <classname>partman-auto</classname>. Du kan " +"välja att antingen partitionera befintligt ledigt utrymme på en disk eller " +"hela disken. Layouten på disken kan bestämmas genom att använda en " +"fördefinierad plan, en anpassad plan från en plan-fil eller en plan som " +"inkluderats i förkonfigurationsfilen. Det är för närvarande inte möjligt att " +"partitionera flera diskar med förinställning." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:852 #, no-c-format -msgid "The identification of disks is dependent on the order in which their drivers are loaded. If there are multiple disks in the system, make very sure the correct one will be selected before using preseeding." -msgstr "Identifieringen av diskar är beroende på ordningen som deras drivrutiner läses in i. Om det finns flera diskar i systemet, bör du vara mycket säker på att den rätta disken kommer att väljas före förinställningen används." +msgid "" +"The identification of disks is dependent on the order in which their drivers " +"are loaded. If there are multiple disks in the system, make very sure the " +"correct one will be selected before using preseeding." +msgstr "" +"Identifieringen av diskar är beroende på ordningen som deras drivrutiner " +"läses in i. Om det finns flera diskar i systemet, bör du vara mycket säker " +"på att den rätta disken kommer att väljas före förinställningen används." #. Tag: screen #: preseed.xml:860 @@ -1146,12 +1828,14 @@ msgid "" "d-i partman-auto/choose_recipe select atomic\n" "\n" "# Or provide a recipe of your own...\n" -"# The recipe format is documented in the file devel/partman-auto-recipe.txt.\n" +"# The recipe format is documented in the file devel/partman-auto-recipe." +"txt.\n" "# If you have a way to get a recipe file into the d-i environment, you can\n" "# just point at it.\n" "#d-i partman-auto/expert_recipe_file string /hd-media/recipe\n" "\n" -"# If not, you can put an entire recipe into the preconfiguration file in one\n" +"# If not, you can put an entire recipe into the preconfiguration file in " +"one\n" "# (logical) line. This example creates a small /boot partition, suitable\n" "# swap, and uses the rest of the space for the root partition:\n" "#d-i partman-auto/expert_recipe string \\\n" @@ -1208,13 +1892,15 @@ msgstr "" "d-i partman-auto/choose_recipe select atomic\n" "\n" "# Eller använd en egen plan...\n" -"# Formatet på planerna finns dokumenterat i filen devel/partman-auto-recipe.txt.\n" +"# Formatet på planerna finns dokumenterat i filen devel/partman-auto-recipe." +"txt.\n" "# Om du har ett sätt att hämta en plan-fil in i d-i-miljön så kan du\n" "# bara peka på den.\n" "#d-i partman-auto/expert_recipe_file string /hd-media/recipe\n" "\n" "# Om inte, kan du lägga en hel plan i förkonfigurationsfilen på en (logisk)\n" -"# rad. Det här exemplet skapar en liten /boot-partition, lämpligt växlingsutrymme\n" +"# rad. Det här exemplet skapar en liten /boot-partition, lämpligt " +"växlingsutrymme\n" "# och använder resten av utrymmet till rotpartitionen:\n" "#d-i partman-auto/expert_recipe string \\\n" "# boot-root :: \\\n" @@ -1234,7 +1920,8 @@ msgstr "" "# .\n" "\n" "# Det här gör att partman partitionerar automatiskt utan bekräftelse, om\n" -"# du berättade för den vad som ska göras med en av de ovanstående metoderna.\n" +"# du berättade för den vad som ska göras med en av de ovanstående " +"metoderna.\n" "d-i partman/confirm_write_new_label boolean true\n" "d-i partman/choose_partition select finish\n" "d-i partman/confirm boolean true" @@ -1248,14 +1935,34 @@ msgstr "Partitionering med RAID" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:866 #, no-c-format -msgid "You can also use preseeding to set up partitions on software RAID arrays. Supported are RAID levels 0, 1, 5, 6 and 10, creating degraded arrays and specifying spare devices. If you are using RAID 1, you can preseed grub to install to all devices used in the array; see <xref linkend=\"preseed-bootloader\"/>." -msgstr "Du kan även använda förinställning för att konfigurera partitioner på programvaru-RAID-kedjor. Nivåer som stöds är RAID 0, 1, 5, 6 och 10, skapa trasiga kedjor och ange reservenheter. Om du använder RAID 1 kan du förinställa grub att installera sig på alla enheter som används i kedjan; se <xref linkend=\"preseed-bootloader\"/>." +msgid "" +"You can also use preseeding to set up partitions on software RAID arrays. " +"Supported are RAID levels 0, 1, 5, 6 and 10, creating degraded arrays and " +"specifying spare devices. If you are using RAID 1, you can preseed grub to " +"install to all devices used in the array; see <xref linkend=\"preseed-" +"bootloader\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Du kan även använda förinställning för att konfigurera partitioner på " +"programvaru-RAID-kedjor. Nivåer som stöds är RAID 0, 1, 5, 6 och 10, skapa " +"trasiga kedjor och ange reservenheter. Om du använder RAID 1 kan du " +"förinställa grub att installera sig på alla enheter som används i kedjan; se " +"<xref linkend=\"preseed-bootloader\"/>." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:876 #, no-c-format -msgid "This type of automated partitioning is easy to get wrong. It is also functionality that receives relatively little testing from the developers of &d-i;. The responsibility to get the various recipes right (so they make sense and don't conflict) lies with the user. Check <filename>/var/log/syslog</filename> if you run into problems." -msgstr "Den här typen av automatiserad partitionering är lätt att göra fel. Det är också funktionalitet som har fått relativt lite testning från utvecklarna av &d-i;. Ansvaret att få ordning på de olika planerna (så att de fungerar och inte är i konflikt med annat) ligger hos användaren. Kontrollera <filename>/var/log/syslog</filename> om du springer på problem." +msgid "" +"This type of automated partitioning is easy to get wrong. It is also " +"functionality that receives relatively little testing from the developers of " +"&d-i;. The responsibility to get the various recipes right (so they make " +"sense and don't conflict) lies with the user. Check <filename>/var/log/" +"syslog</filename> if you run into problems." +msgstr "" +"Den här typen av automatiserad partitionering är lätt att göra fel. Det är " +"också funktionalitet som har fått relativt lite testning från utvecklarna av " +"&d-i;. Ansvaret att få ordning på de olika planerna (så att de fungerar och " +"inte är i konflikt med annat) ligger hos användaren. Kontrollera <filename>/" +"var/log/syslog</filename> om du springer på problem." #. Tag: screen #: preseed.xml:886 @@ -1286,9 +1993,11 @@ msgid "" "# used in the RAID setup. Remember to use the correct partition numbers\n" "# for logical partitions.\n" "# Parameters are:\n" -"# <raidtype> <devcount> <sparecount> <fstype> <mountpoint> \\\n" +"# <raidtype> <devcount> <sparecount> <fstype> <" +"mountpoint> \\\n" "# <devices> <sparedevices>\n" -"# RAID levels 0, 1, 5, 6 and 10 are supported; devices are separated using \"#\"\n" +"# RAID levels 0, 1, 5, 6 and 10 are supported; devices are separated using " +"\"#\"\n" "#d-i partman-auto-raid/recipe string \\\n" "# 1 2 0 ext3 / \\\n" "# /dev/sda1#/dev/sdb1 \\\n" @@ -1327,11 +2036,13 @@ msgstr "" "# method{ raid } \\\n" "# .\n" "\n" -"# Till sist behöver du ange hur de tidigare definierade partitionerna kommer att användas i\n" +"# Till sist behöver du ange hur de tidigare definierade partitionerna kommer " +"att användas i\n" "# i RAID-konfigurationen. Tänk på att använda de korrekta partitionsnumren\n" "# för logiska partitioner.\n" "# Parametrarna är:\n" -"# <raid-typ> <enhetsantal> <reservantal> <fs-typ> <monteringspunkt> \\\n" +"# <raid-typ> <enhetsantal> <reservantal> <fs-typ> " +"<monteringspunkt> \\\n" "# <enheter> <reservenheter>\n" "# RAID-nivåerna 0, 1, 5, 6 och 10 stöds; enheter separeras med \"#\"\n" "#d-i partman-auto-raid/recipe string \\\n" @@ -1360,32 +2071,64 @@ msgstr "Kontrollera hur partitioner monteras" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:892 #, no-c-format -msgid "Normally, filesystems are mounted using a universally unique identifier (UUID) as a key; this allows them to be mounted properly even if their device name changes. UUIDs are long and difficult to read, so, if you prefer, the installer can mount filesystems based on the traditional device names, or based on a label you assign. If you ask the installer to mount by label, any filesystems without a label will be mounted using a UUID instead." -msgstr "Vanligtvis så monteras filsystem med hjälp av en universiellt unik identifierare (UUID) som en nyckel; detta tillåter att de monteras korrekt även om deras enhetsnamn ändras. UUID är långa och svåra att läsa, så om du föredrar, installationsprogrammet kan montera filsystem som är baserade på de traditionella enhetsnamnen, eller baserade på en etikett som du tilldelar det. Om du frågar installationsprogrammet att montera efter etikett så kommer alla filsystem som inte har en etikett att monteras efter ett UUID istället." +msgid "" +"Normally, filesystems are mounted using a universally unique identifier " +"(UUID) as a key; this allows them to be mounted properly even if their " +"device name changes. UUIDs are long and difficult to read, so, if you " +"prefer, the installer can mount filesystems based on the traditional device " +"names, or based on a label you assign. If you ask the installer to mount by " +"label, any filesystems without a label will be mounted using a UUID instead." +msgstr "" +"Vanligtvis så monteras filsystem med hjälp av en universiellt unik " +"identifierare (UUID) som en nyckel; detta tillåter att de monteras korrekt " +"även om deras enhetsnamn ändras. UUID är långa och svåra att läsa, så om du " +"föredrar, installationsprogrammet kan montera filsystem som är baserade på " +"de traditionella enhetsnamnen, eller baserade på en etikett som du tilldelar " +"det. Om du frågar installationsprogrammet att montera efter etikett så " +"kommer alla filsystem som inte har en etikett att monteras efter ett UUID " +"istället." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:901 #, no-c-format -msgid "Devices with stable names, such as LVM logical volumes, will continue to use their traditional names rather than UUIDs." -msgstr "Enheter med stabila namn, såsom logiska LVM-volymer, kommer att fortsätta att använda deras traditionella namn istället för UUID." +msgid "" +"Devices with stable names, such as LVM logical volumes, will continue to use " +"their traditional names rather than UUIDs." +msgstr "" +"Enheter med stabila namn, såsom logiska LVM-volymer, kommer att fortsätta " +"att använda deras traditionella namn istället för UUID." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:908 #, no-c-format -msgid "Traditional device names may change based on the order in which the kernel discovers devices at boot, which may cause the wrong filesystem to be mounted. Similarly, labels are likely to clash if you plug in a new disk or a USB drive, and if that happens your system's behaviour when started will be random." -msgstr "Traditionella enhetsnamn kan ändras baserat på ordningen i vilken kärnan upptäcker enheter vid uppstart, vilket kan orsaka att fel filsystem monteras. På samma sätt kan etiketter krocka om du ansluter en ny disk eller en USB-enhet och om det händer så kan beteendet för ditt system vara slumpmässigt." +msgid "" +"Traditional device names may change based on the order in which the kernel " +"discovers devices at boot, which may cause the wrong filesystem to be " +"mounted. Similarly, labels are likely to clash if you plug in a new disk or " +"a USB drive, and if that happens your system's behaviour when started will " +"be random." +msgstr "" +"Traditionella enhetsnamn kan ändras baserat på ordningen i vilken kärnan " +"upptäcker enheter vid uppstart, vilket kan orsaka att fel filsystem " +"monteras. På samma sätt kan etiketter krocka om du ansluter en ny disk eller " +"en USB-enhet och om det händer så kan beteendet för ditt system vara " +"slumpmässigt." #. Tag: screen #: preseed.xml:918 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"# The default is to mount by UUID, but you can also choose \"traditional\" to\n" -"# use traditional device names, or \"label\" to try filesystem labels before\n" +"# The default is to mount by UUID, but you can also choose \"traditional\" " +"to\n" +"# use traditional device names, or \"label\" to try filesystem labels " +"before\n" "# falling back to UUIDs.\n" "#d-i partman/mount_style select uuid" msgstr "" -"# Standard är att montera efter UUID, men du kan även välja \"traditional\" för\n" -"# att använda traditionella enhetsnamn, eller \"label\" för att prova filsystemsetiketter\n" +"# Standard är att montera efter UUID, men du kan även välja \"traditional\" " +"för\n" +"# att använda traditionella enhetsnamn, eller \"label\" för att prova " +"filsystemsetiketter\n" "# innan installationsprogrammet faller tillbaka på UUID.\n" "#d-i partman/mount_style select uuid" @@ -1398,8 +2141,14 @@ msgstr "Installation av grundsystem" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:924 #, no-c-format -msgid "There is actually not very much that can be preseeded for this stage of the installation. The only questions asked concern the installation of the kernel." -msgstr "Det finns faktiskt inte speciellt mycket som kan förinställas för det här steget av installationen. De enda frågorna som ställs är angående installationen av kärnan." +msgid "" +"There is actually not very much that can be preseeded for this stage of the " +"installation. The only questions asked concern the installation of the " +"kernel." +msgstr "" +"Det finns faktiskt inte speciellt mycket som kan förinställas för det här " +"steget av installationen. De enda frågorna som ställs är angående " +"installationen av kärnan." #. Tag: screen #: preseed.xml:931 @@ -1410,22 +2159,28 @@ msgid "" "# experienced users.\n" "#d-i base-installer/install-recommends boolean false\n" "\n" -"# Select the initramfs generator used to generate the initrd for 2.6 kernels.\n" +"# Select the initramfs generator used to generate the initrd for 2.6 " +"kernels.\n" "#d-i base-installer/kernel/linux/initramfs-generators string yaird\n" "\n" -"# The kernel image (meta) package to be installed; \"none\" can be used if no\n" +"# The kernel image (meta) package to be installed; \"none\" can be used if " +"no\n" "# kernel is to be installed.\n" "#d-i base-installer/kernel/image string linux-image-2.6-486" msgstr "" -"# Konfigurera APT till att inte installera rekommenderade paket som standard.\n" -"# Användning av denna flagga kan resultera i ett ofullständigt system och ska endast\n" +"# Konfigurera APT till att inte installera rekommenderade paket som " +"standard.\n" +"# Användning av denna flagga kan resultera i ett ofullständigt system och " +"ska endast\n" "# användas av mycket erfarna användare.\n" "#d-i base-installer/install-recommends boolean false\n" "\n" -"# Välj vilken initramfs-generator som ska användas för att generera initrd för 2.6-kärnor.\n" +"# Välj vilken initramfs-generator som ska användas för att generera initrd " +"för 2.6-kärnor.\n" "#d-i base-installer/kernel/linux/initramfs-generators string yaird\n" "\n" -"# Kärnavbildningspaketet (meta) att installera; \"none\" kan användas om ingen\n" +"# Kärnavbildningspaketet (meta) att installera; \"none\" kan användas om " +"ingen\n" "# kärna ska installeras.\n" "#d-i base-installer/kernel/image string linux-image-2.6-486" @@ -1438,14 +2193,30 @@ msgstr "Kontoinställning" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:937 #, no-c-format -msgid "The password for the root account and name and password for a first regular user's account can be preseeded. For the passwords you can use either clear text values or MD5 <emphasis>hashes</emphasis>." -msgstr "Lösenordet för root-kontot, namn och lösenordet för den första vanliga användarens konto kan förinställas. För lösenorden kan du använda antingen klartextvärden eller <emphasis>MD5-hashar</emphasis>." +msgid "" +"The password for the root account and name and password for a first regular " +"user's account can be preseeded. For the passwords you can use either clear " +"text values or MD5 <emphasis>hashes</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Lösenordet för root-kontot, namn och lösenordet för den första vanliga " +"användarens konto kan förinställas. För lösenorden kan du använda antingen " +"klartextvärden eller <emphasis>MD5-hashar</emphasis>." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:944 #, no-c-format -msgid "Be aware that preseeding passwords is not completely secure as everyone with access to the preconfiguration file will have the knowledge of these passwords. Using MD5 hashes is considered slightly better in terms of security but it might also give a false sense of security as access to a MD5 hash allows for brute force attacks." -msgstr "Tänk på att förinställning av lösenord inte är direkt säkert eftersom alla med tillgång till förkonfigurationsfilen kan få vetskap om de här lösenorden. Använda MD5-hashar är ansett som säkrare men det kan också ge en falsk känsla av säkerhet eftersom tillgången till en MD5-hash gör att den kan utsättas för en \"brute force\"-attack." +msgid "" +"Be aware that preseeding passwords is not completely secure as everyone with " +"access to the preconfiguration file will have the knowledge of these " +"passwords. Using MD5 hashes is considered slightly better in terms of " +"security but it might also give a false sense of security as access to a MD5 " +"hash allows for brute force attacks." +msgstr "" +"Tänk på att förinställning av lösenord inte är direkt säkert eftersom alla " +"med tillgång till förkonfigurationsfilen kan få vetskap om de här " +"lösenorden. Använda MD5-hashar är ansett som säkrare men det kan också ge en " +"falsk känsla av säkerhet eftersom tillgången till en MD5-hash gör att den " +"kan utsättas för en \"brute force\"-attack." #. Tag: screen #: preseed.xml:954 @@ -1508,14 +2279,31 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:956 #, no-c-format -msgid "The <classname>passwd/root-password-crypted</classname> and <classname>passwd/user-password-crypted</classname> variables can also be preseeded with <quote>!</quote> as their value. In that case, the corresponding account is disabled. This may be convenient for the root account, provided of course that an alternative method is set up to allow administrative activities or root login (for instance by using SSH key authentication or <command>sudo</command>)." -msgstr "Variablerna <classname>passwd/root-password-crypted</classname> och <classname>passwd/user-password-crypted</classname> kan också förinställas med <quote>!</quote> som dess värde. I det här fallet, kommer det motsvarande kontot att inaktiveras. Det här kan vara bekvämt för root-kontot, om så klart det finns en alternativ metod som tillåter administrativa aktiviteter eller root-inloggning (till exempel genom att använda autentisering via SSH-nyckel eller kommandot <command>sudo</command>)." +msgid "" +"The <classname>passwd/root-password-crypted</classname> and " +"<classname>passwd/user-password-crypted</classname> variables can also be " +"preseeded with <quote>!</quote> as their value. In that case, the " +"corresponding account is disabled. This may be convenient for the root " +"account, provided of course that an alternative method is set up to allow " +"administrative activities or root login (for instance by using SSH key " +"authentication or <command>sudo</command>)." +msgstr "" +"Variablerna <classname>passwd/root-password-crypted</classname> och " +"<classname>passwd/user-password-crypted</classname> kan också förinställas " +"med <quote>!</quote> som dess värde. I det här fallet, kommer det " +"motsvarande kontot att inaktiveras. Det här kan vara bekvämt för root-" +"kontot, om så klart det finns en alternativ metod som tillåter " +"administrativa aktiviteter eller root-inloggning (till exempel genom att " +"använda autentisering via SSH-nyckel eller kommandot <command>sudo</" +"command>)." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:966 #, no-c-format -msgid "The following command can be used to generate an MD5 hash for a password:" -msgstr "Följande kommando kan användas för att generera en MD5-hash för ett lösenord:" +msgid "" +"The following command can be used to generate an MD5 hash for a password:" +msgstr "" +"Följande kommando kan användas för att generera en MD5-hash för ett lösenord:" #. Tag: screen #: preseed.xml:970 @@ -1532,8 +2320,16 @@ msgstr "Apt-inställning" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:977 #, no-c-format -msgid "Setup of the <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> and basic configuration options is fully automated based on your installation method and answers to earlier questions. You can optionally add other (local) repositories." -msgstr "Konfiguration av <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> och grundläggande konfigurationsalternativ är fullständigt automatiserade baserat på din installationsmetod och svar på tidigare ställda frågor. Du kan valfritt lägga till andra (lokala) förråd." +msgid "" +"Setup of the <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> and basic " +"configuration options is fully automated based on your installation method " +"and answers to earlier questions. You can optionally add other (local) " +"repositories." +msgstr "" +"Konfiguration av <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> och " +"grundläggande konfigurationsalternativ är fullständigt automatiserade " +"baserat på din installationsmetod och svar på tidigare ställda frågor. Du " +"kan valfritt lägga till andra (lokala) förråd." #. Tag: screen #: preseed.xml:985 @@ -1571,7 +2367,8 @@ msgstr "" "#d-i apt-setup/contrib boolean true\n" "# Avkommentera den här om du inte vill använda en nätverksspegel.\n" "#d-i apt-setup/use_mirror boolean false\n" -"# Välj vilka uppdateringstjänster att använda; definiera speglarna att använda.\n" +"# Välj vilka uppdateringstjänster att använda; definiera speglarna att " +"använda.\n" "# Värdena som visas neda är de normala standardvärdena.\n" "#d-i apt-setup/services-select multiselect security, volatile\n" "#d-i apt-setup/security_host string security.debian.org\n" @@ -1604,8 +2401,12 @@ msgstr "Paketval" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:991 #, no-c-format -msgid "You can choose to install any combination of tasks that are available. Available tasks as of this writing include:" -msgstr "Du kan välja att installera alla kombinationer av funktioner som finns tillgängliga. Tillgängliga funktioner just nu inkluderar:" +msgid "" +"You can choose to install any combination of tasks that are available. " +"Available tasks as of this writing include:" +msgstr "" +"Du kan välja att installera alla kombinationer av funktioner som finns " +"tillgängliga. Tillgängliga funktioner just nu inkluderar:" #. Tag: userinput #: preseed.xml:1000 @@ -1676,18 +2477,57 @@ msgstr "laptop" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:1034 #, no-c-format -msgid "You can also choose to install no tasks, and force the installation of a set of packages in some other way. We recommend always including the <userinput>standard</userinput> task." -msgstr "Du kan även välja att inte installera några funktioner, och tvinga fram installationen av en uppsättning paket på något annat sätt. Vi rekommenderar alltid att inkludera funktionen <userinput>standard</userinput>." +msgid "" +"You can also choose to install no tasks, and force the installation of a set " +"of packages in some other way. We recommend always including the " +"<userinput>standard</userinput> task." +msgstr "" +"Du kan även välja att inte installera några funktioner, och tvinga fram " +"installationen av en uppsättning paket på något annat sätt. Vi rekommenderar " +"alltid att inkludera funktionen <userinput>standard</userinput>." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:1040 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you want to install some individual packages in addition to packages installed by tasks, you can use the parameter <classname>pkgsel/include</classname>. The value of this parameter can be a list of packages separated by either commas or spaces, which allows it to be used easily on the kernel command line as well." -msgstr "Om du vill installera några individuella paket i tillägg till de paket som installeras av funktioner, kan du använda parametern <classname>pkgsel/include</classname>. Värdet för denna parameter kan vara en lista över paket, komma- eller blankstegsseparerad, vilket även tillåter att den enkelt kan användas på kommandoraden för kärnan." +msgid "" +"If you want to install some individual packages in addition to packages " +"installed by tasks, you can use the parameter <classname>pkgsel/include</" +"classname>. The value of this parameter can be a list of packages separated " +"by either commas or spaces, which allows it to be used easily on the kernel " +"command line as well." +msgstr "" +"Om du vill installera några individuella paket i tillägg till de paket som " +"installeras av funktioner, kan du använda parametern <classname>pkgsel/" +"include</classname>. Värdet för denna parameter kan vara en lista över " +"paket, komma- eller blankstegsseparerad, vilket även tillåter att den enkelt " +"kan användas på kommandoraden för kärnan." #. Tag: screen #: preseed.xml:1050 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +#| msgid "" +#| "#tasksel tasksel/first multiselect standard, web-server\n" +#| "# If the desktop task is selected, install the kde and xfce desktops\n" +#| "# instead of the default gnome desktop.\n" +#| "#tasksel tasksel/desktop multiselect kde, xfce\n" +#| "\n" +#| "# Individual additional packages to install\n" +#| "#d-i pkgsel/include string openssh-server build-essential\n" +#| "# By default, packages that are only Recommended by packages installed " +#| "using\n" +#| "# pkgsel/include (as opposed to their dependencies) will not be " +#| "installed.\n" +#| "# Whether to upgrade packages after debootstrap.\n" +#| "# Allowed values: none, safe-upgrade, full-upgrade\n" +#| "#d-i pkgsel/upgrade select none\n" +#| "\n" +#| "# Some versions of the installer can report back on what software you " +#| "have\n" +#| "# installed, and what software you use. The default is not to report " +#| "back,\n" +#| "# but sending reports helps the project determine what software is most\n" +#| "# popular and include it on CDs.\n" +#| "#popularity-contest popularity-contest/participate boolean false" msgid "" "#tasksel tasksel/first multiselect standard, web-server\n" "# If the desktop task is selected, install the kde and xfce desktops\n" @@ -1696,8 +2536,6 @@ msgid "" "\n" "# Individual additional packages to install\n" "#d-i pkgsel/include string openssh-server build-essential\n" -"# By default, packages that are only Recommended by packages installed using\n" -"# pkgsel/include (as opposed to their dependencies) will not be installed.\n" "# Whether to upgrade packages after debootstrap.\n" "# Allowed values: none, safe-upgrade, full-upgrade\n" "#d-i pkgsel/upgrade select none\n" @@ -1716,16 +2554,20 @@ msgstr "" "# Individuella paket att installera\n" "#d-i pkgsel/include string openssh-server build-essential\n" "# Som standard installeras paket som endast är rekommenderas av paket som\n" -"# installeras av pkgsel/include (till skillnad mot deras beroenden) kommer inte\n" +"# installeras av pkgsel/include (till skillnad mot deras beroenden) kommer " +"inte\n" "# att installeras.\n" "# Huruvida paket ska uppgraderas efter debootstrap.\n" "# Tillåtna värden: none, safe-upgrade, full-upgrade\n" "#d-i pkgsel/upgrade select none\n" "\n" -"# Vissa versioner av installationsprogrammet kan rapportera vilken programvara\n" -"# du har installerat och vilken programvara som du använder. Standard är att inte\n" +"# Vissa versioner av installationsprogrammet kan rapportera vilken " +"programvara\n" +"# du har installerat och vilken programvara som du använder. Standard är att " +"inte\n" "# rapportera men att skicka in rapporter hjälper projektet att bestämma\n" -"# vilken programvara som är mest populär och sedan inkludera den på cd-skivorna.\n" +"# vilken programvara som är mest populär och sedan inkludera den på cd-" +"skivorna.\n" "#popularity-contest popularity-contest/participate boolean false" #. Tag: title @@ -1745,11 +2587,13 @@ msgid "" "# too:\n" "#d-i lilo-installer/skip boolean true\n" "\n" -"# This is fairly safe to set, it makes grub install automatically to the MBR\n" +"# This is fairly safe to set, it makes grub install automatically to the " +"MBR\n" "# if no other operating system is detected on the machine.\n" "d-i grub-installer/only_debian boolean true\n" "\n" -"# This one makes grub-installer install to the MBR if it also finds some other\n" +"# This one makes grub-installer install to the MBR if it also finds some " +"other\n" "# OS, which is less safe as it might not be able to boot that other OS.\n" "d-i grub-installer/with_other_os boolean true\n" "\n" @@ -1775,16 +2619,20 @@ msgstr "" "# Grub är starthanteraren som är standard (för x86). Om du vill att lilo\n" "# ska installeras istället kan du avkommentera den här raden:\n" "#d-i grub-installer/skip boolean true\n" -"# För att även hoppa över att installera lilo och inte installera någon starthanterare,\n" +"# För att även hoppa över att installera lilo och inte installera någon " +"starthanterare,\n" "# avkommentera även denna rad:\n" "#d-i lilo-installer/skip boolean true\n" "\n" -"# Den är ganska säker att ange, den gör att grub installeras automatiskt till MBR\n" +"# Den är ganska säker att ange, den gör att grub installeras automatiskt " +"till MBR\n" "# om inga andra operativsystem hittades på maskinen.\n" "d-i grub-installer/only_debian boolean true\n" "\n" -"# Den här gör att grub-installer installeras till MBR om den hittar några andra\n" -"# operativsystem också, som är mindre säkert eftersom den kanske inte kan starta\n" +"# Den här gör att grub-installer installeras till MBR om den hittar några " +"andra\n" +"# operativsystem också, som är mindre säkert eftersom den kanske inte kan " +"starta\n" "# upp det andra operativsystemet.\n" "d-i grub-installer/with_other_os boolean true\n" "\n" @@ -1802,8 +2650,10 @@ msgstr "" "# eller krypterat med en MD5-hash, se grub-md5-crypt(8).\n" "#d-i grub-installer/password-crypted password [MD5-hash]\n" "\n" -"# Använd följande flagga för att lägga till ytterligare parametrar för start-\n" -"# hanteraren för det installerade systemet (om det stöds av starthanterarens\n" +"# Använd följande flagga för att lägga till ytterligare parametrar för " +"start-\n" +"# hanteraren för det installerade systemet (om det stöds av " +"starthanterarens\n" "# installationsprogram).\n" "# Observera: flaggor som skickas till installationsprogrammet kommer\n" "# automatiskt att läggas till.\n" @@ -1812,8 +2662,14 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:1059 #, no-c-format -msgid "An MD5 hash for a password for <classname>grub</classname> can be generated using <command>grub-md5-crypt</command>, or using the command from the example in <xref linkend=\"preseed-account\"/>." -msgstr "En MD5-hash för ett lösenord för <classname>grub</classname> kan genereras med kommandot <command>grub-md5-crypt</command> eller med kommandot från exemplet i <xref linkend=\"preseed-account\"/>." +msgid "" +"An MD5 hash for a password for <classname>grub</classname> can be generated " +"using <command>grub-md5-crypt</command>, or using the command from the " +"example in <xref linkend=\"preseed-account\"/>." +msgstr "" +"En MD5-hash för ett lösenord för <classname>grub</classname> kan genereras " +"med kommandot <command>grub-md5-crypt</command> eller med kommandot från " +"exemplet i <xref linkend=\"preseed-account\"/>." #. Tag: title #: preseed.xml:1069 @@ -1843,7 +2699,8 @@ msgid "" "# This will power off the machine instead of just halting it.\n" "#d-i debian-installer/exit/poweroff boolean true" msgstr "" -"# Under installationer från seriellkonsoll är de vanliga virtuella konsollerna\n" +"# Under installationer från seriellkonsoll är de vanliga virtuella " +"konsollerna\n" "# (VT1-VT6) vanligtvis inaktiverade i /etc/inittab. Avkommentera nästa\n" "# rad för att förhindra detta.\n" "#d-i finish-install/keep-consoles boolean true\n" @@ -1851,11 +2708,13 @@ msgstr "" "# Undvik det sista meddelandet om att installationen är färdig.\n" "d-i finish-install/reboot_in_progress note\n" "\n" -"# Det här kommer att förhindra installationsprogrammet från att mata ut cd-skivan\n" +"# Det här kommer att förhindra installationsprogrammet från att mata ut cd-" +"skivan\n" "# under omstarten, vilket kan vara användbart i vissa situationer.\n" "#d-i cdrom-detect/eject boolean false\n" "\n" -"# Så här gör man för att stänga av installationsprogrammet när det är färdigt,\n" +"# Så här gör man för att stänga av installationsprogrammet när det är " +"färdigt,\n" "# men utan att starta om till det installerade systemet.\n" "#d-i debian-installer/exit/halt boolean true\n" "# Det här kommer att stänga av maskinen istället för att bara stoppa den.\n" @@ -1879,8 +2738,10 @@ msgid "" "# debconf-get-selections --installer > file\n" "# debconf-get-selections >> file" msgstr "" -"# Beroende på vilken programvara du väljer att installera, eller om saker går fel\n" -"# under installationsprocessen, är det möjligt att andra frågor kan ställas.\n" +"# Beroende på vilken programvara du väljer att installera, eller om saker " +"går fel\n" +"# under installationsprocessen, är det möjligt att andra frågor kan " +"ställas.\n" "# Du kan förinställa de här också, så klart. För att få en lista på alla\n" "# möjliga frågor som kan ställas under en installation, gör en\n" "# installation, och kör sedan de här kommandona:\n" @@ -1902,8 +2763,13 @@ msgstr "Kör anpassade kommandon under installationen" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:1089 #, no-c-format -msgid "A very powerful and flexible option offered by the preconfiguration tools is the ability to run commands or scripts at certain points in the installation." -msgstr "Ett mycket kraftfullt och flexibelt alternativ som erbjuds av förkonfigurationsverktygen är möjligheten att köra kommandon eller skript vid vissa punkter i installationen." +msgid "" +"A very powerful and flexible option offered by the preconfiguration tools is " +"the ability to run commands or scripts at certain points in the installation." +msgstr "" +"Ett mycket kraftfullt och flexibelt alternativ som erbjuds av " +"förkonfigurationsverktygen är möjligheten att köra kommandon eller skript " +"vid vissa punkter i installationen." #. Tag: screen #: preseed.xml:1097 @@ -1923,17 +2789,21 @@ msgid "" "# useful to apply dynamic partitioner preseeding that depends on the state\n" "# of the disks (which may not be visible when preseed/early_command runs).\n" "#d-i partman/early_command \\\n" -"# string debconf-set partman-auto/disk \"$(list-devices disk | head -n1)\"\n" +"# string debconf-set partman-auto/disk \"$(list-devices disk | head -" +"n1)\"\n" "# This command is run just before the install finishes, but when there is\n" "# still a usable /target directory. You can chroot to /target and use it\n" "# directly, or use the apt-install and in-target commands to easily install\n" "# packages and run commands in the target system.\n" "#d-i preseed/late_command string apt-install zsh; in-target chsh -s /bin/zsh" msgstr "" -"# Förinställning i d-i anses inte som säker. Inget i installationsprogrammet letar\n" +"# Förinställning i d-i anses inte som säker. Inget i installationsprogrammet " +"letar\n" "# efter buffertöverflöden eller andra attackförsök genom värdena i en\n" -"# förkonfigurationsfil såsom den här. Använd endast förkonfigurationfiler från en\n" -"# plats du kan lita på! För att gör det och på grund av att det är generellt sett\n" +"# förkonfigurationsfil såsom den här. Använd endast förkonfigurationfiler " +"från en\n" +"# plats du kan lita på! För att gör det och på grund av att det är generellt " +"sett\n" "# användbart, här är ett sätt att automatiskt köra de skalkommandon du vill\n" "# inne i installationsprogrammet.\n" "\n" @@ -1941,14 +2811,19 @@ msgstr "" "# att förinställningen är inläst.\n" "#d-i preseed/early_command string anna-install some-udeb\n" "# Det här kommandot körs direkt före partitioneraren startar. Det kan vara\n" -"# användbart för att tillämpa förinställning av dynamisk partitionering som är\n" -"# beroende av tillståndet för diskarna (som kanske annars inte är synligt när\n" +"# användbart för att tillämpa förinställning av dynamisk partitionering som " +"är\n" +"# beroende av tillståndet för diskarna (som kanske annars inte är synligt " +"när\n" "# preseed/early_command kör).\n" "#d-i partman/early_command \\\n" -"# string debconf-set partman-auto/disk \"$(list-devices disk | head -n1)\"\n" +"# string debconf-set partman-auto/disk \"$(list-devices disk | head -" +"n1)\"\n" "# Det här kommandot körs precis innan installationen är färdig, men när det\n" -"# fortfarande finns en användbar /target-katalog. Du kan göra en chroot till /target och\n" -"# använda det direkt, eller använda apt-install och kommandon från /target för att\n" +"# fortfarande finns en användbar /target-katalog. Du kan göra en chroot " +"till /target och\n" +"# använda det direkt, eller använda apt-install och kommandon från /target " +"för att\n" "# enkelt installera paket och köra kommandon på målsystemet.\n" "#d-i preseed/late_command string apt-install zsh; in-target chsh -s /bin/zsh" @@ -1962,27 +2837,64 @@ msgstr "Användning av förinställningar för att ändra på standardvärden" #: preseed.xml:1103 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"It is possible to use preseeding to change the default answer for a question, but still have the question asked. To do this the <firstterm>seen</firstterm> flag must be reset to <quote>false</quote> after setting the value for a question. <informalexample><screen>\n" +"It is possible to use preseeding to change the default answer for a " +"question, but still have the question asked. To do this the <firstterm>seen</" +"firstterm> flag must be reset to <quote>false</quote> after setting the " +"value for a question. <informalexample><screen>\n" "d-i foo/bar string value\n" "d-i foo/bar seen false\n" -"</screen></informalexample> The same effect can be achieved for <emphasis>all</emphasis> questions by setting the parameter <classname>preseed/interactive=true</classname> at the boot prompt. This can also be useful for testing or debugging your preconfiguration file." +"</screen></informalexample> The same effect can be achieved for " +"<emphasis>all</emphasis> questions by setting the parameter " +"<classname>preseed/interactive=true</classname> at the boot prompt. This can " +"also be useful for testing or debugging your preconfiguration file." msgstr "" -"Det är möjligt att använda förinställning för att ändra standardsvaret på en fråga, men fortfarande ställa frågan. För att göra det här måste flaggan <firstterm>seen</firstterm> återställas till <quote>false</quote> efter att värdet ställts in för en fråga. <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Det är möjligt att använda förinställning för att ändra standardsvaret på en " +"fråga, men fortfarande ställa frågan. För att göra det här måste flaggan " +"<firstterm>seen</firstterm> återställas till <quote>false</quote> efter att " +"värdet ställts in för en fråga. <informalexample><screen>\n" "d-i foo/bar string value\n" "d-i foo/bar seen false\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Samma effekt kan uppnås för <emphasis>alla</emphasis> frågor genom att ställa in parametern <classname>preseed/interactive=true</classname> på uppstartsprompten. Det här kan också vara användbart för testning eller felsökning av din förkonfigurationsfil." +"</screen></informalexample> Samma effekt kan uppnås för <emphasis>alla</" +"emphasis> frågor genom att ställa in parametern <classname>preseed/" +"interactive=true</classname> på uppstartsprompten. Det här kan också vara " +"användbart för testning eller felsökning av din förkonfigurationsfil." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:1117 #, no-c-format -msgid "Note that the <quote>d-i</quote> owner should only be used for variables used in the installer itself. For variables belonging to packages installed on the target system, you should use the name of that package instead. See the footnote to <xref linkend=\"preseed-bootparms\"/>." -msgstr "Observera att <quote>d-i</quote>-ägaren endast ska användas för variabler som används i själva installationsprogrammet. För variabler som tillhör paket som installeras på målsystemet så ska du istället använda namnet för paketet. Se sidfoten på <xref linkend=\"preseed-bootparms\"/>." +msgid "" +"Note that the <quote>d-i</quote> owner should only be used for variables " +"used in the installer itself. For variables belonging to packages installed " +"on the target system, you should use the name of that package instead. See " +"the footnote to <xref linkend=\"preseed-bootparms\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Observera att <quote>d-i</quote>-ägaren endast ska användas för variabler " +"som används i själva installationsprogrammet. För variabler som tillhör " +"paket som installeras på målsystemet så ska du istället använda namnet för " +"paketet. Se sidfoten på <xref linkend=\"preseed-bootparms\"/>." #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:1124 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you are preseeding using boot parameters, you can make the installer ask the corresponding question by using the <quote>?=</quote> operator, i.e. <userinput><replaceable>foo</replaceable>/<replaceable>bar</replaceable>?=<replaceable>value</replaceable></userinput> (or <userinput><replaceable>owner</replaceable>:<replaceable>foo/bar</replaceable>?=<replaceable>value</replaceable></userinput>). This will of course only have effect for parameters that correspond to questions that are actually displayed during an installation and not for <quote>internal</quote> parameters." -msgstr "Om du förinställer med hjälp av uppstartsparametrar så kan du göra att installationsprogrammet frågar motsvarade fråga genom att använda operatorn <quote>?=</quote> operator, t.ex. <userinput><replaceable>foo</replaceable>/<replaceable>bar</replaceable>?=<replaceable>värde</replaceable></userinput> (eller <userinput><replaceable>ägare</replaceable>:<replaceable>foo/bar</replaceable>?=<replaceable>värde</replaceable></userinput>).. Det här kommer så klart endast ha effekt för parametrar som motsvarar frågorna som visas under en installation och inte för <quote>interna</quote> parametrar." +msgid "" +"If you are preseeding using boot parameters, you can make the installer ask " +"the corresponding question by using the <quote>?=</quote> operator, i.e. " +"<userinput><replaceable>foo</replaceable>/<replaceable>bar</replaceable>?" +"=<replaceable>value</replaceable></userinput> (or " +"<userinput><replaceable>owner</replaceable>:<replaceable>foo/bar</" +"replaceable>?=<replaceable>value</replaceable></userinput>). This will of " +"course only have effect for parameters that correspond to questions that are " +"actually displayed during an installation and not for <quote>internal</" +"quote> parameters." +msgstr "" +"Om du förinställer med hjälp av uppstartsparametrar så kan du göra att " +"installationsprogrammet frågar motsvarade fråga genom att använda operatorn " +"<quote>?=</quote> operator, t.ex. <userinput><replaceable>foo</replaceable>/" +"<replaceable>bar</replaceable>?=<replaceable>värde</replaceable></userinput> " +"(eller <userinput><replaceable>ägare</replaceable>:<replaceable>foo/bar</" +"replaceable>?=<replaceable>värde</replaceable></userinput>).. Det här kommer " +"så klart endast ha effekt för parametrar som motsvarar frågorna som visas " +"under en installation och inte för <quote>interna</quote> parametrar." #. Tag: title #: preseed.xml:1138 @@ -1993,8 +2905,19 @@ msgstr "Kedjeinläsning av förkonfigurationsfiler" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:1139 #, no-c-format -msgid "It is possible to include other preconfiguration files from a preconfiguration file. Any settings in those files will override pre-existing settings from files loaded earlier. This makes it possible to put, for example, general networking settings for your location in one file and more specific settings for certain configurations in other files." -msgstr "Det är möjligt att inkludera andra förkonfigurationsfiler från en förkonfigurationsfil. Alla inställningar i de filerna kommer att åsidosätta eventuella inställningar från filer som lästs in tidigare. Det gör det möjligt att lägga in, till exempel, allmänna nätverksinställningar för din plats i en fil och mer specifika inställningar för vissa konfigurationer i andra filer." +msgid "" +"It is possible to include other preconfiguration files from a " +"preconfiguration file. Any settings in those files will override pre-" +"existing settings from files loaded earlier. This makes it possible to put, " +"for example, general networking settings for your location in one file and " +"more specific settings for certain configurations in other files." +msgstr "" +"Det är möjligt att inkludera andra förkonfigurationsfiler från en " +"förkonfigurationsfil. Alla inställningar i de filerna kommer att åsidosätta " +"eventuella inställningar från filer som lästs in tidigare. Det gör det " +"möjligt att lägga in, till exempel, allmänna nätverksinställningar för din " +"plats i en fil och mer specifika inställningar för vissa konfigurationer i " +"andra filer." #. Tag: screen #: preseed.xml:1149 @@ -2024,17 +2947,20 @@ msgid "" "#d-i preseed/run string foo.sh" msgstr "" "# Fler än en fil kan listas, separerade med blanksteg; alla kommer att\n" -"# läsas in. De inkluderade filerna kan även innehålla egna direktiv för preseed/include.\n" +"# läsas in. De inkluderade filerna kan även innehålla egna direktiv för " +"preseed/include.\n" "# Observera att om filnamnen är relativa, tas de från samma katalog som\n" "# förkonfigurationsfilen som inkluderar dem.\n" "#d-i preseed/include string x.cfg\n" "\n" -"# Installationsprogrammet kan valfritt validera kontrollsummor för förkonfigurationsfiler innan\n" +"# Installationsprogrammet kan valfritt validera kontrollsummor för " +"förkonfigurationsfiler innan\n" "# de används. För närvarande stöds endast md5sums, lista kontrollsummorna\n" "# i samma ordning som listan över filer som ska inkluderas.\n" "#d-i preseed/include/checksum string 5da499872becccfeda2c4872f9171c3d\n" "\n" -"# Mer flexibelt, det här kör ett skalkommando och om det skriver ut namnen på\n" +"# Mer flexibelt, det här kör ett skalkommando och om det skriver ut namnen " +"på\n" "# förkonfigurationsfiler, inkludera de filerna. \n" "#d-i preseed/include_command \\\n" "# string if [ \"`hostname`\" = bosse ]; then echo bosse.cfg; fi\n" @@ -2049,8 +2975,22 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: preseed.xml:1151 #, no-c-format -msgid "It is also possible to chainload from the initrd or file preseeding phase, into network preseeding by setting preseed/url in the earlier files. This will cause network preseeding to be performed when the network comes up. You need to be careful when doing this, since there will be two distinct runs at preseeding, meaning for example that you get another chance to run the preseed/early command, the second one happening after the network comes up." -msgstr "Det är även möjligt att kedjeläsa från initrd- eller filförinställningsfasen, in i nätverksförinställningen genom att ställa in preseed/url i de tidigare filerna. Det här kommer att orsaka att nätverksförinställningen genomförs när nätverket kommer upp. Du måste vara försiktig här, eftersom det kommer att vara två olika körningar vid förinställning, vilket till exempel betyder att du kommer att få en andra chans att köra kommandot preseed/early, den andra gången inträffar efter att nätverket har kommit upp." +msgid "" +"It is also possible to chainload from the initrd or file preseeding phase, " +"into network preseeding by setting preseed/url in the earlier files. This " +"will cause network preseeding to be performed when the network comes up. You " +"need to be careful when doing this, since there will be two distinct runs at " +"preseeding, meaning for example that you get another chance to run the " +"preseed/early command, the second one happening after the network comes up." +msgstr "" +"Det är även möjligt att kedjeläsa från initrd- eller " +"filförinställningsfasen, in i nätverksförinställningen genom att ställa in " +"preseed/url i de tidigare filerna. Det här kommer att orsaka att " +"nätverksförinställningen genomförs när nätverket kommer upp. Du måste vara " +"försiktig här, eftersom det kommer att vara två olika körningar vid " +"förinställning, vilket till exempel betyder att du kommer att få en andra " +"chans att köra kommandot preseed/early, den andra gången inträffar efter att " +"nätverket har kommit upp." #~ msgid "" #~ "# Locale sets language and country.\n" @@ -2058,11 +2998,13 @@ msgstr "Det är även möjligt att kedjeläsa från initrd- eller filförinstäl #~ msgstr "" #~ "# Lokalanpassning ställer in språk och land.\n" #~ "d-i debian-installer/locale string sv_SE" + #~ msgid "" #~ "The following aliases can be useful when using (auto mode) preseeding." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Följande alias kan vara användbara när förinställning (auto-läget) " #~ "används." + #~ msgid "" #~ "Note that only RAID 0 and RAID 1 have been tested by the developers of " #~ "the component. RAID 5 is untested. Advanced RAID setup with degraded " @@ -2071,8 +3013,10 @@ msgstr "Det är även möjligt att kedjeläsa från initrd- eller filförinstäl #~ "Observera att endast RAID 0 och RAID 1 har testats av utvecklarna av " #~ "komponenten. RAID 5 är otestat. Avancerad RAID-konfiguration med trasiga " #~ "kedjor eller reservenheter har endast testats måttligt." + #~ msgid "X configuration" #~ msgstr "Konfiguration av X" + #~ msgid "" #~ "Preseeding Debian's X config is possible, but you probably need to know " #~ "some details about the video hardware of the machine, since Debian's X " @@ -2082,6 +3026,7 @@ msgstr "Det är även möjligt att kedjeläsa från initrd- eller filförinstäl #~ "känna till vissa detaljer om grafikmaskinvaran på maskinen, eftersom " #~ "Debians X-konfigurator inte gör en fullständigt automatisk konfiguration " #~ "av allt." + #~ msgid "" #~ "# X can detect the right driver for some cards, but if you're " #~ "preseeding,\n" @@ -2134,9 +3079,11 @@ msgstr "Det är även möjligt att kedjeläsa från initrd- eller filförinstäl #~ " select medium\n" #~ "xserver-xorg xserver-xorg/config/monitor/mode-list \\\n" #~ " select 1024x768 @ 60 Hz" + #~ msgid "" #~ "An MD5 hash for a password can be generated using the following command." #~ msgstr "En MD5-hash för ett lösenord kan genereras med följande kommando." + #~ msgid "" #~ "# Select the initramfs generator used to generate the initrd for 2.6 " #~ "kernels.\n" @@ -2145,8 +3092,10 @@ msgstr "Det är även möjligt att kedjeläsa från initrd- eller filförinstäl #~ "# Välj initramfs-generatorn som används för att generera en initrd för " #~ "2.6-kärnor.\n" #~ "#d-i base-installer/kernel/linux/initramfs-generators string yaird" + #~ msgid "Mailer configuration" #~ msgstr "Konfiguration av e-postserver" + #~ msgid "" #~ "During a normal install, exim asks only a few questions. Here's how to " #~ "avoid even those. More complicated preseeding is possible." @@ -2154,6 +3103,7 @@ msgstr "Det är även möjligt att kedjeläsa från initrd- eller filförinstäl #~ "Under en normal installation ställer exim endast ett par frågor. Här " #~ "förklaras hur man undviker även dem. Mer komplicerade förinställningar är " #~ "möjliga." + #~ msgid "" #~ "exim4-config exim4/dc_eximconfig_configtype \\\n" #~ " select no configuration at this time\n" @@ -2166,6 +3116,7 @@ msgstr "Det är även möjligt att kedjeläsa från initrd- eller filförinstäl #~ "exim4-config exim4/no_config boolean true\n" #~ "exim4-config exim4/no_config boolean true\n" #~ "exim4-config exim4/dc_postmaster string" + #~ msgid "" #~ "The same effect can be achieved for <emphasis>all</emphasis> questions by " #~ "setting the parameter <classname>preseed/interactive=true</classname> at " @@ -2176,12 +3127,14 @@ msgstr "Det är även möjligt att kedjeläsa från initrd- eller filförinstäl #~ "ställa in parametern <classname>preseed/interactive=true</classname> vid " #~ "uppstartsprompten. Det här kan även vara användbart för testning eller " #~ "felsökning av din förkonfigurationsfil." + #~ msgid "" #~ "d-i foo/bar string value\n" #~ "d-i foo/bar seen false" #~ msgstr "" #~ "d-i foo/bar string value\n" #~ "d-i foo/bar seen false" + #~ msgid "" #~ "In practical terms this means for file and network preseeding that the " #~ "questions about language, country and keyboard selection will already " @@ -2196,12 +3149,14 @@ msgstr "Det är även möjligt att kedjeläsa från initrd- eller filförinstäl #~ "nätverkskonfigurationen. Vissa andra frågor som endast visas vid medel " #~ "eller låg prioritet (såsom den första maskinvaruidentifieringen) kommer " #~ "även de redan ha behandlats." + #~ msgid "" #~ "<userinput>preseed/early_command</userinput>: is run as soon as the " #~ "preconfiguration file has been loaded" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<userinput>preseed/early_command</userinput>: körs så fort som " #~ "förkonfigurationsfilen har lästs in" + #~ msgid "" #~ "<userinput>preseed/late_command</userinput>: is run just before the " #~ "reboot at the end of the install, but before the <filename>/target</" @@ -2210,6 +3165,7 @@ msgstr "Det är även möjligt att kedjeläsa från initrd- eller filförinstäl #~ "<userinput>preseed/late_command</userinput>: körs precis före omstarten " #~ "på slutet av installationen, men före filsystemet <filename>/target</" #~ "filename> har avmonterats" + #~ msgid "" #~ "While you're at it, you may want to add a boot parameter " #~ "<userinput>priority=critical</userinput>. This will avoid most questions " @@ -2218,6 +3174,7 @@ msgstr "Det är även möjligt att kedjeläsa från initrd- eller filförinstäl #~ "När du ändå är igång kanske du vill lägga till en uppstartsparameter " #~ "<userinput>priority=critical</userinput>. Den här kommer att undvika de " #~ "flesta frågor även om förinställningen nedan missar några." + #~ msgid "" #~ "Some parts of the installation process cannot be automated using some " #~ "forms of preseeding because the questions are asked before the " @@ -2233,6 +3190,7 @@ msgstr "Det är även möjligt att kedjeläsa från initrd- eller filförinstäl #~ "nätverkskonfigurationen vara gjord först. En anledning att använda " #~ "förinställning via initrd är att den tillåter förinställning av de här " #~ "tidiga stegen i installationsprocessen." + #~ msgid "" #~ "A <quote>--</quote> in the boot options has special meaning. Kernel " #~ "parameters that appear after the last <quote>--</quote> will be copied " @@ -2256,24 +3214,33 @@ msgstr "Det är även möjligt att kedjeläsa från initrd- eller filförinstäl #~ "förkonfigurationsflaggor innan några flaggor som krävs av hårdvaran för " #~ "att starta upp, och separera dem med en <quote>--</quote> för att vara " #~ "säker på att endast de senare kopieras till målsystemet." + #~ msgid "Shell commands" #~ msgstr "Skalkommandon" + #~ msgid "Desktop environment" #~ msgstr "Skrivbordsmiljö" + #~ msgid "DNS server" #~ msgstr "DNS-server" + #~ msgid "File format" #~ msgstr "Filformat" + #~ msgid "Only single space allowed between template type and value" #~ msgstr "Endast ett enda blanksteg tillåts mellan malltyp och värde" + #~ msgid "Relation with /var/lib/(c)debconf/templates" #~ msgstr "Relation med /var/lib/(c)debconf/templates" + #~ msgid "Types of templates and how to provide values for them" #~ msgstr "Typer av mallar och hur värden ska anges för dem" + #~ msgid "Most values need to be in English or codes" #~ msgstr "Flesta värden behöver vara på engelska eller koder" + #~ msgid "Using a manual installation as base" #~ msgstr "Använder en manuell installation som grund" + #~ msgid "Finding other possible values" #~ msgstr "Hittar andra möjliga värden" - diff --git a/po/sv/random-bits.po b/po/sv/random-bits.po index ec3d71bdf..8c786d47c 100644 --- a/po/sv/random-bits.po +++ b/po/sv/random-bits.po @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: random-bits\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-11-08 01:11+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-12-28 01:10+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-11-09 07:55+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Daniel Nylander <po@danielnylander.se>\n" "Language-Team: Swedish <tp-sv@listor.tp-sv.se>\n" @@ -29,8 +29,23 @@ msgstr "Linux-enheter" #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:12 #, no-c-format -msgid "In Linux various special files can be found under the directory <filename>/dev</filename>. These files are called device files and behave unlike ordinary files. The most common types of device files are for block devices and character devices. These files are an interface to the actual driver (part of the Linux kernel) which in turn accesses the hardware. Another, less common, type of device file is the named <firstterm>pipe</firstterm>. The most important device files are listed in the tables below." -msgstr "De olika specialfilerna för Linux kan hittas under katalogen <filename>/dev</filename>. Dessa filer kallas för enhetsfiler och uppträder inte på samma sätt som vanliga filer. De mest vanliga typer av enhetsfiler är för blockenheter och teckenenheter. Dessa filer är ett gränssnitt mot den faktiska drivrutinen (del av Linux-kärnan) som i sin tur kommer åt hårdvaran. En annan, mindre vanlig, typ av enhetsfil är den namngivna <firstterm>röret</firstterm> (named pipe). De mest viktiga enhetsfilerna listas i tabellerna nedan." +msgid "" +"In Linux various special files can be found under the directory <filename>/" +"dev</filename>. These files are called device files and behave unlike " +"ordinary files. The most common types of device files are for block devices " +"and character devices. These files are an interface to the actual driver " +"(part of the Linux kernel) which in turn accesses the hardware. Another, " +"less common, type of device file is the named <firstterm>pipe</firstterm>. " +"The most important device files are listed in the tables below." +msgstr "" +"De olika specialfilerna för Linux kan hittas under katalogen <filename>/dev</" +"filename>. Dessa filer kallas för enhetsfiler och uppträder inte på samma " +"sätt som vanliga filer. De mest vanliga typer av enhetsfiler är för " +"blockenheter och teckenenheter. Dessa filer är ett gränssnitt mot den " +"faktiska drivrutinen (del av Linux-kärnan) som i sin tur kommer åt " +"hårdvaran. En annan, mindre vanlig, typ av enhetsfil är den namngivna " +"<firstterm>röret</firstterm> (named pipe). De mest viktiga enhetsfilerna " +"listas i tabellerna nedan." #. Tag: filename #: random-bits.xml:27 @@ -317,20 +332,77 @@ msgstr "Konfigurera din mus" #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:126 #, no-c-format -msgid "The mouse can be used in both the Linux console (with gpm) and the X window environment. Normally, this is a simple matter of installing <filename>gpm</filename> and the X server itself. Both should be configured to use <filename>/dev/input/mice</filename> as the mouse device. The correct mouse protocol is named <userinput>exps2</userinput> in gpm, and <userinput>ExplorerPS/2</userinput> in X. The respective configuration files are <filename>/etc/gpm.conf</filename> and <filename>/etc/X11/xorg.conf</filename>." -msgstr "Musen kan användas i både Linux-konsollen (med gpm) och X-fönstermiljön. Oftast är det här en enkel sak att installera <filename>gpm</filename> och själva X-servern. Båda ska konfigureras till att använda <filename>/dev/input/mice</filename> som musenheten. Det korrekta musprotokollet heter <userinput>exps2</userinput> i gpm, och <userinput>ExplorerPS/2</userinput> i X. Konfigurationsfilerna är <filename>/etc/gpm.conf</filename> och <filename>/etc/X11/xorg.conf</filename>." +msgid "" +"The mouse can be used in both the Linux console (with gpm) and the X window " +"environment. Normally, this is a simple matter of installing <filename>gpm</" +"filename> and the X server itself. Both should be configured to use " +"<filename>/dev/input/mice</filename> as the mouse device. The correct mouse " +"protocol is named <userinput>exps2</userinput> in gpm, and " +"<userinput>ExplorerPS/2</userinput> in X. The respective configuration files " +"are <filename>/etc/gpm.conf</filename> and <filename>/etc/X11/xorg.conf</" +"filename>." +msgstr "" +"Musen kan användas i både Linux-konsollen (med gpm) och X-fönstermiljön. " +"Oftast är det här en enkel sak att installera <filename>gpm</filename> och " +"själva X-servern. Båda ska konfigureras till att använda <filename>/dev/" +"input/mice</filename> som musenheten. Det korrekta musprotokollet heter " +"<userinput>exps2</userinput> i gpm, och <userinput>ExplorerPS/2</userinput> " +"i X. Konfigurationsfilerna är <filename>/etc/gpm.conf</filename> och " +"<filename>/etc/X11/xorg.conf</filename>." #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:137 #, no-c-format -msgid "Certain kernel modules must be loaded in order for your mouse to work. In most cases the correct modules are autodetected, but not always for old-style serial and bus mice<footnote> <para> Serial mice usually have a 9-hole D-shaped connector; bus mice have an 8-pin round connector, not to be confused with the 6-pin round connector of a PS/2 mouse or the 4-pin round connector of an ADB mouse. </para> </footnote>, which are quite rare except on very old computers. Summary of Linux kernel modules needed for different mouse types: <informaltable><tgroup cols=\"2\"><thead> <row> <entry>Module</entry> <entry>Description</entry> </row> </thead><tbody> <row> <entry>psmouse</entry> <entry>PS/2 mice (should be autodetected)</entry> </row> <row> <entry>usbhid</entry> <entry>USB mice (should be autodetected)</entry> </row> <row> <entry>sermouse</entry> <entry>Most serial mice</entry> </row> <row> <entry>logibm</entry> <entry>Bus mouse connected to Logitech adapter card</entry> </row> <row> <entry>inport</entry> <entry>Bus mouse connected to ATI or Microsoft InPort card</entry> </row> </tbody></tgroup></informaltable> To load a mouse driver module, you can use the <command>modconf</command> command (from the package with the same name) and look in the category <userinput>kernel/drivers/input/mouse</userinput>." -msgstr "Vissa kärnmoduler måste läsas in för att din mus ska fungera. I vissa fall identiferas de korrekta modulerna automatiskt, men inte alltid för gamla serie- och bussmöss<footnote> <para> Seriemöss har oftast en 9-hålig D-formad kontakt; bussmöss har en 8-pinnars rund kontakt, förväxla den inte med den 6-pinnars runda kontakten för en PS/2-mus eller den 4-pinnars runda kontakten för en ADB-mus. </para> </footnote>, vilka är ganska ovanliga förutom på mycket gamla datorer. Sammandrag över Linux-kärnmoduler som behövs för olika mustyper: <informaltable><tgroup cols=\"2\"><thead> <row> <entry>Modul</entry> <entry>Beskrivning</entry> </row> </thead><tbody> <row> <entry>psmouse</entry> <entry>PS/2-möss (ska identifieras automatiskt)</entry> </row> <row> <entry>usbhid</entry> <entry>USB-möss (ska identifieras automatiskt)</entry> </row> <row> <entry>sermouse</entry> <entry>De flesta seriemöss</entry> </row> <row> <entry>logibm</entry> <entry>Bussmus ansluten till Logitech-kort</entry> </row> <row> <entry>inport</entry> <entry>Bussmus ansluten till ATI eller Microsoft InPort-kort</entry> </row> </tbody></tgroup></informaltable> För att läsa in en musdrivrutinsmodul kan du använda kommandot <command>modconf</command> (från paketet med samma namn) och leta i kategorin <userinput>kernel/drivers/input/mouse</userinput>." +msgid "" +"Certain kernel modules must be loaded in order for your mouse to work. In " +"most cases the correct modules are autodetected, but not always for old-" +"style serial and bus mice<footnote> <para> Serial mice usually have a 9-hole " +"D-shaped connector; bus mice have an 8-pin round connector, not to be " +"confused with the 6-pin round connector of a PS/2 mouse or the 4-pin round " +"connector of an ADB mouse. </para> </footnote>, which are quite rare except " +"on very old computers. Summary of Linux kernel modules needed for different " +"mouse types: <informaltable><tgroup cols=\"2\"><thead> <row> <entry>Module</" +"entry> <entry>Description</entry> </row> </thead><tbody> <row> " +"<entry>psmouse</entry> <entry>PS/2 mice (should be autodetected)</entry> </" +"row> <row> <entry>usbhid</entry> <entry>USB mice (should be autodetected)</" +"entry> </row> <row> <entry>sermouse</entry> <entry>Most serial mice</entry> " +"</row> <row> <entry>logibm</entry> <entry>Bus mouse connected to Logitech " +"adapter card</entry> </row> <row> <entry>inport</entry> <entry>Bus mouse " +"connected to ATI or Microsoft InPort card</entry> </row> </tbody></tgroup></" +"informaltable> To load a mouse driver module, you can use the " +"<command>modconf</command> command (from the package with the same name) and " +"look in the category <userinput>kernel/drivers/input/mouse</userinput>." +msgstr "" +"Vissa kärnmoduler måste läsas in för att din mus ska fungera. I vissa fall " +"identiferas de korrekta modulerna automatiskt, men inte alltid för gamla " +"serie- och bussmöss<footnote> <para> Seriemöss har oftast en 9-hålig D-" +"formad kontakt; bussmöss har en 8-pinnars rund kontakt, förväxla den inte " +"med den 6-pinnars runda kontakten för en PS/2-mus eller den 4-pinnars runda " +"kontakten för en ADB-mus. </para> </footnote>, vilka är ganska ovanliga " +"förutom på mycket gamla datorer. Sammandrag över Linux-kärnmoduler som " +"behövs för olika mustyper: <informaltable><tgroup cols=\"2\"><thead> <row> " +"<entry>Modul</entry> <entry>Beskrivning</entry> </row> </thead><tbody> <row> " +"<entry>psmouse</entry> <entry>PS/2-möss (ska identifieras automatiskt)</" +"entry> </row> <row> <entry>usbhid</entry> <entry>USB-möss (ska identifieras " +"automatiskt)</entry> </row> <row> <entry>sermouse</entry> <entry>De flesta " +"seriemöss</entry> </row> <row> <entry>logibm</entry> <entry>Bussmus ansluten " +"till Logitech-kort</entry> </row> <row> <entry>inport</entry> <entry>Bussmus " +"ansluten till ATI eller Microsoft InPort-kort</entry> </row> </tbody></" +"tgroup></informaltable> För att läsa in en musdrivrutinsmodul kan du använda " +"kommandot <command>modconf</command> (från paketet med samma namn) och leta " +"i kategorin <userinput>kernel/drivers/input/mouse</userinput>." #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:184 #, no-c-format -msgid "Modern kernels give you the capability to emulate a three-button mouse when your mouse only has one button. Just add the following lines to <filename>/etc/sysctl.conf</filename> file." -msgstr "Moderna kärnor ger dig möjligheten att emulera en tre-knappars mus när din mus endast har en knapp. Lägg helt enkelt till följande rader till filen <filename>/etc/sysctl.conf</filename>." +msgid "" +"Modern kernels give you the capability to emulate a three-button mouse when " +"your mouse only has one button. Just add the following lines to <filename>/" +"etc/sysctl.conf</filename> file." +msgstr "" +"Moderna kärnor ger dig möjligheten att emulera en tre-knappars mus när din " +"mus endast har en knapp. Lägg helt enkelt till följande rader till filen " +"<filename>/etc/sysctl.conf</filename>." #. Tag: screen #: random-bits.xml:191 @@ -363,32 +435,81 @@ msgstr "Nödvändig diskplats för funktioner" #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:199 #, no-c-format -msgid "A standard installation for the i386 architecture, including all standard packages and using the default 2.6 kernel, takes up &std-system-size;MB of disk space. A minimal base installation, without the <quote>Standard system</quote> task selected, will take &base-system-size;MB." -msgstr "En standardinstallation för arkitekturen i386 med en standard 2.6-kärna, inklusive alla standardpaket, kräver &std-system-size; MB diskutrymme. En minimal grundinstallation, utan funktionen <quote>Standardsystem</quote> vald, kommer att ta upp &base-system-size; MB." +msgid "" +"A standard installation for the i386 architecture, including all standard " +"packages and using the default 2.6 kernel, takes up &std-system-size;MB of " +"disk space. A minimal base installation, without the <quote>Standard system</" +"quote> task selected, will take &base-system-size;MB." +msgstr "" +"En standardinstallation för arkitekturen i386 med en standard 2.6-kärna, " +"inklusive alla standardpaket, kräver &std-system-size; MB diskutrymme. En " +"minimal grundinstallation, utan funktionen <quote>Standardsystem</quote> " +"vald, kommer att ta upp &base-system-size; MB." #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:207 #, no-c-format -msgid "In both cases this is the actual disk space used <emphasis>after</emphasis> the installation is finished and any temporary files deleted. It also does not take into account overhead used by the file system, for example for journal files. This means that significantly more disk space is needed both <emphasis>during</emphasis> the installation and for normal system use." -msgstr "I båda fallen är det här det här det faktiska diskutrymmet som används <emphasis>efter</emphasis> att installationen är färdig och eventuella temporärfiler har tagits bort. Det tar heller inte hänsyn till utrymme som används av filsystemet, till exempel för journalfiler. Det här betyder en markant ökning av diskutrymmet som behövs av båda <emphasis>under</emphasis> installationen och för normal systemanvändning." +msgid "" +"In both cases this is the actual disk space used <emphasis>after</emphasis> " +"the installation is finished and any temporary files deleted. It also does " +"not take into account overhead used by the file system, for example for " +"journal files. This means that significantly more disk space is needed both " +"<emphasis>during</emphasis> the installation and for normal system use." +msgstr "" +"I båda fallen är det här det här det faktiska diskutrymmet som används " +"<emphasis>efter</emphasis> att installationen är färdig och eventuella " +"temporärfiler har tagits bort. Det tar heller inte hänsyn till utrymme som " +"används av filsystemet, till exempel för journalfiler. Det här betyder en " +"markant ökning av diskutrymmet som behövs av båda <emphasis>under</emphasis> " +"installationen och för normal systemanvändning." #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:216 #, no-c-format -msgid "The following table lists sizes reported by aptitude for the tasks listed in tasksel. Note that some tasks have overlapping constituents, so the total installed size for two tasks together may be less than the total obtained by adding up the numbers." -msgstr "Följande tabell listar storlekar som rapporterats av aptitude för funktionerna listade i tasksel. Observera att några funktioner har överlappande beståndsdelar, så den totala installerade storleken för två funktioner tillsammans kan vara mindre än totalen som fås genom att lägga ihop siffrorna." +msgid "" +"The following table lists sizes reported by aptitude for the tasks listed in " +"tasksel. Note that some tasks have overlapping constituents, so the total " +"installed size for two tasks together may be less than the total obtained by " +"adding up the numbers." +msgstr "" +"Följande tabell listar storlekar som rapporterats av aptitude för " +"funktionerna listade i tasksel. Observera att några funktioner har " +"överlappande beståndsdelar, så den totala installerade storleken för två " +"funktioner tillsammans kan vara mindre än totalen som fås genom att lägga " +"ihop siffrorna." #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:223 #, no-c-format -msgid "By default the installer will install the GNOME desktop environment, but alternative desktop environments can be selected either by using one of the special CD images, or by specifying the desired desktop environment when the installer is booted (see <xref linkend=\"pkgsel\"/>)." -msgstr "Som standard kommer installationsprogrammet att installera skrivbordsmiljön GNOME, men alternativa skrivbordsmiljöer kan väljas antingen genom att använda en av de speciella cd-avbildningarna eller genom att ange den önskade skrivbordsmiljön när installationsprogrammet startas upp (se <xref linkend=\"pkgsel\"/>)." +msgid "" +"By default the installer will install the GNOME desktop environment, but " +"alternative desktop environments can be selected either by using one of the " +"special CD images, or by specifying the desired desktop environment when the " +"installer is booted (see <xref linkend=\"pkgsel\"/>)." +msgstr "" +"Som standard kommer installationsprogrammet att installera skrivbordsmiljön " +"GNOME, men alternativa skrivbordsmiljöer kan väljas antingen genom att " +"använda en av de speciella cd-avbildningarna eller genom att ange den " +"önskade skrivbordsmiljön när installationsprogrammet startas upp (se <xref " +"linkend=\"pkgsel\"/>)." #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:230 #, no-c-format -msgid "Note that you will need to add the sizes listed in the table to the size of the standard installation when determining the size of partitions. Most of the size listed as <quote>Installed size</quote> will end up in <filename>/usr</filename> and in <filename>/lib</filename>; the size listed as <quote>Download size</quote> is (temporarily) required in <filename>/var</filename>." -msgstr "Observera att du behöver lägga till storlekarna som listas i tabellen till storleken för standardinstallationen när storlekarna på partitionerna bestäms. De flesta storlekar listade som <quote>Installerad storlek</quote> kommer att hamna i <filename>/usr</filename> och i <filename>/lib</filename>; storleken listad som <quote>Hämtad storlek</quote> krävs (temporärt) för <filename>/var</filename>." +msgid "" +"Note that you will need to add the sizes listed in the table to the size of " +"the standard installation when determining the size of partitions. Most of " +"the size listed as <quote>Installed size</quote> will end up in <filename>/" +"usr</filename> and in <filename>/lib</filename>; the size listed as " +"<quote>Download size</quote> is (temporarily) required in <filename>/var</" +"filename>." +msgstr "" +"Observera att du behöver lägga till storlekarna som listas i tabellen till " +"storleken för standardinstallationen när storlekarna på partitionerna " +"bestäms. De flesta storlekar listade som <quote>Installerad storlek</quote> " +"kommer att hamna i <filename>/usr</filename> och i <filename>/lib</" +"filename>; storleken listad som <quote>Hämtad storlek</quote> krävs " +"(temporärt) för <filename>/var</filename>." #. Tag: entry #: random-bits.xml:244 @@ -421,9 +542,7 @@ msgid "Desktop environment" msgstr "Skrivbordsmiljö" #. Tag: entry -#: random-bits.xml:254 -#: random-bits.xml:255 -#: random-bits.xml:256 +#: random-bits.xml:254 random-bits.xml:255 random-bits.xml:256 #, no-c-format msgid " " msgstr " " @@ -533,8 +652,14 @@ msgstr "Bärbar dator" #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:286 #, no-c-format -msgid "There is some overlap of the Laptop task with the Desktop environment task. If you install both, the Laptop task will only require a few MB additional disk space." -msgstr "Det finns en stor överlappning för funktionerna Bärbar dator tillsammans med Skrivbordsmiljö. Om du installerar båda kommer funktionen Bärbar dator endast att kräva ett par megabyte extra diskutrymme." +msgid "" +"There is some overlap of the Laptop task with the Desktop environment task. " +"If you install both, the Laptop task will only require a few MB additional " +"disk space." +msgstr "" +"Det finns en stor överlappning för funktionerna Bärbar dator tillsammans med " +"Skrivbordsmiljö. Om du installerar båda kommer funktionen Bärbar dator " +"endast att kräva ett par megabyte extra diskutrymme." #. Tag: entry #: random-bits.xml:293 @@ -701,8 +826,17 @@ msgstr "&task-sql-tot;" #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:343 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you install in a language other than English, <command>tasksel</command> may automatically install a <firstterm>localization task</firstterm>, if one is available for your language. Space requirements differ per language; you should allow up to 350MB in total for download and installation." -msgstr "Om du installerar i ett annat språk än engelska, kan <command>tasksel</command> automatiskt installera en <firstterm>lokalanpassningsfunktion</firstterm> om det finns en tillgänglig för ditt språk. Utrymmeskrav skiljer sig mellan språken; du bör avsätta upp till 350 MB totalt för hämtning och installation." +msgid "" +"If you install in a language other than English, <command>tasksel</command> " +"may automatically install a <firstterm>localization task</firstterm>, if one " +"is available for your language. Space requirements differ per language; you " +"should allow up to 350MB in total for download and installation." +msgstr "" +"Om du installerar i ett annat språk än engelska, kan <command>tasksel</" +"command> automatiskt installera en <firstterm>lokalanpassningsfunktion</" +"firstterm> om det finns en tillgänglig för ditt språk. Utrymmeskrav skiljer " +"sig mellan språken; du bör avsätta upp till 350 MB totalt för hämtning och " +"installation." #. Tag: title #: random-bits.xml:358 @@ -713,20 +847,63 @@ msgstr "Installera &debian; från ett Unix/Linux-system" #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:360 #, no-c-format -msgid "This section explains how to install &debian; from an existing Unix or Linux system, without using the menu-driven installer as explained in the rest of the manual. This <quote>cross-install</quote> HOWTO has been requested by users switching to &debian; from Red Hat, Mandrake, and SUSE. In this section some familiarity with entering *nix commands and navigating the file system is assumed. In this section, <prompt>$</prompt> symbolizes a command to be entered in the user's current system, while <prompt>#</prompt> refers to a command entered in the Debian chroot." -msgstr "Det här avsnittet förklarar hur man installerar &debian; från ett befintligt Unix- eller Linux-system, utan att använda det menystyrda installationsprogrammet som förklaras i resten av handboken. Den här HOWTO:n för <quote>cross-installation</quote> har efterfrågats av användare som byter till &debian; från Red Hat, Mandrake och SUSE. I detta avsnitt antas att viss erfarenhet av *nix-kommandon och navigering i filsystemet. I detta avsnitt symboliserar <prompt>$</prompt> ett kommando som ska anges i användarens aktuella system, medan <prompt>#</prompt> refererar till ett kommando som ska anges i Debians chroot-miljö." +msgid "" +"This section explains how to install &debian; from an existing Unix or Linux " +"system, without using the menu-driven installer as explained in the rest of " +"the manual. This <quote>cross-install</quote> HOWTO has been requested by " +"users switching to &debian; from Red Hat, Mandrake, and SUSE. In this " +"section some familiarity with entering *nix commands and navigating the file " +"system is assumed. In this section, <prompt>$</prompt> symbolizes a command " +"to be entered in the user's current system, while <prompt>#</prompt> refers " +"to a command entered in the Debian chroot." +msgstr "" +"Det här avsnittet förklarar hur man installerar &debian; från ett befintligt " +"Unix- eller Linux-system, utan att använda det menystyrda " +"installationsprogrammet som förklaras i resten av handboken. Den här HOWTO:n " +"för <quote>cross-installation</quote> har efterfrågats av användare som " +"byter till &debian; från Red Hat, Mandrake och SUSE. I detta avsnitt antas " +"att viss erfarenhet av *nix-kommandon och navigering i filsystemet. I detta " +"avsnitt symboliserar <prompt>$</prompt> ett kommando som ska anges i " +"användarens aktuella system, medan <prompt>#</prompt> refererar till ett " +"kommando som ska anges i Debians chroot-miljö." #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:372 #, no-c-format -msgid "Once you've got the new Debian system configured to your preference, you can migrate your existing user data (if any) to it, and keep on rolling. This is therefore a <quote>zero downtime</quote> &debian; install. It's also a clever way for dealing with hardware that otherwise doesn't play friendly with various boot or installation media." -msgstr "När du har fått det nya Debian-systemet konfigurerat enligt din smak, kan du migrera din befintliga användardata (om den finns) till det, och fortsätta köra. Det här är alltså en installation av &debian; <quote>utan nedtid</quote>. Det är också ett klurigt sätt att hantera maskinvara som annars inte fungerar snällt med olika uppstarts- eller installationsmedia." +msgid "" +"Once you've got the new Debian system configured to your preference, you can " +"migrate your existing user data (if any) to it, and keep on rolling. This is " +"therefore a <quote>zero downtime</quote> &debian; install. It's also a " +"clever way for dealing with hardware that otherwise doesn't play friendly " +"with various boot or installation media." +msgstr "" +"När du har fått det nya Debian-systemet konfigurerat enligt din smak, kan du " +"migrera din befintliga användardata (om den finns) till det, och fortsätta " +"köra. Det här är alltså en installation av &debian; <quote>utan nedtid</" +"quote>. Det är också ett klurigt sätt att hantera maskinvara som annars inte " +"fungerar snällt med olika uppstarts- eller installationsmedia." #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:383 #, no-c-format -msgid "As this is a mostly manual procedure, you should bear in mind that you will need to do a lot of basic configuration of the system yourself, which will also require more knowledge of Debian and of Linux in general than performing a regular installation. You cannot expect this procedure to result in a system that is identical to a system from a regular installation. You should also keep in mind that this procedure only gives the basic steps to set up a system. Additional installation and/or configuration steps may be needed." -msgstr "Eftersom det här till största del är en manuell procedur bör du tänka på att du kommer att behöva göra en hel del grundläggande konfiguration av själva systemet själv, vilket även kräver mer kunskaper om Debian och speciellt Linux i allmänhet än att genomföra en vanlig installation. Du kan inte förvänta dig att denna procedur resulterar i ett system som är identiskt med ett system från en vanlig installation. Du bör även tänka på att denna procedur endast ger de grundläggande stegen för att konfigurera ett system. Ytterligare installation och/eller konfigurationssteg kan behövas." +msgid "" +"As this is a mostly manual procedure, you should bear in mind that you will " +"need to do a lot of basic configuration of the system yourself, which will " +"also require more knowledge of Debian and of Linux in general than " +"performing a regular installation. You cannot expect this procedure to " +"result in a system that is identical to a system from a regular " +"installation. You should also keep in mind that this procedure only gives " +"the basic steps to set up a system. Additional installation and/or " +"configuration steps may be needed." +msgstr "" +"Eftersom det här till största del är en manuell procedur bör du tänka på att " +"du kommer att behöva göra en hel del grundläggande konfiguration av själva " +"systemet själv, vilket även kräver mer kunskaper om Debian och speciellt " +"Linux i allmänhet än att genomföra en vanlig installation. Du kan inte " +"förvänta dig att denna procedur resulterar i ett system som är identiskt med " +"ett system från en vanlig installation. Du bör även tänka på att denna " +"procedur endast ger de grundläggande stegen för att konfigurera ett system. " +"Ytterligare installation och/eller konfigurationssteg kan behövas." #. Tag: title #: random-bits.xml:397 @@ -737,36 +914,60 @@ msgstr "Påbörja arbetet" #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:398 #, no-c-format -msgid "With your current *nix partitioning tools, repartition the hard drive as needed, creating at least one filesystem plus swap. You need around 350MB of space available for a console only install, or about 1GB if you plan to install X (more if you intend to install desktop environments like GNOME or KDE)." -msgstr "Partitionera om hårddisken efter behov med dina aktuella *nix-partitioneringsverktyg. Skapa åtminstone ett filsystem plus växlingsutrymme. Du behöver ungefär 350 MB tillgängligt diskutrymme för en installation för endast konsoll, eller ungefär 1 GB om du planerar att installera X (mer om du tänker installera skrivbordsmiljöer som GNOME eller KDE)." +msgid "" +"With your current *nix partitioning tools, repartition the hard drive as " +"needed, creating at least one filesystem plus swap. You need around 350MB of " +"space available for a console only install, or about 1GB if you plan to " +"install X (more if you intend to install desktop environments like GNOME or " +"KDE)." +msgstr "" +"Partitionera om hårddisken efter behov med dina aktuella *nix-" +"partitioneringsverktyg. Skapa åtminstone ett filsystem plus växlingsutrymme. " +"Du behöver ungefär 350 MB tillgängligt diskutrymme för en installation för " +"endast konsoll, eller ungefär 1 GB om du planerar att installera X (mer om " +"du tänker installera skrivbordsmiljöer som GNOME eller KDE)." #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:406 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"Next, create file systems on the partitions. For example, to create an ext3 file system on partition <filename>/dev/hda6</filename> (that's our example root partition): <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Next, create file systems on the partitions. For example, to create an ext3 " +"file system on partition <filename>/dev/hda6</filename> (that's our example " +"root partition): <informalexample><screen>\n" "# mke2fs -j /dev/<replaceable>hda6</replaceable>\n" -"</screen></informalexample> To create an ext2 file system instead, omit <userinput>-j</userinput>." +"</screen></informalexample> To create an ext2 file system instead, omit " +"<userinput>-j</userinput>." msgstr "" -"Skapa sedan filsystem på dina partitioner. För att till exempel skapa ett ext3-filsystem på partitionen <filename>/dev/hda6</filename> (det är vår rotpartition i exemplet): <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Skapa sedan filsystem på dina partitioner. För att till exempel skapa ett " +"ext3-filsystem på partitionen <filename>/dev/hda6</filename> (det är vår " +"rotpartition i exemplet): <informalexample><screen>\n" "# mke2fs -j /dev/<replaceable>hda6</replaceable>\n" -"</screen></informalexample> För att istället skapa ett ext2-filsystem, uteslut <userinput>-j</userinput>." +"</screen></informalexample> För att istället skapa ett ext2-filsystem, " +"uteslut <userinput>-j</userinput>." #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:416 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"Initialize and activate swap (substitute the partition number for your intended Debian swap partition): <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Initialize and activate swap (substitute the partition number for your " +"intended Debian swap partition): <informalexample><screen>\n" "# mkswap /dev/<replaceable>hda5</replaceable>\n" "# sync; sync; sync\n" "# swapon /dev/<replaceable>hda5</replaceable>\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Mount one partition as <filename>/mnt/debinst</filename> (the installation point, to be the root (<filename>/</filename>) filesystem on your new system). The mount point name is strictly arbitrary, it is referenced later below." +"</screen></informalexample> Mount one partition as <filename>/mnt/debinst</" +"filename> (the installation point, to be the root (<filename>/</filename>) " +"filesystem on your new system). The mount point name is strictly arbitrary, " +"it is referenced later below." msgstr "" -"Initialisera och aktivera växlingsutrymmet (ersätt partitionsnumret med din tilltänkta Debian-partition för växlingsutrymme): <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Initialisera och aktivera växlingsutrymmet (ersätt partitionsnumret med din " +"tilltänkta Debian-partition för växlingsutrymme): <informalexample><screen>\n" "# mkswap /dev/<replaceable>hda5</replaceable>\n" "# sync; sync; sync\n" "# swapon /dev/<replaceable>hda5</replaceable>\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Montera en partition som <filename>/mnt/debinst</filename> (installationspunkten, som ska vara rotfilsystemet (<filename>/</filename>) på ditt nya system). Namnet på monteringspunkten är strikt godtyckligt, det refereras till senare här nedan." +"</screen></informalexample> Montera en partition som <filename>/mnt/debinst</" +"filename> (installationspunkten, som ska vara rotfilsystemet (<filename>/</" +"filename>) på ditt nya system). Namnet på monteringspunkten är strikt " +"godtyckligt, det refereras till senare här nedan." #. Tag: screen #: random-bits.xml:428 @@ -781,8 +982,14 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:431 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you want to have parts of the filesystem (e.g. /usr) mounted on separate partitions, you will need to create and mount these directories manually before proceding with the next stage." -msgstr "Om du vill ha delar av filsystemet (exempelvis, /usr) monterat på separata partitioner, behöver du skapa och montera dessa kataloger manuellt innan du fortsätter till nästa steg." +msgid "" +"If you want to have parts of the filesystem (e.g. /usr) mounted on separate " +"partitions, you will need to create and mount these directories manually " +"before proceding with the next stage." +msgstr "" +"Om du vill ha delar av filsystemet (exempelvis, /usr) monterat på separata " +"partitioner, behöver du skapa och montera dessa kataloger manuellt innan du " +"fortsätter till nästa steg." #. Tag: title #: random-bits.xml:441 @@ -793,22 +1000,54 @@ msgstr "Installera <command>debootstrap</command>" #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:442 #, no-c-format -msgid "The utility used by the Debian installer, and recognized as the official way to install a Debian base system, is <command>debootstrap</command>. It uses <command>wget</command> and <command>ar</command>, but otherwise depends only on <classname>/bin/sh</classname> and basic Unix/Linux tools<footnote> <para> These include the GNU core utilities and commands like <command>sed</command>, <command>grep</command>, <command>tar</command> and <command>gzip</command>. </para> </footnote>. Install <command>wget</command> and <command>ar</command> if they aren't already on your current system, then download and install <command>debootstrap</command>." -msgstr "Verktyget som Debian Installer använder, som är känt som det officiella sättet att installera Debians grundsystem, är <command>debootstrap</command>. Det använder <command>wget</command> och <command>ar</command>, men är annars endast beroende av <classname>/bin/sh</classname> och grundläggande Unix/Linux-verktyg<footnote> <para> Dessa inkluderar GNU-kärnverktyg och kommandon såsom <command>sed</command>, <command>grep</command>, <command>tar</command> och <command>gzip</command>. </para> </footnote>. Installera <command>wget</command> och <command>ar</command> om de inte redan finns på ditt aktuella system, hämta och installera sedan <command>debootstrap</command>." +msgid "" +"The utility used by the Debian installer, and recognized as the official way " +"to install a Debian base system, is <command>debootstrap</command>. It uses " +"<command>wget</command> and <command>ar</command>, but otherwise depends " +"only on <classname>/bin/sh</classname> and basic Unix/Linux tools<footnote> " +"<para> These include the GNU core utilities and commands like <command>sed</" +"command>, <command>grep</command>, <command>tar</command> and <command>gzip</" +"command>. </para> </footnote>. Install <command>wget</command> and " +"<command>ar</command> if they aren't already on your current system, then " +"download and install <command>debootstrap</command>." +msgstr "" +"Verktyget som Debian Installer använder, som är känt som det officiella " +"sättet att installera Debians grundsystem, är <command>debootstrap</" +"command>. Det använder <command>wget</command> och <command>ar</command>, " +"men är annars endast beroende av <classname>/bin/sh</classname> och " +"grundläggande Unix/Linux-verktyg<footnote> <para> Dessa inkluderar GNU-" +"kärnverktyg och kommandon såsom <command>sed</command>, <command>grep</" +"command>, <command>tar</command> och <command>gzip</command>. </para> </" +"footnote>. Installera <command>wget</command> och <command>ar</command> om " +"de inte redan finns på ditt aktuella system, hämta och installera sedan " +"<command>debootstrap</command>." #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:472 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"Or, you can use the following procedure to install it manually. Make a work folder for extracting the .deb into: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Or, you can use the following procedure to install it manually. Make a work " +"folder for extracting the .deb into: <informalexample><screen>\n" "# mkdir work\n" "# cd work\n" -"</screen></informalexample> The <command>debootstrap</command> binary is located in the Debian archive (be sure to select the proper file for your architecture). Download the <command>debootstrap</command> .deb from the <ulink url=\"http://ftp.debian.org/debian/pool/main/d/debootstrap/\"> pool</ulink>, copy the package to the work folder, and extract the files from it. You will need to have root privileges to install the files." +"</screen></informalexample> The <command>debootstrap</command> binary is " +"located in the Debian archive (be sure to select the proper file for your " +"architecture). Download the <command>debootstrap</command> .deb from the " +"<ulink url=\"http://ftp.debian.org/debian/pool/main/d/debootstrap/\"> pool</" +"ulink>, copy the package to the work folder, and extract the files from it. " +"You will need to have root privileges to install the files." msgstr "" -"Eller så kan du använda följande procedur för att installera det manuellt. Skapa en arbetskatalog för att extrahera .deb-filen till: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Eller så kan du använda följande procedur för att installera det manuellt. " +"Skapa en arbetskatalog för att extrahera .deb-filen till: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "# mkdir arbetskatalog\n" "# cd arbetskatalog\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Binärfilen <command>debootstrap</command> finns i Debian-arkivet (se till att välja den lämpliga filen för din arkitektur). Hämta .deb-filen för <command>debootstrap</command> från <ulink url=\"http://ftp.debian.org/debian/pool/main/d/debootstrap/\"> pool</ulink>, kopiera paketet till arbetskatalogen, och extrahera filerna från det. Du kommer att behöva root-privilegier för att installera filerna." +"</screen></informalexample> Binärfilen <command>debootstrap</command> finns " +"i Debian-arkivet (se till att välja den lämpliga filen för din arkitektur). " +"Hämta .deb-filen för <command>debootstrap</command> från <ulink url=\"http://" +"ftp.debian.org/debian/pool/main/d/debootstrap/\"> pool</ulink>, kopiera " +"paketet till arbetskatalogen, och extrahera filerna från det. Du kommer att " +"behöva root-privilegier för att installera filerna." #. Tag: screen #: random-bits.xml:487 @@ -820,7 +1059,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "# ar -x debootstrap_0.X.X_all.deb\n" "# cd /\n" -"# zcat /fullständig-sökväg-till-arbetskatalog/arbetskatalog/data.tar.gz | tar xv" +"# zcat /fullständig-sökväg-till-arbetskatalog/arbetskatalog/data.tar.gz | " +"tar xv" #. Tag: title #: random-bits.xml:493 @@ -831,20 +1071,51 @@ msgstr "Kör <command>debootstrap</command>" #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:494 #, no-c-format -msgid "<command>debootstrap</command> can download the needed files directly from the archive when you run it. You can substitute any Debian archive mirror for <userinput>&archive-mirror;/debian</userinput> in the command example below, preferably a mirror close to you network-wise. Mirrors are listed at <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/misc/README.mirrors\"></ulink>." -msgstr "<command>debootstrap</command> kan hämta de nödvändiga filerna direkt från arkivet när du kör det. Du kan ersätta <userinput>&archive-mirror;/debian</userinput> med vilken Debian-arkivspegel som du vill i kommandoexemplet nedan, föredragsvis en spegel som är så nära ditt nätverk som möjligt. Speglarna finns listade på <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/misc/README.mirrors\"></ulink>." +msgid "" +"<command>debootstrap</command> can download the needed files directly from " +"the archive when you run it. You can substitute any Debian archive mirror " +"for <userinput>&archive-mirror;/debian</userinput> in the command example " +"below, preferably a mirror close to you network-wise. Mirrors are listed at " +"<ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/misc/README.mirrors\"></ulink>." +msgstr "" +"<command>debootstrap</command> kan hämta de nödvändiga filerna direkt från " +"arkivet när du kör det. Du kan ersätta <userinput>&archive-mirror;/debian</" +"userinput> med vilken Debian-arkivspegel som du vill i kommandoexemplet " +"nedan, föredragsvis en spegel som är så nära ditt nätverk som möjligt. " +"Speglarna finns listade på <ulink url=\"http://www.debian.org/misc/README." +"mirrors\"></ulink>." #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:503 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you have a &releasename; &debian; CD mounted at <filename>/cdrom</filename>, you could substitute a file URL instead of the http URL: <userinput>file:/cdrom/debian/</userinput>" -msgstr "Om du har en &releasename; &debian; cd monterad på <filename>/cdrom</filename>, kan du ersätta en fil-url istället för en http-URL: <userinput>file:/cdrom/debian/</userinput>" +msgid "" +"If you have a &releasename; &debian; CD mounted at <filename>/cdrom</" +"filename>, you could substitute a file URL instead of the http URL: " +"<userinput>file:/cdrom/debian/</userinput>" +msgstr "" +"Om du har en &releasename; &debian; cd monterad på <filename>/cdrom</" +"filename>, kan du ersätta en fil-url istället för en http-URL: " +"<userinput>file:/cdrom/debian/</userinput>" #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:509 #, no-c-format -msgid "Substitute one of the following for <replaceable>ARCH</replaceable> in the <command>debootstrap</command> command: <userinput>alpha</userinput>, <userinput>amd64</userinput>, <userinput>arm</userinput>, <userinput>armel</userinput>, <userinput>hppa</userinput>, <userinput>i386</userinput>, <userinput>ia64</userinput>, <userinput>m68k</userinput>, <userinput>mips</userinput>, <userinput>mipsel</userinput>, <userinput>powerpc</userinput>, <userinput>s390</userinput>, or <userinput>sparc</userinput>." -msgstr "Ersätt en av följande för <replaceable>ARCH</replaceable> i kommandot <command>debootstrap</command>: <userinput>alpha</userinput>, <userinput>amd64</userinput>, <userinput>arm</userinput>, <userinput>armel</userinput>, <userinput>hppa</userinput>, <userinput>i386</userinput>, <userinput>ia64</userinput>, <userinput>m68k</userinput>, <userinput>mips</userinput>, <userinput>mipsel</userinput>, <userinput>powerpc</userinput>, <userinput>s390</userinput> eller <userinput>sparc</userinput>." +msgid "" +"Substitute one of the following for <replaceable>ARCH</replaceable> in the " +"<command>debootstrap</command> command: <userinput>alpha</userinput>, " +"<userinput>amd64</userinput>, <userinput>arm</userinput>, <userinput>armel</" +"userinput>, <userinput>hppa</userinput>, <userinput>i386</userinput>, " +"<userinput>ia64</userinput>, <userinput>m68k</userinput>, <userinput>mips</" +"userinput>, <userinput>mipsel</userinput>, <userinput>powerpc</userinput>, " +"<userinput>s390</userinput>, or <userinput>sparc</userinput>." +msgstr "" +"Ersätt en av följande för <replaceable>ARCH</replaceable> i kommandot " +"<command>debootstrap</command>: <userinput>alpha</userinput>, " +"<userinput>amd64</userinput>, <userinput>arm</userinput>, <userinput>armel</" +"userinput>, <userinput>hppa</userinput>, <userinput>i386</userinput>, " +"<userinput>ia64</userinput>, <userinput>m68k</userinput>, <userinput>mips</" +"userinput>, <userinput>mipsel</userinput>, <userinput>powerpc</userinput>, " +"<userinput>s390</userinput> eller <userinput>sparc</userinput>." #. Tag: screen #: random-bits.xml:528 @@ -866,13 +1137,18 @@ msgstr "Konfigurera grundsystemet" #: random-bits.xml:535 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"Now you've got a real Debian system, though rather lean, on disk. <command>chroot</command> into it: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Now you've got a real Debian system, though rather lean, on disk. " +"<command>chroot</command> into it: <informalexample><screen>\n" "# LANG=C chroot /mnt/debinst /bin/bash\n" -"</screen></informalexample> After chrooting you may need to set the terminal definition to be compatible with the Debian base system, for example:" +"</screen></informalexample> After chrooting you may need to set the terminal " +"definition to be compatible with the Debian base system, for example:" msgstr "" -"Nu är du har ett riktigt Debian-system, även om det är ganska minimalt, på disk. Kör <command>chroot</command> in i det: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Nu är du har ett riktigt Debian-system, även om det är ganska minimalt, på " +"disk. Kör <command>chroot</command> in i det: <informalexample><screen>\n" "# LANG=C chroot /mnt/debinst /bin/bash\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Efter du har kört chroot in i det, kan du behöva att ställa in terminaldefinitionen till att vara kompatibel med Debians grundsystem, till exempel:" +"</screen></informalexample> Efter du har kört chroot in i det, kan du behöva " +"att ställa in terminaldefinitionen till att vara kompatibel med Debians " +"grundsystem, till exempel:" #. Tag: screen #: random-bits.xml:545 @@ -889,8 +1165,22 @@ msgstr "Skapa enhetsfiler" #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:551 #, no-c-format -msgid "At this point <filename>/dev/</filename> only contains very basic device files. For the next steps of the installation additional device files may be needed. There are different ways to go about this and which method you should use depends on the host system you are using for the installation, on whether you intend to use a modular kernel or not, and on whether you intend to use dynamic (e.g. using <classname>udev</classname>) or static device files for the new system." -msgstr "Vid det här tillfället innehåller <filename>/dev/</filename> endast mycket grundläggande enhetsfiler. För nästkommande steg av installationen kan ytterligare enhetsfiler behövas. Det finns olika sätt att göra detta på och vilken metod som du väljer beror på värdsystemet som du använder för installationen, om du tänker använda en modulär kärna eller inte och om du tänker använda dynamisk (t.ex. använda <classname>udev</classname>) eller statiska enhetsfiler för det nya systemet." +msgid "" +"At this point <filename>/dev/</filename> only contains very basic device " +"files. For the next steps of the installation additional device files may be " +"needed. There are different ways to go about this and which method you " +"should use depends on the host system you are using for the installation, on " +"whether you intend to use a modular kernel or not, and on whether you intend " +"to use dynamic (e.g. using <classname>udev</classname>) or static device " +"files for the new system." +msgstr "" +"Vid det här tillfället innehåller <filename>/dev/</filename> endast mycket " +"grundläggande enhetsfiler. För nästkommande steg av installationen kan " +"ytterligare enhetsfiler behövas. Det finns olika sätt att göra detta på och " +"vilken metod som du väljer beror på värdsystemet som du använder för " +"installationen, om du tänker använda en modulär kärna eller inte och om du " +"tänker använda dynamisk (t.ex. använda <classname>udev</classname>) eller " +"statiska enhetsfiler för det nya systemet." #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:561 @@ -917,14 +1207,22 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:572 #, no-c-format -msgid "manually create only specific device files using <command>MAKEDEV</command>" -msgstr "skapa manuellt endast specifika enhetsfiler med <command>MAKEDEV</command>" +msgid "" +"manually create only specific device files using <command>MAKEDEV</command>" +msgstr "" +"skapa manuellt endast specifika enhetsfiler med <command>MAKEDEV</command>" #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:577 #, no-c-format -msgid "bind mount /dev from your host system on top of /dev in the target system; note that the postinst scripts of some packages may try to create device files, so this option should only be used with care" -msgstr "bindmontera /dev från ditt värdsystem på toppen av /dev i målsystemet; observera att postinst-skripten för vissa paket kan försöka att skapa enhetsfiler, så detta alternativ ska endast användas med försiktighet" +msgid "" +"bind mount /dev from your host system on top of /dev in the target system; " +"note that the postinst scripts of some packages may try to create device " +"files, so this option should only be used with care" +msgstr "" +"bindmontera /dev från ditt värdsystem på toppen av /dev i målsystemet; " +"observera att postinst-skripten för vissa paket kan försöka att skapa " +"enhetsfiler, så detta alternativ ska endast användas med försiktighet" #. Tag: title #: random-bits.xml:590 @@ -936,9 +1234,11 @@ msgstr "Montera partitioner" #: random-bits.xml:591 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"You need to create <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>. <informalexample><screen>\n" +"You need to create <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>. " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "# editor /etc/fstab\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Here is a sample you can modify to suit: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Here is a sample you can modify to suit: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "# /etc/fstab: static file system information.\n" "#\n" "# file system mount point type options dump pass\n" @@ -955,19 +1255,28 @@ msgid "" "/dev/XXX /var ext3 rw,nosuid,nodev 0 2\n" "/dev/XXX /usr ext3 rw,nodev 0 2\n" "/dev/XXX /home ext3 rw,nosuid,nodev 0 2\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Use <userinput>mount -a</userinput> to mount all the file systems you have specified in your <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>, or, to mount file systems individually, use: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Use <userinput>mount -a</userinput> to mount all " +"the file systems you have specified in your <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>, " +"or, to mount file systems individually, use: <informalexample><screen>\n" "# mount /path # e.g.: mount /usr\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Current Debian systems have mountpoints for removable media under <filename>/media</filename>, but keep compatibility symlinks in <filename>/</filename>. Create these as as needed, for example: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Current Debian systems have mountpoints for " +"removable media under <filename>/media</filename>, but keep compatibility " +"symlinks in <filename>/</filename>. Create these as as needed, for example: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "# cd /media\n" "# mkdir cdrom0\n" "# ln -s cdrom0 cdrom\n" "# cd /\n" "# ln -s media/cdrom\n" -"</screen></informalexample> You can mount the proc file system multiple times and to arbitrary locations, though <filename>/proc</filename> is customary. If you didn't use <userinput>mount -a</userinput>, be sure to mount proc before continuing:" +"</screen></informalexample> You can mount the proc file system multiple " +"times and to arbitrary locations, though <filename>/proc</filename> is " +"customary. If you didn't use <userinput>mount -a</userinput>, be sure to " +"mount proc before continuing:" msgstr "" "Du behöver skapa <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>. <informalexample><screen>\n" "# editor /etc/fstab\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Här är ett exempel som du kan ändra på för att passa in: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Här är ett exempel som du kan ändra på för att " +"passa in: <informalexample><screen>\n" "# /etc/fstab: statisk filsystemsinformation.\n" "#\n" "# filsystem monteringsp. typ flaggor dump pass\n" @@ -984,15 +1293,24 @@ msgstr "" "/dev/XXX /var ext3 rw,nosuid,nodev 0 2\n" "/dev/XXX /usr ext3 rw,nodev 0 2\n" "/dev/XXX /home ext3 rw,nosuid,nodev 0 2\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Använd <userinput>mount -a</userinput> för att montera alla filsystem som du har angivna i din <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>, eller använd följande kommando för att montera filsystem individuellt: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Använd <userinput>mount -a</userinput> för att " +"montera alla filsystem som du har angivna i din <filename>/etc/fstab</" +"filename>, eller använd följande kommando för att montera filsystem " +"individuellt: <informalexample><screen>\n" "# mount /path # exempelvis: mount /usr\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Nuvarande Debian-system har monteringspunkter för flyttbara media under <filename>/media</filename>, men innehåller symboliska länkar <filename>/</filename> för att vara kompatibla. Skapa dessa efter behov, till exempel: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Nuvarande Debian-system har monteringspunkter " +"för flyttbara media under <filename>/media</filename>, men innehåller " +"symboliska länkar <filename>/</filename> för att vara kompatibla. Skapa " +"dessa efter behov, till exempel: <informalexample><screen>\n" "# cd /media\n" "# mkdir cdrom0\n" "# ln -s cdrom0 cdrom\n" "# cd /\n" "# ln -s media/cdrom\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Du kan montera proc-filsystemet flera gånger till godtyckliga platser, även om <filename>/proc</filename> är vanligast. Om du inte använde <userinput>mount -a</userinput>, tänk på att montera proc innan du fortsätter:" +"</screen></informalexample> Du kan montera proc-filsystemet flera gånger " +"till godtyckliga platser, även om <filename>/proc</filename> är vanligast. " +"Om du inte använde <userinput>mount -a</userinput>, tänk på att montera proc " +"innan du fortsätter:" #. Tag: screen #: random-bits.xml:617 @@ -1003,8 +1321,13 @@ msgstr "# mount -t proc proc /proc" #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:619 #, no-c-format -msgid "The command <userinput>ls /proc</userinput> should now show a non-empty directory. Should this fail, you may be able to mount proc from outside the chroot:" -msgstr "Kommandot <userinput>ls /proc</userinput> bör nu visa en icke-tom katalog. Om det här skulle misslyckas, kan du kanske montera proc utanför chroot:" +msgid "" +"The command <userinput>ls /proc</userinput> should now show a non-empty " +"directory. Should this fail, you may be able to mount proc from outside the " +"chroot:" +msgstr "" +"Kommandot <userinput>ls /proc</userinput> bör nu visa en icke-tom katalog. " +"Om det här skulle misslyckas, kan du kanske montera proc utanför chroot:" #. Tag: screen #: random-bits.xml:625 @@ -1021,8 +1344,16 @@ msgstr "Ställ in tidszon" #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:632 #, no-c-format -msgid "An option in the file <filename>/etc/default/rcS</filename> determines whether the system will interpret the hardware clock as being set to UTC or local time. The following command allows you to set that and choose your timezone." -msgstr "En inställning i filen <filename>/etc/default/rcS</filename> bestämmer huruvida systemet ska tolka maskinvaruklockan att vara inställd till UTC eller lokal tid. Följande kommando låter dig ställa in det och välja din tidszon." +msgid "" +"An option in the file <filename>/etc/default/rcS</filename> determines " +"whether the system will interpret the hardware clock as being set to UTC or " +"local time. The following command allows you to set that and choose your " +"timezone." +msgstr "" +"En inställning i filen <filename>/etc/default/rcS</filename> bestämmer " +"huruvida systemet ska tolka maskinvaruklockan att vara inställd till UTC " +"eller lokal tid. Följande kommando låter dig ställa in det och välja din " +"tidszon." #. Tag: screen #: random-bits.xml:639 @@ -1042,11 +1373,74 @@ msgstr "Konfigurera nätverket" #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:646 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +#| msgid "" +#| "To configure networking, edit <filename>/etc/network/interfaces</" +#| "filename>, <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>, <filename>/etc/" +#| "hostname</filename> and <filename>/etc/hosts</filename>. " +#| "<informalexample><screen>\n" +#| "# editor /etc/network/interfaces\n" +#| "</screen></informalexample> Here are some simple examples from <filename>/" +#| "usr/share/doc/ifupdown/examples</filename>: <informalexample><screen>\n" +#| "######################################################################\n" +#| "# /etc/network/interfaces -- configuration file for ifup(8), ifdown(8)\n" +#| "# See the interfaces(5) manpage for information on what options are\n" +#| "# available.\n" +#| "######################################################################\n" +#| "\n" +#| "# We always want the loopback interface.\n" +#| "#\n" +#| "auto lo\n" +#| "iface lo inet loopback\n" +#| "\n" +#| "# To use dhcp:\n" +#| "#\n" +#| "# auto eth0\n" +#| "# iface eth0 inet dhcp\n" +#| "\n" +#| "# An example static IP setup: (broadcast and gateway are optional)\n" +#| "#\n" +#| "# auto eth0\n" +#| "# iface eth0 inet static\n" +#| "# address 192.168.0.42\n" +#| "# network 192.168.0.0\n" +#| "# netmask 255.255.255.0\n" +#| "# broadcast 192.168.0.255\n" +#| "# gateway 192.168.0.1\n" +#| "</screen></informalexample> Enter your nameserver(s) and search " +#| "directives in <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>: " +#| "<informalexample><screen>\n" +#| "# editor /etc/resolv.conf\n" +#| "</screen></informalexample> A simple example <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</" +#| "filename>: <informalexample><screen>\n" +#| "search hqdom.local\n" +#| "nameserver 10.1.1.36\n" +#| "nameserver 192.168.9.100\n" +#| "</screen></informalexample> Enter your system's host name (2 to 63 " +#| "characters): <informalexample><screen>\n" +#| "# echo DebianHostName > /etc/hostname\n" +#| "</screen></informalexample> And a basic <filename>/etc/hosts</filename> " +#| "with IPv6 support: <informalexample><screen>\n" +#| "127.0.0.1 localhost DebianHostName\n" +#| "\n" +#| "# The following lines are desirable for IPv6 capable hosts\n" +#| "::1 ip6-localhost ip6-loopback\n" +#| "fe00::0 ip6-localnet\n" +#| "ff00::0 ip6-mcastprefix\n" +#| "ff02::1 ip6-allnodes\n" +#| "ff02::2 ip6-allrouters\n" +#| "ff02::3 ip6-allhosts\n" +#| "</screen></informalexample> If you have multiple network cards, you " +#| "should arrange the names of driver modules in the <filename>/etc/modules</" +#| "filename> file into the desired order. Then during boot, each card will " +#| "be associated with the interface name (eth0, eth1, etc.) that you expect." msgid "" -"To configure networking, edit <filename>/etc/network/interfaces</filename>, <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>, <filename>/etc/hostname</filename> and <filename>/etc/hosts</filename>. <informalexample><screen>\n" +"To configure networking, edit <filename>/etc/network/interfaces</filename>, " +"<filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>, <filename>/etc/hostname</filename> " +"and <filename>/etc/hosts</filename>. <informalexample><screen>\n" "# editor /etc/network/interfaces\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Here are some simple examples from <filename>/usr/share/doc/ifupdown/examples</filename>: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Here are some simple examples from <filename>/" +"usr/share/doc/ifupdown/examples</filename>: <informalexample><screen>\n" "######################################################################\n" "# /etc/network/interfaces -- configuration file for ifup(8), ifdown(8)\n" "# See the interfaces(5) manpage for information on what options are\n" @@ -1072,16 +1466,21 @@ msgid "" "# netmask 255.255.255.0\n" "# broadcast 192.168.0.255\n" "# gateway 192.168.0.1\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Enter your nameserver(s) and search directives in <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Enter your nameserver(s) and search directives " +"in <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>: <informalexample><screen>\n" "# editor /etc/resolv.conf\n" -"</screen></informalexample> A simple example <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> A simple example <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</" +"filename>: <informalexample><screen>\n" "search hqdom.local\n" "nameserver 10.1.1.36\n" "nameserver 192.168.9.100\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Enter your system's host name (2 to 63 characters): <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Enter your system's host name (2 to 63 " +"characters): <informalexample><screen>\n" "# echo DebianHostName > /etc/hostname\n" -"</screen></informalexample> And a basic <filename>/etc/hosts</filename> with IPv6 support: <informalexample><screen>\n" -"127.0.0.1 localhost DebianHostName\n" +"</screen></informalexample> And a basic <filename>/etc/hosts</filename> with " +"IPv6 support: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"127.0.0.1 localhost\n" +"127.0.1.1 DebianHostName\n" "\n" "# The following lines are desirable for IPv6 capable hosts\n" "::1 ip6-localhost ip6-loopback\n" @@ -1090,11 +1489,17 @@ msgid "" "ff02::1 ip6-allnodes\n" "ff02::2 ip6-allrouters\n" "ff02::3 ip6-allhosts\n" -"</screen></informalexample> If you have multiple network cards, you should arrange the names of driver modules in the <filename>/etc/modules</filename> file into the desired order. Then during boot, each card will be associated with the interface name (eth0, eth1, etc.) that you expect." +"</screen></informalexample> If you have multiple network cards, you should " +"arrange the names of driver modules in the <filename>/etc/modules</filename> " +"file into the desired order. Then during boot, each card will be associated " +"with the interface name (eth0, eth1, etc.) that you expect." msgstr "" -"För att konfigurera nätverket, redigera <filename>/etc/network/interfaces</filename>, <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>, <filename>/etc/hostname</filename> och <filename>/etc/hosts</filename>. <informalexample><screen>\n" +"För att konfigurera nätverket, redigera <filename>/etc/network/interfaces</" +"filename>, <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>, <filename>/etc/hostname</" +"filename> och <filename>/etc/hosts</filename>. <informalexample><screen>\n" "# editor /etc/network/interfaces\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Här är några enkla exempel från <filename>/usr/share/doc/ifupdown/examples</filename>: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Här är några enkla exempel från <filename>/usr/" +"share/doc/ifupdown/examples</filename>: <informalexample><screen>\n" "######################################################################\n" "# /etc/network/interfaces -- konfigurationsfil för ifup(8), ifdown(8)\n" "# Se manualsidan interfaces(5) för information om vilka flaggor som\n" @@ -1111,7 +1516,8 @@ msgstr "" "# auto eth0\n" "# iface eth0 inet dhcp\n" "\n" -"# Ett exempel på statisk IP-konfiguration: (broadcast och gateway är valfria)\n" +"# Ett exempel på statisk IP-konfiguration: (broadcast och gateway är " +"valfria)\n" "#\n" "# auto eth0\n" "# iface eth0 inet static\n" @@ -1120,15 +1526,20 @@ msgstr "" "# netmask 255.255.255.0\n" "# broadcast 192.168.0.255\n" "# gateway 192.168.0.1\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Ange din namnserver (eller flera) och sökdirektiv i <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Ange din namnserver (eller flera) och " +"sökdirektiv i <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "# editor /etc/resolv.conf\n" -"</screen></informalexample> En enkelt exempel för <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> En enkelt exempel för <filename>/etc/resolv." +"conf</filename>: <informalexample><screen>\n" "search hqdom.local\\000\n" "nameserver 10.1.1.36\n" "nameserver 192.168.9.100\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Ange värdnamnet för ditt system (2 till 63 tecken): <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Ange värdnamnet för ditt system (2 till 63 " +"tecken): <informalexample><screen>\n" "# echo DebianVardNamn > /etc/hostname\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Och en grundläggande <filename>/etc/hosts</filename> med IPv6-stöd: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Och en grundläggande <filename>/etc/hosts</" +"filename> med IPv6-stöd: <informalexample><screen>\n" "127.0.0.1 localhost DebianVardNamn\n" "\n" "# Följande rader är önskvärda för IPv6-kapabla värdar\n" @@ -1138,7 +1549,10 @@ msgstr "" "ff02::1 ip6-allnodes\n" "ff02::2 ip6-allrouters\n" "ff02::3 ip6-allhosts\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Om du har flera nätverkskort bör du sortera namnen på drivrutinsmodulerna i filen <filename>/etc/modules</filename> i önskad ordning. Sedan, under uppstart, kommer varje kort att associeras med gränssnittsnamnet (eth0, eth1, etc.) som du förväntar." +"</screen></informalexample> Om du har flera nätverkskort bör du sortera " +"namnen på drivrutinsmodulerna i filen <filename>/etc/modules</filename> i " +"önskad ordning. Sedan, under uppstart, kommer varje kort att associeras med " +"gränssnittsnamnet (eth0, eth1, etc.) som du förväntar." #. Tag: title #: random-bits.xml:687 @@ -1150,19 +1564,27 @@ msgstr "Konfigurera apt" #: random-bits.xml:688 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"Debootstrap will have created a very basic <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> that will allow installing additional packages. However, you may want to add some additional sources, for example for source packages and security updates: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Debootstrap will have created a very basic <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</" +"filename> that will allow installing additional packages. However, you may " +"want to add some additional sources, for example for source packages and " +"security updates: <informalexample><screen>\n" "deb-src http://ftp.us.debian.org/debian &releasename; main\n" "\n" "deb http://security.debian.org/ &releasename;/updates main\n" "deb-src http://security.debian.org/ &releasename;/updates main\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Make sure to run <userinput>aptitude update</userinput> after you have made changes to the sources list." +"</screen></informalexample> Make sure to run <userinput>aptitude update</" +"userinput> after you have made changes to the sources list." msgstr "" -"Debootstrap har skapat en mycket grundläggande <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> som tillåter installation av ytterligare paket. Dock kanske du vill lägga till ytterligare källor, till exempel för källkodspaket och säkerhetsuppdateringar: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Debootstrap har skapat en mycket grundläggande <filename>/etc/apt/sources." +"list</filename> som tillåter installation av ytterligare paket. Dock kanske " +"du vill lägga till ytterligare källor, till exempel för källkodspaket och " +"säkerhetsuppdateringar: <informalexample><screen>\n" "deb-src http://ftp.se.debian.org/debian &releasename; main\n" "\n" "deb http://security.debian.org/ &releasename;/updates main\n" "deb-src http://security.debian.org/ &releasename;/updates main\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Se till att köra <userinput>aptitude update</userinput> efter att du har gjort ändringar i källistan." +"</screen></informalexample> Se till att köra <userinput>aptitude update</" +"userinput> efter att du har gjort ändringar i källistan." #. Tag: title #: random-bits.xml:704 @@ -1174,15 +1596,22 @@ msgstr "Konfigurera lokaler och tangentbord" #: random-bits.xml:705 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"To configure your locale settings to use a language other than English, install the <classname>locales</classname> support package and configure it. Currently the use of UTF-8 locales is recommended. <informalexample><screen>\n" +"To configure your locale settings to use a language other than English, " +"install the <classname>locales</classname> support package and configure it. " +"Currently the use of UTF-8 locales is recommended. " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "# aptitude install locales\n" "# dpkg-reconfigure locales\n" "</screen></informalexample> To configure your keyboard (if needed):" msgstr "" -"För att konfigurera dina lokalinställningar till att använda ett språk annat än engelska, installera stödpaketet <classname>locales</classname> och konfigurera det. För närvarande rekommenderas användning av UTF-8-lokaler. <informalexample><screen>\n" +"För att konfigurera dina lokalinställningar till att använda ett språk annat " +"än engelska, installera stödpaketet <classname>locales</classname> och " +"konfigurera det. För närvarande rekommenderas användning av UTF-8-lokaler. " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "# aptitude install locales\n" "# dpkg-reconfigure locales\n" -"</screen></informalexample> För att konfigurera ditt tangentbord (om det behövs):" +"</screen></informalexample> För att konfigurera ditt tangentbord (om det " +"behövs):" #. Tag: screen #: random-bits.xml:715 @@ -1197,8 +1626,12 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:717 #, no-c-format -msgid "Note that the keyboard cannot be set while in the chroot, but will be configured for the next reboot." -msgstr "Observera att tangentbordet inte kan ställas in när chroot används men kommer att konfigureras inför nästa omstart." +msgid "" +"Note that the keyboard cannot be set while in the chroot, but will be " +"configured for the next reboot." +msgstr "" +"Observera att tangentbordet inte kan ställas in när chroot används men " +"kommer att konfigureras inför nästa omstart." #. Tag: title #: random-bits.xml:727 @@ -1209,8 +1642,13 @@ msgstr "Installera en kärna" #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:728 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you intend to boot this system, you probably want a Linux kernel and a boot loader. Identify available pre-packaged kernels with:" -msgstr "Om du tänker starta upp det här systemet, vill du antagligen ha en Linux-kärna och en starthanterare. Identifiera tillgängliga förpaketerade kärnor med:" +msgid "" +"If you intend to boot this system, you probably want a Linux kernel and a " +"boot loader. Identify available pre-packaged kernels with:" +msgstr "" +"Om du tänker starta upp det här systemet, vill du antagligen ha en Linux-" +"kärna och en starthanterare. Identifiera tillgängliga förpaketerade kärnor " +"med:" #. Tag: screen #: random-bits.xml:733 @@ -1221,8 +1659,14 @@ msgstr "# apt-cache search linux-image" #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:735 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you intend to use a pre-packaged kernel, you may want to create the configuration file <filename>/etc/kernel-img.conf</filename> before you do so. Here's an example file:" -msgstr "Om du tänker använda en förpaketerad kärna, kanske du vill skapa konfigurationsfilen <filename>/etc/kernel-img.conf</filename> innan du gör det. Här är en exempelfil:" +msgid "" +"If you intend to use a pre-packaged kernel, you may want to create the " +"configuration file <filename>/etc/kernel-img.conf</filename> before you do " +"so. Here's an example file:" +msgstr "" +"Om du tänker använda en förpaketerad kärna, kanske du vill skapa " +"konfigurationsfilen <filename>/etc/kernel-img.conf</filename> innan du gör " +"det. Här är en exempelfil:" #. Tag: screen #: random-bits.xml:741 @@ -1249,20 +1693,36 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:743 #, no-c-format -msgid "For detailed information about this file and the various options, consult its man page which will be available after installing the <classname>kernel-package</classname> package. We recommend that you check that the values are appropriate for your system." -msgstr "För detaljed information om den här filen och de olika inställningarna, konsultera dess manualsida som kommer att vara tillgänglig efter installation av paketet <classname>kernel-package</classname>. Vi rekommenderar att du kontrollerar att värdena är lämpliga för ditt system." +msgid "" +"For detailed information about this file and the various options, consult " +"its man page which will be available after installing the <classname>kernel-" +"package</classname> package. We recommend that you check that the values are " +"appropriate for your system." +msgstr "" +"För detaljed information om den här filen och de olika inställningarna, " +"konsultera dess manualsida som kommer att vara tillgänglig efter " +"installation av paketet <classname>kernel-package</classname>. Vi " +"rekommenderar att du kontrollerar att värdena är lämpliga för ditt system." #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:750 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"Then install the kernel package of your choice using its package name. <informalexample><screen>\n" -"# aptitude install linux-image-<replaceable>&kernelversion;-arch-etc</replaceable>\n" -"</screen></informalexample> If you did not create a <filename>/etc/kernel-img.conf</filename> before installing a pre-packaged kernel, you may be asked some questions during its installation that refer to it." +"Then install the kernel package of your choice using its package name. " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" +"# aptitude install linux-image-<replaceable>&kernelversion;-arch-etc</" +"replaceable>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> If you did not create a <filename>/etc/kernel-" +"img.conf</filename> before installing a pre-packaged kernel, you may be " +"asked some questions during its installation that refer to it." msgstr "" -"Installera sedan önskat kärnpaket med hjälp av dess paketnamn.<informalexample><screen>\n" -"# aptitude install linux-image-<replaceable>&kernelversion;-arch-etc</replaceable>\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Om du inte skapade en <filename>/etc/kernel-img.conf</filename> innan en förpaketerad kärna installerades, kan du få ett antal frågor under dess installation som refererar till den." +"Installera sedan önskat kärnpaket med hjälp av dess paketnamn." +"<informalexample><screen>\n" +"# aptitude install linux-image-<replaceable>&kernelversion;-arch-etc</" +"replaceable>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Om du inte skapade en <filename>/etc/kernel-img." +"conf</filename> innan en förpaketerad kärna installerades, kan du få ett " +"antal frågor under dess installation som refererar till den." #. Tag: title #: random-bits.xml:764 @@ -1273,36 +1733,76 @@ msgstr "Ställ in starthanteraren" #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:765 #, no-c-format -msgid "To make your &debian; system bootable, set up your boot loader to load the installed kernel with your new root partition. Note that <command>debootstrap</command> does not install a boot loader, though you can use <command>aptitude</command> inside your Debian chroot to do so." -msgstr "För att göra ditt &debian;-system startbart, ställ in din starthanterare att läsa in den installerade kärnan med din nya rotpartition. Observera att <command>debootstrap</command> inte installerar en starthanterare, dock kan du använda <command>aptitude</command> inne i din Debian chroot-miljö för att göra det." +msgid "" +"To make your &debian; system bootable, set up your boot loader to load the " +"installed kernel with your new root partition. Note that " +"<command>debootstrap</command> does not install a boot loader, though you " +"can use <command>aptitude</command> inside your Debian chroot to do so." +msgstr "" +"För att göra ditt &debian;-system startbart, ställ in din starthanterare att " +"läsa in den installerade kärnan med din nya rotpartition. Observera att " +"<command>debootstrap</command> inte installerar en starthanterare, dock kan " +"du använda <command>aptitude</command> inne i din Debian chroot-miljö för " +"att göra det." #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:772 #, no-c-format -msgid "Check <userinput>info grub</userinput> or <userinput>man lilo.conf</userinput> for instructions on setting up the bootloader. If you are keeping the system you used to install Debian, just add an entry for the Debian install to your existing grub <filename>menu.lst</filename> or <filename>lilo.conf</filename>. For <filename>lilo.conf</filename>, you could also copy it to the new system and edit it there. After you are done editing, call <command>lilo</command> (remember it will use <filename>lilo.conf</filename> relative to the system you call it from)." -msgstr "Se <userinput>info grub</userinput> eller <userinput>man lilo.conf</userinput> för instruktioner om hur man ställer in starthanteraren. Om du behåller systemet du använde för att installera Debian, lägg bara till en post för Debian-installationen till din befintliga <filename>menu.lst</filename> eller <filename>lilo.conf</filename>. När det gäller <filename>lilo.conf</filename> kan du även kopiera den till det nya systemet och redigera den där. Efter att du är klar med redigeringen, anropa <command>lilo</command> (kom ihåg att den använder <filename>lilo.conf</filename> relativt till systemet du anropar det från)." +msgid "" +"Check <userinput>info grub</userinput> or <userinput>man lilo.conf</" +"userinput> for instructions on setting up the bootloader. If you are keeping " +"the system you used to install Debian, just add an entry for the Debian " +"install to your existing grub <filename>menu.lst</filename> or " +"<filename>lilo.conf</filename>. For <filename>lilo.conf</filename>, you " +"could also copy it to the new system and edit it there. After you are done " +"editing, call <command>lilo</command> (remember it will use <filename>lilo." +"conf</filename> relative to the system you call it from)." +msgstr "" +"Se <userinput>info grub</userinput> eller <userinput>man lilo.conf</" +"userinput> för instruktioner om hur man ställer in starthanteraren. Om du " +"behåller systemet du använde för att installera Debian, lägg bara till en " +"post för Debian-installationen till din befintliga <filename>menu.lst</" +"filename> eller <filename>lilo.conf</filename>. När det gäller " +"<filename>lilo.conf</filename> kan du även kopiera den till det nya systemet " +"och redigera den där. Efter att du är klar med redigeringen, anropa " +"<command>lilo</command> (kom ihåg att den använder <filename>lilo.conf</" +"filename> relativt till systemet du anropar det från)." #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:784 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"Installing and setting up <classname>grub</classname> is as easy as: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Installing and setting up <classname>grub</classname> is as easy as: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "# aptitude install grub\n" "# grub-install /dev/<replaceable>hda</replaceable>\n" "# update-grub\n" -"</screen></informalexample> The second command will install <command>grub</command> (in this case in the MBR of <literal>hda</literal>). The last command will create a sane and working <filename>/boot/grub/menu.lst</filename>." +"</screen></informalexample> The second command will install <command>grub</" +"command> (in this case in the MBR of <literal>hda</literal>). The last " +"command will create a sane and working <filename>/boot/grub/menu.lst</" +"filename>." msgstr "" -"Installering och konfigurering av <classname>grub</classname> är så här enkelt: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Installering och konfigurering av <classname>grub</classname> är så här " +"enkelt: <informalexample><screen>\n" "# aptitude install grub\n" "# grub-install /dev/<replaceable>hda</replaceable>\n" "# update-grub\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Det andra kommandot kommer att installera <command>grub</command> (i det här fallet i huvudstartsektorn (MBR) på <literal>hda</literal>). Det sista kommandot kommer att skapa en ren och fungerande <filename>/boot/grub/menu.lst</filename>." +"</screen></informalexample> Det andra kommandot kommer att installera " +"<command>grub</command> (i det här fallet i huvudstartsektorn (MBR) på " +"<literal>hda</literal>). Det sista kommandot kommer att skapa en ren och " +"fungerande <filename>/boot/grub/menu.lst</filename>." #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:794 #, no-c-format -msgid "Note that this assumes that a <filename>/dev/hda</filename> device file has been created. There are alternative methods to install <command>grub</command>, but those are outside the scope of this appendix." -msgstr "Observera att detta antar att enhetsfilen <filename>/dev/hda</filename> har skapats. Det finns alternativa metoder för att installera <command>grub</command>, men dessa är utanför omfånget för denna bilaga." +msgid "" +"Note that this assumes that a <filename>/dev/hda</filename> device file has " +"been created. There are alternative methods to install <command>grub</" +"command>, but those are outside the scope of this appendix." +msgstr "" +"Observera att detta antar att enhetsfilen <filename>/dev/hda</filename> har " +"skapats. Det finns alternativa metoder för att installera <command>grub</" +"command>, men dessa är utanför omfånget för denna bilaga." #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:800 @@ -1335,34 +1835,64 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:806 #, no-c-format -msgid "Depending on which bootloader you selected, you can now make some additional changes in <filename>/etc/kernel-img.conf</filename>." -msgstr "Beroende på vilken starthanterare du valde, kan du nu göra ytterligare ändringar i <filename>/etc/kernel-img.conf</filename>." +msgid "" +"Depending on which bootloader you selected, you can now make some additional " +"changes in <filename>/etc/kernel-img.conf</filename>." +msgstr "" +"Beroende på vilken starthanterare du valde, kan du nu göra ytterligare " +"ändringar i <filename>/etc/kernel-img.conf</filename>." #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:811 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"For the <classname>grub</classname> bootloader, you should set the <literal>do_bootloader</literal> option to <quote>no</quote>. And to automatically update your <filename>/boot/grub/menu.lst</filename> on installation or removal of Debian kernels, add the following lines: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"For the <classname>grub</classname> bootloader, you should set the " +"<literal>do_bootloader</literal> option to <quote>no</quote>. And to " +"automatically update your <filename>/boot/grub/menu.lst</filename> on " +"installation or removal of Debian kernels, add the following lines: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "postinst_hook = update-grub\n" "postrm_hook = update-grub\n" -"</screen></informalexample> For the <classname>lilo</classname> bootloader, the value of <literal>do_bootloader</literal> needs to remain <quote>yes</quote>." +"</screen></informalexample> For the <classname>lilo</classname> bootloader, " +"the value of <literal>do_bootloader</literal> needs to remain <quote>yes</" +"quote>." msgstr "" -"Om du tänker använda <classname>grub</classname> som din starthanterare, kan du ställa in <literal>do_bootloader</literal> till <quote>no</quote>. För att automatiskt uppdatera din <filename>/boot/grub/menu.lst</filename> vid installation eller borttagning av Debian-kärnor, lägg till följande rader: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Om du tänker använda <classname>grub</classname> som din starthanterare, kan " +"du ställa in <literal>do_bootloader</literal> till <quote>no</quote>. För " +"att automatiskt uppdatera din <filename>/boot/grub/menu.lst</filename> vid " +"installation eller borttagning av Debian-kärnor, lägg till följande rader: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "postinst_hook = update-grub\n" "postrm_hook = update-grub\n" -"</screen></informalexample> För starthanteraren <classname>lilo</classname>, behöver värdet för <literal>do_bootloader</literal> kvarstå som <quote>yes</quote>." +"</screen></informalexample> För starthanteraren <classname>lilo</classname>, " +"behöver värdet för <literal>do_bootloader</literal> kvarstå som <quote>yes</" +"quote>." #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:823 #, no-c-format -msgid "Check <userinput>man yaboot.conf</userinput> for instructions on setting up the bootloader. If you are keeping the system you used to install Debian, just add an entry for the Debian install to your existing <filename>yaboot.conf</filename>. You could also copy it to the new system and edit it there. After you are done editing, call ybin (remember it will use <filename>yaboot.conf</filename> relative to the system you call it from)." -msgstr "Kontrollera <userinput>man yaboot.conf</userinput> för instruktioner om hur man ställer in starthanteraren. Om du behåller systemet du använde för att installera Debian, lägg bara till en post för Debian-installationen till din befintliga <filename>yaboot.conf</filename>. Du kan även kopiera den till det nya systemet och redigera den där. Efter att du är klar med redigeringen, anropa ybin (kom ihåg att det använder <filename>yaboot.conf</filename> relativt till systemet du anropar det från)." +msgid "" +"Check <userinput>man yaboot.conf</userinput> for instructions on setting up " +"the bootloader. If you are keeping the system you used to install Debian, " +"just add an entry for the Debian install to your existing <filename>yaboot." +"conf</filename>. You could also copy it to the new system and edit it there. " +"After you are done editing, call ybin (remember it will use <filename>yaboot." +"conf</filename> relative to the system you call it from)." +msgstr "" +"Kontrollera <userinput>man yaboot.conf</userinput> för instruktioner om hur " +"man ställer in starthanteraren. Om du behåller systemet du använde för att " +"installera Debian, lägg bara till en post för Debian-installationen till din " +"befintliga <filename>yaboot.conf</filename>. Du kan även kopiera den till " +"det nya systemet och redigera den där. Efter att du är klar med " +"redigeringen, anropa ybin (kom ihåg att det använder <filename>yaboot.conf</" +"filename> relativt till systemet du anropar det från)." #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:833 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"Here is a basic <filename>/etc/yaboot.conf</filename> as an example: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Here is a basic <filename>/etc/yaboot.conf</filename> as an example: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "boot=/dev/hda2\n" "device=hd:\n" "partition=6\n" @@ -1371,9 +1901,11 @@ msgid "" "timeout=50\n" "image=/vmlinux\n" "label=Debian\n" -"</screen></informalexample> On some machines, you may need to use <userinput>ide0:</userinput> instead of <userinput>hd:</userinput>." +"</screen></informalexample> On some machines, you may need to use " +"<userinput>ide0:</userinput> instead of <userinput>hd:</userinput>." msgstr "" -"Här en en grundläggande <filename>/etc/yaboot.conf</filename> som ett exempel: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Här en en grundläggande <filename>/etc/yaboot.conf</filename> som ett " +"exempel: <informalexample><screen>\n" "boot=/dev/hda2\n" "device=hd:\n" "partition=6\n" @@ -1382,7 +1914,8 @@ msgstr "" "timeout=50\n" "image=/vmlinux\n" "label=Debian\n" -"</screen></informalexample> På vissa maskiner, kanske du behöver använda <userinput>ide0:</userinput> istället för <userinput>hd:</userinput>." +"</screen></informalexample> På vissa maskiner, kanske du behöver använda " +"<userinput>ide0:</userinput> istället för <userinput>hd:</userinput>." #. Tag: title #: random-bits.xml:846 @@ -1394,19 +1927,33 @@ msgstr "Slutgiltiga justeringar" #: random-bits.xml:847 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"As mentioned earlier, the installed system will be very basic. If you would like to make the system a bit more mature, there is an easy method to install all packages with <quote>standard</quote> priority: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"As mentioned earlier, the installed system will be very basic. If you would " +"like to make the system a bit more mature, there is an easy method to " +"install all packages with <quote>standard</quote> priority: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "# tasksel install standard\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Of course, you can also just use <command>aptitude</command> to install packages individually." +"</screen></informalexample> Of course, you can also just use " +"<command>aptitude</command> to install packages individually." msgstr "" -"Som nämnts tidigare, det installerade systemet kommer att vara mycket minimalt. Om du vill fylla upp systemet lite mer, finns det en enkel metod för att installera alla paket med <quote>standard</quote>prioritet: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"Som nämnts tidigare, det installerade systemet kommer att vara mycket " +"minimalt. Om du vill fylla upp systemet lite mer, finns det en enkel metod " +"för att installera alla paket med <quote>standard</quote>prioritet: " +"<informalexample><screen>\n" "# tasksel install standard\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Du kan så klart också använda <command>aptitude</command> för att installera paket individuellt." +"</screen></informalexample> Du kan så klart också använda <command>aptitude</" +"command> för att installera paket individuellt." #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:858 #, no-c-format -msgid "After the installation there will be a lot of downloaded packages in <filename>/var/cache/apt/archives/</filename>. You can free up some diskspace by running:" -msgstr "Efter installationen kommer det att finnas en hel del hämtade paket i <filename>/var/cache/apt/archives/</filename>. Du kan frigöra diskutrymme genom att köra:" +msgid "" +"After the installation there will be a lot of downloaded packages in " +"<filename>/var/cache/apt/archives/</filename>. You can free up some " +"diskspace by running:" +msgstr "" +"Efter installationen kommer det att finnas en hel del hämtade paket i " +"<filename>/var/cache/apt/archives/</filename>. Du kan frigöra diskutrymme " +"genom att köra:" #. Tag: screen #: random-bits.xml:864 @@ -1423,26 +1970,57 @@ msgstr "Installera &debian; över Parallel Line IP (PLIP)" #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:877 #, no-c-format -msgid "This section explains how to install &debian; on a computer without an Ethernet card, but with just a remote gateway computer attached via a Null-Modem cable (also called Null-Printer cable). The gateway computer should be connected to a network that has a Debian mirror on it (e.g. to the Internet)." -msgstr "Det här avsnittet förklarar hur man installerar &debian; på en dator som saknar ett Ethernet-kort, men med en dator som fjärrgateway ansluten via en nollmodemkabel (kallas även för nollskrivarkabel). Gatewaydatorn bör vara ansluten till ett nätverk som har en Debian-spegel på sig (t.ex. Internet)." +msgid "" +"This section explains how to install &debian; on a computer without an " +"Ethernet card, but with just a remote gateway computer attached via a Null-" +"Modem cable (also called Null-Printer cable). The gateway computer should be " +"connected to a network that has a Debian mirror on it (e.g. to the Internet)." +msgstr "" +"Det här avsnittet förklarar hur man installerar &debian; på en dator som " +"saknar ett Ethernet-kort, men med en dator som fjärrgateway ansluten via en " +"nollmodemkabel (kallas även för nollskrivarkabel). Gatewaydatorn bör vara " +"ansluten till ett nätverk som har en Debian-spegel på sig (t.ex. Internet)." #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:885 #, no-c-format -msgid "In the example in this appendix we will set up a PLIP connection using a gateway connected to the Internet over a dial-up connection (ppp0). We will use IP addresses 192.168.0.1 and 192.168.0.2 for the PLIP interfaces on the target system and the source system respectively (these addresses should be unused within your network address space)." -msgstr "I exemplet i den här bilagan kommer vi att ställa in en PLIP-anslutning med en gateway ansluten till Internet över en uppringd anslutning (ppp0). Vi kommer att använda IP-adresserna 192.168.0.1 och 192.168.0.2 för PLIP-gränssnitten på målsystemet respektive källsystemet (dessa adresser bör vara oanvända inom ditt nätverksadressintervall)." +msgid "" +"In the example in this appendix we will set up a PLIP connection using a " +"gateway connected to the Internet over a dial-up connection (ppp0). We will " +"use IP addresses 192.168.0.1 and 192.168.0.2 for the PLIP interfaces on the " +"target system and the source system respectively (these addresses should be " +"unused within your network address space)." +msgstr "" +"I exemplet i den här bilagan kommer vi att ställa in en PLIP-anslutning med " +"en gateway ansluten till Internet över en uppringd anslutning (ppp0). Vi " +"kommer att använda IP-adresserna 192.168.0.1 och 192.168.0.2 för PLIP-" +"gränssnitten på målsystemet respektive källsystemet (dessa adresser bör vara " +"oanvända inom ditt nätverksadressintervall)." #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:893 #, no-c-format -msgid "The PLIP connection set up during the installation will also be available after the reboot into the installed system (see <xref linkend=\"boot-new\"/>)." -msgstr "Inställningen av PLIP-anslutningen under installationen kommer också vara tillgänglig efter omstart till det installerade systemet (se <xref linkend=\"boot-new\"/>)." +msgid "" +"The PLIP connection set up during the installation will also be available " +"after the reboot into the installed system (see <xref linkend=\"boot-new\"/" +">)." +msgstr "" +"Inställningen av PLIP-anslutningen under installationen kommer också vara " +"tillgänglig efter omstart till det installerade systemet (se <xref linkend=" +"\"boot-new\"/>)." #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:898 #, no-c-format -msgid "Before you start, you will need to check the BIOS configuration (IO base address and IRQ) for the parallel ports of both the source and target systems. The most common values are <literal>io=0x378</literal>, <literal>irq=7</literal>." -msgstr "Innan du börjar, behöver du kontrollera BIOS-konfigurationen (IO-basadress och IRQ) för parallellportar på både käll- och målsystemet. De mest vanliga värdena är <literal>io=0x378</literal> och <literal>irq=7</literal>." +msgid "" +"Before you start, you will need to check the BIOS configuration (IO base " +"address and IRQ) for the parallel ports of both the source and target " +"systems. The most common values are <literal>io=0x378</literal>, " +"<literal>irq=7</literal>." +msgstr "" +"Innan du börjar, behöver du kontrollera BIOS-konfigurationen (IO-basadress " +"och IRQ) för parallellportar på både käll- och målsystemet. De mest vanliga " +"värdena är <literal>io=0x378</literal> och <literal>irq=7</literal>." #. Tag: title #: random-bits.xml:908 @@ -1453,8 +2031,12 @@ msgstr "Krav" #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:911 #, no-c-format -msgid "A target computer, called <emphasis>target</emphasis>, where Debian will be installed." -msgstr "En måldator, kallad <emphasis>mål</emphasis>, där Debian kommer att installeras." +msgid "" +"A target computer, called <emphasis>target</emphasis>, where Debian will be " +"installed." +msgstr "" +"En måldator, kallad <emphasis>mål</emphasis>, där Debian kommer att " +"installeras." #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:917 @@ -1465,14 +2047,24 @@ msgstr "Systeminstallationsmedia; se <xref linkend=\"installation-media\"/>." #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:922 #, no-c-format -msgid "Another computer connected to the Internet, called <emphasis>source</emphasis>, that will function as the gateway." -msgstr "En annan dator ansluten till Internet, kallad <emphasis>källa</emphasis>, som kommer att fungera som en gateway." +msgid "" +"Another computer connected to the Internet, called <emphasis>source</" +"emphasis>, that will function as the gateway." +msgstr "" +"En annan dator ansluten till Internet, kallad <emphasis>källa</emphasis>, " +"som kommer att fungera som en gateway." #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:928 #, no-c-format -msgid "A DB-25 Null-Modem cable. See the <ulink url=\"&url-plip-install-howto;\">PLIP-Install-HOWTO</ulink> for more information on this cable and instructions how to make your own." -msgstr "En DB-25-nollmodemkabel. Se <ulink url=\"&url-plip-install-howto;\">PLIP-Install-HOWTO</ulink> för mer information för den här kabeln och instruktioner hur man tillverkar en egen." +msgid "" +"A DB-25 Null-Modem cable. See the <ulink url=\"&url-plip-install-howto;" +"\">PLIP-Install-HOWTO</ulink> for more information on this cable and " +"instructions how to make your own." +msgstr "" +"En DB-25-nollmodemkabel. Se <ulink url=\"&url-plip-install-howto;\">PLIP-" +"Install-HOWTO</ulink> för mer information för den här kabeln och " +"instruktioner hur man tillverkar en egen." #. Tag: title #: random-bits.xml:940 @@ -1483,8 +2075,12 @@ msgstr "Ställ in källor" #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:941 #, no-c-format -msgid "The following shell script is a simple example of how to configure the source computer as a gateway to the Internet using ppp0." -msgstr "Följande skript är ett enkelt exempel på hur man konfigurerar källdatorn som en gateway till Internet med ppp0." +msgid "" +"The following shell script is a simple example of how to configure the " +"source computer as a gateway to the Internet using ppp0." +msgstr "" +"Följande skript är ett enkelt exempel på hur man konfigurerar källdatorn som " +"en gateway till Internet med ppp0." #. Tag: screen #: random-bits.xml:946 @@ -1495,15 +2091,18 @@ msgid "" "# We remove running modules from kernel to avoid conflicts and to\n" "# reconfigure them manually.\n" "modprobe -r lp parport_pc\n" -"modprobe parport_pc io=<replaceable>0x378</replaceable> irq=<replaceable>7</replaceable>\n" +"modprobe parport_pc io=<replaceable>0x378</replaceable> irq=<replaceable>7</" +"replaceable>\n" "modprobe plip\n" "\n" "# Configure the plip interface (plip0 for me, see dmesg | grep plip)\n" -"ifconfig <replaceable>plip0 192.168.0.2</replaceable> pointopoint <replaceable>192.168.0.1</replaceable> netmask 255.255.255.255 up\n" +"ifconfig <replaceable>plip0 192.168.0.2</replaceable> pointopoint " +"<replaceable>192.168.0.1</replaceable> netmask 255.255.255.255 up\n" "\n" "# Configure gateway\n" "modprobe iptable_nat\n" -"iptables -t nat -A POSTROUTING -o <replaceable>ppp0</replaceable> -j MASQUERADE\n" +"iptables -t nat -A POSTROUTING -o <replaceable>ppp0</replaceable> -j " +"MASQUERADE\n" "echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/ip_forward" msgstr "" "#!/bin/sh\n" @@ -1511,15 +2110,18 @@ msgstr "" "# Vi tar bort körande moduler från kärnan för att undvika konflikter och\n" "# för att konfigurera om dem manuellt.\n" "modprobe -r lp parport_pc\n" -"modprobe parport_pc io=<replaceable>0x378</replaceable> irq=<replaceable>7</replaceable>\n" +"modprobe parport_pc io=<replaceable>0x378</replaceable> irq=<replaceable>7</" +"replaceable>\n" "modprobe plip\n" "\n" "# Konfigurera plip-gränssnittet (plip0 för mig, se dmesg | grep plip)\n" -"ifconfig <replaceable>plip0 192.168.0.2</replaceable> pointopoint <replaceable>192.168.0.1</replaceable> netmask 255.255.255.255 up\n" +"ifconfig <replaceable>plip0 192.168.0.2</replaceable> pointopoint " +"<replaceable>192.168.0.1</replaceable> netmask 255.255.255.255 up\n" "\n" "# Konfigurera gateway\n" "modprobe iptable_nat\n" -"iptables -t nat -A POSTROUTING -o <replaceable>ppp0</replaceable> -j MASQUERADE\n" +"iptables -t nat -A POSTROUTING -o <replaceable>ppp0</replaceable> -j " +"MASQUERADE\n" "echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/ip_forward" #. Tag: title @@ -1532,13 +2134,28 @@ msgstr "Installera måldatorn" #: random-bits.xml:953 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"Boot the installation media. The installation needs to be run in expert mode; enter <userinput>expert</userinput> at the boot prompt. If you need to set parameters for kernel modules, you also need to do this at the boot prompt. For example, to boot the installer and set values for the <quote>io</quote> and <quote>irq</quote> options for the parport_pc module, enter the following at the boot prompt: <informalexample><screen>\n" -"expert parport_pc.io=<replaceable>0x378</replaceable> parport_pc.irq=<replaceable>7</replaceable>\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Below are the answers that should be given during various stages of the installation." +"Boot the installation media. The installation needs to be run in expert " +"mode; enter <userinput>expert</userinput> at the boot prompt. If you need to " +"set parameters for kernel modules, you also need to do this at the boot " +"prompt. For example, to boot the installer and set values for the <quote>io</" +"quote> and <quote>irq</quote> options for the parport_pc module, enter the " +"following at the boot prompt: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"expert parport_pc.io=<replaceable>0x378</replaceable> parport_pc." +"irq=<replaceable>7</replaceable>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Below are the answers that should be given " +"during various stages of the installation." msgstr "" -"Starta upp på installationsmediat. Installationen behöver köras i expertläget; skriv <userinput>expert</userinput> vid uppstartsprompten. Om du behöver ställa in paramentrar för kärnmoduler behöver du även göra detta vid uppstartsprompten. För att till exempel starta upp installationsprogrammet och ställa in värden för flaggorna <quote>io</quote> och <quote>irq</quote> för modulen parport_pc, skriv följande vid uppstartsprompten: <informalexample><screen>\n" -"expert parport_pc.io=<replaceable>0x378</replaceable> parport_pc.irq=<replaceable>7</replaceable>\n" -"</screen></informalexample> Nedan finns svaren som bör anges under de olika stegen av installationen." +"Starta upp på installationsmediat. Installationen behöver köras i " +"expertläget; skriv <userinput>expert</userinput> vid uppstartsprompten. Om " +"du behöver ställa in paramentrar för kärnmoduler behöver du även göra detta " +"vid uppstartsprompten. För att till exempel starta upp " +"installationsprogrammet och ställa in värden för flaggorna <quote>io</quote> " +"och <quote>irq</quote> för modulen parport_pc, skriv följande vid " +"uppstartsprompten: <informalexample><screen>\n" +"expert parport_pc.io=<replaceable>0x378</replaceable> parport_pc." +"irq=<replaceable>7</replaceable>\n" +"</screen></informalexample> Nedan finns svaren som bör anges under de olika " +"stegen av installationen." #. Tag: guimenuitem #: random-bits.xml:972 @@ -1549,8 +2166,12 @@ msgstr "Läs in installationskomponenter från cd" #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:974 #, no-c-format -msgid "Select the <userinput>plip-modules</userinput> option from the list; this will make the PLIP drivers available to the installation system." -msgstr "Välj <userinput>plip-modules</userinput> från listan; det här kommer att göra drivrutinerna för PLIP tillgängliga för installationssystemet." +msgid "" +"Select the <userinput>plip-modules</userinput> option from the list; this " +"will make the PLIP drivers available to the installation system." +msgstr "" +"Välj <userinput>plip-modules</userinput> från listan; det här kommer att " +"göra drivrutinerna för PLIP tillgängliga för installationssystemet." #. Tag: guimenuitem #: random-bits.xml:982 @@ -1561,14 +2182,30 @@ msgstr "Identifiera nätverksmaskinvara" #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:987 #, no-c-format -msgid "If target <emphasis>does</emphasis> have a network card, a list of driver modules for detected cards will be shown. If you want to force &d-i; to use plip instead, you have to deselect all listed driver modules. Obviously, if target doesn't have a network card, the installer will not show this list." -msgstr "Om målet <emphasis>har</emphasis> ett nätverkskort, kommer en lista över drivrutinsmoduler för identifierade kort att visas. Om du vill tvinga &d-i; att använda plip istället, måste du avmarkera alla listade drivrutinsmoduler. Så klart, om målet inte har ett nätverkskort kommer installationsprogrammet inte att visa den här listan." +msgid "" +"If target <emphasis>does</emphasis> have a network card, a list of driver " +"modules for detected cards will be shown. If you want to force &d-i; to use " +"plip instead, you have to deselect all listed driver modules. Obviously, if " +"target doesn't have a network card, the installer will not show this list." +msgstr "" +"Om målet <emphasis>har</emphasis> ett nätverkskort, kommer en lista över " +"drivrutinsmoduler för identifierade kort att visas. Om du vill tvinga &d-i; " +"att använda plip istället, måste du avmarkera alla listade " +"drivrutinsmoduler. Så klart, om målet inte har ett nätverkskort kommer " +"installationsprogrammet inte att visa den här listan." #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:996 #, no-c-format -msgid "Because no network card was detected/selected earlier, the installer will ask you to select a network driver module from a list. Select the <userinput>plip</userinput> module." -msgstr "På grund av att inget nätverkskort hittades/valdes tidigare, kommer installationsprogrammet att fråga dig om att välja en nätverksdrivrutinsmodul från en lista. Välj modulen <userinput>plip</userinput>." +msgid "" +"Because no network card was detected/selected earlier, the installer will " +"ask you to select a network driver module from a list. Select the " +"<userinput>plip</userinput> module." +msgstr "" +"På grund av att inget nätverkskort hittades/valdes tidigare, kommer " +"installationsprogrammet att fråga dig om att välja en " +"nätverksdrivrutinsmodul från en lista. Välj modulen <userinput>plip</" +"userinput>." #. Tag: guimenuitem #: random-bits.xml:1008 @@ -1585,20 +2222,30 @@ msgstr "Auto-konfigurera nätverk med DHCP: Nej" #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:1016 #, no-c-format -msgid "IP address: <userinput><replaceable>192.168.0.1</replaceable></userinput>" -msgstr "IP-adress: <userinput><replaceable>192.168.0.1</replaceable></userinput>" +msgid "" +"IP address: <userinput><replaceable>192.168.0.1</replaceable></userinput>" +msgstr "" +"IP-adress: <userinput><replaceable>192.168.0.1</replaceable></userinput>" #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:1021 #, no-c-format -msgid "Point-to-point address: <userinput><replaceable>192.168.0.2</replaceable></userinput>" -msgstr "Punkt-till-punkt-adress: <userinput><replaceable>192.168.0.2</replaceable></userinput>" +msgid "" +"Point-to-point address: <userinput><replaceable>192.168.0.2</replaceable></" +"userinput>" +msgstr "" +"Punkt-till-punkt-adress: <userinput><replaceable>192.168.0.2</replaceable></" +"userinput>" #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:1027 #, no-c-format -msgid "Name server addresses: you can enter the same addresses used on source (see <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>)" -msgstr "Namnserveradresser: du kan ange samma adresser som används på källan (se <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>)" +msgid "" +"Name server addresses: you can enter the same addresses used on source (see " +"<filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>)" +msgstr "" +"Namnserveradresser: du kan ange samma adresser som används på källan (se " +"<filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>)" #. Tag: title #: random-bits.xml:1046 @@ -1609,68 +2256,164 @@ msgstr "Installera &debian; över PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE)" #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:1048 #, no-c-format -msgid "In some countries PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE) is a common protocol for broadband (ADSL or cable) connections to an Internet Service Provider. Setting up a network connection using PPPoE is not supported by default in the installer, but can be made to work very simply. This section explains how." -msgstr "I vissa länder är PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE) ett vanligt protokoll för bredbandsanslutningar (ADSL eller kabel) till en internetleverantör. Konfiguration av en nätverksanslutning med PPPoE stöds inte som standard i installationsprogrammet men går att få att fungera mycket enkelt. Det här avsnittet förklarar hur man gör." +msgid "" +"In some countries PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE) is a common protocol for " +"broadband (ADSL or cable) connections to an Internet Service Provider. " +"Setting up a network connection using PPPoE is not supported by default in " +"the installer, but can be made to work very simply. This section explains " +"how." +msgstr "" +"I vissa länder är PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE) ett vanligt protokoll för " +"bredbandsanslutningar (ADSL eller kabel) till en internetleverantör. " +"Konfiguration av en nätverksanslutning med PPPoE stöds inte som standard i " +"installationsprogrammet men går att få att fungera mycket enkelt. Det här " +"avsnittet förklarar hur man gör." #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:1056 #, no-c-format -msgid "The PPPoE connection set up during the installation will also be available after the reboot into the installed system (see <xref linkend=\"boot-new\"/>)." -msgstr "PPPoE-anslutningen som konfigurerats under installationen kommer också vara tillgänglig efter omstart till det installerade systemet (se <xref linkend=\"boot-new\"/>)." +msgid "" +"The PPPoE connection set up during the installation will also be available " +"after the reboot into the installed system (see <xref linkend=\"boot-new\"/" +">)." +msgstr "" +"PPPoE-anslutningen som konfigurerats under installationen kommer också vara " +"tillgänglig efter omstart till det installerade systemet (se <xref linkend=" +"\"boot-new\"/>)." #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:1061 #, no-c-format -msgid "To have the option of setting up and using PPPoE during the installation, you will need to install using one of the CD-ROM/DVD images that are available. It is not supported for other installation methods (e.g. netboot<phrase condition=\"supports-floppy-boot\"> or floppy</phrase>)." -msgstr "För att få möjligheten att konfigurera och använda PPPoE under installationen behöver du installera från en av cd/dvd-avbildningarna som finns tillgängliga. Det stöds inte för andra installationsmetoder (t.ex. nätinstallation<phrase condition=\"supports-floppy-boot\"> eller diskett</phrase>)." +msgid "" +"To have the option of setting up and using PPPoE during the installation, " +"you will need to install using one of the CD-ROM/DVD images that are " +"available. It is not supported for other installation methods (e.g. " +"netboot<phrase condition=\"supports-floppy-boot\"> or floppy</phrase>)." +msgstr "" +"För att få möjligheten att konfigurera och använda PPPoE under " +"installationen behöver du installera från en av cd/dvd-avbildningarna som " +"finns tillgängliga. Det stöds inte för andra installationsmetoder (t.ex. " +"nätinstallation<phrase condition=\"supports-floppy-boot\"> eller diskett</" +"phrase>)." #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:1068 #, no-c-format -msgid "Installing over PPPoE is mostly the same as any other installation. The following steps explain the differences." -msgstr "Installation över PPPoE är mestadels samma som för andra installationer. Följande steg förklarar skillnaderna." +msgid "" +"Installing over PPPoE is mostly the same as any other installation. The " +"following steps explain the differences." +msgstr "" +"Installation över PPPoE är mestadels samma som för andra installationer. " +"Följande steg förklarar skillnaderna." #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:1076 #, no-c-format -msgid "Boot the installer with the boot parameter <userinput>modules=ppp-udeb</userinput><footnote arch=\"x86\"> <para> See <xref linkend=\"boot-screen\"/> for information on how to add a boot parameter. </para> </footnote>. This will ensure the component responsible for the setup of PPPoE (<classname>ppp-udeb</classname>) will be loaded and run automatically." -msgstr "Starta upp installationsprogrammet med uppstartsparameter <userinput>modules=ppp-udeb</userinput><footnote arch=\"x86\"> <para> Se <xref linkend=\"boot-screen\"/> för information om hur man lägger till en uppstartsparameter. </para> </footnote>. Det här kommer att se till att komponenten som ansvarar för konfigurering av PPPoE (<classname>ppp-udeb</classname>) kommer att läsas in och köras automatiskt." +msgid "" +"Boot the installer with the boot parameter <userinput>modules=ppp-udeb</" +"userinput><footnote arch=\"x86\"> <para> See <xref linkend=\"boot-screen\"/> " +"for information on how to add a boot parameter. </para> </footnote>. This " +"will ensure the component responsible for the setup of PPPoE (<classname>ppp-" +"udeb</classname>) will be loaded and run automatically." +msgstr "" +"Starta upp installationsprogrammet med uppstartsparameter " +"<userinput>modules=ppp-udeb</userinput><footnote arch=\"x86\"> <para> Se " +"<xref linkend=\"boot-screen\"/> för information om hur man lägger till en " +"uppstartsparameter. </para> </footnote>. Det här kommer att se till att " +"komponenten som ansvarar för konfigurering av PPPoE (<classname>ppp-udeb</" +"classname>) kommer att läsas in och köras automatiskt." #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:1091 #, no-c-format -msgid "Follow the regular initial steps of the installation (language, country and keyboard selection; the loading of additional installer components<footnote> <para> The <classname>ppp-udeb</classname> component is loaded as one of the additional components in this step. If you want to install at medium or low priority (expert mode), you can also manually select the <classname>ppp-udeb</classname> instead of entering the <quote>modules</quote> parameter at the boot prompt. </para> </footnote>)." -msgstr "Följ de vanliga initiala steg för installationen (språk, land och tangentbordsval; inläsningen av ytterligare installerarkomponenter<footnote> <para> Komponenten <classname>ppp-udeb</classname> läses in som en av de ytterligare komponenterna i det här steget. Om du vill installera på medium eller låg prioritet (expertläge) kan du även manuellt välja <classname>ppp-udeb</classname> istället för att ange parametern <quote>modules</quote> vid uppstartsprompten. </para> </footnote>)." +msgid "" +"Follow the regular initial steps of the installation (language, country and " +"keyboard selection; the loading of additional installer components<footnote> " +"<para> The <classname>ppp-udeb</classname> component is loaded as one of the " +"additional components in this step. If you want to install at medium or low " +"priority (expert mode), you can also manually select the <classname>ppp-" +"udeb</classname> instead of entering the <quote>modules</quote> parameter at " +"the boot prompt. </para> </footnote>)." +msgstr "" +"Följ de vanliga initiala steg för installationen (språk, land och " +"tangentbordsval; inläsningen av ytterligare installerarkomponenter<footnote> " +"<para> Komponenten <classname>ppp-udeb</classname> läses in som en av de " +"ytterligare komponenterna i det här steget. Om du vill installera på medium " +"eller låg prioritet (expertläge) kan du även manuellt välja <classname>ppp-" +"udeb</classname> istället för att ange parametern <quote>modules</quote> vid " +"uppstartsprompten. </para> </footnote>)." #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:1110 #, no-c-format -msgid "The next step is the detection of network hardware, in order to identify any Ethernet cards present in the system." -msgstr "Nästa steg är identifieringen av nätverksmaskinvaran för att identifiera de Ethernet-kort som finns anslutna till systemet." +msgid "" +"The next step is the detection of network hardware, in order to identify any " +"Ethernet cards present in the system." +msgstr "" +"Nästa steg är identifieringen av nätverksmaskinvaran för att identifiera de " +"Ethernet-kort som finns anslutna till systemet." #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:1116 #, no-c-format -msgid "After this the actual setup of PPPoE is started. The installer will probe all the detected Ethernet interfaces in an attempt to find a PPPoE concentrator (a type of server which handles PPPoE connections)." -msgstr "Efter det här är konfigurationen av PPPoE startad. Installationsprogrammet kommer att söka igenom alla identifierade Ethernet-gränssnitt i ett försök att hitta en PPPoE-koncentrator (en typ av server som hanterar PPPoE-anslutningar)." +msgid "" +"After this the actual setup of PPPoE is started. The installer will probe " +"all the detected Ethernet interfaces in an attempt to find a PPPoE " +"concentrator (a type of server which handles PPPoE connections)." +msgstr "" +"Efter det här är konfigurationen av PPPoE startad. Installationsprogrammet " +"kommer att söka igenom alla identifierade Ethernet-gränssnitt i ett försök " +"att hitta en PPPoE-koncentrator (en typ av server som hanterar PPPoE-" +"anslutningar)." #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:1122 #, no-c-format -msgid "It is possible that the concentrator will not to be found at the first attempt. This can happen occasionally on slow or loaded networks or with faulty servers. In most cases a second attempt to detect the concentrator will be successful; to retry, select <guimenuitem>Configure and start a PPPoE connection</guimenuitem> from the main menu of the installer." -msgstr "Det är möjligt att koncentratorn inte kommer att hittas vid första försöket. Det kan hända ibland vid långsamma eller belastade nätverk eller med felaktiga servrar. I de flesta fall lyckas ett andra försök att identifiera koncentratorn; för att försöka igen, välj <guimenuitem>Konfigurera och starta en PPPoE-anslutning</guimenuitem> från huvudmenyn i installationsprogrammet." +msgid "" +"It is possible that the concentrator will not to be found at the first " +"attempt. This can happen occasionally on slow or loaded networks or with " +"faulty servers. In most cases a second attempt to detect the concentrator " +"will be successful; to retry, select <guimenuitem>Configure and start a " +"PPPoE connection</guimenuitem> from the main menu of the installer." +msgstr "" +"Det är möjligt att koncentratorn inte kommer att hittas vid första försöket. " +"Det kan hända ibland vid långsamma eller belastade nätverk eller med " +"felaktiga servrar. I de flesta fall lyckas ett andra försök att identifiera " +"koncentratorn; för att försöka igen, välj <guimenuitem>Konfigurera och " +"starta en PPPoE-anslutning</guimenuitem> från huvudmenyn i " +"installationsprogrammet." #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:1131 #, no-c-format -msgid "After a concentrator is found, the user will be prompted to type the login information (the PPPoE username and password)." -msgstr "Efter att en koncentrator har hittats kommer användaren att bli tillfrågad att ange inloggningsinformationen (användarnamn och lösenord för PPPoE-anslutningen)." +msgid "" +"After a concentrator is found, the user will be prompted to type the login " +"information (the PPPoE username and password)." +msgstr "" +"Efter att en koncentrator har hittats kommer användaren att bli tillfrågad " +"att ange inloggningsinformationen (användarnamn och lösenord för PPPoE-" +"anslutningen)." #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:1137 #, no-c-format -msgid "At this point the installer will use the provided information to establish the PPPoE connection. If the correct information was provided, the PPPoE connection should be configured and the installer should be able to use it to connect to the Internet and retrieve packages over it (if needed). If the login information is not correct or some error appears, the installer will stop, but the configuration can be attempted again by selecting the menu entry <guimenuitem>Configure and start a PPPoE connection</guimenuitem>." -msgstr "Nu kommer installationsprogrammet att använda den angivna informationen för att etablera PPPoE-anslutningen. Om korrekt information har angivits kommer PPPoE-anslutningen att konfigureras och installationsprogrammet ska kunna använda den för att ansluta till Internet och hämta ner paket (om det behövs). Om inloggningsinformationen inte är korrekt eller några fel dyker upp kommer installationsprogrammet att stoppa, men konfigurationen kan startas om igen genom att välja menyposten <guimenuitem>Konfigurera och starta en PPPoE-anslutning</guimenuitem>." +msgid "" +"At this point the installer will use the provided information to establish " +"the PPPoE connection. If the correct information was provided, the PPPoE " +"connection should be configured and the installer should be able to use it " +"to connect to the Internet and retrieve packages over it (if needed). If the " +"login information is not correct or some error appears, the installer will " +"stop, but the configuration can be attempted again by selecting the menu " +"entry <guimenuitem>Configure and start a PPPoE connection</guimenuitem>." +msgstr "" +"Nu kommer installationsprogrammet att använda den angivna informationen för " +"att etablera PPPoE-anslutningen. Om korrekt information har angivits kommer " +"PPPoE-anslutningen att konfigureras och installationsprogrammet ska kunna " +"använda den för att ansluta till Internet och hämta ner paket (om det " +"behövs). Om inloggningsinformationen inte är korrekt eller några fel dyker " +"upp kommer installationsprogrammet att stoppa, men konfigurationen kan " +"startas om igen genom att välja menyposten <guimenuitem>Konfigurera och " +"starta en PPPoE-anslutning</guimenuitem>." #. Tag: title #: random-bits.xml:1157 @@ -1681,50 +2424,144 @@ msgstr "Det grafiska installationsprogrammet" #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:1158 #, no-c-format -msgid "The graphical version of the installer is only available for a limited number of architectures, including &arch-title;. The functionality of the graphical installer is essentially the same as that of the regular installer as it basically uses the same programs, but with a different frontend." -msgstr "Den grafiska versionen av installationsprogrammet är endast tillgänglig för ett begränsat antal arkitekturer, inklusive &arch-title;. Funktionaliteten för det grafiska installationsprogrammet är i stort sett samma som för det vanliga installationsprogrammet eftersom den i grund och botten använder samma program, men med ett annat gränssnitt." +msgid "" +"The graphical version of the installer is only available for a limited " +"number of architectures, including &arch-title;. The functionality of the " +"graphical installer is essentially the same as that of the regular installer " +"as it basically uses the same programs, but with a different frontend." +msgstr "" +"Den grafiska versionen av installationsprogrammet är endast tillgänglig för " +"ett begränsat antal arkitekturer, inklusive &arch-title;. Funktionaliteten " +"för det grafiska installationsprogrammet är i stort sett samma som för det " +"vanliga installationsprogrammet eftersom den i grund och botten använder " +"samma program, men med ett annat gränssnitt." #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:1166 #, no-c-format -msgid "Although the functionality is identical, the graphical installer still has a few significant advantages. The main advantage is that it supports more languages, namely those that use a character set that cannot be displayed with the regular <quote>newt</quote> frontend. It also has a few usability advantages such as the option to use a mouse, and in some cases several questions can be displayed on a single screen." -msgstr "Även om funktionaliteten är identisk, har det grafiska installationsprogrammet några extra och betydelsefulla fördelar. Den huvudsakliga fördelen är att den har stöd för fler språk, nämligen de som använder tecken som inte kan visas med det vanliga gränssnittet <quote>newt</quote>. Den har även ett par fördelar när det gäller användbarhet som till exempel möjligheten att använda en mus, och i vissa fall kan flera frågor visas på samma skärm." +msgid "" +"Although the functionality is identical, the graphical installer still has a " +"few significant advantages. The main advantage is that it supports more " +"languages, namely those that use a character set that cannot be displayed " +"with the regular <quote>newt</quote> frontend. It also has a few usability " +"advantages such as the option to use a mouse, and in some cases several " +"questions can be displayed on a single screen." +msgstr "" +"Även om funktionaliteten är identisk, har det grafiska " +"installationsprogrammet några extra och betydelsefulla fördelar. Den " +"huvudsakliga fördelen är att den har stöd för fler språk, nämligen de som " +"använder tecken som inte kan visas med det vanliga gränssnittet <quote>newt</" +"quote>. Den har även ett par fördelar när det gäller användbarhet som till " +"exempel möjligheten att använda en mus, och i vissa fall kan flera frågor " +"visas på samma skärm." #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:1175 #, no-c-format -msgid "The graphical installer is available with all CD images and with the hd-media installation method. To boot the graphical installer simply select the relevant option from the boot menu. Expert and rescue mode for the graphical installer can be selected from the <quote>Advanced options</quote> menu. The previously used boot methods <userinput>installgui</userinput>, <userinput>expertgui</userinput> and <userinput>rescuegui</userinput> can still be used from the boot prompt which is shown after selecting the <quote>Help</quote> option in the boot menu." -msgstr "Det grafiska installationsprogrammet finns tillgänglig på alla cd-avbildningar och med installationsmetoden hd-media. Välj helt enkelt det relevanta alternativet för att starta upp det grafiska installationsprogrammet från uppstartsmenyn. Expert- och räddningsläget för det grafiska installationsprogrammet kan väljas från menyn <quote>Advanced options</quote>. De tidigare uppstartsmetoderna <userinput>installgui</userinput>, <userinput>expertgui</userinput> och <userinput>rescuegui</userinput> kan fortfarande användas från uppstartsprompten, vilka visas efter att alternativet <quote>Help</quote> väljs i uppstartsmenyn." +msgid "" +"The graphical installer is available with all CD images and with the hd-" +"media installation method. To boot the graphical installer simply select the " +"relevant option from the boot menu. Expert and rescue mode for the graphical " +"installer can be selected from the <quote>Advanced options</quote> menu. The " +"previously used boot methods <userinput>installgui</userinput>, " +"<userinput>expertgui</userinput> and <userinput>rescuegui</userinput> can " +"still be used from the boot prompt which is shown after selecting the " +"<quote>Help</quote> option in the boot menu." +msgstr "" +"Det grafiska installationsprogrammet finns tillgänglig på alla cd-" +"avbildningar och med installationsmetoden hd-media. Välj helt enkelt det " +"relevanta alternativet för att starta upp det grafiska " +"installationsprogrammet från uppstartsmenyn. Expert- och räddningsläget för " +"det grafiska installationsprogrammet kan väljas från menyn <quote>Advanced " +"options</quote>. De tidigare uppstartsmetoderna <userinput>installgui</" +"userinput>, <userinput>expertgui</userinput> och <userinput>rescuegui</" +"userinput> kan fortfarande användas från uppstartsprompten, vilka visas " +"efter att alternativet <quote>Help</quote> väljs i uppstartsmenyn." #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:1186 #, no-c-format -msgid "There is also a graphical installer image that can be netbooted. And there is a special <quote>mini</quote> ISO image<footnote id=\"gtk-miniiso\"> <para> The mini ISO image can be downloaded from a Debian mirror as described in <xref linkend=\"downloading-files\"/>. Look for <filename>netboot/gtk/mini.iso</filename>. </para> </footnote>, which is mainly useful for testing." -msgstr "Det finns även en avbildning med det grafiska installationsprogrammet som kan startas upp via nätverket. Det finns även en speciell <quote>mini</quote>-iso-avbildning<footnote id=\"gtk-miniiso\"> <para> Mini-iso-avbildningen kan hämtas ner från en Debian-spegel, som beskrivs i <xref linkend=\"downloading-files\"/>. Leta efter <filename>netboot/gtk/mini.iso</filename>. </para> </footnote>, vilken oftast är användbar för testning." +msgid "" +"There is also a graphical installer image that can be netbooted. And there " +"is a special <quote>mini</quote> ISO image<footnote id=\"gtk-miniiso\"> " +"<para> The mini ISO image can be downloaded from a Debian mirror as " +"described in <xref linkend=\"downloading-files\"/>. Look for " +"<filename>netboot/gtk/mini.iso</filename>. </para> </footnote>, which is " +"mainly useful for testing." +msgstr "" +"Det finns även en avbildning med det grafiska installationsprogrammet som " +"kan startas upp via nätverket. Det finns även en speciell <quote>mini</" +"quote>-iso-avbildning<footnote id=\"gtk-miniiso\"> <para> Mini-iso-" +"avbildningen kan hämtas ner från en Debian-spegel, som beskrivs i <xref " +"linkend=\"downloading-files\"/>. Leta efter <filename>netboot/gtk/mini.iso</" +"filename>. </para> </footnote>, vilken oftast är användbar för testning." #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:1199 #, no-c-format -msgid "For &arch-title;, currently only an experimental <quote>mini</quote> ISO image is available<footnote id=\"gtk-miniiso\"> <para> The mini ISO image can be downloaded from a Debian mirror as described in <xref linkend=\"downloading-files\"/>. Look for <filename>netboot/gtk/mini.iso</filename>. </para> </footnote>. It should work on almost all PowerPC systems that have an ATI graphical card, but is unlikely to work on other systems." -msgstr "För &arch-title; finns för närvarande endast en experimentell <quote>mini</quote>-iso-avbildning tillgänglig<footnote id=\"gtk-miniiso\"> <para> Mini-iso-avbilden kan hämtas från en Debian-spegel, som beskrivs i <xref linkend=\"downloading-files\"/>. Leta efter <filename>netboot/gtk/mini.iso</filename>. </para> </footnote>. Den bör fungera på de flesta PowerPC-system som har ett ATI-grafikkort, men fungerar antagligen inte på andra typer av system." +msgid "" +"For &arch-title;, currently only an experimental <quote>mini</quote> ISO " +"image is available<footnote id=\"gtk-miniiso\"> <para> The mini ISO image " +"can be downloaded from a Debian mirror as described in <xref linkend=" +"\"downloading-files\"/>. Look for <filename>netboot/gtk/mini.iso</filename>. " +"</para> </footnote>. It should work on almost all PowerPC systems that have " +"an ATI graphical card, but is unlikely to work on other systems." +msgstr "" +"För &arch-title; finns för närvarande endast en experimentell <quote>mini</" +"quote>-iso-avbildning tillgänglig<footnote id=\"gtk-miniiso\"> <para> Mini-" +"iso-avbilden kan hämtas från en Debian-spegel, som beskrivs i <xref linkend=" +"\"downloading-files\"/>. Leta efter <filename>netboot/gtk/mini.iso</" +"filename>. </para> </footnote>. Den bör fungera på de flesta PowerPC-system " +"som har ett ATI-grafikkort, men fungerar antagligen inte på andra typer av " +"system." #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:1213 #, no-c-format -msgid "Just as with the regular installer it is possible to add boot parameters when starting the graphical installer. One of those parameters allows to configure the mouse for left-handed use. Others allow to select the mouse device (e.g. for a serial mouse) and the mouse protocol. See <xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/> for valid parameters<phrase arch=\"x86\"> and <xref linkend=\"boot-screen\"/> for information on how to pass them</phrase>." -msgstr "Precis som med det vanliga installationsprogrammet så är det möjligt att lägga till uppstartsparametrar vid start av det grafiska installationsprogrammet. En av dessa parametrar tillåter att musen konfigureras för vänsterhänt användning. Andra tillåter val av musenhet (t.ex. för en seriellmus) och musprotokoll. Se <xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/> för giltiga parametrar<phrase arch=\"x86\"> och <xref linkend=\"boot-screen\"/> för information om hur man anger dem</phrase>." +msgid "" +"Just as with the regular installer it is possible to add boot parameters " +"when starting the graphical installer. One of those parameters allows to " +"configure the mouse for left-handed use. Others allow to select the mouse " +"device (e.g. for a serial mouse) and the mouse protocol. See <xref linkend=" +"\"boot-parms\"/> for valid parameters<phrase arch=\"x86\"> and <xref linkend=" +"\"boot-screen\"/> for information on how to pass them</phrase>." +msgstr "" +"Precis som med det vanliga installationsprogrammet så är det möjligt att " +"lägga till uppstartsparametrar vid start av det grafiska " +"installationsprogrammet. En av dessa parametrar tillåter att musen " +"konfigureras för vänsterhänt användning. Andra tillåter val av musenhet (t." +"ex. för en seriellmus) och musprotokoll. Se <xref linkend=\"boot-parms\"/> " +"för giltiga parametrar<phrase arch=\"x86\"> och <xref linkend=\"boot-screen" +"\"/> för information om hur man anger dem</phrase>." #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:1223 #, no-c-format -msgid "The graphical installer requires significantly more memory to run than the regular installer: &minimum-memory-gtk;. If insufficient memory is available, it will automatically fall back to the regular <quote>newt</quote> frontend." -msgstr "Det grafiska installationsprogrammet kräver markant mycket mer minne för att köra än det vanliga installationsprogrammet: &minimum-memory-gtk;. Om det inte finns tillräckligt mycket minne tillgängligt, kommer den att automatiskt falla tillbaka på det vanliga gränssnittet <quote>newt</quote>." +msgid "" +"The graphical installer requires significantly more memory to run than the " +"regular installer: &minimum-memory-gtk;. If insufficient memory is " +"available, it will automatically fall back to the regular <quote>newt</" +"quote> frontend." +msgstr "" +"Det grafiska installationsprogrammet kräver markant mycket mer minne för att " +"köra än det vanliga installationsprogrammet: &minimum-memory-gtk;. Om det " +"inte finns tillräckligt mycket minne tillgängligt, kommer den att " +"automatiskt falla tillbaka på det vanliga gränssnittet <quote>newt</quote>." #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:1230 #, no-c-format -msgid "If the amount of memory in your system is below &minimum-memory;, the graphical installer may fail to boot at all while booting the regular installer would still work. Using the regular installer is recommended for systems with little available memory." -msgstr "Om mängden minne i ditt system är mindre än &minimum-memory; kan det grafiska installationsprogrammet misslyckas att starta upp men uppstart av det vanliga installationsprogrammet fungerar. Användning av det vanliga installationsprogrammet rekommenderas för system med en liten mängd tillgängligt minne." +msgid "" +"If the amount of memory in your system is below &minimum-memory;, the " +"graphical installer may fail to boot at all while booting the regular " +"installer would still work. Using the regular installer is recommended for " +"systems with little available memory." +msgstr "" +"Om mängden minne i ditt system är mindre än &minimum-memory; kan det " +"grafiska installationsprogrammet misslyckas att starta upp men uppstart av " +"det vanliga installationsprogrammet fungerar. Användning av det vanliga " +"installationsprogrammet rekommenderas för system med en liten mängd " +"tillgängligt minne." #. Tag: title #: random-bits.xml:1240 @@ -1735,26 +2572,66 @@ msgstr "Användning av det grafiska installationsprogrammet" #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:1241 #, no-c-format -msgid "As already mentioned, the graphical installer basically works the same as the regular installer and thus the rest of this manual can be used to guide you through the installation process." -msgstr "Som tidigare nämnts, fungerar det grafiska installationsprogrammet i stort sett på samma sätt som det vanliga installationsprogrammet och därför kan resten av den här handboken användas för att guida dig igenom installationsprocessen." +msgid "" +"As already mentioned, the graphical installer basically works the same as " +"the regular installer and thus the rest of this manual can be used to guide " +"you through the installation process." +msgstr "" +"Som tidigare nämnts, fungerar det grafiska installationsprogrammet i stort " +"sett på samma sätt som det vanliga installationsprogrammet och därför kan " +"resten av den här handboken användas för att guida dig igenom " +"installationsprocessen." #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:1247 #, no-c-format -msgid "If you prefer using the keyboard over the mouse, there are two things you need to know. To expand a collapsed list (used for example for the selection of countries within continents), you can use the <keycap>+</keycap> and <keycap>-</keycap> keys. For questions where more than one item can be selected (e.g. task selection), you first need to tab to the &BTN-CONT; button after making your selections; hitting enter will toggle a selection, not activate &BTN-CONT;." -msgstr "Om du föredrar att använda tangentbordet istället för musen, finns det två saker som du behöver känna till. För att fälla ut en infälld lista (används till exempel för listan över länder inom samma kontinent), kan du använda tangenterna <keycap>+</keycap> och <keycap>-</keycap>. För frågor där fler än ett svar kan väljas (t.ex. val av funktion), behöver du först använda tabulatortangenten fram till knappen &BTN-CONT; efter att du har gjort dina val; tryck Enter för att växla en markering, utan att aktivera &BTN-CONT;." +msgid "" +"If you prefer using the keyboard over the mouse, there are two things you " +"need to know. To expand a collapsed list (used for example for the selection " +"of countries within continents), you can use the <keycap>+</keycap> and " +"<keycap>-</keycap> keys. For questions where more than one item can be " +"selected (e.g. task selection), you first need to tab to the &BTN-CONT; " +"button after making your selections; hitting enter will toggle a selection, " +"not activate &BTN-CONT;." +msgstr "" +"Om du föredrar att använda tangentbordet istället för musen, finns det två " +"saker som du behöver känna till. För att fälla ut en infälld lista (används " +"till exempel för listan över länder inom samma kontinent), kan du använda " +"tangenterna <keycap>+</keycap> och <keycap>-</keycap>. För frågor där fler " +"än ett svar kan väljas (t.ex. val av funktion), behöver du först använda " +"tabulatortangenten fram till knappen &BTN-CONT; efter att du har gjort dina " +"val; tryck Enter för att växla en markering, utan att aktivera &BTN-CONT;." #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:1257 #, no-c-format -msgid "If a dialog offers additional help information, a <guibutton>Help</guibutton> button will be displayed. The help information can be accessed either by activating the button or by pressing the <keycap>F1</keycap> key." -msgstr "Om en dialogruta erbjuder ytterligare hjälp så kommer en <guibutton>Hjälp</guibutton>-knapp att visas. Hjälpinformationen kan kommas åt antingen genom att aktivera knappen eller genom att trycka på <keycap>F1</keycap>-tangenten." +msgid "" +"If a dialog offers additional help information, a <guibutton>Help</" +"guibutton> button will be displayed. The help information can be accessed " +"either by activating the button or by pressing the <keycap>F1</keycap> key." +msgstr "" +"Om en dialogruta erbjuder ytterligare hjälp så kommer en <guibutton>Hjälp</" +"guibutton>-knapp att visas. Hjälpinformationen kan kommas åt antingen genom " +"att aktivera knappen eller genom att trycka på <keycap>F1</keycap>-tangenten." #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:1263 #, no-c-format -msgid "To switch to another console, you will also need to use the <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> key, just as with the X Window System. For example, to switch to VT2 (the first debug shell) you would use: <keycombo> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> <keycap>Left Alt</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap> </keycombo>. The graphical installer itself runs on VT5, so you can use <keycombo> <keycap>Left Alt</keycap> <keycap>F5</keycap> </keycombo> to switch back." -msgstr "För att växla till en annan konsoll behöver du även använda <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>-tangenten, precis som med X Window System. För att till exempel växla till VT2 (första felsökningsskalet) skulle du använda: <keycombo> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> <keycap>Vänster Alt</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap> </keycombo>. Det grafiska installationsprogrammet kör på VT5 så du kan använda <keycombo> <keycap>Vänster Alt</keycap> <keycap>F5</keycap> </keycombo> för att växla tillbaka." +msgid "" +"To switch to another console, you will also need to use the <keycap>Ctrl</" +"keycap> key, just as with the X Window System. For example, to switch to VT2 " +"(the first debug shell) you would use: <keycombo> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> " +"<keycap>Left Alt</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap> </keycombo>. The graphical " +"installer itself runs on VT5, so you can use <keycombo> <keycap>Left Alt</" +"keycap> <keycap>F5</keycap> </keycombo> to switch back." +msgstr "" +"För att växla till en annan konsoll behöver du även använda <keycap>Ctrl</" +"keycap>-tangenten, precis som med X Window System. För att till exempel " +"växla till VT2 (första felsökningsskalet) skulle du använda: <keycombo> " +"<keycap>Ctrl</keycap> <keycap>Vänster Alt</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap> </" +"keycombo>. Det grafiska installationsprogrammet kör på VT5 så du kan använda " +"<keycombo> <keycap>Vänster Alt</keycap> <keycap>F5</keycap> </keycombo> för " +"att växla tillbaka." #. Tag: title #: random-bits.xml:1277 @@ -1765,14 +2642,23 @@ msgstr "Kända problem" #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:1278 #, no-c-format -msgid "The graphical frontend to the installer is relatively new and because of that there are some known issues. We continue to work on resolving these." -msgstr "Det grafiska gränsnittet till installationsprogrammet är relativt nytt och därför finns det ett antal kända problem. Vi arbetar med att lösa dessa problem." +msgid "" +"The graphical frontend to the installer is relatively new and because of " +"that there are some known issues. We continue to work on resolving these." +msgstr "" +"Det grafiska gränsnittet till installationsprogrammet är relativt nytt och " +"därför finns det ett antal kända problem. Vi arbetar med att lösa dessa " +"problem." #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:1286 #, no-c-format -msgid "Information on some screens is not yet nicely formatted into columns as it should be." -msgstr "Information på vissa skärmar är inte vackert formaterad i kolumner som den borde vara." +msgid "" +"Information on some screens is not yet nicely formatted into columns as it " +"should be." +msgstr "" +"Information på vissa skärmar är inte vackert formaterad i kolumner som den " +"borde vara." #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:1292 @@ -1786,6 +2672,7 @@ msgstr "Stödet för pekplattor är ännu inte optimalt" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Funktionen <emphasis>Skrivbordsmiljö</emphasis> kommer att installera " #~ "skrivbordsmiljön GNOME." + #~ msgid "" #~ "Typing some characters may not work and in some cases the wrong character " #~ "may be printed. For example, \"composing\" a character by typing an " @@ -1796,6 +2683,7 @@ msgstr "Stödet för pekplattor är ännu inte optimalt" #~ "tecken skrivas ut. Till exempel fungerar det inte att \"komponera\" ett " #~ "tecken genom att skriva in ett accenttecken och sedan bokstaven över/" #~ "under som accenttecknet ska visa." + #~ msgid "" #~ "Starting a shell from the graphical frontend is currently not supported. " #~ "This means that relevant options to do that (which are available when you " @@ -1810,6 +2698,7 @@ msgstr "Stödet för pekplattor är ännu inte optimalt" #~ "huvudmenyn för installationssystemet och i menyn för räddningsläget. Du " #~ "kommer istället att behöva växla (som beskrivs här ovan) till skalen som " #~ "finns tillgängliga på de virtuella konsollerna VT2 och VT3." + #~ msgid "" #~ "After booting the installer in rescue mode, it may be useful to start a " #~ "shell in the root partition of an already installed system. This is " @@ -1821,8 +2710,10 @@ msgstr "Stödet för pekplattor är ännu inte optimalt" #~ "system. Det här är möjligt (efter att du har valt partitionen som ska " #~ "monteras som rotpartition) genom att växla till VT2 eller VT3 och ange " #~ "följande kommando:" + #~ msgid "# chroot /target" #~ msgstr "# chroot /target" + #~ msgid "" #~ "Etch is the first release that includes the graphical installer and uses " #~ "some relatively new technology. There are a few known issues that you may " @@ -1833,6 +2724,7 @@ msgstr "Stödet för pekplattor är ännu inte optimalt" #~ "installationsprogrammet och använder en del relativt ny teknik. Det finns " #~ "ett par kända problem som du kan påträffa under installationen. Vi hoppas " #~ "kunna rätta till dessa problem inför nästa utgåva av &debian;." + #~ msgid "" #~ "Support for creating encrypted partitions is limited as it is not " #~ "possible to generate a random encryption key. It is possible to set up an " @@ -1842,6 +2734,7 @@ msgstr "Stödet för pekplattor är ännu inte optimalt" #~ "inte är möjligt att generera en slumpad krypteringsnyckel. Det är möjligt " #~ "att konfigurera en krypterad partition med en lösenfras som " #~ "krypteringsnyckel." + #~ msgid "" #~ "You should not switch to a different console while the installer is busy; " #~ "this may cause the frontend to crash. The frontend will be restarted " @@ -1855,54 +2748,79 @@ msgstr "Stödet för pekplattor är ännu inte optimalt" #~ "installationen. Växling till en annan konsoll under tiden " #~ "installationsprogrammet väntar på inmatning bör fungera utan att orsaka " #~ "några problem." + #~ msgid "1267" #~ msgstr "1267" + #~ msgid "<entry>420</entry>" #~ msgstr "<entry>420</entry>" + #~ msgid "1667" #~ msgstr "1667" + #~ msgid "<entry>50</entry>" #~ msgstr "<entry>50</entry>" + #~ msgid "<entry>17</entry>" #~ msgstr "<entry>17</entry>" + #~ msgid "<entry>67</entry>" #~ msgstr "<entry>67</entry>" + #~ msgid "<entry>35</entry>" #~ msgstr "<entry>35</entry>" + #~ msgid "<entry>11</entry>" #~ msgstr "<entry>11</entry>" + #~ msgid "<entry>46</entry>" #~ msgstr "<entry>46</entry>" + #~ msgid "<entry>277</entry>" #~ msgstr "<entry>277</entry>" + #~ msgid "<entry>79</entry>" #~ msgstr "<entry>79</entry>" + #~ msgid "<entry>356</entry>" #~ msgstr "<entry>356</entry>" + #~ msgid "<entry>2</entry>" #~ msgstr "<entry>2</entry>" + #~ msgid "<entry>1</entry>" #~ msgstr "<entry>1</entry>" + #~ msgid "<entry>3</entry>" #~ msgstr "<entry>3</entry>" + #~ msgid "<entry>49</entry>" #~ msgstr "<entry>49</entry>" + #~ msgid "<entry>21</entry>" #~ msgstr "<entry>21</entry>" + #~ msgid "<entry>70</entry>" #~ msgstr "<entry>70</entry>" + #~ msgid "<entry>13</entry>" #~ msgstr "<entry>13</entry>" + #~ msgid "<entry>5</entry>" #~ msgstr "<entry>5</entry>" + #~ msgid "<entry>18</entry>" #~ msgstr "<entry>18</entry>" + #~ msgid "<entry>24</entry>" #~ msgstr "<entry>24</entry>" + #~ msgid "<entry>8</entry>" #~ msgstr "<entry>8</entry>" + #~ msgid "<entry>32</entry>" #~ msgstr "<entry>32</entry>" + #~ msgid "" #~ "The mouse can be used in both the Linux console (with gpm) and the X " #~ "window environment. The two uses can be made compatible if the gpm " @@ -1929,6 +2847,7 @@ msgstr "Stödet för pekplattor är ännu inte optimalt" #~ "<filename>/etc/gpm.conf</filename>) och ställ in X till " #~ "originalmusprotokollet i <filename>/etc/X11/XF86Config</filename> eller " #~ "<filename>/etc/X11/XF86Config-4</filename>." + #~ msgid "" #~ "This approach to use gpm even in X has advantages when the mouse is " #~ "unplugged inadvertently. Simply restarting gpm with " @@ -1943,6 +2862,7 @@ msgstr "Stödet för pekplattor är ännu inte optimalt" #~ "# /etc/init.d/gpm restart\n" #~ "</screen></informalexample> kommer att återansluta musen i programvara " #~ "utan att starta om X." + #~ msgid "" #~ "If gpm is disabled or not installed for some reason, make sure to set X " #~ "to read directly from a mouse device such as /dev/psaux. For details, " @@ -1958,6 +2878,7 @@ msgstr "Stödet för pekplattor är ännu inte optimalt" #~ "<userinput>man gpm</userinput>, <filename>/usr/share/doc/gpm/FAQ.gz</" #~ "filename> och <ulink url=\"&url-xorg;current/doc/html/mouse.html\">README." #~ "mouse</ulink>." + #~ msgid "" #~ "For PowerPC, in <filename>/etc/X11/XF86Config</filename> or <filename>/" #~ "etc/X11/XF86Config-4</filename>, set the mouse device to <userinput>\"/" @@ -1966,54 +2887,75 @@ msgstr "Stödet för pekplattor är ännu inte optimalt" #~ "För PowerPC, i <filename>/etc/X11/XF86Config</filename> eller <filename>/" #~ "etc/X11/XF86Config-4</filename>, ställ in musenheten till <userinput>\"/" #~ "dev/input/mice\"</userinput>." + #~ msgid "Desktop" #~ msgstr "Skrivbordsmiljö" + #~ msgid "1258" #~ msgstr "1258" + #~ msgid "<entry>418</entry>" #~ msgstr "<entry>418</entry>" + #~ msgid "<entry>16</entry>" #~ msgstr "<entry>16</entry>" + #~ msgid "<entry>62</entry>" #~ msgstr "<entry>62</entry>" + #~ msgid "<entry>326</entry>" #~ msgstr "<entry>326</entry>" + #~ msgid "<entry>71</entry>" #~ msgstr "<entry>71</entry>" + #~ msgid "" #~ "# aptitude install linux-image-<replaceable>&kernelversion;-arch-etc</" #~ "replaceable>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "# aptitude install linux-image-<replaceable>&kernelversion;-arch-etc</" #~ "replaceable>" + #~ msgid "" #~ "Now you've got a real Debian system, though rather lean, on disk. " #~ "<command>Chroot</command> into it:" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Nu har du ett riktigt Debian-system på disk. Kör <command>chroot</" #~ "command> in i det:" + #~ msgid "# LANG= chroot /mnt/debinst /bin/bash" #~ msgstr "# LANG= chroot /mnt/debinst /bin/bash" + #~ msgid "To configure your keyboard:" #~ msgstr "För att konfigurera ditt tangentbord:" + #~ msgid "Configure Locales" #~ msgstr "Konfigurera lokalanpassning" + #~ msgid "1392" #~ msgstr "1392" + #~ msgid "1852" #~ msgstr "1852" + #~ msgid "<entry>12</entry>" #~ msgstr "<entry>12</entry>" + #~ msgid "<entry>226</entry>" #~ msgstr "<entry>226</entry>" + #~ msgid "<entry>47</entry>" #~ msgstr "<entry>47</entry>" + #~ msgid "<entry>10</entry>" #~ msgstr "<entry>10</entry>" + #~ msgid "<entry>66</entry>" #~ msgstr "<entry>66</entry>" + #~ msgid "<entry>87</entry>" #~ msgstr "<entry>87</entry>" + #~ msgid "" #~ "Note that running <command>debootstrap</command> may require you to have " #~ "a minimal version of <classname>glibc</classname> installed (currently " @@ -2025,6 +2967,7 @@ msgstr "Stödet för pekplattor är ännu inte optimalt" #~ "närvarande GLIBC_2.3). <command>debootstrap</command> själv är ett " #~ "skalskript, men det anropar olika verktyg som kräver <classname>glibc</" #~ "classname>." + #~ msgid "" #~ "# aptitude install <phrase condition=\"classic-kpkg\">kernel</" #~ "phrase><phrase condition=\"common-kpkg\">linux</phrase>-image-" @@ -2033,6 +2976,7 @@ msgstr "Stödet för pekplattor är ännu inte optimalt" #~ "# aptitude install <phrase condition=\"classic-kpkg\">kernel</" #~ "phrase><phrase condition=\"common-kpkg\">linux</phrase>-image-" #~ "<replaceable>&kernelversion;-arch-etc</replaceable>" + #~ msgid "" #~ "In Linux you have various special files in <filename>/dev</filename>. " #~ "These files are called device files. In the Unix world accessing hardware " @@ -2049,6 +2993,7 @@ msgstr "Stödet för pekplattor är ännu inte optimalt" #~ "faktiska systemkomponenten. Filer under <filename>/dev</filename> " #~ "uppträder olikt vanliga filer. Nedan är de mest viktiga enhetsfilerna " #~ "listade." + #~ msgid "" #~ "Boot the installation media. The installation needs to be run in expert " #~ "mode; enter <userinput>expert</userinput> at the boot prompt. Below are " @@ -2058,16 +3003,20 @@ msgstr "Stödet för pekplattor är ännu inte optimalt" #~ "Starta upp installationsmediumet. Installationen behöver köras i " #~ "expertläge; ange <userinput>expert</userinput> vid uppstartsprompten. " #~ "Nedan är svaren som ska anges under de olika stegen av installationen." + #~ msgid "Prompt for module parameters: Yes" #~ msgstr "Fråga efter modulparametrar: Ja" + #~ msgid "" #~ "Additional parameters for module parport_pc: " #~ "<userinput><replaceable>io=0x378 irq=7</replaceable></userinput>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Ytterligare parametrar för modulen parport_pc: " #~ "<userinput><replaceable>io=0x378 irq=7</replaceable></userinput>" + #~ msgid "Additional parameters for module plip: leave empty" #~ msgstr "Ytterligare parametrar för modulen plip: lämna blank" + #~ msgid "" #~ "If you have an rpm-based system, you can use alien to convert the .deb " #~ "into .rpm, or download an rpm-ized version at <ulink url=\"http://people." @@ -2076,8 +3025,10 @@ msgstr "Stödet för pekplattor är ännu inte optimalt" #~ "Om du har ett rpm-baserat system, kan du använda alien för att " #~ "konvertera .deb till .rpm, eller hämta en rpm-version på <ulink url=" #~ "\"http://people.debian.org/~blade/install/debootstrap\"></ulink>" + #~ msgid "Preconfiguration File Example" #~ msgstr "Exempel på förkonfigurationsfil" + #~ msgid "" #~ "This is a complete working example of a preconfiguration file for an " #~ "automated install. Its use is explained in <xref linkend=\"automatic-" @@ -2088,6 +3039,7 @@ msgstr "Stödet för pekplattor är ännu inte optimalt" #~ "en automatiserad installation. Dess användning är förklarad i <xref " #~ "linkend=\"automatic-install\"/>. Du kanske vill avkommentera några av " #~ "raderna före du använder filen." + #~ msgid "" #~ "In order to be able to properly present this example in the manual, we've " #~ "had to split some lines. This is indicated by the use of the line-" @@ -2102,16 +3054,19 @@ msgstr "Stödet för pekplattor är ännu inte optimalt" #~ "I en riktig förkonfigurationsfil kommer dessa delade rader att " #~ "sammanfogas till <emphasis>en enda rad</emphasis>. Om du inte gör det " #~ "kommer förkonfigurationen att misslyckas med oförutsedda resultat." + #~ msgid "" #~ "A <quote>clean</quote> example file is available from &urlset-example-" #~ "preseed;." #~ msgstr "" #~ "En <quote>tom</quote> exempelfil är tillgänglig från &urlset-example-" #~ "preseed;." + #~ msgid "Configure Timezone, Users, and APT" #~ msgstr "Konfigurera tidszon, användare och APT" + #~ msgid "# /usr/sbin/base-config new" #~ msgstr "# /usr/sbin/base-config new" + #~ msgid "The example file is also available from &urlset-example-preseed;." #~ msgstr "Exempelfilen är också tillgänglig från &urlset-example-preseed;." - diff --git a/po/sv/using-d-i.po b/po/sv/using-d-i.po index 4fdb7e42c..89291ceed 100644 --- a/po/sv/using-d-i.po +++ b/po/sv/using-d-i.po @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: installation-guide 20051025 using d-i\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-11-25 01:11+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-01-18 00:44+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-11-25 17:47+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Daniel Nylander <po@danielnylander.se>\n" "Language-Team: Swedish <tp-sv@listor.tp-sv.se>\n" @@ -922,11 +922,16 @@ msgstr "Val av lokalanpassningsalternativ" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:516 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +#| msgid "" +#| "In most cases the first questions you will be asked concern the selection " +#| "of localization options to be used both for the installation and for the " +#| "installed system. The localization options consist of language, country " +#| "and locales." msgid "" "In most cases the first questions you will be asked concern the selection of " "localization options to be used both for the installation and for the " -"installed system. The localization options consist of language, country and " +"installed system. The localization options consist of language, location and " "locales." msgstr "" "I de flesta fall är de första frågorna som ställs angående valet av " @@ -957,10 +962,11 @@ msgstr "" #| "geographic location. Language and country together will be used to set " #| "the default locale for your system and to help select your keyboard." msgid "" -"The selected country will be used later in the installation process to pick " -"the default time zone and a Debian mirror appropriate for your geographic " -"location. Language and country together will help determine the default " -"locale for your system and select the correct keyboard layout." +"The selected geographic location (in most cases a country) will be used " +"later in the installation process to select the correct time zone and a " +"Debian mirror appropriate for that country. Language and country together " +"will help determine the default locale for your system and select the " +"correct keyboard layout." msgstr "" "Det valda landet kommer att användas senare i installationsprocessen för att " "välja den tidszon som ska vara standard och en Debian-spegel som är lämplig " @@ -969,7 +975,7 @@ msgstr "" "välja ditt tangentbord." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:537 +#: using-d-i.xml:538 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will first be asked to select your preferred language. The language " @@ -993,7 +999,7 @@ msgstr "" "att installeras." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:549 +#: using-d-i.xml:550 #, fuzzy, no-c-format #| msgid "" #| "If you selected a language that is recognized as an official language for " @@ -1005,14 +1011,14 @@ msgstr "" #| "selecting a continent will lead to a list of relevant countries on that " #| "continent." msgid "" -"If you selected a language that is recognized as an official language for " -"more than one country<footnote> <para> In technical terms: where multiple " -"locales exist for that language with differing country codes. </para> </" -"footnote>, you will be shown a list of only those countries. To select a " -"country that is not in that list, choose <guimenuitem>other</guimenuitem> " -"(the last option). You will then be presented with a list of continents; " -"selecting a continent will lead to a list of relevant countries on that " -"continent." +"Next you will be asked to select your geographic location. If you selected a " +"language that is recognized as an official language for more than one " +"country<footnote> <para> In technical terms: where multiple locales exist " +"for that language with differing country codes. </para> </footnote>, you " +"will be shown a list of only those countries. To select a country that is " +"not in that list, choose <guimenuitem>other</guimenuitem> (the last option). " +"You will then be presented with a list of continents; selecting a continent " +"will lead to a list of relevant countries on that continent." msgstr "" "Om du valde ett språk som är erkänt som ett officiellt språk för fler än ett " "land<footnote> <para> I tekniska termer: där flera lokalanpassningar finns " @@ -1048,24 +1054,27 @@ msgid "" "If you selected a combination of language and country for which no locale is " "defined and there exist multiple locales for the language, then the " "installer will allow you to choose which of those locales you prefer as the " -"default locale for the installed system. In all other cases a default locale " -"will be selected based on the selected language and country." +"default locale for the installed system<footnote> <para> At medium and low " +"priority you can always select your preferred locale from those available " +"for the selected language (if there's more than one). </para> </footnote>. " +"In all other cases a default locale will be selected based on the selected " +"language and country." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:588 +#: using-d-i.xml:595 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any default locale selected as described in the previous paragraph will use " -"UTF-8 as character encoding." +"<firstterm>UTF-8</firstterm> as character encoding." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:593 +#: using-d-i.xml:600 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"If you are installing at medium or low priority, you will have the option of " -"selecting additional locales, including so-called <quote>legacy</quote> " +"If you are installing at low priority, you will have the option of selecting " +"additional locales, including so-called <quote>legacy</quote> " "locales<footnote> <para> Legacy locales are locales which do not use UTF-8, " "but one of the older standards for character encoding such as ISO 8859-" "1 (used by West European languages) or EUC-JP (used by Japanese). </para> </" @@ -1075,13 +1084,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:617 +#: using-d-i.xml:624 #, no-c-format msgid "Choosing a Keyboard" msgstr "Val av tangentbord" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:619 +#: using-d-i.xml:626 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Keyboards are often tailored to the characters used in a language. Select a " @@ -1099,7 +1108,7 @@ msgstr "" "som root efter att du har färdigställt installationen)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:629 +#: using-d-i.xml:636 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Move the highlight to the keyboard selection you desire and press " @@ -1115,7 +1124,7 @@ msgstr "" "<keycap>F1</keycap> till <keycap>F10</keycap> längs översta raden." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:638 +#: using-d-i.xml:645 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There are two keyboard layouts for US keyboards; the qwerty/mac-usb-us " @@ -1135,13 +1144,13 @@ msgstr "" "tangentbord). I övriga aspekter är de två layouterna lika." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:668 +#: using-d-i.xml:675 #, no-c-format msgid "Looking for the Debian Installer ISO Image" msgstr "Leta efter en ISO-avbildning för Debian Installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:669 +#: using-d-i.xml:676 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When installing via the <emphasis>hd-media</emphasis> method, there will be " @@ -1155,7 +1164,7 @@ msgstr "" "<command>iso-scan</command> gör exakt det." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:676 +#: using-d-i.xml:683 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At first, <command>iso-scan</command> automatically mounts all block devices " @@ -1186,7 +1195,7 @@ msgstr "" "command> efter en annan avbild." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:693 +#: using-d-i.xml:700 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In case the previous attempt to find an installer iso image fails, " @@ -1201,7 +1210,7 @@ msgstr "" "filsystemet." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:700 +#: using-d-i.xml:707 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If <command>iso-scan</command> does not discover your installer iso image, " @@ -1219,13 +1228,13 @@ msgstr "" "kunde ha gjort det här på andra konsollen, utan att starta om." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:721 +#: using-d-i.xml:728 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Network" msgstr "Konfigurera nätverket" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:723 +#: using-d-i.xml:730 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As you enter this step, if the system detects that you have more than one " @@ -1246,7 +1255,7 @@ msgstr "" "citerefentry>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:734 +#: using-d-i.xml:741 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, &d-i; tries to configure your computer's network automatically " @@ -1270,7 +1279,7 @@ msgstr "" "långsamma i sina svar, så om du är säker att allt ska fungera, försök igen." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:746 +#: using-d-i.xml:753 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The manual network setup in turn asks you a number of questions about your " @@ -1294,7 +1303,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"needed-info\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:760 +#: using-d-i.xml:767 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some technical details you might, or might not, find handy: the program " @@ -1316,13 +1325,13 @@ msgstr "" "interfaces</filename> när systemet har blivit installerat." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:805 +#: using-d-i.xml:812 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Clock and Time Zone" msgstr "Konfigurera klockan och tidszon" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:807 +#: using-d-i.xml:814 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The installer will first attempt to connect to a time server on the Internet " @@ -1340,14 +1349,14 @@ msgstr "" "inte möjligt att manuellt ställa in systemtiden under installationsprocessen." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:816 +#: using-d-i.xml:823 #, no-c-format msgid "The installer does not modify the system clock on the s390 platform." msgstr "" "Installationsprogrammet ändrar inte på systemklockan på s390-plattformen." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:829 +#: using-d-i.xml:836 #, fuzzy, no-c-format #| msgid "" #| "Depending on the location selected earlier in the installation process, " @@ -1366,7 +1375,7 @@ msgstr "" "tillfrågad någonting, systemet antar att det är rätt tidszon." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:837 +#: using-d-i.xml:844 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In expert mode or when installing at medium priority, you will have the " @@ -1375,7 +1384,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:843 +#: using-d-i.xml:850 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If for some reason you wish to set a time zone for the installed system that " @@ -1387,7 +1396,7 @@ msgstr "" "det två alternativ." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:854 +#: using-d-i.xml:861 #, fuzzy, no-c-format #| msgid "" #| "The simplest option is to just select a different timezone after the " @@ -1403,13 +1412,13 @@ msgstr "" "Kommandot för att göra detta är:" #. Tag: screen -#: using-d-i.xml:860 +#: using-d-i.xml:867 #, no-c-format msgid "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata" msgstr "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:866 +#: using-d-i.xml:873 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Alternatively, the time zone can be set at the very start of the " @@ -1425,7 +1434,7 @@ msgstr "" "eller <userinput>UTC</userinput>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:880 +#: using-d-i.xml:887 #, fuzzy, no-c-format #| msgid "" #| "For automated installations the time zone can also be set using " @@ -1438,13 +1447,13 @@ msgstr "" "förinställning." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:894 +#: using-d-i.xml:901 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning and Mount Point Selection" msgstr "Partitionering och val av monteringspunkter" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:895 +#: using-d-i.xml:902 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this time, after hardware detection has been executed a final time, &d-i; " @@ -1463,7 +1472,7 @@ msgstr "" "LVM eller RAID-enheter." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:916 +#: using-d-i.xml:923 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are uncomfortable with partitioning, or just want to know more " @@ -1473,7 +1482,7 @@ msgstr "" "detaljer, se <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:922 +#: using-d-i.xml:929 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If a hard disk has previously used under Solaris, the partitioner may not " @@ -1496,7 +1505,7 @@ msgstr "" "befintligt data på disken otillgängligt." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:935 +#: using-d-i.xml:942 #, no-c-format msgid "" "First you will be given the opportunity to automatically partition either an " @@ -1510,13 +1519,13 @@ msgstr "" "automatiskt, välj <guimenuitem>Manuell</guimenuitem> från menyn." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:945 +#: using-d-i.xml:952 #, no-c-format msgid "Guided Partitioning" msgstr "Guidad partitionering" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:946 +#: using-d-i.xml:953 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning, you may have three options: to create " @@ -1534,7 +1543,7 @@ msgstr "" "para> </footnote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:961 +#: using-d-i.xml:968 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The option to use (encrypted) LVM may not be available on all architectures." @@ -1543,7 +1552,7 @@ msgstr "" "arkitekturer." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:966 +#: using-d-i.xml:973 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When using LVM or encrypted LVM, the installer will create most partitions " @@ -1560,7 +1569,7 @@ msgstr "" "extra säkerhet för ditt (personliga) data." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:975 +#: using-d-i.xml:982 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When using encrypted LVM, the installer will also automatically erase the " @@ -1577,7 +1586,7 @@ msgstr "" "disk." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:984 +#: using-d-i.xml:991 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning using LVM or encrypted LVM, some changes " @@ -1595,7 +1604,7 @@ msgstr "" "dessa ändringar innan de skrivs till disken." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:994 +#: using-d-i.xml:1001 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning (either classic or using (encrypted) LVM) " @@ -1613,7 +1622,7 @@ msgstr "" "hjälpa dig att särskilja dem." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1003 +#: using-d-i.xml:1010 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any data on the disk you select will eventually be lost, but you will always " @@ -1629,7 +1638,7 @@ msgstr "" "inte möjligt." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1011 +#: using-d-i.xml:1018 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, you will be able to choose from the schemes listed in the table below. " @@ -1647,73 +1656,73 @@ msgstr "" "på vald plan), kommer den guidade partitioneringen att misslyckas." #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1027 +#: using-d-i.xml:1034 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning scheme" msgstr "Partitioneringsplan" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1028 +#: using-d-i.xml:1035 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum space" msgstr "Minsta utrymme" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1029 +#: using-d-i.xml:1036 #, no-c-format msgid "Created partitions" msgstr "Skapade partitioner" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1035 +#: using-d-i.xml:1042 #, no-c-format msgid "All files in one partition" msgstr "Alla filer på en partition" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1036 +#: using-d-i.xml:1043 #, no-c-format msgid "600MB" msgstr "600 MB" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1037 +#: using-d-i.xml:1044 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, växl" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1039 +#: using-d-i.xml:1046 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home partition" msgstr "Separat partition för /home" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1040 +#: using-d-i.xml:1047 #, no-c-format msgid "500MB" msgstr "500 MB" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1041 +#: using-d-i.xml:1048 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, växl" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1045 +#: using-d-i.xml:1052 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home, /usr, /var and /tmp partitions" msgstr "Separata partitioner för /home, /usr, /var och /tmp" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1046 +#: using-d-i.xml:1053 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>1GB</entry>" msgstr "<entry>1 GB</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1047 +#: using-d-i.xml:1054 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/usr</" @@ -1723,7 +1732,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, växl" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1056 +#: using-d-i.xml:1063 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning using (encrypted) LVM, the installer will " @@ -1737,7 +1746,7 @@ msgstr "" "att skapas inom LVM-partitionen." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1062 +#: using-d-i.xml:1069 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning for your IA-64 system, there will be an " @@ -1752,7 +1761,7 @@ msgstr "" "uppstartspartition." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1070 +#: using-d-i.xml:1077 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After selecting a scheme, the next screen will show your new partition " @@ -1764,7 +1773,7 @@ msgstr "" "var de kommer att monteras." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1076 +#: using-d-i.xml:1083 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The list of partitions might look like this: <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -1814,7 +1823,7 @@ msgstr "" "men det visar en möjlig variation som kan uppnås med manuell partitionering." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1089 +#: using-d-i.xml:1096 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This concludes the guided partitioning. If you are satisfied with the " @@ -1835,13 +1844,13 @@ msgstr "" "beskrivs nedan för manuell partitionering." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1103 +#: using-d-i.xml:1110 #, no-c-format msgid "Manual Partitioning" msgstr "Manuell partitionering" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1104 +#: using-d-i.xml:1111 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A similar screen to the one shown just above will be displayed if you choose " @@ -1857,7 +1866,7 @@ msgstr "" "kommer att täckas in av den återstående delen av det här avsnittet." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1112 +#: using-d-i.xml:1119 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select a pristine disk which has neither partitions nor free space on " @@ -1871,7 +1880,7 @@ msgstr "" "texten <quote>LEDIGT UTRYMME</quote> visas i tabellen under en valda disken." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1120 +#: using-d-i.xml:1127 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select some free space, you will have the opportunity to create a new " @@ -1913,7 +1922,7 @@ msgstr "" "<command>partman</command>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1142 +#: using-d-i.xml:1149 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you decide you want to change something about your partition, simply " @@ -1935,7 +1944,7 @@ msgstr "" "Den här menyn låter dig även ta bort en partition." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1153 +#: using-d-i.xml:1160 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Be sure to create at least two partitions: one for the <emphasis>root</" @@ -1951,7 +1960,7 @@ msgstr "" "förrän du har rättat till det." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1161 +#: using-d-i.xml:1168 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you forget to select and format an EFI boot partition, <command>partman</" @@ -1963,7 +1972,7 @@ msgstr "" "förrän du har allokerat en." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1167 +#: using-d-i.xml:1174 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Capabilities of <command>partman</command> can be extended with installer " @@ -1979,7 +1988,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename> eller <filename>partman-lvm</filename>)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1175 +#: using-d-i.xml:1182 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you are satisfied with partitioning, select <guimenuitem>Finish " @@ -1994,13 +2003,13 @@ msgstr "" "filsystem." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1203 +#: using-d-i.xml:1210 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Multidisk Devices (Software RAID)" msgstr "Konfiguration av multidiskenheter (Programvaru-RAID)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1204 +#: using-d-i.xml:1211 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have more than one harddrive<footnote><para> To be honest, you can " @@ -2020,7 +2029,7 @@ msgstr "" "<firstterm>programvaru-RAID</firstterm>)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1217 +#: using-d-i.xml:1224 #, no-c-format msgid "" "MD is basically a bunch of partitions located on different disks and " @@ -2035,7 +2044,7 @@ msgstr "" "etc.)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1225 +#: using-d-i.xml:1232 #, no-c-format msgid "" "What benefits this brings depends on the type of MD device you are creating. " @@ -2146,98 +2155,98 @@ msgstr "" "varlistentry> </variablelist> För att summera:" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1339 +#: using-d-i.xml:1346 #, no-c-format msgid "Type" msgstr "Typ" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1340 +#: using-d-i.xml:1347 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum Devices" msgstr "Minimum antal enheter" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1341 +#: using-d-i.xml:1348 #, no-c-format msgid "Spare Device" msgstr "Reservenhet" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1342 +#: using-d-i.xml:1349 #, no-c-format msgid "Survives disk failure?" msgstr "Överlever diskfel?" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1343 +#: using-d-i.xml:1350 #, no-c-format msgid "Available Space" msgstr "Tillgänglig plats" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1349 +#: using-d-i.xml:1356 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID0" msgstr "RAID0" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1350 using-d-i.xml:1358 using-d-i.xml:1388 +#: using-d-i.xml:1357 using-d-i.xml:1365 using-d-i.xml:1395 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>2</entry>" msgstr "<entry>2</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1351 using-d-i.xml:1352 +#: using-d-i.xml:1358 using-d-i.xml:1359 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>no</entry>" msgstr "<entry>nej</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1353 +#: using-d-i.xml:1360 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by number of devices in RAID" msgstr "" "Storlek för den minsta partitionen multiplicerat med antalet enheter i RAID" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1357 +#: using-d-i.xml:1364 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID1" msgstr "RAID1" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1359 using-d-i.xml:1367 using-d-i.xml:1378 using-d-i.xml:1389 +#: using-d-i.xml:1366 using-d-i.xml:1374 using-d-i.xml:1385 using-d-i.xml:1396 #, no-c-format msgid "optional" msgstr "valfri" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1360 using-d-i.xml:1368 using-d-i.xml:1379 using-d-i.xml:1390 +#: using-d-i.xml:1367 using-d-i.xml:1375 using-d-i.xml:1386 using-d-i.xml:1397 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>yes</entry>" msgstr "<entry>ja</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1361 +#: using-d-i.xml:1368 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition in RAID" msgstr "Storlek för den minsta partitionen i RAID" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1365 +#: using-d-i.xml:1372 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID5" msgstr "RAID5" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1366 +#: using-d-i.xml:1373 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>3</entry>" msgstr "<entry>3</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1369 +#: using-d-i.xml:1376 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID " @@ -2247,19 +2256,19 @@ msgstr "" "minus en)" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1376 +#: using-d-i.xml:1383 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID6" msgstr "RAID6" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1377 +#: using-d-i.xml:1384 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>4</entry>" msgstr "<entry>4</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1380 +#: using-d-i.xml:1387 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID " @@ -2269,13 +2278,13 @@ msgstr "" "minus två)" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1387 +#: using-d-i.xml:1394 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID10" msgstr "RAID10" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1391 +#: using-d-i.xml:1398 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Total of all partitions divided by the number of chunk copies (defaults to " @@ -2284,7 +2293,7 @@ msgstr "" "Totalen för alla partitioner delat med antalet delkopior (standard är två)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1398 +#: using-d-i.xml:1405 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you want to know more about Software RAID, have a look at <ulink url=" @@ -2294,7 +2303,7 @@ msgstr "" "software-raid-howto;\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1403 +#: using-d-i.xml:1410 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To create an MD device, you need to have the desired partitions it should " @@ -2310,7 +2319,7 @@ msgstr "" "<guimenuitem>fysisk volym för RAID</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1412 +#: using-d-i.xml:1419 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Make sure that the system can be booted with the partitioning scheme you are " @@ -2330,7 +2339,7 @@ msgstr "" "RAID1 för <filename>/boot</filename> kan det vara ett alternativ." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1424 +#: using-d-i.xml:1431 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Support for MD is a relatively new addition to the installer. You may " @@ -2348,7 +2357,7 @@ msgstr "" "installationssteg manuellt från ett skal." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1433 +#: using-d-i.xml:1440 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, you should choose <guimenuitem>Configure software RAID</guimenuitem> " @@ -2370,7 +2379,7 @@ msgstr "" "beror på den MD-typ du har valt." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1446 +#: using-d-i.xml:1453 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID0 is simple — you will be issued with the list of available RAID " @@ -2382,7 +2391,7 @@ msgstr "" "enheten." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1453 +#: using-d-i.xml:1460 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID1 is a bit more tricky. First, you will be asked to enter the number of " @@ -2402,7 +2411,7 @@ msgstr "" "fortsätta förräns du har rättat till det." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1465 +#: using-d-i.xml:1472 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID5 has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 with the exception that you " @@ -2412,7 +2421,7 @@ msgstr "" "behöver använda åtminstone <emphasis>tre</emphasis> aktiva partitioner." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1471 +#: using-d-i.xml:1478 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID6 also has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 except that at least " @@ -2422,7 +2431,7 @@ msgstr "" "behöver använda åtminstone <emphasis>fyra</emphasis> aktiva partitioner." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1477 +#: using-d-i.xml:1484 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID10 again has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 except in expert mode. " @@ -2442,7 +2451,7 @@ msgstr "" "enheter så att var och en av kopiorna kan distribueras till olika diskar." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1491 +#: using-d-i.xml:1498 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is perfectly possible to have several types of MD at once. For example, " @@ -2461,7 +2470,7 @@ msgstr "" "home</filename>)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1500 +#: using-d-i.xml:1507 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you set up MD devices to your liking, you can <guimenuitem>Finish</" @@ -2475,13 +2484,13 @@ msgstr "" "enheter och ge dem de vanliga attributen såsom monteringspunkter." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1515 +#: using-d-i.xml:1522 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Logical Volume Manager (LVM)" msgstr "Konfigurering av den logiska volymhanteraren (LVM)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1516 +#: using-d-i.xml:1523 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or " @@ -2497,7 +2506,7 @@ msgstr "" "den här situationen genom att flytta runt saker, symboliska länkar, etc." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1524 +#: using-d-i.xml:1531 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). " @@ -2517,7 +2526,7 @@ msgstr "" "volymgrupperna) kan spänna över ett flertal fysiska diskar." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1534 +#: using-d-i.xml:1541 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</" @@ -2538,7 +2547,7 @@ msgstr "" "<ulink url=\"&url-lvm-howto;\">LVM HOWTO</ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1545 +#: using-d-i.xml:1552 #, no-c-format msgid "" "LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple and completely supported inside " @@ -2555,7 +2564,7 @@ msgstr "" "guimenuitem> </menuchoice>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1554 +#: using-d-i.xml:1561 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, you will see " @@ -2576,7 +2585,7 @@ msgstr "" "är:" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1565 +#: using-d-i.xml:1572 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<guimenuitem>Display configuration details</guimenuitem>: shows LVM device " @@ -2586,43 +2595,43 @@ msgstr "" "enhetsstrukturen, namn och storlekar på logiska volymer och annat" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1570 +#: using-d-i.xml:1577 #, no-c-format msgid "Create volume group" msgstr "Skapa volymgrupp" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1573 +#: using-d-i.xml:1580 #, no-c-format msgid "Create logical volume" msgstr "Skapa logisk volym" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1576 +#: using-d-i.xml:1583 #, no-c-format msgid "Delete volume group" msgstr "Ta bort volymgrupp" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1579 +#: using-d-i.xml:1586 #, no-c-format msgid "Delete logical volume" msgstr "Ta bort logisk volym" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1582 +#: using-d-i.xml:1589 #, no-c-format msgid "Extend volume group" msgstr "Utöka volymgrupp" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1585 +#: using-d-i.xml:1592 #, no-c-format msgid "Reduce volume group" msgstr "Minska volymgrupp" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1587 +#: using-d-i.xml:1594 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem>: return to the main <command>partman</" @@ -2632,7 +2641,7 @@ msgstr "" "<command>partman</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1593 +#: using-d-i.xml:1600 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Use the options in that menu to first create a volume group and then create " @@ -2642,7 +2651,7 @@ msgstr "" "skapa dina logiska volymer i den." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1598 +#: using-d-i.xml:1605 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, any created " @@ -2654,13 +2663,13 @@ msgstr "" "bör även behandla dem som det)." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1612 +#: using-d-i.xml:1619 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Encrypted Volumes" msgstr "Konfigurera krypterade volymer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1613 +#: using-d-i.xml:1620 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; allows you to set up encrypted partitions. Every file you write to " @@ -2683,7 +2692,7 @@ msgstr "" "slumpmässiga tecken." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1625 +#: using-d-i.xml:1632 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The two most important partitions to encrypt are: the home partition, where " @@ -2711,7 +2720,7 @@ msgstr "" "krypterad partition." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1640 +#: using-d-i.xml:1647 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Please note that the performance of encrypted partitions will be less than " @@ -2725,7 +2734,7 @@ msgstr "" "processorhastighet, vald kryptering och nyckellängd." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1647 +#: using-d-i.xml:1654 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To use encryption, you have to create a new partition by selecting some free " @@ -2746,7 +2755,7 @@ msgstr "" "partitionen." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1658 +#: using-d-i.xml:1665 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; supports several encryption methods. The default method is " @@ -2763,7 +2772,7 @@ msgstr "" "annorlunda. " #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1670 +#: using-d-i.xml:1677 #, no-c-format msgid "" "First, let's have a look at the options available when you select " @@ -2777,13 +2786,13 @@ msgstr "" "ut med tanke på säkerhet." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1680 +#: using-d-i.xml:1687 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>aes</userinput>" msgstr "Kryptering: <userinput>aes</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1682 +#: using-d-i.xml:1689 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option lets you select the encryption algorithm (<firstterm>cipher</" @@ -2808,13 +2817,13 @@ msgstr "" "standardkrypteringsalgoritm för skydd av känslig information för 2000-talet." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1700 +#: using-d-i.xml:1707 #, no-c-format msgid "Key size: <userinput>256</userinput>" msgstr "Nyckellängd: <userinput>256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1702 +#: using-d-i.xml:1709 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Here you can specify the length of the encryption key. With a larger key " @@ -2828,13 +2837,13 @@ msgstr "" "olika beroende på valt chiffer." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1714 +#: using-d-i.xml:1721 #, no-c-format msgid "IV algorithm: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>" msgstr "IV-algoritm: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1716 +#: using-d-i.xml:1723 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <firstterm>Initialization Vector</firstterm> or <firstterm>IV</" @@ -2852,7 +2861,7 @@ msgstr "" "krypterat data." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1726 +#: using-d-i.xml:1733 #, no-c-format msgid "" "From the provided alternatives, the default <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</" @@ -2866,25 +2875,25 @@ msgstr "" "system som inte kan använda nyare algoritmer." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1738 +#: using-d-i.xml:1745 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Passphrase</userinput>" msgstr "Krypteringsnyckel: <userinput>Lösenfras</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1740 +#: using-d-i.xml:1747 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can choose the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "Här kan du välja typ av krypteringsnyckel för denna partition." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1746 +#: using-d-i.xml:1753 #, no-c-format msgid "Passphrase" msgstr "Lösenfras" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1747 +#: using-d-i.xml:1754 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The encryption key will be computed<footnote> <para> Using a passphrase as " @@ -2898,13 +2907,13 @@ msgstr "" "basis och som du kan ange senare i processen." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1762 using-d-i.xml:1855 +#: using-d-i.xml:1769 using-d-i.xml:1862 #, no-c-format msgid "Random key" msgstr "Slumpmässig nyckel" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1763 +#: using-d-i.xml:1770 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A new encryption key will be generated from random data each time you try to " @@ -2923,7 +2932,7 @@ msgstr "" "livstid.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1772 +#: using-d-i.xml:1779 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Random keys are useful for swap partitions because you do not need to bother " @@ -2943,13 +2952,13 @@ msgstr "" "återhämta suspenderat data som skrivits på växlingspartitionen." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1791 using-d-i.xml:1868 +#: using-d-i.xml:1798 using-d-i.xml:1875 #, no-c-format msgid "Erase data: <userinput>yes</userinput>" msgstr "Radera data: <userinput>ja</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1793 +#: using-d-i.xml:1800 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Determines whether the content of this partition should be overwritten with " @@ -2971,7 +2980,7 @@ msgstr "" "flertal överskrivningar. </para></footnote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1813 +#: using-d-i.xml:1820 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Encryption method:</guimenu> " @@ -2983,13 +2992,13 @@ msgstr "" "att ändras för att tillhandahålla följande alternativ:" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1822 +#: using-d-i.xml:1829 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>AES256</userinput>" msgstr "Kryptering: <userinput>AES256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1824 +#: using-d-i.xml:1831 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For loop-AES, unlike dm-crypt, the options for cipher and key size are " @@ -3002,25 +3011,25 @@ msgstr "" "nyckellängder." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1834 +#: using-d-i.xml:1841 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Keyfile (GnuPG)</userinput>" msgstr "Krypteringsnyckel: <userinput>Nyckelfil (GnuPG)</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1836 +#: using-d-i.xml:1843 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can select the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "Här kan du välja typ av krypteringsnyckel för denna partition." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1842 +#: using-d-i.xml:1849 #, no-c-format msgid "Keyfile (GnuPG)" msgstr "Nyckelfil (GnuPG)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1843 +#: using-d-i.xml:1850 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The encryption key will be generated from random data during the " @@ -3035,19 +3044,19 @@ msgstr "" "processen)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1856 +#: using-d-i.xml:1863 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the section on random keys above." msgstr "Se ovanstående avsnitt angående slumpmässiga nycklar." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1870 +#: using-d-i.xml:1877 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the the section on erasing data above." msgstr "Se ovanstående avsnitt angående radering av data." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1879 +#: using-d-i.xml:1886 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have selected the desired parameters for your encrypted " @@ -3066,7 +3075,7 @@ msgstr "" "ta lite tid." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1889 +#: using-d-i.xml:1896 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next you will be asked to enter a passphrase for partitions configured to " @@ -3083,7 +3092,7 @@ msgstr "" "namn på husdjur, namn på familjemedlemmar eller närstående, etc.)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1898 +#: using-d-i.xml:1905 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before you input any passphrases, you should have made sure that your " @@ -3107,7 +3116,7 @@ msgstr "" "lösenfrasen för rotfilsystemet anges." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1911 +#: using-d-i.xml:1918 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you selected to use methods other than a passphrase to create encryption " @@ -3130,7 +3139,7 @@ msgstr "" "kommer att upprepas för varje partition som ska krypteras." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1927 +#: using-d-i.xml:1934 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After returning to the main partitioning menu, you will see all encrypted " @@ -3164,7 +3173,7 @@ msgstr "" "inte passar för dig." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1940 +#: using-d-i.xml:1947 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Pay attention to the identifiers in parentheses (<replaceable>sda2_crypt</" @@ -3183,7 +3192,7 @@ msgstr "" "encrypted-volumes\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1950 +#: using-d-i.xml:1957 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you are satisfied with the partitioning scheme, continue with the " @@ -3191,13 +3200,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "När du är nöjd med partitioneringsplanen, fortsätt med installationen." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1961 +#: using-d-i.xml:1968 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing the Base System" msgstr "Installation av grundsystemet" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1962 +#: using-d-i.xml:1969 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant " @@ -3211,7 +3220,7 @@ msgstr "" "här ta en stund." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1975 +#: using-d-i.xml:1982 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During installation of the base system, package unpacking and setup messages " @@ -3228,7 +3237,7 @@ msgstr "" "keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1984 +#: using-d-i.xml:1991 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The unpack/setup messages generated during this phase are also saved in " @@ -3240,7 +3249,7 @@ msgstr "" "dem där om installationen genomförs över en seriekonsoll." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1990 +#: using-d-i.xml:1997 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As part of the installation, a Linux kernel will be installed. At the " @@ -3254,13 +3263,13 @@ msgstr "" "från en lista av tillgängliga kärnor." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2002 +#: using-d-i.xml:2009 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting Up Users And Passwords" msgstr "Skapa användare och lösenord" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2003 +#: using-d-i.xml:2010 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the base system has been installed, the installer will allow you to " @@ -3273,13 +3282,13 @@ msgstr "" "har färdigställts." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2017 +#: using-d-i.xml:2024 #, no-c-format msgid "Set the Root Password" msgstr "Ställa in ett lösenord för root" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2021 +#: using-d-i.xml:2028 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <emphasis>root</emphasis> account is also called the <emphasis>super-" @@ -3293,7 +3302,7 @@ msgstr "" "under en så kort tid som möjligt." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2029 +#: using-d-i.xml:2036 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any password you create should contain at least 6 characters, and should " @@ -3309,7 +3318,7 @@ msgstr "" "information som lätt kan gissas." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2037 +#: using-d-i.xml:2044 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If anyone ever tells you they need your root password, be extremely wary. " @@ -3321,13 +3330,13 @@ msgstr "" "administrerar en maskin med fler än en systemadministratör." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2047 +#: using-d-i.xml:2054 #, no-c-format msgid "Create an Ordinary User" msgstr "Skapa en vanlig användare" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2049 +#: using-d-i.xml:2056 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The system will ask you whether you wish to create an ordinary user account " @@ -3341,7 +3350,7 @@ msgstr "" "dagligt bruk eller som ditt personliga konto." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2058 +#: using-d-i.xml:2065 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Why not? Well, one reason to avoid using root's privileges is that it is " @@ -3362,7 +3371,7 @@ msgstr "" "en sådan bok." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2068 +#: using-d-i.xml:2075 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will first be prompted for the user's full name. Then you'll be asked " @@ -3377,7 +3386,7 @@ msgstr "" "kontot." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2075 +#: using-d-i.xml:2082 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If at any point after installation you would like to create another account, " @@ -3387,13 +3396,13 @@ msgstr "" "installationen, använd kommandot <command>adduser</command>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2086 +#: using-d-i.xml:2093 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing Additional Software" msgstr "Installera ytterligare programvara" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2087 +#: using-d-i.xml:2094 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point you have a usable but limited system. Most users will want to " @@ -3408,13 +3417,13 @@ msgstr "" "du har en långsam dator eller nätverk." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2102 +#: using-d-i.xml:2109 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring apt" msgstr "Konfigurera apt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2104 +#: using-d-i.xml:2111 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One of the tools used to install packages on a &debian; system is a program " @@ -3450,7 +3459,7 @@ msgstr "" "verktyget för pakethantering." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2128 +#: using-d-i.xml:2135 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows from where to " @@ -3464,7 +3473,7 @@ msgstr "" "den för att passa dina behov efter att installationen är färdig." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2135 +#: using-d-i.xml:2142 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing at default priority, the installer will largely take " @@ -3483,7 +3492,7 @@ msgstr "" "quote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2144 +#: using-d-i.xml:2151 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing at a lower priority (e.g. in expert mode), you will be " @@ -3499,13 +3508,13 @@ msgstr "" "free</quote> i arkivet." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2155 +#: using-d-i.xml:2162 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing from more than one CD or DVD" msgstr "Installera från fler än en cd eller dvd-skiva" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2157 +#: using-d-i.xml:2164 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing from a CD or a DVD that is part of a larger set, the " @@ -3520,7 +3529,7 @@ msgstr "" "installationsprogrammet kan använda paketen som finns på dem." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2164 +#: using-d-i.xml:2171 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do not have any additional CDs or DVDs, that is no problem: using " @@ -3535,7 +3544,7 @@ msgstr "" "i installationen." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2172 +#: using-d-i.xml:2179 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Packages are included on CDs (and DVDs) in the order of their popularity. " @@ -3549,7 +3558,7 @@ msgstr "" "att använda paketen som inkluderats på de sista skivorna i en uppsättning." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2179 +#: using-d-i.xml:2186 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It also means that buying or downloading and burning a full CD set is just a " @@ -3566,7 +3575,7 @@ msgstr "" "de första två skivorna täcker behovet för de flesta." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2188 +#: using-d-i.xml:2195 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A good rule of thumb is that for a regular desktop installation (using the " @@ -3580,7 +3589,7 @@ msgstr "" "skivor. Den första dvd-skivan täcker enkelt in alla tre skrivbordsmiljöer." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2196 +#: using-d-i.xml:2203 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do scan multiple CDs or DVDs, the installer will prompt you to " @@ -3598,13 +3607,13 @@ msgstr "" "minska chanserna för misstag." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2209 +#: using-d-i.xml:2216 #, no-c-format msgid "Using a network mirror" msgstr "Använda en nätverksspegel" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2211 +#: using-d-i.xml:2218 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One question that will be asked during most installs is whether or not to " @@ -3616,7 +3625,7 @@ msgstr "" "standardsvaret ett bra svar men det finns några undantag." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2217 +#: using-d-i.xml:2224 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are <emphasis>not</emphasis> installing from a full CD or DVD or " @@ -3634,7 +3643,7 @@ msgstr "" "nästa steg av installationen." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2226 +#: using-d-i.xml:2233 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing from a single full CD or using a full CD image, using " @@ -3655,7 +3664,7 @@ msgstr "" "att du har startat upp det nya systemet)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2237 +#: using-d-i.xml:2244 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing from a DVD or using a DVD image, any packages needed " @@ -3669,7 +3678,7 @@ msgstr "" "föregående avsnitt. Användning av en nätverksspegel är valfritt." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2244 +#: using-d-i.xml:2251 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One advantage of adding a network mirror is that updates that have occurred " @@ -3685,7 +3694,7 @@ msgstr "" "säkerheten eller stabiliteten för det installerade systemet." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2251 +#: using-d-i.xml:2258 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In summary: selecting a network mirror is generally a good idea, except if " @@ -3701,19 +3710,19 @@ msgstr "" "spegel beror på" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2260 +#: using-d-i.xml:2267 #, no-c-format msgid "the tasks you select in the next step of the installation," msgstr "funktionera som du väljer i nästa steg av installationen," #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2265 +#: using-d-i.xml:2272 #, no-c-format msgid "which packages are needed for those tasks," msgstr "vilka paket som behövs för dessa funktioner," #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2270 +#: using-d-i.xml:2277 #, no-c-format msgid "" "which of those packages are present on the CDs or DVDs you have scanned, and" @@ -3722,7 +3731,7 @@ msgstr "" "igenom, samt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2275 +#: using-d-i.xml:2282 #, no-c-format msgid "" "whether any updated versions of packages included on the CDs or DVDs are " @@ -3734,7 +3743,7 @@ msgstr "" "paketspegel eller en spegelserver för säkerhet eller flyktiga uppdateringar)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2284 +#: using-d-i.xml:2291 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that the last point means that, even if you choose not to use a network " @@ -3748,13 +3757,13 @@ msgstr "" "dessa tjänster har konfigurerats." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2300 +#: using-d-i.xml:2307 #, no-c-format msgid "Selecting and Installing Software" msgstr "Val och installation av programvara" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2302 +#: using-d-i.xml:2309 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select " @@ -3772,7 +3781,7 @@ msgstr "" "din dator att genomföra olika funktioner." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2311 +#: using-d-i.xml:2318 #, no-c-format msgid "" "So, you have the ability to choose <emphasis>tasks</emphasis> first, and " @@ -3806,7 +3815,7 @@ msgstr "" "list\"/> listar utrymmet som krävs för de tillgängliga funktionerna." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2338 +#: using-d-i.xml:2345 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the computer " @@ -3818,7 +3827,7 @@ msgstr "" "kan även välja att inte installera några funktioner alls." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2345 +#: using-d-i.xml:2352 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar " @@ -3828,7 +3837,7 @@ msgstr "" "blankslag för att växla markering av en funktion." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2351 +#: using-d-i.xml:2358 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Unless you are using the special KDE or Xfce/LXDE CDs, the <quote>Desktop " @@ -3839,7 +3848,7 @@ msgstr "" "GNOME." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2356 +#: using-d-i.xml:2363 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is not possible to interactively select a different desktop during the " @@ -3861,7 +3870,7 @@ msgstr "" "<literal>desktop=xfce</literal> eller <literal>desktop=lxde</literal>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2367 +#: using-d-i.xml:2374 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some CD images (businesscard, netinst and DVD) also allow selection of the " @@ -3875,7 +3884,7 @@ msgstr "" "<quote>Alternativa skrivbordsmiljöer</quote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2374 +#: using-d-i.xml:2381 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that this will only work if the packages needed for the desired desktop " @@ -3894,7 +3903,7 @@ msgstr "" "annan installationsmetod." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2384 +#: using-d-i.xml:2391 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The various server tasks will install software roughly as follows. DNS " @@ -3914,7 +3923,7 @@ msgstr "" "classname>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2395 +#: using-d-i.xml:2402 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <quote>Standard system</quote> task will install any package that has a " @@ -3930,7 +3939,7 @@ msgstr "" "gör och vill ha ett mycket minimalt system." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2403 +#: using-d-i.xml:2410 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If during language selection a default locale other than the <quote>C</" @@ -3950,7 +3959,7 @@ msgstr "" "att installera lämpliga lokalanpassningspaket för det (om det finns några)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2413 +#: using-d-i.xml:2420 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you've selected your tasks, select &BTN-CONT;. At this point, " @@ -3964,7 +3973,7 @@ msgstr "" "information från användare så kommer den att fråga dig under denna process." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2420 +#: using-d-i.xml:2427 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You should be aware that especially the Desktop task is very large. " @@ -3982,7 +3991,7 @@ msgstr "" "avbryta installationen av paket när den väl har startats." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2429 +#: using-d-i.xml:2436 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Even when packages are included on the CD-ROM, the installer may still " @@ -4000,13 +4009,13 @@ msgstr "" "här att hända om du använder en äldre avbildning." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2444 +#: using-d-i.xml:2451 #, no-c-format msgid "Making Your System Bootable" msgstr "Gör ditt system klart för uppstart" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2446 +#: using-d-i.xml:2453 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the " @@ -4021,13 +4030,13 @@ msgstr "" "sun\"/>.</phrase>" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2461 +#: using-d-i.xml:2468 #, no-c-format msgid "Detecting other operating systems" msgstr "Sökning efter andra operativsystem" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2463 +#: using-d-i.xml:2470 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for " @@ -4044,7 +4053,7 @@ msgstr "" "tillägg till Debian." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2471 +#: using-d-i.xml:2478 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " @@ -4061,13 +4070,13 @@ msgstr "" "information." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2489 +#: using-d-i.xml:2496 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>palo</command>-installerare" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2490 +#: using-d-i.xml:2497 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is " @@ -4083,19 +4092,19 @@ msgstr "" "<command>PALO</command> faktiskt kan läsa Linux-partitioner." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2499 +#: using-d-i.xml:2506 #, no-c-format msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )" msgstr "hppa FIXME ( behöver mer info )" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2511 +#: using-d-i.xml:2518 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Installera starthanteraren <command>Grub</command> på en hårddisk" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2513 +#: using-d-i.xml:2520 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a " @@ -4107,7 +4116,7 @@ msgstr "" "standardval både för nybörjare och erfarna användare." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2519 +#: using-d-i.xml:2526 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where " @@ -4120,7 +4129,7 @@ msgstr "" "information." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2525 +#: using-d-i.xml:2532 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do not want to install grub, use the &BTN-GOBACK; button to get to " @@ -4132,13 +4141,13 @@ msgstr "" "använda." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2538 +#: using-d-i.xml:2545 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Installera starthanteraren <command>LILO</command> på en hårddisk" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2540 +#: using-d-i.xml:2547 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is " @@ -4155,7 +4164,7 @@ msgstr "" "HOWTO</ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2550 +#: using-d-i.xml:2557 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other " @@ -4169,7 +4178,7 @@ msgstr "" "GNU/Linux och GNU/Hurd efter installationen." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2558 +#: using-d-i.xml:2565 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; offers you three choices on where to install the <command>LILO</" @@ -4179,13 +4188,13 @@ msgstr "" "command> ska installeras:" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2565 +#: using-d-i.xml:2572 #, no-c-format msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)" msgstr "Huvudstartsektor (MBR)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2565 +#: using-d-i.xml:2572 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot " @@ -4195,13 +4204,13 @@ msgstr "" "uppstartsprocessen." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2572 +#: using-d-i.xml:2579 #, no-c-format msgid "new Debian partition" msgstr "Ny Debianpartition" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2572 +#: using-d-i.xml:2579 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> " @@ -4213,13 +4222,13 @@ msgstr "" "partitionen och kommer att fungera som en sekundär starthanterare." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2581 +#: using-d-i.xml:2588 #, no-c-format msgid "Other choice" msgstr "Annat val" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2581 +#: using-d-i.xml:2588 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> " @@ -4233,7 +4242,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename> eller <filename>/dev/sda</filename>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2591 +#: using-d-i.xml:2598 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll " @@ -4249,13 +4258,13 @@ msgstr "" "använda något annat sätt att komma tillbaka in i Debian!" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2607 +#: using-d-i.xml:2614 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Installera starthanteraren <command>ELILO</command> på en hårddisk" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2609 +#: using-d-i.xml:2616 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled " @@ -4284,7 +4293,7 @@ msgstr "" "uppstarten av Linux-kärnan." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2625 +#: using-d-i.xml:2632 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last " @@ -4302,13 +4311,13 @@ msgstr "" "<emphasis>rot</emphasis>filsystem." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2637 +#: using-d-i.xml:2644 #, no-c-format msgid "Choose the correct partition!" msgstr "Välj den korrekta partitionen!" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2639 +#: using-d-i.xml:2646 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The criteria for selecting a partition is that it is FAT format filesystem " @@ -4326,13 +4335,13 @@ msgstr "" "partitionen under installationen, vilket raderar allt tidigare innehåll!" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2654 +#: using-d-i.xml:2661 #, no-c-format msgid "EFI Partition Contents" msgstr "EFI-partitionens innehåll" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2656 +#: using-d-i.xml:2663 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard " @@ -4362,13 +4371,13 @@ msgstr "" "uppdateras eller konfigureras om." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2678 +#: using-d-i.xml:2685 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.conf" msgstr "elilo.conf" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2679 +#: using-d-i.xml:2686 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is " @@ -4380,13 +4389,13 @@ msgstr "" "omskrivna för att referera till filer på EFI-partitionen." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2688 +#: using-d-i.xml:2695 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.efi" msgstr "elilo.efi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2689 +#: using-d-i.xml:2696 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> " @@ -4400,13 +4409,13 @@ msgstr "" "Boot Manager</quote>." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2699 +#: using-d-i.xml:2706 #, no-c-format msgid "initrd.img" msgstr "initrd.img" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2700 +#: using-d-i.xml:2707 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of " @@ -4421,13 +4430,13 @@ msgstr "" "initrd.img</filename>." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2712 +#: using-d-i.xml:2719 #, no-c-format msgid "readme.txt" msgstr "readme.txt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2713 +#: using-d-i.xml:2720 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are " @@ -4439,13 +4448,13 @@ msgstr "" "att förloras nästa gång som <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename> kör." #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2723 +#: using-d-i.xml:2730 #, no-c-format msgid "vmlinuz" msgstr "vmlinuz" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2724 +#: using-d-i.xml:2731 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in " @@ -4459,13 +4468,13 @@ msgstr "" "symboliska länken <filename>/vmlinuz</filename>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2744 +#: using-d-i.xml:2751 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>arcboot</command>-installerare" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2745 +#: using-d-i.xml:2752 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on SGI machines is <command>arcboot</command>. It has to be " @@ -4509,13 +4518,13 @@ msgstr "" "<command>boot</command>." #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2764 +#: using-d-i.xml:2771 #, no-c-format msgid "scsi" msgstr "scsi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2765 +#: using-d-i.xml:2772 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI bus to be booted from, this is <userinput>0</userinput> for the " @@ -4525,13 +4534,13 @@ msgstr "" "inbyggda styrkort" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2773 +#: using-d-i.xml:2780 #, no-c-format msgid "disk" msgstr "disk" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2774 +#: using-d-i.xml:2781 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>arcboot</command> is " @@ -4540,13 +4549,13 @@ msgstr "" "är SCSI ID på hårddisken på vilken <command>arcboot</command> är installerad" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2782 +#: using-d-i.xml:2789 #, no-c-format msgid "partnr" msgstr "partnr" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2783 +#: using-d-i.xml:2790 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -4556,13 +4565,13 @@ msgstr "" "finns" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2791 +#: using-d-i.xml:2798 #, no-c-format msgid "config" msgstr "konfig" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2792 +#: using-d-i.xml:2799 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -4572,13 +4581,13 @@ msgstr "" "vilket är <quote>linux</quote> som standard." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2813 +#: using-d-i.xml:2820 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Installera <command>Yaboot</command> på en hårddisk" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2814 +#: using-d-i.xml:2821 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their " @@ -4599,13 +4608,13 @@ msgstr "" "&debian;." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2832 +#: using-d-i.xml:2839 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Installera <command>Quik</command> på en hårddisk" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2833 +#: using-d-i.xml:2840 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</" @@ -4620,13 +4629,13 @@ msgstr "" "vissa Power Computing-kloner." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2849 +#: using-d-i.xml:2856 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>zipl</command>-installerare" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2850 +#: using-d-i.xml:2857 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</" @@ -4642,13 +4651,13 @@ msgstr "" "om du vill veta mer om <command>ZIPL</command>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2867 +#: using-d-i.xml:2874 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Installera starthanteraren <command>SILO</command> på en hårddisk" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2869 +#: using-d-i.xml:2876 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is " @@ -4679,13 +4688,13 @@ msgstr "" "GNU/Linux vid sidan av en befintlig installation av SunOS/Solaris." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2894 +#: using-d-i.xml:2901 #, no-c-format msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader" msgstr "Fortsätt utan starthanterare" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2896 +#: using-d-i.xml:2903 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot " @@ -4698,7 +4707,7 @@ msgstr "" "önskas (exempelvis, du vill använda den befintliga starthanteraren)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2903 +#: using-d-i.xml:2910 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name " @@ -4720,13 +4729,13 @@ msgstr "" "partition, även ditt <filename>/boot</filename>-filsystem." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2920 +#: using-d-i.xml:2927 #, no-c-format msgid "Finishing the Installation" msgstr "Färdigställ installationen" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2921 +#: using-d-i.xml:2928 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the last step in the Debian installation process during which the " @@ -4738,13 +4747,13 @@ msgstr "" "mestadels av att knyta ihop allt efter &d-i;." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2934 +#: using-d-i.xml:2941 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting the System Clock" msgstr "Ställa in systemklockan" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2936 +#: using-d-i.xml:2943 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The installer may ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally " @@ -4758,7 +4767,7 @@ msgstr "" "baserat på vilka andra operativsystem som är installerade." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2943 +#: using-d-i.xml:2950 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is " @@ -4776,7 +4785,7 @@ msgstr "" "dubbel uppstart, välj lokal tid istället för UTC.</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2954 +#: using-d-i.xml:2961 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point &d-i; will also attempt to save the current time to the " @@ -4788,13 +4797,13 @@ msgstr "" "tid, beroende på det val som tidigare gjordes." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2969 +#: using-d-i.xml:2976 #, no-c-format msgid "Reboot the System" msgstr "Starta om systemet" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2971 +#: using-d-i.xml:2978 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will be prompted to remove the boot media (CD, floppy, etc) that you " @@ -4806,7 +4815,7 @@ msgstr "" "det kommer systemet att startas om till ditt nya Debian-system." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2977 +#: using-d-i.xml:2984 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After a final prompt the system will be halted because rebooting is not " @@ -4820,13 +4829,13 @@ msgstr "" "stegen av installationen." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2990 +#: using-d-i.xml:2997 #, no-c-format msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "Blandat" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2991 +#: using-d-i.xml:2998 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the " @@ -4838,13 +4847,13 @@ msgstr "" "om något går fel." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3004 +#: using-d-i.xml:3011 #, no-c-format msgid "Saving the installation logs" msgstr "Spara installationsloggar" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3006 +#: using-d-i.xml:3013 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the " @@ -4856,7 +4865,7 @@ msgstr "" "installer/</filename> på ditt nya Debian-system." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3013 +#: using-d-i.xml:3020 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu " @@ -4872,13 +4881,13 @@ msgstr "" "dem i en installationsrapport." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3033 +#: using-d-i.xml:3040 #, no-c-format msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs" msgstr "Användning av skalet och visning av loggar" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3035 +#: using-d-i.xml:3042 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There are several methods you can use to get a shell while running an " @@ -4906,7 +4915,7 @@ msgstr "" "installationsprogrammet." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3053 +#: using-d-i.xml:3060 #, no-c-format msgid "For the graphical installer see also <xref linkend=\"gtk-using\"/>." msgstr "" @@ -4914,7 +4923,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3057 +#: using-d-i.xml:3064 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you cannot switch consoles, there is also an <guimenuitem>Execute a " @@ -4931,7 +4940,7 @@ msgstr "" "installationsprogrammet." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3065 +#: using-d-i.xml:3072 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set " @@ -4949,7 +4958,7 @@ msgstr "" "funktioner som till exempel automatisk komplettering och historik." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3074 +#: using-d-i.xml:3081 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To edit and view files, use the text editor <command>nano</command>. Log " @@ -4961,7 +4970,7 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>/var/log</filename>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3081 +#: using-d-i.xml:3088 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although you can do basically anything in a shell that the available " @@ -4973,7 +4982,7 @@ msgstr "" "egentliga endast där om någonting skulle gå fel och att du behöver felsöka." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3087 +#: using-d-i.xml:3094 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Doing things manually from the shell may interfere with the installation " @@ -4987,13 +4996,13 @@ msgstr "" "det själv från ett skal. " #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3102 +#: using-d-i.xml:3109 #, no-c-format msgid "Installation Over the Network" msgstr "Installation över nätverket" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3104 +#: using-d-i.xml:3111 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</" @@ -5011,7 +5020,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"automatic-install\"/>.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3114 +#: using-d-i.xml:3121 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so " @@ -5033,7 +5042,7 @@ msgstr "" "installationen genom fjärråtkomst med SSH</guimenuitem>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3127 +#: using-d-i.xml:3134 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting " @@ -5043,7 +5052,7 @@ msgstr "" "konfiguration av nätverket." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3132 +#: using-d-i.xml:3139 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> " @@ -5066,7 +5075,7 @@ msgstr "" "fortsätta fjärrinstallationen</quote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3144 +#: using-d-i.xml:3151 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always " @@ -5078,7 +5087,7 @@ msgstr "" "en annan komponent." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3150 +#: using-d-i.xml:3157 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need " @@ -5110,7 +5119,7 @@ msgstr "" "och du behöver bekräfta att det är korrekt." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3167 +#: using-d-i.xml:3174 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <command>ssh</command> server in the installer uses a default " @@ -5136,7 +5145,7 @@ msgstr "" "anslutningen." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3180 +#: using-d-i.xml:3187 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You may be able to avoid the connection being dropped by adding the option " @@ -5158,7 +5167,7 @@ msgstr "" "själv skulle ha återhämtat sig), så den ska endast användas när den behövs." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3193 +#: using-d-i.xml:3200 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP " @@ -5182,7 +5191,7 @@ msgstr "" "</command>. </para> </footnote> och försöka igen." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3209 +#: using-d-i.xml:3216 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have " @@ -5202,7 +5211,7 @@ msgstr "" "SSH-session för installationsmenyn, men kan starta flera sessioner för skal." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3219 +#: using-d-i.xml:3226 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go " @@ -5218,13 +5227,13 @@ msgstr "" "eller problem med det installerade systemet." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3239 +#: using-d-i.xml:3246 #, no-c-format msgid "Loading Missing Firmware" msgstr "Läsa in saknad fast programvara" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3240 +#: using-d-i.xml:3247 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As described in <xref linkend=\"hardware-firmware\"/>, some devices require " @@ -5240,7 +5249,7 @@ msgstr "" "funktioner." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3248 +#: using-d-i.xml:3255 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If a device driver requests firmware that is not available, &d-i; will " @@ -5259,7 +5268,7 @@ msgstr "" "firmware</filename>) och drivrutinsmodulen kommer att läsas om." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3258 +#: using-d-i.xml:3265 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Which devices are scanned and which file systems are supported depends on " @@ -5277,7 +5286,7 @@ msgstr "" "från ett MMC- eller SD-kort.</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3268 +#: using-d-i.xml:3275 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that it is possible to skip loading the firmware if you know the device " @@ -5289,7 +5298,7 @@ msgstr "" "behövs under installationen." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3275 +#: using-d-i.xml:3282 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Support for loading firmware is still relatively basic and is likely to be " @@ -5307,13 +5316,13 @@ msgstr "" "linkend=\"submit-bug\"/>)." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3286 +#: using-d-i.xml:3293 #, no-c-format msgid "Preparing a medium" msgstr "Förbereda ett media" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3287 +#: using-d-i.xml:3294 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although in some cases the firmware can also be loaded from a partition on a " @@ -5333,7 +5342,7 @@ msgstr "" "flesta fall stöds under de tidiga stegen av installationen." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3297 +#: using-d-i.xml:3304 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Tarballs containing current packages for the most common firmware are " @@ -5349,7 +5358,7 @@ msgstr "" "på mediats filsystem." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3311 +#: using-d-i.xml:3318 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the firmware you need is not included in the tarball, you can also " @@ -5365,7 +5374,7 @@ msgstr "" "och kan även innehålla paket som inte innehåller fast programvara:" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3325 +#: using-d-i.xml:3332 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is also possible to copy individual firmware files to the medium. Loose " @@ -5377,13 +5386,13 @@ msgstr "" "redan installerat system eller från maskinvarans tillverkare." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3334 +#: using-d-i.xml:3341 #, no-c-format msgid "Firmware and the Installed System" msgstr "Fast programvara och det installerade systemet" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3335 +#: using-d-i.xml:3342 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any firmware loaded during the installation will be copied automatically to " @@ -5402,7 +5411,7 @@ msgstr "" "som användes under installationen." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3344 +#: using-d-i.xml:3351 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the firmware was loaded from a firmware package, &d-i; will also install " @@ -5419,7 +5428,7 @@ msgstr "" "tillgänglig." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3352 +#: using-d-i.xml:3359 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If loading the firmware was skipped during the installation, the relevant " @@ -5432,7 +5441,7 @@ msgstr "" "manuellt." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3359 +#: using-d-i.xml:3366 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the firmware was loaded from loose firmware files, the firmware copied to " diff --git a/po/vi/preseed.po b/po/vi/preseed.po index 90f01049f..a8e783500 100644 --- a/po/vi/preseed.po +++ b/po/vi/preseed.po @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: preseed\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-11-18 01:11+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-01-18 00:44+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-02-12 19:17+1030\n" "Last-Translator: Clytie Siddall <clytie@riverland.net.au>\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese <vi-VN@googlegroups.com>\n" @@ -2653,9 +2653,6 @@ msgid "" "\n" "# Individual additional packages to install\n" "#d-i pkgsel/include string openssh-server build-essential\n" -"# By default, packages that are only Recommended by packages installed " -"using\n" -"# pkgsel/include (as opposed to their dependencies) will not be installed.\n" "# Whether to upgrade packages after debootstrap.\n" "# Allowed values: none, safe-upgrade, full-upgrade\n" "#d-i pkgsel/upgrade select none\n" diff --git a/po/vi/random-bits.po b/po/vi/random-bits.po index c1d91e4cb..a05e6000e 100644 --- a/po/vi/random-bits.po +++ b/po/vi/random-bits.po @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: random-bits\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-11-08 01:11+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-12-28 01:10+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-02-12 18:46+1030\n" "Last-Translator: Clytie Siddall <clytie@riverland.net.au>\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese <vi-VN@googlegroups.com>\n" @@ -1386,7 +1386,67 @@ msgstr "Cấu hình khả năng chạy mạng" #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:646 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +#| msgid "" +#| "To configure networking, edit <filename>/etc/network/interfaces</" +#| "filename>, <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>, <filename>/etc/" +#| "hostname</filename> and <filename>/etc/hosts</filename>. " +#| "<informalexample><screen>\n" +#| "# editor /etc/network/interfaces\n" +#| "</screen></informalexample> Here are some simple examples from <filename>/" +#| "usr/share/doc/ifupdown/examples</filename>: <informalexample><screen>\n" +#| "######################################################################\n" +#| "# /etc/network/interfaces -- configuration file for ifup(8), ifdown(8)\n" +#| "# See the interfaces(5) manpage for information on what options are\n" +#| "# available.\n" +#| "######################################################################\n" +#| "\n" +#| "# We always want the loopback interface.\n" +#| "#\n" +#| "auto lo\n" +#| "iface lo inet loopback\n" +#| "\n" +#| "# To use dhcp:\n" +#| "#\n" +#| "# auto eth0\n" +#| "# iface eth0 inet dhcp\n" +#| "\n" +#| "# An example static IP setup: (broadcast and gateway are optional)\n" +#| "#\n" +#| "# auto eth0\n" +#| "# iface eth0 inet static\n" +#| "# address 192.168.0.42\n" +#| "# network 192.168.0.0\n" +#| "# netmask 255.255.255.0\n" +#| "# broadcast 192.168.0.255\n" +#| "# gateway 192.168.0.1\n" +#| "</screen></informalexample> Enter your nameserver(s) and search " +#| "directives in <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>: " +#| "<informalexample><screen>\n" +#| "# editor /etc/resolv.conf\n" +#| "</screen></informalexample> A simple example <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</" +#| "filename>: <informalexample><screen>\n" +#| "search hqdom.local\n" +#| "nameserver 10.1.1.36\n" +#| "nameserver 192.168.9.100\n" +#| "</screen></informalexample> Enter your system's host name (2 to 63 " +#| "characters): <informalexample><screen>\n" +#| "# echo DebianHostName > /etc/hostname\n" +#| "</screen></informalexample> And a basic <filename>/etc/hosts</filename> " +#| "with IPv6 support: <informalexample><screen>\n" +#| "127.0.0.1 localhost DebianHostName\n" +#| "\n" +#| "# The following lines are desirable for IPv6 capable hosts\n" +#| "::1 ip6-localhost ip6-loopback\n" +#| "fe00::0 ip6-localnet\n" +#| "ff00::0 ip6-mcastprefix\n" +#| "ff02::1 ip6-allnodes\n" +#| "ff02::2 ip6-allrouters\n" +#| "ff02::3 ip6-allhosts\n" +#| "</screen></informalexample> If you have multiple network cards, you " +#| "should arrange the names of driver modules in the <filename>/etc/modules</" +#| "filename> file into the desired order. Then during boot, each card will " +#| "be associated with the interface name (eth0, eth1, etc.) that you expect." msgid "" "To configure networking, edit <filename>/etc/network/interfaces</filename>, " "<filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>, <filename>/etc/hostname</filename> " @@ -1432,7 +1492,8 @@ msgid "" "# echo DebianHostName > /etc/hostname\n" "</screen></informalexample> And a basic <filename>/etc/hosts</filename> with " "IPv6 support: <informalexample><screen>\n" -"127.0.0.1 localhost DebianHostName\n" +"127.0.0.1 localhost\n" +"127.0.1.1 DebianHostName\n" "\n" "# The following lines are desirable for IPv6 capable hosts\n" "::1 ip6-localhost ip6-loopback\n" diff --git a/po/vi/using-d-i.po b/po/vi/using-d-i.po index 12c7f34ca..7fe27e0cb 100644 --- a/po/vi/using-d-i.po +++ b/po/vi/using-d-i.po @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: using-d-i\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-11-25 01:11+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-01-18 00:44+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-02-13 16:39+1030\n" "Last-Translator: Clytie Siddall <clytie@riverland.net.au>\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese <vi-VN@googlegroups.com>\n" @@ -935,11 +935,16 @@ msgstr "Đặt tùy chọn địa phương hoá" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:516 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +#| msgid "" +#| "In most cases the first questions you will be asked concern the selection " +#| "of localization options to be used both for the installation and for the " +#| "installed system. The localization options consist of language, country " +#| "and locales." msgid "" "In most cases the first questions you will be asked concern the selection of " "localization options to be used both for the installation and for the " -"installed system. The localization options consist of language, country and " +"installed system. The localization options consist of language, location and " "locales." msgstr "" "Trong phần lớn trường hợp, trước tiên bạn sẽ được nhắc chọn các tùy chọn địa " @@ -968,10 +973,11 @@ msgstr "" #| "geographic location. Language and country together will be used to set " #| "the default locale for your system and to help select your keyboard." msgid "" -"The selected country will be used later in the installation process to pick " -"the default time zone and a Debian mirror appropriate for your geographic " -"location. Language and country together will help determine the default " -"locale for your system and select the correct keyboard layout." +"The selected geographic location (in most cases a country) will be used " +"later in the installation process to select the correct time zone and a " +"Debian mirror appropriate for that country. Language and country together " +"will help determine the default locale for your system and select the " +"correct keyboard layout." msgstr "" "Vào điểm sau trong tiến trình cài đặt, quốc gia đã chọn sẽ được dùng để chọn " "múi giờ mặc định và một máy nhân bản Debian thích hợp với chỗ địa lý của " @@ -979,7 +985,7 @@ msgstr "" "định cho hệ thống của bạn, cũng để giúp đỡ chọn bố trí bàn phím." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:537 +#: using-d-i.xml:538 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will first be asked to select your preferred language. The language " @@ -1003,7 +1009,7 @@ msgstr "" "classname> sẽ không được cài đặt." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:549 +#: using-d-i.xml:550 #, fuzzy, no-c-format #| msgid "" #| "If you selected a language that is recognized as an official language for " @@ -1015,14 +1021,14 @@ msgstr "" #| "selecting a continent will lead to a list of relevant countries on that " #| "continent." msgid "" -"If you selected a language that is recognized as an official language for " -"more than one country<footnote> <para> In technical terms: where multiple " -"locales exist for that language with differing country codes. </para> </" -"footnote>, you will be shown a list of only those countries. To select a " -"country that is not in that list, choose <guimenuitem>other</guimenuitem> " -"(the last option). You will then be presented with a list of continents; " -"selecting a continent will lead to a list of relevant countries on that " -"continent." +"Next you will be asked to select your geographic location. If you selected a " +"language that is recognized as an official language for more than one " +"country<footnote> <para> In technical terms: where multiple locales exist " +"for that language with differing country codes. </para> </footnote>, you " +"will be shown a list of only those countries. To select a country that is " +"not in that list, choose <guimenuitem>other</guimenuitem> (the last option). " +"You will then be presented with a list of continents; selecting a continent " +"will lead to a list of relevant countries on that continent." msgstr "" "Nếu bạn đã chọn một ngôn ngữ nhận ra là ngôn ngữ chính thức của nhiều quốc " "gia<footnote> <para> Nói kỹ thuật, khi một ngôn ngữ thuộc về nhiều miền địa " @@ -1059,24 +1065,27 @@ msgid "" "If you selected a combination of language and country for which no locale is " "defined and there exist multiple locales for the language, then the " "installer will allow you to choose which of those locales you prefer as the " -"default locale for the installed system. In all other cases a default locale " -"will be selected based on the selected language and country." +"default locale for the installed system<footnote> <para> At medium and low " +"priority you can always select your preferred locale from those available " +"for the selected language (if there's more than one). </para> </footnote>. " +"In all other cases a default locale will be selected based on the selected " +"language and country." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:588 +#: using-d-i.xml:595 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any default locale selected as described in the previous paragraph will use " -"UTF-8 as character encoding." +"<firstterm>UTF-8</firstterm> as character encoding." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:593 +#: using-d-i.xml:600 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"If you are installing at medium or low priority, you will have the option of " -"selecting additional locales, including so-called <quote>legacy</quote> " +"If you are installing at low priority, you will have the option of selecting " +"additional locales, including so-called <quote>legacy</quote> " "locales<footnote> <para> Legacy locales are locales which do not use UTF-8, " "but one of the older standards for character encoding such as ISO 8859-" "1 (used by West European languages) or EUC-JP (used by Japanese). </para> </" @@ -1086,13 +1095,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:617 +#: using-d-i.xml:624 #, no-c-format msgid "Choosing a Keyboard" msgstr "Chọn bàn phím" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:619 +#: using-d-i.xml:626 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Keyboards are often tailored to the characters used in a language. Select a " @@ -1110,7 +1119,7 @@ msgstr "" "xong)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:629 +#: using-d-i.xml:636 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Move the highlight to the keyboard selection you desire and press " @@ -1127,7 +1136,7 @@ msgstr "" "keycap> nằm bên trên." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:638 +#: using-d-i.xml:645 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There are two keyboard layouts for US keyboards; the qwerty/mac-usb-us " @@ -1146,13 +1155,13 @@ msgstr "" "trí này là tương tự." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:668 +#: using-d-i.xml:675 #, no-c-format msgid "Looking for the Debian Installer ISO Image" msgstr "Tìm ảnh ISO cài đặt Debian" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:669 +#: using-d-i.xml:676 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When installing via the <emphasis>hd-media</emphasis> method, there will be " @@ -1166,7 +1175,7 @@ msgstr "" "thực hiện chính xác công việc này." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:676 +#: using-d-i.xml:683 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At first, <command>iso-scan</command> automatically mounts all block devices " @@ -1196,7 +1205,7 @@ msgstr "" "ảnh khác." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:693 +#: using-d-i.xml:700 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In case the previous attempt to find an installer iso image fails, " @@ -1210,7 +1219,7 @@ msgstr "" "mục lên trên: nó thật sự đi qua toàn bộ hệ thống tập tin." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:700 +#: using-d-i.xml:707 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If <command>iso-scan</command> does not discover your installer iso image, " @@ -1228,13 +1237,13 @@ msgstr "" "động lại, bằng bàn giao tiếp thứ hai." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:721 +#: using-d-i.xml:728 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Network" msgstr "Cấu hình mạng" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:723 +#: using-d-i.xml:730 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As you enter this step, if the system detects that you have more than one " @@ -1254,7 +1263,7 @@ msgstr "" "manvolnum> </citerefentry>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:734 +#: using-d-i.xml:741 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, &d-i; tries to configure your computer's network automatically " @@ -1277,7 +1286,7 @@ msgstr "" "rất chậm, vậy nếu bạn có chắc là mọi thứ ổn, hãy thử lại." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:746 +#: using-d-i.xml:753 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The manual network setup in turn asks you a number of questions about your " @@ -1300,7 +1309,7 @@ msgstr "" "điền vào các trả lời từ <xref linkend=\"needed-info\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:760 +#: using-d-i.xml:767 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some technical details you might, or might not, find handy: the program " @@ -1322,14 +1331,14 @@ msgstr "" "filename> một khi hệ thống được cài đặt." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:805 +#: using-d-i.xml:812 #, fuzzy, no-c-format #| msgid "Configuring the Clock" msgid "Configuring the Clock and Time Zone" msgstr "Cấu hình Đồng hồ" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:807 +#: using-d-i.xml:814 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The installer will first attempt to connect to a time server on the Internet " @@ -1346,13 +1355,13 @@ msgstr "" "đúng. Bạn không thể tự đặt thời gian hệ thống trong khi cài đặt." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:816 +#: using-d-i.xml:823 #, no-c-format msgid "The installer does not modify the system clock on the s390 platform." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:829 +#: using-d-i.xml:836 #, fuzzy, no-c-format #| msgid "" #| "Depending on the location selected earlier in the installation process, " @@ -1370,7 +1379,7 @@ msgstr "" "múi giờ, trình cài đặt sẽ không hỏi gì và hệ thống sẽ giả sử múi giờ đó." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:837 +#: using-d-i.xml:844 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In expert mode or when installing at medium priority, you will have the " @@ -1379,7 +1388,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:843 +#: using-d-i.xml:850 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If for some reason you wish to set a time zone for the installed system that " @@ -1390,7 +1399,7 @@ msgstr "" "<emphasis>không</emphasis> tương ứng với địa điểm đã chọn, có hai tùy chọn." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:854 +#: using-d-i.xml:861 #, fuzzy, no-c-format #| msgid "" #| "The simplest option is to just select a different timezone after the " @@ -1406,13 +1415,13 @@ msgstr "" # Literal: don't translate/Nghĩa chữ : đừng dịch #. Tag: screen -#: using-d-i.xml:860 +#: using-d-i.xml:867 #, no-c-format msgid "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata" msgstr "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:866 +#: using-d-i.xml:873 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Alternatively, the time zone can be set at the very start of the " @@ -1428,7 +1437,7 @@ msgstr "" "<userinput>UTC</userinput>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:880 +#: using-d-i.xml:887 #, fuzzy, no-c-format #| msgid "" #| "For automated installations the time zone can also be set using " @@ -1441,13 +1450,13 @@ msgstr "" "chèn sẵn." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:894 +#: using-d-i.xml:901 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning and Mount Point Selection" msgstr "Phân vùng và chọn điểm lắp" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:895 +#: using-d-i.xml:902 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this time, after hardware detection has been executed a final time, &d-i; " @@ -1465,7 +1474,7 @@ msgstr "" "như LVM, thiết bị RAID và thiết bị đã mật mã." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:916 +#: using-d-i.xml:923 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are uncomfortable with partitioning, or just want to know more " @@ -1475,7 +1484,7 @@ msgstr "" "<xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:922 +#: using-d-i.xml:929 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If a hard disk has previously used under Solaris, the partitioner may not " @@ -1497,7 +1506,7 @@ msgstr "" "tại trên cùng đĩa không còn có khả năng truy cấp lại." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:935 +#: using-d-i.xml:942 #, no-c-format msgid "" "First you will be given the opportunity to automatically partition either an " @@ -1511,13 +1520,13 @@ msgstr "" "mục <guimenuitem>Bằng tay</guimenuitem> trong trình đơn." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:945 +#: using-d-i.xml:952 #, no-c-format msgid "Guided Partitioning" msgstr "Phân vùng hướng dẫn" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:946 +#: using-d-i.xml:953 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning, you may have three options: to create " @@ -1535,7 +1544,7 @@ msgstr "" "<quote>dm-crypt</quote> của hạt nhân. </para> </footnote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:961 +#: using-d-i.xml:968 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The option to use (encrypted) LVM may not be available on all architectures." @@ -1543,7 +1552,7 @@ msgstr "" "Tùy chọn sử dụng LVM (đã mật mã) có lẽ không sẵn sàng trên mọi kiến trúc." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:966 +#: using-d-i.xml:973 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When using LVM or encrypted LVM, the installer will create most partitions " @@ -1560,7 +1569,7 @@ msgstr "" "liệu (riêng) của bạn." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:975 +#: using-d-i.xml:982 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When using encrypted LVM, the installer will also automatically erase the " @@ -1576,7 +1585,7 @@ msgstr "" "kích cỡ của đĩa." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:984 +#: using-d-i.xml:991 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning using LVM or encrypted LVM, some changes " @@ -1593,7 +1602,7 @@ msgstr "" "đặt sẽ nhắc bạn xác nhận các thay đổi này trước khi ghi vào đĩa." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:994 +#: using-d-i.xml:1001 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning (either classic or using (encrypted) LVM) " @@ -1610,7 +1619,7 @@ msgstr "" "bạn thường xem. Kích cỡ của đĩa có thể giúp đỡ bạn nhận diện mỗi điều." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1003 +#: using-d-i.xml:1010 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any data on the disk you select will eventually be lost, but you will always " @@ -1625,7 +1634,7 @@ msgstr "" "đổi nào đúng đến kết thúc; còn khi sử dụng LVM (đã mật mã), không có." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1011 +#: using-d-i.xml:1018 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, you will be able to choose from the schemes listed in the table below. " @@ -1644,73 +1653,73 @@ msgstr "" "sẽ không thành công." #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1027 +#: using-d-i.xml:1034 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning scheme" msgstr "Bố trí phân vùng" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1028 +#: using-d-i.xml:1035 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum space" msgstr "Chỗ tối thiểu" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1029 +#: using-d-i.xml:1036 #, no-c-format msgid "Created partitions" msgstr "Phân vùng đã tạo" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1035 +#: using-d-i.xml:1042 #, no-c-format msgid "All files in one partition" msgstr "Mọi tập tin trên một phân vùng" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1036 +#: using-d-i.xml:1043 #, no-c-format msgid "600MB" msgstr "600MB" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1037 +#: using-d-i.xml:1044 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, trao đổi" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1039 +#: using-d-i.xml:1046 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home partition" msgstr "Phân vùng /home riêng" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1040 +#: using-d-i.xml:1047 #, no-c-format msgid "500MB" msgstr "500MB" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1041 +#: using-d-i.xml:1048 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, trao đổi" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1045 +#: using-d-i.xml:1052 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home, /usr, /var and /tmp partitions" msgstr "Các phân vùng /home, /usr, /var, và /tmp riêng" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1046 +#: using-d-i.xml:1053 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>1GB</entry>" msgstr "<entry>1GB</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1047 +#: using-d-i.xml:1054 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/usr</" @@ -1720,7 +1729,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, trao đổi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1056 +#: using-d-i.xml:1063 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning using (encrypted) LVM, the installer will " @@ -1733,7 +1742,7 @@ msgstr "" "vùng khác, bao gồm phân vùng trao đổi, sẽ được tạo bên trong phân vùng LVM." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1062 +#: using-d-i.xml:1069 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning for your IA-64 system, there will be an " @@ -1748,7 +1757,7 @@ msgstr "" "khởi động EFI." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1070 +#: using-d-i.xml:1077 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After selecting a scheme, the next screen will show your new partition " @@ -1759,7 +1768,7 @@ msgstr "" "gồm có thông tin về trạng thái kiểu định dạng và gắn kết của mỗi phân vùng." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1076 +#: using-d-i.xml:1083 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The list of partitions might look like this: <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -1815,7 +1824,7 @@ msgstr "" "có thể được đạt khi tự phân vùng." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1089 +#: using-d-i.xml:1096 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This concludes the guided partitioning. If you are satisfied with the " @@ -1836,13 +1845,13 @@ msgstr "" "vùng." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1103 +#: using-d-i.xml:1110 #, no-c-format msgid "Manual Partitioning" msgstr "Phân vùng bằng tay" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1104 +#: using-d-i.xml:1111 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A similar screen to the one shown just above will be displayed if you choose " @@ -1857,7 +1866,7 @@ msgstr "" "lập bảng phân vùng và cách sử dụng phân vùng cho hệ thống Debian mới." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1112 +#: using-d-i.xml:1119 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select a pristine disk which has neither partitions nor free space on " @@ -1871,7 +1880,7 @@ msgstr "" "bảng, bên dưới tên đĩa đã chọn." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1120 +#: using-d-i.xml:1127 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select some free space, you will have the opportunity to create a new " @@ -1911,7 +1920,7 @@ msgstr "" "command>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1142 +#: using-d-i.xml:1149 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you decide you want to change something about your partition, simply " @@ -1932,7 +1941,7 @@ msgstr "" "đơn này cũng cho bạn có khả năng xoá phân vùng." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1153 +#: using-d-i.xml:1160 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Be sure to create at least two partitions: one for the <emphasis>root</" @@ -1948,7 +1957,7 @@ msgstr "" "sẽ không cho phép bạn tiếp tục, cho đến khi bạn sửa trường hợp này." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1161 +#: using-d-i.xml:1168 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you forget to select and format an EFI boot partition, <command>partman</" @@ -1960,7 +1969,7 @@ msgstr "" "tục, cho đến khi bạn cấp phát một điều." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1167 +#: using-d-i.xml:1174 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Capabilities of <command>partman</command> can be extended with installer " @@ -1976,7 +1985,7 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>partman-xfs</filename>, hay <filename>partman-lvm</filename>)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1175 +#: using-d-i.xml:1182 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you are satisfied with partitioning, select <guimenuitem>Finish " @@ -1990,13 +1999,13 @@ msgstr "" "các hệ thống tập tin nên được tạo như được yêu cầu." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1203 +#: using-d-i.xml:1210 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Multidisk Devices (Software RAID)" msgstr "Cấu hình thiết bị đa đĩa (RAID phần mềm)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1204 +#: using-d-i.xml:1211 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have more than one harddrive<footnote><para> To be honest, you can " @@ -2016,7 +2025,7 @@ msgstr "" "<firstterm>RAID phần mềm</firstterm>)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1217 +#: using-d-i.xml:1224 #, no-c-format msgid "" "MD is basically a bunch of partitions located on different disks and " @@ -2031,7 +2040,7 @@ msgstr "" "lắp v.v.)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1225 +#: using-d-i.xml:1232 #, no-c-format msgid "" "What benefits this brings depends on the type of MD device you are creating. " @@ -2142,97 +2151,97 @@ msgstr "" "varlistentry> </variablelist> Để tóm tắt:" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1339 +#: using-d-i.xml:1346 #, no-c-format msgid "Type" msgstr "Kiểu" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1340 +#: using-d-i.xml:1347 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum Devices" msgstr "Thiết bị tối thiểu" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1341 +#: using-d-i.xml:1348 #, no-c-format msgid "Spare Device" msgstr "Thiết bị phụ tùng" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1342 +#: using-d-i.xml:1349 #, no-c-format msgid "Survives disk failure?" msgstr "Vẫn còn hoạt động sau khi đĩa thất bại ?" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1343 +#: using-d-i.xml:1350 #, no-c-format msgid "Available Space" msgstr "Chỗ sẵn sàng" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1349 +#: using-d-i.xml:1356 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID0" msgstr "RAID0" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1350 using-d-i.xml:1358 using-d-i.xml:1388 +#: using-d-i.xml:1357 using-d-i.xml:1365 using-d-i.xml:1395 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>2</entry>" msgstr "<entry>2</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1351 using-d-i.xml:1352 +#: using-d-i.xml:1358 using-d-i.xml:1359 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>no</entry>" msgstr "<entry>không</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1353 +#: using-d-i.xml:1360 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by number of devices in RAID" msgstr "Kích cỡ của phân vùng nhỏ nhất được nhân số thiết bị trong RAID" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1357 +#: using-d-i.xml:1364 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID1" msgstr "RAID1" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1359 using-d-i.xml:1367 using-d-i.xml:1378 using-d-i.xml:1389 +#: using-d-i.xml:1366 using-d-i.xml:1374 using-d-i.xml:1385 using-d-i.xml:1396 #, no-c-format msgid "optional" msgstr "tùy chọn" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1360 using-d-i.xml:1368 using-d-i.xml:1379 using-d-i.xml:1390 +#: using-d-i.xml:1367 using-d-i.xml:1375 using-d-i.xml:1386 using-d-i.xml:1397 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>yes</entry>" msgstr "<entry>có</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1361 +#: using-d-i.xml:1368 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition in RAID" msgstr "Kích cỡ của phân vùng nhỏ nhất trong RAID" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1365 +#: using-d-i.xml:1372 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID5" msgstr "RAID5" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1366 +#: using-d-i.xml:1373 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>3</entry>" msgstr "<entry>3</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1369 +#: using-d-i.xml:1376 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID " @@ -2241,19 +2250,19 @@ msgstr "" "Kích cỡ của phân vùng nhỏ nhất nhận lên (số thiết bị trong RAID trừ một)" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1376 +#: using-d-i.xml:1383 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID6" msgstr "RAID6" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1377 +#: using-d-i.xml:1384 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>4</entry>" msgstr "<entry>4</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1380 +#: using-d-i.xml:1387 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID " @@ -2262,13 +2271,13 @@ msgstr "" "Kích cỡ của phân vùng nhỏ nhất nhận lên (số thiết bị trong RAID trừ hai)" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1387 +#: using-d-i.xml:1394 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID10" msgstr "RAID10" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1391 +#: using-d-i.xml:1398 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Total of all partitions divided by the number of chunk copies (defaults to " @@ -2276,7 +2285,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "Tổng số các phiên bản chia cho số các bản sao đoạn (mặc định là hai)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1398 +#: using-d-i.xml:1405 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you want to know more about Software RAID, have a look at <ulink url=" @@ -2286,7 +2295,7 @@ msgstr "" "<ulink url=\"&url-software-raid-howto;\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1403 +#: using-d-i.xml:1410 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To create an MD device, you need to have the desired partitions it should " @@ -2302,7 +2311,7 @@ msgstr "" "RAID</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1412 +#: using-d-i.xml:1419 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Make sure that the system can be booted with the partitioning scheme you are " @@ -2322,7 +2331,7 @@ msgstr "" "và RAID1 cho <filename>/boot</filename>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1424 +#: using-d-i.xml:1431 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Support for MD is a relatively new addition to the installer. You may " @@ -2340,7 +2349,7 @@ msgstr "" "trình bao." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1433 +#: using-d-i.xml:1440 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, you should choose <guimenuitem>Configure software RAID</guimenuitem> " @@ -2362,7 +2371,7 @@ msgstr "" "RAID1). Kết quả phụ thuộc vào kiểu thiết bị đa đĩa bạn đã chọn." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1446 +#: using-d-i.xml:1453 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID0 is simple — you will be issued with the list of available RAID " @@ -2374,7 +2383,7 @@ msgstr "" "thiết bị đa đĩa." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1453 +#: using-d-i.xml:1460 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID1 is a bit more tricky. First, you will be asked to enter the number of " @@ -2394,7 +2403,7 @@ msgstr "" "cho đến khi bạn sửa vấn đề." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1465 +#: using-d-i.xml:1472 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID5 has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 with the exception that you " @@ -2404,7 +2413,7 @@ msgstr "" "nhất <emphasis>ba</emphasis> phân vùng hoạt động." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1471 +#: using-d-i.xml:1478 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID6 also has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 except that at least " @@ -2414,7 +2423,7 @@ msgstr "" "<emphasis>bốn</emphasis> phân vùng hoạt động." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1477 +#: using-d-i.xml:1484 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID10 again has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 except in expert mode. " @@ -2433,7 +2442,7 @@ msgstr "" "quá số các thiết bị hoạt động, để phân phối mỗi bản sao trên một đĩa riêng." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1491 +#: using-d-i.xml:1498 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is perfectly possible to have several types of MD at once. For example, " @@ -2451,7 +2460,7 @@ msgstr "" "vùng 100 GB hơi đáng tin cậy cho <filename>/home</filename>)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1500 +#: using-d-i.xml:1507 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you set up MD devices to your liking, you can <guimenuitem>Finish</" @@ -2465,13 +2474,13 @@ msgstr "" "mới, và gán cho chúng những thuộc tính thường như điểm lắp." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1515 +#: using-d-i.xml:1522 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Logical Volume Manager (LVM)" msgstr "Cấu hình Bộ Quản lý Khối Tin Hợp Lý (LVM)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1516 +#: using-d-i.xml:1523 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or " @@ -2487,7 +2496,7 @@ msgstr "" "chuyển các thứ, tạo liên kết tượng trưng v.v." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1524 +#: using-d-i.xml:1531 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). " @@ -2507,7 +2516,7 @@ msgstr "" "qua vài đĩa vật lý." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1534 +#: using-d-i.xml:1541 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</" @@ -2527,7 +2536,7 @@ msgstr "" "Nào <ulink url=\"&url-lvm-howto;\">LVM HOWTO</ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1545 +#: using-d-i.xml:1552 #, no-c-format msgid "" "LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple and completely supported inside " @@ -2544,7 +2553,7 @@ msgstr "" "LVM</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1554 +#: using-d-i.xml:1561 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, you will see " @@ -2563,7 +2572,7 @@ msgstr "" "ngữ cảnh, chỉ hiển thị những hành động hợp lệ. Những hành động có thể là:" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1565 +#: using-d-i.xml:1572 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<guimenuitem>Display configuration details</guimenuitem>: shows LVM device " @@ -2573,43 +2582,43 @@ msgstr "" "thiết bị LVM, các tên và kích cỡ của khối tin hợp lý, v.v." #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1570 +#: using-d-i.xml:1577 #, no-c-format msgid "Create volume group" msgstr "Tạo nhóm khối tin" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1573 +#: using-d-i.xml:1580 #, no-c-format msgid "Create logical volume" msgstr "Tạo khối tin hợp lệ" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1576 +#: using-d-i.xml:1583 #, no-c-format msgid "Delete volume group" msgstr "Xóa nhóm khối tin" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1579 +#: using-d-i.xml:1586 #, no-c-format msgid "Delete logical volume" msgstr "Xóa khối tin hợp lệ" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1582 +#: using-d-i.xml:1589 #, no-c-format msgid "Extend volume group" msgstr "Kéo dài nhóm khối tin" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1585 +#: using-d-i.xml:1592 #, no-c-format msgid "Reduce volume group" msgstr "Giảm nhóm khối tin" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1587 +#: using-d-i.xml:1594 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem>: return to the main <command>partman</" @@ -2619,7 +2628,7 @@ msgstr "" "command> chính" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1593 +#: using-d-i.xml:1600 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Use the options in that menu to first create a volume group and then create " @@ -2629,7 +2638,7 @@ msgstr "" "tạo các khối tin hợp lý bên trong nó." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1598 +#: using-d-i.xml:1605 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, any created " @@ -2641,13 +2650,13 @@ msgstr "" "thao tác nó như vậy)." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1612 +#: using-d-i.xml:1619 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Encrypted Volumes" msgstr "Cấu hình khối tin được mật mã" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1613 +#: using-d-i.xml:1620 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; allows you to set up encrypted partitions. Every file you write to " @@ -2669,7 +2678,7 @@ msgstr "" "thôi." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1625 +#: using-d-i.xml:1632 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The two most important partitions to encrypt are: the home partition, where " @@ -2695,7 +2704,7 @@ msgstr "" "không có khả năng tải hạt nhân từ phân vùng được mật mã." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1640 +#: using-d-i.xml:1647 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Please note that the performance of encrypted partitions will be less than " @@ -2709,7 +2718,7 @@ msgstr "" "của khoá." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1647 +#: using-d-i.xml:1654 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To use encryption, you have to create a new partition by selecting some free " @@ -2730,7 +2739,7 @@ msgstr "" "phân vùng đó." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1658 +#: using-d-i.xml:1665 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; supports several encryption methods. The default method is " @@ -2746,7 +2755,7 @@ msgstr "" "pháp mặc định, nếu bạn không bắt buộc phải làm khác." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1670 +#: using-d-i.xml:1677 #, no-c-format msgid "" "First, let's have a look at the options available when you select " @@ -2760,13 +2769,13 @@ msgstr "" "theo bảo mật." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1680 +#: using-d-i.xml:1687 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>aes</userinput>" msgstr "Mật mã: <userinput>aes</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1682 +#: using-d-i.xml:1689 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option lets you select the encryption algorithm (<firstterm>cipher</" @@ -2792,13 +2801,13 @@ msgstr "" "hai mươi mốt." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1700 +#: using-d-i.xml:1707 #, no-c-format msgid "Key size: <userinput>256</userinput>" msgstr "Dài khoá:<userinput>256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1702 +#: using-d-i.xml:1709 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Here you can specify the length of the encryption key. With a larger key " @@ -2811,13 +2820,13 @@ msgstr "" "dài khoá sẵn sàng phụ thuộc vào thuật toán mật mã." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1714 +#: using-d-i.xml:1721 #, no-c-format msgid "IV algorithm: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>" msgstr "Thuật toán IV: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1716 +#: using-d-i.xml:1723 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <firstterm>Initialization Vector</firstterm> or <firstterm>IV</" @@ -2834,7 +2843,7 @@ msgstr "" "suy luận thông tin nào ra mẫu xảy ra nhiều lần trong dữ liệu đã mật mã." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1726 +#: using-d-i.xml:1733 #, no-c-format msgid "" "From the provided alternatives, the default <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</" @@ -2848,25 +2857,25 @@ msgstr "" "không có khả năng dùng thuật toán mới hơn." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1738 +#: using-d-i.xml:1745 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Passphrase</userinput>" msgstr "Khoá mật mã: <userinput>Cụm từ mật khẩu</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1740 +#: using-d-i.xml:1747 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can choose the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "Ở đây bạn có thể chọn kiểu khoá mật mã cho phân vùng này." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1746 +#: using-d-i.xml:1753 #, no-c-format msgid "Passphrase" msgstr "Cụm từ mật khẩu" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1747 +#: using-d-i.xml:1754 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The encryption key will be computed<footnote> <para> Using a passphrase as " @@ -2880,13 +2889,13 @@ msgstr "" "vào lúc sau trong tiến trình." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1762 using-d-i.xml:1855 +#: using-d-i.xml:1769 using-d-i.xml:1862 #, no-c-format msgid "Random key" msgstr "Khoá ngẫu nhiên" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1763 +#: using-d-i.xml:1770 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A new encryption key will be generated from random data each time you try to " @@ -2904,7 +2913,7 @@ msgstr "" "không thể thành công trong đời sống của bạn.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1772 +#: using-d-i.xml:1779 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Random keys are useful for swap partitions because you do not need to bother " @@ -2923,13 +2932,13 @@ msgstr "" "được ghi vào phân vùng trao đổi, khi khởi động lại." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1791 using-d-i.xml:1868 +#: using-d-i.xml:1798 using-d-i.xml:1875 #, no-c-format msgid "Erase data: <userinput>yes</userinput>" msgstr "Xoá bỏ dữ liệu : <userinput>có</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1793 +#: using-d-i.xml:1800 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Determines whether the content of this partition should be overwritten with " @@ -2950,7 +2959,7 @@ msgstr "" "lần.</para></footnote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1813 +#: using-d-i.xml:1820 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Encryption method:</guimenu> " @@ -2962,13 +2971,13 @@ msgstr "" "đơn thay đổi để cung cấp những tùy chọn này:" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1822 +#: using-d-i.xml:1829 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>AES256</userinput>" msgstr "Mật mã: <userinput>AES256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1824 +#: using-d-i.xml:1831 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For loop-AES, unlike dm-crypt, the options for cipher and key size are " @@ -2981,25 +2990,25 @@ msgstr "" "dài khoá." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1834 +#: using-d-i.xml:1841 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Keyfile (GnuPG)</userinput>" msgstr "Khoá mật mã: <userinput>Tập tin khoá (GnuPG)</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1836 +#: using-d-i.xml:1843 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can select the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "Ở đây bạn có thể chọn kiểu mật mã cho phân vùng này." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1842 +#: using-d-i.xml:1849 #, no-c-format msgid "Keyfile (GnuPG)" msgstr "Tập tin khoá (GnuPG)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1843 +#: using-d-i.xml:1850 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The encryption key will be generated from random data during the " @@ -3013,19 +3022,19 @@ msgstr "" "vào lúc sau trong tiến trình)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1856 +#: using-d-i.xml:1863 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the section on random keys above." msgstr "Xem phần bên trên diễn tả khoá ngẫu nhiên." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1870 +#: using-d-i.xml:1877 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the the section on erasing data above." msgstr "Xem tiết đoạn bên trên diễn tả cách xoá sạch dữ liệu." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1879 +#: using-d-i.xml:1886 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have selected the desired parameters for your encrypted " @@ -3043,7 +3052,7 @@ msgstr "" "mới. Đối với phân vùng lớn, có thể kéo dài một lát." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1889 +#: using-d-i.xml:1896 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next you will be asked to enter a passphrase for partitions configured to " @@ -3062,7 +3071,7 @@ msgstr "" "đoán.</para></listitem> </itemizedlist>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1898 +#: using-d-i.xml:1905 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before you input any passphrases, you should have made sure that your " @@ -3087,7 +3096,7 @@ msgstr "" "phím nào được dùng, trước khi nhập mật khẩu kiểu nào." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1911 +#: using-d-i.xml:1918 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you selected to use methods other than a passphrase to create encryption " @@ -3109,7 +3118,7 @@ msgstr "" "được lặp lại cho mỗi phân vùng cần mật mã." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1927 +#: using-d-i.xml:1934 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After returning to the main partitioning menu, you will see all encrypted " @@ -3142,7 +3151,7 @@ msgstr "" "hợp." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1940 +#: using-d-i.xml:1947 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Pay attention to the identifiers in parentheses (<replaceable>sda2_crypt</" @@ -3160,7 +3169,7 @@ msgstr "" "giải thích trong <xref linkend=\"mount-encrypted-volumes\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1950 +#: using-d-i.xml:1957 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you are satisfied with the partitioning scheme, continue with the " @@ -3168,13 +3177,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "Một khi bạn thấy sơ đồ phân vùng là ổn thoả, hãy tiếp tục cài đặt." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1961 +#: using-d-i.xml:1968 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing the Base System" msgstr "Cài đặt Hệ thống Cơ bản" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1962 +#: using-d-i.xml:1969 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant " @@ -3188,7 +3197,7 @@ msgstr "" "kéo dài một lát." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1975 +#: using-d-i.xml:1982 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During installation of the base system, package unpacking and setup messages " @@ -3204,7 +3213,7 @@ msgstr "" "chính bằng <keycombo><keycap>Alt trái</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1984 +#: using-d-i.xml:1991 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The unpack/setup messages generated during this phase are also saved in " @@ -3217,7 +3226,7 @@ msgstr "" "qua bàn giao tiếp nối tiếp." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1990 +#: using-d-i.xml:1997 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As part of the installation, a Linux kernel will be installed. At the " @@ -3231,13 +3240,13 @@ msgstr "" "hạt nhân có sẵn." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2002 +#: using-d-i.xml:2009 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting Up Users And Passwords" msgstr "Thiết lập Người và Mật khẩu" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2003 +#: using-d-i.xml:2010 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the base system has been installed, the installer will allow you to " @@ -3249,13 +3258,13 @@ msgstr "" "Các tài khoản người dùng khác có thể được tạo sau khi cài đặt xong." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2017 +#: using-d-i.xml:2024 #, no-c-format msgid "Set the Root Password" msgstr "Đặt mật khẩu chủ" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2021 +#: using-d-i.xml:2028 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <emphasis>root</emphasis> account is also called the <emphasis>super-" @@ -3269,7 +3278,7 @@ msgstr "" "trong thời lượng càng ngắn càng có thể." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2029 +#: using-d-i.xml:2036 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any password you create should contain at least 6 characters, and should " @@ -3284,7 +3293,7 @@ msgstr "" "chọn từ nằm trong bất kỳ từ điển hay thông tin cá nhân có thể được đoán." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2037 +#: using-d-i.xml:2044 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If anyone ever tells you they need your root password, be extremely wary. " @@ -3295,13 +3304,13 @@ msgstr "" "cho ai biết mật khẩu chủ, trừ bạn quản lý máy có nhiều quản trị hệ thống." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2047 +#: using-d-i.xml:2054 #, no-c-format msgid "Create an Ordinary User" msgstr "Tạo người dùng chuẩn" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2049 +#: using-d-i.xml:2056 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The system will ask you whether you wish to create an ordinary user account " @@ -3315,7 +3324,7 @@ msgstr "" "ngày hay như là sự đăng nhập cá nhân." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2058 +#: using-d-i.xml:2065 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Why not? Well, one reason to avoid using root's privileges is that it is " @@ -3335,7 +3344,7 @@ msgstr "" "này." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2068 +#: using-d-i.xml:2075 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will first be prompted for the user's full name. Then you'll be asked " @@ -3349,7 +3358,7 @@ msgstr "" "tài khoản này." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2075 +#: using-d-i.xml:2082 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If at any point after installation you would like to create another account, " @@ -3359,13 +3368,13 @@ msgstr "" "sử dụng lệnh <command>adduser</command> (thêm người dùng)." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2086 +#: using-d-i.xml:2093 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing Additional Software" msgstr "Cài đặt phần mềm thêm" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2087 +#: using-d-i.xml:2094 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point you have a usable but limited system. Most users will want to " @@ -3380,13 +3389,13 @@ msgstr "" "nếu máy tính hay mạng có chạy chậm." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2102 +#: using-d-i.xml:2109 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring apt" msgstr "Cấu hình apt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2104 +#: using-d-i.xml:2111 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One of the tools used to install packages on a &debian; system is a program " @@ -3420,7 +3429,7 @@ msgstr "" "khuyến khích." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2128 +#: using-d-i.xml:2135 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows from where to " @@ -3434,7 +3443,7 @@ msgstr "" "cài đặt xong." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2135 +#: using-d-i.xml:2142 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing at default priority, the installer will largely take " @@ -3452,7 +3461,7 @@ msgstr "" "quote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2144 +#: using-d-i.xml:2151 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing at a lower priority (e.g. in expert mode), you will be " @@ -3468,13 +3477,13 @@ msgstr "" "(khác tự do)." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2155 +#: using-d-i.xml:2162 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing from more than one CD or DVD" msgstr "Cài đặt từ nhiều đĩa CD/DVD" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2157 +#: using-d-i.xml:2164 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing from a CD or a DVD that is part of a larger set, the " @@ -3487,7 +3496,7 @@ msgstr "" "trên các đĩa đó." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2164 +#: using-d-i.xml:2171 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do not have any additional CDs or DVDs, that is no problem: using " @@ -3501,7 +3510,7 @@ msgstr "" "chọn trong bước kế tiếp của tiến trình cài đặt thực sự có thể được cài đặt." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2172 +#: using-d-i.xml:2179 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Packages are included on CDs (and DVDs) in the order of their popularity. " @@ -3514,7 +3523,7 @@ msgstr "" "người thực sự dùng những gói nằm trong vài đĩa CD cuối cùng trong tập hợp." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2179 +#: using-d-i.xml:2186 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It also means that buying or downloading and burning a full CD set is just a " @@ -3531,7 +3540,7 @@ msgstr "" "gói cần thiết." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2188 +#: using-d-i.xml:2195 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A good rule of thumb is that for a regular desktop installation (using the " @@ -3545,7 +3554,7 @@ msgstr "" "chứa cả ba môi trường làm việc này." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2196 +#: using-d-i.xml:2203 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do scan multiple CDs or DVDs, the installer will prompt you to " @@ -3561,13 +3570,13 @@ msgstr "" "quét không quan trọng, nhưng quét theo thứ tự tăng dần sẽ giảm dịp bị lỗi." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2209 +#: using-d-i.xml:2216 #, no-c-format msgid "Using a network mirror" msgstr "Sử dụng máy nhân bản mạng" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2211 +#: using-d-i.xml:2218 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One question that will be asked during most installs is whether or not to " @@ -3579,7 +3588,7 @@ msgstr "" "mặc định là tốt, nhưng vẫn có một số ngoại lệ." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2217 +#: using-d-i.xml:2224 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are <emphasis>not</emphasis> installing from a full CD or DVD or " @@ -3597,7 +3606,7 @@ msgstr "" "bước tiếp theo của tiến trình cài đặt." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2226 +#: using-d-i.xml:2233 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing from a single full CD or using a full CD image, using " @@ -3618,7 +3627,7 @@ msgstr "" "thống mới)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2237 +#: using-d-i.xml:2244 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing from a DVD or using a DVD image, any packages needed " @@ -3632,7 +3641,7 @@ msgstr "" "bản mạng vẫn là tùy chọn." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2244 +#: using-d-i.xml:2251 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One advantage of adding a network mirror is that updates that have occurred " @@ -3647,7 +3656,7 @@ msgstr "" "rủi ro bảo mật hay sự ổn định của hệ thống đã cài đặt." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2251 +#: using-d-i.xml:2258 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In summary: selecting a network mirror is generally a good idea, except if " @@ -3662,19 +3671,19 @@ msgstr "" "liệu được tải xuống nếu bạn có phải chọn máy nhân bản thì phụ thuộc vào" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2260 +#: using-d-i.xml:2267 #, no-c-format msgid "the tasks you select in the next step of the installation," msgstr "những tác vụ bạn chọn trong bước tiếp theo của tiến trình cài đặt," #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2265 +#: using-d-i.xml:2272 #, no-c-format msgid "which packages are needed for those tasks," msgstr "những gói nào cần thiết cho các tác vụ đó," #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2270 +#: using-d-i.xml:2277 #, no-c-format msgid "" "which of those packages are present on the CDs or DVDs you have scanned, and" @@ -3683,7 +3692,7 @@ msgstr "" "và" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2275 +#: using-d-i.xml:2282 #, no-c-format msgid "" "whether any updated versions of packages included on the CDs or DVDs are " @@ -3695,7 +3704,7 @@ msgstr "" "cập nhật kiểu bảo mật hay dễ thay đổi)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2284 +#: using-d-i.xml:2291 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that the last point means that, even if you choose not to use a network " @@ -3709,13 +3718,13 @@ msgstr "" "hình." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2300 +#: using-d-i.xml:2307 #, no-c-format msgid "Selecting and Installing Software" msgstr "Lựa chọn và Cài đặt Phần mềm" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2302 +#: using-d-i.xml:2309 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select " @@ -3732,7 +3741,7 @@ msgstr "" "tác vụ khác nhau." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2311 +#: using-d-i.xml:2318 #, no-c-format msgid "" "So, you have the ability to choose <emphasis>tasks</emphasis> first, and " @@ -3765,7 +3774,7 @@ msgstr "" "công việc có sẵn." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2338 +#: using-d-i.xml:2345 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the computer " @@ -3778,7 +3787,7 @@ msgstr "" "không cài đặt gì cả." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2345 +#: using-d-i.xml:2352 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar " @@ -3788,7 +3797,7 @@ msgstr "" "dài để (bỏ) chọn công việc nào." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2351 +#: using-d-i.xml:2358 #, fuzzy, no-c-format #| msgid "" #| "Unless you are using the special KDE or Xfce CDs, the <quote>Desktop " @@ -3801,7 +3810,7 @@ msgstr "" "trường làm việc</quote> sẽ cài đặt môi trường làm việc GNOME." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2356 +#: using-d-i.xml:2363 #, fuzzy, no-c-format #| msgid "" #| "It is not possible to interactively select a different desktop during the " @@ -3830,7 +3839,7 @@ msgstr "" "đặt <literal>desktop=xfce</literal>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2367 +#: using-d-i.xml:2374 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some CD images (businesscard, netinst and DVD) also allow selection of the " @@ -3840,7 +3849,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2374 +#: using-d-i.xml:2381 #, fuzzy, no-c-format #| msgid "" #| "Note that this will only work if the packages needed for KDE or Xfce are " @@ -3864,7 +3873,7 @@ msgstr "" "kỳ phương pháp cài đặt khác nào." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2384 +#: using-d-i.xml:2391 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The various server tasks will install software roughly as follows. DNS " @@ -3884,7 +3893,7 @@ msgstr "" "vụ Mạng: <classname>apache2</classname>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2395 +#: using-d-i.xml:2402 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <quote>Standard system</quote> task will install any package that has a " @@ -3895,7 +3904,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2403 +#: using-d-i.xml:2410 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If during language selection a default locale other than the <quote>C</" @@ -3908,7 +3917,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2413 +#: using-d-i.xml:2420 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you've selected your tasks, select &BTN-CONT;. At this point, " @@ -3922,7 +3931,7 @@ msgstr "" "nhắc bạn trong quá trình này." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2420 +#: using-d-i.xml:2427 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You should be aware that especially the Desktop task is very large. " @@ -3939,7 +3948,7 @@ msgstr "" "trình cài đặt gói một khi khởi chạy được." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2429 +#: using-d-i.xml:2436 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Even when packages are included on the CD-ROM, the installer may still " @@ -3957,13 +3966,13 @@ msgstr "" "xảy ra nếu bạn sử dụng ảnh cũ." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2444 +#: using-d-i.xml:2451 #, no-c-format msgid "Making Your System Bootable" msgstr "Cho hệ thống khả năng khởi động" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2446 +#: using-d-i.xml:2453 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the " @@ -3977,13 +3986,13 @@ msgstr "" "select-sun\"/>.</phrase>" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2461 +#: using-d-i.xml:2468 #, no-c-format msgid "Detecting other operating systems" msgstr "Phát hiện hệ điều hành khác" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2463 +#: using-d-i.xml:2470 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for " @@ -3999,7 +4008,7 @@ msgstr "" "Debian." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2471 +#: using-d-i.xml:2478 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " @@ -4015,13 +4024,13 @@ msgstr "" "dẫn sử dụng bộ nạp khởi động riêng để tìm thông tin thêm." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2489 +#: using-d-i.xml:2496 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer" msgstr "Trình cài đặt <command>palo</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2490 +#: using-d-i.xml:2497 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is " @@ -4037,19 +4046,19 @@ msgstr "" "<command>PALO</command> thật có thể đọc phân vùng Linux." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2499 +#: using-d-i.xml:2506 #, no-c-format msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )" msgstr "hppa SỬA ĐI (cần thêm thông tin)" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2511 +#: using-d-i.xml:2518 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Cài đặt bộ nạp khởi động <command>Grub</command> vào đĩa cứng" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2513 +#: using-d-i.xml:2520 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a " @@ -4061,7 +4070,7 @@ msgstr "" "ích cho cả hai người dùng mới và nhà chuyên môn." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2519 +#: using-d-i.xml:2526 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where " @@ -4073,7 +4082,7 @@ msgstr "" "nơi khác. Xem sổ tay GRUB để tìm thông tin đầy đủ." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2525 +#: using-d-i.xml:2532 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do not want to install grub, use the &BTN-GOBACK; button to get to " @@ -4084,13 +4093,13 @@ msgstr "" "từ đó, chọn bộ nạp khởi động đã muốn." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2538 +#: using-d-i.xml:2545 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Cài đặt bộ nạp khởi động <command>LILO</command> vào đĩa cứng" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2540 +#: using-d-i.xml:2547 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is " @@ -4107,7 +4116,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"&url-lilo-howto;\">LILO mini-HOWTO</ulink>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2550 +#: using-d-i.xml:2557 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other " @@ -4121,7 +4130,7 @@ msgstr "" "khi cài đặt." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2558 +#: using-d-i.xml:2565 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; offers you three choices on where to install the <command>LILO</" @@ -4131,13 +4140,13 @@ msgstr "" "<command>LILO</command>:" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2565 +#: using-d-i.xml:2572 #, no-c-format msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)" msgstr "Mục ghi khởi động cái (MBR)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2565 +#: using-d-i.xml:2572 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot " @@ -4147,13 +4156,13 @@ msgstr "" "động." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2572 +#: using-d-i.xml:2579 #, no-c-format msgid "new Debian partition" msgstr "phân vùng Debian mới" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2572 +#: using-d-i.xml:2579 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> " @@ -4165,13 +4174,13 @@ msgstr "" "việc như bộ tảo khởi động phụ." #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2581 +#: using-d-i.xml:2588 #, no-c-format msgid "Other choice" msgstr "Khác" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2581 +#: using-d-i.xml:2588 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> " @@ -4185,7 +4194,7 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>/dev/sda</filename>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2591 +#: using-d-i.xml:2598 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll " @@ -4201,13 +4210,13 @@ msgstr "" "trở về Debian." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2607 +#: using-d-i.xml:2614 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Cài đặt bộ nạp khởi động <command>ELILO</command> vào đĩa cứng" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2609 +#: using-d-i.xml:2616 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled " @@ -4235,7 +4244,7 @@ msgstr "" "quote> để làm việc thật tải và khởi chạy hạt nhân Linux." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2625 +#: using-d-i.xml:2632 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last " @@ -4253,13 +4262,13 @@ msgstr "" "<emphasis>gốc</emphasis> của máy tính." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2637 +#: using-d-i.xml:2644 #, no-c-format msgid "Choose the correct partition!" msgstr "Chọn phân vùng đúng đi." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2639 +#: using-d-i.xml:2646 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The criteria for selecting a partition is that it is FAT format filesystem " @@ -4277,13 +4286,13 @@ msgstr "" "định dạng phân vùng nên xoá hoàn toàn nội dung đã có !" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2654 +#: using-d-i.xml:2661 #, no-c-format msgid "EFI Partition Contents" msgstr "Nội dung phân vùng EFI" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2656 +#: using-d-i.xml:2663 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard " @@ -4314,13 +4323,13 @@ msgstr "" # Name: don't translate / Tên: đừng dịch #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2678 +#: using-d-i.xml:2685 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.conf" msgstr "elilo.conf" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2679 +#: using-d-i.xml:2686 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is " @@ -4333,13 +4342,13 @@ msgstr "" # Name: don't translate / Tên: đừng dịch #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2688 +#: using-d-i.xml:2695 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.efi" msgstr "elilo.efi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2689 +#: using-d-i.xml:2696 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> " @@ -4354,13 +4363,13 @@ msgstr "" # Name: don't translate / Tên: đừng dịch #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2699 +#: using-d-i.xml:2706 #, no-c-format msgid "initrd.img" msgstr "initrd.img" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2700 +#: using-d-i.xml:2707 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of " @@ -4376,13 +4385,13 @@ msgstr "" # Name: don't translate / Tên: đừng dịch #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2712 +#: using-d-i.xml:2719 #, no-c-format msgid "readme.txt" msgstr "readme.txt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2713 +#: using-d-i.xml:2720 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are " @@ -4395,13 +4404,13 @@ msgstr "" # Name: don't translate / Tên: đừng dịch #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2723 +#: using-d-i.xml:2730 #, no-c-format msgid "vmlinuz" msgstr "vmlinuz" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2724 +#: using-d-i.xml:2731 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in " @@ -4415,13 +4424,13 @@ msgstr "" "bởi liên kết tượng trưng <filename>/vmlinuz</filename>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2744 +#: using-d-i.xml:2751 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" msgstr "Bộ cài đặt <command>arcboot</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2745 +#: using-d-i.xml:2752 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on SGI machines is <command>arcboot</command>. It has to be " @@ -4465,13 +4474,13 @@ msgstr "" # Name: don't translate / Tên: đừng dịch #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2764 +#: using-d-i.xml:2771 #, no-c-format msgid "scsi" msgstr "scsi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2765 +#: using-d-i.xml:2772 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI bus to be booted from, this is <userinput>0</userinput> for the " @@ -4481,13 +4490,13 @@ msgstr "" "điều khiển có sẵn" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2773 +#: using-d-i.xml:2780 #, no-c-format msgid "disk" msgstr "đĩa" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2774 +#: using-d-i.xml:2781 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>arcboot</command> is " @@ -4497,13 +4506,13 @@ msgstr "" "được cài đặt" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2782 +#: using-d-i.xml:2789 #, no-c-format msgid "partnr" msgstr "số_phân" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2783 +#: using-d-i.xml:2790 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -4513,13 +4522,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename>" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2791 +#: using-d-i.xml:2798 #, no-c-format msgid "config" msgstr "cấu_hình" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2792 +#: using-d-i.xml:2799 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -4529,13 +4538,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename>, mà là <quote>linux</quote> theo mặc định." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2813 +#: using-d-i.xml:2820 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Cài đặt <command>Yaboot</command> vào đĩa cứng" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2814 +#: using-d-i.xml:2821 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their " @@ -4555,13 +4564,13 @@ msgstr "" "&debian;." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2832 +#: using-d-i.xml:2839 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Cài đặt <command>Quik</command> vào đĩa cứng" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2833 +#: using-d-i.xml:2840 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</" @@ -4575,13 +4584,13 @@ msgstr "" "PowerMac 7200, 7300, và 7600, và trên một số máy bắt chước Power Computing." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2849 +#: using-d-i.xml:2856 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer" msgstr "Bộ cài đặt <command>zipl</command>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2850 +#: using-d-i.xml:2857 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</" @@ -4598,13 +4607,13 @@ msgstr "" "command>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2867 +#: using-d-i.xml:2874 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "Cài đặt bộ nạp khởi động <command>SILO</command> vào đĩa cứng" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2869 +#: using-d-i.xml:2876 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is " @@ -4635,13 +4644,13 @@ msgstr "" "Linux kế bên bản cài đặt SunOS/Solaris đã có." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2894 +#: using-d-i.xml:2901 #, no-c-format msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader" msgstr "Tiếp tục không có bộ nạp khởi động" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2896 +#: using-d-i.xml:2903 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot " @@ -4653,7 +4662,7 @@ msgstr "" "cung cấp, hoặc vì không muốn nó (v.d. bạn sẽ dùng bộ nạp khởi động đã có)." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2903 +#: using-d-i.xml:2910 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name " @@ -4674,13 +4683,13 @@ msgstr "" "vùng riêng, tên hệ thống tập tin <filename>/boot</filename>." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2920 +#: using-d-i.xml:2927 #, no-c-format msgid "Finishing the Installation" msgstr "Cài đặt xong" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2921 +#: using-d-i.xml:2928 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the last step in the Debian installation process during which the " @@ -4691,13 +4700,13 @@ msgstr "" "đặt sẽ làm bất cứ tác vụ nào còn lại. Phần lớn là làm sạch sau &d-i;." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2934 +#: using-d-i.xml:2941 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting the System Clock" msgstr "Đặt đồng hồ hệ thống" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2936 +#: using-d-i.xml:2943 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The installer may ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally " @@ -4711,7 +4720,7 @@ msgstr "" "dựa vào thứ như hệ điều hành khác đã được cài đặt." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2943 +#: using-d-i.xml:2950 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is " @@ -4729,7 +4738,7 @@ msgstr "" "cục bộ. Nếu bạn muốn khởi động đôi, hãy chọn giờ cục bộ hơn UTC.</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2954 +#: using-d-i.xml:2961 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point &d-i; will also attempt to save the current time to the " @@ -4741,13 +4750,13 @@ msgstr "" "thuộc vào sự chọn mới làm." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2969 +#: using-d-i.xml:2976 #, no-c-format msgid "Reboot the System" msgstr "Khởi động lại hệ thống" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2971 +#: using-d-i.xml:2978 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will be prompted to remove the boot media (CD, floppy, etc) that you " @@ -4759,7 +4768,7 @@ msgstr "" "thống Debian mới." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2977 +#: using-d-i.xml:2984 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After a final prompt the system will be halted because rebooting is not " @@ -4773,13 +4782,13 @@ msgstr "" "của tiến trình cài đặt." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2990 +#: using-d-i.xml:2997 #, no-c-format msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "Linh tinh" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2991 +#: using-d-i.xml:2998 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the " @@ -4791,13 +4800,13 @@ msgstr "" "khó khăn." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3004 +#: using-d-i.xml:3011 #, no-c-format msgid "Saving the installation logs" msgstr "Lưu bản ghi cài đặt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3006 +#: using-d-i.xml:3013 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the " @@ -4809,7 +4818,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename> trong hệ thống Debian mới." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3013 +#: using-d-i.xml:3020 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu " @@ -4825,13 +4834,13 @@ msgstr "" "kèm báo cáo cài đặt." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3033 +#: using-d-i.xml:3040 #, no-c-format msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs" msgstr "Sử dụng trình bao và xem bản ghi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3035 +#: using-d-i.xml:3042 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There are several methods you can use to get a shell while running an " @@ -4858,13 +4867,13 @@ msgstr "" "trái</keycap> <keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo> để trở về bộ cài đặt chính nó." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3053 +#: using-d-i.xml:3060 #, no-c-format msgid "For the graphical installer see also <xref linkend=\"gtk-using\"/>." msgstr "Đối với trình cài đặt đồ họa, xem thêm <xref linkend=\"gtk-using\"/>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3057 +#: using-d-i.xml:3064 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you cannot switch consoles, there is also an <guimenuitem>Execute a " @@ -4880,7 +4889,7 @@ msgstr "" "(thoát) để đóng trình bao, và trở về trình cài đặt." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3065 +#: using-d-i.xml:3072 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set " @@ -4898,7 +4907,7 @@ msgstr "" "tự động gõ và lược sử." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3074 +#: using-d-i.xml:3081 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To edit and view files, use the text editor <command>nano</command>. Log " @@ -4910,7 +4919,7 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>/var/log</filename>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3081 +#: using-d-i.xml:3088 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although you can do basically anything in a shell that the available " @@ -4921,7 +4930,7 @@ msgstr "" "trình bao chỉ sẵn sàng để giúp đỡ trong trường hợp bị lỗi hay gỡ lỗi." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3087 +#: using-d-i.xml:3094 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Doing things manually from the shell may interfere with the installation " @@ -4935,13 +4944,13 @@ msgstr "" "bao." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3102 +#: using-d-i.xml:3109 #, no-c-format msgid "Installation Over the Network" msgstr "Cài đặt qua mạng" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3104 +#: using-d-i.xml:3111 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</" @@ -4958,7 +4967,7 @@ msgstr "" "thể tự động hoá phần đó bằng phần <xref linkend=\"automatic-install\"/>.)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3114 +#: using-d-i.xml:3121 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so " @@ -4980,7 +4989,7 @@ msgstr "" "tục lại cài đặt từ xa bằng SSH</guimenuitem>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3127 +#: using-d-i.xml:3134 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting " @@ -4990,7 +4999,7 @@ msgstr "" "mặc định sau khi thiết lập mạng." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3132 +#: using-d-i.xml:3139 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> " @@ -5012,7 +5021,7 @@ msgstr "" "sẽ tiếp tục cài đặt từ xa</quote>." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3144 +#: using-d-i.xml:3151 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always " @@ -5024,7 +5033,7 @@ msgstr "" "khác." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3150 +#: using-d-i.xml:3157 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need " @@ -5054,7 +5063,7 @@ msgstr "" "nếu nó là đúng không." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3167 +#: using-d-i.xml:3174 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <command>ssh</command> server in the installer uses a default " @@ -5079,7 +5088,7 @@ msgstr "" "tái kết nối." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3180 +#: using-d-i.xml:3187 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You may be able to avoid the connection being dropped by adding the option " @@ -5101,7 +5110,7 @@ msgstr "" "kết nối) vậy chỉ dùng nó khi cần thiết." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3193 +#: using-d-i.xml:3200 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP " @@ -5125,7 +5134,7 @@ msgstr "" "thử lại." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3209 +#: using-d-i.xml:3216 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have " @@ -5145,7 +5154,7 @@ msgstr "" "chạy cho các trình bao." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3219 +#: using-d-i.xml:3226 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go " @@ -5161,13 +5170,13 @@ msgstr "" "cài đặt." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3239 +#: using-d-i.xml:3246 #, no-c-format msgid "Loading Missing Firmware" msgstr "Nạp phần vững bị thiếu" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3240 +#: using-d-i.xml:3247 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As described in <xref linkend=\"hardware-firmware\"/>, some devices require " @@ -5181,7 +5190,7 @@ msgstr "" "chức năng cơ bản và yêu cầu phần vững để hiệu lực thêm tính năng." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3248 +#: using-d-i.xml:3255 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If a device driver requests firmware that is not available, &d-i; will " @@ -5199,7 +5208,7 @@ msgstr "" "nạp lại." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3258 +#: using-d-i.xml:3265 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Which devices are scanned and which file systems are supported depends on " @@ -5217,7 +5226,7 @@ msgstr "" "MMC hay SD.</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3268 +#: using-d-i.xml:3275 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that it is possible to skip loading the firmware if you know the device " @@ -5228,7 +5237,7 @@ msgstr "" "năng, hoặc nếu thiết bị không cần trong khi cài đặt." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3275 +#: using-d-i.xml:3282 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Support for loading firmware is still relatively basic and is likely to be " @@ -5243,13 +5252,13 @@ msgstr "" "bằng cách gửi một báo cáo cài đặt (xem <xref linkend=\"submit-bug\"/>)." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3286 +#: using-d-i.xml:3293 #, no-c-format msgid "Preparing a medium" msgstr "Chuẩn bị vật chứa" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3287 +#: using-d-i.xml:3294 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although in some cases the firmware can also be loaded from a partition on a " @@ -5269,7 +5278,7 @@ msgstr "" "đoạn cài đặt đầu tiên." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3297 +#: using-d-i.xml:3304 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Tarballs containing current packages for the most common firmware are " @@ -5284,7 +5293,7 @@ msgstr "" "bản phát hành hiện thời, và giải nén nó vào hệ thống tập tin trên vật chứa." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3311 +#: using-d-i.xml:3318 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the firmware you need is not included in the tarball, you can also " @@ -5299,7 +5308,7 @@ msgstr "" "cũng có thể chứa gói khác phần vững:" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3325 +#: using-d-i.xml:3332 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is also possible to copy individual firmware files to the medium. Loose " @@ -5311,13 +5320,13 @@ msgstr "" "phần cứng." #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3334 +#: using-d-i.xml:3341 #, no-c-format msgid "Firmware and the Installed System" msgstr "Phần vững và Hệ thống đã Cài đặt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3335 +#: using-d-i.xml:3342 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any firmware loaded during the installation will be copied automatically to " @@ -5335,7 +5344,7 @@ msgstr "" "là phần vững không nạp được do phiên bản bị đối xứng lệch." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3344 +#: using-d-i.xml:3351 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the firmware was loaded from a firmware package, &d-i; will also install " @@ -5351,7 +5360,7 @@ msgstr "" "phát hành." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3352 +#: using-d-i.xml:3359 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If loading the firmware was skipped during the installation, the relevant " @@ -5363,7 +5372,7 @@ msgstr "" "cài đặt một cách thủ công." #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3359 +#: using-d-i.xml:3366 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the firmware was loaded from loose firmware files, the firmware copied to " diff --git a/po/zh_CN/preseed.po b/po/zh_CN/preseed.po index 58c5d88f7..e12234800 100644 --- a/po/zh_CN/preseed.po +++ b/po/zh_CN/preseed.po @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: d-i-manual\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-11-18 01:11+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-01-18 00:44+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-11-21 13:31+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Ji YongGang <jungle@soforge.com>\n" "Language-Team: debian-chinese-gb <debian-chinese-gb@debian.org>\n" @@ -2296,7 +2296,30 @@ msgstr "" #. Tag: screen #: preseed.xml:1050 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +#| msgid "" +#| "#tasksel tasksel/first multiselect standard, web-server\n" +#| "# If the desktop task is selected, install the kde and xfce desktops\n" +#| "# instead of the default gnome desktop.\n" +#| "#tasksel tasksel/desktop multiselect kde, xfce\n" +#| "\n" +#| "# Individual additional packages to install\n" +#| "#d-i pkgsel/include string openssh-server build-essential\n" +#| "# By default, packages that are only Recommended by packages installed " +#| "using\n" +#| "# pkgsel/include (as opposed to their dependencies) will not be " +#| "installed.\n" +#| "# Whether to upgrade packages after debootstrap.\n" +#| "# Allowed values: none, safe-upgrade, full-upgrade\n" +#| "#d-i pkgsel/upgrade select none\n" +#| "\n" +#| "# Some versions of the installer can report back on what software you " +#| "have\n" +#| "# installed, and what software you use. The default is not to report " +#| "back,\n" +#| "# but sending reports helps the project determine what software is most\n" +#| "# popular and include it on CDs.\n" +#| "#popularity-contest popularity-contest/participate boolean false" msgid "" "#tasksel tasksel/first multiselect standard, web-server\n" "# If the desktop task is selected, install the kde and xfce desktops\n" @@ -2305,9 +2328,6 @@ msgid "" "\n" "# Individual additional packages to install\n" "#d-i pkgsel/include string openssh-server build-essential\n" -"# By default, packages that are only Recommended by packages installed " -"using\n" -"# pkgsel/include (as opposed to their dependencies) will not be installed.\n" "# Whether to upgrade packages after debootstrap.\n" "# Allowed values: none, safe-upgrade, full-upgrade\n" "#d-i pkgsel/upgrade select none\n" diff --git a/po/zh_CN/random-bits.po b/po/zh_CN/random-bits.po index 3bc775c57..6464335ac 100644 --- a/po/zh_CN/random-bits.po +++ b/po/zh_CN/random-bits.po @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: d-i-manual\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-11-08 01:11+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-12-28 01:10+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-11-21 13:34+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Ji YongGang<jungle@soforge.com>\n" "Language-Team: debian-chinese-gb <debian-chinese-gb@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -1319,7 +1319,67 @@ msgstr "网络的配置" #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:646 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +#| msgid "" +#| "To configure networking, edit <filename>/etc/network/interfaces</" +#| "filename>, <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>, <filename>/etc/" +#| "hostname</filename> and <filename>/etc/hosts</filename>. " +#| "<informalexample><screen>\n" +#| "# editor /etc/network/interfaces\n" +#| "</screen></informalexample> Here are some simple examples from <filename>/" +#| "usr/share/doc/ifupdown/examples</filename>: <informalexample><screen>\n" +#| "######################################################################\n" +#| "# /etc/network/interfaces -- configuration file for ifup(8), ifdown(8)\n" +#| "# See the interfaces(5) manpage for information on what options are\n" +#| "# available.\n" +#| "######################################################################\n" +#| "\n" +#| "# We always want the loopback interface.\n" +#| "#\n" +#| "auto lo\n" +#| "iface lo inet loopback\n" +#| "\n" +#| "# To use dhcp:\n" +#| "#\n" +#| "# auto eth0\n" +#| "# iface eth0 inet dhcp\n" +#| "\n" +#| "# An example static IP setup: (broadcast and gateway are optional)\n" +#| "#\n" +#| "# auto eth0\n" +#| "# iface eth0 inet static\n" +#| "# address 192.168.0.42\n" +#| "# network 192.168.0.0\n" +#| "# netmask 255.255.255.0\n" +#| "# broadcast 192.168.0.255\n" +#| "# gateway 192.168.0.1\n" +#| "</screen></informalexample> Enter your nameserver(s) and search " +#| "directives in <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>: " +#| "<informalexample><screen>\n" +#| "# editor /etc/resolv.conf\n" +#| "</screen></informalexample> A simple example <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</" +#| "filename>: <informalexample><screen>\n" +#| "search hqdom.local\n" +#| "nameserver 10.1.1.36\n" +#| "nameserver 192.168.9.100\n" +#| "</screen></informalexample> Enter your system's host name (2 to 63 " +#| "characters): <informalexample><screen>\n" +#| "# echo DebianHostName > /etc/hostname\n" +#| "</screen></informalexample> And a basic <filename>/etc/hosts</filename> " +#| "with IPv6 support: <informalexample><screen>\n" +#| "127.0.0.1 localhost DebianHostName\n" +#| "\n" +#| "# The following lines are desirable for IPv6 capable hosts\n" +#| "::1 ip6-localhost ip6-loopback\n" +#| "fe00::0 ip6-localnet\n" +#| "ff00::0 ip6-mcastprefix\n" +#| "ff02::1 ip6-allnodes\n" +#| "ff02::2 ip6-allrouters\n" +#| "ff02::3 ip6-allhosts\n" +#| "</screen></informalexample> If you have multiple network cards, you " +#| "should arrange the names of driver modules in the <filename>/etc/modules</" +#| "filename> file into the desired order. Then during boot, each card will " +#| "be associated with the interface name (eth0, eth1, etc.) that you expect." msgid "" "To configure networking, edit <filename>/etc/network/interfaces</filename>, " "<filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>, <filename>/etc/hostname</filename> " @@ -1365,7 +1425,8 @@ msgid "" "# echo DebianHostName > /etc/hostname\n" "</screen></informalexample> And a basic <filename>/etc/hosts</filename> with " "IPv6 support: <informalexample><screen>\n" -"127.0.0.1 localhost DebianHostName\n" +"127.0.0.1 localhost\n" +"127.0.1.1 DebianHostName\n" "\n" "# The following lines are desirable for IPv6 capable hosts\n" "::1 ip6-localhost ip6-loopback\n" @@ -2400,7 +2461,9 @@ msgid "" "If a dialog offers additional help information, a <guibutton>Help</" "guibutton> button will be displayed. The help information can be accessed " "either by activating the button or by pressing the <keycap>F1</keycap> key." -msgstr "如果对话框提供了额外的帮助信息，会显示一个 <guibutton>Help</guibutton> 按钮。帮助信息可以通过该按钮或者按下 <keycap>F1</keycap> 键。" +msgstr "" +"如果对话框提供了额外的帮助信息，会显示一个 <guibutton>Help</guibutton> 按钮。" +"帮助信息可以通过该按钮或者按下 <keycap>F1</keycap> 键。" #. Tag: para #: random-bits.xml:1263 diff --git a/po/zh_CN/using-d-i.po b/po/zh_CN/using-d-i.po index 2b2372d24..5d5cde65a 100644 --- a/po/zh_CN/using-d-i.po +++ b/po/zh_CN/using-d-i.po @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: d-i-manual\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-11-25 01:11+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-01-18 00:44+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-11-21 13:42+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Ji YongGang<jungle@soforge.com>\n" "Language-Team: debian-chinese-gb <debian-chinese-gb@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -810,11 +810,16 @@ msgstr "选择地区选项" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:516 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +#| msgid "" +#| "In most cases the first questions you will be asked concern the selection " +#| "of localization options to be used both for the installation and for the " +#| "installed system. The localization options consist of language, country " +#| "and locales." msgid "" "In most cases the first questions you will be asked concern the selection of " "localization options to be used both for the installation and for the " -"installed system. The localization options consist of language, country and " +"installed system. The localization options consist of language, location and " "locales." msgstr "" "大多时候，您遇到的第一个问题是关于地区的选项，它用于安装过程和安装后的系统。" @@ -841,17 +846,18 @@ msgstr "" #| "geographic location. Language and country together will be used to set " #| "the default locale for your system and to help select your keyboard." msgid "" -"The selected country will be used later in the installation process to pick " -"the default time zone and a Debian mirror appropriate for your geographic " -"location. Language and country together will help determine the default " -"locale for your system and select the correct keyboard layout." +"The selected geographic location (in most cases a country) will be used " +"later in the installation process to select the correct time zone and a " +"Debian mirror appropriate for that country. Language and country together " +"will help determine the default locale for your system and select the " +"correct keyboard layout." msgstr "" "在安装过程的后面，选择的国家还会被用于设置默认的时区和您所处地理位置的 " "Debian 镜像。语言和国家可以一起用来设置您系统默认的 locale，并帮助您选择键" "盘。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:537 +#: using-d-i.xml:538 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will first be asked to select your preferred language. The language " @@ -871,7 +877,7 @@ msgstr "" "件包也不会安装。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:549 +#: using-d-i.xml:550 #, fuzzy, no-c-format #| msgid "" #| "If you selected a language that is recognized as an official language for " @@ -883,14 +889,14 @@ msgstr "" #| "selecting a continent will lead to a list of relevant countries on that " #| "continent." msgid "" -"If you selected a language that is recognized as an official language for " -"more than one country<footnote> <para> In technical terms: where multiple " -"locales exist for that language with differing country codes. </para> </" -"footnote>, you will be shown a list of only those countries. To select a " -"country that is not in that list, choose <guimenuitem>other</guimenuitem> " -"(the last option). You will then be presented with a list of continents; " -"selecting a continent will lead to a list of relevant countries on that " -"continent." +"Next you will be asked to select your geographic location. If you selected a " +"language that is recognized as an official language for more than one " +"country<footnote> <para> In technical terms: where multiple locales exist " +"for that language with differing country codes. </para> </footnote>, you " +"will be shown a list of only those countries. To select a country that is " +"not in that list, choose <guimenuitem>other</guimenuitem> (the last option). " +"You will then be presented with a list of continents; selecting a continent " +"will lead to a list of relevant countries on that continent." msgstr "" "如果您选择的语言被多个国家作为官方语言<footnote> <para> 技术范畴：一种语言针" "对不同国家代码有多个不同 locale 存在。</para> </footnote>，列表中只列出这些国" @@ -923,24 +929,27 @@ msgid "" "If you selected a combination of language and country for which no locale is " "defined and there exist multiple locales for the language, then the " "installer will allow you to choose which of those locales you prefer as the " -"default locale for the installed system. In all other cases a default locale " -"will be selected based on the selected language and country." +"default locale for the installed system<footnote> <para> At medium and low " +"priority you can always select your preferred locale from those available " +"for the selected language (if there's more than one). </para> </footnote>. " +"In all other cases a default locale will be selected based on the selected " +"language and country." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:588 +#: using-d-i.xml:595 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any default locale selected as described in the previous paragraph will use " -"UTF-8 as character encoding." +"<firstterm>UTF-8</firstterm> as character encoding." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:593 +#: using-d-i.xml:600 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"If you are installing at medium or low priority, you will have the option of " -"selecting additional locales, including so-called <quote>legacy</quote> " +"If you are installing at low priority, you will have the option of selecting " +"additional locales, including so-called <quote>legacy</quote> " "locales<footnote> <para> Legacy locales are locales which do not use UTF-8, " "but one of the older standards for character encoding such as ISO 8859-" "1 (used by West European languages) or EUC-JP (used by Japanese). </para> </" @@ -950,13 +959,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:617 +#: using-d-i.xml:624 #, no-c-format msgid "Choosing a Keyboard" msgstr "选择键盘" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:619 +#: using-d-i.xml:626 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Keyboards are often tailored to the characters used in a language. Select a " @@ -971,7 +980,7 @@ msgstr "" "(在安装完之后用 root 执行 <command>kbd-config</command>)。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:629 +#: using-d-i.xml:636 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Move the highlight to the keyboard selection you desire and press " @@ -985,7 +994,7 @@ msgstr "" "是具有 <keycap>F1</keycap> 到 <keycap>F10</keycap> 健，与顶端平行。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:638 +#: using-d-i.xml:645 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There are two keyboard layouts for US keyboards; the qwerty/mac-usb-us " @@ -1003,13 +1012,13 @@ msgstr "" "方这两种布局相似。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:668 +#: using-d-i.xml:675 #, no-c-format msgid "Looking for the Debian Installer ISO Image" msgstr "寻找 Debian 安装程序 ISO 映像" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:669 +#: using-d-i.xml:676 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When installing via the <emphasis>hd-media</emphasis> method, there will be " @@ -1022,7 +1031,7 @@ msgstr "" "command> 正是用来完成此任务。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:676 +#: using-d-i.xml:683 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At first, <command>iso-scan</command> automatically mounts all block devices " @@ -1049,7 +1058,7 @@ msgstr "" "command> 搜索其它的映象。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:693 +#: using-d-i.xml:700 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In case the previous attempt to find an installer iso image fails, " @@ -1061,7 +1070,7 @@ msgstr "" "行完整的搜索。这次不只查看最上级目录，而是真正地贯穿整个文件系统。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:700 +#: using-d-i.xml:707 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If <command>iso-scan</command> does not discover your installer iso image, " @@ -1077,13 +1086,13 @@ msgstr "" "用户可以在第二个控制台上完成这些动作，而毋须重新启动。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:721 +#: using-d-i.xml:728 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Network" msgstr "配置网络" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:723 +#: using-d-i.xml:730 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As you enter this step, if the system detects that you have more than one " @@ -1101,7 +1110,7 @@ msgstr "" "citerefentry> man 手册。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:734 +#: using-d-i.xml:741 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, &d-i; tries to configure your computer's network automatically " @@ -1121,7 +1130,7 @@ msgstr "" "服务器有时候响应很慢，如果您确定都正常，请再试一次。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:746 +#: using-d-i.xml:753 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The manual network setup in turn asks you a number of questions about your " @@ -1143,7 +1152,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"needed-info\"/>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:760 +#: using-d-i.xml:767 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some technical details you might, or might not, find handy: the program " @@ -1162,14 +1171,14 @@ msgstr "" "network/interfaces</filename>。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:805 +#: using-d-i.xml:812 #, fuzzy, no-c-format #| msgid "Configuring the Clock" msgid "Configuring the Clock and Time Zone" msgstr "配置时钟" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:807 +#: using-d-i.xml:814 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The installer will first attempt to connect to a time server on the Internet " @@ -1184,13 +1193,13 @@ msgstr "" "的。在安装过程中没法手动对系统时间进行设置。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:816 +#: using-d-i.xml:823 #, no-c-format msgid "The installer does not modify the system clock on the s390 platform." msgstr "在 s390 平台，安装程序不会修改系统时钟。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:829 +#: using-d-i.xml:836 #, fuzzy, no-c-format #| msgid "" #| "Depending on the location selected earlier in the installation process, " @@ -1207,7 +1216,7 @@ msgstr "" "如果该地只对应一个时区，那么系统就不会询问而直接使用该时区。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:837 +#: using-d-i.xml:844 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In expert mode or when installing at medium priority, you will have the " @@ -1216,7 +1225,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:843 +#: using-d-i.xml:850 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If for some reason you wish to set a time zone for the installed system that " @@ -1227,7 +1236,7 @@ msgstr "" "选项。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:854 +#: using-d-i.xml:861 #, fuzzy, no-c-format #| msgid "" #| "The simplest option is to just select a different timezone after the " @@ -1241,13 +1250,13 @@ msgstr "" "简易的方法是，在安装完成后重新启动进入新系统，选择一个不同的时区。该命令为：" #. Tag: screen -#: using-d-i.xml:860 +#: using-d-i.xml:867 #, no-c-format msgid "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata" msgstr "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:866 +#: using-d-i.xml:873 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Alternatively, the time zone can be set at the very start of the " @@ -1262,7 +1271,7 @@ msgstr "" "userinput> 或 <userinput>UTC</userinput>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:880 +#: using-d-i.xml:887 #, fuzzy, no-c-format #| msgid "" #| "For automated installations the time zone can also be set using " @@ -1273,13 +1282,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "自动安装可以通过预置设置时区。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:894 +#: using-d-i.xml:901 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning and Mount Point Selection" msgstr "分区与选择挂载点" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:895 +#: using-d-i.xml:902 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this time, after hardware detection has been executed a final time, &d-i; " @@ -1294,7 +1303,7 @@ msgstr "" "并为近似选项进行配置，比如 RAID、LVM 或加密设备。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:916 +#: using-d-i.xml:923 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are uncomfortable with partitioning, or just want to know more " @@ -1304,7 +1313,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"partitioning\"/>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:922 +#: using-d-i.xml:929 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If a hard disk has previously used under Solaris, the partitioner may not " @@ -1324,7 +1333,7 @@ msgstr "" "</screen></informalexample> 注意，这会是磁盘上已有的数据无法访问。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:935 +#: using-d-i.xml:942 #, no-c-format msgid "" "First you will be given the opportunity to automatically partition either an " @@ -1337,13 +1346,13 @@ msgstr "" "<guimenuitem>Manual</guimenuitem> 。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:945 +#: using-d-i.xml:952 #, no-c-format msgid "Guided Partitioning" msgstr "导引式分区" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:946 +#: using-d-i.xml:953 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning, you may have three options: to create " @@ -1359,14 +1368,14 @@ msgstr "" "footnote>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:961 +#: using-d-i.xml:968 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The option to use (encrypted) LVM may not be available on all architectures." msgstr "(加密) LVM 的选项并不是在所有体系下都可用。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:966 +#: using-d-i.xml:973 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When using LVM or encrypted LVM, the installer will create most partitions " @@ -1380,7 +1389,7 @@ msgstr "" "大分区将无法读取，对您的(私有)数据提供了额外的安全性。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:975 +#: using-d-i.xml:982 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When using encrypted LVM, the installer will also automatically erase the " @@ -1394,7 +1403,7 @@ msgstr "" "时间。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:984 +#: using-d-i.xml:991 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning using LVM or encrypted LVM, some changes " @@ -1409,7 +1418,7 @@ msgstr "" "安装程序会在写入磁盘之前让您确认。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:994 +#: using-d-i.xml:1001 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning (either classic or using (encrypted) LVM) " @@ -1424,7 +1433,7 @@ msgstr "" "的那块。排列的次序可能与以前的不同。磁盘的尺寸将会帮助您识别它们。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1003 +#: using-d-i.xml:1010 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any data on the disk you select will eventually be lost, but you will always " @@ -1438,7 +1447,7 @@ msgstr "" "销。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1011 +#: using-d-i.xml:1018 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, you will be able to choose from the schemes listed in the table below. " @@ -1454,73 +1463,73 @@ msgstr "" "1GB 以上的空间(具体大小视所选的方式而不同)，那么导引式分区将以失败告终。" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1027 +#: using-d-i.xml:1034 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning scheme" msgstr "分区方式" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1028 +#: using-d-i.xml:1035 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum space" msgstr "所需最小空间" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1029 +#: using-d-i.xml:1036 #, no-c-format msgid "Created partitions" msgstr "所新建的分区" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1035 +#: using-d-i.xml:1042 #, no-c-format msgid "All files in one partition" msgstr "所有文件在同一分区" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1036 +#: using-d-i.xml:1043 #, no-c-format msgid "600MB" msgstr "600MB" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1037 +#: using-d-i.xml:1044 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, swap" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1039 +#: using-d-i.xml:1046 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home partition" msgstr "建立 /home 分区" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1040 +#: using-d-i.xml:1047 #, no-c-format msgid "500MB" msgstr "500MB" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1041 +#: using-d-i.xml:1048 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1045 +#: using-d-i.xml:1052 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home, /usr, /var and /tmp partitions" msgstr "分别建立 /home、/usr、/var 和 /tmp 分区" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1046 +#: using-d-i.xml:1053 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>1GB</entry>" msgstr "<entry>1GB</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1047 +#: using-d-i.xml:1054 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/usr</" @@ -1530,7 +1539,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, swap" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1056 +#: using-d-i.xml:1063 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning using (encrypted) LVM, the installer will " @@ -1542,7 +1551,7 @@ msgstr "" "boot</filename> 分区。其他的分区，除了交换分区，都会建在 LVM 分区之内。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1062 +#: using-d-i.xml:1069 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning for your IA-64 system, there will be an " @@ -1555,7 +1564,7 @@ msgstr "" "手动把某个分区作为 EFI 引导分区。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1070 +#: using-d-i.xml:1077 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After selecting a scheme, the next screen will show your new partition " @@ -1566,7 +1575,7 @@ msgstr "" "区是否将被格式化，将以何种方式格式化，以及它们将被挂载到哪里的相关信息。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1076 +#: using-d-i.xml:1083 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The list of partitions might look like this: <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -1614,7 +1623,7 @@ msgstr "" "置，但使用手动方式分区的结果会有所不同。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1089 +#: using-d-i.xml:1096 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This concludes the guided partitioning. If you are satisfied with the " @@ -1632,13 +1641,13 @@ msgstr "" "后再次运行导引式分区，或者按照下面的介绍进行手动分区。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1103 +#: using-d-i.xml:1110 #, no-c-format msgid "Manual Partitioning" msgstr "手动分区" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1104 +#: using-d-i.xml:1111 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A similar screen to the one shown just above will be displayed if you choose " @@ -1653,7 +1662,7 @@ msgstr "" "谈到。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1112 +#: using-d-i.xml:1119 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select a pristine disk which has neither partitions nor free space on " @@ -1666,7 +1675,7 @@ msgstr "" "的磁盘条目下出现一个新行，上面写着 <quote>FREE SPACE</quote>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1120 +#: using-d-i.xml:1127 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select some free space, you will have the opportunity to create a new " @@ -1701,7 +1710,7 @@ msgstr "" "动退回到 <command>partman</command> 的主界面。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1142 +#: using-d-i.xml:1149 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you decide you want to change something about your partition, simply " @@ -1720,7 +1729,7 @@ msgstr "" "这个菜单中，您还可以删除分区。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1153 +#: using-d-i.xml:1160 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Be sure to create at least two partitions: one for the <emphasis>root</" @@ -1735,7 +1744,7 @@ msgstr "" "面的步骤，直到您纠正了这个错误。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1161 +#: using-d-i.xml:1168 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you forget to select and format an EFI boot partition, <command>partman</" @@ -1746,7 +1755,7 @@ msgstr "" "点，不让您继续操作，直到您划分出这样一个分区。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1167 +#: using-d-i.xml:1174 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Capabilities of <command>partman</command> can be extended with installer " @@ -1762,7 +1771,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename> 或者 <filename>partman-lvm</filename>)。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1175 +#: using-d-i.xml:1182 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you are satisfied with partitioning, select <guimenuitem>Finish " @@ -1776,13 +1785,13 @@ msgstr "" "此分区。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1203 +#: using-d-i.xml:1210 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Multidisk Devices (Software RAID)" msgstr "配置多磁盘设备(软 RAID)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1204 +#: using-d-i.xml:1211 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you have more than one harddrive<footnote><para> To be honest, you can " @@ -1800,7 +1809,7 @@ msgstr "" "<firstterm>软 RAID</firstterm>)。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1217 +#: using-d-i.xml:1224 #, no-c-format msgid "" "MD is basically a bunch of partitions located on different disks and " @@ -1813,7 +1822,7 @@ msgstr "" "command> 格式化，分配挂载点，等等)。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1225 +#: using-d-i.xml:1232 #, no-c-format msgid "" "What benefits this brings depends on the type of MD device you are creating. " @@ -1905,101 +1914,101 @@ msgstr "" "listitem> </varlistentry></variablelist> 总结：" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1339 +#: using-d-i.xml:1346 #, no-c-format msgid "Type" msgstr "类型" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1340 +#: using-d-i.xml:1347 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum Devices" msgstr "最少设备" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1341 +#: using-d-i.xml:1348 #, no-c-format msgid "Spare Device" msgstr "备用设备" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1342 +#: using-d-i.xml:1349 #, no-c-format msgid "Survives disk failure?" msgstr "幸免于磁盘损坏？" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1343 +#: using-d-i.xml:1350 #, no-c-format msgid "Available Space" msgstr "可用空间" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1349 +#: using-d-i.xml:1356 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID0" msgstr "RAID0" # index.docbook:1105, index.docbook:1113 #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1350 using-d-i.xml:1358 using-d-i.xml:1388 +#: using-d-i.xml:1357 using-d-i.xml:1365 using-d-i.xml:1395 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>2</entry>" msgstr "<entry>2</entry>" # index.docbook:1106, index.docbook:1107 #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1351 using-d-i.xml:1352 +#: using-d-i.xml:1358 using-d-i.xml:1359 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>no</entry>" msgstr "<entry>否</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1353 +#: using-d-i.xml:1360 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by number of devices in RAID" msgstr "容量为最小分区乘以 RAID 设备数" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1357 +#: using-d-i.xml:1364 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID1" msgstr "RAID1" # index.docbook:1114, index.docbook:1122 #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1359 using-d-i.xml:1367 using-d-i.xml:1378 using-d-i.xml:1389 +#: using-d-i.xml:1366 using-d-i.xml:1374 using-d-i.xml:1385 using-d-i.xml:1396 #, no-c-format msgid "optional" msgstr "可选" # index.docbook:1115, index.docbook:1123 #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1360 using-d-i.xml:1368 using-d-i.xml:1379 using-d-i.xml:1390 +#: using-d-i.xml:1367 using-d-i.xml:1375 using-d-i.xml:1386 using-d-i.xml:1397 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>yes</entry>" msgstr "<entry>是</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1361 +#: using-d-i.xml:1368 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition in RAID" msgstr "容量为 RAID 最小分区" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1365 +#: using-d-i.xml:1372 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID5" msgstr "RAID5" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1366 +#: using-d-i.xml:1373 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>3</entry>" msgstr "<entry>3</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1369 +#: using-d-i.xml:1376 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID " @@ -2007,20 +2016,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "容量为最小分区乘以(RAID 设备数量减一)" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1376 +#: using-d-i.xml:1383 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID6" msgstr "RAID6" # index.docbook:1105, index.docbook:1113 #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1377 +#: using-d-i.xml:1384 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>4</entry>" msgstr "<entry>4</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1380 +#: using-d-i.xml:1387 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID " @@ -2028,13 +2037,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "容量为最小分区乘以(RAID 设备数量减二)" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1387 +#: using-d-i.xml:1394 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID10" msgstr "RAID10" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1391 +#: using-d-i.xml:1398 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Total of all partitions divided by the number of chunk copies (defaults to " @@ -2042,7 +2051,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "所有的分区数除以 chunk 拷贝数(默认为二)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1398 +#: using-d-i.xml:1405 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you want to know more about Software RAID, have a look at <ulink url=" @@ -2052,7 +2061,7 @@ msgstr "" "\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1403 +#: using-d-i.xml:1410 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To create an MD device, you need to have the desired partitions it should " @@ -2067,7 +2076,7 @@ msgstr "" "volume for RAID</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>。)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1412 +#: using-d-i.xml:1419 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Make sure that the system can be booted with the partitioning scheme you are " @@ -2085,7 +2094,7 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>/</filename> 同时 RAID1 给 <filename>/boot</filename> 是一种方式。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1424 +#: using-d-i.xml:1431 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Support for MD is a relatively new addition to the installer. You may " @@ -2100,7 +2109,7 @@ msgstr "" "验的用户，从 shell 手动地处理一些配置和安装步骤，也许会绕开这些问题。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1433 +#: using-d-i.xml:1440 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, you should choose <guimenuitem>Configure software RAID</guimenuitem> " @@ -2120,7 +2129,7 @@ msgstr "" "RAID1)。后续操作会根据您选择的 MD 类型而定。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1446 +#: using-d-i.xml:1453 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID0 is simple — you will be issued with the list of available RAID " @@ -2131,7 +2140,7 @@ msgstr "" "组成 MD 的分区。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1453 +#: using-d-i.xml:1460 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID1 is a bit more tricky. First, you will be asked to enter the number of " @@ -2148,7 +2157,7 @@ msgstr "" "将不会允许您继续下去，直到纠正错误。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1465 +#: using-d-i.xml:1472 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID5 has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 with the exception that you " @@ -2158,7 +2167,7 @@ msgstr "" "区。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1471 +#: using-d-i.xml:1478 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID6 also has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 except that at least " @@ -2168,7 +2177,7 @@ msgstr "" "区。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1477 +#: using-d-i.xml:1484 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID10 again has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 except in expert mode. " @@ -2186,7 +2195,7 @@ msgstr "" "贝数。这些活动设备必须是让所有的拷贝可以分布到不同磁盘。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1491 +#: using-d-i.xml:1498 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is perfectly possible to have several types of MD at once. For example, " @@ -2202,7 +2211,7 @@ msgstr "" "RAID1 (相当可靠的 100 GB 分区用于 <filename>/home</filename>)。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1500 +#: using-d-i.xml:1507 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you set up MD devices to your liking, you can <guimenuitem>Finish</" @@ -2215,13 +2224,13 @@ msgstr "" "您的新 MD 设备，并分配挂载点这样的属性。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1515 +#: using-d-i.xml:1522 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Logical Volume Manager (LVM)" msgstr "配置逻辑卷管理(LVM)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1516 +#: using-d-i.xml:1523 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or " @@ -2235,7 +2244,7 @@ msgstr "" "或符号链接等方法来折腾。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1524 +#: using-d-i.xml:1531 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). " @@ -2253,7 +2262,7 @@ msgstr "" "点在于它可以跨越多个物理磁盘。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1534 +#: using-d-i.xml:1541 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</" @@ -2271,7 +2280,7 @@ msgstr "" "阅 <ulink url=\"&url-lvm-howto;\">LVM HOWTO</ulink>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1545 +#: using-d-i.xml:1552 #, no-c-format msgid "" "LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple and completely supported inside " @@ -2286,7 +2295,7 @@ msgstr "" "<guimenuitem>physical volume for LVM</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1554 +#: using-d-i.xml:1561 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, you will see " @@ -2303,7 +2312,7 @@ msgstr "" "了 LVM 配置的小结。菜单项本身是与内容相关，只显示可用的操作。可能的操作有：" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1565 +#: using-d-i.xml:1572 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<guimenuitem>Display configuration details</guimenuitem>: shows LVM device " @@ -2313,43 +2322,43 @@ msgstr "" "名称和逻辑卷尺寸等" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1570 +#: using-d-i.xml:1577 #, no-c-format msgid "Create volume group" msgstr "Create volume group" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1573 +#: using-d-i.xml:1580 #, no-c-format msgid "Create logical volume" msgstr "Create logical volume" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1576 +#: using-d-i.xml:1583 #, no-c-format msgid "Delete volume group" msgstr "Delete volume group" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1579 +#: using-d-i.xml:1586 #, no-c-format msgid "Delete logical volume" msgstr "Delete logical volume" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1582 +#: using-d-i.xml:1589 #, no-c-format msgid "Extend volume group" msgstr "Extend volume group" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1585 +#: using-d-i.xml:1592 #, no-c-format msgid "Reduce volume group" msgstr "Reduce volume group" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1587 +#: using-d-i.xml:1594 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem>: return to the main <command>partman</" @@ -2358,7 +2367,7 @@ msgstr "" "<guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem>: 返回 <command>partman</command> 主界面" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1593 +#: using-d-i.xml:1600 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Use the options in that menu to first create a volume group and then create " @@ -2366,7 +2375,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "使用该菜单内的选项首先创建卷组，然后在里面创建逻辑卷。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1598 +#: using-d-i.xml:1605 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, any created " @@ -2377,13 +2386,13 @@ msgstr "" "通的分区一样(您也应该这样对待它们)。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1612 +#: using-d-i.xml:1619 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Encrypted Volumes" msgstr "配置加密卷" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1613 +#: using-d-i.xml:1620 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; allows you to set up encrypted partitions. Every file you write to " @@ -2401,7 +2410,7 @@ msgstr "" "许可以访问硬盘，但是没有正确的口令，硬盘上的数据看起来就像是随机的字符。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1625 +#: using-d-i.xml:1632 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The two most important partitions to encrypt are: the home partition, where " @@ -2424,7 +2433,7 @@ msgstr "" "加载内核。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1640 +#: using-d-i.xml:1647 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Please note that the performance of encrypted partitions will be less than " @@ -2436,7 +2445,7 @@ msgstr "" "密和解密。性能将与您的 CPU 速度、选择的加密算法和密钥长度紧密相关。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1647 +#: using-d-i.xml:1654 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To use encryption, you have to create a new partition by selecting some free " @@ -2454,7 +2463,7 @@ msgstr "" "guimenu> </menuchoice> 选项。菜单将包含分区的加密选项。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1658 +#: using-d-i.xml:1665 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; supports several encryption methods. The default method is " @@ -2469,7 +2478,7 @@ msgstr "" "使用默认的方法。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1670 +#: using-d-i.xml:1677 #, no-c-format msgid "" "First, let's have a look at the options available when you select " @@ -2482,13 +2491,13 @@ msgstr "" "的安全考虑的选择。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1680 +#: using-d-i.xml:1687 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>aes</userinput>" msgstr "Encryption: <userinput>aes</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1682 +#: using-d-i.xml:1689 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option lets you select the encryption algorithm (<firstterm>cipher</" @@ -2511,13 +2520,13 @@ msgstr "" "纪的敏感信息。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1700 +#: using-d-i.xml:1707 #, no-c-format msgid "Key size: <userinput>256</userinput>" msgstr "Key size: <userinput>256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1702 +#: using-d-i.xml:1709 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Here you can specify the length of the encryption key. With a larger key " @@ -2529,13 +2538,13 @@ msgstr "" "加长度自然会降低性能。cipher 决定可用的密钥长度。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1714 +#: using-d-i.xml:1721 #, no-c-format msgid "IV algorithm: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>" msgstr "IV algorithm: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1716 +#: using-d-i.xml:1723 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <firstterm>Initialization Vector</firstterm> or <firstterm>IV</" @@ -2551,7 +2560,7 @@ msgstr "" "复模板推断信息。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1726 +#: using-d-i.xml:1733 #, no-c-format msgid "" "From the provided alternatives, the default <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</" @@ -2564,25 +2573,25 @@ msgstr "" "法时，才使用其他的算法。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1738 +#: using-d-i.xml:1745 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Passphrase</userinput>" msgstr "Encryption key: <userinput>Passphrase</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1740 +#: using-d-i.xml:1747 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can choose the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "这里您可以为分区选择所使用的加密密钥类型。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1746 +#: using-d-i.xml:1753 #, no-c-format msgid "Passphrase" msgstr "Passphrase" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1747 +#: using-d-i.xml:1754 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The encryption key will be computed<footnote> <para> Using a passphrase as " @@ -2595,13 +2604,13 @@ msgstr "" "使用时要求输入。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1762 using-d-i.xml:1855 +#: using-d-i.xml:1769 using-d-i.xml:1862 #, no-c-format msgid "Random key" msgstr "Random key" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1763 +#: using-d-i.xml:1770 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A new encryption key will be generated from random data each time you try to " @@ -2616,7 +2625,7 @@ msgstr "" "面临暴力破解，但是除非加密算法中有未知的弱点，这辈子也不会被攻破。)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1772 +#: using-d-i.xml:1779 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Random keys are useful for swap partitions because you do not need to bother " @@ -2633,13 +2642,13 @@ msgstr "" "写入到交换分区的数据。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1791 using-d-i.xml:1868 +#: using-d-i.xml:1798 using-d-i.xml:1875 #, no-c-format msgid "Erase data: <userinput>yes</userinput>" msgstr "Erase data: <userinput>yes</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1793 +#: using-d-i.xml:1800 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Determines whether the content of this partition should be overwritten with " @@ -2657,7 +2666,7 @@ msgstr "" "备上的数据。</para></footnote>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1813 +#: using-d-i.xml:1820 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Encryption method:</guimenu> " @@ -2669,13 +2678,13 @@ msgstr "" "下面内容：" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1822 +#: using-d-i.xml:1829 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>AES256</userinput>" msgstr "Encryption: <userinput>AES256</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1824 +#: using-d-i.xml:1831 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For loop-AES, unlike dm-crypt, the options for cipher and key size are " @@ -2686,25 +2695,25 @@ msgstr "" "时选取。请查阅前面关于 cipher 和密钥长度的章节了解更多信息。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1834 +#: using-d-i.xml:1841 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Keyfile (GnuPG)</userinput>" msgstr "Encryption key: <userinput>Keyfile (GnuPG)</userinput>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1836 +#: using-d-i.xml:1843 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can select the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "这里您可以为分区选择加密密钥的类型。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1842 +#: using-d-i.xml:1849 #, no-c-format msgid "Keyfile (GnuPG)" msgstr "Keyfile (GnuPG)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1843 +#: using-d-i.xml:1850 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The encryption key will be generated from random data during the " @@ -2716,19 +2725,19 @@ msgstr "" "application> 加密。要使用它，您需要输入正确的 passphrase (在以后会要求提供)。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1856 +#: using-d-i.xml:1863 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the section on random keys above." msgstr "请查阅前面有关随机密钥的章节。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1870 +#: using-d-i.xml:1877 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the the section on erasing data above." msgstr "请查阅前面有关删除数据的章节。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1879 +#: using-d-i.xml:1886 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have selected the desired parameters for your encrypted " @@ -2743,7 +2752,7 @@ msgstr "" "标记分区上的数据，以及写新分区表等动作。对于大的分区，这会花一些时间。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1889 +#: using-d-i.xml:1896 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next you will be asked to enter a passphrase for partitions configured to " @@ -2757,7 +2766,7 @@ msgstr "" "(比如生日、爱好、宠物的名字、以及家里其他成员的名字，等等)。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1898 +#: using-d-i.xml:1905 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before you input any passphrases, you should have made sure that your " @@ -2777,7 +2786,7 @@ msgstr "" "所选择的键盘布局未能正确建立，而且是在为根文件系统输入 passphrase 的时候。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1911 +#: using-d-i.xml:1918 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you selected to use methods other than a passphrase to create encryption " @@ -2796,7 +2805,7 @@ msgstr "" "程在每个要加密的分区重复进行。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1927 +#: using-d-i.xml:1934 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After returning to the main partitioning menu, you will see all encrypted " @@ -2827,7 +2836,7 @@ msgstr "" "您不合适，可以进行修改。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1940 +#: using-d-i.xml:1947 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Pay attention to the identifiers in parentheses (<replaceable>sda2_crypt</" @@ -2843,7 +2852,7 @@ msgstr "" "面的 <xref linkend=\"mount-encrypted-volumes\"/> 说明。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1950 +#: using-d-i.xml:1957 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you are satisfied with the partitioning scheme, continue with the " @@ -2851,13 +2860,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "当您满意分区之后，可以继续安装过程。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1961 +#: using-d-i.xml:1968 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing the Base System" msgstr "安装基本系统" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1962 +#: using-d-i.xml:1969 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant " @@ -2869,7 +2878,7 @@ msgstr "" "果您用较慢的计算机或网络，这要花费好一会儿时间。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1975 +#: using-d-i.xml:1982 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During installation of the base system, package unpacking and setup messages " @@ -2884,7 +2893,7 @@ msgstr "" "keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1984 +#: using-d-i.xml:1991 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The unpack/setup messages generated during this phase are also saved in " @@ -2895,7 +2904,7 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>/var/log/syslog</filename>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1990 +#: using-d-i.xml:1997 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As part of the installation, a Linux kernel will be installed. At the " @@ -2907,13 +2916,13 @@ msgstr "" "您硬件最匹配的内核。在较低的优先级下，您可以从列表中选择一个有效的内核。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2002 +#: using-d-i.xml:2009 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting Up Users And Passwords" msgstr "设置用户和密码" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2003 +#: using-d-i.xml:2010 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the base system has been installed, the installer will allow you to " @@ -2924,13 +2933,13 @@ msgstr "" "号。其他的用户帐号可以在安装完成之后创建。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2017 +#: using-d-i.xml:2024 #, no-c-format msgid "Set the Root Password" msgstr "设置 root 密码" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2021 +#: using-d-i.xml:2028 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <emphasis>root</emphasis> account is also called the <emphasis>super-" @@ -2943,7 +2952,7 @@ msgstr "" "理，而且使用时间应该尽可能短。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2029 +#: using-d-i.xml:2036 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any password you create should contain at least 6 characters, and should " @@ -2957,7 +2966,7 @@ msgstr "" "小心。请避免采用能够在字典中查到的单词或者很容易猜测的个人信息。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2037 +#: using-d-i.xml:2044 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If anyone ever tells you they need your root password, be extremely wary. " @@ -2968,13 +2977,13 @@ msgstr "" "员，否则通常不应该将超级用户密码交给别人。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2047 +#: using-d-i.xml:2054 #, no-c-format msgid "Create an Ordinary User" msgstr "创建一个普通用户" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2049 +#: using-d-i.xml:2056 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The system will ask you whether you wish to create an ordinary user account " @@ -2986,7 +2995,7 @@ msgstr "" "记，平时<emphasis>不要</emphasis>使用 root 帐户登录或者将其作为个人帐号使用。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2058 +#: using-d-i.xml:2065 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Why not? Well, one reason to avoid using root's privileges is that it is " @@ -3004,7 +3013,7 @@ msgstr "" "容，建议找一本进行学习。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2068 +#: using-d-i.xml:2075 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will first be prompted for the user's full name. Then you'll be asked " @@ -3016,7 +3025,7 @@ msgstr "" "便满足要求，并为缺省值。最后，您将要求输入该帐号的密码。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2075 +#: using-d-i.xml:2082 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If at any point after installation you would like to create another account, " @@ -3026,13 +3035,13 @@ msgstr "" "令。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2086 +#: using-d-i.xml:2093 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing Additional Software" msgstr "安装额外的软件" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2087 +#: using-d-i.xml:2094 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point you have a usable but limited system. Most users will want to " @@ -3045,13 +3054,13 @@ msgstr "" "装基本系统还要花时间。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2102 +#: using-d-i.xml:2109 #, no-c-format msgid "Configuring apt" msgstr "配置 apt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2104 +#: using-d-i.xml:2111 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One of the tools used to install packages on a &debian; system is a program " @@ -3082,7 +3091,7 @@ msgstr "" "软件包管理工具使用。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2128 +#: using-d-i.xml:2135 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows from where to " @@ -3095,7 +3104,7 @@ msgstr "" "并编辑成自己喜欢的地方。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2135 +#: using-d-i.xml:2142 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing at default priority, the installer will largely take " @@ -3110,7 +3119,7 @@ msgstr "" "序程序会自动加上安全镜像，它是 <quote>volatile</quote> 更新服务的镜像。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2144 +#: using-d-i.xml:2151 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing at a lower priority (e.g. in expert mode), you will be " @@ -3124,13 +3133,13 @@ msgstr "" "和 <quote>non-free</quote> 软件仓库里面添加软件包。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2155 +#: using-d-i.xml:2162 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing from more than one CD or DVD" msgstr "从多个 CD 或 DVD 安装" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2157 +#: using-d-i.xml:2164 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing from a CD or a DVD that is part of a larger set, the " @@ -3143,7 +3152,7 @@ msgstr "" "们里面的软件包了。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2164 +#: using-d-i.xml:2171 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do not have any additional CDs or DVDs, that is no problem: using " @@ -3155,7 +3164,7 @@ msgstr "" "节说明)，意味着下一步中选择的任务里面并非所有的软件包都会安装。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2172 +#: using-d-i.xml:2179 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Packages are included on CDs (and DVDs) in the order of their popularity. " @@ -3167,7 +3176,7 @@ msgstr "" "常用的软件，而最后一张光盘里面包含的是很少有人用到的软件。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2179 +#: using-d-i.xml:2186 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It also means that buying or downloading and burning a full CD set is just a " @@ -3181,7 +3190,7 @@ msgstr "" "DVD 的情况类似：只要一张，或者前两张 DVD 就能满足您大部分要求。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2188 +#: using-d-i.xml:2195 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A good rule of thumb is that for a regular desktop installation (using the " @@ -3194,7 +3203,7 @@ msgstr "" "境。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2196 +#: using-d-i.xml:2203 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do scan multiple CDs or DVDs, the installer will prompt you to " @@ -3209,13 +3218,13 @@ msgstr "" "照次序来可以降低出错的几率。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2209 +#: using-d-i.xml:2216 #, no-c-format msgid "Using a network mirror" msgstr "使用网络镜像" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2211 +#: using-d-i.xml:2218 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One question that will be asked during most installs is whether or not to " @@ -3226,7 +3235,7 @@ msgstr "" "默认答案会很好，但还是有一些例外。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2217 +#: using-d-i.xml:2224 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are <emphasis>not</emphasis> installing from a full CD or DVD or " @@ -3242,7 +3251,7 @@ msgstr "" "<literal>desktop</literal> 任务。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2226 +#: using-d-i.xml:2233 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing from a single full CD or using a full CD image, using " @@ -3259,7 +3268,7 @@ msgstr "" "装，以后(比如，重新启动到新系统)再安装额外的软件包。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2237 +#: using-d-i.xml:2244 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing from a DVD or using a DVD image, any packages needed " @@ -3272,7 +3281,7 @@ msgstr "" "项。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2244 +#: using-d-i.xml:2251 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One advantage of adding a network mirror is that updates that have occurred " @@ -3285,7 +3294,7 @@ msgstr "" "可以安装已经更新的内容，确保了系统的安全性和稳定性。。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2251 +#: using-d-i.xml:2258 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In summary: selecting a network mirror is generally a good idea, except if " @@ -3299,26 +3308,26 @@ msgstr "" "的数据量取决于" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2260 +#: using-d-i.xml:2267 #, no-c-format msgid "the tasks you select in the next step of the installation," msgstr "安装下一步选择的任务，" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2265 +#: using-d-i.xml:2272 #, no-c-format msgid "which packages are needed for those tasks," msgstr "这些任务所需的软件包，" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2270 +#: using-d-i.xml:2277 #, no-c-format msgid "" "which of those packages are present on the CDs or DVDs you have scanned, and" msgstr "已检测的 CD 或 DVD 上的软件包，并且" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2275 +#: using-d-i.xml:2282 #, no-c-format msgid "" "whether any updated versions of packages included on the CDs or DVDs are " @@ -3329,7 +3338,7 @@ msgstr "" "安全更新的镜像)。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2284 +#: using-d-i.xml:2291 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that the last point means that, even if you choose not to use a network " @@ -3341,13 +3350,13 @@ msgstr "" "且软件包有安全更新，仍然会从互联网下载更新后的软件包。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2300 +#: using-d-i.xml:2307 #, no-c-format msgid "Selecting and Installing Software" msgstr "选择和安装软件" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2302 +#: using-d-i.xml:2309 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select " @@ -3362,7 +3371,7 @@ msgstr "" "来快速建立您的计算机应对各种任务。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2311 +#: using-d-i.xml:2318 #, no-c-format msgid "" "So, you have the ability to choose <emphasis>tasks</emphasis> first, and " @@ -3392,7 +3401,7 @@ msgstr "" "空间。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2338 +#: using-d-i.xml:2345 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the computer " @@ -3403,7 +3412,7 @@ msgstr "" "些任务。此时甚至可以不选中任何任务。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2345 +#: using-d-i.xml:2352 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar " @@ -3411,7 +3420,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "在安装程序的标准用户界面下，您可以使用空格键切换任务的选择。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2351 +#: using-d-i.xml:2358 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Unless you are using the special KDE or Xfce/LXDE CDs, the <quote>Desktop " @@ -3421,7 +3430,7 @@ msgstr "" "GNOME 桌面环境。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2356 +#: using-d-i.xml:2363 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is not possible to interactively select a different desktop during the " @@ -3440,7 +3449,7 @@ msgstr "" "literal> 或 <literal>desktop=lxde</literal> 进行选择。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2367 +#: using-d-i.xml:2374 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some CD images (businesscard, netinst and DVD) also allow selection of the " @@ -3453,7 +3462,7 @@ msgstr "" "<quote>Alternative desktop environments</quote>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2374 +#: using-d-i.xml:2381 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that this will only work if the packages needed for the desired desktop " @@ -3468,7 +3477,7 @@ msgstr "" "Xfce 或 LXDE 同样适用于 DVD 映象或其他的安装方法。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2384 +#: using-d-i.xml:2391 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The various server tasks will install software roughly as follows. DNS " @@ -3487,7 +3496,7 @@ msgstr "" "classname>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2395 +#: using-d-i.xml:2402 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <quote>Standard system</quote> task will install any package that has a " @@ -3501,7 +3510,7 @@ msgstr "" "并需要一个最小化的系统，您应该让该任务选中。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2403 +#: using-d-i.xml:2410 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If during language selection a default locale other than the <quote>C</" @@ -3518,7 +3527,7 @@ msgstr "" "(如果存在)还会安装该桌面对应的本地化软件包。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2413 +#: using-d-i.xml:2420 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you've selected your tasks, select &BTN-CONT;. At this point, " @@ -3530,7 +3539,7 @@ msgstr "" "选中任务的软件包。假如某个程序需要用户输入信息，它将提示您指定。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2420 +#: using-d-i.xml:2427 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You should be aware that especially the Desktop task is very large. " @@ -3545,7 +3554,7 @@ msgstr "" "间。一旦启动，安装软件包过程将无法取消。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2429 +#: using-d-i.xml:2436 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Even when packages are included on the CD-ROM, the installer may still " @@ -3560,13 +3569,13 @@ msgstr "" "新)；如果您安装的是测试版本，这会出现在使用旧映像安装时。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2444 +#: using-d-i.xml:2451 #, no-c-format msgid "Making Your System Bootable" msgstr "创建启动系统" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2446 +#: using-d-i.xml:2453 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the " @@ -3579,13 +3588,13 @@ msgstr "" "linkend=\"boot-dev-select-sun\"/>。</phrase>" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2461 +#: using-d-i.xml:2468 #, no-c-format msgid "Detecting other operating systems" msgstr "检测其他的操作系统" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2463 +#: using-d-i.xml:2470 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for " @@ -3599,7 +3608,7 @@ msgstr "" "Debian 一起，计算机也将配置为可以启动其他操作系统。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2471 +#: using-d-i.xml:2478 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " @@ -3613,13 +3622,13 @@ msgstr "" "管理器的文档了解更多信息。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2489 +#: using-d-i.xml:2496 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>palo</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2490 +#: using-d-i.xml:2497 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is " @@ -3634,19 +3643,19 @@ msgstr "" "<command>PALO</command> 能真正地读 Linux 分区。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2499 +#: using-d-i.xml:2506 #, no-c-format msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )" msgstr "hppa FIXME ( need more info )" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2511 +#: using-d-i.xml:2518 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "硬盘上 <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader 的安装" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2513 +#: using-d-i.xml:2520 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a " @@ -3657,7 +3666,7 @@ msgstr "" "定的 boot loader，它对新手和老手都是一个不错的缺省选择。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2519 +#: using-d-i.xml:2526 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where " @@ -3669,7 +3678,7 @@ msgstr "" "请参阅 grub 的手册。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2525 +#: using-d-i.xml:2532 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do not want to install grub, use the &BTN-GOBACK; button to get to " @@ -3680,13 +3689,13 @@ msgstr "" "用的任何 bootloader。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2538 +#: using-d-i.xml:2545 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "硬盘上 <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader 的安装" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2540 +#: using-d-i.xml:2547 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is " @@ -3702,7 +3711,7 @@ msgstr "" "HOWTO</ulink>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2550 +#: using-d-i.xml:2557 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other " @@ -3715,7 +3724,7 @@ msgstr "" "统。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2558 +#: using-d-i.xml:2565 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; offers you three choices on where to install the <command>LILO</" @@ -3723,13 +3732,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "&d-i; 提供给您三种选择去哪安装 <command>LILO</command> boot loader：" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2565 +#: using-d-i.xml:2572 #, no-c-format msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)" msgstr "主引导区(MBR)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2565 +#: using-d-i.xml:2572 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot " @@ -3737,13 +3746,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "这种方式 <command>LILO</command> 将完全控制启动过程。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2572 +#: using-d-i.xml:2579 #, no-c-format msgid "new Debian partition" msgstr "新 Debian 分区" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2572 +#: using-d-i.xml:2579 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> " @@ -3754,13 +3763,13 @@ msgstr "" "新 Debian 分区的起始位置，并能作为第二 boot loader。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2581 +#: using-d-i.xml:2588 #, no-c-format msgid "Other choice" msgstr "其它选择" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2581 +#: using-d-i.xml:2588 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> " @@ -3773,7 +3782,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename> 或 <filename>/dev/sda</filename>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2591 +#: using-d-i.xml:2598 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll " @@ -3787,13 +3796,13 @@ msgstr "" "录 — 但这也意味着您要使用其他方法才能启动 Debian！" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2607 +#: using-d-i.xml:2614 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "安装 <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader 到硬盘" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2609 +#: using-d-i.xml:2616 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled " @@ -3818,7 +3827,7 @@ msgstr "" "和启动 Linux 内核的工作。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2625 +#: using-d-i.xml:2632 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last " @@ -3833,13 +3842,13 @@ msgstr "" "<emphasis>root</emphasis> 文件系统相同的磁盘。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2637 +#: using-d-i.xml:2644 #, no-c-format msgid "Choose the correct partition!" msgstr "选择正确的分区！" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2639 +#: using-d-i.xml:2646 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The criteria for selecting a partition is that it is FAT format filesystem " @@ -3855,13 +3864,13 @@ msgstr "" "有内容！" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2654 +#: using-d-i.xml:2661 #, no-c-format msgid "EFI Partition Contents" msgstr "EFI 分区内容" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2656 +#: using-d-i.xml:2663 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard " @@ -3887,13 +3896,13 @@ msgstr "" "间，系统更新或重新配置，文件系统中也许会有其他文件。" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2678 +#: using-d-i.xml:2685 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.conf" msgstr "elilo.conf" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2679 +#: using-d-i.xml:2686 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is " @@ -3904,13 +3913,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename> 的复制，其文件名重写成 EFI 分区上的文件。" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2688 +#: using-d-i.xml:2695 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.efi" msgstr "elilo.efi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2689 +#: using-d-i.xml:2696 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> " @@ -3923,13 +3932,13 @@ msgstr "" "<quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> 命令菜单。" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2699 +#: using-d-i.xml:2706 #, no-c-format msgid "initrd.img" msgstr "initrd.img" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2700 +#: using-d-i.xml:2707 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of " @@ -3942,13 +3951,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename> 符号链接 <filename>/initrd.img</filename> 指向的文件。" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2712 +#: using-d-i.xml:2719 #, no-c-format msgid "readme.txt" msgstr "readme.txt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2713 +#: using-d-i.xml:2720 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are " @@ -3959,13 +3968,13 @@ msgstr "" "任何本地修改在下次 <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename> 运行时将丢失。" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2723 +#: using-d-i.xml:2730 #, no-c-format msgid "vmlinuz" msgstr "vmlinuz" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2724 +#: using-d-i.xml:2731 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in " @@ -3978,13 +3987,13 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>/vmlinuz</filename> 指向的文件。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2744 +#: using-d-i.xml:2751 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2745 +#: using-d-i.xml:2752 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on SGI machines is <command>arcboot</command>. It has to be " @@ -4024,13 +4033,13 @@ msgstr "" "</screen></informalexample> ，然后键入 <command>boot</command>。" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2764 +#: using-d-i.xml:2771 #, no-c-format msgid "scsi" msgstr "scsi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2765 +#: using-d-i.xml:2772 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI bus to be booted from, this is <userinput>0</userinput> for the " @@ -4038,13 +4047,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "是启动的 SCSI 总线，<userinput>0</userinput> 为板载控制器" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2773 +#: using-d-i.xml:2780 #, no-c-format msgid "disk" msgstr "disk" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2774 +#: using-d-i.xml:2781 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>arcboot</command> is " @@ -4053,13 +4062,13 @@ msgstr "硬盘的 SCSI ID，<command>arcboot</command> 安装在其上" # index.docbook:1643, index.docbook:1712 #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2782 +#: using-d-i.xml:2789 #, no-c-format msgid "partnr" msgstr "partnr" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2783 +#: using-d-i.xml:2790 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -4067,13 +4076,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "分区号，<filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename> 处于该分区" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2791 +#: using-d-i.xml:2798 #, no-c-format msgid "config" msgstr "config" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2792 +#: using-d-i.xml:2799 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -4083,13 +4092,13 @@ msgstr "" "quote> 。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2813 +#: using-d-i.xml:2820 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "安装 <command>Yaboot</command> 至硬盘" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2814 +#: using-d-i.xml:2821 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their " @@ -4107,13 +4116,13 @@ msgstr "" "设为启动 &debian;。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2832 +#: using-d-i.xml:2839 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "安装 <command>Quik</command> 至硬盘" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2833 +#: using-d-i.xml:2840 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</" @@ -4126,13 +4135,13 @@ msgstr "" "以工作在 7200，7300 和 7600 Powermacs，以及一些 Power Computing 克隆。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2849 +#: using-d-i.xml:2856 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>zipl</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2850 +#: using-d-i.xml:2857 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</" @@ -4147,13 +4156,13 @@ msgstr "" "Commands</quote>，它位于 IBM 的 developerWorks 网站<command>ZIPL</command>。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2867 +#: using-d-i.xml:2874 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "安装 <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader 到硬盘" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2869 +#: using-d-i.xml:2876 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is " @@ -4180,13 +4189,13 @@ msgstr "" "区启动。这对于安装 GNU/Linux 到一个已经存在 SunOS/Solaris 的系统很有用。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2894 +#: using-d-i.xml:2901 #, no-c-format msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader" msgstr "不使用 boot loader 继续进行" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2896 +#: using-d-i.xml:2903 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot " @@ -4197,7 +4206,7 @@ msgstr "" "是因为不想要(比如，您想使用已经存在的 boot loader)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2903 +#: using-d-i.xml:2910 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name " @@ -4216,13 +4225,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename> 到一个独立的分区，还需要 <filename>/boot</filename> 文件系统。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2920 +#: using-d-i.xml:2927 #, no-c-format msgid "Finishing the Installation" msgstr "完成安装" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2921 +#: using-d-i.xml:2928 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the last step in the Debian installation process during which the " @@ -4233,13 +4242,13 @@ msgstr "" "i; 之后的清理。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2934 +#: using-d-i.xml:2941 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting the System Clock" msgstr "设置系统时钟" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2936 +#: using-d-i.xml:2943 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The installer may ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally " @@ -4251,7 +4260,7 @@ msgstr "" "装程序依据是否有其他系统已经安装这类事情，来决定时钟要不要设为 UTC。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2943 +#: using-d-i.xml:2950 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is " @@ -4267,7 +4276,7 @@ msgstr "" "为本地时间。如果您需要多重引导，请选择本地时间而不是 GMT。</phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2954 +#: using-d-i.xml:2961 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point &d-i; will also attempt to save the current time to the " @@ -4278,13 +4287,13 @@ msgstr "" "决于刚才的选择。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2969 +#: using-d-i.xml:2976 #, no-c-format msgid "Reboot the System" msgstr "重新启动系统" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2971 +#: using-d-i.xml:2978 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will be prompted to remove the boot media (CD, floppy, etc) that you " @@ -4295,7 +4304,7 @@ msgstr "" "Debian 系统。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2977 +#: using-d-i.xml:2984 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After a final prompt the system will be halted because rebooting is not " @@ -4307,13 +4316,13 @@ msgstr "" "上的 IPL &debian;，它在安装步骤第一步里被选做根文件系统。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2990 +#: using-d-i.xml:2997 #, no-c-format msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "杂项" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2991 +#: using-d-i.xml:2998 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the " @@ -4324,13 +4333,13 @@ msgstr "" "题。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3004 +#: using-d-i.xml:3011 #, no-c-format msgid "Saving the installation logs" msgstr "保存安装记录" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3006 +#: using-d-i.xml:3013 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the " @@ -4341,7 +4350,7 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>/var/log/installer/</filename>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3013 +#: using-d-i.xml:3020 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu " @@ -4355,13 +4364,13 @@ msgstr "" "其它系统上研究记录，或者用于报告的附件。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3033 +#: using-d-i.xml:3040 #, no-c-format msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs" msgstr "使用 Shell 查看记录" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3035 +#: using-d-i.xml:3042 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There are several methods you can use to get a shell while running an " @@ -4385,13 +4394,13 @@ msgstr "" "安装程序。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3053 +#: using-d-i.xml:3060 #, no-c-format msgid "For the graphical installer see also <xref linkend=\"gtk-using\"/>." msgstr "对于图形安装程序，请参阅 <xref linkend=\"gtk-using\"/>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3057 +#: using-d-i.xml:3064 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you cannot switch consoles, there is also an <guimenuitem>Execute a " @@ -4406,7 +4415,7 @@ msgstr "" "到安装程序。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3065 +#: using-d-i.xml:3072 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set " @@ -4422,7 +4431,7 @@ msgstr "" "Bourne shell 的克隆，有一些如自动完成与历史纪录这样的好特性。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3074 +#: using-d-i.xml:3081 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To edit and view files, use the text editor <command>nano</command>. Log " @@ -4433,7 +4442,7 @@ msgstr "" "以在 <filename>/var/log</filename> 目录找到。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3081 +#: using-d-i.xml:3088 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although you can do basically anything in a shell that the available " @@ -4444,7 +4453,7 @@ msgstr "" "题时进行调试。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3087 +#: using-d-i.xml:3094 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Doing things manually from the shell may interfere with the installation " @@ -4456,13 +4465,13 @@ msgstr "" "该让安装程序激活交换分区，而不是在 shell 里面自己动手。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3102 +#: using-d-i.xml:3109 #, no-c-format msgid "Installation Over the Network" msgstr "通过网络安装" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3104 +#: using-d-i.xml:3111 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</" @@ -4477,7 +4486,7 @@ msgstr "" "先建立网络。(您可以使用 <xref linkend=\"automatic-install\"/> 做这部分工作。)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3114 +#: using-d-i.xml:3121 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so " @@ -4497,7 +4506,7 @@ msgstr "" "SSH</guimenuitem>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3127 +#: using-d-i.xml:3134 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting " @@ -4505,7 +4514,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "在 &arch-title; 上安装，建立网络之后这是默认的方法。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3132 +#: using-d-i.xml:3139 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> " @@ -4525,7 +4534,7 @@ msgstr "" "quote>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3144 +#: using-d-i.xml:3151 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always " @@ -4536,7 +4545,7 @@ msgstr "" "他的组件。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3150 +#: using-d-i.xml:3157 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need " @@ -4564,7 +4573,7 @@ msgstr "" "确认是否正确。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3167 +#: using-d-i.xml:3174 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <command>ssh</command> server in the installer uses a default " @@ -4585,7 +4594,7 @@ msgstr "" "接在安装过程中的哪一点断开，您在连接之后可能继续，也可能无法继续安装过程。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3180 +#: using-d-i.xml:3187 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You may be able to avoid the connection being dropped by adding the option " @@ -4605,7 +4614,7 @@ msgstr "" "需要的时候采用。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3193 +#: using-d-i.xml:3200 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP " @@ -4627,7 +4636,7 @@ msgstr "" "footnote>，再重新来过。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3209 +#: using-d-i.xml:3216 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have " @@ -4644,7 +4653,7 @@ msgstr "" "的系统。在安装菜单只能打开一个 SSH 会话，但 shell 可以打开多个。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3219 +#: using-d-i.xml:3226 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go " @@ -4657,13 +4666,13 @@ msgstr "" "配置的数据库。结果可能导致安装失败或者安装完成的系统出现问题。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3239 +#: using-d-i.xml:3246 #, no-c-format msgid "Loading Missing Firmware" msgstr "加载缺失的固件" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3240 +#: using-d-i.xml:3247 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As described in <xref linkend=\"hardware-firmware\"/>, some devices require " @@ -4676,7 +4685,7 @@ msgstr "" "强功能就无法使用。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3248 +#: using-d-i.xml:3255 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If a device driver requests firmware that is not available, &d-i; will " @@ -4692,7 +4701,7 @@ msgstr "" "序模块。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3258 +#: using-d-i.xml:3265 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Which devices are scanned and which file systems are supported depends on " @@ -4708,7 +4717,7 @@ msgstr "" "phrase>" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3268 +#: using-d-i.xml:3275 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that it is possible to skip loading the firmware if you know the device " @@ -4719,7 +4728,7 @@ msgstr "" "固件。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3275 +#: using-d-i.xml:3282 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Support for loading firmware is still relatively basic and is likely to be " @@ -4733,13 +4742,13 @@ msgstr "" "反应遇到的任何问题(参阅 <xref linkend=\"submit-bug\"/>)。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3286 +#: using-d-i.xml:3293 #, no-c-format msgid "Preparing a medium" msgstr "准备介质" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3287 +#: using-d-i.xml:3294 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although in some cases the firmware can also be loaded from a partition on a " @@ -4756,7 +4765,7 @@ msgstr "" "程最初阶段最可能支持的文件系统。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3297 +#: using-d-i.xml:3304 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Tarballs containing current packages for the most common firmware are " @@ -4770,7 +4779,7 @@ msgstr "" "下载对应版本的压缩包，然后解压到介质的文件系统里面。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3311 +#: using-d-i.xml:3318 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the firmware you need is not included in the tarball, you can also " @@ -4783,7 +4792,7 @@ msgstr "" "件。以下概要列出大多数固件软件包，但不保证完整，有些还是非固件软件包：" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3325 +#: using-d-i.xml:3332 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is also possible to copy individual firmware files to the medium. Loose " @@ -4794,13 +4803,13 @@ msgstr "" "造商那里获得。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3334 +#: using-d-i.xml:3341 #, no-c-format msgid "Firmware and the Installed System" msgstr "固件和安装好的系统" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3335 +#: using-d-i.xml:3342 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any firmware loaded during the installation will be copied automatically to " @@ -4815,7 +4824,7 @@ msgstr "" "序不同的内核版本，有可能由于版本的偏差造成固件不能加载。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3344 +#: using-d-i.xml:3351 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the firmware was loaded from a firmware package, &d-i; will also install " @@ -4829,7 +4838,7 @@ msgstr "" "做的优点在于如果有固件的新版本存在会自动更新。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3352 +#: using-d-i.xml:3359 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If loading the firmware was skipped during the installation, the relevant " @@ -4840,7 +4849,7 @@ msgstr "" "安装好固件或软件包。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3359 +#: using-d-i.xml:3366 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the firmware was loaded from loose firmware files, the firmware copied to " diff --git a/po/zh_TW/random-bits.po b/po/zh_TW/random-bits.po index b32fed325..747c5ffdf 100644 --- a/po/zh_TW/random-bits.po +++ b/po/zh_TW/random-bits.po @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: d-i-manual\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-11-08 01:11+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-12-28 01:10+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-18 14:20+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Jhang, Jia-Wei<dreamcryer@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: debian-chinese-big5 <debian-chinese-big5@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -1307,7 +1307,8 @@ msgid "" "# echo DebianHostName > /etc/hostname\n" "</screen></informalexample> And a basic <filename>/etc/hosts</filename> with " "IPv6 support: <informalexample><screen>\n" -"127.0.0.1 localhost DebianHostName\n" +"127.0.0.1 localhost\n" +"127.0.1.1 DebianHostName\n" "\n" "# The following lines are desirable for IPv6 capable hosts\n" "::1 ip6-localhost ip6-loopback\n" diff --git a/po/zh_TW/using-d-i.po b/po/zh_TW/using-d-i.po index bbbb0e782..1d31154d0 100644 --- a/po/zh_TW/using-d-i.po +++ b/po/zh_TW/using-d-i.po @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: d-i-manual\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-11-25 01:11+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-01-18 00:44+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-18 14:26+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Jhang, Jia-Wei <dreamcrer@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: debian-chinese-big5 <debian-chinese-big5@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -805,11 +805,16 @@ msgstr "選擇區域化選項" #. Tag: para #: using-d-i.xml:516 -#, no-c-format +#, fuzzy, no-c-format +#| msgid "" +#| "In most cases the first questions you will be asked concern the selection " +#| "of localization options to be used both for the installation and for the " +#| "installed system. The localization options consist of language, country " +#| "and locales." msgid "" "In most cases the first questions you will be asked concern the selection of " "localization options to be used both for the installation and for the " -"installed system. The localization options consist of language, country and " +"installed system. The localization options consist of language, location and " "locales." msgstr "" "在大部分情況下，第一個問您的問題將會是安裝程式以及安裝好之後的系統所要使用的" @@ -837,17 +842,18 @@ msgstr "" #| "geographic location. Language and country together will be used to set " #| "the default locale for your system and to help select your keyboard." msgid "" -"The selected country will be used later in the installation process to pick " -"the default time zone and a Debian mirror appropriate for your geographic " -"location. Language and country together will help determine the default " -"locale for your system and select the correct keyboard layout." +"The selected geographic location (in most cases a country) will be used " +"later in the installation process to select the correct time zone and a " +"Debian mirror appropriate for that country. Language and country together " +"will help determine the default locale for your system and select the " +"correct keyboard layout." msgstr "" "在安裝過程的後面，這個選項還會被用於設置預設的時區和您所處地理位置的 Debian " "鏡像站。如果安裝程式預設的建議不合適，您可以做其它選擇。選擇國家，還有選擇語" "言，都會影響您新 Debian 系統的本地化設置。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:537 +#: using-d-i.xml:538 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will first be asked to select your preferred language. The language " @@ -867,7 +873,7 @@ msgstr "" "統也不會支援任何地區設定。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:549 +#: using-d-i.xml:550 #, fuzzy, no-c-format #| msgid "" #| "If you selected a language that is recognized as an official language for " @@ -879,14 +885,14 @@ msgstr "" #| "language has only one country associated with it, that country will be " #| "selected automatically." msgid "" -"If you selected a language that is recognized as an official language for " -"more than one country<footnote> <para> In technical terms: where multiple " -"locales exist for that language with differing country codes. </para> </" -"footnote>, you will be shown a list of only those countries. To select a " -"country that is not in that list, choose <guimenuitem>other</guimenuitem> " -"(the last option). You will then be presented with a list of continents; " -"selecting a continent will lead to a list of relevant countries on that " -"continent." +"Next you will be asked to select your geographic location. If you selected a " +"language that is recognized as an official language for more than one " +"country<footnote> <para> In technical terms: where multiple locales exist " +"for that language with differing country codes. </para> </footnote>, you " +"will be shown a list of only those countries. To select a country that is " +"not in that list, choose <guimenuitem>other</guimenuitem> (the last option). " +"You will then be presented with a list of continents; selecting a continent " +"will lead to a list of relevant countries on that continent." msgstr "" "如果您選擇的語言屬於多個國家的官方語言(存在於中文，英文，法文，以及其它語" "言)，您可以在這裡選擇國家。如果您選擇列表底部的 <guimenuitem>其它</" @@ -918,24 +924,27 @@ msgid "" "If you selected a combination of language and country for which no locale is " "defined and there exist multiple locales for the language, then the " "installer will allow you to choose which of those locales you prefer as the " -"default locale for the installed system. In all other cases a default locale " -"will be selected based on the selected language and country." +"default locale for the installed system<footnote> <para> At medium and low " +"priority you can always select your preferred locale from those available " +"for the selected language (if there's more than one). </para> </footnote>. " +"In all other cases a default locale will be selected based on the selected " +"language and country." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:588 +#: using-d-i.xml:595 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any default locale selected as described in the previous paragraph will use " -"UTF-8 as character encoding." +"<firstterm>UTF-8</firstterm> as character encoding." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:593 +#: using-d-i.xml:600 #, no-c-format msgid "" -"If you are installing at medium or low priority, you will have the option of " -"selecting additional locales, including so-called <quote>legacy</quote> " +"If you are installing at low priority, you will have the option of selecting " +"additional locales, including so-called <quote>legacy</quote> " "locales<footnote> <para> Legacy locales are locales which do not use UTF-8, " "but one of the older standards for character encoding such as ISO 8859-" "1 (used by West European languages) or EUC-JP (used by Japanese). </para> </" @@ -945,13 +954,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:617 +#: using-d-i.xml:624 #, no-c-format msgid "Choosing a Keyboard" msgstr "選擇鍵盤" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:619 +#: using-d-i.xml:626 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Keyboards are often tailored to the characters used in a language. Select a " @@ -966,7 +975,7 @@ msgstr "" "盤配置 (在安裝完之後用 root 執行 <command>kbd-config</command>)。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:629 +#: using-d-i.xml:636 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Move the highlight to the keyboard selection you desire and press " @@ -980,7 +989,7 @@ msgstr "" "鍵盤上端有一排 <keycap>F1</keycap>到<keycap>F10</keycap> 按鍵。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:638 +#: using-d-i.xml:645 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There are two keyboard layouts for US keyboards; the qwerty/mac-usb-us " @@ -998,13 +1007,13 @@ msgstr "" "'alt')。其餘地方這兩種配置相似。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:668 +#: using-d-i.xml:675 #, no-c-format msgid "Looking for the Debian Installer ISO Image" msgstr "尋找 Debian 安裝程式 ISO 映像" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:669 +#: using-d-i.xml:676 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When installing via the <emphasis>hd-media</emphasis> method, there will be " @@ -1017,7 +1026,7 @@ msgstr "" "正是用來完成此任務。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:676 +#: using-d-i.xml:683 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At first, <command>iso-scan</command> automatically mounts all block devices " @@ -1044,7 +1053,7 @@ msgstr "" "果是後者，<command>iso-scan</command> 會搜索其它的映像檔案。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:693 +#: using-d-i.xml:700 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In case the previous attempt to find an installer iso image fails, " @@ -1056,7 +1065,7 @@ msgstr "" "行完整的搜索。這次不只查看最上級目錄，而是真正地搜尋整個檔案系統。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:700 +#: using-d-i.xml:707 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If <command>iso-scan</command> does not discover your installer iso image, " @@ -1072,13 +1081,13 @@ msgstr "" "Unix 使用者可以在第二個控制台上完成這些動作，而毋須重新啟動。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:721 +#: using-d-i.xml:728 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Network" msgstr "設定網路" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:723 +#: using-d-i.xml:730 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As you enter this step, if the system detects that you have more than one " @@ -1096,7 +1105,7 @@ msgstr "" "citerefentry> man 頁。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:734 +#: using-d-i.xml:741 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, &d-i; tries to configure your computer's network automatically " @@ -1116,7 +1125,7 @@ msgstr "" "時候回應很慢，因此，如果您確定都正常，再試一次。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:746 +#: using-d-i.xml:753 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The manual network setup in turn asks you a number of questions about your " @@ -1138,7 +1147,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"/> 中參考應回答的數值。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:760 +#: using-d-i.xml:767 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Some technical details you might, or might not, find handy: the program " @@ -1158,14 +1167,14 @@ msgstr "" "classname>，它用來一步步進行網路設定。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:805 +#: using-d-i.xml:812 #, fuzzy, no-c-format #| msgid "Configuring Your Time Zone" msgid "Configuring the Clock and Time Zone" msgstr "設定您的時區" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:807 +#: using-d-i.xml:814 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The installer will first attempt to connect to a time server on the Internet " @@ -1177,13 +1186,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:816 +#: using-d-i.xml:823 #, no-c-format msgid "The installer does not modify the system clock on the s390 platform." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:829 +#: using-d-i.xml:836 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Depending on the location selected earlier in the installation process, you " @@ -1193,7 +1202,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:837 +#: using-d-i.xml:844 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In expert mode or when installing at medium priority, you will have the " @@ -1202,7 +1211,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:843 +#: using-d-i.xml:850 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If for some reason you wish to set a time zone for the installed system that " @@ -1211,7 +1220,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:854 +#: using-d-i.xml:861 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The simplest option is to just select a different time zone after the " @@ -1220,13 +1229,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: screen -#: using-d-i.xml:860 +#: using-d-i.xml:867 #, no-c-format msgid "# dpkg-reconfigure tzdata" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:866 +#: using-d-i.xml:873 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Alternatively, the time zone can be set at the very start of the " @@ -1237,7 +1246,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:880 +#: using-d-i.xml:887 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For automated installations the time zone can be set to any desired value " @@ -1245,13 +1254,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:894 +#: using-d-i.xml:901 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning and Mount Point Selection" msgstr "分割區與選擇掛載點" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:895 +#: using-d-i.xml:902 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "At this time, after hardware detection has been executed a final time, &d-i; " @@ -1266,7 +1275,7 @@ msgstr "" "載點，並為近似選項進行設定，例如 LVM 或 RAID 設備。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:916 +#: using-d-i.xml:923 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are uncomfortable with partitioning, or just want to know more " @@ -1276,7 +1285,7 @@ msgstr "" "的細節，請參閱 <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:922 +#: using-d-i.xml:929 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If a hard disk has previously used under Solaris, the partitioner may not " @@ -1290,7 +1299,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:935 +#: using-d-i.xml:942 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "First you will be given the opportunity to automatically partition either an " @@ -1303,13 +1312,13 @@ msgstr "" "<guimenuitem>手動編輯磁碟分割表</guimenuitem> 。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:945 +#: using-d-i.xml:952 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "Guided Partitioning" msgstr "分割區方式" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:946 +#: using-d-i.xml:953 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning, you may have three options: to create " @@ -1321,14 +1330,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:961 +#: using-d-i.xml:968 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The option to use (encrypted) LVM may not be available on all architectures." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:966 +#: using-d-i.xml:973 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When using LVM or encrypted LVM, the installer will create most partitions " @@ -1339,7 +1348,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:975 +#: using-d-i.xml:982 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When using encrypted LVM, the installer will also automatically erase the " @@ -1350,7 +1359,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:984 +#: using-d-i.xml:991 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning using LVM or encrypted LVM, some changes " @@ -1362,7 +1371,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:994 +#: using-d-i.xml:1001 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning (either classic or using (encrypted) LVM) " @@ -1374,7 +1383,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1003 +#: using-d-i.xml:1010 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any data on the disk you select will eventually be lost, but you will always " @@ -1385,7 +1394,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1011 +#: using-d-i.xml:1018 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, you will be able to choose from the schemes listed in the table below. " @@ -1402,73 +1411,73 @@ msgstr "" "的方式而不同)，那麼嚮導式分割區將以失敗告終。" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1027 +#: using-d-i.xml:1034 #, no-c-format msgid "Partitioning scheme" msgstr "分割區方式" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1028 +#: using-d-i.xml:1035 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum space" msgstr "所需最小空間" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1029 +#: using-d-i.xml:1036 #, no-c-format msgid "Created partitions" msgstr "所新建的分割區" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1035 +#: using-d-i.xml:1042 #, no-c-format msgid "All files in one partition" msgstr "所有檔案在同一分割區" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1036 +#: using-d-i.xml:1043 #, no-c-format msgid "600MB" msgstr "600MB" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1037 +#: using-d-i.xml:1044 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, swap" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1039 +#: using-d-i.xml:1046 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home partition" msgstr "所新建的分割區" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1040 +#: using-d-i.xml:1047 #, no-c-format msgid "500MB" msgstr "500MB" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1041 +#: using-d-i.xml:1048 #, no-c-format msgid "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap" msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, swap" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1045 +#: using-d-i.xml:1052 #, no-c-format msgid "Separate /home, /usr, /var and /tmp partitions" msgstr "" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1046 +#: using-d-i.xml:1053 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>1GB</entry>" msgstr "<entry>1GB</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1047 +#: using-d-i.xml:1054 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/usr</" @@ -1478,7 +1487,7 @@ msgstr "" "filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, swap" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1056 +#: using-d-i.xml:1063 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning using (encrypted) LVM, the installer will " @@ -1488,7 +1497,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1062 +#: using-d-i.xml:1069 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you choose guided partitioning for your IA-64 system, there will be an " @@ -1501,7 +1510,7 @@ msgstr "" "外的一項，可以讓您手動把某個分割區作為 EFI 開機分割區。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1070 +#: using-d-i.xml:1077 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After selecting a scheme, the next screen will show your new partition " @@ -1513,7 +1522,7 @@ msgstr "" "訊。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1076 +#: using-d-i.xml:1083 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "The list of partitions might look like this: <informalexample><screen>\n" @@ -1560,7 +1569,7 @@ msgstr "" "區大小、可選的旗標、採用的檔案系統，及其掛載點 (如果有的話)。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1089 +#: using-d-i.xml:1096 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "This concludes the guided partitioning. If you are satisfied with the " @@ -1579,13 +1588,13 @@ msgstr "" "區的辦法來完成自己所設想的分割規劃。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1103 +#: using-d-i.xml:1110 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "Manual Partitioning" msgstr "分割區方式" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1104 +#: using-d-i.xml:1111 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A similar screen to the one shown just above will be displayed if you choose " @@ -1600,7 +1609,7 @@ msgstr "" "內容將會在本節的後面談到。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1112 +#: using-d-i.xml:1119 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select a pristine disk which has neither partitions nor free space on " @@ -1613,7 +1622,7 @@ msgstr "" "後，在被選中的磁碟下會出現一個新行，上面寫著<quote>未使用空間</quote>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1120 +#: using-d-i.xml:1127 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select some free space, you will have the opportunity to create a new " @@ -1646,7 +1655,7 @@ msgstr "" "自動退回到 <command>partman</command> 的主畫面。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1142 +#: using-d-i.xml:1149 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you decide you want to change something about your partition, simply " @@ -1665,7 +1674,7 @@ msgstr "" "swap。在這個選單中，您還可以刪除分割區。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1153 +#: using-d-i.xml:1160 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Be sure to create at least two partitions: one for the <emphasis>root</" @@ -1680,7 +1689,7 @@ msgstr "" "下面的步驟，直到您改正了這個錯誤。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1161 +#: using-d-i.xml:1168 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you forget to select and format an EFI boot partition, <command>partman</" @@ -1691,7 +1700,7 @@ msgstr "" "一點，不讓您繼續操作，直到您劃分出這樣一個分割區。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1167 +#: using-d-i.xml:1174 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Capabilities of <command>partman</command> can be extended with installer " @@ -1707,7 +1716,7 @@ msgstr "" "者 <filename>partman-lvm</filename>)。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1175 +#: using-d-i.xml:1182 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you are satisfied with partitioning, select <guimenuitem>Finish " @@ -1720,13 +1729,13 @@ msgstr "" "硬碟上進行的所有操作。此時，安裝程式會讓您確認是否就照此設定進行分割。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1203 +#: using-d-i.xml:1210 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Multidisk Devices (Software RAID)" msgstr "配置多磁碟設備 (Software RAID)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1204 +#: using-d-i.xml:1211 #, fuzzy, no-c-format #| msgid "" #| "If you have more than one harddrive<footnote><para> To be honest, you can " @@ -1752,7 +1761,7 @@ msgstr "" "(或者更有名的 <firstterm>software RAID</firstterm>)。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1217 +#: using-d-i.xml:1224 #, no-c-format msgid "" "MD is basically a bunch of partitions located on different disks and " @@ -1765,7 +1774,7 @@ msgstr "" "<command>partman</command> 格式化，分配掛載點，等等)。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1225 +#: using-d-i.xml:1232 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "What benefits this brings depends on the type of MD device you are creating. " @@ -1846,101 +1855,101 @@ msgstr "" "訊。 </para></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> 總結：" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1339 +#: using-d-i.xml:1346 #, no-c-format msgid "Type" msgstr "類型" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1340 +#: using-d-i.xml:1347 #, no-c-format msgid "Minimum Devices" msgstr "最少設備" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1341 +#: using-d-i.xml:1348 #, no-c-format msgid "Spare Device" msgstr "備用設備" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1342 +#: using-d-i.xml:1349 #, no-c-format msgid "Survives disk failure?" msgstr "倖免於磁碟損壞？" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1343 +#: using-d-i.xml:1350 #, no-c-format msgid "Available Space" msgstr "可用空間" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1349 +#: using-d-i.xml:1356 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID0" msgstr "RAID0" # index.docbook:1105, index.docbook:1113 #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1350 using-d-i.xml:1358 using-d-i.xml:1388 +#: using-d-i.xml:1357 using-d-i.xml:1365 using-d-i.xml:1395 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>2</entry>" msgstr "<entry>2</entry>" # index.docbook:1106, index.docbook:1107 #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1351 using-d-i.xml:1352 +#: using-d-i.xml:1358 using-d-i.xml:1359 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>no</entry>" msgstr "<entry>否</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1353 +#: using-d-i.xml:1360 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by number of devices in RAID" msgstr "容量為最小分割區容量乘以 RAID 設備數" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1357 +#: using-d-i.xml:1364 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID1" msgstr "RAID1" # index.docbook:1114, index.docbook:1122 #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1359 using-d-i.xml:1367 using-d-i.xml:1378 using-d-i.xml:1389 +#: using-d-i.xml:1366 using-d-i.xml:1374 using-d-i.xml:1385 using-d-i.xml:1396 #, no-c-format msgid "optional" msgstr "可選" # index.docbook:1115, index.docbook:1123 #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1360 using-d-i.xml:1368 using-d-i.xml:1379 using-d-i.xml:1390 +#: using-d-i.xml:1367 using-d-i.xml:1375 using-d-i.xml:1386 using-d-i.xml:1397 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>yes</entry>" msgstr "<entry>是</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1361 +#: using-d-i.xml:1368 #, no-c-format msgid "Size of the smallest partition in RAID" msgstr "容量為 RAID 中的最小分割區" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1365 +#: using-d-i.xml:1372 #, no-c-format msgid "RAID5" msgstr "RAID5" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1366 +#: using-d-i.xml:1373 #, no-c-format msgid "<entry>3</entry>" msgstr "<entry>3</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1369 +#: using-d-i.xml:1376 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID " @@ -1948,7 +1957,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "容量為最小分割區乘以 (RAID 設備數量減一)" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1376 +#: using-d-i.xml:1383 #, fuzzy, no-c-format #| msgid "RAID0" msgid "RAID6" @@ -1956,14 +1965,14 @@ msgstr "RAID0" # index.docbook:1105, index.docbook:1113 #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1377 +#: using-d-i.xml:1384 #, fuzzy, no-c-format #| msgid "<entry>2</entry>" msgid "<entry>4</entry>" msgstr "<entry>2</entry>" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1380 +#: using-d-i.xml:1387 #, fuzzy, no-c-format #| msgid "" #| "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID " @@ -1974,14 +1983,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "容量為最小分割區乘以 (RAID 設備數量減一)" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1387 +#: using-d-i.xml:1394 #, fuzzy, no-c-format #| msgid "RAID0" msgid "RAID10" msgstr "RAID0" #. Tag: entry -#: using-d-i.xml:1391 +#: using-d-i.xml:1398 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Total of all partitions divided by the number of chunk copies (defaults to " @@ -1989,7 +1998,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1398 +#: using-d-i.xml:1405 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you want to know more about Software RAID, have a look at <ulink url=" @@ -1999,7 +2008,7 @@ msgstr "" "howto;\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1403 +#: using-d-i.xml:1410 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To create an MD device, you need to have the desired partitions it should " @@ -2014,7 +2023,7 @@ msgstr "" "理容量 </guimenuitem> </menuchoice>。)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1412 +#: using-d-i.xml:1419 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Make sure that the system can be booted with the partitioning scheme you are " @@ -2027,7 +2036,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1424 +#: using-d-i.xml:1431 #, fuzzy, no-c-format #| msgid "" #| "Support for MD is a relatively new addition to the installer. You may " @@ -2049,7 +2058,7 @@ msgstr "" "於有經驗的使用者，從介殼手動地處理一些配置和安裝步驟，也許能避開這些問題" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1433 +#: using-d-i.xml:1440 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Next, you should choose <guimenuitem>Configure software RAID</guimenuitem> " @@ -2067,7 +2076,7 @@ msgstr "" "從其中選擇一項 (如 RAID1)。後續操作會根據您選擇的 MD 類型而定。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1446 +#: using-d-i.xml:1453 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID0 is simple — you will be issued with the list of available RAID " @@ -2078,7 +2087,7 @@ msgstr "" "要組成 MD 的分割區。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1453 +#: using-d-i.xml:1460 #, fuzzy, no-c-format #| msgid "" #| "RAID1 is a bit more tricky. First, you will be asked to enter the number " @@ -2103,7 +2112,7 @@ msgstr "" "&d-i; 將不會允許您繼續下去，直到錯誤被改正為止。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1465 +#: using-d-i.xml:1472 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID5 has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 with the exception that you " @@ -2113,7 +2122,7 @@ msgstr "" "區。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1471 +#: using-d-i.xml:1478 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID6 also has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 except that at least " @@ -2123,7 +2132,7 @@ msgstr "" "區。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1477 +#: using-d-i.xml:1484 #, no-c-format msgid "" "RAID10 again has a setup procedure similar to RAID1 except in expert mode. " @@ -2136,7 +2145,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1491 +#: using-d-i.xml:1498 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "It is perfectly possible to have several types of MD at once. For example, " @@ -2152,7 +2161,7 @@ msgstr "" "RAID1 (相當可靠的 100 GB 分割區用於 <filename>/home</filename>)。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1500 +#: using-d-i.xml:1507 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you set up MD devices to your liking, you can <guimenuitem>Finish</" @@ -2165,13 +2174,13 @@ msgstr "" "案系統並分配掛載點。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1515 +#: using-d-i.xml:1522 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "Configuring the Logical Volume Manager (LVM)" msgstr "配置邏輯容量管理(LVM)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1516 +#: using-d-i.xml:1523 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or " @@ -2185,7 +2194,7 @@ msgstr "" "移動檔案或符號鏈結等方法所困擾。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1524 +#: using-d-i.xml:1531 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). " @@ -2203,7 +2212,7 @@ msgstr "" "優點在於它可以跨越多個物理磁碟。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1534 +#: using-d-i.xml:1541 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</" @@ -2221,7 +2230,7 @@ msgstr "" "果您還沒有讀過，您應該查閱 <ulink url=\"&url-lvm-howto;\">LVM HOWTO</ulink>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1545 +#: using-d-i.xml:1552 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple and completely supported inside " @@ -2236,7 +2245,7 @@ msgstr "" "理容量 </guimenuitem> </menuchoice>。)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1554 +#: using-d-i.xml:1561 #, no-c-format msgid "" "When you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, you will see " @@ -2249,7 +2258,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1565 +#: using-d-i.xml:1572 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<guimenuitem>Display configuration details</guimenuitem>: shows LVM device " @@ -2257,43 +2266,43 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1570 +#: using-d-i.xml:1577 #, no-c-format msgid "Create volume group" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1573 +#: using-d-i.xml:1580 #, no-c-format msgid "Create logical volume" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1576 +#: using-d-i.xml:1583 #, no-c-format msgid "Delete volume group" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1579 +#: using-d-i.xml:1586 #, no-c-format msgid "Delete logical volume" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1582 +#: using-d-i.xml:1589 #, no-c-format msgid "Extend volume group" msgstr "" #. Tag: guimenuitem -#: using-d-i.xml:1585 +#: using-d-i.xml:1592 #, no-c-format msgid "Reduce volume group" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1587 +#: using-d-i.xml:1594 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem>: return to the main <command>partman</" @@ -2301,7 +2310,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1593 +#: using-d-i.xml:1600 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Use the options in that menu to first create a volume group and then create " @@ -2309,7 +2318,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1598 +#: using-d-i.xml:1605 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "After you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, any created " @@ -2320,13 +2329,13 @@ msgstr "" "與其他普通分割區一樣的新建的邏輯容量 (您也應該這樣看待它們)。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1612 +#: using-d-i.xml:1619 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "Configuring Encrypted Volumes" msgstr "設定網路" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1613 +#: using-d-i.xml:1620 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; allows you to set up encrypted partitions. Every file you write to " @@ -2340,7 +2349,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1625 +#: using-d-i.xml:1632 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The two most important partitions to encrypt are: the home partition, where " @@ -2357,7 +2366,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1640 +#: using-d-i.xml:1647 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Please note that the performance of encrypted partitions will be less than " @@ -2367,7 +2376,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1647 +#: using-d-i.xml:1654 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To use encryption, you have to create a new partition by selecting some free " @@ -2380,7 +2389,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1658 +#: using-d-i.xml:1665 #, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; supports several encryption methods. The default method is " @@ -2391,7 +2400,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1670 +#: using-d-i.xml:1677 #, no-c-format msgid "" "First, let's have a look at the options available when you select " @@ -2401,13 +2410,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1680 +#: using-d-i.xml:1687 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>aes</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1682 +#: using-d-i.xml:1689 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option lets you select the encryption algorithm (<firstterm>cipher</" @@ -2423,13 +2432,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1700 +#: using-d-i.xml:1707 #, no-c-format msgid "Key size: <userinput>256</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1702 +#: using-d-i.xml:1709 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Here you can specify the length of the encryption key. With a larger key " @@ -2439,13 +2448,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1714 +#: using-d-i.xml:1721 #, no-c-format msgid "IV algorithm: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1716 +#: using-d-i.xml:1723 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <firstterm>Initialization Vector</firstterm> or <firstterm>IV</" @@ -2457,7 +2466,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1726 +#: using-d-i.xml:1733 #, no-c-format msgid "" "From the provided alternatives, the default <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</" @@ -2467,25 +2476,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1738 +#: using-d-i.xml:1745 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Passphrase</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1740 +#: using-d-i.xml:1747 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can choose the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1746 +#: using-d-i.xml:1753 #, no-c-format msgid "Passphrase" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1747 +#: using-d-i.xml:1754 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The encryption key will be computed<footnote> <para> Using a passphrase as " @@ -2495,13 +2504,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1762 using-d-i.xml:1855 +#: using-d-i.xml:1769 using-d-i.xml:1862 #, no-c-format msgid "Random key" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1763 +#: using-d-i.xml:1770 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A new encryption key will be generated from random data each time you try to " @@ -2513,7 +2522,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1772 +#: using-d-i.xml:1779 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Random keys are useful for swap partitions because you do not need to bother " @@ -2526,13 +2535,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1791 using-d-i.xml:1868 +#: using-d-i.xml:1798 using-d-i.xml:1875 #, no-c-format msgid "Erase data: <userinput>yes</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1793 +#: using-d-i.xml:1800 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Determines whether the content of this partition should be overwritten with " @@ -2546,7 +2555,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1813 +#: using-d-i.xml:1820 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Encryption method:</guimenu> " @@ -2555,13 +2564,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1822 +#: using-d-i.xml:1829 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption: <userinput>AES256</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1824 +#: using-d-i.xml:1831 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For loop-AES, unlike dm-crypt, the options for cipher and key size are " @@ -2570,25 +2579,25 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1834 +#: using-d-i.xml:1841 #, no-c-format msgid "Encryption key: <userinput>Keyfile (GnuPG)</userinput>" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1836 +#: using-d-i.xml:1843 #, no-c-format msgid "Here you can select the type of the encryption key for this partition." msgstr "" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:1842 +#: using-d-i.xml:1849 #, no-c-format msgid "Keyfile (GnuPG)" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1843 +#: using-d-i.xml:1850 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The encryption key will be generated from random data during the " @@ -2598,19 +2607,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1856 +#: using-d-i.xml:1863 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the section on random keys above." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1870 +#: using-d-i.xml:1877 #, no-c-format msgid "Please see the the section on erasing data above." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1879 +#: using-d-i.xml:1886 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have selected the desired parameters for your encrypted " @@ -2622,7 +2631,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1889 +#: using-d-i.xml:1896 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Next you will be asked to enter a passphrase for partitions configured to " @@ -2633,7 +2642,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1898 +#: using-d-i.xml:1905 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before you input any passphrases, you should have made sure that your " @@ -2648,7 +2657,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1911 +#: using-d-i.xml:1918 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you selected to use methods other than a passphrase to create encryption " @@ -2662,7 +2671,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1927 +#: using-d-i.xml:1934 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After returning to the main partitioning menu, you will see all encrypted " @@ -2682,7 +2691,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1940 +#: using-d-i.xml:1947 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Pay attention to the identifiers in parentheses (<replaceable>sda2_crypt</" @@ -2694,7 +2703,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1950 +#: using-d-i.xml:1957 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you are satisfied with the partitioning scheme, continue with the " @@ -2702,13 +2711,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:1961 +#: using-d-i.xml:1968 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing the Base System" msgstr "安裝基本系統" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1962 +#: using-d-i.xml:1969 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant " @@ -2720,7 +2729,7 @@ msgstr "" "件。如果您用較慢的電腦或網路連接，這要花費好一會兒時間。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1975 +#: using-d-i.xml:1982 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "During installation of the base system, package unpacking and setup messages " @@ -2735,7 +2744,7 @@ msgstr "" "左 Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1984 +#: using-d-i.xml:1991 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "The unpack/setup messages generated during this phase are also saved in " @@ -2746,7 +2755,7 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>/var/log/messages</filename>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:1990 +#: using-d-i.xml:1997 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As part of the installation, a Linux kernel will be installed. At the " @@ -2758,13 +2767,13 @@ msgstr "" "個與您硬體最匹配的核心。在較低的優先級下，您可以從列表中選擇一個有效的核心。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2002 +#: using-d-i.xml:2009 #, no-c-format msgid "Setting Up Users And Passwords" msgstr "設定使用者和密碼" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2003 +#: using-d-i.xml:2010 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the base system has been installed, the installer will allow you to " @@ -2773,13 +2782,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2017 +#: using-d-i.xml:2024 #, no-c-format msgid "Set the Root Password" msgstr "設定 root 密碼" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2021 +#: using-d-i.xml:2028 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <emphasis>root</emphasis> account is also called the <emphasis>super-" @@ -2792,7 +2801,7 @@ msgstr "" "系統管理，而且使用時間應該盡可能短。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2029 +#: using-d-i.xml:2036 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any password you create should contain at least 6 characters, and should " @@ -2806,7 +2815,7 @@ msgstr "" "小心。請避免採用能夠在字典中查到的單詞或者很容易猜測的個人資訊。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2037 +#: using-d-i.xml:2044 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If anyone ever tells you they need your root password, be extremely wary. " @@ -2817,13 +2826,13 @@ msgstr "" "理員，否則您通常不應該將超級使用者密碼交給別人。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2047 +#: using-d-i.xml:2054 #, no-c-format msgid "Create an Ordinary User" msgstr "建立一個普通使用者" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2049 +#: using-d-i.xml:2056 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The system will ask you whether you wish to create an ordinary user account " @@ -2835,7 +2844,7 @@ msgstr "" "記，平時<emphasis>不要</emphasis>使用 root 帳戶登陸或者將其作為個人帳號使用。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2058 +#: using-d-i.xml:2065 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Why not? Well, one reason to avoid using root's privileges is that it is " @@ -2853,7 +2862,7 @@ msgstr "" "容，建議您找一本書進行學習。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2068 +#: using-d-i.xml:2075 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You will first be prompted for the user's full name. Then you'll be asked " @@ -2865,7 +2874,7 @@ msgstr "" "可，並且會成為預設值。最後，您將要求輸入該帳號的密碼。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2075 +#: using-d-i.xml:2082 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If at any point after installation you would like to create another account, " @@ -2875,13 +2884,13 @@ msgstr "" "令。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2086 +#: using-d-i.xml:2093 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "Installing Additional Software" msgstr "安裝基本系統" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2087 +#: using-d-i.xml:2094 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point you have a usable but limited system. Most users will want to " @@ -2891,13 +2900,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2102 +#: using-d-i.xml:2109 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "Configuring apt" msgstr "設定網路" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2104 +#: using-d-i.xml:2111 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One of the tools used to install packages on a &debian; system is a program " @@ -2918,7 +2927,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2128 +#: using-d-i.xml:2135 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows from where to " @@ -2928,7 +2937,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2135 +#: using-d-i.xml:2142 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing at default priority, the installer will largely take " @@ -2940,7 +2949,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2144 +#: using-d-i.xml:2151 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing at a lower priority (e.g. in expert mode), you will be " @@ -2951,13 +2960,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2155 +#: using-d-i.xml:2162 #, no-c-format msgid "Installing from more than one CD or DVD" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2157 +#: using-d-i.xml:2164 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing from a CD or a DVD that is part of a larger set, the " @@ -2967,7 +2976,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2164 +#: using-d-i.xml:2171 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do not have any additional CDs or DVDs, that is no problem: using " @@ -2977,7 +2986,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2172 +#: using-d-i.xml:2179 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Packages are included on CDs (and DVDs) in the order of their popularity. " @@ -2987,7 +2996,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2179 +#: using-d-i.xml:2186 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It also means that buying or downloading and burning a full CD set is just a " @@ -2998,7 +3007,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2188 +#: using-d-i.xml:2195 #, no-c-format msgid "" "A good rule of thumb is that for a regular desktop installation (using the " @@ -3008,7 +3017,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2196 +#: using-d-i.xml:2203 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do scan multiple CDs or DVDs, the installer will prompt you to " @@ -3020,13 +3029,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2209 +#: using-d-i.xml:2216 #, no-c-format msgid "Using a network mirror" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2211 +#: using-d-i.xml:2218 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One question that will be asked during most installs is whether or not to " @@ -3035,7 +3044,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2217 +#: using-d-i.xml:2224 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are <emphasis>not</emphasis> installing from a full CD or DVD or " @@ -3047,7 +3056,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2226 +#: using-d-i.xml:2233 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing from a single full CD or using a full CD image, using " @@ -3060,7 +3069,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2237 +#: using-d-i.xml:2244 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing from a DVD or using a DVD image, any packages needed " @@ -3070,7 +3079,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2244 +#: using-d-i.xml:2251 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One advantage of adding a network mirror is that updates that have occurred " @@ -3081,7 +3090,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2251 +#: using-d-i.xml:2258 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In summary: selecting a network mirror is generally a good idea, except if " @@ -3092,26 +3101,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2260 +#: using-d-i.xml:2267 #, no-c-format msgid "the tasks you select in the next step of the installation," msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2265 +#: using-d-i.xml:2272 #, no-c-format msgid "which packages are needed for those tasks," msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2270 +#: using-d-i.xml:2277 #, no-c-format msgid "" "which of those packages are present on the CDs or DVDs you have scanned, and" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2275 +#: using-d-i.xml:2282 #, no-c-format msgid "" "whether any updated versions of packages included on the CDs or DVDs are " @@ -3120,7 +3129,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2284 +#: using-d-i.xml:2291 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that the last point means that, even if you choose not to use a network " @@ -3130,13 +3139,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2300 +#: using-d-i.xml:2307 #, no-c-format msgid "Selecting and Installing Software" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2302 +#: using-d-i.xml:2309 #, no-c-format msgid "" "During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select " @@ -3148,7 +3157,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2311 +#: using-d-i.xml:2318 #, no-c-format msgid "" "So, you have the ability to choose <emphasis>tasks</emphasis> first, and " @@ -3168,7 +3177,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2338 +#: using-d-i.xml:2345 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the computer " @@ -3177,7 +3186,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2345 +#: using-d-i.xml:2352 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar " @@ -3185,7 +3194,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2351 +#: using-d-i.xml:2358 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Unless you are using the special KDE or Xfce/LXDE CDs, the <quote>Desktop " @@ -3193,7 +3202,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2356 +#: using-d-i.xml:2363 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is not possible to interactively select a different desktop during the " @@ -3207,7 +3216,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2367 +#: using-d-i.xml:2374 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Some CD images (businesscard, netinst and DVD) also allow selection of the " @@ -3217,7 +3226,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2374 +#: using-d-i.xml:2381 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that this will only work if the packages needed for the desired desktop " @@ -3229,7 +3238,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2384 +#: using-d-i.xml:2391 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The various server tasks will install software roughly as follows. DNS " @@ -3242,7 +3251,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2395 +#: using-d-i.xml:2402 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <quote>Standard system</quote> task will install any package that has a " @@ -3253,7 +3262,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2403 +#: using-d-i.xml:2410 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If during language selection a default locale other than the <quote>C</" @@ -3266,7 +3275,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2413 +#: using-d-i.xml:2420 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Once you've selected your tasks, select &BTN-CONT;. At this point, " @@ -3278,7 +3287,7 @@ msgstr "" "<command>aptitude</command> 將安裝您選中的軟體套件。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2420 +#: using-d-i.xml:2427 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You should be aware that especially the Desktop task is very large. " @@ -3290,7 +3299,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2429 +#: using-d-i.xml:2436 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Even when packages are included on the CD-ROM, the installer may still " @@ -3302,13 +3311,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2444 +#: using-d-i.xml:2451 #, no-c-format msgid "Making Your System Bootable" msgstr "使系統可開機" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2446 +#: using-d-i.xml:2453 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the " @@ -3321,13 +3330,13 @@ msgstr "" "linkend=\"boot-dev-select-sun\"/>。</phrase>" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2461 +#: using-d-i.xml:2468 #, no-c-format msgid "Detecting other operating systems" msgstr "偵測其他的作業系統" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2463 +#: using-d-i.xml:2470 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for " @@ -3341,7 +3350,7 @@ msgstr "" "腦也將設定為可以啟動其他作業系統。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2471 +#: using-d-i.xml:2478 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still " @@ -3355,13 +3364,13 @@ msgstr "" "boot-loader 的文件以瞭解更多資訊。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2489 +#: using-d-i.xml:2496 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>palo</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2490 +#: using-d-i.xml:2497 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is " @@ -3376,19 +3385,19 @@ msgstr "" "<command>PALO</command> 能真正地讀 Linux 分割區。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2499 +#: using-d-i.xml:2506 #, no-c-format msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )" msgstr "hppa FIXME ( need more info )" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2511 +#: using-d-i.xml:2518 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "安裝 <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader 到硬碟上" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2513 +#: using-d-i.xml:2520 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a " @@ -3399,7 +3408,7 @@ msgstr "" "定的 boot-loader，它對新手來說是個不錯的預設選擇。對老鳥來說，它也同樣適合。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2519 +#: using-d-i.xml:2526 #, no-c-format msgid "" "By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where " @@ -3411,7 +3420,7 @@ msgstr "" "訊，請參閱 grub 的手冊。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2525 +#: using-d-i.xml:2532 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you do not want to install grub, use the &BTN-GOBACK; button to get to " @@ -3423,13 +3432,13 @@ msgstr "" "請參閱 grub 的手冊。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2538 +#: using-d-i.xml:2545 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "安裝 <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader 到硬碟上" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2540 +#: using-d-i.xml:2547 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is " @@ -3445,7 +3454,7 @@ msgstr "" "ulink>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2550 +#: using-d-i.xml:2557 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other " @@ -3458,7 +3467,7 @@ msgstr "" "統。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2558 +#: using-d-i.xml:2565 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "&d-i; offers you three choices on where to install the <command>LILO</" @@ -3466,13 +3475,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "&d-i; 提供給您三種選擇來安裝 <command>LILO</command> boot-loader：" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2565 +#: using-d-i.xml:2572 #, no-c-format msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)" msgstr "主開機區 (MBR)" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2565 +#: using-d-i.xml:2572 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot " @@ -3480,13 +3489,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "這種方式 <command>LILO</command> 將完全控制開機過程。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2572 +#: using-d-i.xml:2579 #, no-c-format msgid "new Debian partition" msgstr "新 Debian 分割區" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2572 +#: using-d-i.xml:2579 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> " @@ -3497,13 +3506,13 @@ msgstr "" "Debian 分割區的起始位置，並能作為第二 boot loader。" #. Tag: term -#: using-d-i.xml:2581 +#: using-d-i.xml:2588 #, no-c-format msgid "Other choice" msgstr "其它選擇" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2581 +#: using-d-i.xml:2588 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> " @@ -3518,7 +3527,7 @@ msgstr "" "或 <filename>/dev/sda</filename>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2591 +#: using-d-i.xml:2598 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll " @@ -3533,13 +3542,13 @@ msgstr "" "<xref linkend=\"reactivating-win\"/>。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2607 +#: using-d-i.xml:2614 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "安裝 <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader 到硬碟" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2609 +#: using-d-i.xml:2616 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled " @@ -3564,7 +3573,7 @@ msgstr "" "行以掛載和啟動 Linux 核心。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2625 +#: using-d-i.xml:2632 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last " @@ -3579,13 +3588,13 @@ msgstr "" "是與 <emphasis>root</emphasis> 檔案系統相同的磁碟。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2637 +#: using-d-i.xml:2644 #, no-c-format msgid "Choose the correct partition!" msgstr "選擇正確的分割區！" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2639 +#: using-d-i.xml:2646 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "The criteria for selecting a partition is that it is FAT format filesystem " @@ -3601,13 +3610,13 @@ msgstr "" "割區，這將清除以前的所有內容！" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2654 +#: using-d-i.xml:2661 #, no-c-format msgid "EFI Partition Contents" msgstr "EFI 分割區內容" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2656 +#: using-d-i.xml:2663 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard " @@ -3633,13 +3642,13 @@ msgstr "" "間，系統更新或重新設定，檔案系統中也許會有其他檔案。" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2678 +#: using-d-i.xml:2685 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.conf" msgstr "elilo.conf" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2679 +#: using-d-i.xml:2686 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is " @@ -3650,13 +3659,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename> 以同檔名複製到 EFI 分割區的檔案。" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2688 +#: using-d-i.xml:2695 #, no-c-format msgid "elilo.efi" msgstr "elilo.efi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2689 +#: using-d-i.xml:2696 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> " @@ -3669,13 +3678,13 @@ msgstr "" "<quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> 指令選單。" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2699 +#: using-d-i.xml:2706 #, no-c-format msgid "initrd.img" msgstr "initrd.img" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2700 +#: using-d-i.xml:2707 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of " @@ -3688,13 +3697,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename> 符號鏈結 <filename>/initrd.img</filename> 指向的檔案。" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2712 +#: using-d-i.xml:2719 #, no-c-format msgid "readme.txt" msgstr "readme.txt" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2713 +#: using-d-i.xml:2720 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are " @@ -3705,13 +3714,13 @@ msgstr "" "本地修改在下次 <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename> 執行時將丟失。" #. Tag: filename -#: using-d-i.xml:2723 +#: using-d-i.xml:2730 #, no-c-format msgid "vmlinuz" msgstr "vmlinuz" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2724 +#: using-d-i.xml:2731 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in " @@ -3724,13 +3733,13 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>/vmlinuz</filename> 指向的檔案。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2744 +#: using-d-i.xml:2751 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>arcboot</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2745 +#: using-d-i.xml:2752 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on SGI machines is <command>arcboot</command>. It has to be " @@ -3770,13 +3779,13 @@ msgstr "" "</screen></informalexample> ，然後鍵入 <command>boot</command>。" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2764 +#: using-d-i.xml:2771 #, no-c-format msgid "scsi" msgstr "scsi" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2765 +#: using-d-i.xml:2772 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI bus to be booted from, this is <userinput>0</userinput> for the " @@ -3784,13 +3793,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "是啟動的 SCSI 匯流排， <userinput>0</userinput> 為主機板內建控制器" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2773 +#: using-d-i.xml:2780 #, no-c-format msgid "disk" msgstr "disk" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2774 +#: using-d-i.xml:2781 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>arcboot</command> is " @@ -3799,13 +3808,13 @@ msgstr "是硬碟的 SCSI ID，<command>arcboot</command> 安裝在其上" # index.docbook:1643, index.docbook:1712 #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2782 +#: using-d-i.xml:2789 #, no-c-format msgid "partnr" msgstr "partnr" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2783 +#: using-d-i.xml:2790 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -3813,13 +3822,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "<filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename> 所處分割區編號。" #. Tag: replaceable -#: using-d-i.xml:2791 +#: using-d-i.xml:2798 #, no-c-format msgid "config" msgstr "config" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2792 +#: using-d-i.xml:2799 #, no-c-format msgid "" "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</" @@ -3829,13 +3838,13 @@ msgstr "" "<quote>linux</quote> 。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2813 +#: using-d-i.xml:2820 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "安裝 <command>Yaboot</command> 至硬碟" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2814 +#: using-d-i.xml:2821 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their " @@ -3853,13 +3862,13 @@ msgstr "" "將設為啟動 &debian;。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2832 +#: using-d-i.xml:2839 #, no-c-format msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk" msgstr "安裝 <command>Quik</command> 至硬碟" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2833 +#: using-d-i.xml:2840 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</" @@ -3873,13 +3882,13 @@ msgstr "" "作。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2849 +#: using-d-i.xml:2856 #, no-c-format msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer" msgstr "<command>zipl</command>-installer" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2850 +#: using-d-i.xml:2857 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</" @@ -3894,13 +3903,13 @@ msgstr "" "Commands</quote>，它位於 IBM 的 developerWorks 網站 <command>ZIPL</command>。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2867 +#: using-d-i.xml:2874 #, no-c-format msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk" msgstr "安裝 <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader 到硬碟" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2869 +#: using-d-i.xml:2876 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is " @@ -3928,13 +3937,13 @@ msgstr "" "SunOS/Solaris 的系統很有用。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2894 +#: using-d-i.xml:2901 #, no-c-format msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader" msgstr "不使用 boot-loader 繼續進行" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2896 +#: using-d-i.xml:2903 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot " @@ -3945,7 +3954,7 @@ msgstr "" "或是因為不想要 (例如，您想使用已經存在的 boot-loader)。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2903 +#: using-d-i.xml:2910 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name " @@ -3964,13 +3973,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename> 到一個獨立的分割區，還需要 <filename>/boot</filename> 檔案系統。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2920 +#: using-d-i.xml:2927 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "Finishing the Installation" msgstr "完成安裝並重開機" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2921 +#: using-d-i.xml:2928 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "This is the last step in the Debian installation process during which the " @@ -3979,13 +3988,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "在啟動新 Debian 之前還有一些最後工作，主要是 &d-i; 之後的整理。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2934 +#: using-d-i.xml:2941 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "Setting the System Clock" msgstr "安裝基本系統" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2936 +#: using-d-i.xml:2943 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The installer may ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally " @@ -3995,7 +4004,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2943 +#: using-d-i.xml:2950 #, no-c-format msgid "" "In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is " @@ -4007,7 +4016,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2954 +#: using-d-i.xml:2961 #, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point &d-i; will also attempt to save the current time to the " @@ -4016,13 +4025,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2969 +#: using-d-i.xml:2976 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "Reboot the System" msgstr "安裝基本系統" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2971 +#: using-d-i.xml:2978 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "You will be prompted to remove the boot media (CD, floppy, etc) that you " @@ -4033,7 +4042,7 @@ msgstr "" "碟等)。安裝程式將完成最後的工作，然後啟動您的新 Debian 系統。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2977 +#: using-d-i.xml:2984 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "After a final prompt the system will be halted because rebooting is not " @@ -4046,13 +4055,13 @@ msgstr "" "Linux，它在安裝步驟第一步裡被選做根檔案系統。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:2990 +#: using-d-i.xml:2997 #, no-c-format msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "雜項" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:2991 +#: using-d-i.xml:2998 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the " @@ -4063,13 +4072,13 @@ msgstr "" "題。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3004 +#: using-d-i.xml:3011 #, no-c-format msgid "Saving the installation logs" msgstr "保存安裝記錄" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3006 +#: using-d-i.xml:3013 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the " @@ -4080,7 +4089,7 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>/var/log/debian-installer/</filename>。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3013 +#: using-d-i.xml:3020 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu " @@ -4094,13 +4103,13 @@ msgstr "" "用於報告的附件。" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3033 +#: using-d-i.xml:3040 #, no-c-format msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs" msgstr "使用 Shell 查看記錄" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3035 +#: using-d-i.xml:3042 #, no-c-format msgid "" "There are several methods you can use to get a shell while running an " @@ -4116,13 +4125,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3053 +#: using-d-i.xml:3060 #, no-c-format msgid "For the graphical installer see also <xref linkend=\"gtk-using\"/>." msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3057 +#: using-d-i.xml:3064 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you cannot switch consoles, there is also an <guimenuitem>Execute a " @@ -4133,7 +4142,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3065 +#: using-d-i.xml:3072 #, fuzzy, no-c-format msgid "" "At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set " @@ -4149,7 +4158,7 @@ msgstr "" "shell 有一些好用的特性，如自動完成與歷史紀錄。" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3074 +#: using-d-i.xml:3081 #, no-c-format msgid "" "To edit and view files, use the text editor <command>nano</command>. Log " @@ -4158,7 +4167,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3081 +#: using-d-i.xml:3088 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although you can do basically anything in a shell that the available " @@ -4167,7 +4176,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3087 +#: using-d-i.xml:3094 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Doing things manually from the shell may interfere with the installation " @@ -4177,13 +4186,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3102 +#: using-d-i.xml:3109 #, no-c-format msgid "Installation Over the Network" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3104 +#: using-d-i.xml:3111 #, no-c-format msgid "" "One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</" @@ -4195,7 +4204,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3114 +#: using-d-i.xml:3121 #, no-c-format msgid "" "This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so " @@ -4209,7 +4218,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3127 +#: using-d-i.xml:3134 #, no-c-format msgid "" "For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting " @@ -4217,7 +4226,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3132 +#: using-d-i.xml:3139 #, no-c-format msgid "" "<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> " @@ -4231,7 +4240,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3144 +#: using-d-i.xml:3151 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always " @@ -4240,7 +4249,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3150 +#: using-d-i.xml:3157 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need " @@ -4259,7 +4268,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3167 +#: using-d-i.xml:3174 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The <command>ssh</command> server in the installer uses a default " @@ -4275,7 +4284,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3180 +#: using-d-i.xml:3187 #, no-c-format msgid "" "You may be able to avoid the connection being dropped by adding the option " @@ -4289,7 +4298,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3193 +#: using-d-i.xml:3200 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP " @@ -4304,7 +4313,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3209 +#: using-d-i.xml:3216 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have " @@ -4317,7 +4326,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3219 +#: using-d-i.xml:3226 #, no-c-format msgid "" "After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go " @@ -4328,13 +4337,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3239 +#: using-d-i.xml:3246 #, no-c-format msgid "Loading Missing Firmware" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3240 +#: using-d-i.xml:3247 #, no-c-format msgid "" "As described in <xref linkend=\"hardware-firmware\"/>, some devices require " @@ -4344,7 +4353,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3248 +#: using-d-i.xml:3255 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If a device driver requests firmware that is not available, &d-i; will " @@ -4356,7 +4365,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3258 +#: using-d-i.xml:3265 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Which devices are scanned and which file systems are supported depends on " @@ -4368,7 +4377,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3268 +#: using-d-i.xml:3275 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Note that it is possible to skip loading the firmware if you know the device " @@ -4377,7 +4386,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3275 +#: using-d-i.xml:3282 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Support for loading firmware is still relatively basic and is likely to be " @@ -4388,13 +4397,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3286 +#: using-d-i.xml:3293 #, no-c-format msgid "Preparing a medium" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3287 +#: using-d-i.xml:3294 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Although in some cases the firmware can also be loaded from a partition on a " @@ -4407,7 +4416,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3297 +#: using-d-i.xml:3304 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Tarballs containing current packages for the most common firmware are " @@ -4418,7 +4427,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3311 +#: using-d-i.xml:3318 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the firmware you need is not included in the tarball, you can also " @@ -4429,7 +4438,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3325 +#: using-d-i.xml:3332 #, no-c-format msgid "" "It is also possible to copy individual firmware files to the medium. Loose " @@ -4438,13 +4447,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: title -#: using-d-i.xml:3334 +#: using-d-i.xml:3341 #, no-c-format msgid "Firmware and the Installed System" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3335 +#: using-d-i.xml:3342 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Any firmware loaded during the installation will be copied automatically to " @@ -4456,7 +4465,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3344 +#: using-d-i.xml:3351 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the firmware was loaded from a firmware package, &d-i; will also install " @@ -4467,7 +4476,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3352 +#: using-d-i.xml:3359 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If loading the firmware was skipped during the installation, the relevant " @@ -4476,7 +4485,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. Tag: para -#: using-d-i.xml:3359 +#: using-d-i.xml:3366 #, no-c-format msgid "" "If the firmware was loaded from loose firmware files, the firmware copied to " |